Chevrolet - Element EX - Workshop Manual - 2007 - 2007

2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:59 8:22:54 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Driveline/Axle Components Location Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. DRIVESHAFT INSPECTION 1. Check the inboard boot (A) and the outboard boot (B) for cracks, damage, leaking grease, and loose boot bands (C). If any damage is found, replace the boot and boot bands. Fig. 3: Identifying Driveshaft Parts Location Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element 2. Check the driveshaft (D) for cracks and damage. If any damage is found, replace the driveshaft. 3. Check the inboard joint (E) and the outboard joint (F) for cracks and damage. If any damage is found, replace the inboard joint or the outboard joint as an assembly. 4. Hold the inboard joint and turn the front wheel by hand, then make sure the joint is not excessively loose. If necessary, replace the inboard joint or the outboard joint as an assembly. FRONT DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (B), then remove and discard the nut. Fig. 4: Identifying Front Driveshaft Parts Location Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT ) 5. Separate the front stabilizer link from the lower arm (see step 3 in STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 6. Remove the lock pin from the lower arm ball joint castle nut, and remove the nut, then separate the ball joint from the lower arm using the ball joint thread protector and remover (see step 10 in KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT ). NOTE:   To avoid damaging the ball joint, install the ball joint thread protector onto the threads of the ball joint. Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when installing the remover. 7. Pull the knuckle outward, and separate the driveshaft outboard joint from the front wheel hub using a plastic hammer. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 5: Pulling Front Wheel Hub Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Right driveshaft: Drive the inboard joint (A) off of the intermediate shaft using a drift and a hammer. Remove the driveshaft as an assembly. NOTE: Do not pull on the driveshaft (B) or the inboard joint may come apart. Fig. 6: Pulling Driveshaft Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Left driveshaft: Pry the inboard joint (A) from the transmission housing with a prybar. Remove the driveshaft as an assembly. NOTE: Do not pull on the driveshaft (B) or the inboard joint may come apart. Pull the driveshaft straight out to avoid damaging the oil seal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 7: Prying Inboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. FRONT DRIVESHAFT DISASSEMBLY Special Tools Required   Threaded adapter, 24 x 1.5 mm 07XAC-001020A Slide hammer, 5/8"-18 UNF, commercially available INBOARD JOINT SIDE 1. Remove the set ring (A) from the inboard joint (B) (left driveshaft). Fig. 8: Identifying Set Ring And Inboard Joint (Left Driveshaft) Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage the boot and dynamic damper.  If the boot band is a welded type (A), cut the boot band.  If the boot band is a double loop type (B), lift up the band end (C), and push it into the clip (D).  If the boot band is a low profile type (E), pinch the boot band using commercially available boot band pliers (F). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Welded type Fig. 9: Identifying Boot Bands (Welded Type) Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Double loop type Fig. 10: Identifying Boot Bands (Double Loop Type) Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Low profile type Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Boot Bands (Low Profile Type) Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Make a mark (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint (C) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves in the inboard joint. Then remove the inboard joint on the shop towel (D). Be careful not to drop the rollers when separating them from the inboard joint. Fig. 12: Identifying Mark On Roller And Inboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Make marks (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (C) to identify the locations of the rollers on the spider, then remove the rollers. NOTE: Do not engrave or scribe any marks on the rolling surface. Fig. 13: Identifying Marks On Rollers And Spider Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the circlip (D). Mark the spider and driveshaft (E) to identify the position of the spider on the shaft. Remove the spider. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the boot. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Driveshaft With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Remove the inboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot. 10. Remove the vinyl tape. OUTBOARD JOINT SIDE 1. Remove the boot bands (A). Be careful not to damage the boot and dynamic damper. Lift up the three tabs (B) with a screwdriver. Fig. 15: Removing Boot Bands Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Slide the outboard boot (A) partially to the inboard joint side. Be careful not to damage the boot. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 16: Sliding Outboard Boot Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and the outboard joint inner race. 4. Make a mark (A) on the driveshaft (B) at the same level as the outboard joint rim (C). Fig. 17: Identifying Mark On Driveshaft Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Securely clamp the driveshaft in a bench vise with a shop towel. Fig. 18: Removing Outboard Joint With UNF Slide Hammer Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Remove the outboard joint (A) using the 24 x 1.5 mm threaded adapter (B) and a commercially available 5/8"-18 UNF slide hammer (C). 7. Remove the driveshaft from the bench vise. 8. Remove the stop ring (A) from the driveshaft (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 19: Identifying Stop Ring And Driveshaft Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the boot. Fig. 20: Identifying Driveshaft With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 10. Remove the outboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot. 11. Remove the vinyl tape. DYNAMIC DAMPER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the inboard joint (see INBOARD JOINT SIDE ). 2. Remove the dynamic damper bands (see step 2 ).  If the band is a welded type, cut the band.  If the band is a double loop type, lift up the band end, and push it into the clip.  If the band is a low profile type, pinch the band using commercially available boot band pliers. 3. Remove the dynamic damper. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:54 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 21: Identifying Dynamic Damper Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Adjust the position of the new dynamic damper to these measurements. Fig. 22: Identifying Position Of Dynamic Damper Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Install the dynamic damper band (see step 10 ). 6. Install the inboard joint (see INBOARD JOINT SIDE ). FRONT DRIVESHAFT REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 23: Exploded View Of Front Driveshaft Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Special Tools Required   Boot band tool, KD-3191 or equivalent, commercially available Boot band pliers, Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent, commercially available NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW, as needed, during this procedure. INBOARD JOINT SIDE 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damage to the inboard boot. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 24: Identifying Splines With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Install the inboard boot onto the driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to damage the inboard boot. 3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (B) you made on the spider, and the end of the driveshaft. Fig. 25: Identifying Spider And Circlip Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Install the new circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove. Always rotate the circlip in its groove to make sure it is fully seated. 5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with their high shoulders facing outward and note these items:  Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on the spider by aligning the marks (C) you made.  Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the rollers from falling off. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 26: Identifying Rollers And Spider Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease included in the new inboard boot set. Fig. 27: Applying Joint Grease On Inboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft and note these items:  Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (A) you made on the inboard joint and the rollers.  Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint is pointing up to prevent it from falling off. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 28: Aligning Marks On Inboard Joint And Rollers Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Fit the boot (A) ends onto driveshaft (B) and the inboard joint (C). Fig. 29: Identifying Boot, Ends Onto Driveshaft And Inboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Adjust the length of the driveshaft to the figure as shown, then adjust the boots to halfway between full compression and full extension. Right driveshaft Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Length Of Driveshaft (Right Driveshaft) Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Left driveshaft Fig. 31: Identifying Length Of Driveshaft (Left Driveshaft) Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 10. Install new boot bands.  For the low profile type, go to step 11.  For the double loop type, go to step 14. (Boot band replacement only) 11. Install the new low profile band (A) onto the boot (B), then hook the tab (C) of the band. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 32: Installing Low Profile Band Onto Boot And Tab Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 12. Close the hook portion of the band with a commercially available boot band pliers (A), then hook the tabs (B) of the band. Fig. 33: Installing Boot Band Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 13. Install the boot band on the other end of the boot, and repeat steps 11 through 12. 14. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the inboard joint, then install the new double loop band (A) onto the boot (B). NOTE: Pass the end of the new double loop band through the clip (C) twice in the direction of the forward rotation of the driveshaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 34: Pulling Slack Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 15. Pull up the slack in the band by hand. 16. Mark a position (A) on the band 10-14 mm (0.4-0.6 in.) from the clip (B). Fig. 35: Identifying Mark Position Of Band Clip Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 17. Thread the free end of the band through the nose section of the commercially available boot band tool KD-3191 or equivalent (A), and into the slot on the winding mandrel (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 36: Tightening Boot Band Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 18. Using a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot band tool, tighten the band until the marked spot (C) on the band meets the edge of the clip. 19. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of the band 90 degrees to the clip. Center-punch the clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip. Fig. 37: Lifting Boot Band Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 20. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess free end of the band to leave a 5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 in.) tail protruding from the clip. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 38: Identifying Free End Of Band Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 21. Bend the band end (A) by tapping it down with a hammer. NOTE:   Make sure the band and clip do not interfere with anything on the vehicle and the band does not move. Clean any grease remaining on the surrounding surfaces. Fig. 39: Bending Band End Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 22. Repeat steps 14 through 21 for the band on the other end of the boot. OUTBOARD JOINT SIDE 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the outboard boot. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 40: Identifying Splines With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Install the new ear clamp bands (B) and the outboard boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to damage the outboard boot. 3. Install the new stop ring into the driveshaft groove (A). Fig. 41: Identifying Stop Ring Into Driveshaft Groove Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Pack about 35 g (1.2 oz) of the grease included in the new outboard boot set into the driveshaft hole in the outboard joint. NOTE: If you are installing a new outboard joint, it comes packed with grease. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 42: Applying Grease On Outboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the outboard joint (B) until the stop ring (C) is closed. Fig. 43: Inserting Driveshaft Into Outboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the driveshaft and joint, and tap or hit them from a height of about 10 cm (4 in.) onto a hard surface. NOTE: Do not use a hammer as excessive force may damage the driveshaft. Be careful not to damage the threaded section (A) of the outboard joint. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 44: Tapping Thread Section Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 7. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) you made with the outboard joint rim (B). Fig. 45: Checking Alignment Of Paint Mark And Outboard Joint Rim Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Pack the outboard joint (A) with the remaining joint grease included in the new outboard boot set. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 46: Applying Grease On Outboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Fit the boot (A) ends onto the driveshaft (B) and the outboard joint (C). Fig. 47: Identifying Boot Ends Onto Driveshaft And Outboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 10. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with commercially available boot band pliers Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 48: Banding Ear Portion Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 11. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion of the band. If the clearance is not within the standard, close the ear portion of the band tighter. Fig. 49: Checking Clearance Between Closed Ear Portion Of Band Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 12. Repeat steps 10 and 11 for the band on the other end of the boot. FRONT DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION NOTE: Before starting installation, make sure the mating surfaces of the joint and the splined section are not dusty or dirty. 1. Apply grease about 5 g (0.18 oz) to the contact area (A) of the outboard joint and the front wheel bearing. NOTE: The paste helps to prevent noise and vibration. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 50: Identifying Contact Area Of Outboard Joint And Front Wheel Bearing Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Install a new set ring (A) onto the set ring groove of the driveshaft (left driveshaft) (B). Fig. 51: Identifying Set Ring And Driveshaft Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Apply 0.5- 1.0 g (0.02-0.04 oz) of grease to the whole splined surface (A) of the right driveshaft. After applying grease, remove the grease from the splined grooves at intervals of 2-3 splines and from the set ring groove (B) so that air can bleed from the intermediate shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 52: Identifying Splined Surface And Ring Grove Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the differential thoroughly with solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 5. Insert the inboard end (A) of the driveshaft into the differential (B) or intermediate shaft (C) until the set ring (D) locks in the groove (E). NOTE: Insert the driveshaft horizontally to prevent damaging the differential oil seal. Fig. 53: Inserting Inboard End Of Driveshaft Into Differential Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Install the outboard joint (A) into the front wheel hub (B). Fig. 54: Installing Outboard Joint Into Front Wheel Hub Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element 7. Clean off any grease contamination from the ball joint threads, then install the knuckle (A) onto the lower arm (B). Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot (C). Wipe off the grease before tightening the nut at the ball joint. Torque the new castle nut (D) to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. NOTE:   Make sure the ball joint boot is not damaged or cracked. Do not align the nut by loosening it. Fig. 55: Identifying Knuckle Onto Lower Arm With Torque Specifications Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Install the new lock pin (E) into the ball joint pin hole as shown. 9. Connect the front stabilizer link to the lower arm (see step 4 in STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 10. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the new spindle nut (A). Fig. 56: Applying Engine Oil To Seating Surface Of Spindle Nut With Specification Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element 11. Install a new spindle nut, then tighten the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder (B) against the driveshaft. 12. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the front wheel, then install the front wheel. 13. Turn the front wheel by hand, and make sure there is no interference between the driveshaft and surrounding parts. 14. Refill the transmission with the recommended transmission fluid:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT ) 15. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 16. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). 17. Test-drive the vehicle. INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REMOVAL 1. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT ) 2. Remove the right driveshaft (see FRONT DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ). 3. Remove the heat cover (A). Fig. 57: Identifying Heat Cover Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Remove the flange bolt (A) and two dowel bolts (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 58: Identifying Flange Bolt And Dowel Bolts Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Remove the intermediate shaft (A) from the differential. Hold the intermediate shaft horizontally until it is clear of the differential to prevent damaging the differential oil seal (B). Fig. 59: Identifying Intermediate Shaft And Differential Oil Seal Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. INTERMEDIATE SHAFT DISASSEMBLY Special Tools Required   Half shaft base 07NAF-SR30101 Oil seal driver 07947-SB00100 1. Remove the set ring (A), outer seal (B), and external snap ring (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 60: Identifying Set Ring, Outer Seal And External Snap Ring Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Press the intermediate shaft (A) out of the intermediate shaft bearing (B) using a press. Be careful not to damage the bearing support ring (C) on the intermediate shaft during disassembly. Fig. 61: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Of Intermediate Shaft Bearing Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Remove the internal snap ring (A). Fig. 62: Identifying Internal Snap Ring Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) out of the bearing support (B) using the oil seal driver (C), half shaft base (D), and a press. Fig. 63: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Bearing Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 64: Exploded View Of Intermediate Shaft With Torque Specifications Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Special Tools Required     Oil seal driver 07GAD-PH70201 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 Driver 07749-0010000 NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW, as needed, during this procedure. 1. Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 2. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) into the bearing support (B) using the 52 x 55 mm attachment (C), driver (D), and a press. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 65: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Bearing Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Seat the internal snap ring (A) into the groove of the bearing support. Fig. 66: Identifying Internal Snap Ring Into Groove Of Bearing Support Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Press the intermediate shaft (A) into the shaft bearing (B) using the 35 mm I.D. attachment (C) and a press. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 67: Pressing Intermediate Shaft Into Shaft Bearing Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Seat the external snap ring (A) into the groove of the intermediate shaft (B). Fig. 68: Identifying External Snap Ring And Intermediate Shaft Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Install the new outer seal (A) into the bearing support (B) using the oil seal driver (C) and a press. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 69: Pressing Oil Seal Driver Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. INTERMEDIATE SHAFT INSTALLATION 1. Install the new set ring (A). Fig. 70: Identifying Set Ring Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft contacts the differential thoroughly with solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 3. Insert the intermediate shaft assembly (A) into the differential until the set ring locks in the groove. NOTE: Insert the intermediate shaft horizontally to prevent damaging the differential oil seal (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 71: Identifying Intermediate Shaft Assembly Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Install the flange bolt (A) and two dowel bolts (B). Fig. 72: Identifying Flange Bolt And Dowel Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Install the heat cover (A), and tighten the three bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 73: Identifying Heat Cover And Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Install the right driveshaft (see FRONT DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ). 7. Refill the transmission with the recommended transmission fluid:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT ) 8. Test-drive the vehicle. REAR DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Raise the vehicle on a lift. Remove the rear wheels. Remove the rear differential assembly (see REAR DIFFERENTIAL REMOVAL ). Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (B), then remove and discard the nut. Fig. 74: Identifying Locking Tab, Spindle Nut And Nut Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Remove the rear driveshaft outboard joint from the rear wheel hub using a plastic hammer or a puller if Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element necessary. Fig. 75: Removing Rear Driveshaft Outboard Joint Of Rear Wheel Hub Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Remove the rear driveshaft (A). NOTE:   Be careful not to damage the wheel sensor (B). Pull on the outer joint. Do not pull on the driveshaft because the joint may come apart. Fig. 76: Identifying Rear Driveshaft And Wheel Sensor Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. REAR DRIVESHAFT DISASSEMBLY NOTE: Due to the amount of work required to replace one damaged boot, it is best to replace both boots at the same time. INBOARD JOINT SIDE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element 1. Remove the set ring (A) from the inboard joint (B). Fig. 77: Identifying Set Ring And Inboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage the boot (see step 2 ).  If the boot band is a welded type, cut the boot band.  If the boot band is a double loop type, lift up the band end, and push it into the clip.  If the boot band is a low profile type, pinch the boot band using commercially available boot band pliers. 3. Make a mark (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint (C) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves in the inboard joint. Then remove the inboard joint on the shop towel (D). Be careful not to drop the rollers when separating them from the inboard joint. Fig. 78: Identifying Rear Drive Shafts Parts Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Make marks (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (C) to identify the locations of the rollers on the spider, them remove the rollers. NOTE: Do not engrave or scribe any marks on the rolling surface. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 79: Identifying Marks On Rollers And Spider Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the circlip (D). Mark the spider and driveshaft (E) to identify the position of the spider on the shaft. Remove the spider. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the boot. Fig. 80: Identifying Splines On Driveshaft With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Remove the inboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot. 10. Remove the vinyl tape. OUTBOARD JOINT SIDE 1. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage the boot (see step 2 ).  If the boot band is a welded type, cut the boot band.  If the boot band is a double loop type, lift up the band end, and push it into the clip.  If the boot band is a low profile type, pinch the boot band using commercially available boot band pliers. 2. Make a mark (A) on each roller (B) and outboard joint (C) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves in the outboard joint. Then remove the outboard joint on the shop towel (D). Be careful not to drop the rollers when separating them from the outboard joint. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 81: Identifying Mark On Roller And Outboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Make marks (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (C) to identify the locations of the rollers on the spider, them remove the rollers. NOTE: Do not engrave or scribe any marks on the rolling surface. Fig. 82: Identifying Marks On Rollers And Spider Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the circlip (D). Make a mark the spider and driveshaft (E) to identify the position of the spider on the shaft. Remove the spider. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the boot. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 83: Identifying Driveshaft With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Remove the outboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot. 9. Remove the vinyl tape. REAR DRIVESHAFT REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 84: Exploded View Of Rear Driveshaft Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW, as needed, during this procedure. INBOARD JOINT SIDE 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the inboard boot. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 85: Identifying Splines With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Install the inboard boot onto the driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to damage the inboard boot. 3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (B) you made on the spider and the end of the driveshaft. NOTE: If you are installing a new joint, install the spider aligning its position to differ by 60° from the position of the outboard side spider. Fig. 86: Identifying Mark On Spider Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Install the new circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove. Always rotate the circlip in its groove to make sure it is fully seated. 5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with their high shoulders facing outward and note these items:  Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on the spider by aligning the marks (C) you made.  Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the rollers from falling off. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 87: Identifying Mark On Rollers And Spider Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease included in the new inboard boot set. Fig. 88: Applying Grease On Inboard Boot Set Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft and note these items:  Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (A) you made on the inboard joint and the rollers.  Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint is pointing up to prevent it from falling off. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 89: Identifying Marks On Inboard Joint And Rollers Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Fit the boot (A) ends onto driveshaft (B) and the inboard joint (C). Fig. 90: Identifying Boot Ends Onto Driveshaft And Inboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to these measurements, then adjust the boots to halfway between full compression and full extension. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 91: Identifying Length Of Driveshafts Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 10. Install the boot band (see step 10 ). OUTBOARD JOINT SIDE 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the outboard boot. Fig. 92: Identifying Splines With Vinyl Tape Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Install the outboard boot onto the driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to damage the outboard boot. 3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (B) you made on the spider and the end of the driveshaft. NOTE: If you are installing a new joint, install the spider aligning its position to differ by 60° from the position of the inboard side spider. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 93: Aligning Mark Of Splines Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Install the new circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove. Always rotate the circlip in its groove to make sure it is fully seated. 5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with their high shoulders facing outward and note these items:  Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on the spider by aligning the marks (C) you made.  Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the rollers from falling off. Fig. 94: Identifying Mark Of Rollers And Spider Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Pack the outboard joint with the joint grease included in the new outboard boot set. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 95: Applying Grease On Outboard Boot Set Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 7. Fit the outboard joint onto the driveshaft and note these items:  Reinstall the outboard joint onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (A) you made on the outboard joint and the rollers.  Hold the driveshaft so the outboard joint is pointing up to prevent it from falling off. Fig. 96: Identifying Mark On Outboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Fit the boot (A) ends onto driveshaft (B) and the outboard joint (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 97: Identifying Boot, Driveshaft And Outboard Joint Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 9. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to these measurements, then adjust the boots to halfway between full compression and full extension. Fig. 98: Identifying Length Of Driveshafts Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 10. Install the boot band (see step 10 ). REAR DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION NOTE: Before starting installation, make sure the mating surfaces of the joint and the splined section are free from dirt or dust. 1. Install the new set ring (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 99: Identifying Set Ring Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Install the outboard joint (A) into the rear wheel hub (B). NOTE: Be careful not to damage the wheel sensor (C). Fig. 100: Identifying Outboard Joint And Rear Wheel Hub Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Install the rear driveshafts into the rear differential assembly (see step 3 in REAR DIFFERENTIAL INSTALLATION ). 4. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the new spindle nut (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 101: Identifying Spindle Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Install a new spindle nut, then tighten the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder (B) against the driveshaft. 6. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the rear wheel, then install the rear wheel. 7. Turn the rear wheel by hand, and make sure there is no interference between the driveshaft and surrounding parts. 8. Refill the rear differential with the recommended fluid (see REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 9. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 10. Test-drive the vehicle. PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION UNIVERSAL JOINT AND BOOTS 1. Shift the transmission to neutral (M/T model) or the N position (A/T model). 2. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 3. Check the center support bearing (A) for excessive play or rattle. If the center support has excessive play or rattle, replace the propeller shaft assembly (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 102: Identifying Universal Joint Boots, Center Support Bearing And Propeller Shaft Assembly Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Check the universal joint boots (C) for damage and deterioration. If the boots are damaged or deteriorated, replace the propeller shaft assembly. 5. Check the universal joints for excessive play or rattle. If the universal joints have excessive play or rattle, replace the propeller shaft assembly. Propeller Shaft Runout 6. Install a dial indicator with its needle on the center of the No. 1 or No. 2 propeller shaft. 7. Turn the other propeller shaft slowly, and check the runout. Repeat this procedure for the other propeller shaft. Fig. 103: Measuring Propeller Shaft Runout Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 104: Measuring Propeller Shaft Runout Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. If the runout on either propeller shaft exceeds the service limit, replace the propeller shaft assembly. PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL 1. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 2. Remove the No. 1 propeller shaft protector (A). Fig. 105: Identifying No. 1 Propeller Shaft Protector Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Remove the No. 2 propeller shaft protector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 106: Identifying No. 2 Propeller Shaft Protector Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Make a reference mark (A) across the No. 1 propeller shaft (B) and transfer companion flange (C). Fig. 107: Identifying Reference Mark On No. 1 Propeller Shaft And Transfer Companion Flange Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Remove the propeller shaft mounting bolts (D), then separate the No. 1 propeller shaft from the transfer assembly. 6. Remove the center support bearing mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 108: Identifying Center Support Bearing Mounting Bolts Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 7. Make a reference mark (A) across the No. 2 propeller shaft (B) and rear differential companion flange (C). Fig. 109: Identifying Reference Mark On No. 2 Propeller Shaft And Rear Differential Companion Flange Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 8. Remove the propeller shaft mounting bolts (D). Separate the No. 2 propeller shaft from the rear differential, then remove the propeller shaft assembly. PROPELLER SHAFT INSTALLATION 1. Install the No. 2 propeller shaft (A) onto the rear differential (B) by aligning the reference mark (C) you made, then install new propeller shaft mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 110: Identifying Mark On No. 2 Propeller Shaft And Rear Differential With Torque Specification Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 2. Install the new center support bearing mounting bolts. Fig. 111: Identifying Center Support Bearing Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 3. Install the No. 1 propeller shaft (A) onto the transfer assembly (B) by aligning the reference mark (C) you made, then install new propeller shaft mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 112: Identifying Reference Mark On No. 1 Propeller Shaft And Transfer Assembly With Torque Specification Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 4. Install the No. 2 propeller shaft protector (A). Fig. 113: Identifying No. 2 Propeller Shaft Protector With Torque Specification Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 5. Install the No. 1 propeller shaft protector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Driveline/Axle - Element Fig. 114: Identifying No. 1 Propeller Shaft Protector With Torque Specification Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC. 6. Test-drive the vehicle. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If steering maintenance is required) The ELEMENT SRS includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof, and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this Service Manual. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items require special precautions and tools, and should be done only by an authorized Honda dealer.     To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer. Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags. Do not bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or side impact sensors when the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF; otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or the airbags may deploy. SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the steering column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:55 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element 2007 HONDA Element BUZZERS, RELAYS & TIMERS BUZZERS, RELAYS & TIMERS LOCATION Component A/C Compressor Clutch Relay A/F Sensor Relay A/T Reverse Relay Blower Motor Relay Condenser Fan Relay Headlight Relay 1 Headlight Relay 2 Horn Relay Ignition Coil Relay PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI Main Relay 2 Power Window Relay Radiator Fan Relay Rear Accessory Power Socket Relay Rear Window Defogger Relay Starter Cut Relay Taillight Relay Throttle Actuator Control Middle Relay Turn Signal/Hazard Relay Location In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. Behind glove box. See Fig. 43. Behind glove box. See Fig. 43. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. Behind glove box. See Fig. 43. Behind glove box. See Fig. 44. Behind glove box. See Fig. 44. In underdash fuse/relay box. See Fig. 83. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. Behind glove box. See Fig. 43. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. On underdash fuse/relay box. See Fig. 83. In underdash fuse/relay box. See Fig. 83. Behind glove box. See Fig. 43. In underdash fuse/relay box. See Fig. 83. CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES LOCATION Component Underdash Fuse/Relay Box Underhood Fuse/Relay Box Location Behind left side of dash, right of steering column. See Fig. 28. Left rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 5. CONTROL UNITS CONTROL UNITS LOCATION Component ECM/PCM ELD Unit Location Behind glove box. See Fig. 46. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 84. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:38 8:26:32 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Immobilizer Control Unit Receiver Keyless Receiver Unit ODS Unit Rear Window Wiper Intermittent Control Unit Security Control Unit Connector (Optional) SRS Unit Throttle Actuator Control Module TPMS Control Unit Trailer Lighting Control Unit Connector VSA Modulator-Control Unit In steering wheel cover. See Fig. 25. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 111. In side of front passenger's seat. See Fig. 99. Behind left quarterpanel. See Fig. 59. Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 111. Below center of dash. See Fig. 36. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 81. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 114. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 26. Right rear corner of engine compartment. See Fig. 107. MOTORS MOTORS LOCATION Component A/C Condenser Fan Motor Air Mix Control Motor Blower Motor Driver's Door Lock Actuator Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Fuel Tank Unit Mode Control Motor Power Mirror Connector (Left) Power Mirror Connector (Right) Power Window Motor (Driver's) Power Window Motor (Front Passenger's) Radiator Fan Motor Connector Rear Window Washer Motor Rear Window Wiper Motor Recirculation Control Motor Starter Windshield Washer Motor Windshield Wiper Motor Location Front of engine compartment. See Fig. 3. Below left side of dash, on HVAC unit. See Fig. 33. Below right side of dash, on blower unit. See Fig. 48. Rear of driver's door. See Fig. 91. Rear of front passenger's door. See Fig. 92. In fuel tank. See Fig. 57. Behind right side of dash, on HVAC unit. See Fig. 45. Front of driver's door. See Fig. 90. Front of front passenger's door. See Fig. 90. In driver's door. See Fig. 50. In right front door. See Fig. 51. Behind left side of radiator. See Fig. 4. Behind right front inner fender, on washer fluid reservoir. See Fig. 68. Below middle of rear window. See Fig. 62. Behind right side of dash, on blower unit. See Fig. 45. Left side of engine. See Fig. 11. Behind right side of front bumper, on washer fluid reservoir. See Fig. 66. Under left side of cowl cover. See Fig. 23. SENDING UNITS & SENSORS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element SENDING UNITS & SENSORS LOCATION Component A/F Sensor APP Sensor CKP Sensor CMP Sensor A CMP Sensor B Driver's Seat Position Sensor ECT Sensor ECT Sensor 2 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector FTP Sensor Inner Side Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Connector Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Knock Sensor Left Front Impact Sensor Left Side Impact Sensor (1st) Left Side Impact Sensor (2nd) MAF/IAT Sensor MAP Sensor Outer Side Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Connector Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (M/T) Rear Safing Sensor Right Front Impact Sensor Right Side Impact Sensor (1st) Right Side Impact Sensor (2nd) Roll Rate Sensor Secondary HO2S Steering Angle Sensor TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator VSA Sensor Cluster Wheel Speed Sensor Connector (Left Front) Wheel Speed Sensor Connector (Right Front) Wheel Speed Sensor (Left Rear) Wheel Speed Sensor (Right Rear) Location On front of three-way catalytic converter. See Fig. 75. Right rear corner of engine compartment. See Fig. 105. Lower right front of engine, near crankshaft pulley. See Fig. 69. Rear of cylinder head. See Fig. 16. Rear of cylinder head. See Fig. 16. Under driver's seat. See Fig. 118. Rear of cylinder head. See Fig. 15. Bottom of radiator. See Fig. 71. Behind left side of dash, near HVAC unit. See Fig. 32. Under left rear of vehicle. See Fig. 77. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 120. Right rear of transaxle. See Fig. 19. Left side of engine. See Fig. 11. Behind left side of front bumper. See Fig. 65. On left side of floor. Behind left quarterpanel. See Fig. 123. Left side of intake manifold. See Fig. 13. Left side of intake manifold. See Fig. 14. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 120. Right front of transaxle. See Fig. 19. Top of transaxle. See Fig. 103. Under center console. See Fig. 116. Behind right side of front bumper. See Fig. 67. On right side of floor. See Fig. 117. Behind right quarterpanel. On left side of floor. See Fig. 119. Under middle of vehicle. See Fig. 75. On steering column. See Fig. 109. On intake manifold. See Fig. 14. Under center console. See Fig. 56. Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 72. Right side of engine compartment. See Fig. 69. On left rear wheel. See Fig. 76. On right rear wheel. See Fig. 79. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element SOLENOIDS & SOLENOID VALVES SOLENOIDS & SOLENOID VALVES LOCATION Component A/C Compressor Clutch A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C EVAP Canister Purge Valve EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Hatch Lock Actuator Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid (VTEC Solenoid Valve) Shift Lock Solenoid/D3 Switch Connector Starter Solenoid VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve Location Right side of engine compartment. See Fig. 82. Top of transaxle. See Fig. 18. Left side of transaxle. See Fig. 74. Left side of transaxle. See Fig. 74. At right rear of engine. See Fig. 15. Under left rear of vehicle. See Fig. 78. In middle of hatch. See Fig. 62. Left side of engine. See Fig. 9. Left side of engine. See Fig. 9. Left side of engine. See Fig. 9. Left side of engine. See Fig. 9. On right front of cylinder head. See Fig. 7. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 115. Left side of engine. See Fig. 11. On front of cylinder head. See Fig. 102. SWITCHES SWITCHES LOCATION Component A/C Pressure Switch A/T Pin Switch Connector Back-Up Light Switch Brake Fluid Level Switch Brake Pedal Position Switch Clutch Interlock Switch Clutch Pedal Position Switch Driver's Door Lock Knob Switch Driver's Door Switch Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector Front Passenger's Door Switch Front Passenger's Seat Belt Switch Connector Hatch Latch Switch Connector Horn Switch Left Rear Door Lower Switch Connector Left Rear Door Upper Switch Connector Location Right front of engine compartment. See Fig. 2. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 110. On top of transaxle. See Fig. 80. On brake fluid reservoir. See Fig. 22. On brake pedal support. See Fig. 31. On clutch pedal support. See Fig. 81. On clutch pedal support. See Fig. 81. Rear of driver's door. See Fig. 91. Front of left rear door. See Fig. 93. Under driver's seat. See Fig. 53. Front right rear door. See Fig. 93. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 54. Middle of hatch. See Fig. 98. In steering wheel. See Fig. 24. In left rear door. See Fig. 52. In left rear door. See Fig. 94. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Left Tailgate Switch Oil Pressure Switch Parking Brake Switch (EX, LX) Parking Brake Switch (SC) PSP Switch Right Rear Door Lower Switch Connector Right Rear Door Upper Switch Connector Right Tailgate Switch Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch (VTEC Oil Pressure Switch) Shift Lock Solenoid/D3 Switch Connector Transmission Range Switch 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Left side of tailgate. See Fig. 63. Right front of engine. See Fig. 70. Under center console. See Fig. 56. Base of parking brake lever. See Fig. 113. Lower center rear of engine compartment. See Fig. 21. In right rear door. See Fig. 85. In right rear door. See Fig. 95. Right side of tailgate. See Fig. 64. On right front of cylinder head. See Fig. 7. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 115. On lower rear of transaxle. See Fig. 72. Top of transaxle. See Fig. 20. Rear of transaxle. See Fig. 73. MISCELLANEOUS MISCELLANEOUS LOCATION Component Alternator Antenna Lead Connector Blower Power Transistor Cable Reel Connector A Cable Reel Connector B DLC Driver's Airbag First & Second Inflators Connector Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Driver's Seat Belt Tensioner Connector Driver's Side Airbag Inflator Connector Front Passenger's Airbag First & Second Inflators Connector Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector Front Passenger's Seat Belt Tensioner Connector Front Passenger's Side Airbag Inflator Connector Horn Ignition Coil No. 1 Ignition Coil No. 2 Ignition Coil No. 3 Location On front of engine. See Fig. 12. Under right side of dash. See Fig. 47. Behind right side of dash, on HVAC unit. See Fig. 48. Under steering column cover. See Fig. 88. Under steering column cover. See Fig. 87. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 32. Center of steering wheel. See Fig. 24. Under driver's seat. See Fig. 53. Under driver's seat. See Fig. 53. Under driver's seat. See Fig. 53. Right side of dash. See Fig. 42. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 121. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 54. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 54. Behind left side of front bumper. See Fig. 65. On top of engine. See Fig. 8. On top of engine. See Fig. 8. On top of engine. See Fig. 8. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Ignition Coil No. 4 Junction Connector C105 Junction Connector C106 Junction Connector C107 Junction Connector C405 Junction Connector C406 Junction Connector C457 Junction Connector C559 Left Side Curtain Airbag Inflator Connector MES Connector Microphone Rear Ceiling Light Diode Rear Window Defogger Connector A Rear Window Defogger Connector B Right Side Curtain Airbag Inflator Connector Stereo Amplifier Trailer Lighting Connector (Optional) T3 (Terminal Joint) (A/T) T3 (Terminal Joint) (M/T) T4 (Terminal Joint) T101 (Terminal Joint) T102 (Terminal Joint) T103 (Terminal Joint) T104 (Terminal Joint) XM Receiver On top of engine. See Fig. 8. Left rear of engine. See Fig. 17. Left rear of engine. See Fig. 17. Behind glove box. See Fig. 44. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 34. Behind gauge control module. See Fig. 108. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 115. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 36. Left rear of roof. See Fig. 125. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 28. Left of shift lever assembly. See Fig. 89. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 27. Left side of hatch glass. See Fig. 96. Right side of hatch glass. See Fig. 97. Right rear of roof. Right kick panel. See Fig. 49. Rear of cargo area. See Fig. 101. Top of transmission. See Fig. 18. Top of transaxle. See Fig. 106. Right side of engine compartment. See Fig. 1. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 86. In underhood fuse/relay box. See Fig. 86. On alternator. See Fig. 12. Near starter solenoid. See Fig. 11. Behind right quarterpanel. See Fig. 100. CONNECTORS CONNECTORS LOCATION Component C101 (Gray, 20 Pin) C102 (Gray, 6 Pin) C103 (Black, 1 Pin) C104 (Gray/Black, 10 Pin) C108 (Black/Gray, 8 Pin) C250 (Gray, 2 Pin) C319 (Gray, 1 Pin) C320 (Brown, 1 Pin) C350 (Gray, 2 Pin) C401 (White, 20 Pin) C402 (Yellow, 16 Pin) Location Behind glove box. See Fig. 44. Left rear side of engine. See Fig. 10. Left rear side of engine. See Fig. 10. On transaxle housing. See Fig. 19. On transaxle housing. See Fig. 73. Behind right headlight. See Fig. 104. Front of engine compartment. See Fig. 71. Behind left side of front bumper. See Fig. 65. Behind left headlight. See Fig. 104. Under left middle of dash. See Fig. 35. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 35. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element C403 (White, 20 Pin) C404 (Light Blue, 6 Pin) C451 (Gray, 20 Pin) C452 (Brown, 3 Pin) C453 (White, 14 Pin) C454 (White, 12 Pin) C455 (White, 17 Pin) C456 (Gray, 10 Pin) C501 (White, 14 Pin) C502 (White, 13 Pin) C504 (Gray, 3 Pin) C551 (Yellow, 4 Pin) C552 (Yellow, 4 Pin) C553 (Gray, 14 Pin) C554 (White, 6 Pin) C556 (White, 6 Pin) C558 (Gray, 14 Pin) C560 (White, 4 Pin) C561 (White, 23 Pin) C562 (White, 8 Pin) C570 (White, 8 Pin) C571 (Gray, 2 Pin) C601 (Gray, 10 Pin) C602 (Yellow, 4 Pin) C603 (Yellow, 4 Pin) C604 (Yellow, 4 Pin) C651 (Light Blue, 6 Pin) C652 (Yellow, 4 Pin) C653 (Yellow, 4 Pin) C681 (Gray, 8 Pin) C751 (Gray, 20 Pin) C752 (Light Blue, 6 Pin) C761 (White, 6 Pin) C771 (White, 6 Pin) C781 (White, 12 Pin) C851 (Brown, 21 Pin) C852 (Brown, 1 Pin) C853 (Brown, 1 Pin) C855 (White, 6 Pin) C997 (Gray, 1 Pin) Under middle of dash. See Fig. 37. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 40. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 35. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 35. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 37. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 37. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 40. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 40. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 35. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 35. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 30. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 40. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 40. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 41. Behind left quarterpanel. See Fig. 58. Behind right quarterpanel. See Fig. 58. Under center console. See Fig. 56. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 54. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 40. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 112. Under center console. See Fig. 113. Under driver's seat. See Fig. 118. At left "D" pillar. See Fig. 60. At left "D" pillar. See Fig. 60. Left rear of roof. See Fig. 124. Behind right quarterpanel. See Fig. 126. Under right side of dash. See Fig. 47. Under right side of dash. See Fig. 47. Under right side of dash. See Fig. 47. Behind left quarterpanel. See Fig. 59. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 30. Under left side of dash. See Fig. 30. In right rear door. See Fig. 122. In left rear door. See Fig. 122. Under right side of dash. See Fig. 47. Behind glove box. See Fig. 42. Behind glove box. See Fig. 42. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 41. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 114. Center front of engine compartment. See Fig. 71. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element GROUNDS GROUNDS LOCATION Component G1 G2 G101 G102 G201 G202 G301 G401 G402 G451 G501 G502 G503 G551 G552 G553 Location Left side of engine compartment. See Fig. 6. Right side of engine compartment. See Fig. 1. Left rear of engine. See Fig. 9. Rear of engine. See Fig. 16. Behind right side of front bumper. See Fig. 67. Behind right side of front bumper. See Fig. 67. Behind left side of front bumper. See Fig. 65. Under right middle side of dash. See Fig. 38. Under left middle side of dash. See Fig. 34. Behind left center of dash. See Fig. 35. Behind left side of dash. See Fig. 26. Behind right side of dash. See Fig. 29. Under middle of dash. See Fig. 39. At right "D" pillar. See Fig. 61. Under front passenger's seat. See Fig. 55. At left "D" pillar. See Fig. 60. Middle of tailgate, near rear wiper motor. See Fig. 62. In right rear door. See Fig. 85. In left rear door. See Fig. 52. G711 G751 G771 COMPONENT LOCATION GRAPHICS NOTE: Figures may show multiple component locations. Refer to appropriate table for proper figure references. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 1: Right Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 2: Right Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 3: Front Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 4: Front Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 5: Left Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 6: Left Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 7: Right Side Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 8: Middle Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 9: Middle Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 10: Middle Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 11: Front Of Engine (Intake Removed) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 12: Right Side Of Engine Compartment (Intake Removed) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 13: Left Side Of Intake Manifold Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 14: Intake Manifold Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 15: Left Side Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 16: Left Side Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 17: Left Side Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 18: Transmission Housing (A/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 19: Transmission Housing (A/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:32 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 20: Transmission Housing (A/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 21: Rear Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 22: Left Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 23: Under Left Side Of Cowl Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 24: Inside Steering Wheel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 25: In Steering Column Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 26: Under Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 27: Behind Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 28: Under Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 29: Behind Right Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 30: Under Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 31: Under Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 32: Under Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 33: Under Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 34: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 35: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 36: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 37: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 38: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 39: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 40: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 41: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 42: Behind Glove Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 43: Behind Glove Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 44: Behind Glove Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 45: Behind Glove Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 46: Behind Glove Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 47: Under Right Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 48: Under Right Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 49: Behind Right Kick Panel (EX & SC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 50: Driver's Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 51: Front Passenger's Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 52: Left Rear Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 53: Under Driver's Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 54: Under Front Passenger's Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 55: Under Front Passenger's Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 56: Under Center Console Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 57: Middle Of Floor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 58: Left Quarterpanel (Right Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 59: Left Quarterpanel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 60: Left "D" Pillar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 61: Right "D" Pillar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 62: Middle Of Hatch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 63: Left Side Of Tailgate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 64: Right Side Of Tailgate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 65: Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 66: Behind Right Side Of Front Bumper Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 67: Behind Right Side Of Front Bumper Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 68: Behind Right Side Of Front Bumper Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 69: Right Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 70: Right Side Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 71: Front Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 72: Left Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 73: Transmission Housing (A/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 74: Transmission Housing (A/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 75: Under Middle Of Vehicle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 76: Under Left Rear Of Vehicle (EX) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 77: Under Left Rear Of Vehicle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 78: Under Left Rear Of Vehicle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 79: Under Right Rear Of Vehicle (EX) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 80: Transmission Housing (M/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 81: Under Left Side Of Dash (M/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 82: Front Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:33 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 83: Underdash Fuse/Relay Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 84: Underhood Fuse/Relay Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 85: Right Rear Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 86: Left Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 87: In Steering Column Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 88: In Steering Column Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 89: Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 90: Driver's Door (Front Passenger's Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 91: Driver's Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 92: Front Passenger's Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 93: Left Rear Door (Right Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 94: Left Rear Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 95: Right Rear Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 96: Left Side Of Hatch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 97: Right Side Of Hatch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 98: Middle Of Hatch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 99: Left Side Of Front Passenger's Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 100: Right Quarterpanel (USA: EX & SC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 101: Rear Of Cargo Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 102: Right Side Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 103: Transmission Housing (M/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 104: Left Front Of Engine Compartment (Right Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 105: Right Rear Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 106: Transmission Housing (M/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 107: Right Side Of Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 108: Behind Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 109: Under Steering Column Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 110: Under Middle Of Dash (A/T) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 118 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 111: Under Left Side Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 119 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 112: Under Middle Of Dash (SC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 120 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 113: Under Center Console (SC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 121 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 114: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 122 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 115: Under Middle Of Dash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 123 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 116: Under Center Console Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 124 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 117: Right Side Of Floor (Left Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 125 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 118: Under Driver's Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 126 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 119: Left Side Of Floor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 127 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 120: Under Front Passenger's Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 128 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 121: Under Front Passenger's Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 129 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 122: Left Rear Door (Right Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 130 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 123: Left Quarterpanel (Right Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 131 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 124: Left Rear Of Roof Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 132 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 125: Left Rear Of Roof (Right Similar) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 133 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 HONDA Element Fig. 126: Right Quarterpanel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:26:34 AM Page 134 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:49 8:45:45 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Clutch Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CLUTCH HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEEDING NOTE:    Do not reuse the drained fluid. Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. Do not mix different brands of brake fluid; they may not be compatible. Make sure the brake fluid is not contaminated with dirt or other foreign Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element    matter. Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint. If brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. If may be necessary to limit the movement of the release fork with a block of wood to remove all the air from the system. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir is at the MAX (upper) level line (A). Fig. 3: Identifying Brake Fluid Level In Reservoir MAX (Upper) Level Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Attach the one end of the clear tube to the bleeder screw (A), and the other end to the container of brake fluid. Loosen the bleeder screw to allow air to escape from the system. Fig. 4: Identifying Bleeder Screw With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Make sure there is an adequate supply of fluid in the reservoir, then slowly pump the clutch pedal until no more bubbles appear at the clear tube. 4. Tighten the bleeder screw securely. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element 5. Refill the brake fluid in the reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH, AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT NOTE:      Check the clutch pedal position switch (see CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST ). Check the clutch interlock switch (see CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST ). Remove the driver's side floor mat before adjusting the clutch pedal. The clutch is self-adjusting to compensate for wear. If there is no clearance between the master cylinder piston and pushrod, the release bearing will be held against the diaphragm spring, which can result in clutch slippage or other clutch problems. 1. Lift up the carpet (A). At the insulator cutout, measure pedal height from the right side of the pedal pad (B). Fig. 5: Identifying Carpet And Pedal Pad Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Loosen the clutch pedal position switch locknut (A), and back off the clutch pedal position switch (B) until it no longer touches the clutch pedal (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Clutch Pedal Switch Locknut With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Loosen the clutch pushrod locknut (D), and turn the pushrod (E) in or out to get the specified height (F), stroke (G), free play (H), and disengagement height (I) at the clutch pedal. Clutch Pedal Stroke: 125-135 mm (4.92-5.31 in.) Clutch Pedal Free Play: 6-17 mm (0.24-0.67 in.) Clutch Pedal Height: 200 mm (7.87 in.) Clutch Pedal Disengagement Height: 112 mm (4.41 in.) 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Tighten the clutch pushrod locknut. With the clutch pedal released, turn in the clutch pedal position switch until it contacts the clutch pedal. Turn in the clutch pedal position switch an additional 3/4 to 1 turn. Tighten the clutch pedal position switch locknut. Loosen the clutch interlock switch locknut (J). Press the clutch pedal to the floor. Release the clutch pedal 10-16 mm (0.39-0.63 in.) from the fully pressed position, and hold it there. Adjust the position of the clutch interlock switch (K) so the engine will start with the clutch pedal in this position. 11. Tighten the clutch interlock switch locknut. 12. Check the clutch operation. CLUTCH PEDAL REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element 1. Disconnect the clutch pedal position switch connector (A) and clutch interlock switch connector (B). Fig. 7: Identifying Clutch Pedal Position Switch Connector And Clutch Interlock Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. 3. 4. 5. Pry out the lock pin (C), and pull the clevis pin (D) out of the yoke. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts (E) and clutch pedal mounting bolt (F). Remove the clutch pedal (G). Install the clutch pedal (A). Fig. 8: Identifying Lock Pin And Clutch Pedal Mounting Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the clutch pedal mounting bolt (B) and master cylinder mounting nuts (C). 7. Apply grease to the clevis pin (D), and slide it into the yoke, then install a new lock pin (E). 8. Adjust the clutch pedal, clutch pedal position switch, and clutch interlock switch (see CLUTCH Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH, AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). 9. Connect the clutch pedal position switch connector (F) and clutch interlock switch connector (G). 10. Check the clutch operation. CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint. If brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. Remove the brake fluid from the clutch master cylinder reservoir with a syringe. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio unit. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive cable. Remove the battery. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the battery base (see step 10 on ENGINE REMOVAL ). Pry out the lock pin (A), and pull the clevis pin (B) out of the yoke. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts (C). Fig. 9: Identifying Lock Pin And Clevis Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the reservoir mounting bolt (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Reservoir Mounting Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the clutch line bracket (B). 10. Remove the clutch master cylinder (C). 11. Disconnect the reservoir hose (A), then remove the retaining clip (B) and clutch line (C) from the clutch master cylinder (D). Plug or wrap the end of the reservoir hose and clutch line with a shop towel to prevent brake fluid from coming out. Fig. 11: Identifying Reservoir Hose, Retaining Clip And Clutch Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the O-ring (E) and clutch master cylinder seal (F) from the clutch master cylinder. 13. Install the new O-ring (A) and clutch master cylinder seal (B) to the clutch master cylinder (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 12: Identifying O-Ring, Clutch Master Cylinder Seal And Clutch Master Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install the clutch line (D), then install the new retaining clip (E). Connect the reservoir hose (F). 15. To prevent the retaining clip (A) from coming off, pry apart the tip of the retaining clip (B) with a screwdriver. Fig. 13: Identifying Retaining Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Install the clutch master cylinder (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Clutch Master Cylinder With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Install the clutch line bracket (B). 18. Install the reservoir mounting bolt (C). 19. Make sure the hose clamps (A) are positioned on the master cylinder (B) and reservoir (C) as shown. Fig. 15: Identifying Hose Clamps, Master Cylinder And Reservoir Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Install the master cylinder mounting nuts (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 16: Identifying Master Cylinder Mounting Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Apply grease to the clevis pin (B), and slide it into the yoke, then install a new lock pin (C). 22. Adjust the clutch pedal, clutch pedal position switch, and clutch interlock switch (see CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH, AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). 23. Bleed the clutch hydraulic system (see CLUTCH HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEEDING ). 24. Install the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 25. Install the battery base (see step 50 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ). 26. Install the battery. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals. Connect the positive cable to the battery first, then connect the negative cable, and apply multipurpose grease to prevent corrosion. 27. Check the clutch operation, and check for leaks. 28. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio unit, and set the clock. 29. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). 30. Test-drive the vehicle. SLAVE CYLINDER REPLACEMENT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint. If brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio unit. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive cable. Remove the battery. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element 5. Remove the battery base (see step 10 on ENGINE REMOVAL ). 6. Remove the clutch line bracket (A). Fig. 17: Identifying Clutch Line Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the mounting bolts (A) and the slave cylinder (B). Fig. 18: Identifying Mounting Bolts And Slave Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the roll pins (C). Disconnect the clutch line (D), and remove the O-ring (E). Plug or wrap the end of the clutch line with a shop towel to prevent brake fluid from coming out. 9. Install the slave cylinder in the reverse order of removal. Install a new O-ring (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 19: Identifying O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Pull back the boot (B), and apply brake assembly lube to the boot and slave cylinder rod (C). Reinstall the boot. 11. Apply super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the pushrod of the slave cylinder rod and the release fork. Tighten the slave cylinder mounting bolts to 22 N.m (2.2 kgf.m, 16 lbf.ft). 12. Do the clutch hydraulic system bleeding (see CLUTCH HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEEDING ). 13. Install the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 14. Install the battery base (see step 50 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ). 15. Install the battery. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals. Connect the positive cable to the battery first, then connect the negative cable, and apply multipurpose grease to prevent corrosion. 16. Check the clutch operation, and check for leaks. 17. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio unit, and set the clock. 18. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). 19. Test-drive the vehicle. CLUTCH REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required      Clutch alignment disc 07JAF-PM7011A Ring gear holder 07LAB-PV00100 or 07924-PD20003 Clutch alignment shaft 07ZAF-PR8A100 Sliding hammer weight 07741-0010201 Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element    Driver 07749-0010000 Remover handle 07936-3710100 Bearing remover shaft set, 17 mm 07936-3710300 PRESSURE PLATE AND CLUTCH DISC REMOVAL 1. Check the height of the diaphragm spring fingers using the clutch alignment disc (A), clutch alignment shaft (B), remover handle (C), and a feeler gauge (D). If the height is more than the service limit, replace the pressure plate. Standard (New): 0.6 mm (0.02 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) Fig. 20: Checking Height Of Diaphragm Spring Fingers Clutch Alignment Disc Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the ring gear holder (A), clutch alignment shaft (B), and remover handle (C). Fig. 21: Identifying Ring Gear Holder, Clutch Alignment Shaft And Remover Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element 3. To prevent warping, unscrew the pressure plate mounting bolts (D) in a crisscross pattern in several steps, then remove the pressure plate (E). 4. Inspect the fingers of the diaphragm spring (A) for wear at the release bearing contact area. Fig. 22: Identifying Diaphragm Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Inspect the surface of the pressure plate (A) for wear, cracks, and burning. Fig. 23: Identifying Pressure Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Inspect for warpage using a straight edge (A) and a feeler gauge (B). Measure across the pressure plate (C). If the warpage is more than the service limit, replace the pressure plate. Standard (New): 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 24: Inspecting Warpage Straight Edge And Feeler Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the clutch disc (A), clutch alignment shaft (B), and remover handle (C). Fig. 25: Identifying Clutch Disc, Clutch Alignment Shaft And Remover Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Inspect the lining of the clutch disc for signs of slippage or oil. If the clutch disc looks burnt or is soaked with oil, replace it. Find and repair the source of the oil leak, if the clutch disc is soaked. 9. Measure the clutch disc thickness. If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace the clutch disc. Standard (New): 8.6-9.2 mm (0.34-0.36 in.) Service Limit: 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 26: Measuring Clutch Disc Thickness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Measure the rivet depth from the clutch disc lining surface (A) to the rivets (B) on both sides. If the rivet depth is less than the service limit, replace the clutch disc. Standard (New): 1.65-2.25 mm (0.065-0.089 in.) Service Limit: 0.7 mm (0.03 in.) Fig. 27: Measuring Rivet Depth Clutch Disc Lining Surface To Rivets Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CRANKSHAFT PILOT BUSHING INSPECTION 1. Inspect the crankshaft pilot bush for wear and damage. 2. Inspect the inside surface of the crankshaft pilot bush with your finger. If the crankshaft pilot bush does not smoothly, replace the crankshaft pilot bush. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 28: Inspecting Inside Surface Of Crankshaft Pilot Bush Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CRANKSHAFT PILOT BUSHING REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the crankshaft pilot bush (A) using the sliding hammer weight (B), remover handle (C), and bearing remover shaft set, 17 mm (D). Fig. 29: Identifying Crankshaft Pilot Bush Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new crankshaft pilot bush (A) into the crankshaft using the driver (B), and attachment, 22 x 24 mm (C). Apply a light coat of grease to the crankshaft pilot bush surface. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Crankshaft Pilot Bush Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FLYWHEEL INSPECTION 1. Inspect the ring gear teeth for wear and damage. 2. Inspect the clutch disc mating surface on the flywheel for wear, cracks, and burning. 3. Measure the flywheel (A) runout using a dial indicator (B) through at least two full turns with the engine installed. Push against the flywheel each time you turn it to take up the crankshaft thrust washer clearance. If the runout is more than the service limit, replace the flywheel, and recheck the runout. Standard (New): 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Fig. 31: Measuring Flywheel Runout With Dial Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element FLYWHEEL REPLACEMENT 1. Install the ring gear holder (A). Fig. 32: Identifying Ring Gear Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the flywheel mounting bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps, then remove the flywheel and ring gear holder. 3. Install the flywheel on the crankshaft, and install the mounting bolts finger-tight. 4. Install the ring gear holder (A), then torque the flywheel mounting bolts (B) in a crisscross pattern in several steps. Fig. 33: Identifying Ring Gear Holder And Flywheel Mountings Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CLUTCH DISC AND PRESSURE PLATE INSTALLATION 1. Temporarily install the clutch disc onto the splines of the transmission mainshaft. Make sure the clutch disc slides freely on the mainshaft. 2. Install the ring gear holder (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Ring Gear Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Apply super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the splines (B) of the clutch disc (C), the crankshaft pilot bushing (D), then install the clutch disc using the clutch alignment shaft (E) and remover handle (F). 4. Install the pressure plate (A) and the mounting bolts (B) finger-tight. Fig. 35: Identifying Pressure Plate And Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Torque the mounting bolts in a crisscross pattern. Tighten the bolts in several steps to prevent warping the diaphragm spring. Specified Torque: 25 N.m (2.6 kgf.m, 19 lbf.ft) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element Fig. 36: Tightening Mounting Bolts In Crisscross Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the ring gear holder (A), clutch alignment shaft (B), and remover handle (C). 7. Make sure the diaphragm spring fingers are all the same height. RELEASE BEARING REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the release fork boot (A) from the clutch housing (B). Fig. 37: Identifying Clutch Housing Release Fork Boot Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the release fork (C) from the clutch housing by squeezing the release fork set spring (D) with pliers. Remove the release bearing (E). 3. Check the play of the release bearing by spinning it with your hand. If there is excessive play or noise, replace the release bearing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element NOTE: The release bearing is packed with grease. Do not wash it in solvent. Fig. 38: Checking Play Of Release Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Apply super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the release fork (A), the release fork bolt (B), the release bearing (C), and the release bearing guide (D) in the shaded areas. Fig. 39: Identifying Clutch Parts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. With the release fork slid between the release bearing pawls, install the release bearing on the mainshaft while inserting the release fork through the hole in the clutch housing. 6. Align the detent of the release fork with the release fork bolt, then press the release fork over the release fork bolt squarely. 7. Install the release fork boot (E). Make sure the boot seals around the release fork and clutch housing. 8. Move the release fork (A) right and left to make sure it fits properly against the release bearing (B) and Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 TRANSMISSION Clutch - Element the release bearing slides smoothly. Fig. 40: Identifying Release Fork Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:45:45 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element DRIVER'S DASHBOARD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Open the driver's door, and gently pull out on the front of the dashboard side lid (A) to release the hooks (B), then remove the lid. Fig. 1: Pulling Out On Front Of Dashboard Side Lid 2. Tilt the steering column down. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard panel (A). -1 Open the driver's door, and remove the screw (B). -2 Gently pull out the panel along the bottom to detach the clips (C). -3 Gently pull out the panel along the top to detach the clips. -4 Gently release the hooks (D) on the inside edge of the panel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:39 9:32:35 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Driver's Dashboard Panel And Hooks 4. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely. DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (A). -1 Turn the lock knobs (B) 90°. -2 Gently pull out on the bottom edge to release the side hooks (C). -3 Release the upper hooks (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 3: Releasing Upper Hooks 2. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and push the side hooks into place securely. DRIVER'S POCKET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE:   Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Reach under the dashboard, and push on lock tabs (A) to release the cruise control main switch (B), and the VSA OFF switch (C), then remove the cruise control main switch and the VSA OFF switch. Disconnect the connectors (D, E). Fig. 4: Identifying Cruise Control Main Switch And VSA OFF Switch Connectors 2. From under the dash, remove the screws (A, B) securing the driver's pocket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 5: Removing Screws Securing Driver's Pocket 3. While pulling out on the bottom edge of the dashboard (D), remove the pocket. 4. Install the pocket in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the switch connector is plugged in properly. DRIVER'S VENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:   Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. The passenger's vent is similar. 1. Apply protective tape around the related parts to prevent damage. Carefully insert the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set next to the clips, and detach the clips by prying on the driver's vent (A). Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 6: Detaching Clips By Prying On Driver's Vent 2. Pull out on the driver's vent, then remove it. 3. Install the driver's vent by pushing the clips into place securely. DRIVER'S OUTER DASHBOARD TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Pull out on the driver's outer dashboard trim (A) to release the clips and hooks (B) from the dashboard. Fig. 7: Pulling Out On Driver's Outer Dashboard Trim 2. Install the dashboard trim in the reverse order of removal, and push the clip and hook portions into place securely. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element DRIVER'S INNER DASHBOARD TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Pull out on the driver's inner dashboard trim (A) to release the clips and hooks (B) from the dashboard. Fig. 8: Pulling Out On Driver's Inner Dashboard Trim 2. Install the dashboard trim in the reverse order of removal, and push the clip and hook portions into place securely. CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:   Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove the clips (A) and detach the clips (B) then remove the center rear cover (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 9: Removing Center Rear Cover 2. SC model: Remove the clips (A), then remove the center rear cover (B). Fig. 10: Removing Center Rear Cover For SC Model 3. Install the cover the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. SHIFT LEVER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Do not pry the panel surface with a flat-tip screwdriver, to prevent damage. Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove these items:  Center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Subwoofer, for some models (see SUBWOOFER ) 2. M/T model: Remove the shift knob (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 11: Removing Shift Knob 3. Using the handle end of a hammer (A), carefully insert the handle through the center lower cover opening, and push on the back side of the shift lever trim (B) to start to release the clips. Fig. 12: Inserting Handle Through Center Lower Cover Opening 4. Pull out the shift lever trim (A) to release the remaining clips, hooks (B), and disconnect hazard warning switch connector (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 13: Pulling Out Shift Lever Trim 5. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure each connector is plugged in properly.  Push the clip and hook portions into place securely. CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:   Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove these items:  Center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Shift lever trim (see SHIFT LEVER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) 2. Release the lower clips in the radio panel (A) by putting a hook-snapped tool into the notches (B) and pulling out carefully. Pull out on the radio panel to release the upper clips. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 14: Releasing Lower Clips In Radio Panel 3. Pull on the center panel (A) to release the clips, then disconnect the heater control unit connector (B). Fig. 15: Identifying Center Panel And Heater Control Unit Connector 4. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the heater control unit connector is plugged in properly.  Push the clips into place securely. GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. While holding the glove box (A), remove the glove box stop (B) on each side. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 16: Removing Glove Box Stop 2. Remove the bolts, then remove the glove box (A). Fig. 17: Removing Glove Box 3. Install the glove box in the reverse order of removal. PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover (A). -1 Gently pull down the rear edge to release the clips. -2 Pull the cover away to release the pins (B) from the holders (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 18: Releasing Pins From Holders 2. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and push the clip portions into place securely. PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UPPER PANEL AND DASHBOARD TRAY COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE:   Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Open the passenger's door, and gently pull out on the front of the dashboard side lid (A) to release the hooks (B), then remove the lid. Fig. 19: Releasing Hooks Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element 2. Remove the dashboard upper panel (A). -1 Remove the screws (B). -2 Gently pull out on the panel to release the clips (C) and hook (D). Fig. 20: Releasing Clips And Hook 3. Remove the dashboard tray cover (A). -1 Remove the screws. -2 Gently pull out on the cover to release the hooks (B). Fig. 21: Removing Dashboard Tray Cover 4. Install the cover and panel in the reverse order of removal, and push the clips and hooks into place securely. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove the glove box stop on each side, then lower the glove box (see step 1 ). 2. Remove the dashboard lower panel (A). -1 Remove the screws (B). -2 Gently pull out the panel to release the clips (C) and hooks (D). Fig. 22: Identifying Clips And Hooks 3. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and push the clips into place securely. DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. NOTE:    Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Have an assistant help you when prying and installing the dashboard. Take care not to scratch the dashboard, body, and other related parts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element  Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 3. Remove these items:  Driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Passenger's dashboard undercover (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Passenger's vent (see DRIVER'S VENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  A-pillar trim, both sides (see A-PILLAR TRIM )  Kick panel, passenger's side (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )  Steering column (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION )  A/T model: Disconnect the A/T control cable (see SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL )  M/T model: Disconnect shift cable (see GEARSHIFT MECHANISM REPLACEMENT )  Subwoofer, for some models (see SUBWOOFER ) Driver's side 4. From under the dash, disconnect the tweeter harness connector (A) (on some models), driver's door wire harness connectors (B), brake pedal position switch connector (C), and clutch switch connectors (D) (on M/T model). Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness connectors (E) from the under-dash fuse/relay box (F). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 23: Identifying Tweeter Harness Connector And Brake Pedal Position Switch Connector Middle portion 5. Disconnect the SRS unit connector (A), floor wire harness connectors (B), and engine compartment wire harness connectors (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 24: Disconnecting SRS Unit Connector, Floor Wire Harness Connectors And Engine Compartment Wire Harness Connectors Passenger's side 6. From under the dash, disconnect the passenger's door wire harness connectors (A), antenna lead (B), ECM/PCM connectors (C), engine wire harness connector (D), heater subharness connectors (E), and passenger's airbag connector (F). Disconnect the amplifier connectors (G), and release the wire harness protector (H) from the amplifier (I) (on some models). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 25: Identifying ECM/PCM Connectors And Engine Wire Harness Connector 7. Detach all of the harness and connector clips. 8. Remove the bolts (A, B, C) and nut (D), then lift up on the dashboard (E) to release it from the guide pins (F, G) on the body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 26: Removing Bolts And Nut 9. Carefully remove the dashboard through the front door opening. 10. Remove the center frame mounting bolts (H), then remove the center bracket (I) from the center frame (J). 11. Install the dashboard in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the dashboard fits onto the guide pins correctly.  Apply liquid thread lock to the center frame mounting bolts before reinstallation.  Reinstall the center bracket on the center frame, and slightly tighten the mounting bolts. Reinstall the dashboard on the body. After tightening both dashboard mounting bolts and nut, tighten the center bracket mounting bolts and center frame mounting bolts.  Before tightening the bolts, make sure each wire harness is not pinched.  Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly, and the antenna lead is connected properly.  Reconnect the negative cable to battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element    Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets. Reset the clock. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). STEERING HANGER BEAM REPLACEMENT NOTE:    Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the steering hanger beam. Take care not to scratch the dashboard. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the dashboard (see DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove these items from the dashboard:  Driver's dashboard panel (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE )  Shift lever:  A/T model (see SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL )  M/T model (see GEARSHIFT MECHANISM REPLACEMENT )  Audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ) 3. Remove the bolts (A) from the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Dashboard - Element Fig. 27: Removing Bolts From Dashboard 4. Detach the harness clips (B) securing the antenna lead (C) and hazard warning switch wire harness (D). 5. From the back of the dashboard (A), remove the screws. Fig. 28: Detaching Harness Clips Securing Antenna Lead 6. Disconnect the front accessory power socket connector (B), auxiliary jack connector (C), cruise control main switch connector (D). 7. With the help of an assistant, separate the dashboard and steering hanger beam. 8. Install the beam in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the dashboard wire harness is not pinched.  Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:35 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P0011 (56): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0011: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL (VTC) SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Fig. 1: Identifying Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) System Consisting Components With Flow Diagram General Description The variable valve timing control (VTC) system controls the timing of the intake camshaft. It uses hydraulic pressure to operate the VTC actuator so the valve timing is optimized depending on driving conditions. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the phase control command and the actual timing of the camshaft by using camshaft position (CMP) sensor A. If the phase difference between them is excessive for a certain time period, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 15 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:06 8:39:54 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Elapsed time after 10 seconds starting the engine 23 °F (158 °F (70 °C) 5 °C)(1) Engine coolant -13 °F temperature (-25 ° 185 °F (85 °C) C)(1) 203 °F (95 °C) 800 rpm Maximum - - (2) Engine speed 227 °F (107 ° 1,600 rpm C)(2) 25 °F (Per 0 revolutions 4 °C)(1) Elapsed TDC -13 °F revolutions (-25 ° Per 23,500 revolutions C)(1) Battery voltage 10.5 V P0010, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P1009, P1128, P1129, P2101, No active DTCs P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649 (1) Depending on initial engine coolant temperature. (2) Depending on engine coolant temperature. Malfunction Threshold The timing difference between the timing control command and the actual timing of the camshaft is 5.0 ° or more for at least 15 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the VTC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS. Driving Pattern Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a steady speed between 25 - 75 mph (40 - 120 km/h) for at least 15 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0101 (50): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0101: MASS AIRFLOW (MAF) SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 2: Outline Of Engine System Structure Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 3: Actual Intake Airflow Versus Presumed Intake Airflow Graph General Description The mass airflow (MAF) sensor directly measures the amount of intake airflow into the engine, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the fuel injection based on the measured value. The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor measures the intake manifold pressure and the ECM/PCM calculates the amount of intake airflow from the MAP sensor output and the engine revolutions. The ECM/PCM compares the MAF sensor output (amount of intake airflow) and the amount of intake airflow calculated from MAP sensor output. If their difference is too large (in the malfunction area), the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element starting the engine 3 seconds Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Engine speed 600 rpm 5,700 rpm P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0171, P0172, P0300, No active DTCs P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P0506, P0507, P1128, P1129, P145C, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649 Malfunction Threshold The difference between the amount of intake air measured by the MAF sensor and the amount of intake air calculated from the MAP sensor output is out of the normal area for at least 5 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 5 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0102 (50): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0102: MASS AIRFLOW (MAF) SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 4: Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 5: Mass Air Flow Meter Output Voltage Graph General Description The mass airflow (MAF) sensor is attached to the intake air passage, and it measures the amount of intake airflow. The MAF sensor is a hot wire airflow meter. The airflow cools the electrically heated wire that is Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element mounted in the air passage. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) determines the amount of intake airflow by detecting the current that is required to keep the hot wire at a constant temperature. The lower limit of the MAF sensor output is specified. If the output is below that limit, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0103 Malfunction Threshold The input voltage from the MAF sensor is 0.1 V or less for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0103 (50): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0103: MASS AIRFLOW (MAF) SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 6: Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 7: Mass Air Flow Meter Output Voltage Graph General Description The mass airflow (MAF) sensor is attached to the intake air passage, and it measures the amount of intake airflow. The MAF sensor is a hot wire airflow meter. The airflow cools the electrically heated wire that is Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element mounted in the air passage. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) determines the amount of intake airflow by detecting the current that is required to keep the hot wire at a constant temperature. The upper limit of the MAF sensor output is specified. If the output is above that limit, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0102 Malfunction Threshold The input voltage from the MAF sensor is 4.89 V or more for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0107 (3): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0107: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 8: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 9: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor senses manifold absolute pressure (vacuum) and converts it into electrical signals. The MAP sensor outputs low signal voltage at high-vacuum (throttle valve closed) and high signal voltage at low-vacuum (throttle valve wide open). If a signal voltage from the MAP sensor is a set value or less, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Continuous None Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Duration DTC Type OBD Status 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0108 Malfunction Threshold The MAP sensor output voltage is 0.23 V or less for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0108 (3): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0108: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 10: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 11: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor senses manifold absolute pressure (vacuum) and converts it into electrical signals. The MAP sensor outputs low signal voltage at high-vacuum (throttle valve closed) and high signal voltage at low-vacuum (throttle valve wide open). If a signal voltage from the MAP sensor is a set value or more, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0107 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MAP sensor output voltage is 4.49 V or more for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0111 (10): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0111: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 12: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance - Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element General Description Two engine coolant temperature sensors and one intake air temperature sensor are used by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). When the engine is stopped and enough time has passed, the temperature of the engine will equal the ambient temperature. When an inappropriate temperature is detected after comparing the temperature readings of each sensor, a malfunction in the corresponding sensor is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 10 seconds or more Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine off time 6 hours No active DTCs P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P1116, P2183, P2184, P2185, P2610 Malfunction Threshold A malfunction is detected if these three conditions are present after the engine and the ignition switch have been off for at least 6 hours:    When the temperature difference between the IAT and ECT1 is 61 °F (34 °C) or more. When the temperature difference between the IAT and ECT2 is 28 °F (16 °C) or more. When the temperature difference between the ECT2 and ECT1 is 60 °F (33 °C) or more. Driving Pattern 1. Turn the ignition off, and wait at least 6 hours. 2. Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0112 (10): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0112: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 13: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 14: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is a thermistor that detects intake air temperature, and it is used for A/F feedback control to compensate for the atmospheric density fluctuations that accompany changes in intake air temperature. The IAT sensor resistance varies depending on temperature. The output voltage and the sensor resistance increase as the intake air temperature decreases. Conversely, the output voltage and the sensor resistance decrease as the intake air temperature increases. If the IAT sensor output voltage is excessively low, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0113 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The IAT sensor output voltage is 0.08 V or less for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0113 (10): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0113: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 15: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 16: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is a thermistor that detects intake air temperature, and it is used for A/F feedback control to compensate for the atmospheric density fluctuations that accompany changes in intake air temperature. The IAT sensor resistance varies depending on temperature. The output voltage and the sensor resistance increase as the intake air temperature decreases. Conversely, the output voltage and the sensor resistance decrease as the intake air temperature increases. If the IAT sensor output voltage is excessively high, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0112 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The IAT sensor output voltage is 4.92 V or more for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0116 (86): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0116: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 17: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Range/ Performance - Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) supplies voltage to the engine coolant temperature (ECT) signal circuit (about 5 V) through a pull-up resistor. As the engine coolant cools, ECT sensor 1 resistance increases, and the ECM/PCM detects a high signal voltage. As the engine coolant warms, ECT sensor 1 resistance decreases, and the ECM/PCM detects a low signal voltage. If the ECT sensor 1 output voltage after driving a set time after starting the engine does not reach a set temperature, or when the difference between the ECT sensor 1 output voltage when driving and the output voltage of the ECT sensor 1 after the engine is stopped a set time does not change a certain amount, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 10 minutes or more Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after starting 10 seconds the engine Fuel feedback Other than during fuel cut-off operation P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, No active DTCs P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P0506, P0507, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2610, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649 With a completely cooled engine (one that has been off for at least 6 hours): Judgment is made after the engine has been run for at least 10 minutes, turned off for at least 10 seconds, then started and run again for at least 10 seconds. Others With a partially cooled engine (one that has been off for less than 6 hours): Judgment is made after the engine has been run for at least 10 minutes, turned off for at least 150 minutes, then started and run again for at least 10 seconds. Malfunction Threshold Malfunction determination 1: With a completely cooled engine (one that has been off for at least 6 hours): Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When the change in coolant temperature after 10 minutes or more of running time is 50 °F (10 °C) or less, a malfunction is detected. Malfunction determination 2: With a partially cooled engine (one that has been off for less than 6 hours): When the difference between the coolant temperature after 10 minutes or more of running time minus the coolant temperature after the engine has been off for 150 minutes and then run for 10 seconds is 50 °F (10 °C) or less, a malfunction is detected. Driving Pattern  With a completely cooled engine (one that has been off for at least 6 hours). 1. Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. 2. Turn off the ignition for 10 seconds, then restart the engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.  With a partially cooled engine (one that has been off for less than 6 hours). 1. Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. 2. Turn off the ignition for 150 minutes, then restart the engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0117 (6): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0117: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 18: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Diagram Fig. 19: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Output Voltage - Graph General Description Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 is used for air/fuel ratio feedback control, ignition timing control, idle speed control, and other functions. The ECT sensor 1 resistance varies depending on the engine coolant temperature. As the engine coolant cools, the ECT sensor 1 resistance increases, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects a high signal voltage. As the engine coolant warms, the ECT sensor 1 resistance decreases, and the ECM/PCM detects a low signal voltage. If the ECT sensor 1 output voltage is less than a set value when the engine coolant temperature is high, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0118 Malfunction Threshold The ECT sensor 1 output voltage is 0.08 V or less for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0118 (6): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0118: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 20: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 21: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Output Voltage - Graph General Description Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 is used for air/fuel ratio feedback control, ignition timing control, idle speed control, and other functions. The ECT sensor 1 resistance varies depending on the engine coolant temperature. As the engine coolant cools, the ECT sensor 1 resistance increases, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects a high signal voltage. As the engine coolant warms, the ECT sensor 1 resistance decreases, and the ECM/PCM detects a low signal voltage. If the ECT sensor 1 output voltage is more than a set value when the engine coolant temperature is low, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0117 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The ECT sensor 1 output voltage is 4.92 V or more for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0122 (7): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0122: THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 22: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description Throttle position (TP) sensor A is a semiconductor type, and it is attached to the throttle body and shaft to determine throttle valve position. The throttle valve position signal from TP sensor A is transmitted to the throttle actuator control module for target position feedback control, then to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) as Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element an actual throttle valve position signal. If the signal from TP sensor A is a fixed value or less for a set time, the throttle actuator control module detects a malfunction and sends the malfunction data to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a TP sensor A malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine Running No active DTCs P0123, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The TP sensor A output voltage is 0.3 V or less for at least 0.2 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0123 (7): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0123: THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 23: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description Throttle position (TP) sensor A is a semiconductor type, and it is attached to the throttle body and shaft to determine throttle valve position. The throttle valve position signal from TP sensor A is transmitted to the throttle actuator control module for target position feedback control, then to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) as Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element an actual throttle valve position signal. If the signal from TP sensor A is a fixed value or more for a set time, the throttle actuator control module detects a malfunction and sends the malfunction data to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a TP sensor A malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine Running No active DTCs P0122, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The TP sensor A output voltage is 4.8 V or more for at least 0.2 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0125 (86): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0125: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 MALFUNCTION/SLOW RESPONSE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 24: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - Graph General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) supplies voltage to the engine coolant temperature (ECT) signal circuit (about 5 V) through a pull-up resistor. As the engine coolant cools, the ECT sensor 1 resistance increases, and the ECM/PCM detects a high signal voltage. As the engine coolant warms, the ECT sensor 1 resistance decreases, and the ECM/PCM detects a low signal voltage. If the ECT sensor 1 output voltage does not reach a specified temperature at which closed-loop control for stoichiometric air/fuel ratio starts within a set time, depending on the initial coolant temperature after starting the engine, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 20 minutes or less DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Initial engine coolant 0 °F (-18 °C) temperature Fuel feedback Other than during fuel cut-off operation P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0117, No active DTCs P0118, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P0506, P0507, P1009, P1128, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649 Malfunction Threshold The engine running time before the engine coolant temperature reaches 98°F (36°C), based on the initial engine coolant temperatures, is as follows. INITIAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURES Initial engine coolant temperature -54 °F (-48 °C) -35 °F (-37 °C) Engine running time 300 seconds or more 0 °F (-18 °C) 60 seconds or more Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine at an engine coolant temperature as specified under Enable Conditions. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 20 minutes. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0128 (87): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0128: COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 25: Engine Coolant Temperature Of Engine Block (ECT 1) And Radiator (ECT 2) General Description The thermostat is closed when the engine coolant temperature is low, and it stops the circulation of engine coolant to speed engine warm up. When the engine coolant temperature increases, the thermostat opens and circulates engine coolant to control its temperature. When the engine coolant temperature decreases, the opening area of the thermostat is reduced to regulate the engine coolant temperature. If the thermostat sticks open, engine warm up is delayed, and exhaust emissions are adversely affected. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) measures the rise in the coolant temperature after the engine starts at the engine block and at the radiator, and it estimates the characteristics of the engine coolant temperature by calculations based on those two temperatures and the driving conditions. When ECT 2 immediately increases from the starting value, it is defined as the thermostat stuck open. When ECT 2 does not increase to the specified value, it is defined as a thermostat malfunction. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status None Depending on driving conditions Two drive cycles, MIL ON PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine off time 6 hours Initial engine 123 °F (50 °C) coolant temperature 20 °F (-6 °C) (ECT 1) Initial engine coolant temperature 20 °F (-6 °C) (ECT 2) Initial intake air 20 °F (-6 °C) temperature The difference between initial 3 °F (2 °C)(1) intake air temperature and current intake air 7 °F (4 °C)(2) temperature P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, No active DTCs P0496, P0497, P0506, P0507, P1009, P1116, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2183, P2184, P2185, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2610, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, U0107 (1) Intake air temperature decrease judgement when there is no driving record of 25 mph (40 km/h) in this drive cycle. (2) Intake air temperature decrease judgement when there is a driving record of 25 mph (40 km/h) in this drive cycle. Malfunction Threshold Malfunction determination 1: If the difference between the current measured coolant temperature at the radiator (ECT 2) and the initial coolant temperature at the radiator (ECT 2) is at least 46 °F (8 °C) when the calculated coolant temperature at the engine (ECT 1) reaches 159 °F (71 °C), a malfunction is detected (thermostat stuck open); or if the coolant temperature at the radiator (ECT 2) only reaches 73 °F (23 °C), a malfunction is detected (thermostat malfunction). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Malfunction determination 2: When the calculated engine coolant temperature (ECT 1) reaches 158 °F (70 °C) before the measured engine coolant temperature (ECT 1) reaches 158 °F (70 °C), a malfunction is detected. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine under the conditions specified under Enable Conditions. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed between 15 - 75 mph (24 - 120 km/h) for at least 10 minutes.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0133 (61): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0133: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) MALFUNCTION/ SLOW RESPONSE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 26: Air/Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Signal Outputs General Description The air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor has a linear signal output in relation to the oxygen concentration. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) computes the air/fuel ratio from the A/F sensor output voltage and uses fuel feedback control to improve exhaust emissions. The ECM/PCM measures the response characteristics against the A/F sensor output, and if the average inversion cycle time is less than the specified value, it detects a deteriorated response and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 8 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Engine coolant temperature Intake air temperature Engine A/T speed M/T 1,500 rpm MAP value 3,000 rpm Vehicle speed Fuel trim Fuel feedback Monitoring priority No active DTCs Other 156 °F (69 °C) - -13 °F (-25 °C) - 1,000 rpm 2,400 rpm 3,750 rpm 40 kPa (11.9 in.Hg, 300 mmHg) 87 kPa (25.9 in.Hg, 660 mmHg) 27 kPa (7.9 in.Hg, 200 mmHg) 33 mph (52 km/h) 0.69 Closed loop at stoichiometric 1.47 P0456, P0457, P0497 P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, P2A00 Without excessive load change Malfunction Threshold The average of 20 periods or less of the A/F sensor inversion cycle is at least 8 seconds. Driving Pattern Fig. 27: Vehicle Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a steady speed up to 25 mph (40 km/h), for at least 5 minutes. 3. Then, drive immediately at a steady speed between 26 - 81 mph (41 - 130 km/h) for at least 8 seconds.  If the EVAP monitor runs instead of the HO2S monitor, turn the engine off, then restart it, and the HO2S monitor will restart.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0134 (41): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0134: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) HEATER SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 28: Air/Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Malfunction Determination General Description The air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is activated by warming the element with a heater to maintain it at a steady high temperature for accurate air/fuel (A/F) ratio calculation. The A/F sensor does not become active when the element is not properly heated due to a heater malfunction, and the exhaust emissions deteriorate. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the A/F sensor condition by monitoring the A/F sensor internal resistance. 1. When the A/F sensor does not activate in a set time after the A/F sensor heater is turned on (with high A/F sensor internal resistance), a malfunction of the A/F sensor heater is detected, and a DTC is stored. 2. The A/F sensor heater cycles ON and OFF within a set time. The heater's state is detected by monitoring the internal resistance of the A/F sensor. If the resistance remains high when the heater is ON, a malfunction in the A/F sensor heater is detected, and a DTC is stored. Because the degree of effect on engine control differs according to the A/F sensor internal resistance, there are two malfunction detection threshold levels. When either one is reached, a malfunction is detected. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 40 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Fuel feedback No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 10.5 V Other than during fuel cut-off operation P0135, P1157, P1172, P2195, P2238, P2252 Malfunction Threshold Malfunction determination 1 The A/F sensor internal resistance value is 50 ohms or more for at least 40 seconds right after the engine starts. Malfunction determination 2   The A/F sensor internal resistance value is 50 ohms or more for at least 15 seconds. The A/F sensor internal resistance value is 80 ohms or more for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, then let it idle for at least 2 minutes. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0135 (41): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0135: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Fig. 29: Air/Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater Circuit Diagram General Description A heater for the sensor element is embedded in the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1), and it is controlled by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). It is activated and heats the sensor to stabilize and speed up the detection of oxygen content when the exhaust gas temperature is cold. If the A/F sensor (sensor 1) heater current is not a set value, or the heater is overheated, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 4 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 68 °F (20 °C) 10.5 V Running P0117, P0118, P0134, P1157, P2195, P2238, P2252 Malfunction Threshold One of these conditions must be met.   The heater current is 0.8 A or more for at least 4 seconds while the heater is activated, and the heater current is 0.8 A or less for at least 4 seconds while the heater is not activated. . The heater current is 15.2 A or more for at least 0.6 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0137 (63): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0137: SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2)) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 30: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Circuit Diagram Fig. 31: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The secondary heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) (sensor 2) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC) during stoichiometric air/fuel ratio feedback control based on the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) output voltage. The secondary HO2S controls the air/fuel ratio from the A/F sensor output voltage so that the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element TWC efficiency is optimized. After current is applied to the secondary HO2S heater, if the secondary HO2S output continues low (lean) during feedback control, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 30 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time that secondary HO2S activity 15 seconds is not monitored after starting the engine Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air temperature -13 °F (-25 °C) Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0300, P0301, P0302, No active DTCs P0303, P0304, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, P2A00 Other Other than at idle Malfunction Threshold The secondary HO2S output voltage is 0.05 V or less for at least 30 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Then, drive immediately at a steady engine speed between 1,500 - 3,000 rpm for at least 1 minute.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0138 (63): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0138: SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2)) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 32: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 33: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The secondary heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) (sensor 2) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC) during stoichiometric air/fuel ratio feedback control based on the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) output voltage. The secondary HO2S controls the air/fuel ratio from the A/F sensor output voltage to optimize TWC efficiency. After current is applied to the secondary HO2S heater, if the secondary HO2S output continues high (rich) exceeding the upper limit used during feedback control, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time that secondary HO2S activity 15 seconds is not monitored after - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element starting the engine Engine coolant temperature Intake air temperature Fuel trim Fuel feedback No active DTCs Other 156 °F (69 °C) - -13 °F (-25 °C) 0.69 1.47 Closed loop P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, P2A00 Other than at idle Malfunction Threshold The secondary HO2S output voltage is 1.270 V or more for at least 5 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Then, drive immediately at a steady engine speed between 1,500 - 3,000 rpm for at least 1 minute.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0139 (63): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0139: SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2)) SLOW RESPONSE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 34: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Circuit Diagram Fig. 35: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The secondary heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) (sensor 2) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC) during stoichiometric air/fuel ratio feedback control. The secondary HO2S controls the air/fuel ratio with the A/F sensor output voltage to optimize TWC efficiency. If the response time of the secondary HO2S becomes longer than the specified time after current to the secondary HO2S heater is applied, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status None 15.7 seconds or less Two drive cycles, MIL ON PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time that secondary HO2S activity is not 15 seconds monitored after starting the engine Elapsed time after fuel 185 seconds cut-off Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air temperature -13 °F (-25 °C) A/T 1,300 rpm 2,600 rpm Engine speed M/T 1,825 rpm 3,400 rpm MAP value 27 kPa (7.9 in.Hg, 200 mmHg) 79 kPa (23.6 in.Hg, 600 mmHg) Vehicle speed 30 mph (48 km/h) Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0141, P0171, P0172, No active DTCs P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2270, P2271, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, P2A00 Malfunction Threshold 1. When the secondary HO2S output drops to the response deterioration judgment threshold value and the response characteristics measurement is finished. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE MIN 0.75 second MAX 2.20 seconds 2. The voltage does not drop to the response deterioration judgment threshold value after a predetermined time (2.20 seconds) has elapsed. Driving Pattern Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Then, drive immediately at a steady speed of 35 mph (57 km/h) or more for at least 15.7 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0141 (65): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0141: SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2)) HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Fig. 36: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Circuit Diagram General Description A heater for the zirconia element is embedded in the secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S), and it is controlled by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). When activated, it heats the sensor to stabilize and speed up the detection of oxygen content when the exhaust gas temperature is cold. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element If the secondary HO2S heater draws other than a specified amperage, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage (IGP terminal of ECM/PCM) Engine coolant temperature State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V 41 °F (5 °C) Running P0117, P0118 Maximum 16.0 V - Malfunction Threshold The current is 0.53 A or less, or 3.60 A or more, for at least 5 seconds when the heater is on. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Let it idle until the radiator fan comes on. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0171 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P0171: FUEL SYSTEM TOO LEAN Fig. 37: Air/Fuel Ratio - Graph General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas from the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) signal voltage, and it uses fuel feedback control to maintain the optimal air/fuel ratio. The air/fuel ratio coefficient for correcting the amount of injected fuel is the short term fuel trim. The ECM/PCM varies short term fuel trim continuously to keep the air/fuel ratio close to the stoichiometric ratio for all driving conditions. Long term fuel trim is computed from short term fuel trim and is used to regulate long term deviation from the stoichiometric air/fuel ratio, which occurs when fuel metering components deteriorate with age or system failures occur. In addition, long term fuel trim is stored in the ECM/PCM memory and is used to determine when fuel metering components malfunction. When long term fuel trim is higher than normal, which is about 1.0 (0 %), the amount of injected fuel must be increased, and when lower than normal, it must be decreased. If long term fuel trim is higher than normal (too lean), a malfunction in the fuel metering components is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle(1) Sequence None Duration Every 7 seconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status N/A (1) The malfunction judgment is cleared when it is judged as normal under the same driving conditions in which the malfunction is detected. Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine coolant Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element temperature Intake air temperature Engine A/T speed M/T MAP value Fuel feedback Monitoring priority No active DTCs 156 °F (69 °C) - 19 °F (-7 °C) 4,000 rpm 4,100 rpm - 550 rpm 20 kPa (6.0 in.Hg, 150 mmHg) Closed loop P0420, P0456, P0457, P0497 P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0341, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2270, P2271, P2646, P2646, P2647, P2647, P2648, P2649 Malfunction Threshold Long term fuel trim is higher than 1.18 (+18 %). Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Then, drive at a steady speed between 15 - 75 mph (24 - 120 km/h) for at least 15 minutes, and watch the long term fuel trim. If the long term fuel trim stays at about 1.0, the vehicle is OK or it is a very minor problem. If a significant fault is still present, the long term fuel trim will move up or down while driving.  When freeze frame data is stored, drive the vehicle under those conditions instead of Driving Pattern 2.  If the EVAP monitor runs instead of the HO2S monitor, turn the engine off, then restart it, and the HO2S monitor will restart.  After clearing the DTC by disconnecting the battery or using the scan tool, extend Driving Pattern 2 to 40 minutes or longer to allow time for long term fuel trim to recover.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive drive cycles in which the engine conditions are similar to the first time the malfunction was detected. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0172 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0172: FUEL SYSTEM TOO RICH Fig. 38: Air/Fuel Ratio - Graph General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas from the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) signal voltage, and it uses fuel feedback control to maintain the optimal air/fuel ratio. The air/fuel ratio coefficient for correcting the amount of injected fuel is the short term fuel trim. The ECM/PCM varies short term fuel trim continuously to keep the air/fuel ratio close to the stoichiometric ratio for all driving conditions. Long term fuel trim is computed from short term fuel trim and is used to regulate long term deviation from the stoichiometric air/fuel ratio, which occurs when fuel metering components deteriorate with age or system failures occur. In addition, long term fuel trim is stored in the ECM/PCM memory and is used to determine when fuel metering components malfunction. When long term fuel trim is higher than normal, which is about 1.0 (0 %), the amount of injected fuel must be increased, and when lower than normal, it must be decreased. If long term fuel trim is lower than normal (too rich), a malfunction in the fuel metering components is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle(1) Sequence None Duration 11.2 seconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status N/A (1) The malfunction judgment is cleared when it is judged as normal under the same driving conditions in which the malfunction is detected. Enable Conditions Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air 19 °F (-7 °C) temperature 4,000 rpm Engine A/T 550 rpm speed M/T 4,100 rpm MAP value 20 kPa (6.0 in.Hg, 150 mmHg) Fuel feedback Closed loop Monitoring P0420, P0456, P0457, P0497 priority P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0300, No active P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0341, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, DTCs P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2270, P2271, P2646, P2646, P2647, P2647, P2648, P2649 Malfunction Threshold Long term fuel trim is lower than 0.81 (-19 %). Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Then, drive at a steady speed between 15 - 75 mph (24 - 120 km/h) for at least 15 minutes, and watch the long term fuel trim. If the long term fuel trim stays at about 1.0, the vehicle is OK or it is a very minor problem. If a significant fault is still present, the long term fuel trim will move up or down while driving.  When freeze frame data is stored, drive the vehicle under those conditions instead of Driving Pattern 2.  If the EVAP monitor runs instead of the HO2S monitor, turn the engine off, then restart it, and the HO2S monitor will restart.  After clearing the DTC by disconnecting the battery or using the scan tool, extend Driving Pattern 2 to 40 minutes or longer to allow time for long term fuel trim to recover.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive drive cycles in which the engine conditions are similar to the first time the malfunction was detected. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0222 (7): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0222: THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR B CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 39: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description Throttle position (TP) sensor B is a semiconductor type, and it is attached to the throttle body and shaft to determine throttle valve position. The throttle valve position signal from TP sensor B is transmitted to the throttle actuator control module for target position feedback control, then to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) as Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element an actual throttle valve position signal. If the signal from TP sensor B is a fixed value or less for a set time, the throttle actuator control module detects a malfunction and sends the malfunction data to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a TP sensor B malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine Running No active DTCs P0223, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The TP sensor B output voltage is 0.3 V or less for at least 0.2 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0223 (7): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0223: THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR B CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 40: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description Throttle position (TP) sensor B is a semiconductor type, and it is attached to the throttle body and shaft to determine throttle valve position. The throttle valve position signal from TP sensor B is transmitted to the throttle actuator control module for target position feedback control, then to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) as Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element an actual throttle valve position signal. If the signal from TP sensor B is a fixed value or more for a set time, the throttle actuator control module detects a malfunction and sends the malfunction data to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a TP sensor B malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine Running No active DTCs P0222, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The TP sensor B output voltage is 4.8 V or more for at least 0.2 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0300 (75): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0300: RANDOM MISFIRE DETECTED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:55 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 41: Crankshaft Position Sensor Pulse Data General Description The crankshaft vibrates slightly when each cylinder fires. If a misfire occurs, the crankshaft rotation speed changes rapidly. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the crankshaft rotation speed based on the output pulses from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. By monitoring changes in the crankshaft rotation speed, the ECM/PCM counts the number of misfires and determines which cylinder is misfiring. If more than one DTC from P0301 through P0304 has been stored while misfires in multiple cylinders are detected, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. There are two types of misfire detection. Type 1 (1 drive cycle): When the number of misfires per 200 engine revolutions reaches the level that damages the three way catalyst (TWC), a DTC is stored and the MIL blinks. When the misfire ceases, the MIL remains on steady instead of blinking. Type 2 (2 drive cycles): When the number of misfires per 1,000 engine revolutions reaches the level that affects FTP mode exhaust emissions, a DTC is stored and the MIL comes on. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Type 1 Every 200 rpm Duration Type 2 Every 1,000 rpm DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Engine coolant temperature Maximum 14 °F (-10 °C)(1) 68 °F (20 °C)(2) Engine speed 500 rpm 6,500 rpm A/T 25 kPa (7.3 in.Hg, 183 mmHg) 700 rpm MAP M/T 24 kPa (6.9 in.Hg, 173 mmHg) value(3) 2,500 A/T 23 kPa (6.7 in.Hg, 168 mmHg) rpm M/T 21 kPa (6.1 in.Hg, 154 mmHg) Fuel feedback Other than during fuel cut-off operation P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0339, No active DTCs P1128, P1129, P2227, P2228, P2229 Other Test-drive on a flat road to avoid misdetection (1) When starting the engine at an engine coolant temperature of more than 14 °F (-10 °C). (2) When starting the engine at an engine coolant temperature of 14 °F (-10 °C) or less. (3) Varies with driving conditions. Malfunction Threshold The number of misfires versus engine revolutions is equal to or greater than the values in the table. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Misfire Type The number of engine revolutions Misfire Type 1 (Severe) Per 200 revolutions Misfire Type 2 (Light) Per 1,000 revolutions (1) Depending on engine speed and load. The number of misfires 18 - 90 times(1) 105 times Driving Pattern Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 42: Vehicle Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed between 15 - 75 mph (24 - 120 km/h) for at least 3 minutes. 3. Stop the vehicle, and let the engine idle for at least 3 minutes.  When freeze frame data is stored, drive the vehicle under those conditions instead of Driving Patterns 2 or 3.  When you have difficulty duplicating the DTC because of road conditions and traffic situations, repeat the driving pattern several times.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL Misfire Type 1: Under high rpm or high load conditions: The MIL blinks once per second if a type 1 misfire (catalyst damaging) occurs, and a Temporary DTC is stored. If the type 1 misfire ceases, the MIL goes off. If a type 1 misfire occurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL blinks at the first misfire occurrence, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. The MIL remains on steady if the type 1 misfire ceases. Under normal driving conditions: The MIL blinks once per second if a type 1 misfire occurs a third time, and a Temporary DTC is stored. If a type 1 misfire occurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL blinks during the third type 1 misfire occurrence, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. If the type 1 misfire ceases, the MIL remains on steady. Misfire Type 2: When a type 2 misfire (emission-related but not severe enough to immediately damage the TWC) occurs within the first 1,000 engine revolutions after engine start-up, a Temporary DTC is stored. If a type 2 misfire occurs after the first 1,000 engine revolutions after engine start-up, a Temporary DTC is stored during the fourth type 2 misfire occurrence. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element If a type 2 misfire occurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive drive cycles in which the engine conditions are similar to the first time the malfunction was detected. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0301 (71), P0302 (72), P0303 (73), P0304 (74): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0301: NO. 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0302: NO. 2 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0303: NO. 3 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0304: NO. 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED Fig. 43: Crankshaft Position Sensor Pulse Data General Description The crankshaft vibrates slightly when each cylinder fires. If a misfire occurs, the crankshaft rotation speed changes rapidly. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors engine misfiring based on the output pulses from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor, counts the number of misfires, and determines which cylinder is misfiring. If a misfire is detected, a DTC is stored. There are two types of misfire detection. Type 1 (1 drive cycle): When the number of misfires per 200 engine revolutions reaches the level that damages the three way catalyst (TWC), a DTC is stored and the MIL blinks. When the misfire ceases, the MIL remains on steady instead of blinking. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Type 2 (2 drive cycles): When the number of misfires per 1,000 engine revolutions reaches the level that affects FTP mode exhaust emissions, a DTC is stored and the MIL comes on. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Type 1 Every 200 rpm Duration Type 2 Every 1,000 rpm DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Engine coolant temperature Maximum 14 °F (-10 °C)(1) 68 °F (20 °C)(2) Engine speed 500 rpm 6,500 rpm A/T 25 kPa (7.3 in.Hg, 183 mmHg) 700 rpm MAP value M/T 24 kPa (6.9 in.Hg, 173 mmHg) (3) A/T 23 kPa (6.7 in.Hg, 168 mmHg) 2,500 rpm M/T 21 kPa (6.1 in.Hg, 154 mmHg) Fuel feedback Other than during fuel cut-off operation P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0339, P1128, P1129, No active DTCs P2227, P2228, P2229 Other Test-drive on a flat road to avoid misdetection (1) When starting the engine at an engine coolant temperature of more than 14 °F (-10 °C). (2) When starting the engine at an engine coolant temperature of 14 °F (-10 °C) or less. (3) Varies with driving conditions. Malfunction Threshold The number of misfires versus engine revolutions is equal to or greater than the values in the table. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Misfire Type The number of engine revolutions Misfire Type 1 (Severe) Per 200 revolutions Misfire Type 2 (Light) Per 1,000 revolutions (1) Depending on engine speed and load. The number of misfires 18 - 90 times(1) 105 times Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Driving Pattern Fig. 44: Vehicle Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed between 15 - 75 mph (24 - 120 km/h) for at least 3 minutes. 3. Stop the vehicle, and let the engine idle for at least 3 minutes.  When freeze frame data is stored, drive the vehicle under those conditions instead of Driving Patterns 2 or 3.  When you have difficulty duplicating the DTC because of road conditions and traffic situations, repeat the driving pattern several times.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL Misfire Type 1: Under high rpm or high load conditions: The MIL blinks once per second if a type 1 misfire (catalyst damaging) occurs, and a Temporary DTC is stored. If the type 1 misfire ceases, the MIL goes off. If a type 1 misfire occurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL blinks at the first misfire occurrence, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. The MIL remains on steady if the type 1 misfire ceases. Under normal driving conditions: The MIL blinks once per second if a type 1 misfire occurs a third time, and a Temporary DTC is stored. If a type 1 misfire occurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL blinks during the third type 1 misfire occurrence, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. If the type 1 misfire ceases, the MIL remains on steady. Misfire Type 2: When a type 2 misfire (emission-related but not severe enough to immediately damage the TWC) occurs within the first 1,000 engine revolutions after engine start-up, a Temporary DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element If a type 2 misfire occurs after the first 1,000 engine revolutions after engine start-up, a Temporary DTC is stored during the fourth type 2 misfire occurrence. If a type 2 misfire occurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive drive cycles in which the engine conditions are similar to the first time the malfunction was detected. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0325 (23): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0325: KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Fig. 45: Knock Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The knock sensor is mounted on the engine block and detects engine knocking. The vibrations caused by the knocking are converted into electrical signals through the piezo ceramic element. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the ignition timing based on the electrical signals. If the signals from the knock sensor do not vary for a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine coolant 140 °F (60 °C) temperature Engine speed 2,000 rpm P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0365, P0369 No active DTCs P0606, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649 Malfunction Threshold No signals from the knock sensor are detected for at least 5 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 - 4,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0335 (4): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0335: CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR NO SIGNAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 46: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor consists of a rotor and a semiconductor that detects rotor position. When the engine starts, the rotor turns and the magnetic flux in the semiconductor device changes. The changes of magnetic flux are converted into pulsing signals to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The CKP sensor detects injection/ignition timing for each cylinder and engine speed. If no pulsing signals from the CKP sensor are detected, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 2 seconds or more (when the engine speed is 750 rpm) DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine No active DTCs Running P0365, P0369 Malfunction Threshold No signals from the CKP sensor are input at least 63 times. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0339 (4): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0339: CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION Fig. 47: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor consists of a rotor and a semiconductor that detects rotor position. When the engine starts, the rotor turns and the magnetic flux in the semiconductor device changes. The changes of magnetic flux are converted into pulsing signals to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The CKP sensor detects injection/ignition timing for each cylinder and engine speed. If an abnormal amount of pulsing signals from the CKP sensor are detected, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2.0 seconds or more (when the engine speed is 750 rpm) One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine No active DTCs Running P0335 Malfunction Threshold Abnormal signals from the CKP sensor are input at least 30 times. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0341 (57): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0341: CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR A AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR INCORRECT PHASE DETECTED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 48: Identifying Camshaft And Crankshaft Position Sensor General Description Camshaft position (CMP) sensor A detects the intake camshaft timing and sends pulsing signals to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The ECM/PCM determines the advance or the retard of the camshaft timing according to the signals from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and CMP sensor A. If the pulse deviates from a set range over a specified time period while the variable valve timing control (VTC) is not activated, or the timing of the camshaft deviates from a set range over a specified time period while the engine is running with the VTC activated, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Condition Engine speed No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 400 rpm P0010, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0344, P1009 Malfunction Threshold VTC OFF  The gap between the position of the CMP sensor A pulse and the median of the CMP sensor A assembly is 10 ° or more for at least 5 seconds. Engine running, VTC active  The timing of the camshaft is out of the specified range (other than when BTDC is between 10 - 100 °) for at least 5 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a steady speed between 19 - 38 mph (30 - 60 km/h) for at least 10 minutes.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0344 (57): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0344: CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR A CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 49: Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A Circuit Diagram General Description Camshaft position (CMP) sensor A detects the intake camshaft timing and sends pulsing signals to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The ECM/PCM determines the advance or the retard of the camshaft timing according to the signals from the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor and CMP sensor A. If the number of pulsing signals from CMP sensor A during intervals between the CKP standard pulses is more or less than the proper number, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine No active DTCs Running P0335, P0339, P0340 Malfunction Threshold More or less than CMP sensor A pulses is detected during intervals between the CKP standard pulses at least 30 times. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0369 (8): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0369: CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR B CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION Fig. 50: Camshaft Position Sensor B Circuit Diagram General Description The camshaft position (CMP) sensor B consists of a rotor and a semiconductor that detects rotor position. When the rotor turns after starting the engine, the changes of magnetic flux in the semiconductor are converted into pulsing signals to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The CMP sensor B detects the top dead center of each cylinder for fuel injection timing. If CMP sensor B pulsing signals are detected an abnormal number of times due to noise, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Duration DTC Type OBD Status 1.2 seconds or more (when the engine speed is 750 rpm) One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine No active DTCs Running P0335, P0339, P0365 Malfunction Threshold Abnormal CMP sensor B pulsing signal is detected at least 30 times. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0420 (67): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0420: CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 51: Secondary HO2S Output - Graph General Description The three way catalytic converter (TWC) converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to water vapor, carbon dioxide (CO2), and dinitrogen (N2). The TWC efficiency does not depend entirely on engine conditions or the deterioration level of the TWC. It can be optimized by stabilizing the secondary HO2S output. If the TWC deteriorates, the air/fuel ratio downstream of the TWC (the secondary HO2S output) often differs from the target secondary HO2S output, and the status is represented by the parameter (SIGSQRLS). Therefore, if the SIGSQRLS exceeds a specified value for a set time, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 52 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Condition Engine coolant temperature Intake air temperature Estimated TWC temperature Engine A/T speed M/T A/T MAP value M/T Vehicle speed Fuel trim Fuel feedback Monitoring priority No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 156 °F (69 °C) - -13 °F (-25 °C) - 932 °F (500 °C) - 1,300 rpm 1,825 rpm 2,600 rpm 3,750 rpm 89 kPa (26.3 in.Hg, 670 mmHg) 73 kPa (21.6 in.Hg, 550 mmHg) 1.47 27 kPa (7.9 in.Hg, 200 mmHg) 4 mph (5 km/h) 0.69 Closed loop P0456, P0457, P0497 P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0139, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2270, P2271, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, P2A00 Malfunction Threshold The number of detections is 832 (CTAGLT67)*1, 416 (CTAGLT67)*2 or more. *1: A/T model *2: M/T model Driving Pattern Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 52: Vehicle Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed between 45 - 75 mph (73 - 120 km/h) for at least 5 minutes, to warm up the TWC. 3. Set a vehicle speed of 55 mph (88 km/h) on the cruise control, and drive for at least 1 minute.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0443 (92): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0443: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VALVE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 53: Evaporative Emission Control System Canister Purge Valve Circuit Diagram General Description The evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve is attached to the vacuum port between the EVAP canister and the intake manifold. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) does not turn on the EVAP canister purge valve when the engine coolant temperature is 131 °F (55 °C) or less. The ECM/PCM adjusts the amount of fuel vapor sent to the engine by controlling the EVAP canister purge valve duty cycle. When the return signal does not change according to the EVAP canister purge valve output for a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage EVAP canister purge valve output duty Minimum 10.1 V 2% Maximum 98 % Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element State of the engine Running Malfunction Threshold The return signal does not change according to the EVAP canister purge valve output for at least 5 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0451 (91): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0451: FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 54: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 55: Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Voltage - Graph Fig. 56: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Output - Graph General Description The fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor is installed on the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister. The FTP sensor is used to detect leaks in the EVAP system. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the FTP sensor output voltage. The FTP sensor output voltage rises as the fuel tank pressure increases. Conversely, the FTP sensor output voltage drops as the fuel tank pressure decreases. Rapid changes in the FTP sensor output voltage due to electrical noise or an intermittent open during the EVAP leak detection may cause incorrect leak detection, so abnormal output is monitored. If the FTP sensor output voltage changes a specified number of times within a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 20 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after 2 seconds starting the engine Throttle position Fully closed P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0452, P0453, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, No active DTCs P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The FTP sensor output fluctuates by 0.3 kPa (0.1 in.Hg, 2 mmHg) or more at least five times within 3 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine in a cold condition, and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0452 (91): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0452: FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 57: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Circuit Diagram Fig. 58: Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph Fig. 59: Fuel Tank Pressure - Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element General Description The fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor is installed on the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister and detects the fuel tank pressure. The FTP sensor is used to detect leaks in the EVAP system. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the FTP sensor output voltage. The FTP sensor output voltage rises as the fuel tank pressure increases. Conversely, the FTP sensor output voltage drops as the fuel tank pressure decreases. If the FTP sensor output voltage does not reach a target value within a set time after starting the engine in a cold condition, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 3 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Elapsed time after starting the engine Other Minimum 2 seconds At idle Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The output from the fuel tank pressure sensor is less than -7 kPa (-2.1 in.Hg, -55 mmHg) for at least 3 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine in a cold condition, and let it idle until the radiator fan comes on. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0453 (91): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0453: FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 60: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Circuit Diagram Fig. 61: Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 62: Fuel Tank Pressure - Graph General Description The fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor is installed on the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister and detects the fuel tank pressure. The FTP sensor is used to detect leaks in the EVAP system. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the FTP sensor output voltage. The FTP sensor output voltage rises as the fuel tank pressure increases. Conversely, the FTP sensor output voltage drops as the fuel tank pressure decreases. If the FTP sensor output voltage is higher than a target value for a set time after starting the engine in a cold condition, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 3 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Elapsed time after starting the engine Other Minimum 2 seconds At idle Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The output from the fuel tank pressure sensor is more than 8 kPa (2.2 in.Hg, 55 mmHg) for at least 3 seconds. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Driving Pattern Start the engine in a cold condition, and let it idle until the radiator fan comes on. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0455 (90): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0455: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LARGE LEAK DETECTED Fig. 63: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 64: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Diagnosis Execution General Description The evaporative emission (EVAP) leak detection system uses an engine off natural vacuum (EONV) method. The EONV method detects leakage from the change in fuel tank pressure via the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor with the engine off. Here is an overview of the malfunction detection for the EONV method: Step 1: Judgement of detection of 0.09 inch leak as normal operation Step 2: Judgement of detection of 0.02 inch leak as normal operation Step 3: Detection of 0.02 inch leak Step 4: Detection of atmospheric air open failure Step 5: Flickering of the FTP sensor < Step 1, 2 and 3 proceed simultaneously. Step 4 and 5 proceed simultaneously. > Step 1: After the engine has stopped, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect "no 0.09 inch leak" depending on the variation corresponding to the pressure inside the fuel tank.  If the variation corresponding to the pressure is less than a specified value and continues for a specified duration, it is identified as a malfunction of "0.09 inch leak" and the diagnosis completes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  If the variation corresponding to pressure is more than a specified value before a specified duration has passed, it is defined as "no 0.09 inch leak", judgement of detection of a 0.09 inch leak is completed, and goes to 0.02 inch leak monitor. Step 2: After the engine has stopped, the ECM/PCM monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect "no 0.02 inch leak" depending on the variation corresponding to the increasing pressure inside the fuel tank.   If "no 0.02 inch leak" is detected, it is identified as normal; the diagnosis is complete. If the pressure inside the fuel tank does not increase for a specified value or more within a specified duration, goes to step 3. Step 3: The ECM/PCM continues to monitor the FTP sensor output to detect "no 0.02 inch leak" depending on the variation corresponding to the decreasing pressure inside the fuel tank. until the detection completes.    If a "0.02 inch leak" is detected, it is identified as a malfunction; the diagnosis is complete. If "no leakage" is detected, it is identified as normal; the diagnosis is complete. If the pressure is not atmospheric pressure or less when the detection is completed, reserve identification and the diagnosis is complete. Step 4: After the engine has stopped, the ECM/PCM monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect atmospheric air failure, after keeping the canister vent opened for a specified duration to stabilize the pressure inside the fuel tank.  If the pressure inside the fuel tank after a specified duration has passed deviated exceeding a specified value from the sensor zero point, and if oil is not identified to fuel during EONV is performed, atmospheric air open failure is detected. Step 5: After the engine has stopped, the ECM/PCM monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect FTP sensor flickering failure, after keeping the canister vent opened for a specified duration to stabilize the pressure inside the fuel tank.  If the deviation of pressure inside the fuel tank and an average value after a specified duration has passed exceeded a specified value for more than a specified duration, failure of FTP sensor flickering is detected. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status None 31 minutes, 37 seconds or less Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Elapsed time before 6 hours starting the engine Initial condition A(1) Initial condition B(2) Initial engine coolant temperature Initial intake air temperature Barometric pressure Battery voltage Maximum 18 °F (10 °C) - 18 °F (10 °C) 40 °F (5 °C) 95 °F (35 °C) 40 °F (5 °C) 95 °F (35 °C) 76 kPa (23.0 in.Hg, 569 mmHg) 10.5 V P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0443, P0451, P0452, No active DTCs P0453, P0496, P0497, P0498, P0499, P0685, P1116, P1454, P145C, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2422, P2610 Other than when there is excessive vapor generation (fuel level is not full) Avoid abrupt acceleration, deceleration, and turns Others Test-drive on a flat road to avoid misdetection No refueling is required (1) The initial intake air temperature minus the current intake air temperature (2) The initial engine coolant temperature minus the initial intake air temperature Malfunction Threshold The variation of pressure inside the fuel tank is 0.03 kPa (0.009 in.Hg, 0.24 mmHg) or more. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern 1. After the vehicle has been left for an appropriate amount of time as specified, with the engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature within the specified range, start the engine. 2. Warm up the engine at idle until the radiator fan comes on. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 3. Drive the vehicle immediately at a speed between 45 - 75 mph (72 - 120 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. 4. After stopping the engine, turn the ignition switch off, and leave the vehicle for 32 minutes or more (EONV executes).  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0456 (90): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0456: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM VERY SMALL LEAK DETECTED Fig. 65: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System - Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 66: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Diagnosis Execution General Description The evaporative emission (EVAP) leak detection system uses an engine off natural vacuum (EONV) method. The EONV method detects leakage from the change in fuel tank pressure via the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor with the engine off. Here is an overview of the malfunction detection for the EONV method: Step 1: Judgement of detection of 0.09 inch leak as normal operation Step 2: Judgement of detection of 0.02 inch leak as normal operation Step 3: Detection of 0.02 inch leak Step 4: Detection of atmospheric air open failure Step 5: Flickering of the FTP sensor < Step 1, 2 and 3 proceed simultaneously. Step 4 and 5 proceed simultaneously. > Step 1: After the engine has stopped, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect "no 0.09 inch leak" depending on the variation corresponding to the pressure inside the fuel tank.  If the variation corresponding to the pressure is less than a specified value and continues for a specified duration, it is identified as a malfunction of "0.09 inch leak" and the diagnosis completes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  If the variation corresponding to pressure is more than a specified value before a specified duration has passed, it is defined as "no 0.09 inch leak", judgement of detection of a 0.09 inch leak is completed, and goes to 0.02 inch leak monitor. Step 2: After the engine has stopped, the ECM/PCM monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect "no 0.02 inch leak" depending on the variation corresponding to the increasing pressure inside the fuel tank.   If "no 0.02 inch leak" is detected, it is identified as normal; the diagnosis is complete. If the pressure inside the fuel tank does not increase for a specified value or more within a specified duration, goes to step 3. Step 3: The ECM/PCM continues to monitor the FTP sensor output to detect "no 0.02 inch leak" depending on the variation corresponding to the decreasing pressure inside the fuel tank. until the detection completes.    If a "0.02 inch leak" is detected, it is identified as a malfunction; the diagnosis is complete. If "no leakage" is detected, it is identified as normal; the diagnosis is complete. If the pressure is not atmospheric pressure or less when the detection is completed, reserve identification and the diagnosis is complete. Step 4: After the engine has stopped, the ECM/PCM monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect atmospheric air failure, after keeping the canister vent opened for a specified duration to stabilize the pressure inside the fuel tank.  If the pressure inside the fuel tank after a specified duration has passed deviated exceeding a specified value from the sensor zero point, and if oil is not identified to fuel during EONV is performed, atmospheric air open failure is detected. Step 5: After the engine has stopped, the ECM/PCM monitors the variation of the FTP sensor output to detect FTP sensor flickering failure, after keeping the canister vent opened for a specified duration to stabilize the pressure inside the fuel tank.  If the deviation of pressure inside the fuel tank and an average value after a specified duration has passed exceeded a specified value for more than a specified duration, failure of FTP sensor flickering is detected. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status P0455, P0457, P0497 are judged as OK At least 11 minutes, 37 seconds but not more than 31 minutes, 37 seconds Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Elapsed time before 6 hours starting the engine Initial condition A(1) Initial condition B(2) Initial engine coolant temperature Initial intake air temperature Barometric pressure Battery voltage Maximum 18 °F (10 °C) - 18 °F (10 °C) 40 °F (5 °C) 95 °F (35 °C) 40 °F (5 °C) 95 °F (35 °C) 76 kPa (23.0 in.Hg, 569 mmHg) 10.5 V P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0443, P0451, P0452, No active DTCs P0453, P0496, P0497, P0498, P0499, P0685, P1116, P1454, P145C, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2422, P2610 Other than when there is excessive vapor generation (fuel level is not full) Avoid abrupt acceleration, deceleration, and turns Others Test-drive on a flat road to avoid misdetection No refueling is required (1) The initial intake air temperature minus the current intake air temperature (2) The initial engine coolant temperature minus the initial intake air temperature Malfunction Threshold      The misalignment of zero point pressure inside the fuel tank is 0.6 kPa (0.1 in.Hg, 5 mmHg) or more. The output from the FTP sensor flickering is 3.04 seconds or more. The variation of pressure inside the fuel tank after phase 1 is 0.3 kPa (0.1 in.Hg, 2.8 mmHg) or more (depending on fuel level and barometric pressure). The sum of the variations of pressure inside the fuel tank after phase 1 and phase 2 is 10 kPa (3.1 in.Hg, 80 mmHg) or less (depending on fuel level and barometric pressure). The barometric pressure is stable for at least 24 minutes, 55 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Driving Pattern 1. After the vehicle has been left for an appropriate amount of time as specified, with the engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature within the specified range, start the engine. 2. Warm up the engine at idle until the radiator fan comes on. 3. Drive the vehicle immediately at a speed between 45 - 75 mph (72 - 120 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. 4. After stopping the engine, turn the ignition switch off, and leave the vehicle for 32 minutes or more (EONV executes).  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle with the ECT and IAT at engine start-up within the specified temperature range, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0457 (90): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0457: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED/FUEL FILL CAP LOOSE OR MISSING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 67: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Operation Diagram Fig. 68: Relationship Between Purge Flow And Fuel Tank Pressure General Description When the fuel fill cap is installed properly, and the purge flow increases, there is some normal resistance to airflow through the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister, and the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor value drops as expected. If the fuel fill cap is loose, and the purge flow increases, there is less resistance to airflow through the system because air is drawn into the fuel tank from the atmosphere, and the FTP sensor value does not drop as expected. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Based on these characteristics, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) looks at the relationship between purge flow and fuel tank pressure, and when the fuel tank pressure decreases very little as the purge flow increases, a loose fuel cap is detected. < Above failure detection is normally operated during purge > Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence P0455 or P0456 are judged as NG Duration 12 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL OFF OBD Status N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine coolant temperature before 131 °F (55 °C) EVAP purge control starts Vehicle speed 2 mph (2 km/h) Barometric pressure 76 kPa (23.0 in.Hg, 569 mmHg) Battery voltage 10.5 V Low purge flow side 10 l/min (10.5 US qt/min, 8.7 lmp 5 l/min (5.3 US qt/min, 4.4 lmp qt/min) detection qt/min) High purge flow side 35 l/min (37.0 US qt/min, 30.8 lmp detection qt/min) Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop at stoichiometric Duration of redetection implementation Every 54.6 minutes permission P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0443, P0451, P0452, P0453, No active DTCs P0496, P0497, P0498, P0499, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P1454, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2422, P2647, U0028, U0155 Other than when there is excessive vapor generation (fuel level is not full) Avoid abrupt acceleration, deceleration, and turns Others Test-drive on a flat road to avoid misdetection No refueling is required Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Malfunction Threshold The output from the fuel cap monitor is 0.071 or more for at least 12 seconds (when there is no NG judgment history in this drive cycle). Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 12 seconds. 3. Drive the vehicle immediately at a speed between 45 - 75 mph (72 - 120 km/h) for at least 12 minutes.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the fuel fill cap caution 1. When a loose fuel fill cap is judged by this detection, the fuel fill cap caution is displayed. At this time, the DTC is not stored. 2. When the first drive cycle leak judgement (Temporary DTC stored) is implemented at a 0.02 inch leak or a 0.09 inch leak, the fuel fill cap caution is displayed when the ignition switch is turned on the next time. Conditions for clearing the fuel fill cap caution 1. When the fuel fill cap caution is displayed by the first drive cycle leak judgement (Temporary DTC stored) at a 0.02 inch leak or a 0.09 inch leak, the fuel fill cap caution goes out when the next failure occurs (second drive cycle) and P0457 is stored. (MIL illuminates by the leak detection) 2. When normally judged by a 0.02 inch leak or a 0.09 inch leak after the fuel fill cap caution is displayed, the fuel fill cap caution goes out when the ignition is turned on the next time. (P0457 is not stored at this time) 3. When driving three times without this failure detection and a 0.02 inch leak or a 0.09 inch leak detection is not done after the fuel fill cap caution is displayed, the fuel fill cap caution goes out. (P0457 is not stored at this time) 4. Use the Clear command of scan tool to erase the caution. This is also applied to cancelling the battery caution. The caution is erased when the MIL is illuminated. DTC P0461 (121): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0461: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 69: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Malfunction - Graph General Description The fuel level sensor is incorporated with the fuel pump and installed in the fuel tank. Using a built-in potentiometer and float, it converts the movement of the float into electrical signals that correspond to the fuel level, and it indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank. If the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) receives no change in the fuel level sensor output after driving for a specified number of miles, it detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Once per driving cycle None Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Duration DTC Type OBD Status One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Mileage No active DTCs Others Minimum 125 miles (200 km) P0462, P0463, U0028, U0155 Avoid driving and stopping on a steep road Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The change in the fuel level sensor output is 3.5 % or less. Driving Pattern Drive for the specified mileage under Enable Conditions without refueling (Turning the ignition switch off is acceptable).  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0462 (121): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0462: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 70: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Diagram General Description The fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) is incorporated into the fuel pump and installed in the fuel tank. Using a built-in potentiometer and float, it converts the movement of the float to electrical signals as an output that corresponds to fuel level variations in the fuel tank. The fuel level, which is indicated by the gauge control module, is sent to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) via the controller area network (CAN). If the ECM/PCM detects a signal from the fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) below a predetermined value for a set time or more, it detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element No active DTCs P0463, U0028, U0155 Malfunction Threshold The fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) output voltage is 0.10 V or less for at least 5 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0463 (121): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0463: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 71: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Diagram General Description Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) is incorporated into the fuel pump and installed in the fuel tank. Using a built-in potentiometer and float, it converts the movement of the float to electrical signals as an output that corresponds to fuel level variations in the fuel tank. The fuel level, which is indicated by the gauge control module, is sent to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) via the controller area network (CAN). If the ECM/PCM detects a signal from the fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) above a predetermined value for a set time or more, it detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P0462, U0028, U0155 Malfunction Threshold The fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) output voltage is 4.92 V or more for at least 5 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0496 (92): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0496: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM HIGH PURGE FLOW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 72: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Purge Flow General Description The fuel (vapor) vaporized in the fuel tank is stored in the canister temporarily and introduced in the engine through the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the vapor amount introduced in the engine by repeating switching the power of the EVAP canister purge valve at a constant frequency according to the condition of the engine. < STEP 1 > The EVAP canister purge valve drives normally (EVAP canister purge valve OPEN OK) and detects that the purge flow is normal when the pulse of the EVAP canister purge valve drive cycle is transmitted to fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor by the purge flow (pulse method). OK determination: Pulse exists (P145C OK)   P0497 Purge flow OK P0496 EVAP canister purge valve Open fix OK NG determination: No pulse (P145C NG)   Either purge flow P0497 abnormality or P0496 EVAP canister purge valve OPEN failure. In this case, classify the failure part according to < STEP 2 >. < STEP 2 > In case there is no pulse, it is determined either no purge flow or EVAP canister purge valve OPEN fix as follows: When the FTP sensor fluctuates from negative pressure condition to atmospheric pressure side after the ignition is turned off: P0496 EVAP canister purge valve OPEN fix Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When there is no fluctuation of the FTP sensor: P0497 purge flow NG Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle P145C is judged as OK Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Low load duration time 10 seconds Wait for stability after the ignition is turned 10 seconds off Engine coolant temperature before 131 °F (55 °C) EVAP purge control starts P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0443, P0451, P0452, P0453, No active DTCs P0498, P0499, P0685, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P1454, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2422 Malfunction Threshold The output from the EVAP canister purge valve is 0.2 kPa (0.07 in.Hg, 2 mmHg) or more for at least 10 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 92 seconds. 3. Turn off the ignition for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0497 (90): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0497: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LOW PURGE FLOW Fig. 73: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Purge Flow General Description The fuel (vapor) vaporized in the fuel tank is stored in the canister temporarily and introduced in the engine through the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the vapor amount introduced in the engine by repeating switching the power of the EVAP canister purge valve at a constant frequency according to the condition of the engine. < STEP 1 > The EVAP canister purge valve drives normally (EVAP canister purge valve OPEN OK) and detects that the purge flow is normal when the pulse of the EVAP canister purge valve drive cycle is transmitted to fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor by the purge flow (pulse method). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OK determination: Pulse exists (P145C OK)   P0497 Purge flow OK P0496 EVAP canister purge valve Open fix OK NG determination: No pulse (P145C NG)   Either purge flow P0497 abnormality or P0496 EVAP canister purge valve OPEN failure. In this case, classify the failure part according to < STEP 2 >. < STEP 2 > In case there is no pulse, it is determined either no purge flow or EVAP canister purge valve OPEN fix as follows: When the FTP sensor fluctuates from negative pressure condition to atmospheric pressure side after the ignition is turned off: P0496 EVAP canister purge valve OPEN fix When there is no fluctuation of the FTP sensor: P0497 purge flow NG Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle P145C is judged as OK Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Low load duration time 10 seconds Wait for stability after the ignition is turned 10 seconds off Engine coolant temperature before 131 °F (55 °C) EVAP purge control starts P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0443, P0451, P0452, P0453, No active DTCs P0496, P0498, P0499, P0685, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P1454, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2422 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Malfunction Threshold The output from the fuel tank pressure sensor is 0.2 kPa (0.07 in.Hg, 2 mmHg) or less for at least 10 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 92 seconds. 3. Turn off the ignition for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0498 (117): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0498: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 74: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit Diagram General Description The evaporative emission (EVAP) canister vent shut valve is attached to the EVAP canister to control the venting of the EVAP canister to atmosphere. The EVAP canister vent shut valve is open (open to atmosphere) when the VSV signal is OFF. If the return signal is "OFF" when the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) outputs the "ON" signal to the EVAP canister vent shut valve, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum 10.1 V Running P0499 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal is "OFF" for at least 5 seconds when the ECM/PCM outputs the "ON" signal to the EVAP canister vent shut valve. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0499 (117): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0499: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 75: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit Diagram General Description The evaporative emission (EVAP) canister vent shut valve is attached to the EVAP canister to control the venting of the EVAP canister to atmosphere. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The EVAP canister vent shut valve is open (open to atmosphere) when the VSV signal is OFF. If the return signal is "ON" when the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) outputs the "OFF" signal to the EVAP canister vent shut valve, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum 10.1 V Running P0498 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The return signal is "ON" for at least 5 seconds when the ECM/PCM outputs the "OFF" signal to the EVAP canister vent shut valve. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P0506 (14): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0506: IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED Fig. 76: Idle Control System Diagram Fig. 77: Idle Control System Normal Operation And System Failure - Graph General Description A target idle speed that meets the engine operating conditions (coolant temperature, A/C ON or OFF, etc.) is Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element stored in the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The ECM/PCM monitors and controls the idle speed so that the actual idle speed is equal to the target idle speed. If the actual idle speed varies beyond a specified value from the target speed over a certain period of time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction in the idle speed control system and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 20 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air 19 °F (-7 °C) temperature Battery voltage 10.5 V Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop Throttle Fully closed position P0010, P0011, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0171, P0172, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0341, P0443, P0496, No active P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P145C, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, DTCs P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, U0107 Other The engine is under no load Malfunction Threshold The actual idle speed is at least 100 rpm less than the target idle speed for at least 20 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 20 seconds. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:56 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0507 (14): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0507: IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED Fig. 78: Idle Control System Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 79: Idle Control System Normal Operation And System Failure - Graph General Description A target idle speed that meets the engine operating conditions (coolant temperature, A/C ON or OFF, etc.) is stored in the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The ECM/PCM monitors and controls the idle speed so that the actual idle speed is equal to the target idle speed. If the actual idle speed varies beyond a specified value from the target speed over a certain period of time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction in the idle speed control system and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 20 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air 19 °F (-7 °C) temperature Battery voltage 10.5 V Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop Throttle Fully closed position P0010, P0011, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0171, No active P0172, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0341, P0443, P0496, DTCs P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P145C, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, U0107 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Other The engine is under no load Malfunction Threshold The actual idle speed is at least 200 rpm greater than the target idle speed for at least 20 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 20 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P050A (167): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P050A: COLD START IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 80: Air Control System Performance Graph Fig. 81: Air Control System Malfunction Determination General Description The quick warm-up system supplies additional air and retards the ignition timing when the engine is cold to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element activate the catalytic converter as quickly as possible. When the actual amount of air is less than the target amount, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Duration of quick warm-up system 40 seconds operation after engine start-up Engine coolant 32 °F (0 °C) 140 °F (60 °C) temperature Throttle position Fully closed P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, No active DTCs P0304, P0335, P0339, P0341, P0506, P0507, P1009, P1116, P1128, P1129, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649 Other Vehicle stopped Malfunction Threshold The total airflow is decreased by a factor of 0.826 for at least 10 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern 1. Allow the engine to cool to an ambient engine coolant temperature of 140 °F (60 °C) or less. 2. Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 118 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P050B (167): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P050B: COLD START IGNITION TIMING PERFORMANCE Fig. 82: Air Control System Performance Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 119 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 83: Air Control System Malfunction Determination General Description The quick warm-up system supplies additional air and retards the ignition timing when the engine is cold to activate the catalytic converter as quickly as possible. When the actual engine speed is a specified value or more, and it continues for a specified time, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 3.5 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Elapsed time after 2.5 seconds starting the engine Duration of quick warm-up system operation after engine start-up Engine coolant 32 °F (0 °C) temperature Maximum - 40 seconds 140 °F (60 °C) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 120 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Throttle position No active DTCs Other Fully closed P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0341, P0506, P0507, P1009, P1116, P1128, P1129, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649 Vehicle stopped Malfunction Threshold The engine speed is 2,200 rpm or more for at least 3.5 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern 1. Allow the engine to cool to an ambient engine coolant temperature of 140 °F (60 °C) or less. 2. Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0562 (34): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0562: CHARGING SYSTEM LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 121 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 84: Charging System Circuit Diagram General Description The alternator is driven by the engine, and it generates electricity to supply the necessary power to the electrical system and to charge the battery. The alternator voltage target values of 14.5 V and 12.5 V are achieved by switching the alternator control mode (controlled by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM)). The alternator output signal is sent to the ECM/PCM, and it varies according to the battery's state of charge, the electrical load, and engine speed. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 122 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When the IGP (power source) terminal voltage is a set value or less for a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 60 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine speed Minimum 500 rpm Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The IGP terminal voltage is 11.0 V or less for at least 60 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0563 (34): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0563: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT UNEXPECTED VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 123 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 85: Engine Control Module/Power Control Module Power Source Circuit Diagram General Description If there is a short to ground in the harness between the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) and the PGM-FI main relay 1, the PGM-FI main relay 1 stays ON even though the ignition switch is OFF, and the ECM/PCM remains active. However, the engine is not running because the power for the gauges, the ignition, and the fuel pump is turned OFF by the ignition switch. When the ECM/PCM operates for a fixed time or more after the ignition switch is turned OFF, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage (IGP terminal of ECM/PCM) Minimum 10.1 V Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The ECM/PCM operates for 5 seconds or more after the ignition switch is turned OFF. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 124 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0602 (196): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0602: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) PROGRAMMING ERROR Fig. 86: Identifying ECM/PCM Program General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) is equipped with an update program to update its control program. The programs in the CPU of the ECM/PCM are classified as an ECM/PCM program (update-capable program) and a program for the update function (non-updateable program). The program update only updates the ECM/PCM program. When the ECM/PCM power is turned off during an update, the power for the update function is lost, and the update process stops. When the program update is stopped before it is completed, the ECM/PCM stores a DTC that indicates the update is not finished. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 1 second or less One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 125 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch ON Malfunction Threshold The ECM/PCM program update is stopped before it is finished for at most 1 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When the ECM/PCM program is not written in the ECM/PCM, the MIL comes on and the DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL and the DTC will be cleared when the ECM/PCM program update is complete. DTC P0606 (0): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0606: ECM/PCM PROCESSOR MALFUNCTION Fig. 87: Monitor Signal Communication Diagram General Description If something is wrong in the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and the monitor Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 126 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element signal from the digital knock system (DKS) CPU is not received for a set period of time, or a signal communication error remains for a set period time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Battery voltage 10 V State of the Running engine After 30 seconds have elapsed since start-up, or after the engine speed exceeds 1,000 Other rpm once No active DTCs P0335, P0339, P0365, P0369 Malfunction Threshold Either condition mentioned below must be met for at least 5 seconds.   No signal from the DKS CPU is detected. Signal from the DKS CPU is detected to be abnormal. Driving Pattern Start the engine, let it idle for at least 30 seconds or raise the engine speed to at least 1,000 rpm. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 127 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P062F (131): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P062F: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE KEEP ALIVE MEMORY (KAM) ERROR Fig. 88: Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Communication Diagram General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) is equipped with a keep-alive memory. The data (control learn data etc) for powertrain control and information (Vehicle Identify Number (VIN) etc) related to the vehicle control is stored in the keep alive memory, so that it can be maintained even when power is not supplied to the ECM/PCM such as when the battery is disconnected. When power is restored to the ECM/PCM, the CPU retrieves the stored information from the keep-alive memory, but when the data retrieval process is not finished normally, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. The CPU writes data to the keep-alive memory from the CPU: Control related data is written when the ignition is turned on, and vehicle information when commanded from the HDS. If the data writing process is not completed normally, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 1 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 128 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch ON Malfunction Threshold A malfunction is detected whenever the keep alive data retrieval and writing process is not completed normally. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0630 (139): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0630: VIN NOT PROGRAMMED OR MISMATCH Fig. 89: VIN Outputs General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) stores a vehicle identification number (VIN) in the keep-alive memory and outputs the VIN according to the command from the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 129 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The VIN for each vehicle is registered to the ECM/PCM using the HDS. The registered VIN is read by the CPU from the keep-alive memory after the ignition is turned on or after the Clear command is executed. If the VIN is not registered in the keep-alive memory when the ignition is turned on or when the Clear command is executed, it is detected as a VIN unregistered condition and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 1 second or less One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P062F Malfunction Threshold The VIN is not registered in the keep-alive memory in the ECM/PCM. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL When the VIN registration is completed, MIL is cleared. DTC P0685 (135): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0685: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) POWER CONTROL CIRCUIT/INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 130 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 90: Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Control Circuit Diagram General Description After the ignition switch is turned off, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) does not shut down immediately. After finishing a predetermined process according to the request of each device and system, the power supply is automatically disconnected (self shut-down function). The ECM/PCM power is disconnected by controlling PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN). During a normal ECM/PCM shut down, the shut down process is executed by the CPU, PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) is turned off, and the voltage to the ECM/PCM is turned off to shut down the ECM/PCM. When the voltage to the ECM/PCM is turned off and the ECM/PCM shuts down without the normal shut down procedure, a malfunction in the PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) control circuit is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type Continuous None 1 second or less Two drive cycles, MIL ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 131 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine speed Minimum 400 rpm Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The ECM/PCM is shut down without the normal shut-down procedure. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive drive cycles in which the engine conditions are similar to the first time the malfunction was detected. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0705 (5): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0705: SHORT IN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CIRCUIT (MULTIPLE SHIFTPOSITION INPUT) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 132 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 91: Transmission Range Switch Circuit Diagram TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONTACT POINT INPUT MATRIX Input per switch Shift lever position P R RVS N D 2 P O X X X X X R X O O X X X N X X X O X X D X X X X O X 2 X X X X X O 1 X X X X X X O: Closed X: Open 1 X X X X X O FWD X X X O O O General Description The transmission range switch is attached to the control shaft. Operating the shift lever makes the control shaft rotate via the shift cable. The A/T gear position indicator indicates which position is selected according to the Low/High signal combinations which vary based on shift lever position. The control shaft changes the position of the transmission range switch, activates the manual valve, and switches hydraulic pressure to shift the transmission through forward/neutral/reverse. The transmission range switch signal is used to determine the shift schedule. The voltage is 12 V (High) at the powertrain control module (PCM) input terminal when each transmission range switch position is open, and it is 0 V (Low) when each switch is closed. If the PCM detects multiple switch inputs instead of the correct switch input for the selected range at that time, it detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 133 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status None 1 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Minimum 11.0 V Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Case 1 The PCM detects the selected range switch input and another range switch (except FWD switch) input simultaneously for at least 1 second. Case 2 The PCM detects the P, R, or N range switch input and the FWD switch input simultaneously for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and then place the shift lever in each position for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0706 (6): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 134 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P0706: OPEN IN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CIRCUIT Fig. 92: Transmission Range Switch Circuit Diagram TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONTACT POINT INPUT MATRIX Input per switch Shift lever position P R RVS N D 2 P O X X X X X R X O O X X X N X X X O X X D X X X X O X 2 X X X X X O 1 X X X X X X O: Closed X: Open 1 X X X X X O FWD X X X O O O General Description The transmission range switch is attached to the control shaft. Operating the shift lever makes the control shaft rotate via the shift cable. The A/T gear position indicator indicates which position is selected according to the Low/High signal combinations which vary based on the control shaft rotational angle. The control shaft changes the position of the transmission range switch, activates the manual valve, and switches hydraulic pressure to shift the transmission through forward/neutral/reverse. The transmission range switch signal is used to determine the shift schedule. The voltage is 12 V (High) at the powertrain control module (PCM) input terminal when each transmission range switch position is open, and it is 0 V (Low) when each switch is closed. If the FWD switch stays open while the vehicle repeatedly accelerates to a specified vehicle speed and then stops despite being in the D position, the PCM detects a malfunction in the transmission range switch (open) and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 135 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration Depending on the driving pattern DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator OFF OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V P0705, P0721, P0722 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold No FWD position signal is detected when the vehicle speed changes from 6 mph (10 km/h) --> 30 mph (48 km/h) --> 6 mph (10 km/h) in the D or 2 position. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine, and accelerate to 30 mph (48 km/h) or more in D position, then slow down to 6 mph (10 km/h). 2. Stop the vehicle, turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat step 1.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0711 (28): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0711: PROBLEM IN ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 136 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 93: ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 94: ATF Temperature Graph General Description The ATF temperature sensor is a thermistor type sensor whose resistance changes according to the change in ATF temperature. The powertrain control module (PCM) sends a 5 V reference voltage to the grounded sensor Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 137 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element through a pull-up resistor. When the ATF temperature is low, the sensor resistance increases and the PCM detects a high signal voltage. As the ATF temperature rises, the sensor resistance decreases and the PCM detects a low signal voltage. If the ATF temperature sensor signal does not change, the PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 5 minutes or more(1) 20 seconds or more(2) DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) (1) Stuck at Low temperature is detected (2) Stuck at High temperature is detected Enable Conditions 1. Stuck at Low temperature ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Battery voltage 11.0 V ATF temperature -4 °F (-20 °C) Initial engine coolant 95 °F (35 °C) temperature Engine coolant 158 °F (70 °C) temperature Throttle position 4.0 ° Vehicle speed 19 mph (30 km/h) No active DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0712, P0713, P0721, P0722 After the engine coolant temperature reaches the fixed value, both the vehicle Other speed and the throttle position meet the conditions for at least 5 minutes 2. Stuck at High temperature ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage ATF temperature Minimum 11.0 V 230 °F (110 °C) Maximum - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 138 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Previous engine coolant temperature when the ignition 158 °F (70 °C) switch was turned OFF Present engine coolant temperature when the ignition switch 95 °F (35 °C) is turned ON Engine coolant temperature 158 °F (70 °C) P0116, P0117, P0118, P0712, P0713, No active DTCs P0721, P0722 Malfunction Threshold 1. Stuck at Low temperature The ATF temperature rise is 9 °F (5 °C) or less after the ignition switch is turned ON, and the current ATF temperature is -4 °F (-20 °C) or less for at least 5 minutes. 2. Stuck at High temperature The ATF temperature drop is -9 °F (-5 °C) or less after the ignition switch is turned OFF, and the current ATF temperature is 230 °F (110 °C) or more for at least 20 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Stuck at Low temperature Start the engine with engine coolant temperature at 95 °F (35 °C) or less, and warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 158 °F (70 °C) or more. Then drive the vehicle at a speed of 19 mph (30 km/h) or more with the throttle position at 4.0 ° or more for at least 5 minutes. 2. Stuck at High temperature Turn off the engine with the engine coolant temperature at 158 °F (70 °C) or more. Restart the engine after the engine coolant temperature drops to 95 °F (35 °C) or less, and warm up the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 158 °F (70 °C), and wait for at least 20 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 139 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P0712 (28): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0712: SHORT IN ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Fig. 95: ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The ATF temperature sensor is a thermistor type sensor whose resistance changes according to the change in ATF temperature. The powertrain control module (PCM) sends a 5 V reference voltage to the grounded sensor through a pull-up resistor. When the ATF temperature is low, the sensor resistance increases and the PCM detects a high signal voltage. As the ATF temperature rises, the sensor resistance decreases and the PCM detects a low signal voltage. When the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage to the PCM is under the specification, indicating that the temperature is above the specification (a short to ground), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V P0711, P0713 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 140 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The ATF temperature sensor output voltage is less than 0.07 V for at least 10 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to the P position, and wait for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0713 (28): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0713: OPEN IN ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Fig. 96: ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The ATF temperature sensor is a thermistor type sensor whose resistance changes according to the change in ATF temperature. The powertrain control module (PCM) sends a 5 V reference voltage to the grounded sensor through a pull-up resistor. When the ATF temperature is low, the sensor resistance increases and the PCM detects a high signal voltage. As the ATF temperature rises, the sensor resistance decreases and the PCM detects a low signal voltage. When the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage to the PCM is above the specification, indicating that the temperature is under the specification (open), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 141 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V P0711, P0712 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The ATF temperature sensor output voltage is 4.93 V or more for at least 10 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to the P position, and wait for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0716 (15): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0716: PROBLEM IN INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 142 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 97: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 98: Vehicle Speed Graph General Description The input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor is attached to the outside of the transmission housing. The input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor generates a pulsing signal according to the speed of the input shaft (mainshaft) idler gear on the input shaft (mainshaft). Using that signal, the powertrain control module (PCM) determines the speed of the input shaft (mainshaft). If no pulses occur with the input shaft (mainshaft) rotating, the PCM detects a malfunction that may be caused by an open, a temporary open, or a short to ground. Based on the velocity ratio measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 143 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine speed 500 rpm Vehicle speed 13 mph (20 km/h) Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D, 2, or 1 position No active P0705, P0706, P0717, P0721, P0722, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, DTCs P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 Not during shifting Others Not when the shift lever is being shifted No electrical noise in the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor output circuit Malfunction Threshold The vehicle speed measured by the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor/(divided by) the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor < 0.188 for at least 10 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 13 mph (20 km/h) or more for at least 10 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0717 (15): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 144 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P0717: PROBLEM IN INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT (NO SIGNAL INPUT) Fig. 99: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 100: Vehicle Speed Graph General Description The input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor is attached to the outside of the transmission housing. The input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor generates a pulsing signal according to the speed of the input shaft (mainshaft) idler gear on the input shaft (mainshaft). Using that signal, the powertrain control module (PCM) determines the speed of the input shaft (mainshaft). If no pulses occur with the input shaft (mainshaft) rotating, the PCM detects a malfunction that may be caused by an open, a temporary open, or a short to ground. Based on the correlation between the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 145 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 10 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine speed 500 rpm Vehicle speed 13 mph (20 km/h) Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D, 2, or 1 position No active P0705, P0706, P0716, P0721, P0722, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, DTCs P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 Not during shifting Others Not when the shift lever is being shifted No electrical noise in the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor output circuit Malfunction Threshold When the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is 13 mph (20 km/h) or more, the vehicle speed measured by the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor is 1 mph (2 km/h) or less for at least 10 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 13 mph (20 km/h) or more for at least 10 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 146 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0718 (15): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0718: INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT FAILURE Fig. 101: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 102: Vehicle Speed Graph General Description The input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor is attached to the outside of the transmission housing. The input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor generates a pulsing signal according to the speed of the input shaft (mainshaft) idler gear on the input shaft (mainshaft). Using that signal, the powertrain control module (PCM) determines the speed of the input shaft (mainshaft). If no pulses occur with the input shaft (mainshaft) rotating, the PCM detects a malfunction that may be caused by an open, a temporary open, or a short to ground. Based on the fluctuation of the vehicle speed measured by the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 147 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 500 msec DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Vehicle speed 13 mph (20 km/h) Battery voltage 11.0 V No active DTCs P0716, P0717, P0721, P0722 Not during shifting Others Not when an output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor intermittent failure is detected Malfunction Threshold The fluctuation of the vehicle speed measured by the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in 10 milliseconds is 4 mph (6km/h) or more, and it fluctuates at least six times within 500 milliseconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 13 mph (20 km/h) or more so it shifts from 1st to 5th in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 148 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P0720 (122): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0720: OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (M/T MODEL) Fig. 103: Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is attached to the transmission housing to sense output shaft (countershaft) revolutions. The engine control module (ECM) determines the vehicle speed according to the signal from the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor to the control units. If no signal from the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is received for a set time, the ECM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine speed Battery voltage Minimum 10.0 V Maximum 4,000 rpm - Malfunction Threshold No signal from the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is detected for at least 5 seconds. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 149 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0721 (9): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0721: PROBLEM IN OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT Fig. 104: Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 105: Vehicle Speed Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 150 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element General Description The output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is attached to the outside of the transmission housing. The output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor generates a pulsing signal according to the speed of the park gear on the output shaft (countershaft). Using that signal, the powertrain control module (PCM) determines the speed of the output shaft (countershaft). If pulse dropouts occur with the output shaft (countershaft) rotating, the PCM detects a malfunction that may be caused by an open, a temporary open, or a short to ground. Based on the velocity ratio measured by the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine speed 500 rpm Vehicle speed 13 mph (20 km/h) Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D, 2, or 1 position No active P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0722, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, DTCs P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 Not during shifting Others Not when the shift lever is being shifted No electrical noise in the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor output circuit Malfunction Threshold The vehicle speed measured by the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor/(divided by) the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor > 5.0 for at least 10 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 13 mph (20 km/h) or more for at least 10 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 151 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0722 (9): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0722: PROBLEM IN OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT (NO SIGNAL INPUT) Fig. 106: Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 152 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 107: Vehicle Speed Graph General Description The output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is attached to the outside of the transmission housing. The output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor generates a pulsing signal according to the speed of the park gear on the output shaft (countershaft). Using that signal, the powertrain control module (PCM) determines the speed of the output shaft (countershaft). If pulse dropouts occur with the output shaft (countershaft) rotating, the PCM detects a malfunction that may be caused by an open, a temporary open, or a short to ground. Based on the correlation between the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine speed 500 rpm Vehicle speed 13 mph (20 km/h) Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D, 2, or 1 position No active P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0721, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, DTCs P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 Not during shifting Others Not when the shift lever is being shifted No electrical noise in the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor output circuit Malfunction Threshold When the vehicle speed measured by the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor is 13 mph (20 km/h) or more, the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is 1 mph (2 km/h) or less for at least 10 seconds. Driving Pattern Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 153 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 13 mph (20 km/h) or more for at least 10 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0723 (9): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0723: OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT FAILURE Fig. 108: Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 154 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 109: Vehicle Speed Graph General Description The output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor is attached to the outside of the transmission housing. The output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor generates a pulsing signal according to the speed of the park gear on the output shaft (countershaft). Using that signal, the powertrain control module (PCM) determines the speed of the output shaft (countershaft). If pulse dropouts occur with the output shaft (countershaft) rotating, the PCM detects a malfunction that may be caused by an open, a temporary open, or a short to ground. Based on the fluctuation of the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 500 milliseconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Vehicle speed 13 mph (20 km/h) Battery voltage 11.0 V No active DTCs P0721, P0722 Not during shifting Others Not when a input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor intermittent failure is detected Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 155 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Malfunction Threshold The fluctuation of the vehicle speed measured by the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in 10 milliseconds is 4 mph (6km/h) or more, and it fluctuates at least six times within 500 milliseconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 13 mph (20 km/h) or more so it shifts from 1st to 5th in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0731 (64): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0731: PROBLEM IN 1ST CLUTCH AND 1ST CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (1ST GEAR INCORRECT RATIO) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 156 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 110: Problem In 1st Clutch And 1st Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Flow Chart Fig. 111: Gear Ratio Versus Shift Status Graph General Description To engage 1st gear, line pressure is supplied to the 1st clutch piston, engaging the 1st clutch, and the secondary Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 157 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element shaft and the secondary shaft 1st gear are connected and revolve together. Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 1st clutch through the ATF strainer --> the ATF pump --> the regulator valve --> the manual valve --> the shift valves --> the feed pipe --> 1st clutch piston. (A shift valve failure in the supply route above is detected by the malfunction detection of each shift solenoid valve.) The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the ratio of the input shaft (mainshaft) speed to the output shaft (countershaft) speed. When the ratio is not the 1st gear ratio, it is detected as a malfunction of the hydraulic circuit or the 1st clutch, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 12 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine 1,000 rpm speed Vehicle 8 mph (12 km/h) speed Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D position P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, No active P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, DTCs P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The actual gear ratio must match one of these conditions for at least 12 seconds with the 1st gear command:   Actual gear ratio > 1st gear ratio by a factor of 1.2 Actual gear ratio < 1st gear ratio by a factor of 0.75 Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to D position, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 8 mph (12 km/h) or more for at least 12 seconds in 1st gear. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 158 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0732 (64): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0732: PROBLEM IN 2ND CLUTCH AND 2ND CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (2ND GEAR INCORRECT GEAR RATIO) Fig. 112: Problem In 2nd Clutch And 2nd Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Flow Chart Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 159 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 113: Gear Ratio Versus Shift Status Graph General Description To engage 2nd gear, line pressure is supplied to the 2nd clutch piston, engaging the 2nd clutch, and the secondary shaft and the secondary shaft 2nd gear are connected and revolve together. Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 2nd clutch through the ATF strainer --> the ATF pump --> the regulator valve --> the manual valve --> the shift valves --> the feed pipe --> 2nd clutch piston. (A shift valve failure in the supply route above is detected by the malfunction detection of each shift solenoid valve.) The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the ratio of the input shaft (mainshaft) speed to the output shaft (countershaft) speed. When the ratio is not the 2nd gear ratio, it is detected as a malfunction of the hydraulic circuit or the 2nd clutch, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 12 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Engine 1,000 rpm speed Vehicle Maximum - 8 mph (12 km/h) - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 160 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element speed Battery voltage Shift lever position No active DTCs 11.0 V - D P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The actual gear ratio must match one of these conditions for at least 12 seconds with the 2nd gear command:   Actual gear ratio > 2nd gear ratio by a factor of 1.2 Actual gear ratio < 2nd gear ratio by a factor of 0.75 Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to D position, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 8 mph (12 km/h) or more for at least 12 seconds in 2nd gear.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0733 (64): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0733: PROBLEM IN 3RD CLUTCH AND 3RD CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (3RD GEAR INCORRECT GEAR RATIO) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 161 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 114: Problem In 3rd Clutch And 3rd Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Flow Chart Fig. 115: Gear Ratio Versus Shift Status Graph General Description To engage 3rd gear, line pressure is supplied to the 3rd clutch piston, the 3rd clutch is engaged, and the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 162 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element secondary shaft and the secondary shaft 3rd gear are connected and revolve together. Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 3rd clutch through the ATF strainer --> the ATF pump --> the regulator valve --> the manual valve --> the shift valves --> the feed pipe --> 3rd clutch piston. (The shift valve failure in the supplying route above is detected by the malfunction detection of each shift solenoid valve.) The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the ratio of the mainshaft speed to the countershaft speed. When the ratio is not the 3rd gear ratio, it is detected as a malfunction of the hydraulic circuit or the 3rd clutch, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 12 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine 1,000 rpm speed Vehicle 8 mph (12 km/h) speed Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D position P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, No active P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, DTCs P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The actual gear ratio must match one of these conditions for at least 12 seconds with the 3rd gear command:   Actual gear ratio > 3rd gear ratio by a factor of 1.2 Actual gear ratio < 3rd gear ratio by a factor of 0.75 Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to D position, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 8 mph (12 km/h) or more for at least 12 seconds in 3rd gear. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 163 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0734 (64): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0734: PROBLEM IN 4TH CLUTCH AND 4TH CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (4TH GEAR INCORRECT GEAR RATIO) Fig. 116: Problem In 4th Clutch And 4th Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Flow Chart Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 164 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 117: Gear Ratio Versus Shift Status Graph General Description To engage 4th gear, line pressure is supplied to the 4th clutch piston, engaging the 4th clutch, and the input shaft (mainshaft) and the input shaft (mainshaft) 4th gear are connected and revolve together. Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 4th clutch through the ATF strainer --> the ATF pump --> the regulator valve --> the manual valve --> the shift valves --> the feed pipe --> 4th clutch piston. (A shift valve failure in the supply route above is detected by the malfunction detection of each shift solenoid valve.) The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the ratio of the input shaft (mainshaft) speed to the output shaft (countershaft) speed. When the ratio is not the 4th gear ratio, it is detected as a malfunction of the hydraulic circuit or the 4th clutch, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 12 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Engine 1,000 rpm speed Vehicle 8 mph (12 km/h) speed Maximum - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 165 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Battery voltage Shift lever position No active DTCs 11.0 V - D P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The actual gear ratio must match one of these conditions for at least 12 seconds with the 4th gear command:   Actual gear ratio > 4th gear ratio by a factor of 1.2 Actual gear ratio < 4th gear ratio by a factor of 0.75 Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to D position, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 8 mph (12 km/h) or more for at least 12 seconds in 4th gear.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0735 (64): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0735: PROBLEM IN 5TH CLUTCH AND 5TH CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (5TH GEAR INCORRECT RATIO) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:57 AM Page 166 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 118: Problem In 5th Clutch And 5th Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Flow Chart Fig. 119: Gear Ratio Versus Shift Status Graph General Description Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 167 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element To engage 5th gear, line pressure is supplied to the 5th clutch piston, engaging the 5th clutch, and the input shaft (mainshaft) and the input shaft (mainshaft) 5th gear are connected and revolve together. Hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 5th clutch through the ATF strainer --> the ATF pump --> the regulator valve --> the manual valve --> the shift valves --> the feed pipe --> 5th clutch piston. (A shift valve failure in the supply route above is detected by the malfunction detection of each shift solenoid valve.) The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the ratio of the input shaft (mainshaft) speed to the output shaft (countershaft) speed. When the ratio is not the 5th gear ratio, it is detected as a malfunction of the hydraulic circuit or the 5th clutch, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 12 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine 1,000 rpm speed Vehicle 8 mph (12 km/h) speed Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D position P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, No active P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, DTCs P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The actual gear ratio must match one of these conditions for at least 12 seconds with the 5th gear command:   Actual gear ratio > 5th gear ratio by a factor of 1.2 Actual gear ratio < 5th gear ratio by a factor of 0.75 Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to D position, and drive the vehicle at a speed of 8 mph (12 km/h) or more for at least 12 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 168 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element seconds in 5th gear.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0741 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0741: TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT STUCK OFF Fig. 120: Torque Converter Clutch System Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 169 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH OPERATION REFERENCE A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A Torque converter clutch operation ON (100 %) OFF (0 %) Torque converter clutch: maximum Torque converter clutch ON (12 V) duty OFF Shift solenoid valve E Torque converter clutch OFF (0 V) Torque converter clutch OFF OFF General Description The power transfer capacity of the torque converter clutch is controlled by the balance of automatic transmission fluid (ATF) supplied to and discharged from the torque converter. When hydraulic pressure is applied internally, the torque converter clutch turns ON, and when hydraulic pressure is applied from the back pressure side, the lock-up clutch turns OFF. As the hydraulic pressure from the internal pressure side increases, the power transfer capacity of the torque converter clutch increases. The direction of hydraulic pressure supply is switched by shift solenoid valve E and the lock-up shift valve. ATF is supplied from the internal pressure side to shift solenoid valve E when the signal from the powertrain control module (PCM) is ON (12 V), and ATF is supplied from the back pressure side when it is OFF (0 V). The balance of internal pressure and back pressure is controlled by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the lock-up control valve. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A maximizes the power transfer capacity of the torque converter clutch when the signal from the PCM is ON (1 A), and it minimizes the power transfer capacity of the torque converter clutch when the signal from the PCM is OFF (0 A). If the ratio of engine speed and mainshaft speed is not about 1:1 while the PCM is issuing the command to turn shift solenoid valve E and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A ON, the PCM detects a faulty lock-up control system and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 20 seconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Engine 158 °F (70 °C) coolant temperature Battery 11.0 V voltage ATF temperature Maximum 212 °F (100 °C) 284 °F (140 °C) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 170 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Shift status 5th Torque converter During controlling operation clutch P0116, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, No active P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, DTCs P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 When both the vehicle speed and the throttle position are in Enable Range Other Malfunction Threshold The ratio of the engine revolution to the transmission input pulse does not reach about 100% for at least 20 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm with no load (in park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a constant speed of 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 20 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 171 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0747 (76): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0747: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A STUCK ON Fig. 121: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 172 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 122: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) Hydraulic Pressure Supply To Clutch By Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft and countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 2.5 seconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Battery 11.0 V voltage ATF (1) (3) temperature -4 °F (-20 °C) , Throttle position Maximum - 4.0 % or more, or fully closed(1), (3) 6.0 % or more, or fully closed(2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 173 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Shift lever position D 1st --> 2nd(1) Shift status No active DTCs 2nd(2) 3rd --> 4th (3) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Torque converter clutch lock-up OFF(3) (1) Symptom 1-A Other (2) Symptom 1-B (3) Symptom 2-A Malfunction Threshold One of these symptoms occurs. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear 1-B Driving in 2nd gear Actual gear position Held in 1st gear Driving in 2nd gear MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 2-A Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear Actual gear position Driving in 3rd gear Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 174 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0752 (70): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0752: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A STUCK ON Fig. 123: Shift Solenoid Valve A Operation Diagram Shift solenoid valve driving signal combination table Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 175 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 124: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description Shift solenoid valve A is installed in the transmission housing. It is controlled by the ON/OFF signal from the powertrain control module (PCM) to apply line pressure to shift valve A. The signal from the PCM is output to apply clutch pressure control pressure to the proper gear change clutch according to the gear change schedule. When the signal to shift solenoid valve A from the PCM is OFF, line pressure is discharged, and shift valve A is inactive. When the signal to shift solenoid valve A from the PCM is ON, line pressure is applied to shift valve A, and it operates against the shift valve A spring. The PCM monitors the mainshaft speed and the countershaft speed at the gear change determined by the shift schedule. When an improper gear ratio is output compared to the predetermined gear change mode, a shift solenoid valve A ON failure is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 2.5 seconds (symptom 1-A, 2-A, 2-B) Duration 3 seconds (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle speed 2 mph (4 km/h)(1), (2) Maximum - Battery Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 176 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element voltage 11.0 V Accelerator (3) pedal position 6.0 % or more, or fully closed Shift lever D position Shift status - 2nd(1) 3rd(2), (3) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, DTCs P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 (1) Symptom 1-A, 2-A (2) Symptom 1-B (3) Symptom 2-B Malfunction Threshold One of these symptoms occurs. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 1 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Driving in 2nd gear 1-B Driving in 3rd gear Actual gear position Neutral Neutral MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 2 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 2-A Driving in 2nd gear 2-B Driving in 1st gear Actual gear position Neutral Driving in 1st gear Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 177 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0756 (71): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0756: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK OFF Fig. 125: Shift Solenoid Valve B Operation Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 178 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 126: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description Shift solenoid valve B is installed in the transmission housing. It is controlled by the ON/OFF signal from the powertrain control module (PCM) to apply line pressure to shift valve B. The signal from the PCM is output to apply clutch pressure control pressure to the proper gear change clutch according to the gear change schedule. When the signal to shift solenoid valve B from the PCM is OFF, and line pressure is discharged, shift valve B is inactive. When the signal to shift solenoid valve B from the PCM is ON, and line pressure is applied to shift valve B, it operates against the shift valve B spring. The PCM monitors the mainshaft speed and the countershaft speed at the gear change determined by the shift schedule. When an improper gear ratio is output compared to the predetermined gear change mode, a shift solenoid valve B OFF failure is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 10 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 2.5 seconds (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle Maximum 6 mph (9 km/h)(1) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 179 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element speed Battery voltage ATF temperature Throttle position Shift lever position Shift status - 2 mph (4 km/h)(2) 11.0 V - - 248 °F (120 °C)(1) Fully closed(2) D Neutral --> 1st(1) 1st(2) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A 1st gear shifting from the N position 1-B Driving in 1st gear Actual gear position Neutral Neutral Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 180 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0757 (71): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0757: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK ON Fig. 127: Shift Solenoid Valve B Operation Diagram Shift solenoid valve driving signal combination table Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 181 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 128: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description Shift solenoid valve B is installed in the transmission housing. It is controlled by the ON/OFF signal from the powertrain control module (PCM) to apply line pressure to shift valve B. The signal from the PCM is output to apply clutch pressure control pressure to the proper gear change clutch according to the gear change schedule. When the signal to shift solenoid valve B from the PCM is OFF, and line pressure is discharged, shift valve B is inactive. When the signal to shift solenoid valve B from the PCM is ON, and line pressure is applied to shift valve B, it operates against the shift valve B spring. The PCM monitors the mainshaft speed and the countershaft speed at the gear change determined by the shift schedule. When an improper gear ratio is output compared to the predetermined gear change mode, a shift solenoid valve B ON failure is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 6 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 2.5 seconds (symptom 1-B, 2-A, 2-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle Maximum 2 mph (4 km/h)(1), (3) - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 182 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element speed Battery voltage Throttle position Shift lever position 11.0 V - 6.0 %(4) - 6.0 % or more, or fully closed(2) D 5th(1) Shift status 3rd(2) 4th(3) 2nd --> 3rd(4) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, DTCs P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B (3) Symptom 2-A (4) Symptom 2-B Malfunction Threshold One of these symptom combinations occurs:   Symptom 1 occurs during the 1st drive cycle, and symptom 2 occurs during the 2nd drive cycle. Symptom 2 occurs during the 1st drive cycle, and symptom 1 occurs during the 2nd drive cycle. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 1 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Driving in 5th gear 1-B Driving in 3rd gear MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 2 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 2-A Driving in 4th gear 2-B Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear Actual gear position Neutral Driving in 3rd gear Actual gear position Neutral Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 183 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0761 (72): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0761: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 184 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 129: Shift Solenoid Valve C Operation Diagram Fig. 130: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 185 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Shift solenoid valve C is installed in the transmission housing. It is controlled by the ON/OFF signal from the powertrain control module (PCM) to apply line pressure to shift valve C. The signal from the PCM is output to apply clutch pressure control pressure to the proper gear change clutch according to the gear change schedule. When the signal to shift solenoid valve C from the PCM is OFF, line pressure is discharged, and shift valve C is inactive. When the signal to shift solenoid valve C from the PCM is ON, line pressure is applied to shift valve C, and it operates against the shift valve C spring. The PCM monitors the mainshaft speed and the countershaft speed at the gear change determined by the shift schedule. When an improper gear ratio is output compared to the predetermined gear change mode, a shift solenoid valve C OFF failure is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 10 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 2.5 seconds (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle speed Battery 11.0 V voltage Accelerator (2) pedal position Fully closed Shift lever D position Shift status Maximum 2 mph (4 km/h)(2) - Neutral --> 1st(1) 1st(2) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, No active P0752, P0756, P0757, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, DTCs P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOM Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM Actual gear position Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 186 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 1-A 1-B 1st gear shifting from the N position 1st gear 2nd gear Neutral Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0771 (74): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0771: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E STUCK OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 187 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 131: Shift Solenoid Valve E Operation Diagram Fig. 132: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 188 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Shift solenoid valve E is installed in the transmission housing. It is controlled by the ON/OFF signal from the powertrain control module (PCM) to apply line pressure to shift valve E. The signal from the PCM is output to apply clutch pressure control pressure to the proper gear change clutch according to the gear change schedule. When the signal to shift solenoid valve E from the PCM is OFF, line pressure is discharged, and shift valve E is inactive. When the signal to shift solenoid valve E from the PCM is ON, line pressure is applied to shift valve E, and it operates against the shift valve E spring. The PCM monitors the mainshaft speed and the countershaft speed at the gear change determined by the shift schedule. When an improper gear ratio is output compared to the predetermined gear change mode, a shift solenoid valve E OFF failure is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 3 seconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Battery 11.0 V voltage ATF -4 °F (-20 °C) temperature Shift lever D position P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0842, P0843, P0962, P0963, No active DTCs P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Other Torque converter clutch lock-up ON Malfunction Threshold This symptom occurs. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 1Symptom 1 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear Actual gear position Driving in 3rd gear Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 189 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0776 (77): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0776: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 190 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 133: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 134: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 191 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft and countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 3 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 1 second (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle 2 mph (4 km/h)(1) speed Throttle 6.0 %(2) position Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D position Shift status Maximum - 4th(1) 2nd --> 3rd(2) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Driving in 4th gear 1-B Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear Actual gear position Neutral A sudden increase in engine speed Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 192 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0777 (77): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0777: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 193 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 135: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 136: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 194 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft and countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 3 seconds (symptom 1-A, 2-A) Duration 4 seconds (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Battery 11.0 V voltage ATF (1) (3) temperature -4 °F (-20 °C) , Throttle 6.0 % or more, or fully closed position Shift lever D position Maximum - 2nd --> 3rd(1) Shift status 1st(2) 4th --> 5th(3) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B (3) Symptom 2-A Malfunction Threshold One of these symptoms occurs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 195 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear 1-B Driving in 1st gear Actual gear position Held in 2nd gear Driving in 1st gear MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 2-A Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear Actual gear position Held in 4th gear Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0780 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0780: SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM General Description This fault code is a general (specified by SAE) DTC that is stored at a time the following DTC codes (P1730, P1731, P01732, P1733 and P1734) are detected. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 196 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status Refer to the specific DTC information. (P1730, P1731, P01732, P1733, P1734) Enable Conditions Refer to the specific DTC information. (P1730, P1731, P01732, P1733, P1734) Malfunction Threshold One of these DTCs is stored. P1730, P1731, P01732, P1733, P1734 Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0796 (78): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0796: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 197 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 137: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 138: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 198 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft and countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 3 seconds (symptom 1-A, 1-B, 2-B) Duration 6 seconds (symptom 2-A) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle 2 mph (4 km/h)(1), (3), (4) speed Battery 11.0 V voltage Throttle 6.0 % or more, or fully closed(2) position Shift lever D position Maximum - 3rd(1), (4) Shift status 2nd(2) 5th(3) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B (3) Symptom 2-A (4) Symptom 2-B Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 199 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element One of these symptom combinations occurs:    Symptom 1 occurs during the 1st drive cycle, and symptom 2 occurs during the 2nd drive cycle. Symptom 2 occurs during the 1st drive cycle, and symptom 1 occurs during the 2nd drive cycle. Symptom 2 occurs during both the 1st drive cycle and the 2nd drive cycle. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 1 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Driving in 3rd gear 1-B Driving in 2nd gear Actual gear position Neutral Driving in 2nd gear MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 2 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 2-A Driving in 5th gear 2-B Driving in 3rd gear Actual gear position Neutral Neutral Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0797 (78): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0797: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 200 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 139: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 140: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 201 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft and countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 2.5 seconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Battery 11.0 V voltage ATF -4 °F (-20 °C) temperature Shift lever D position P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, No active P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, DTCs P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold This symptom occurs. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD - SYMPTOM 1 Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear Actual gear position Driving in 3rd gear Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 202 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0842 (25): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0842: SHORT IN 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH (CLUTCH) STUCK ON Fig. 141: 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 203 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 142: Gear Position Versus Shift Status Graph General Description The 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is installed in the hydraulic pressure circuit to the 2nd clutch. When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 2nd clutch, the switch is turned ON. When hydraulic pressure is not supplied to the 2nd clutch, the switch is turned OFF. The signal of the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is input to the powertrain control module (PCM). The PCM detects the hydraulic pressure supply conditions at the gear change to 2nd gear (1st --> 2nd, 3rd --> 2nd) to reduce the shock that occurs at the gear change. If the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is ON while driving the vehicle with the speed ratio of the countershaft to mainshaft other than 2nd (the ratio is Neutral or 4th), the PCM detects a 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch failure and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 2 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Battery 11.0 V voltage P0116, P0117, P0118, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, No active P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0843, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, DTCs P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The input signal from the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch to the PCM is low when driving in 4th gear. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle in D position and 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 204 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0843 (25): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0843: OPEN IN 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK OFF Fig. 143: 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 205 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 144: Gear Position Versus Shift Status Graph General Description The 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is installed in the hydraulic pressure circuit to the 2nd clutch. When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 2nd clutch, the switch is turned ON. When hydraulic pressure is not supplied to the 2nd clutch, the switch is turned OFF. The signal of the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is input to the powertrain control module (PCM). The PCM detects the hydraulic pressure supply conditions at the gear change to 2nd gear (1st --> 2nd, 3rd --> 2nd) to reduce the shock that occurs at the gear change. If the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is OFF while driving with the rotation speed ratio of the input/output pulses in 2nd gear, the PCM detects a malfunction in the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 2 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Battery 11.0 V voltage Maximum - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 206 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element No active DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0842, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The input signal from the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch to the PCM is high when driving in 2nd gear. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle in D position and 2nd gear for at least 2 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0847 (26): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0847: SHORT IN 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK ON Fig. 145: 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 207 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 146: Gear Position Versus Shift Status Graph General Description The 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is installed in the hydraulic pressure circuit to the 3rd clutch. When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 3rd clutch, the switch is turned ON. When hydraulic pressure is not supplied to the 3rd clutch, the switch is turned OFF. The signal of the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is input to the powertrain control module (PCM). The PCM detects the hydraulic pressure supply conditions at the gear change to 3rd gear (2nd --> 3rd, 4th --> 3rd) to reduce the shock that occurs at the gear change. If the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is ON while driving the vehicle with the speed ratio of the countershaft to mainshaft in other than 3rd gear (the ratio is Neutral or 4th), the PCM detects a 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch failure and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 2 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 208 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Battery voltage 11.0 V No active DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0848, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 - Malfunction Threshold The input signal from the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch to the PCM is low when driving in 4th gear. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle in D position and 4th gear for at least 2 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0848 (26): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS) DTC P0848: OPEN IN 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK OFF Fig. 147: 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 209 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 148: Gear Position Versus Shift Status Graph General Description The 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is installed in the hydraulic pressure circuit to the 3rd clutch. When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the 3rd clutch, the switch is turned ON. When hydraulic pressure is not supplied to the 3rd clutch, the switch is turned OFF. The signal of the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is input to the powertrain control module (PCM). The PCM detects the hydraulic pressure supply conditions at the gear change to 3rd gear (2nd --> 3rd, 4th --> 3rd) to reduce the shock that occurs at the gear change. If the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch is OFF while driving with the rotation speed ratio of the input/output pulses in 3rd gear, the PCM detects a malfunction in the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 2 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Battery 11.0 V voltage Maximum - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 210 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element No active DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0780, P0796, P0797, P0847, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986, P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 Malfunction Threshold The input signal from the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch to the PCM is high when driving in 3rd gear. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle in D position and 3rd gear for at least 2 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the D indicator blinks, and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0962 (16): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0962: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 211 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 149: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit Diagram Fig. 150: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Failure Area Graph General Description A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is used for clutch pressure control and lock-up control. A spool in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pushes a valve according to the duty cycle that is controlled by the powertrain control module (PCM) to pressurize fluid so the hydraulic pressure is proportional to the current. The PCM measures the current flowing through A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and uses feedback control to compensate the difference between the actual current and the commanded one. If the measured current for the PCM output duty cycle is not within a specified range (open or short), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 212 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V Running P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0963 Malfunction Threshold The measured current for the PCM's command value is as specified here for at least 1 second. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Duty (%) Current (A) 56.5 - 89 0.19 or less More than 89 0.27 or less Failure mode Low Input Low Input Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0963 (16): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0963: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:58 AM Page 213 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 151: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit Diagram Fig. 152: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Failure Area Graph General Description A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is used for clutch pressure control and lock-up control. A spool in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pushes a valve according to the duty cycle that is controlled by the powertrain control module (PCM) to pressurize fluid so the hydraulic pressure is proportional to the current. The PCM measures the current flowing through A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and uses feedback control to compensate the difference between the actual current and the commanded one. If the measured current for the PCM output duty cycle is not within a specified range (open or short), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 214 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V Running P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0962 Malfunction Threshold The measured current for the PCM's command value is as specified here for at least 1 second. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Duty (%) Current (A) Less than 13.7 0.6 or more 13.7 - 20 0.9 or more Failure mode High Input High Input Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0966 (23): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0966: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 215 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 153: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit Diagram Fig. 154: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Failure Area Graph General Description A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B is used for clutch pressure control. A spool in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pushes a valve according to the duty cycle that is controlled by the powertrain control module (PCM) to pressurize fluid so the hydraulic pressure is proportional to the current. The PCM measures the current flowing through A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and uses feedback control to compensate the difference between the actual current and the commanded one. If the measured current for the PCM output duty cycle is not within a specified range (open or short), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 216 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V Running P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974 Malfunction Threshold The measured current for the PCM's command value is as specified here for at least 1 second. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Duty (%) Current (A) 56.5 - 89 0.9 or less More than 89 0.27 or less Failure mode Low Input Low Input Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0967 (23): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0967: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 217 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 155: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit Diagram Fig. 156: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Failure Area Graph General Description A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B is used for clutch pressure control. A spool in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pushes a valve according to the duty cycle that is controlled by the powertrain control module (PCM) to pressurize fluid so the hydraulic pressure is proportional to the current. The PCM measures the current flowing through A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and uses feedback control to compensate the difference between the actual current and the commanded one. If the measured current for the PCM output duty cycle is not within a specified range (open or short), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 218 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V Running P0966, P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974 Malfunction Threshold The measured current for the PCM's command value is as specified here for at least 1 second. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Duty (%) Current (A) Less than 13.7 0.6 or more 13.7 - 20 0.9 or more Failure mode High Input High Input Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0970 (29): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0970: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 219 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 157: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit Diagram Fig. 158: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Failure Area Graph General Description A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is used for clutch pressure control. A spool in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pushes a valve according to the duty cycle that is controlled by the powertrain control module (PCM) to pressurize fluid so the hydraulic pressure is proportional to the current. The PCM measures the current flowing through A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and uses feedback control to compensate the difference between the actual current and the commanded one. If the measured current for the PCM output duty cycle is not within a specified range (open or short), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 220 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V Running P0966, P0967, P0971, P0973, P0974 Malfunction Threshold The measured current for the PCM's command value is as specified here for at least 1 second. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Duty (%) Current (A) 56.5 - 89 0.19 or less More than 89 0.27 or less Failure mode Low Input Low Input Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0971 (29): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0971: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 221 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 159: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit Diagram Fig. 160: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Failure Area Graph General Description A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is used for clutch pressure control. A spool in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pushes a valve according to the duty cycle that is controlled by the powertrain control module (PCM) to pressurize fluid so the hydraulic pressure is proportional to the current. The PCM measures the current flowing through A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and uses feedback control to compensate the difference between the actual current and the commanded one. If the measured current for the PCM output duty cycle is not within a specified range (open or short), a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 222 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V Running P0966, P0967, P0970, P0973, P0974 Malfunction Threshold The measured current for the PCM's command value is as specified here for at least 1 second. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Duty (%) Current (A) Less than 13.7 0.6 or more 13.7 - 20 0.9 or more Failure mode High Input High Input Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0973 (7): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0973: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 223 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 161: Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit Diagram Fig. 162: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn ON the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 224 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0974 Malfunction Threshold The return signal does not match the command to turn ON shift solenoid valve A for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle with the 1st gear in D position for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0974 (7): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0974: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 225 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 163: Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit Diagram Fig. 164: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn OFF the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V P0966, P0967, P0970, P0971, P0973 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 226 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Malfunction Threshold The return signal does not match the command to turn OFF shift solenoid valve A for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to P position, and wait for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0976 (8): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0976: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT Fig. 165: Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 227 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 166: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn ON the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V P0977, P0985, P0986 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 228 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn ON shift solenoid valve B for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to P position, and wait for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0977 (8): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0977: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT Fig. 167: Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 229 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 168: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn OFF the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V P0976, P0985, P0986 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 230 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn OFF shift solenoid valve B for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 3rd gear in D position, then drive the vehicle in 3rd gear for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0979 (22): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0979: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT Fig. 169: Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 231 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 170: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn ON the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V P0962, P0963, P0980, P0982, P0983 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 232 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn ON shift solenoid valve C for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D position for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0980 (22): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0980: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT Fig. 171: Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 233 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 172: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn OFF the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V P0962, P0963, P0979, P0982, P0983 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 234 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn OFF shift solenoid valve C for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to P position, and wait for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0982 (60): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0982: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D CIRCUIT Fig. 173: Shift Solenoid Valve D Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 235 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 174: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn ON the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V P0962, P0963, P0979, P0980, P0983 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 236 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn ON shift solenoid valve D for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in D position for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0983 (60): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0983: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D CIRCUIT Fig. 175: Shift Solenoid Valve D Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 237 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 176: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn OFF the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 11.0 V P0962, P0963, P0979, P0980, P0982 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 238 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn OFF shift solenoid valve D for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to P position, and wait for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0985 (61): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0985: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E CIRCUIT Fig. 177: Shift Solenoid Valve E Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 239 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 178: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn ON the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V P0976, P0977, P0986 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 240 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn ON shift solenoid valve E for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, shift to P position, and wait for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P0986 (61): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0986: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E CIRCUIT Fig. 179: Shift Solenoid Valve E Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 241 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 180: Shift Solenoid Valve Driving Signal Combination Table General Description When shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are turned ON, the hydraulic pressure circuit opens. The hydraulic pressure circuit supplies/discharges hydraulic pressure to/from each clutch according to the combination of the ON/OFF status of those valves and the shift valves. The powertrain control module (PCM) commands the driver circuit to turn on the shift solenoid valve. The circuit diagnoses malfunctions such as a circuit short or open, and sends back a return signal during the PCM's command. When the return signal does not match the PCM command, a malfunction is detected by the PCM. The malfunction is detected when the return signal does not match the PCM command to turn OFF the shift solenoid valve, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1 second or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 11.0 V P0976, P0977, P0985 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 242 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The return signal does not match the command to turn OFF shift solenoid valve E for at least 1 second. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in D position for at least 1 second.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1009 (56): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1009: VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL (VTC) ADVANCE MALFUNCTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 243 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 181: Identifying Variable Valve Timing Control Components Location With Flow Diagram General Description The variable valve timing control (VTC) system controls the phase of the intake camshaft. It uses oil pressure to operate the VTC actuator so the valve timing is optimized depending on driving conditions. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the phase control command and the actual timing of the camshaft by using camshaft position (CMP) sensor A. If an over-advanced camshaft phase (compared to the directed value) continues or when the camshaft phase is otherwise abnormal, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 0.5 second or more, up to 3 seconds DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Elapsed time after starting the engine No active DTCs Other Minimum Maximum 0.5 second - P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344 After restarting the engine with the intake camshaft angle 10 ° for 0.5 second or more Malfunction Threshold When the camshaft phase value is not 24.0 ° or less within the monitored area (camshaft phase control directed value plus failure judgment value) after 3 seconds have passed, or when the camshaft phase value is 20.0 ° or less and continues for 3 seconds or more, even when the VTC does not actuate. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Let it idle. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 244 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1109 (13): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1109: BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR CIRCUIT OUT OF RANGE-HIGH Fig. 182: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 183: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 245 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The barometric pressure (BARO) sensor is built into the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and it monitors atmospheric pressure. The ECM/PCM estimates appropriate intake airflow from the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor output voltage and BARO sensor output voltage. When BARO sensor output voltage is within the specified range, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P2228, P2229 Malfunction Threshold The BARO sensor output voltage is between 3.59 V to 4.49 V for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1116 (86): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1116: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 1 PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 246 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 184: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance - Graph General Description Two engine coolant temperature sensors and one intake air temperature sensor are used by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). When the engine is stopped and enough time has passed, the temperature of the engine will equal the ambient temperature. When an inappropriate temperature is detected after comparing the temperature readings of each sensor, a malfunction in the corresponding sensor is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 10 seconds or more Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 247 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine off time 6 hours No active DTCs P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P2183, P2184, P2185, P2610 Malfunction Threshold A malfunction is detected if these three conditions are present after the engine and the ignition switch have been off for at least 6 hours before restarting the engine.    When the temperature difference between the IAT and ECT1 is 61 °F (34 °C) or more. When the temperature difference between the IAT and ECT2 is 28 °F (16 °C) or more. When the temperature difference between the ECT2 and ECT1 is 60 °F (33 °C) or more. Driving Pattern 1. Turn the ignition off, and wait at least 6 hours. 2. Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1128 (5): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1128: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR SIGNAL LOWER THAN EXPECTED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 248 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 185: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph Fig. 186: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Normal Operation And System Failure - Graph General Description The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor senses manifold absolute pressure (vacuum) and converts it into electrical signals. The MAP sensor outputs low signal voltage at high-vacuum (idling) and high signal voltage at low-vacuum (throttle valve wide open). The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) compares a predetermined MAP value at a given throttle position and manifold absolute pressure to the output voltage value of the MAP sensor. If the MAP sensor outputs lower voltage than expected, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 249 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 2 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after the VTEC system 2 seconds changes Engine coolant 34 °F (1 °C) temperature Engine speed 1,400 rpm Vehicle speed 15 mph (24 km/h) 1,000 13.4 ° rpm Throttle position 3,000 28.1 ° rpm Fuel feedback Other than during fuel cut-off operation P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0171, P0172, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0341, P0506, P0507, P1129, P2101, P2108, P2118, No active DTCs P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The MAP sensor output is 28 kPa (8.4 in.Hg, 215 mmHg)* or less for at least 2 seconds when atmospheric pressure is 52 kPa (15.4 in.Hg, 392 mmHg). *: Depending on atmospheric pressure. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more with a throttle position as specified under Enable Conditions for at least 2 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 250 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1129 (5): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1129: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR SIGNAL HIGHER THAN EXPECTED Fig. 187: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 251 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 188: Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Normal Operation And System Failure - Graph General Description The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor senses manifold absolute pressure (vacuum) and converts it into electrical signals. The MAP sensor outputs low signal voltage at high-vacuum (throttle valve closed) and high signal voltage at low-vacuum (throttle valve wide open). The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) compares a predetermined MAP value at a given throttle position and manifold absolute pressure to the output voltage value of the MAP sensor. If the MAP sensor outputs high voltage during fuel cut-off operation for deceleration with the throttle valve fully closed, which should make the manifold absolute pressure lower, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 2 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 252 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element the VTEC system changes Engine coolant temperature Engine speed Vehicle speed Fuel feedback Throttle position No active DTCs 2 seconds - 34 °F (1 °C) - 1,400 rpm 5,700 rpm 15 mph (24 km/h) During deceleration Fully closed P0010, P0011, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0171, P0172, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0341, P0443, P0496, P0497, P0506, P0507, P1009, P1128, P145C, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The MAP sensor output is 37 kPa (10.9 in.Hg, 277 mmHg) or more for at least 2 seconds. Driving Pattern Fig. 189: Vehicle Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a steady speed between 55 - 75 mph (88 - 120 km/h) for at least 10 seconds. 3. Then, decelerate with the throttle valve fully closed for at least 2 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 253 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1157 (48): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1157: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) AFS CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 190: Air/Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Circuit Diagram General Description The air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust system and detects oxygen content in the exhaust gas. The A/F sensor outputs voltage to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). A heater for the sensor element is embedded in the A/F sensor (sensor 1). When activated, it heats the sensor to stabilize and speed up the detection of oxygen content by controlling current flow through the heater. The current diminishes as the voltage applied to the element reaches a certain range because the amount of oxygen that passes through the diffusion layer is limited. The current is proportional to the oxygen content in the exhaust gas, so the air/fuel ratio is detected by the measurement of the current. The ECM/PCM compares the set Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 254 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element target air/fuel ratio to the detected air/fuel ratio and adjusts the fuel injection duration. If the A/F sensor (sensor 1) voltage is low, the air/fuel ratio is lean, and the ECM/PCM uses A/F feedback control to issue a Rich command. If the A/F sensor (sensor 1) voltage is high, the air/fuel ratio is rich, and the ECM/PCM uses A/F feedback control to issue a Lean command. If the element is not activated for a set time when power is drawn by the A/F sensor (sensor 1) heater, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine coolant 68 °F(20 °C) temperature Battery voltage 10.5 V State of the engine Running No active DTCs P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P2195, P2238, P2252 After applying current to the air/fuel ratio sensor (sensor 1) heater for at least Others 17.5 seconds Malfunction Threshold The A/F sensor (sensor 1) heater element resistance is 250 ohms or more for at least 5 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 255 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1172 (61): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1172: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) CIRCUIT OUT OF RANGE HIGH Fig. 191: Air/Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description If a malfunction causes the air/fuel sensor value sent to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) to deviate from the normal control area, the air/fuel (A/F) sensor may still become active after the engine starts, but the air/fuel feedback does not start normally and the emissions deteriorate. When the A/F sensor output is out of the normal area, and this condition continues after the A/F sensor is active, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 256 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 7 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0300, No active P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1128, P1129, P1157, DTCs P145C, P2195, P2238, P2252 Malfunction Threshold A malfunction is detected when the A/F sensor output voltage is 4.9 V or more. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1297 (20): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1297: ELECTRICAL LOAD DETECTOR (ELD) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:39:59 AM Page 257 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 192: Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit Diagram General Description The electrical load detector (ELD) is built into the under-hood fuse/relay box. It monitors the current fed to the ignition switch and sends a signal to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If the ELD output voltage is extremely low, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Ignition switch No active DTCs Minimum 10.0 V ON P1298 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The ELD output voltage is 0.27 V or less for at least 5 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 258 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1298 (20): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1298: ELECTRICAL LOAD DETECTOR (ELD) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 193: Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit Diagram General Description The electrical load detector (ELD) is built into the under-hood fuse/relay box. It monitors the current fed to the ignition switch and sends a signal to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If the ELD output voltage is extremely high, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Ignition switch No active DTCs Minimum 10.0 V ON P1297 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The ELD output voltage is 4.57 V or more for at least 5 seconds. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 259 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1454 (91): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1454: FUEL TANK PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 194: FTP Sensor Output After Starting Engine Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 260 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 195: Malfunction Judgement Flow Chart Of FTP Sensor And EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve General Description The fuel tank pressure is about 0 kPa (0 in.Hg, 0 mmHg) when starting a cold engine. When the fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor output value is out of a specified range and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) judges that there's no other cause [no evaporative emission (EVAP) canister vent shut valve failure, etc.] of the FTP sensor zero point shift, the ECM/PCM detects an FTP sensor malfunction. However, if the FTP sensor output when starting the engine is a prescribed negative value or less (excessive negative pressure is detected), the malfunction judgment should be done as follows because it is difficult to distinguish the FTP sensor zero point shift (P1454) from the EVAP canister vent shut valve failure (P2422). 1. If either Temporary DTC P1454 or P2422 is not stored, the ECM/PCM stores both DTCs. 2. If both P1454 and P2422 Temporary DTCs are stored and an excessive negative pressure is detected, both P1454 and P2422 DTCs are stored. 3. If either Temporary DTC P1454 or P2422 is stored and an excessive negative pressure is detected, the ECM/PCM stores the DTC of the temporary DTC that was stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence P0452, P0453, P2422 are judged as OK Duration 8 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 261 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after starting the 10 seconds engine P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0443, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0496, P0497, No active DTCs P0498, P0499, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2422 The EVAP canister vent shut valve has not been closing Others Stopping the purge control Malfunction Threshold   The FTP sensor output fluctuates by 0.7 kPa (0.2 in.Hg, 5 mmHg) or more, or -0.7 kPa (-0.2 in.Hg, -5 mmHg) or less, for at least 8 seconds. The FTP sensor output value is -1.3 kPa (-0.3 in.Hg, -10 mmHg) or less for at least 8 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and let it idle until the radiator fan comes on. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P145C (90): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P145C: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 262 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 196: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Diagram General Description The fuel (vapor) vaporized in the fuel tank is stored in the canister temporarily and introduced in the engine through the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the vapor amount introduced in the engine by repeating switching the power of the EVAP canister purge valve at a constant frequency according to the condition of the engine. < STEP 1 > The EVAP canister purge valve drives normally (EVAP canister purge valve OPEN OK) and detects that the purge flow is normal when the pulse of the EVAP canister purge valve drive cycle is transmitted to fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor by the purge flow (pulse method). OK determination: Pulse exists (P145C OK)   P0497 Purge flow OK P0496 EVAP canister purge valve Open fix OK NG determination: No pulse (P145C NG)   Either purge flow P0497 abnormality or P0496 EVAP canister purge valve OPEN failure. In this case, classify the failure part according to < STEP 2 >. < STEP 2 > Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 263 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element In case there is no pulse, it is determined either no purge flow or EVAP canister purge valve OPEN fix as follows: When the FTP sensor fluctuates from negative pressure condition to atmospheric pressure side after the ignition is turned off: P0496 EVAP canister purge valve OPEN fix When there is no fluctuation of the FTP sensor: P0497 purge flow NG Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 31 seconds or more Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Low load duration time 10 seconds Engine coolant temperature before 131 °F (55 °C) EVAP purge control starts MAP value 54 kPa (16.1 in.Hg, 410 mmHg) Battery voltage 10.5 V EVAP canister purge 30 % 80 % valve Duty Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop at stoichiometric P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0443, P0451, P0452, P0453, No active DTCs P0496, P0498, P0499, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P1454, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, P2422 Malfunction Threshold The pulse method from the fuel tank pressure sensor is 0.01 % or less for at least 31 seconds. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 264 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Let the engine idle for at least 92 seconds. 3. Turn off the ignition for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1549 (34): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1549: CHARGING SYSTEM HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 265 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 197: Charging System Circuit Diagram General Description The alternator is driven by the engine, and it generates electricity to supply the necessary power to the electrical system and to charge the battery. The alternator voltage target values of 14.5 V and 12.5 V are achieved by switching the alternator control mode (controlled by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM)). The alternator output signal is sent to the ECM/PCM, and it varies according to the battery's state of charge, the electrical load, and the engine speed. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 266 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When the IGP terminal voltage of the ECM/PCM is a set value or more for a set time, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 60 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine speed Minimum 500 rpm Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The IGP terminal voltage is 16.0 V or more for at least 60 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1683 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1683: THROTTLE VALVE DEFAULT POSITION SPRING PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 267 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 198: Throttle Valve Default Position - Graph General Description The electronic throttle control system controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, the throttle actuator control module relay, the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The throttle valve default position spring is attached to the throttle valve gear. It opens the throttle valve to improve starting performance in cold conditions, or to retain minimum running performance in case of an electronic throttle control system failure. If the throttle valve does not return to the default position when the throttle actuator control module moves the throttle actuator to the default position from the fully closed position, a malfunction is detected and the malfunction data is transmitted to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction in the throttle valve default position spring, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 2.5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Engine coolant temperature Ignition switch Minimum 6.0 V 158 °F (70 °C) OFF Maximum - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 268 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element No active DTCs P0117, P0118, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The throttle valve is at a position greater than +5 ° from the fully closed position, or at a position lower than +3 ° from the fully closed position, for at least 2.5 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Turn off the ignition switch. 3. Turn on the ignition switch. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1684 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1684: THROTTLE VALVE RETURN SPRING PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 269 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 199: Throttle Valve Default Position - Graph General Description The electronic throttle control system controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, the throttle actuator control module relay, the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The throttle valve return spring is attached to the throttle valve gear to return the throttle valve to the default position. If the throttle valve does not return to the default position when the throttle actuator control module moves the throttle actuator to the default position from the middle position, a malfunction is detected and the malfunction data is transmitted to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction in the throttle valve return spring and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 2.5 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Engine coolant temperature Ignition switch No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 6.0 V 158 °F (70 °C) OFF P0117, P0118, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The throttle valve opening angle is 17 ° or more, or 11 ° or less, for at least 2.5 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Turn off the ignition switch. 3. Turn on the ignition switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 270 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P16BB (116): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P16BB: ALTERNATOR B TERMINAL CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 271 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 200: Charging System Circuit Diagram General Description The alternator is driven by the engine, and it generates electricity to supply the necessary power to the electrical system and to charge the battery. The alternator voltage target values of 14.5 V and 12.5 V are achieved by switching the alternator control mode (controlled by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM)). The alternator output signal is sent to the ECM/PCM, and it varies according to the battery's state of charge, the electrical load, and the engine speed. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 272 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When the engine speed is a specified value and the IGP terminal voltage is below a set value when the alternator is in the 14.5 V mode, and the alternator power generation amount is within the set range, and this condition continues more than a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 60 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine speed Alternator control mode Minimum 500 rpm 14.5 V mode Maximum 3,000 rpm Malfunction Threshold The IGP terminal voltage is 12.0 V or less, and the alternator power generation amount is within 1.0 % to 50.0 %, for at least 60 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. 2. Maintain an engine speed of 500 rpm to 3,000 rpm. 3. Turn on the headlights (high beam) and rear window defogger. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P16BC (116): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 273 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P16BC: ALTERNATOR FR TERMINAL CIRCUIT/IGP CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 201: Charging System Circuit Diagram General Description The alternator is driven by the engine, and it generates electricity to supply the necessary power to the electrical load and to charge the battery. The alternator voltage target values of 14.5 V and 12.5 V are achieved by switching the alternator control mode (controlled by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 274 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element module (PCM)). The alternator output signal is sent to the ECM/PCM, and it varies according to the battery's state of charge, the electrical load, and the engine speed. When the engine speed is a specified value and the IGP terminal voltage is below a set value when the alternator is in the 14.5 V mode, and the alternator power generation amount is a set range or less, and this condition continues more than a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 60 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine speed Alternator control mode Minimum 500 rpm 14.5 V mode Maximum 3,000 rpm Malfunction Threshold The IGP terminal voltage is 12.0 V or less, and the alternator power generation amount is 0.5 % or less, for at least 60 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. 2. Maintain an engine speed of 500 rpm to 3,000 rpm. 3. Turn on the headlights (high beam) and rear window defogger. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 275 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P1717 (62): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1717: OPEN IN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH ATP RVS SWITCH CIRCUIT Fig. 202: Transmission Range Switch Circuit Diagram TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONTACT POINT INPUT MATRIX Input per switch Shift lever position P R RVS N D 2 P O X O X X X R X O O X X X N X X O O X X D X X X X O X 2 X X X X X O 1 X X X X X X O: Closed X: Open 1 X X X X X O FWD X X X O O O General Description The transmission range switch is attached to the control shaft. Operating the shift lever makes the control shaft rotate via the shift cable. The A/T gear position indicator indicates which position is selected according to the Low/High signal combinations which vary based on shift lever position. The control shaft changes the position of the transmission range switch, activates the manual valve, and switches hydraulic pressure to shift the transmission through forward/neutral/reverse. The transmission range switch signal is used to determine the shift schedule. The voltage is 12 V (High) at the powertrain control module (PCM) input terminal when each transmission range switch position is open, and it is 0 V (Low) when each switch is closed. If the RVS switch is OPEN with the shift lever in the R position while shifting between the P, R, and N positions, the PCM detects a RVS switch OPEN failure and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 276 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 320 milliseconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL OFF, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Minimum 11.0 V Maximum - Malfunction Threshold No RVS signal is detected with the shift lever in the R position while shifting between the P, R, and N positions. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine, and shift to the P, R, and N positions. 2. Shift to the R position, and wait for at least 320 milliseconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1730 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1730: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:   Shift Solenoid Valves A or D Stuck OFF Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 277 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  Shift Valves A, B, or D Stuck Fig. 203: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 204: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 278 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft to countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in the shift solenoid valve or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 6 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 3 seconds (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle 2 mph (4 km/h)(1) speed Battery 11.0 V voltage Throttle 6.0 % or more, or fully closed(2) position Shift lever D position Shift status Maximum - 5th(1) 3rd(2) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Driving in 5th gear Actual gear position Neutral Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 279 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 1-B Driving in 3rd gear Driving in 3rd gear Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1731 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1731: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:    Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck ON Shift Valve E Stuck A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 280 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 205: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 206: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 281 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft to countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve, the shift solenoid valve, or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 10 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 1 second (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle speed Throttle 6.0 %(2) position Battery 11.0 V voltage ATF temperature Shift lever D position Shift status Maximum 6 mph (9 km/h)(1) 248 °F (120 °C)(1) Neutral --> 1st(1) 1st --> 2nd(2) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOMS Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A 1st gear shifting from the N position Actual gear position Neutral Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 282 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 1-B Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear A sudden increase in engine speed Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1732 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1732: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:   Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck ON Shift Valves B or C Stuck Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 283 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 207: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 208: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 284 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft to countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in the shift solenoid valve or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 3 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 2.5 seconds (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle 2 mph (4 km/h)(1) speed Throttle 6.0 %(2) position Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D position Shift status Maximum - 4th(1) 2nd --> 3rd(2) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOM Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Driving in 4th gear 1-B Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear Actual gear position Neutral Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 285 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1733 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1733: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:    Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON Shift Valve D Stuck A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 286 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 209: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 210: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 287 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft to countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve, the shift solenoid valve, or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 3 seconds DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle 2 mph (4 km/h)(1) speed Battery 11.0 V voltage Throttle 6.0 % or more, or fully closed(2) position Shift lever D position Shift status Maximum - 3rd(1) 2nd(2) P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOM Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A Driving in 3rd gear 1-B Driving in 2nd gear Actual gear position Neutral Driving in 2nd gear Driving Pattern Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 288 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P1734 (45): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P1734: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:   Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck ON Shift Valves B or C Stuck Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 289 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 211: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Circuit Diagram Fig. 212: Shift Solenoid Valve Output (D Position) General Description Hydraulic pressure to each clutch is controlled by the shift valve. The shift valve activates according to the ON/OFF status of shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Hydraulic pressure supply in D position is shown Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 290 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element above. The line pressure or the clutch pressure control pressure (CPC A, CPC B, or CPC C) is supplied to each clutch by the shift valve activated. The powertrain control module (PCM) computes the actual ratio of mainshaft to countershaft revolutions. If a difference between the actual ratio and the commanded gear occurs when shifting to each gear position, a malfunction in the shift solenoid valve or the hydraulic system is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None 2 seconds (symptom 1-A) Duration 3 seconds (symptom 1-B) DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON, D indicator blinks OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Vehicle speed 2 mph (4 km/h)(2) Maximum 2 mph (4 km/h)(1) - Battery 11.0 V voltage Shift lever D position Shift status 1st P0122, P0123, P0705, P0706, P0716, P0717, P0718, P0721, P0722, P0723, P0747, P0752, No active P0756, P0757, P0761, P0771, P0776, P0777, P0796, P0797, P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, DTCs P0970, P0971, P0973, P0974, P0976, P0977, P0979, P0980, P0982, P0983, P0985, P0986 (1) Symptom 1-A (2) Symptom 1-B Malfunction Threshold MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD SYMPTOM Symptom Gear position commanded by the PCM 1-A 1st gear (with the vehicle stationary) 1-B Driving in 1st gear Actual gear position Neutral Neutral Driving Pattern Start the engine, and accelerate the vehicle until the transmission shifts into 5th gear in D position. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 291 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2101 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2101: THROTTLE ACTUATOR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Fig. 213: Throttle Actuator System - Communication Diagram General Description The electronic throttle control system (ETCS) controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, the throttle actuator control module relay, the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, and the engine Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 292 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The APP sensor is operated via the throttle cable to determine the accelerator opening value when the driver presses the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal opening value is converted to a signal in the APP sensor and transmitted to the ECM/PCM to compute the target position. The target position signal is then transmitted to the throttle actuator control module. The throttle actuator control module determines the throttle valve target position according to the signal received and operates the throttle actuator to move the throttle valve to the target position. The actual throttle valve position is determined by TP sensor A installed in the throttle body. The throttle actuator control module compares the throttle valve target opening angle and the actual throttle valve opening angle from TP sensor A, and when the difference exceeds the specification, the throttle actuator control module transmits the malfunction data to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects the malfunction of the throttle actuator system and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 0.25 seconds or more(1), 0.5 seconds or more(2) DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status N/A (1) Throttle valve closed direction (2) Throttle valve open direction Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Ignition switch No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 6.0 V ON P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold One of the conditions in this table must be met for at least 0.25 seconds* (0.5 seconds**). MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD CONDITIONS Throttle valve target Difference between the throttle valve target position and the actual position throttle valve position 2° 4 ° or more Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 293 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 6° 10 ° 15 ° 90 ° 5.4 ° or more 5.7 ° or more 6 ° or more 6 ° or more Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2108 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2108: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE PROBLEM Fig. 214: Communication Diagram Between Throttle Actuator Control Module And ECM/PCM General Description The electronic throttle control system controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:00 AM Page 294 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element throttle actuator control module relay, the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The APP sensor is operated via the throttle cable to determine the accelerator opening value when the driver presses the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal opening value is converted to a signal in the APP sensor and transmitted to the ECM/PCM to compute the target position. The target position signal is then transmitted to the throttle actuator control module. The throttle actuator control module determines the throttle valve target position according to the signal received and operates the throttle actuator to move the throttle valve to the target position. The actual throttle valve position is determined by TP sensor A installed in the throttle body. The CPU in the throttle actuator control module performs self-diagnosis for the ROM, the RAM, and the A/D converter. If internal data is found to be abnormal, a malfunction is detected and the malfunction data is transmitted to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction in the throttle actuator control module and stores a DTC. When the ECM/PCM monitors the serial signal between the ECM/PCM and the throttle actuator control module and finds disagreement on these signals, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Ignition switch No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 8.0 V ON P2101, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold One of these conditions must be met for at least 0.2 seconds.     Data read from the ROM is abnormal. Data read from the RAM is abnormal. The A/D converter standard voltage is not a specified value. The serial signals between the ECM/PCM and the throttle actuator control module don't agree. Diagnosis Details Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 295 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2118 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2118: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CURRENT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 296 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 215: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The electronic throttle control system (ETCS) controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, the throttle actuator control module relay, the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 297 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The APP sensor is operated via the throttle cable to determine the accelerator opening value when the driver presses the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal opening value is converted to a signal in the APP sensor and transmitted to the ECM/PCM to compute the target position. The target position signal is then transmitted to the throttle actuator control module. The throttle actuator control module determines the throttle valve target position according to the signal received and operates the throttle actuator to move the throttle valve to the target position. The actual throttle valve position is determined by TP sensor A installed in the throttle body. When the output voltage to the throttle actuator exceeds the specification for a set time, the throttle actuator control module detects a malfunction and transmits the malfunction data to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction of the throttle actuator system and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Ignition switch No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 6.0 V ON P2101, P2108, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The current flow to the throttle actuator is 16 A or more for at least 0.2 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 298 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2122 (37): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2122: ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR A (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR D) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 216: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - Circuit Diagram General Description Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A is a part of the electronic throttle control system, and it is used to convert the position of the accelerator pedal into electrical signals. Based on these signals, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the throttle actuator so that the throttle position agrees with the accelerator pedal position. If the signal voltage from APP sensor A is a set value or less, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 299 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P2123 Malfunction Threshold The APP sensor A output voltage is 0.1 V or less for at least 0.2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2123 (37): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2123: ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR A (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR D) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 217: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 300 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element General Description Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A is a part of the electronic throttle control system, and it is used to convert the position of the accelerator pedal into electrical signals. Based on these signals, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the throttle actuator so that the throttle position agrees with the accelerator pedal position. If the signal voltage from APP sensor A is a set value or more, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P2122 Malfunction Threshold The APP sensor A output voltage value is 4.85 V or more for at least 0.2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2127 (37): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2127: ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR B (THROTTLE POSITION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 301 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element SENSOR E) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 218: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - Circuit Diagram General Description Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor B is a part of the electronic throttle control system, and it is used to convert the position of the accelerator pedal into electrical signals. Based on these signals, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the throttle actuator so that the throttle position agrees with the accelerator pedal position. If the signal voltage from APP sensor B is a set value or less, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P2128 Malfunction Threshold Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 302 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The APP sensor B output voltage value is 0.1 V or less for at least 0.2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2128 (37): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2128: ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR B (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR E) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 219: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - Circuit Diagram General Description Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor B is a part of the electronic throttle control system, and it is used to convert the position of the accelerator pedal into electrical signals. Based on these signals, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) controls the throttle actuator so that the throttle position agrees with the accelerator pedal position. If the signal voltage from APP sensor B is a set value or more, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 303 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition State of the engine No active DTCs Running P2127 Malfunction Threshold The APP sensor B output voltage value is 4.0 V or more for at least 0.2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2135 (7): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2135: THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR A/B INCORRECT VOLTAGE CORRELATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 304 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 220: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 305 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 221: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The electronic throttle control system (ETCS) controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, the throttle actuator control module relay, the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The APP sensor is operated via the throttle cable to determine the accelerator opening value when the driver presses the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal opening value is converted to a signal in the APP sensor and transmitted to the ECM/PCM to compute the target position. The target position signal is then transmitted to the throttle actuator control module. The throttle actuator control module determines the throttle valve target position according to the signal received and operates the throttle actuator to move the throttle valve to the target position. The actual throttle valve position is determined by TP sensor A installed in the throttle body. The throttle actuator control module compares the voltages and the throttle valve positions of TP sensor A and TP sensor B. If the difference of the voltages or the throttle valve positions is a certain value or less for a set time, the throttle actuator control module detects a malfunction and the malfunction data is transmitted to the ECM/PCM. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction in the relationship between TP sensor A and TP sensor B, and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 306 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.2 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum TP sensor B voltage 2.3 V Ignition switch ON No active DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2176, U0107 Other After the throttle valve fully closed position registration is completed Malfunction Threshold One of these conditions must be met for at least 0.2 second.   The difference between the TP sensor A voltage and the TP sensor B voltage is 200 mV (5 °) or less. The difference between the throttle valve positions that TP sensor A and TP sensor B determined exceeds the value shown in this table. MALFUNCTION THRESHOLD VALUE Throttle valve position determined by TP sensor A 0° 83.3 ° Difference between TP sensor A and TP sensor B 1.8 ° or more 14.7 ° or more Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 307 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC P2138 (37): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2138: ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR A/B (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR D/E) INCORRECT VOLTAGE CORRELATION Fig. 222: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - Circuit Diagram Fig. 223: Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 308 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element General Description Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A and accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor B are potentiometers, and they are installed in the engine compartment. The APP sensors A and B are operated via the throttle cable to determine the accelerator opening value when the driver presses the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal opening value is converted to a signal in APP sensors A and B and transmitted to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) to compute the target position. The target position signal is then transmitted to the throttle actuator control module. APP sensor A is for the primary control, and APP sensor B is a back-up of APP sensor A in case it malfunctions. Both sensors compare their output voltage to each other for malfunction detection. When the voltage difference of APP sensor B is out of a fixed range for a set period of time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.3 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 Malfunction Threshold One of these conditions must be met for at least 0.3 seconds.   If the APP sensor B voltage exceeds the range from 0 V or less to 0.361 V or more when the APP sensor A voltage is 0.361 V. If the APP sensor B voltage exceeds the range from 2.319 V or less to 2.681 V or more when the APP sensor A voltage is 4.995 V. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 309 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2176 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2176: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL SYSTEM IDLE POSITION NOT LEARNED Fig. 224: Identifying Throttle Actuator Positions General Description The electronic throttle control system controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, the throttle actuator control module relay, the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). The APP sensor is operated via the throttle cable to determine the accelerator opening value when the driver presses the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal opening value is converted to a signal in the APP sensor and transmitted to the ECM/PCM to compute the target position. The target position signal is then transmitted to the throttle actuator control module. The throttle actuator control module determines the throttle valve target position according to the signal received and operates the throttle actuator to move the throttle valve to the target position. The actual throttle valve position is determined by TP sensor A installed in the throttle body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 310 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The throttle actuator control module transmits a signal to the throttle actuator and moves the throttle valve to the fully closed position to register the throttle valve fully closed position after the ignition switch is turned ON. The throttle actuator control module detects the malfunction of the throttle actuator control system, and it transmits a malfunction signal to the ECM/PCM when the registration of the throttle valve fully closed position is not completed within a predetermined time or the registered value is out of predetermined range after the ignition switch is turned ON. When the ECM/PCM receives the malfunction data from the throttle actuator control module, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction in the throttle actuator control system and stores a DTC. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 0.7 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Battery voltage 6.0 V Ignition switch ON No active DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, U0107 Other Engine is stopped and ignition switch is not in the ON position Malfunction Threshold Either condition must be met for at least 0.7 seconds.   The registration of the throttle valve fully closed position is not completed within a predetermined time after the ignition switch is turned ON. The registered value of the throttle valve fully closed position is 0.74 V*1 , 1.61 V*2 , or more, or 0.49 V*1 , 1.37 V*2 , or less. *1 : TP sensor A *2 : TP sensor B Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 311 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2183 (192): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2183: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 2 RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 225: Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance - Graph General Description Two engine coolant temperature sensors and one intake air temperature sensor are used by the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). When the engine is stopped and enough time has passed, the temperature of the engine will equal the ambient Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 312 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element temperature. When an inappropriate temperature is detected after comparing the temperature readings of each sensor, a malfunction in the corresponding sensor is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 10 seconds or more Two drive cycles, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Engine off time 6 hours No active DTCs P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P1116, P2184, P2185, P2610 Malfunction Threshold A malfunction is detected if these three conditions are present after the engine and the ignition switch have been off for at least 6 hours before restarting the engine.    When the temperature difference between the IAT and ECT1 is 61 °F (34 °C) or more. When the temperature difference between the IAT and ECT2 is 28 °F (16 °C) or more. When the temperature difference between the ECT2 and ECT1 is 60 °F (33 °C) or more. Driving Pattern 1. Turn the ignition off, and wait at least 6 hours. 2. Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 313 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2184 (192): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2184: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 226: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Diagram Fig. 227: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 is a thermistor attached to the radiator. The ECM/PCM applies voltage (about 5 V) to the ECT2 signal circuit through a pull up resistor. As the engine coolant temperature cools, ECT sensor 2 resistance increases, and the ECM/PCM detects a high signal voltage. As the engine coolant warms, the sensor resistance decreases, and the ECM/PCM detects a low ECT2 signal voltage. If the ECT sensor 2 output voltage is less than a set value when the engine coolant temperature is high, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 314 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P2185 Malfunction Threshold The ECT sensor 2 output voltage is 0.08 V or less for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2185 (192): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2185: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 315 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 228: Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Diagram Fig. 229: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 is a thermistor attached to the radiator. The ECM/PCM applies voltage (about 5 V) to the ECT2 signal circuit through a pull up resistor. As the engine coolant temperature cools, ECT sensor 2 resistance increases, and the ECM/PCM detects a high signal voltage. As the engine coolant warms, the sensor resistance decreases, and the ECM/PCM detects a low ECT2 signal voltage. If the ECT sensor 2 output voltage is more than a set value when the engine coolant temperature is low, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P2184 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 316 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Malfunction Threshold The ECT sensor 2 output voltage is 4.92 V or more for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2195 (48): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2195: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) SIGNAL STUCK LEAN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 317 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 230: Identifying Air/Fuel Ratio Sensor With Malfunction Diagnosis General Description When the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) is properly connected to the engine wire harness, but not installed in the exhaust pipe, the A/F feedback is not done properly even if the A/F sensor is active after starting the engine. Thus, the exhaust emissions increase. When the A/F sensor output stays out of the normal range after the A/F sensor becomes active, the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) detects that the A/F sensor is not properly installed and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 7 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 318 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Fuel feedback Other than during fuel cut-off operation No active P0134, P0135, P0171, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P1157, P1172, P2238, DTCs P2252 Malfunction Threshold A/F sensor output voltage is 3.67 V or more for at least 7 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine, then let it idle for at least 2 minutes. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2227 (13): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2227: BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 319 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 231: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph Fig. 232: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Normal Operation And System Failure - Graph General Description The barometric pressure (BARO) sensor is built into the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) and monitors atmospheric pressure. When the throttle valve is wide open, the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor output is nearly equal to the BARO sensor output. Making use of this characteristic, a malfunction can be detected in the BARO sensor output. If the throttle position is beyond a value stored in the ECM/PCM that is used to detect "wide-open throttle," and if the difference between the MAP sensor output and the BARO sensor output is equal to or greater than a set value, a malfunction in the BARO sensor output is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 320 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 2.5 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum 1,000 13.0 ° Throttle rpm position 3,000 28.0 ° rpm P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0171, P0172, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0341, P0506, P0507, P1128, P1129, P2101, P2108, No active DTCs P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2228, P2229, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The difference between the BARO sensor output and the MAP sensor output is 28 kPa (8.1 in.Hg, 204 mmHg) or more for at least 2.5 seconds. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle with the throttle position as specified under Enable Conditions for at least 2.5 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 321 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2228 (13): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2228: BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 233: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 234: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The barometric pressure (BARO) sensor is built into the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and it monitors atmospheric pressure. The ECM/PCM estimates appropriate intake airflow from the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor output voltage and BARO sensor output voltage. If the BARO sensor output voltage is a specified value or less, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 322 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P1109, P2229 Malfunction Threshold The BARO sensor output voltage is 1.31 V or less for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2229 (13): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2229: BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 323 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 235: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Diagram Fig. 236: Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Output Voltage - Graph General Description The barometric pressure (BARO) sensor is built into the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and it monitors atmospheric pressure. The ECM/PCM estimates appropriate intake airflow from the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor output voltage and BARO sensor output voltage. If the BARO sensor output voltage is a specified value or more, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type Continuous None 2 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 324 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch No active DTCs ON P1109, P2228 Malfunction Threshold The BARO sensor output voltage value is 4.49 V or more for at least 2 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2238 (48): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2238: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) AFS+ CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 325 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 237: Air/Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Circuit Diagram General Description The air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust system and detects oxygen content in the exhaust gas. The A/F sensor transmits a signal to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). A heater for the sensor element is embedded in the A/F sensor (sensor 1). It heats the sensor to stabilize and speed up the detection of oxygen content. The increase in current through the heater levels off as the voltage applied to the electrode reaches a certain range because the amount of oxygen that goes through the diffusion layer is limited. The current is proportional to oxygen content in the exhaust gas, so the air/fuel ratio is detected by the measurement of the current. The ECM/PCM compares a set target air/fuel ratio with the detected air/fuel ratio and controls the fuel injection duration. If the A/F sensor (sensor 1) voltage is low, the air/fuel ratio is lean, and the ECM/PCM uses A/F feedback control to issue a Rich command. If the A/F sensor (sensor 1) voltage is high, the air/fuel ratio is rich, and the ECM/PCM uses A/F feedback control to issue a Lean command. If the element is not activated or the ECM/PCM terminal voltage is a set value or less for a set time when power is applied to the A/F sensor (sensor 1) heater, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 326 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 68 °F (20 °C) 10.5 V Running P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P1157, P2195, P2252 Malfunction Threshold The AFS+ terminal voltage is 0.4 V or less for at least 5 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle for 2 minutes. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2252 (48): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2252: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) AFS-CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 327 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 238: Air/Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Circuit Diagram General Description The air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust system and detects oxygen content in the exhaust gas. The A/F sensor transmits a signal to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). A heater for the sensor element is embedded in the A/F sensor (sensor 1). It heats the sensor to stabilize and speed up the detection of oxygen content. The increase in current through the heater levels off as the voltage applied to the electrode reaches a certain range because the amount of oxygen that goes through the diffusion layer is limited. The current is proportional to oxygen content in the exhaust gas, so the air/fuel ratio is detected by the measurement of the current. The ECM/PCM compares a set target air/fuel ratio with the detected air/fuel ratio and controls the fuel injection duration. If the A/F sensor (sensor 1) voltage is low, the air/fuel ratio is lean, and the ECM/PCM uses A/F feedback control to issue a Rich command. If the A/F sensor (sensor 1) voltage is high, the air/fuel ratio is rich, and the ECM/PCM uses A/F feedback control to issue a Lean command. If the element is not activated or the ECM/PCM terminal voltage is a set value or less for a set time when power is applied to the A/F sensor (sensor 1) heater, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 5 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 328 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine coolant temperature Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 68 °F (20 °C) 10.5 V Running P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P1157, P2195, P2238 Malfunction Threshold The AFS-terminal voltage is 0.4 V or less for at least 5 seconds. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle for 2 minutes. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2270 (63): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2270: SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2)) CIRCUIT SIGNAL STUCK LEAN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 329 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 239: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Air Fuel Ratio - Graph General Description The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas downstream of the three-way catalyst (TWC). The sensor output voltage characteristics are similar to the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor. The oxygen concentration is detected after the TWC during fuel feedback control using the A/F sensor, and it optimizes the fuel feedback control to maximize the effect of the TWC. If, after current is applied to the secondary HO2S heater, the secondary HO2S does not fluctuate and the output is stuck within the specified area, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 24.6 seconds or less DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 330 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time that secondary HO2S 15 seconds activity is not monitored after starting the engine Elapsed time after the 185 seconds fuel cut-off Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air temperature -13 °F (-25 °C) A/T 1,300 rpm 2,600 rpm Engine speed M/T 1,825 rpm 3,400 rpm MAP value 27 kPa (7.9 in.Hg, 200 mmHg) 79 kPa (23.6 in.Hg, 600 mmHg) Vehicle speed 30 mph (48 km/h) Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0141, P0171, P0172, No active DTCs P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, P2A00 Malfunction Threshold The secondary HO2S output voltage is 0.650 V or less. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Let it idle until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a steady speed of 35 mph (57 km/h) or more for at least 24.6 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 331 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2271 (63): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2271: SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2)) CIRCUIT SIGNAL STUCK RICH Fig. 240: Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Air Fuel Ratio - Graph General Description The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas downstream of the three-way catalyst (TWC). The sensor output voltage characteristics are similar to the air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor. The oxygen concentration is detected after the TWC during fuel feedback control using the A/F sensor, and it optimizes the fuel feedback control to maximize the effect of the TWC. If, after current is applied to the secondary HO2S heater, the secondary HO2S does not fluctuate and the output is stuck within the specified area, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 332 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 24.6 seconds or less DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time that secondary HO2S activity is not 15 seconds monitored after starting the engine Elapsed time after the 185 seconds fuel cut-off Engine coolant 156 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air temperature -13 °F (-25 °C) A/T 1,300 rpm 2,600 rpm Engine speed M/T 1,825 rpm 3,400 rpm MAP value 27 kPa (7.9 in.Hg, 200 mmHg) 79 kPa (23.6 in.Hg, 600 mmHg) Vehicle speed 30 mph (48 km/h) Fuel trim 0.69 1.47 Fuel feedback Closed loop P0010, P0011, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0340, P0341, P0344, No active DTCs P0443, P0496, P0497, P1009, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2270, P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649, P2A00 Malfunction Threshold The secondary HO2S output voltage is 0.293 V or more. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Let it idle until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a steady speed of 35 mph (57 km/h) or more for at least 24.6 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:01 AM Page 333 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2422 (117): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2422: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE STUCK CLOSED MALFUNCTION Fig. 241: FTP Sensor Output And Purge Flow Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 334 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 242: Malfunction Judgement Flow Chart Of FTP Sensor And EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve General Description The fuel tank pressure (FTP) sensor output indicates about atmospheric pressure 0 kPa (0 in.Hg, 0 mmHg) before purge starts since the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister vent shut valve is normally open (open to the atmosphere). The sensor indicates a negative pressure value (vacuum) during purging. When the FTP sensor indicates vacuum after starting the engine, there is the possibility of an FTP sensor zero point shift failure or an EVAP canister vent shut valve stuck closed failure. So the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) monitors the FTP sensor output after purge starts. The ECM/PCM detects a malfunction of the EVAP canister vent shut valve if the output indicates excessive vacuum. However, if the fuel tank internal pressure is below the specified value (excessive vacuum is detected) when starting the engine, the malfunction detection should be done as follows because it is difficult to distinguish the FTP sensor range problem (P1454) from the EVAP canister vent shut valve stuck closed (P2422). 1. If neither Temporary DTC (P1454 nor P2422) is stored, both DTCs are stored. 2. If both Temporary DTCs (P1454 and P2422) are stored and excessive vacuum is detected, both DTCs are stored. 3. If either Temporary DTC (P1454 or P2422) is stored and excessive vacuum is detected, the ECM/PCM stores the DTC of the Temporary DTC that was stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence P0452, P0453 are judged as OK Duration 1.04(1), 8(2) seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 335 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) (1) Elapsed time after the FTP sensor output exceeds the malfunction threshold. (2) Excessive negative pressure is detected. Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after starting the 10 seconds engine** Engine coolant 131 °F (55 °C) temperature(1) Battery voltage 10.5 V Fuel feedback Closed loop P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0134, P0135, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0339, P0351, P0352, P0353, P0443, P0451, P0452, No active DTCs P0496, P0497, P0498, P0499, P1128, P1129, P1157, P1172, P145C, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252 The EVAP canister vent shut valve has not been closing Others Stopping the purge control (1) Condition to start the purge control. Malfunction Threshold The output from the fuel tank pressure sensor is -4 kPa (-1.0 in.Hg, -25 mmHg)*, -2 kPa (-0.4 in.Hg, -10 mmHg)** or less for at least 1.04*, 8** seconds. *: Elapsed time after the FTP sensor output exceeds the malfunction threshold. **: Excessive negative pressure is detected. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 336 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2552 (40): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2552: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE RELAY MALFUNCTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 337 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 243: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The electronic throttle control system (ETCS) controls the throttle valve opening. The system is composed of the throttle actuator, the throttle valve, throttle position (TP) sensors A and B, the throttle actuator control module, and the throttle actuator control module relay in the throttle body. The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is operated via the throttle cable to determine the accelerator Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 338 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element opening value when the driver presses the accelerator pedal. The accelerator pedal opening value is converted to a signal in the APP sensor, transmitted to the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and then transmitted to the throttle actuator control module. The throttle actuator control module determines the throttle valve target position according to the signal received and operates the throttle actuator to move the throttle valve to the target position. The actual throttle valve position is determined by TP sensors A and B installed in the throttle body. The ECM/PCM detects the malfunction of the throttle actuator control module relay ON, and a DTC is stored if the serial signal from the throttle actuator control module is input for more than a set time after the throttle actuator control module relay is turned OFF and throttle actuator control module operation is stopped. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Once per driving cycle None 2.0 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Battery voltage 8.0 V Ignition switch OFF No active DTCs P1684, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The serial signal is input from the throttle actuator control module for at least 2.0 seconds after the throttle actuator control module relay is turned OFF. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 339 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2610 (132): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2610: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) IGNITION OFF INTERNAL TIMER PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 244: Engine Control Module/Powertrain Control Module Communication Diagram General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) has a built-in ignition off timer that measures the duration of time from ignition off to the next ignition on. The measured duration is used for evaporative emission (EVAP) leak detection and temperature assumption of the catalytic converter. The CPU in the ECM/PCM accesses the ignition off timer when reading the measured duration. When the access process fails, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. When an abnormality is found in the read data, a malfunction is detected and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 10 seconds or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Ignition switch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 340 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ON(1) (1) Ignition switch on when a battery is disconnected and connected again is excluded. Malfunction Threshold The access process to the ignition off timer fails, or a malfunction is found in the read data for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2646 (22): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2646: ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 245: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Flow Diagram ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CONDITIONS Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Logic Decision Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 341 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element 'ON' Failure Normal Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Command 'ON' Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Command 'OFF' 'OFF' Normal Failure General Description The VTEC system activates the rocker arm oil control solenoid by command from the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and it charges/discharges the hydraulic circuit of the VTEC mechanism that switches valve timing between Low and High. The ECM/PCM monitors oil pressure in the hydraulic circuit of the VTEC mechanism using the rocker arm oil pressure switch downstream of the rocker arm oil control solenoid. If there is a difference between the oil pressure condition in the hydraulic circuit that is determined by the ECM/PCM command and the oil pressure condition that is determined by the status of the rocker arm oil pressure switch, the system is considered faulty, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Engine coolant temperature Engine speed (High lift cam operation) Vehicle speed Battery voltage Gear position No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 50 °F (10 °C) 4,000 rpm 7 mph (10 km/h) 10.5 V Other than P or N position P2648, P2649 Malfunction Threshold When the rocker arm oil control solenoid is ON, the rocker arm oil pressure switch remains ON. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 342 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle in a lower gear at 4,000 rpm or more with a MAP value of 12 kPa (3.6 in.Hg, 90 mmHg) or more for at least 10 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2647 (22): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2647: ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Fig. 246: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Flow Diagram ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CONDITIONS Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 'ON' 'OFF' Failure Normal Normal Failure Logic Decision Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Command 'ON' Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Command 'OFF' Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 343 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element General Description The VTEC system activates the rocker arm oil control solenoid by command from the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and it charges/discharges the hydraulic circuit of the VTEC mechanism that switches valve timing between Low and High. The ECM/PCM monitors oil pressure in the hydraulic circuit of the VTEC mechanism using the rocker arm oil pressure switch downstream of the rocker arm oil control solenoid. If there is a difference between the oil pressure condition in the hydraulic circuit that is determined by the ECM/PCM command and the oil pressure condition that is determined by the status of the rocker arm oil pressure switch, the system is considered faulty, and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 10 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Other Minimum 10.5 V P2648, P2649 At idle Maximum - Malfunction Threshold Low lift cam operation When the rocker arm oil control solenoid is OFF, the rocker arm oil pressure switch remains OFF. Confirmation Procedure with the HDS Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 344 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2648 (21): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2648: ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Fig. 247: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Circuit Diagram General Description The VTEC system activates the rocker arm oil control solenoid by command from the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and it charges/discharges the hydraulic circuit of the VTEC mechanism that switches valve timing between low and high. If the return signal is OFF (low) when the ECM/PCM outputs the ON (high) signal to the rocker arm oil control solenoid, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1.1 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 345 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 10.0 V P2649 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The return signal is OFF (low) for at least 1.1 seconds when the ECM/PCM outputs the ON (high) signal to the rocker arm oil control solenoid. Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle in a lower gear at 4,000 rpm or more with a manifold absolute pressure (MAP) value of 12 kPa (3.5 in.Hg, 90 mmHg) or more for at least 10 seconds.  Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2649 (21): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2649: ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 346 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 248: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Circuit Diagram General Description The VTEC system activates the rocker arm oil control solenoid by command from the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), and it charges/discharges the hydraulic circuit of the VTEC mechanism that switches valve timing between low and high. If the return signal is ON (high) when the ECM/PCM outputs the OFF (low) signal to the rocker arm oil control solenoid, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Sequence None Duration 1.1 seconds or more DTC Type One drive cycle, MIL ON OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/NOT COMPLETED (STILL TESTING) Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage State of the engine No active DTCs Minimum 10.0 V Running P2648 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The return signal is ON (high) for at least 1.1 seconds when the ECM/PCM outputs the OFF (low) signal to the rocker arm oil control solenoid. Driving Pattern Start the engine, and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 347 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC P2A00 (61): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC P2A00: AIR/FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR (SENSOR 1) CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Fig. 249: Relationship Between A/F Sensor Output And Oxygen Concentration General Description The air/fuel ratio (A/F) sensor has a linear signal output in relation to the oxygen concentration. The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) computes the air/fuel ratio from A/F sensor output voltage and uses the fuel feedback control to improve exhaust emissions. The ECM/PCM monitors A/F sensor output voltage during deceleration with the throttle fully closed, and if the output voltage deviates greatly from normal oxygen concentration levels, it detects a malfunction and stores a DTC. * Output to the scan tool exhibits a relationship between the A/F sensor output and oxygen concentration, which is opposite to the characteristic shown in the graph. That is, a deviation toward the rich side increases the output voltage and one toward the lean side decreases the output voltage as the stoichiometric ratio is 0. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Once per driving cycle Sequence None Duration 3.5 seconds or more DTC Type Two drive cycles, MIL ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 348 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element OBD Status PASSED/FAILED/EXECUTING/OUT OF (TEST) CONDITION Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Minimum Maximum Elapsed time after starting the 60 seconds engine Engine coolant 157 °F (69 °C) temperature Intake air -13 °F (-25 °C) temperature A/T 2,650 rpm Engine speed M/T 4,100 rpm Vehicle speed 26 mph (41 km/h) Fuel feedback During deceleration P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0122, P0123, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0171, P0172, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0443, P0496, P0497, P1157, No active DTCs P1172, P145C, P2101, P2108, P2118, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2176, P2195, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2238, P2252, U0107 Malfunction Threshold The A/F sensor output voltage is 2.8 V or less, or 4.8 V or more. Driving Pattern Fig. 250: Vehicle Driving Pattern 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 349 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element fan comes on. 2. Drive the vehicle at a speed between 25 - 55 mph (40 - 88 km/h) for at least 5 minutes. 3. Then, drive immediately at a steady speed between 55 - 75 mph (88 - 120 km/h) for at least 10 seconds. 4. Decelerate with the throttle valve fully closed for at least 4 seconds.   If the EVAP monitor runs instead of the HO2S monitor, turn the engine off, then restart it, and the HO2S monitor will restart. Drive the vehicle in this manner only if the traffic regulations and ambient conditions allow. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected during the first drive cycle, a Temporary DTC is stored in the ECM/PCM memory. If the malfunction recurs during the next (second) drive cycle, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, the Temporary DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC U0028 (126): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC U0028: F-CAN MALFUNCTION (BUS-OFF) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 350 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 251: Communication Diagram Between ECM/PCM And Control Module General Description The controller area network (CAN) transmits/receives pulsing signals to/from the control modules simultaneously by using two signal lines (CANH and CANL). When the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) does not receive the signals via the CAN lines for more than a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 1 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Minimum 9.0 V Maximum - Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 351 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Elapsed time after the ignition switch is on 3 seconds - Malfunction Threshold The ECM/PCM does not receive any signals for at least 1 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC U0107 (30): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC U0107: LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 352 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Fig. 252: Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Circuit Diagram General Description The engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) uses the serial signal line for two-way communication with the throttle actuator control module. The ECM/PCM transmits the accelerator pedal position signal to the throttle actuator module, and the throttle actuator control module transmits the actual throttle valve position signal, or a malfunction signal, etc., to the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 353 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element ECM/PCM via this line. When no serial signals from the throttle actuator control module are received or the serial signals are abnormal for more than a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 0.25 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Elapsed time after starting throttle actuator control module No active DTCs Minimum Maximum 8.0 V 1 second P2101, P2108, P2118, P2135, P2176 Malfunction Threshold One of these conditions must be met for at least 0.25 second.   No serial signals from the throttle actuator control module are detected. The serial signals from the throttle actuator control module are abnormal. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC U0122 (126): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 354 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element DTC U0122: F-CAN MALFUNCTION (VSA-ECM/PCM) Fig. 253: Communication Diagram Between ECM/PCM And Control Module General Description The controller area network (CAN) transmits/receives pulsing signals to/from the control modules simultaneously by using two signal lines (CANH and CANL). When the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) does not receive the signals via the CAN lines for more than a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status Continuous None 1 second or more One drive cycle, MIL OFF N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage Minimum 9.0 V Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The ECM/PCM does not receive any signals for at least 1 second. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 355 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the indicator When a malfunction is detected, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. The MIL does not come on. Conditions for clearing the DTC The DTC and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. DTC U0155 (126): ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS DTC U0155: F-CAN MALFUNCTION (GAUGE CONTROL MODULE-ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)) Fig. 254: Communication Diagram Between ECM/PCM And Gauge Control Module General Description The controller area network (CAN) transmits/receives pulsing signals to/from the control modules simultaneously by using two signal lines (CANH and CANL). When the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) does not receive the signals from the gauge control module via the CAN lines for more than a set time, the ECM/PCM detects a malfunction and a DTC is stored. Monitor Execution, Sequence, Duration, DTC Type, OBD Status MONITOR DESCRIPTION Execution Continuous Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 356 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Advanced Diagnostics - Element Sequence Duration DTC Type OBD Status None 1 second or more One drive cycle, MIL ON N/A Enable Conditions ENABLE CONDITIONS Condition Battery voltage No active DTCs Minimum 9.0 V U0028 Maximum - Malfunction Threshold The ECM/PCM does not receive any signals from the gauge control module for at least 1 second. Diagnosis Details Conditions for illuminating the MIL When a malfunction is detected, the MIL comes on and the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM/PCM memory. Conditions for clearing the MIL The MIL will be cleared if the malfunction does not recur during three consecutive trips in which the diagnostic runs. The MIL, the DTC, and the freeze frame data can be cleared by using the scan tool Clear command or by disconnecting the battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:40:02 AM Page 357 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT EXPLODED VIEW Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:12 8:48:08 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element     Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 Driver 07749-0010000 Hub dis/assembly tool 07965-SA70100 Support base 07965-SD90100 NOTE: The illustrations show except SC model. KNUCKLE/HUB REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the wheel nuts and rear wheel. Fig. 2: Identifying Rear Wheel And Wheel Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Release the parking brake lever. 4. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Brake Hose Mounting Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then hang the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 6. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake disc/drum from the rear hub (see REAR BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). 7. Raise the stake (A) of the spindle nut (B), then remove and discard the nut. Remove the rear axle shaft (C) from vehicles with 2WD. Fig. 4: Identifying Spindle Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Check the rear hub for damage and cracks. 9. Remove the parking brake shoes (see PARKING BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ). 10. Remove the parking brake cable (A) from the backing plate. NOTE: The parking brake cable must not be bent or distorted. This will lead to stiff operation and premature cable failure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Parking Brake Cable With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the wheel sensor (A) from the knuckle. Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Fig. 6: Identifying Wheel Sensor With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm (A) to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the trailing arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 7: Identifying Trailing Arm With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the flange bolt, and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. NOTE: Use a new flange bolt during reassembly. 14. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and adjusting cam (B), then remove the self-locking nut (C), adjusting cam, and adjusting bolt. NOTE: Use a new self-locking nut and a new adjusting bolt during reassembly. Fig. 8: Identifying Adjusting Bolt, Adjusting Cam, Self-Locking Nut, Adjusting Bolt And Flange Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the flange bolt (D). NOTE: Use a new flange bolt during reassembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element 16. Remove the knuckle (A) while pushing in the driveshaft and holding the driveshaft outboard joint (B) (4WD only). NOTE: Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart (4WD only). Fig. 9: Pushing Driveshaft And Holding Driveshaft Outboard Joints Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then place a floor jack under the trailing arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening the bolts and nuts to the specified torque values.  Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam with the marked positions when tightening.  Use a new spindle nut during reassembly.  Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft (4WD) or rear axle shaft (2WD).  Before installing the brake disc/drum, clean the mating surfaces of the rear hub and the inside of the brake disc/drum.  Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel.  Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). WHEEL BEARING UNIT REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the brake hose mounting bracket (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Brake Hose Mounting Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Separate the wheel bearing unit (A) from the knuckle (B). Fig. 11: Identifying Wheel Bearing Unit And Knuckle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Separate the hub (A) and backing plate (B) from wheel bearing unit (C) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the wheel bearing unit with a press attachment (D) or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the backing plate. Hold onto the hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 12: Separating Hub And Backing Plate From Wheel Bearing Unit Using Hydraulic Press Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) out of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Fig. 13: Pressing Wheel Bearing Inner Race Out Of Hub Using Hub Dis/Assembly Tool Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in a high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Install the hub (A) and backing plate (B) on the new wheel bearing unit (C) using the driver, the attachment, the support base and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to deform the backing plate. NOTE:    Remove any oil, grease, dust, metal debris, and other foreign material from the encoder surface (D). Keep magnetic tools away from the encoder surface. Be careful not to damage the encoder surface. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Hub And Backing Plate On New Wheel Bearing Unit Using Hydraulic Press Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the wheel bearing unit (A) to the knuckle (B). NOTE: Use a new 16 mm flange nut (C). Fig. 15: Identifying Wheel Bearing Unit, Knuckle And Flange Nut With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the brake hose mounting bracket (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 16: Identifying Brake Hose Mounting Bracket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. UPPER ARM REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm, and support the suspension. 4. Remove the wheel sensor harness bracket (A) from the upper arm (B). Fig. 17: Identifying Wheel Sensor Harness Bracket And Upper Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the flange bolts (A), and remove the upper arm (B). NOTE: Use new flange bolts during reassembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Flange Bolts And Upper Arm With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the upper arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then place a jack under the trailing arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening the bolts and nuts to the specified torque values.  Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel.  Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). TRAILING ARM REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Remove the knuckle (see KNUCKLE/HUB REPLACEMENT ). 4. Place the floor jack under the trailing arm (A) to support it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 19: Identifying Trailing Arm, Flange Nut, Stabilizer Link, Flange Bolt And Damper With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the flange nut (B), and disconnect the stabilizer link (C) from the trailing arm. NOTE: Except SC model: Use a new flange nut during reassembly. 6. Remove the flange bolt (D), and disconnect the damper (E) from the trailing arm. NOTE: Use a new flange bolt during reassembly. 7. Remove the trailing arm front mounting bolts (A), and remove the trailing arm bushing guard (B) (only left side). NOTE: Use new mounting bolts during reassembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 20: Identifying Trailing Arm Front Mounting Bolts And Trailing Arm Bushing Guard With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the trailing arm rear mounting bolt (A). NOTE: Do not loosen the special bolts (B) on the trailing arm. NOTE: Use a new mounting bolt during reassembly. Fig. 21: Identifying Trailing Arm Rear Mounting Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element 9. Lower the jack, and remove the trailing arm. 10. Install the trailing arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then place a jack under the trailing arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening the bolts and nuts to the specified torque values.  Install the trailing arm bushing guard correctly on the left side.  Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel.  Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE: The illustrations show except SC model. 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Remove the self-locking nut (A) and flange nut (B) while holding the respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D), and remove the stabilizer link (E). Fig. 22: Identifying Self-Locking Nut, Flange Nut, Respective Joint Pin , Hex Wrench And Stabilizer Link Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the stabilizer link (A) on the stabilizer bar (B) and trailing arm (C) with the joint pins (D) set at the center of their range of movement. NOTE: The left stabilizer has a yellow paint mark (E), while the right stabilizer link Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element has a white paint mark. Fig. 23: Identifying Stabilizer Link, Stabilizer Bar, Trailing Arm And Joint Pins Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install a new self-locking nut and flange nut, and lightly tighten them. NOTE: Except SC model: Use a new flange nut during reassembly. 6. Place a jack under the trailing arm at the knuckle-side end, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight. 7. Tighten the self-locking nut (A) and flange nut (B) to the specified torque values while holding the respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 24: Tightening Self-Locking Nut And Flange Nut With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheel, and test-drive the vehicle. 9. After 5 minutes of driving, torque the self-locking nut torque value again. STABILIZER BAR REPLACEMENT NOTE: The illustrations show except SC model. 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Disconnect the stabilizer links from the stabilizer bar on the right and left sides (see STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the bushing holders (B), then remove the bushings (C) and the stabilizer bar (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Flange Bolts, Bushing Holders, Bushings And Stabilizer Bar With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the right and left ends of the stabilizer bar are installed on their respective sides of the vehicle.  Align the ends of the paint marks (A) on the stabilizer bar with the bushings (B).  Note the direction of the bushing.  Refer to stabilizer link removal/installation to connect the stabilizer bar to the links (see STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).  Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel. Fig. 26: Identifying Paint Marks On Stabilizer Bar With Bushings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DAMPER/SPRING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element REMOVAL 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Remove the flange bolt (A) from the bottom of the damper. Fig. 27: Identifying Flange Bolt And EVAP Canister Mounting Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the canister mounting bolts, and loosen the EVAP canister (B) mounting (only left side) (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ). 5. Remove the lid (A) from the rear side trim panel. Fig. 28: Identifying Rear Side Trim Panel Lid And Flange Nuts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the flange nuts (B) from the top of the damper in the cargo area. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element 7. Remove the damper assembly (A) from the body. Fig. 29: Identifying Damper Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION 1. Position the damper (A) assembly in the body. Note the direction of the damper mounting base so the indent mark (B) on it is toward the inside of the vehicle. Fig. 30: Identifying Damper Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Loosely install new flange nuts (A) onto the top of the damper. NOTE: Install the lid (B) into place securely after tightening the flange nuts to the specified torque value. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 31: Identifying Flange Nuts And Lid With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Loosely install a new flange bolt (A) on the bottom of the damper (B). Fig. 32: Identifying Damper With Flange Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. 5. 6. 7. Place a jack under the trailing arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight. Tighten the nuts and bolt to the specified torque values. Install the lid to the rear side trim panel. Install the EVAP canister mounting bolts (only left side) (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheel. 9. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). DAMPER/SPRING DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Fig. 33: Exploded View Of Damper/Spring With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: When compressing the damper spring, use a commercially available strut spring compressor (Branick MST-580A or Model 7200 or equivalent) according Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element to the manufacturer's instructions. DISASSEMBLY 1. Compress the damper spring, then remove the self-locking nut (A) while holding the damper shaft (B) with a hex wrench (C). Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the nut. Fig. 34: Removing Self-Locking Nut With Hex Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Release the pressure from the strut spring compressor, then disassemble the damper as shown in Exploded View. INSPECTION 1. Reassemble all the parts, except for the damper spring. 2. Compress the damper assembly by hand, and check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension. The damper; should extend smoothly and constantly when compression is released. If it does not, the gas is leaking and the damper should be replaced. Fig. 35: Compressing Damper Assembly By Hand Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises, or binding during these tests. REASSEMBLY 1. Compress the damper spring with the strut spring compressor. 2. Install all the parts except the damper mounting washer and self-locking nut onto the damper unit by referring to the EXPLODED VIEW. Align the bottom of the spring (A) and the stepped part of the lower spring seat (B), and align the damper mounting base as shown. Fig. 36: Aligning Bottom Of Spring And Stepped Part Of Lower Spring Seat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Align the bottom (A) of the damper and the damper mounting base (B) as shown so that the indent mark (C) on it is toward the inside of the vehicle. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Rear Suspension - Element Fig. 37: Aligning Bottom Of Damper And Damper Mounting Base With Indent Mark Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the damper mounting washer (A) and a new 10 mm self-locking nut (B). Fig. 38: Identifying Damper Mounting Washer With Self-Locking Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Hold the damper shaft with a hex wrench (C), and tighten the 10 mm self-locking nut to the specified torque value. 6. Remove the damper assembly from the strut spring compressor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:08 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Fuse/Relay Boxes - Element 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Fuse/Relay Boxes - Element CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX Socket Ref Terminal Connects to Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT A 11 2 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) A/C compressor 6 4 clutch relay A/C condenser fan 3 4 relay Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT B 16 5 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) Blower motor 8 4 relay Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT C 12 12 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT D 15 14 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 14 7 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT ELD unit 13 3 WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) Horn relay 4 4 (1) 10 4 Headlight relay Headlight relay 1 9 4 (2) Headlight relay 2 10 4 Radiator fan relay 5 Rear window 7 defogger relay T101 (Battery) 2 T102 (Alternator) 1 (1) Except SC model 4 (2) 4 Starter subharness (see STARTER SUBHARNESS ) Starter subharness (see STARTER SUBHARNESS ) (2) SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:24:20 8:24:16 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Fuse/Relay Boxes - Element Fig. 1: Identifying Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX Socket Ref Terminal A 2 5 B 3 6 C 1 14 D 4 12 E 5 13 F 19 12 G 9 10 H 8 3E I 20 5 J 21 8 K 23 17 L 24 10 M 22 12 N 27 6 Connects to Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:24:16 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Fuse/Relay Boxes - Element O 26 12 P 7 18 Power window relay 12 4 Q 6 8 R 10 6 S 25 2 Starter cut relay T Taillight relay Turn signal/hazard relay U V W (Memory erase signal (MES) connector) X (plugs directly into the multiplex control unit) Y (plugs directly into the multiplex control unit) 14 18 13 11 15 16 4 3 4 3 1 4 17 2 28 8 29 13 Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) Multiplex control unit service check connector Optional connector Optional connector ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Fig. 2: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:24:16 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION INTERMITTENT FAILURES Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:27 8:42:23 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element The term "intermittent failure" means a system may have had a failure, but it checks OK now. If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the dash does not come on, check for poor connections or loose terminals at all connectors related to the circuit that you are troubleshooting. If the MIL was on but then went out, the original problem may have been intermittent. OPENS AND SHORTS "Open" and "short" are common electrical terms. An open is a break in a wire or at a connection. A short is an accidental connection of a wire to ground or to another wire. In simple electronics, this usually means something won't work at all. With complex electronics (such as ECMs or PCMs) this can sometimes mean something works, but not the way it's supposed to. HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) If the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) has come on 1. Start the engine, and check the MIL (A). NOTE: If the ignition switch is turned ON (II), and the engine is not started, the MIL stays on for 15-20 seconds (see MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) INDICATION (IN RELATION TO READINESS CODES) ). Fig. 2: Identifying MIL Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. If the MIL stays on, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle system. If it doesn't go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. Also check the freeze data and/or on-board snapshot data, and download any data found. Then refer to the indicated DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING, and begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure. NOTE:    Freeze data indicates the engine conditions when the first malfunction, misfire, or fuel trim malfunction was detected. The HDS can read the DTC, freeze data, on-board snapshot, current data, and other engine control module (ECM) or powertrain control module (PCM) data. For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the HDS. 6. If no DTCs are found, go to MIL troubleshooting (see MIL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If the MIL did not stay on If the MIL did not stay on but there is a driveability problem, do the symptom troubleshooting. If you can't duplicate the DTC Some of the troubleshooting requires you to reset the ECM/PCM and try to duplicate the DTC. If the problem is intermittent and you can't duplicate the code, do not continue through the procedure. To do so will only result in confusion and possibly, a needlessly replaced ECM/PCM. HDS CLEAR COMMAND The ECM/PCM stores various specific data to correct the system even if there is no electrical power such as Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element when the battery negative terminal or No. 6 Fl ECU (15 A) fuse are disconnected. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the "CLEAR COMMAND" of the HDS, if parts are replaced. The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. They are DTC clear, ECM/PCM reset, and crank (CKP) pattern clear. DTC clear command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and readiness codes. This must be done with the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. The ECM/PCM reset command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and all specific data to correct the system except crank (CKP) pattern. If the crank (CKP) pattern data in the ECM/PCM was cleared, you must do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure. The crank (CKP) pattern clear command erases only crank (CKP) pattern data. This command is for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. SCAN TOOL CLEAR COMMAND If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands, be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the ECM/PCM, and it clears all commands at the same time crank (CKP) pattern learn, idle learn, readiness codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and DTCs. After you clear all commands, you then need to do these procedures, in this order: ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ); crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure; Test-drive to set readiness codes to complete (see HOW TO SET READINESS CODES ). DTC CLEAR 1. 2. 3. 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ECM/PCM RESET 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle system. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Repeat step 2 several times. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. The crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure is complete. How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. 2. 3. 4. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: The ECM/PCM is part of the immobilizer system. If you replace the ECM/PCM, it will have a different immobilizer code. In order for the engine to start, you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element HOW TO TROUBLESHOOT CIRCUITS AT THE ECM/PCM CONNECTORS Special Tools Required   Digital multimeter KS-AHM-32-003 (1) or a commercially available digital multimeter Backprobe set 07SAZ-001000A (2) 1. Connect the backprobe adapters (A) to the stacking patch cords (B), and connect the cords to a digital multimeter (C). Fig. 5: Connecting Backprobe Adapters To Stacking Patch Cords Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Using the wire insulation as a guide for the contoured tip of the backprobe adapter, gently slide the tip into the connector from the wire side until it touches the end of the wire terminal. 3. If you cannot get to the wire side of the connector or the wire side is sealed (A), disconnect the connector and probe the terminals (B) from the terminal side. Do not force the probe into the connector. NOTE: Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Sealed And Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. UPDATING THE ECM/PCM Special Tools Required     Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software HDS pocket tester GNA 600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE:         Use this procedure when you need to update the ECM/PCM during troubleshooting procedures. Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software version down loaded from the iN (interactive network). Before you update the ECM/PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON. To prevent ECM/PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, door locks, etc.) during the update. To ensure the latest program is installed, do an ECM/PCM update whenever the ECM/PCM is substituted or replaced. You cannot update an ECM/PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) light came on or was flashed during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent ECM/PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 7: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle system. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip step 4 and 5, then clean the throttle body after updating the ECM/PCM (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS diagnostic system, then select the update mode, and follow the screen prompts to update the ECM/PCM. 7. If the software in the ECM/PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the ECM/PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to' choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the ECM/PCM update system requires you to cool the ECM/PCM, follow the instructions on screen. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the ECM/PCM:     Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). Shut down the HDS. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element   Reboot the HDS. Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 9. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 10. Do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure. SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM Special Tools Required     Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software HDS pocket tester GNA 600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good ECM/PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 8: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 thru 14, then clean the throttle body after substituting the ECM/PCM (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Remove the passenger's dashboard under cover (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), the passenger's kick panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ), and the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 9. Cut the plastic cross brace in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters in the area shown, and discard it. Fig. 9: Cutting Plastic Cross Brace In Glove Box Opening Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the relays (A), then remove the bolts (B) and the glove box frame (C). Fig. 10: Identifying Relays, Bolts And Glove Box Frame Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the gray 20P ECM/PCM wire harness connector (A) from the ECM/PCM mounting bracket. Fig. 11: Identifying ECM/PCM And Wire Harness Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connectors (B). Remove the ECM/PCM mounting bolt (C) and the bracket. Remove the nuts (D), then remove the ECM/PCM (E). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Open the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the ECM/PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 18. 19. 20. 21. Manually input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. Enter the immobilizer code using the ECM/PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 22. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 23. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 24. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 25. Do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure. OBD STATUS The OBD status shows the current system status of each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is used to see if the repair was successfully completed. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC are displayed as:      PASSED: The on board diagnosis is successfully finished. FAILED: The on board diagnosis has finished but failed. EXECUTING: The vehicle is in enable criteria conditions for the DTC and the on board diagnosis is running. NOT COMPLETED: The on board diagnosis was running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC. OUT OF CONDITION: The vehicle has stayed out of the enable conditions for the DTC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC TROUBLESHOOTING CHART DTC (MIL indication Two Drive Cycle (1)) Detection P0010 (56) -- P0011 (56) o P0101 (50) o P0102 (50) -- P0103 (50) -- P0107 (3) -- P0108 (3) -- P0111 (10) o Detection Item Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Oil Control Solenoid Valve Malfunction Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) System Malfunction Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit MIL ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0112 (10) -- P0113 (10) -- P0116 (86) o P0117 (6) -- P0118 (6) -- P0122 (7) -- P0123 (7) -- P0125 (86) o P0128 (87) o P0133 (61) o P0134 (41) o P0135 (41) -- P0137 (63) o Range/Performance Problem Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance Problem Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit High Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow Response Cooling System Malfunction Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit Low Voltage ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0138 (63) o P0139 (63) o P0141 (65) -- P0171 (45) P0172 (45) P0222 (7) o o -- P0223 (7) -- P0300 (75) any combination of the following P0301 (71) P0302 (72) P0303 (73) P0304 (74) P0301 (71) o P0302 (72) o P0303 (73) o P0304 (74) o P0325 (23) -- P0335 (4) -- P0339 (4) -- P0340 (57) -- P0341 (57) -- o Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit High Voltage Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Slow Response Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Heater Circuit Malfunction Fuel System Too Lean Fuel System Too Rich Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit High Voltage Random Misfire Detected ON No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected No. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor No Signal Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Interruption Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A No Signal Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A and Crankshaft ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0344 (57) -- P0365 (8) -- P0369 (8) -- P0420 (67) o P0443 (92) -- P0451 (91) o P0452 (91) o P0453 (91) o P0455 (90) o P0456 (90) o P0457 (90) -- P0461 (121) -- P0462 (121) -- P0463 (121) -- Position (CKP) Sensor Incorrect Phase Detected Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A Intermittent Interruption Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B No Signal Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B Circuit Intermittent Interruption Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Circuit Malfunction Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Very Small Leak Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detected/Fuel Fill Cap Loose or Missing Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Range/Performance Problem Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0496 (92) o P0497 (90) o P0498 (117) -- P0499 (117) -- P0506 (14) o P0507 (14) o P050A (167) o P050B (167) o P0562 (34) -- P0563 (34) -- P0602 (196) -- P0603 (131) -- P0606 (0) -- Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System High Purge Flow Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Low Purge Flow Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit Low Voltage Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit High Voltage Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected Cold Start Idle Air Control System Performance Problem Cold Start Ignition Timing Control System Performance Problem Charging System Low Voltage Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Programming Error Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Processor Malfunction ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0630 (139) -- P0685 (135) o P0720 (122)(2) -- P1009 (56) -- P1109 (13) -- P1116 (86) o P1128 (5) o P1129 (5) o P1157 (48) -- P1172 (61) o P1297 (20) -- P1298 (20) -- P1454 (91) o P145C (90) o VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Control Circuit Internal Circuit Malfunction Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Advance Malfunction Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Out of Range High Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Performance Problem Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Lower Than Expected Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Higher Than Expected Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit Malfunction Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit Low Voltage Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit High Voltage Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Range/Performance Problem Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Purge Flow Malfunction ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P1549 (34) -- P1683 (40) -- P1684 (40) -- P16BB (116) -- P16BC (116) -- P2101 (40) -- P2108 (40) -- P2118 (40) -- P2122 (37) -- P2123 (37) -- P2127 (37) -- P2128 (37) -- P2135 (7) -- P2138 (37) -- P2176 (40) -- Charging System High Voltage Throttle Valve Default Position Spring Performance Problem Throttle Valve Return Spring Performance Problem Alternator B Terminal Circuit Low Voltage Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/IGP Circuit Low Voltage Throttle Actuator System Malfunction Throttle Actuator Control Module Problem Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D) Circuit Low Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D) Circuit High Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor E) Circuit Low Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor E) Circuit High Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A/B Voltage Incorrect Correlation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A/B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D/E) Incorrect Voltage Correlation Throttle Actuator Control OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P2183 (192) o P2184 (192) -- P2185 (192) -- P2195 (48) o P2227 (13) o P2228 (13) -- P2229 (13) -- P2238 (48) -- P2252 (48) -- P2270 (63) o P2271 (63) o P2422 (117) o P2552 (40) -- System Idle Position Not Learned Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Range/Performance Problem Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Range/Performance Problem Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) AFS+ Circuit Low Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) AFSCircuit Low Voltage Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit Signal Stuck Lean Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit Signal Stuck Rich Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Stuck Closed Malfunction Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay Malfunction ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P2610 (132) -- P2646 (22) -- P2647 (22) -- P2648 (21) -- P2649 (21) -- P2A00 (61) o U0028 (126) -- U0107 (30) -- U0122 (126) -- U0155 (126) -- Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ignition Off Internal Timer Performance Problem Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Circuit Low Voltage Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Circuit High Voltage Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Circuit High Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance Problem F-CAN Malfunction (BUSOFF) Lost Communication With Throttle Actuator Control Module F-CAN Malfunction (Engine Control Module (ECM/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)-VSA modulator-control unit) F-CAN Malfunction (Engine Control Module (ECM/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)-Gauge Control Module) ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-Fl system is selected in the HDS. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGMFl system, select the A/T system, and check for automatic transmission DTCs. (1) These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS. (2) M/T. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check for a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) with the HDS. If there is no DTC, do the diagnostic procedure for the symptom, in the sequence listed, Until you find the cause. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for  Engine will not start (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 1. Test the battery (see CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST ). 2. Test the starter (see CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST ). 3. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ). 4. Troubleshoot the fuel pump circuit (see FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).      Low compression No ignition spark Intake air leaks Locked up engine Broken cam chain Contaminated fuel Engine will not start (MIL comes on and stays Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT on, or never comes on at TROUBLESHOOTING ). all, no DTCs set) MIL comes on and stays Troubleshoot the MIL circuit (see MIL CIRCUIT on, or never comes on at TROUBLESHOOTING ). all, no DTCs set Engine will not start (MIL works OK, no DTCs set, immobilizer Check the immobilizer system. indicator stays on or flashes) Engine starts but stalls immediately (MIL works OK, no DTCs set, Check the immobilizer system. immobilizer indicator stays on or flashes) Engine is hard to start (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) Cold fast idle too low (MIL works OK, no 1. Test the battery (see CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST ). 2. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ). 3. Clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ).     Low compression Intake air leaks Contaminated fuel Weak spark 1. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 2. Check the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element DTCs set) 3. Clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). Cold fast idle too high (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 1. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 2. Check the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). 3. Do the throttle position learning check (see THROTTLE BODY TEST ). Idle speed fluctuates (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 1. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 2. Check the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). Intake vacuum leaks 3. Do the carbon accumulation check (see THROTTLE BODY TEST ). 4. Troubleshoot the A/C signal circuit (see A/C SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). After warming up, idle speed is below specification without load (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 1. Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit (see ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 2. Do the carbon accumulation check (see THROTTLE BODY TEST ). After warming up, idle speed is above specification without load (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 1. Troubleshoot the alternator FR signal circuit (see ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 2. Inspect the APP sensor (see APP SENSOR SIGNAL INSPECTION ). After warming up, idle speed drops when steering wheel is turning (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 1. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 2. Troubleshoot the PSP switch signal circuit (see Power steering system PSP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT problems TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Test the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY TEST ).  Low power (MIL works Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE OK, no DTCs set) TEST ).   Low compression Incorrect camshaft timing Incorrect engine oil level 1. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Engine stalls (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 2. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ). 3. Check the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). 4. Troubleshoot the brake pedal position switch signal circuit (see BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Difficult to refuel (MIL works OK, no DTCs set) 1. Check the fuel vent tube between the EVAP canister and the fuel tank. 2. Check the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube between the fuel pipe and the fuel tank. 3. Replace the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Replace the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK REPLACEMENT ). Malfunctioning gas station filling nozzle. Fuel overflows during refueling (No DTCs set) 1. Replace the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Replace the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK REPLACEMENT ). Malfunctioning gas station filling nozzle. HDS does not communicate with the ECM/PCM or the vehicle Fuel cap warning message comes on and stays on (MIL works OK, no DTCs set)   Intake air leaks Faulty harness and sensor connections Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Troubleshoot the fuel cap warning message system (see FUEL CAP WARNING MESSAGE SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING ). SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM The functions of the fuel and emission control systems are managed by the engine control module (ECM) on vehicles with manual transmissions or the powertrain control module (PCM) on vehicles with automatic transmissions. Self-diagnosis The ECM/PCM detects a failure of a signal from a sensor or another control unit and stores a Temporary DTC or a DTC. Depending on the failure, a DTC is stored in either the first or the second drive cycle. When a DTC is stored, the ECM/PCM turns on the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) by sending a command to the gauge control module. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element  One Drive Cycle Detection Method When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor or another control unit, the ECM/PCM stores a DTC for the failure and turns on the MIL immediately.  Two Drive Cycle Detection Method When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor or another control unit in the first drive cycle, the ECM/PCM stores a Temporary DTC for the failure. The MIL does not come on at this time. If the failure continues in the second drive cycle, the ECM/PCM stores a DTC in erasable memory and turns on the MIL. Fail-safe Function When an abnormality occurs in the signal from a sensor or another control unit, the ECM/PCM ignores that signal and substitutes a pre-programmed value that allows the engine to continue running. This causes a DTC to be stored and the MIL to come on. MIL Bulb Check and Readiness Code Condition When the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the ECM/PCM supplies ground to the MIL circuit for about 15 to 20 seconds to check the bulb condition. If any readiness codes are not set to complete, the MIL flashes five times. If all readiness codes are set to complete, the MIL goes off. Self Shut Down (SSD) Mode After the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM/PCM stays on (up to 25 minutes). If the ECM/PCM connector is disconnected during this time, the ECM/PCM may be damaged. To cancel this mode, disconnect the negative cable from the battery or jump the SCS line with the HDS after the ignition switch is turned OFF. ECM/PCM Electrical Connections Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 12: ECM/PCM Electrical Connections Diagram (1 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 13: ECM/PCM Electrical Connections Diagram (2 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 14: ECM/PCM Electrical Connections Diagram (3 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 15: ECM/PCM Electrical Connections Diagram (4 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 16: ECM/PCM Electrical Connections Diagram (5 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. *1:A/T Fig. 17: ECM/PCM Electrical Connections Diagram (6 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VACUUM HOSE ROUTING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 18: Vacuum Hose Routing Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VACUUM DISTRIBUTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 19: Vacuum Distribution Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ECM/PCM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR A (31P) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 20: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector A (31P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A REFERENCE Terminal Wire Terminal name number color 1 WHT KS (KNOCK SENSOR) 2 YEL/BLK IGP2 (POWER SOURCE) 3 YEL/BLK IGP1 (POWER SOURCE) 4 BLK PG2 (POWER GROUND) 5 BLK PG1 (POWER GROUND) 6 GRN CMPB (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR B) 7 YEL CKP (CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR) 8 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC GROUND) 9 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC GROUND) Description Signal Detects knock sensor signal With engine knocking: pulses With ignition switch ON (II): battery Power source for voltage ECM/PCM circuit With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): battery Power source for voltage ECM/PCM circuit With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at all ECM/PCM times Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at all ECM/PCM times With engine running: Detects CMP sensor B pulses signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V With engine running: pulses Detects CKP sensor With ignition switch signal ON (II): about 5.0 V Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at all ECM/PCM times Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at all ECM/PCM times Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 10 13 14 15 16 AFSHTC (AIR FUEL RATIO BLK/WHT (A/F) SENSOR HEATER CONTROL) With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage With fully warmed up engine running: about 0 V Drives A/F sensor heater IGPLS4 (No. 4 IGNITION COIL Drives No. 4 ignition PULSE) coil IGPLS3 (No. 3 IGNITION COIL Drives No. 3 ignition WHT/BLU PULSE) coil IGPLS2 (No. 2 IGNITION COIL Drives No. 2 ignition BLU/RED PULSE) coil IGPLS1 (No. 1 IGNITION COIL Drives No. 1 ignition YEL/GRN PULSE) coil BRN 18 BLU 19 BLU/WHT With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V With engine running: pulses With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V or about 5.0 V While driving: about 2.5 V With engine running: Detects CMP sensor A pulses signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V Detects output shaft NC (COUNTERSHAFT SPEED (countershaft) speed SENSOR) sensor signal CMPA (CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A) Fig. 21: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector A (31P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A REFERENCE Terminal Wire color Terminal name number 20 Description YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage Signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 21 Provides sensor YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) voltage 23 24 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Sensor ground 25 APSB (ACCELERATOR RED/YEL PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR B) Detects APP sensor B signal 26 APSA (ACCELERATOR RED/BLU PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR A) Detects APP sensor A signal 28 30 31 BLU AFS- (AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR, SENSOR 1SIDE) MAP (MANIFOLD GRN/RED ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR) RED Detects A/F sensor (sensor 1) signal Detects MAP sensor signal AFS+ (AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR, SENSOR 1 +SIDE) With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V Less than 1.0 Vat all times Less than 1.0 V at all times With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal pressed: about 2.3 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal released: about 0.2 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal pressed: about 4.5 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal released: about 0.5 V With ignition switch ON (II): about 3.0 V At idle: about 1.0 V (depending on engine speed) Detects A/F sensor (sensor 1) signal ECM/PCM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR B (24P) Fig. 22: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector B (24P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B REFERENCE Terminal Wire color Terminal name number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Description Drives VTC oil VTC (VTC OIL CONTROL control solenoid SOLENOID VALVE) valve Drives No. 4 YEL INJ4 (No. 4 INJECTOR) injector Drives No. 3 BLU INJ3 (No. 3 INJECTOR) injector Drives No. 2 RED INJ2 (No. 2 INJECTOR) injector Drives No. 1 BRN INJ1 (No. 1 INJECTOR) injector VTS (ROCKER ARM OIL Drives rocker arm GRN/YEL CONTROL SOLENOID) oil control solenoid BLU/WHT 8 ECT1 (ENGINE COOLANT RED/WHT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1) 10 WHT/BLU ALTL (ALTERNATOR L SIGNAL) 11 BLU/BLK VTPSW (ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SWITCH) 13 WHT/RED ALTF (ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL) 17 RED/YEL IAT (INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR) 18 WHT/GRN 19 GRN 20 BLU ALTC (ALTERNATOR CONTROL) SEFD (THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL SERIAL SIGNAL) SEDF (THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL SERIAL SIGNAL) Signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V At idle: duty controlled With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage At idle: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1- 4.8 V (depending Detects ECT sensor on engine coolant 1 signal temperature) With fully warmed up engine: about 0.5-0.7 V With ignition switch ON (II): Detects alternator about 0 V signal With engine running: battery voltage At low engine speed: about 0 Detects rocker arm V oil pressure switch At high engine speed: battery signal voltage With engine running: about 0Detects alternator 5.0 V (depending on electrical FR signal load) With ignition switch ON (II): Detects IAT sensor about 0.1-4.8 V (depending signal on intake air temperature) Sends alternator With fully warmed up engine control signal running: about 8.0 V Sends throttle actuator control serial signal Detects throttle actuator control serial signal With engine running, engine Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 21 PCS (EVAPORATIVE YEL/GRN EMISSION CANISTER PURGE VALVE) Drives EVAP canister purge valve coolant below 131°F (55°C): battery voltage With engine running, engine coolant above 131°F (55°C): duty controlled ECM/PCM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR C (22P) Fig. 23: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector C (22P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C REFERENCE Terminal Wire color Terminal name number LSA (A/T CLUTCH (1) BLK/BLU PRESSURE CONTROL 1 SOLENOID VALVE A) 2(1) GRN SHC (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C) 3(1) YEL SHE (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E) 4(1) SHB (SHIFT SOLENOID GRN/WHT VALVE B) Description Drives A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A Signal With ignition switch ON (II): current control With engine running in N and 1 position, or in D position (in 1st, 3rd, and 5th Drives shift solenoid gears): battery voltage valve C With engine running in P, R, 2, or D position (in 2nd, 4th gears): about 0 V With engine running in P, R position: battery voltage Drives shift solenoid With engine running in N, valve E D, 2, or 1 position: about 0V With engine running in P, Drives shift solenoid R, N, 2, and 1 position, or D valve B position (in 1st, 2nd gears): battery voltage Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 5(1) 6(1) 7(1) 9(1) 10(1) 11(1) 12(1) With engine running in D position (in 3rd, 4th, 5th gears):about 0 V With engine running in 2 or D position (in 2nd, 5th gears): battery voltage SHD (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid With engine running in P, GRN/RED VALVE D) valve D R, N, 1 position, or D position (in 1st, 3rd, 4th gears): about 0V With engine running in R and 1 position, or D position (in 1st, 4th, 5th gears): SHA (SHIFT SOLENOID Drives shift solenoid battery voltage BLU/BLK VALVE A) valve A With engine running in P, N and 2 position, or D position (in 2nd, 3rd gears): about 0 V LSC (A/T CLUTCH Drivers A/T clutch With ignition switch ON BLU/YEL PRESSURE CONTROL pressure control (II): current control SOLENOID VALVE C) solenoid valve C ATP1 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In 1 position: about 0 V BRN RANGE SWITCH 1 range switch 1 In any position other than 1 POSITION) position signal input position: battery voltage Detects 3rd clutch With ignition switch ON OP3SW (3RD CLUTCH transmission fluid (II): about 5.0 V BLU/WHT TRANSMISSION FLUID pressure switch signal With 3rd clutch pressure: 0 PRESSURE SWITCH) input V ATP2 (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In 2 position: about 0V BLU RANGE SWITCH 2 range switch 2 In any position other than 2 POSITION) position signal input position: battery voltage ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission In R position: about 0 V RED/WHT RANGE SWITCH R range switch R In any position other than R POSITION) position signal input position: battery voltage (1) A/T Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 24: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector C (22P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR C REFERENCE Terminal Wire color Terminal name number 13(1) OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH BLU/RED TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH) 14(1) RED/YEL 15(1) LSB (AH" CLUTCH BRN/WHT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B) 17(1) 18(1) 19(1) 20(1) Description Signal Detects 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch signal input With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V With 2nd clutch pressure: 0V With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.2-4.8 V (depending on ATF temperature) Detects ATF ATFT (ATF temperature sensor TEMPERATURE SENSOR) signal input Drives A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B With the ignition switch ON (II): current control In D position: about 0 V In any position other than D position: battery voltage In D, 2, or 1 position: ATPFWD (TRANSMISSION Detects transmission about 0 V YEL/RED RANGE SWITCH D/2/1 range switch D, 2, or 1 In P, R, N position: POSITION) position signal battery voltage With ignition switch ON Detects input shaft (II): about 0 V or about NM (MAINSHAFT SPEED (mainshaft) speed WHT/RED 5.0 V SENSOR) sensor signal With engine running in N position: about 2.5 V ATPD (TRANSMISSION YEL/GRN RANGE SWITCH D POSITION) Detects transmission range switch D position signal ATPN (TRANSMISSION RED/BLK RANGE SWITCH N POSITION) Detects transmission range switch N position signal In N position: about 0 V In any position other than N position: battery Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element voltage 21 VG- (MASS AIR FLOW) BLK/RED (MAF) SENSOR - SIDE) 22 RED/GRN VG+ (MASS AIR FLOW) (MAF) SENSOR +SIDE) Ground for MAF sensor signal Detects MAF sensor signal At idle: about 1.1-1.6V (between VG+ terminal and VG- terminal) (1) A/T ECM/PCM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR D (17P) Fig. 25: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector D (17P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR D REFERENCE Terminal Wire Terminal name number color 3(1) GRN D3SW (D3 SWITCH) 5(1) WHT ATPR (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH R POSITION) 6(1) ATPP (TRANSMISSION BLK/BLU RANGE SWITCH P POSITION) Description Signal With ignition switch ON (II), D3 switch Detects D3 switch pushed: about 0 V signal With ignition switch ON (II), D3 switch released: battery voltage In R position: about 0 V Detects transmission In any position other range switch R than R position: battery position signal voltage In P position: about 0 V Detects transmission In any position other range switch P than P position: battery position signal voltage With ignition switch ON (II), brake pedal Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 8 9(2) 15 released: battery voltage Detects brake pedal With ignition switch BLU position switch signal ON (II), brake pedal pressed: about 0 V With ignition switch ON (II) and clutch pedal Detects cruise clutch CCCLSW (CRUISE CONTROL released: about 0 V YEL/GRN pedal position switch With ignition switch CLUTCH SWITCH) signal ON (II) and clutch pedal pressed: battery voltage ETCSRLY (THROTTLE Drives throttle With ignition switch BRN ACTUATOR CONTROL actuator control ON (II): about 0 V MODULE RELAY) module relay BKSWNC (BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH) (1) A/T (2) M/T ECM/PCM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR E (31P) Fig. 26: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector E (31P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E REFERENCE Terminal Wire color Terminal name number 1 GRN 2(1) WHT/BLU Description ECT2 (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor 2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR signal 2) SLS (SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID) Drives shift lock solenoid Signal With ignition switch ON (II): about 0.1- 4.9 V (depending on engine coolant temperature) With ignition switch ON (II), in P position, brake pedal pressed, and accelerator released: about 0 V Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 14 15 16 17 Ground for ECM/PCM Less than 1.0 V at all control circuit times Less than 1.0 V at all WHT/GRN SG3 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground times With ignition switch ON (II): about 5.0 V YEL/BLU VCC3 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V Drives PGM-FI main With ignition switch ON relay 1 (Fl MAIN) (II): about 0 V MRLY (PGM-FI MAIN RED/YEL Power source for DTC With ignition switch RELAY) memory OFF: battery voltage AFSHTCR (AIR FUEL Drives A/F sensor With ignition switch ON RATIO (A/F) SENSOR ORN heater relay (II): about 0 V HEATER CONTROL RELAY) With ignition switch ON (II): battery voltage BLK/YEL IG1 (IGNITION SIGNAL) Detects ignition signal With ignition switch OFF: about 0 V CANH (CAN Sends communication With ignition switch ON WHT COMMUNICATION signal (II): pulses SIGNAL HIGH) With radiator fan FANC (RADIATOR FAN Drives radiator fan running: about 0 V GRN/WHT CONTROL) relay With radiator fan stopped: battery voltage With ignition switch ON FTP (FUEL TANK Detects FTP sensor LT GRN (II) and fuel fill cap PRESSURE (FTP) SENSOR) signal removed: about 2.5 V With ignition switch ON ELD (ELECTRICAL LOAD (II): about 0.1-4.8 V GRN/BLK Detects ELD signal DETECTOR) (depending on electrical load) At idle with steering wheel straight ahead: PSPSW (POWER LT Detects PSP switch about 0 V STEERING PRESSURE GRN/BLK signal At idle with steering SWITCH SIGNAL) wheel at full lock: battery voltage 0 V for 2 seconds after IMOFPR (IMMOBILIZER Drives PGM-FI main turning ignition switch GRN/YEL FUEL PUMP RELAY) relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) ON (II), then battery voltage BRN/YEL LG3 (LOGIC GROUND) With compressor ON: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 18 19 RED ACC (A/C CLUTCH RELAY) VSV (EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) LT GRN/RED CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE) about 0 V Drives A/C clutch relay With compressor OFF: battery voltage Drives EVAP canister With ignition switch ON vent shut valve (II): battery voltage (1) A/T Fig. 27: Identifying ECM/PCM Connector E (31P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Standard battery voltage is about 12 V. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR E REFERENCE Terminal Wire Terminal name number color 20 21 22 24 27 Description Signal With throttle fully closed SHO2S (SECONDARY HEATED Detects secondary at idle and fully warmed OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S (sensor 2) up engine: above 0.6 V WHT/RED (SECONDARY HO2S), SENSOR signal With throttle quickly 2) closed: below 0.4 V SO2SHTC (SECONDARY With ignition switch ON HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR Drives secondary (II): battery voltage With GRN/RED (SECONDARY HO2S) HEATER HO2S heater fully warmed up engine CONTROL) running: duty controlled With brake pedal Detects brake pedal BKSW (BRAKE PEDAL released: about 0 V With WHT/BLK position switch POSITION SWITCH) brake pedal pressed: signal battery voltage Sends CANL (CAN COMMUNICATION With ignition switch ON RED communication SIGNAL LOW) (II): pulses signal Detects WHT IMOCD (IMMOBILIZER CODE) immobilizer signal Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 29 BRN SCS (SERVICE CHECK SIGNAL) Detects service check signal 30 RED/WHT WEN (WRITE ENABLE SIGNAL) Detects write enable signal With service check signal shorted using HDS: about 0 V With service check signal open: about 5.0 V With ignition switch ON (II): about 0 V PGM-FI SYSTEM The programmed fuel injection (PGM-FI) system is a sequential multiport fuel injection system. Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay When the ECM/PCM receives a demand for cooling from the A/C system, it delays the compressor from being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode. Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor The A/F sensor operates over a wide air/fuel range. The A/F sensor is installed upstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWO. It sends signals to the ECM/PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. Fig. 28: Sectional View Of Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor The BARO sensor is inside the ECM/PCM. It converts atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that modifies the basic duration of the fuel injection discharge. Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B CMP sensor B detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:23 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 29: Sectional View Of Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the ECM/PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Fig. 30: Sectional View Of Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Fig. 31: Sectional View Of Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 And 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Ignition Timing Control The ECM/PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds and manifold absolute pressures. It also adjusts the timing according to engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature. Injector Timing and Duration The ECM/PCM contains the memory for basic discharge duration at various engine speeds and manifold pressures. The basic discharge duration, after being read out from the memory, is further modified by signals sent from various sensors to obtain the final discharge duration. By monitoring long term fuel trim, the ECM/PCM detects long term malfunctions in the fuel system and sets a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Knock Sensor The knock sensor adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Fig. 32: Sectional View Of Knock Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation to Readiness Codes) The vehicle has certain "readiness codes" that are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. If the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone dead, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the ECM/PCM has been reset, these codes are reset. In some states, part of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. If all of them are not set to complete, the vehicle may fail the test, or the test cannot be finished. To check if the readiness codes are set to complete, turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. The MIL will come on for 15-20 seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are complete. If it flashes five times, one or more readiness codes are not complete. To set each code, drive the vehicle or run the engine as described in the procedures (see HOW TO SET READINESS CODES ). Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals to the ECM/PCM. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 33: Sectional View Of Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor change due to intake air temperature and air flow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the ECM/PCM. Fig. 34: Sectional View Of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects output shaft (countershaft) speed. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 35: Sectional View Of Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC), and sends signals to the ECM/PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilize its output, the sensor has an internal heater. The ECM/PCM compares the HO2S output with the A/F sensor output to determine catalyst efficiency. The secondary HO2S is located on the TWC. Fig. 36: Sectional View Of Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the SYSTEM DIAGRAM to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the ECM/PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the ECM/PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Cruise control: The ECM/PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the ECM/PCM. Fig. 37: Sectional View Of Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Throttle Body The throttle body is a single-barrel side draft type. The lower portion of the throttle valve is heated by engine coolant from the cylinder head to prevent icing of the throttle plate. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 38: Identifying Throttle Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VTEC/VTC  The i-VTEC has a VTC (variable valve timing control) mechanism on the intake camshaft in addition to the usual VTEC. This mechanism improves fuel efficiency and reduces exhaust emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed, and engine load.   The VTEC mechanism changes the valve lift and timing by using more than one cam profile. The VTC changes the phase of the intake camshaft via oil pressure. It changes the intake valve timing continuously. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 39: Driving Condition Graph Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VTC System      The VTC system makes continuous intake valve timing changes based on operating conditions. Intake valve timing is optimized to allow the engine to produce maximum power. Cam angle is advanced to obtain the EGR effect and reduce pumping loss. The intake valve is closed quickly to reduce the entry of the air/fuel mixture into the intake port and improve the charging effect. The system reduces the cam advance at idle, stabilizes combustion, and reduces engine speed. If a malfunction occurs, the VTC system control is disabled, and the valve timing is fixed at the fully retarded position. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 40: VTC System Waveform Graph Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VTEC System   The VTEC system changes the cam profile to correspond to the engine speed. It maximizes torque at low engine speed and output at high engine speed. The low lift cam is used at low engine speeds, and the high lift cam is used at high engine speeds. Fig. 41: VTEC System Waveform Graph Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VTEC/VTC System Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 42: VTEC/VTC System Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A This sensor detects camshaft angle position for the VTC system. Fig. 43: Sectional View Of Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is pressed, the power steering load is high, or the alternator is charging, the ECM/PCM controls the throttle position to maintain the correct idle speed. Refer to the SYSTEM DIAGRAM to see a functional layout of the system. Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the ECM/PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the ECM/PCM when the power steering load is high. FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM Fuel Cutoff Control During deceleration with the throttle valve closed, current to the injectors is cut off to improve fuel economy at engine speeds over 1,000 rpm. Fuel cutoff control also occurs when the engine speed exceeds 6,700 rpm, regardless of the position of the throttle valve, to protect the engine from over-revving. When the vehicle is stopped, the ECM/PCM cuts the fuel at engine speeds over 5,000 rpm (M/T: 6,700 rpm). Fuel cutoff rpm is lower on a cold engine. Fuel Pump Control When the ignition is turned on, the ECM/PCM grounds PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) which feeds current to the fuel pump for 2 seconds to pressurize the fuel system. With the engine running, the ECM/PCM grounds PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and feeds current to the fuel pump. When the engine is not running and the ignition is on, the ECM/PCM cuts ground to PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) which cuts current to the fuel pump. PGM-FI Main Relay land 2 PGM-FI main relay 1 (Fl MAIN) is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the ECM/PCM, power to the injectors, and power for PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) is energized to supply power to the fuel pump for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), and when the engine is cranking or running. INTAKE AIR SYSTEM The system supplies air for engine needs. Intake Air Bypass Control Thermal Valve When the engine is cold, the intake air bypass control thermal valve sends air to the injector. The amount of air is regulated by engine coolant temperature. Once the engine is hot, the intake air bypass Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element control thermal valve closes, stopping air to the injector. Fig. 44: Identifying Intake Air Bypass Control Thermal Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CATALYTIC CONVERTER SYSTEM Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) The TWC converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (CO2 ), nitrogen (N2 ), and water vapor. Fig. 45: Identifying Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System The PCV valve prevents blow-by gasses from escaping into the atmosphere by venting them into the intake manifold. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 46: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to the SYSTEM DIAGRAM to see a functional layout of the system. EVAP Canister The EVAP canister temporarily stores fuel vapor from the fuel tank until it can be purged from the EVAP canister into the engine and burned. EVAP Canister Purge Valve When the engine coolant temperature is below 131°F (55°C), the ECM/PCM turns off the EVAP canister purge valve which cuts vacuum to the EVAP canister. Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure into an electrical input to the ECM/PCM. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 47: Identifying Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve The EVAP canister vent shut valve is on the EVAP canister. This valve controls the venting of the EVAP canister. Fig. 48: Identifying EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FUEL CAP WARNING MESSAGE The ECM/PCM will detect a loose or missing fuel fill cap as an evaporative system leak and alerts the driver by showing a warning message in the odo/trip meter display. First drive cycle The first time a leak is detected a "CHECK FUEL CAP" message in the odo/trip meter display (A). To scroll to another message, press the select/reset button. The "CHECK FUEL CAP" message will appear each time you restart the engine unit the system turns the message off. Turn the engine off, then replace or tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks at least once. The message should go off after several days of normal driving after the fuel fill cap has been tightened or replaced. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 49: Identifying Odo/Trip Meter Display Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TO MAKE THE MESSAGE GO OFF (WITH THE HDS) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. Clear the Temporary DTC with the HDS. 3. Verify there is no leak by doing the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. TO MAKE THE MESSAGE GO OFF (WITHOUT THE HDS) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Do this procedure three times in all. ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM The electronic throttle control system consists of the throttle actuator, throttle position (TP) sensor A/B, accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor A/B, throttle actuator control module, throttle actuator control module relay, and the ECM/PCM. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 50: Electronic Throttle Control System Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CONTROL DIAGRAM The EVAP controls minimize the amount of fuel vapor escaping to the atmosphere. Vapor from the fuel tank is temporarily stored in the EVAP canister until it can be purged from the canister into the engine and burned. The EVAP canister is purged by drawing fresh air through it and into a port on the intake manifold. The purging vacuum is controlled by the EVAP canister purge valve, which operates whenever the engine coolant temperature is above 131°F (55°C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 51: Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 52: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (1 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 53: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (2 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 54: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (3 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 55: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (4 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 56: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (5 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 57: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (6 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 58: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (7 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 59: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (8 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 60: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (9 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 61: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (10 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 62: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (11 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 63: ECM/PCM Circuit Diagram (12 Of 12) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HOW TO SET READINESS CODES MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) INDICATION (IN RELATION TO READINESS CODES) The vehicle has certain "readiness codes" that are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. If the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone dead, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the ECM/PCM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element has been reset, these readiness codes are reset to incomplete. In some states, part of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. If all of them are not set to complete, the vehicle may fail the emission test, or the test cannot be finished. To check if the readiness codes are set to complete, turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. The MIL will come on for 15-20 seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set to complete. If it flashes five times, one or more readiness codes are not set to complete. To set readiness codes from incomplete to complete, do the procedure for the appropriate code. To check the status of a specific DTC system, check the OBD status in the DTC MENU with the HDS (see OBD STATUS ). This screen displays the code, the current data list of the enable criteria, and the status of the readiness testing. CATALYTIC CONVERTER MONITOR AND READINESS CODE NOTE:      Do not turn the ignition switch off during the procedure. All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the ECM/PCM is reset with the HDS. Low ambient temperatures or excessive stop-and-go traffic may increase the drive time needed to switch the readiness code from incomplete to complete. The readiness code will not switch to complete until all the enable criteria are met. If a fault in the secondary HO2S system caused the MIL to come on, the readiness code cannot be set to complete until you correct the fault. Enable Criteria    ECT SENSOR 1 at 158°F (70°C) or more. Intake air temperature (IAT) at 20°F (-7°C) or more. Vehicle speed sensor (VSS) above 25 mph (40 km/h). Procedure 1. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's data link connector (DLC), and bring up the READINESS CODEs screen for Catalyst in the DTCs MENU. 2. Start the engine. 3. Test-drive the vehicle under stop-and-go conditions with short periods of steady cruise. After about 5 miles (8 km), the readiness code should switch to complete. 4. If the readiness code is still not set to complete, check for a Temporary DTC with the HDS. If there is no DTC, one or more of the enable criteria were probably not met; repeat the procedure. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CONTROL SYSTEM MONITOR AND READINESS CODE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the ECM/PCM is reset with the HDS. Enable Criteria       Battery voltage is more than 10.5 V. Engine at idle. ECT sensor 1 and 2 between 176°F (80°C) and 212°F (100°C). MAP sensor less than 46.6 kPa (14 in.Hg, 350 mmHg). Vehicle speed 0 mph (0 km/h). IAT sensor between 32°F (0°C) and 212°F (100°C). Procedure 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 2. Start the engine. 3. Select EVAP TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS, then select the FUNCTION TEST in the EVAP TEST MENU.  If the result is normal, readiness is complete.  If the result is not normal, go to the next step. 4. Check for a Temporary DTC. If there is no DTC, one or more of the enable criteria were probably not met; repeat the procedure. AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR MONITOR AND READINESS CODE NOTE:   Do not turn the ignition switch off during the procedure. All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the ECM/PCM is reset with the HDS. Enable Criteria ECT SENSOR 1 at 140°F (60°C) or more. Procedure 1. Start the engine. 2. Test-drive the vehicle under stop-and-go conditions with short periods of steady cruise. During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 5 seconds. After about 3.5 miles (5.6 km), the readiness code should switch from incomplete to complete. 3. Check the readiness codes screen for the AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.  If the screen shows complete, readiness is complete. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element If the screen shows not complete, go to the next step. 4. Check for a Temporary DTC. If there is no DTC, the enable criteria was probably not met. Select the DATA LIST MENU. Check the ECT in the ALL DATA LIST with the HDS. If the ECT is less than 140° F (60°C), run the engine until it is more than 140°F (60°C), then repeat the procedure.  AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HEATER MONITOR READINESS CODE NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared when the battery is disconnected, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the ECM/PCM is reset with the HDS. Procedure 1. Start the engine, and let it idle for 1 minute. The readiness code should switch from incomplete to complete. 2. If the readiness code is still not set to complete, check for a Temporary DTC. If there is no DTC, repeat the procedure. MISFIRE MONITOR AND READINESS CODE    This readiness code is always set to available because misfiring is continuously monitored. Monitoring pauses, and the misfire counter resets, if the vehicle is driven over a rough road. Monitoring also pauses, and the misfire counter holds at its current value, if the throttle position changes more than a predetermined value, or if driving conditions fall outside the range of any related enable criteria. FUEL SYSTEM MONITOR AND READINESS CODE    This readiness code is always set to available because the fuel system is continuously monitored during closed loop operation. Monitoring pauses when the catalytic converter; EVAP control system, and A/F sensor monitors are active. Monitoring also pauses when any related enable criteria are not being met. Monitoring resumes when the enable criteria is again being met. COMPREHENSIVE COMPONENT MONITOR AND READINESS CODE This readiness code is always set to available because the comprehensive component monitor is continuously running whenever the engine is cranking or running. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:42:24 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS For details of lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS SPECIFICATION and various work procedures (such as Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement, Overhaul, Installation, etc.) . LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS SPECIFICATION Application Lubricant or Fluid Honda Motor Oil: American Honda P/N 08798-9023 (5W-20), Honda Canada P/N CA 66806 (5W-20) A Engine Look for the API certification seal on the oil container. Make sure it says "For Gasoline Engines." SAE viscosity: See chart. Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF): P/N 08798-9031 Manual transmission Always use Honda MTF. Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives. B Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF-Z1): American Honda P/N 08200-9001, Honda Canada P/N CA66689 Automatic transmission Always use Honda ATF-Z1. Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008 Brake system (including C Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid VSA lines) can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008 Clutch system (manual D Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid transmission) can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Shift cable ends (manual E Honda Silicone Grease: P/N 08C30-B0234M transmission) F Brake booster clevis pin Clutch master cylinder G clevis pin (manual transmission) Release fork (manual H transmission) Multipurpose Grease I Battery terminals J Pedal linkage K Fuel fill door L Hood hinges and hood latch Tailgate hinges and tailgate M latch Caliper piston boot and N Honda Silicone Grease: P/N 08C30-B0234M seal, caliper pins and boots Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:42 8:54:39 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element O Power steering system Air conditioning compressor Q Rear differential R Cooling system P Honda Power Steering Fluid: P/N 08206-9002 Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Using any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. Compressor Oil: DENSO ND-OIL 8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01AH or 38899PR7-A01) for refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) Honda Dual Pump Fluid II: P/N 08200-9007 Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2: P/N OL999-9001 Fig. 1: Identifying API Certifications Seal And Recommended Engine Oil Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Fig. 2: Identifying Lubrication Points Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINTENANCE MINDER GENERAL INFORMATION Maintenance Display Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:39 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element The maintenance minder is an important feature of the information display. The Element's onboard computer (ECM/PCM) calculates the remaining engine oil life. The system also displays the code for other scheduled maintenance items needing service. Fig. 3: Identifying Minder Display Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Service Information 1. The remaining engine oil life (A) is shown as a percentage on the information display. To see the current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position, then push and release the SELECT/RESET knob repeatedly until the engine oil life displays. Fig. 4: Identifying Oil Life At 80 Percent Displayed Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. When the ignition switch is in the ON (II) position, and the remaining engine oil life is 6% to 15%, the remaining engine oil life (A) and other scheduled maintenance item(s) needing service are displayed. The maintenance minder indicator (B) also comes on when the engine oil life is 15% or less. To cancel the display and the indicator, press the SELECT/RESET knob.  Complete list of maintenance main items (C) (see MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:39 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element  Complete list of maintenance sub items (D) (see MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS ). Fig. 5: Identifying Oil Life At 15 Percent Displayed Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. When the ignition switch is in the ON (II) position, and the remaining engine oil life is 1% to 5%, the message "SERVICE" (A) is displayed along with engine oil life and the same maintenance item code(s). Fig. 6: Identifying SERVICE Display Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. When the ignition switch is in the ON (II) position, and the remaining engine oil life is 0%, the engine oil life indicator (A) blinks. Pressing the SELECT/RESET knob cancels the display, but the maintenance minder indicator stays on. Fig. 7: Identifying SERVICE At 0 Percent Display Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:39 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element 5. If the indicated maintenance is not done, the engine oil life indicator shows a negative mileage, for example "-10," on the display. If the negative mileage is between 0 and -9, the indicator is displayed for only a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position. The negative mileage remains displayed after the vehicle is driven more than 10 miles (for USA models) or 10 km (for Canada models) after 0% oil life is reached, and the display cannot be canceled. This means the indicated maintenance item(s) should have been done more than 10 miles (or 10 km) ago. Fig. 8: Identifying SERVICE At Negative 10 Miles Displayed Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Resetting the Maintenance Information Display NOTE:    The vehicle must be stopped to reset the display. If a required service is done and the display is not reset, or if the maintenance display is reset without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance timing. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because there will be no accurate record of when the required maintenance is needed. The engine oil life and the maintenance item(s) can be reset independently only with the HDS. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. 2. Push the SELECT/RESET knob repeatedly until the engine oil life indicator is displayed. 3. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET knob for about 10 seconds. The engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. NOTE: If you are resetting the display when the engine oil life is more than 15%, make sure any maintenance item(s) requiring service are done before resetting the display. 4. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET knob for another 5 seconds. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100." Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:39 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Oil Life At 100 Percent Displayed Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS If the message "SERVICE" does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. NOTE:    Replace the brake fluid every 3 years (independent of the maintenance messages in the information display). Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km). Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1,2, or 3, only if they are noisy. MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS SPECIFICATION CHART Symbol Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil (see ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT ) A Engine oil capacity without engine oil filter: 4.0 L (4.2 US qt). Replace engine oil and oil filter (see ENGINE OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT ) Engine oil capacity with engine oil filter: 4.2 L (4.4 US qt). Check front and rear brakes (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) Check pads and discs for wear (thickness), damage, and cracks.  Check calipers for damage, leaks, and tightness of mounting bolts. Check parking brake adjustment (see PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ) Check the number of clicks (4 to 7 for LX, EX)/(8 to 10 for SC) when the parking brake lever is pulled with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force. Inspect tie-rod ends, steering gearbox, and gearbox boots (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX )  Check rack grease and steering linkage.  Check boots for damage and leaking grease.  Check fluid lines for damage or leaks. Inspect suspension components (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX )    Check bolts for tightness. Check condition of ball joint boots for deterioration and damage. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:39 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element Inspect driveshaft boots (see DRIVESHAFT INSPECTION ) Check boots for cracks and boot bands for tightness. Inspect brake hoses and lines including VSA lines (see BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION ) Check the master cylinder and VSA modulator-control unit for damage or leakage. Inspect all fluid levels, condition of fluids, and for leaks. Engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK )  Manual transmission fluid (MTF) (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) (see ATF LEVEL CHECK )  Rear differential fluid (see REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Clutch fluid (see step 1 on CLUTCH HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEEDING )  Brake fluid (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING )  Windshield washer fluid (see WASHER RESERVOIR REPLACEMENT ) Inspect exhaust system* (see EXHAUST MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ) Check catalytic converter heat shields, exhaust pipes, and muffler for damage, leaks, and tightness. Inspect fuel lines and connections* (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ) Check for loose connections, cracks, and deterioration; retighten loose connections and replace damaged parts.  B NOTE: According to state and federal regulations, failure to do the maintenance items marked with an asterisk (*) will not void the customer's emissions warranties. However, Honda recommends that all maintenance services be done at the recommended interval, to ensure long-term reliability. MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS SPECIFICATION CHART Number Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires, and check tire inflation and condition. 1 Follow the pattern shown in the Owner's Manual. Replace air cleaner element (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) If the vehicle is driven primarily in dusty conditions, replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). Replace dust and pollen filter (see HEATER CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) 2   If the vehicle is driven in areas that have high concentrations of dust, pollen, or soot in the air, replace every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). Replace the filter whenever airflow from the heating and air conditioning system is less than normal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:39 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 MAINTENANCE Maintenance - Element 3 4 5 6 Inspect drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ) Look for cracks and damage, then check the position of the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator. Replace manual transmission fluid (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ) Capacity: 1.9 L (2.0 US qt); use Honda MTF. Replace automatic transmission fluid (see ATF REPLACEMENT ) Capacity: 4WD 2.5 L (2.6 US qt), 2WD 2.6 L (2.7 US qt); use Honda ATF-Z1. Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission and transfer temperatures. This requires transmission and transfer fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If the vehicle is regularly driven under these conditions, have the transmission and transfer fluid changed at 60,000 miles (100,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km). Replace spark plugs (see SPARK PLUG INSPECTION ) Use IZFR6K11 (NGK) or SKJ20DR-M11 (DENSO). Inspect the valve clearance (cold) (see VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ) Intake: 0.21-0.25 mm (0.008-0.010 in.). Exhaust: 0.28-0.32 mm (0.011-0.013 in.). Replace engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ) Capacity (including reservoir): M/T model: 5.2 L (1.37 US gal), A/T model 5.1 L (1.35 US gal); use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Replace rear differential fluid (see REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ) Capacity: 1.0 L (1.1 US qt); use Honda Dual Pump Fluid II. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:54:39 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Cruise Control Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:01 9:25:57 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Cruise control cannot be set 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) and body DTCs (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). 2. Check the No. 7 (15 A) fuse in the underhood fuse/relay box, and No. 4 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Faulty cruise control 3. Do the cruise control input test (see main switch CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST ). 4. Do the cruise control main switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). 5. Do the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). Cruise control can be set, but the cruise control main switch indicator does not come on 1. Do the cruise control main switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). 2. Check for a faulty cruise control main switch indicator bulb. Cruise control can be set, but the cruise control indicator does not come on 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) and body DTCs (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). 2. Do the gauge control module selfFaulty gauge control diagnostic function (see WIRE COLOR module CODES 7). 3. Do the cruise control input test (see CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST ). Test the cruise control indicator signal input. Vehicle does not decelerate or accelerate accordingly when the set/decel or resume/accel switch is pressed 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) and body DTCs (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). 2. Do the cruise control input test (see CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST ). Test the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel switch signal input. 3. Do the cruise control set/decel,   Faulty cruise control main switch Poor ground G501 Open circuit, loose or disconnected terminals: LT GRN/BLK or GRY/RED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element resume/accel, cancel switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). Set speed does not cancel when the brake pedal is pressed 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) and body DTCs (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). 2. Do the cruise control input test (see CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST ). Test the brake pedal position switch signal input. 3. Do the brake pedal position switch test (see LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REPLACEMENT ). Set speed does not cancel when the cruise control main switch is pressed 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) and body DTCs (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). 2. Do the cruise control input test (see Short to power on the CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST ). LT GRN wire Test the cruise control main switch signal input. 3. Do the cruise control main switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). Set speed does not cancel when the cancel switch is pressed 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) and body DTCs (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). 2. Do the cruise control input test (see CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST ). Test the cruise control cancel switch signal input. 3. Do the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). Set speed will not resume when the resume/accel 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) and body DTCs (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). 2. Check the brake pedal position switch adjustment (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH   Short to power on the WHT/BLK wire Faulty brake pedal position switch Open circuit, loose or disconnected terminals: LT GRN/BLK or GRY/RED  Faulty brake pedal position switch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element switch is pressed (with the cruise control main switch turned on, and set speed temporarily canceled by pressing the brake pedal) With the ignition switch ON (II), and the lighting switch turned on, the cruise control main switch illumination does not come on ADJUSTMENT ). 3. Do the cruise control input test (see CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST ). Test the cruise control resume/accel switch signal input. Test the brake pedal position switch signal input. 4. Do the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ).  Open circuit, loose or disconnected terminals: LT GRN/BLK 1. Replace the cruise control main switch illumination bulb (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). 2. Do the cruise control main switch test (see CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element Fig. 2: Cruise Control Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Go to PGM-FI, and check for DTCs (see DTC TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Do the following tests while monitoring parameters in the PGM-FI DATA LIST with the HDS. NOTE: Intermittent failures are often caused by loose circuit connections. While monitoring cruise control inputs, flex their circuits, and note if any of the test results change. CRUISE CONTROL INPUT TEST INSPECTION CHART Signal to be Test condition Parameter: Desired result tested Possible cause if result is not obtained   Brake switch signal CRUISE BRAKE SW should Brake pedal pressed, then indicate OFF when the brake pedal is pressed and ON when released the brake pedal is released.     Clutch pedal Clutch pedal pressed, position switch then released signal (M/T) SHIFT/CLUTCH SW should indicate OFF when the clutch pedal is pressed and ON when the clutch pedal is released.     Transmission SHIFT/CLUTCH SW should Faulty brake pedal position switch Blown No. 4 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box An open in the wire between the ECM/PCM and the brake pedal position switch A wire shorted to ground between the ECM/PCM and the brake pedal position switch Faulty clutch pedal position switch An open in the wire between the ECM and the clutch pedal position switch A wire shorted to ground between the ECM and the clutch pedal position switch Poor ground G502 Faulty transmission range switch An open in the wire between the PCM and the transmission range Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element range switch signal (A/T) indicate ON in P, R, N, 2 and 1 and OFF in D  Shift lever in D    Cruise control Cruise control main main switch switch ON and OFF signal CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW should indicate ON when the cruise control main switch is turned ON and OFF when the cruise control main switch is turned OFF.    Set switch signal CRUISE CONTROL SET SW should indicate ON when the Set/decel switch pressed set/decel switch is pressed and and released OFF when the set/decel switch is released.   Resume switch Resume/accel switch signal pressed and released CRUISE CONTROL RESUME SW should indicate ON when the resume/accel switch is pressed and OFF when the resume/accel switch is released.   switch A wire shorted to ground between the PCM and the transmission range switch Poor ground G101 Faulty cruise control main switch An open in the wire between the gauge control module and the cruise control main switch A wire shorted to ground between the gauge control module and the cruise control main switch Faulty cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch An open in the wire between the gauge control module and the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch A wire shorted to ground between the gauge control module and the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch Faulty cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch An open in the wire between the gauge control module and the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch A wire shorted to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element ground between the gauge control module and the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch Cancel switch signal Cancel switch pressed and released CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL SW should indicate Faulty cruise control ON when the cancel switch is set/decel, resume/accel, pressed and OFF when the cancel switch cancel switch is released. Start the engine, turn the cruise control main CRUISE INDICATOR should Cruise control switch on, and drive the indicate ON when the cruise Faulty gauge control module indicator signal vehicle above 25 mph control is set and OFF when (40 km/h). Set and cancel the cruise control is canceled. the cruise control. CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT 1. Release the clips of the switch and push the switch (A) out of the panel, then disconnect the 5P connector (B) from the main switch. Fig. 3: Identifying 5P Connector From Main Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to Fig. 4. If there is no continuity, replace illumination bulbs (A) or the switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Main Switch Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CRUISE CONTROL SET/DECEL, RESUME/ACCEL, CANCEL SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ), and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ), before performing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the cover (A), then remove the cruise control set/decel, resume/accel, cancel switch (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Cruise Control Set/Decel And Resume/Accel Cancel Switch Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to Fig. 6.  If there is continuity, and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit.  If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the switch. Fig. 6: Identifying Cruise Control Set/Decel, Resume/Accel, Cancel Switch Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST M/T 1. Disconnect the 2P connector from the clutch pedal position switch (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Cruise Control - Element Fig. 7: Identifying 2P Connector From Clutch Pedal Position Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the clutch pedal position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to Fig. 8.  If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch pedal position switch.  If OK, install the clutch pedal position switch and adjust the pedal height (see CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH, AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). Fig. 8: Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:57 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Power Mirror Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:37:08 9:36:52 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Fig. 2: Power Mirror Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FUNCTION TEST Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:52 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element 1. Remove the driver's door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 13P connector (A) from the power mirror switch (B). Fig. 3: Identifying Power Mirror Switch 13P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Choose the appropriate test based on the symptom:  Both mirrors don't work, go to step 4.  Left mirror doesn't work, go to step 6.  Right mirror doesn't work, go to step 7. Both mirrors 4. Measure voltage between the No. 2 terminal and body ground with the ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage.  If there is no battery voltage, check for:  Blown No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box.  An open in the BLK/YEL wire.  If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. 5. Check for continuity between the No. 6 terminal and body ground. There should be continuity.   If there is no continuity, check for:  An open in the BLK wire.  Poor ground (G501). If there is continuity, check both mirrors individually as described in step 6 and step 7. Left mirror Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:53 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element 6. Connect the No. 2 terminal to the No. 10 terminal, and the No. 5 (then No. 12) terminal to No. 6 terminal with jumper wires. The left mirror should tilt down (then swing left) with the ignition switch ON (II).  If the mirror does not tilt down (or does not swing left), check for an open in the GRN/WHT (or BLU/WHT) wire between the left mirror and the 13P connector. If the wire is OK, check the left mirror actuator (see POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR TEST ).  If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left, repair the BLU/BLK wire.  If the mirror works properly, check the mirror switch (see POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR TEST ). Right mirror 7. Connect the No. 2 terminal to the No. 11 terminal, and the No. 5 (then No. 13) terminal to No. 6 terminal with jumper wires. The right mirror should tilt down (then swing left) with the ignition switch ON (II).  If the mirror does not tilt down (or does not swing left), check for an open in the GRN/WHT (or WHT/RED) wire between the right mirror and the 13P connector. If the wire is OK, check the right mirror actuator (see POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR TEST ).  If the mirror neither tilts down nor swings left, repair the RED/YEL wire.  If the mirror works properly, check the mirror switch (see POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR TEST ). POWER MIRROR SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the driver's door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 13P connector from the power mirror switch (A). Fig. 4: Identifying Power Mirror Switch 13P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to Fig. 5. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:53 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element Fig. 5: Power Mirror Switch Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch. POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR TEST 1. Remove the door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 8P connector (A) from the power mirror actuator (B). Fig. 6: Identifying Power Mirror Actuator 8P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to Fig. 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:53 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element Fig. 7: Connecting Power And Ground Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the mirror fails to work properly, replace the mirror actuator. POWER MIRROR ACTUATOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the mirror holder (see MIRROR HOLDER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the 6P connector from the mirror, and remove the power mirror (see POWER MIRROR/MANUAL MIRROR REPLACEMENT ). 3. Remove the cover (A), then remove the two screws from the mirror connector (B). Fig. 8: Identifying Power Mirror Actuator And Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Record the terminal locations and wire colors. 5. Cut the wire harness with the wire cutter. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:53 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element Fig. 9: Cutting Wire Harness With Wire Cutter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the three screws, and separate the mirror housing (A) from the bracket (B). Fig. 10: Identifying Mirror Housing And Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the cover (A), then remove the three screws and the actuator (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:53 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Power Mirror Actuator Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Route the wire harness (A) of the new actuator through the hole in the bracket (B) and gasket (C). Fig. 12: Identifying Actuator Wire Harness, Bracket And Gasket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the actuator, bracket, and cover in the reverse order of removal. 10. Insert the new actuator terminals into the connector in the original arrangement as shown. Fig. 13: Identifying Power Mirror Actuator Terminals Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:53 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Power Mirrors - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Be careful not to break the mirror holder when reinstalling it to the actuator. 12. Reinstall the mirror assembly to the door. 13. Operate the power mirror to ensure smooth operation. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:53 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE:    Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the front bumper. Take care not to scratch the front bumper and body. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front grille cover (see FRONT GRILLE COVER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the bolts (A), screws (B, C), and clips (D) securing the front bumper. SC model Fig. 1: Identifying Bolts, Screws, And Clips Securing Front Bumper With Torque Specifications (For SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. LX, EX models Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:10 9:29:05 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Bolts, Screws, And Clips Securing Front Bumper With Torque Specifications (For LX, EX Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pull on the front bumper (A) at the wheel arch areas to release it from the hooks (B) on the side spacers (C) and front fender cladding (D). Fig. 3: Pulling On Front Bumper At Wheel Arch Areas Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element 4. SC model: With the help of an assistant, while pulling the wheel arch portion away from the front fender cladding (A), pull out on the front bumper (B) to release the bumper from the hooks (C) on the center upper beam (D). Remove the front bumper. SC model Fig. 4: Identifying Front Fender Cladding (For SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. LX, EX models: With the help of an assistant, while pulling the wheel arch portion away from the front fender cladding (A), pull out on the front bumper (B) and remove it. LX, EX models Fig. 5: Identifying Front Fender Cladding (For LX, EX Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the front bumper engages the hooks (of both corner upper beams (SC model), front fender claddings and side spacers) on each side securely.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element FRONT BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY SC MODEL NOTE:   Take care not to scratch the front bumper faces. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the bolt (A) and clips (B) securing the front bumper upper face (C) and the front bumper lower face (D). Fig. 6: Identifying Bolt And Clips Securing Front Bumper Upper Face And Front Bumper Lower Face Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. With the help of an assistant, detach the hooks (A) and separate the front bumper upper face (B) from the front bumper lower face (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element Fig. 7: Identifying Front Bumper Upper And Lower Face Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Reassemble the bumper faces in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. FRONT BUMPER TRIM REPLACEMENT LX, EX MODELS 1. Remove the clips, and release the hooks (A), then remove the front bumper trim (B) from the front bumper (C) by pulling it out. Take care not to scratch the front bumper. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Front Bumper Trim, Clips And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the hook portions into place securely. REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION NOTE:    Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the rear bumper. Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the screws (A, B), bolts (C) and clips (D) securing the rear bumper (E). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Screws Bolts And Clips Securing Rear Bumper Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Pull on the rear bumper (A) at the wheel arch areas to release it from the hooks (B) on the upper bracket (C). Fig. 10: Pulling On Rear Bumper At Wheel Arch Areas Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. With the help of an assistant, while pulling the wheel arch portion away from the upper bracket (A), pull the rear bumper to release the bumper from the hook (B) on the bumper support bracket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Bumper Support Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. With the help of an assistant, pull the rear bumper (A) to release the rear bumper from the hooks (B). Fig. 12: Identifying Rear Bumper Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Using a flat-tip screwdriver, release the hooks (A) from the under portion of the absorber, then release the hooks. Pull out the rear bumper absorber (B) to remove it from the rear bumper beam (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Rear Bumper Beam Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the rear bumper engages the hooks (of both the upper bracket and bumper support bracket) on each side securely.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. REAR BUMPER TRIM REPLACEMENT LX, EX MODELS 1. Remove the rear bumper (see REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the clips, and release the hooks (A), then remove the rear bumper trim (B) from the rear bumper (C) by pulling it out. Take care not to scratch the rear bumper. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Rear Bumper Trim Clips And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the hook portions into place securely. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:05 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools ENGINE REMOVAL Special Tools Required     Universal eyelet 07AAK-SNAA120 Engine hanger/adapter VSB02C000015 Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566 Subframe adapter VSB02C000016 These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program, 1-888-424-6857. NOTE:    1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. To avoid damaging the wires and terminals, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. Also, be sure that they do not contact other wiring or hoses, or interfere with other parts. Remove the hood. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Relieve the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ). Disconnect the negative cable from the battery first, then disconnect the positive cable. Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:38 8:30:34 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector 6. 7. 8. 9. Disconnect the vacuum hose (B) and breather pipe (C), then remove the intake air duct (D). Remove the battery. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the harness clamps (A). Fig. 3: Identifying Harness Clamps, Vacuum Hose And Breather Pipe 10. Remove the four bolts (B), and loosen the bolt (C) securing the battery base, then remove the battery base (D). 11. Remove the positive (+) terminals (A) and harness clamps (B) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box And And Harness Clamps With Bolts 12. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box from the bracket, then remove the ground cable (C). 13. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A), then disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING REMOVAL ). Fig. 5: Identifying Quick-Connect Fitting Cover And Fuel Feed Hose 14. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A) and brake booster vacuum hose (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Hose And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose 15. Disconnect the engine control module (ECM)/ powertrain control module (PCM) connectors (A) and the ECM/PGM wire harness connector (B), then remove the bolt (C). Fig. 7: Identifying Engine Control Module (ECM)/ Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connectors 16. Remove the harness clamps (A), accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor connector (B) and grommet (C), then pull the engine wire harness through the bulkhead. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Harness Clamps, Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector And Grommet 17. M/T model: Remove the clutch slave cylinder and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (see step 12 in TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ). 18. M/T model: Remove the shift cables. Do not bend the shift cable excessively (see step 11 in TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ). 19. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 20. Remove the receiver line from the clamps (A). Fig. 9: Identifying Receiver Line From Clamps 21. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump without disconnecting the P/S hoses from the pump. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Power Steering (P/S) Pump With Bolt 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Remove the P/S hose from the bracket on the cylinder head cover. Remove the radiator cap. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. Remove the front wheels. Remove the splash shield. Fig. 11: Identifying P/S Hose From Bracket On Cylinder Head Cover 27. Loosen the drain plug in the radiator, and drain the engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). 28. Drain the transmission fluid:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT ) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element 29. Drain the engine oil (see OIL PRESSURE TEST ). 30. Disconnect the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector (A) and the secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S) connector (B), then remove the three way catalytic converter (TWO assembly (C). Fig. 12: Identifying Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Connector And Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Connector 31. Disconnect the stabilizer links (see STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 32. Disconnect the suspension knuckle ball joints (see LOWER ARM REPLACEMENT ). 33. Remove the driveshafts (see DRIVESHAFT INSPECTION ). Coat all precision-finished surfaces with clean engine oil. Tie plastic bags over the driveshaft ends. 34. A/T model: Remove the shift cable. Do not bend the shift cable excessively (see step 24 inTRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ). 35. 4WD model: Remove the propeller shaft from the transfer assembly:  Manual transmission (see step 3 in TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL )  Automatic transmission (see step 34 in TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ) 36. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 37. A/T model: Remove the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) cooler hoses (A) and ATF filter mounting bolt (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) Cooler Hoses And ATF Filter Mounting Bolt 38. Remove the upper radiator hose (A) and heater hoses (B). Fig. 14: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose And Heater Hoses 39. Clean any dirt off the quick connector (A), thermostat cover, and lower radiator hose. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Quick Connector, Thermostat Cover, And Lower Radiator Hose 40. Pull out the lock (B) by hand, then wiggle the quick connector loose, and remove it from the thermostat cover. Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector. 41. Remove the purge joint pipe (A), then attach the engine hanger/adapter (VSB02C000015) to the threaded hole in the cylinder head. Fig. 16: Attaching Engine Hanger/Adapter 42. Install the front leg assembly (A), hook (B), and wing nut (C) onto the engine support hanger (AAR-T12566). Carefully position the engine support hanger on the vehicle, and attach the hook to the slotted hole in the engine hanger/adapter. Torque the wing nut by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 17: Identifying Front Leg Assembly, Hook, And Wing Nut Onto Engine Support Hanger 43. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 44. Remove the rear mount mounting bolts. Fig. 18: Identifying Rear Mount Mounting Bolts 45. Remove the front mount mounting bolt. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 19: Identifying Front Mount Mounting Bolt 46. Make the appropriate reference lines at positions (A) and (B) that line up with the center of each subframe mounting bolt (C). Fig. 20: Identifying Subframe Mounting Bolt 47. Attach the subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) to the subframe by hanging the belt (A) over the front of the subfame (B), then secure the belt with its stop (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 21: Attaching Subframe Adapter To Subframe By Hanging Belt 48. Raise the jack and line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base, then attach them securely with the bolts. 49. Remove the four subframe mounting bolts, then lower the subframe. Fig. 22: Identifying Subframe Mounting Bolts 50. Remove the A/C compressor without disconnecting the A/C hoses. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 23: Identifying A/C Hoses And A/C Compressor Bolt 51. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 52. Install the universal eyelet (07AAK-SNAA120) (A) to the side engine mount bracket with 5 mm (0.2 in.) spacer (B). Fig. 24: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket With Spacer 53. A/T model: Remove the engine wire harness bracket mount bolts (A), then harness clamps (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Engine Wire Harness Bracket Mount Bolts And Harness Clamps 54. Attach the chain hoist to the engine/transmission as shown. Fig. 26: Attaching Chain Hoist To Engine/Transmission 55. Remove the engine support hanger from the vehicle. 56. M/T model: Remove the transmission mount bracket support bolt and nuts. Fig. 27: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Support Bolt And Nuts 57. A/T model: Remove the transmission mount bracket support bolt and nuts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 28: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Support Bolt And Nuts 58. Remove the upper engine mount bracket bolt and nut. Fig. 29: Identifying Upper Engine Mount Bracket Bolt And Nut 59. Check that the engine/transmission is completely free of vacuum hoses, fuel and coolant hoses, and electrical wiring. 60. Slowly lower the engine about 150 mm (6 in.). Check once again that all hoses and wires are disconnected from the engine/transmission. 61. Lower the engine/transmission all the way. Remove the chain hoist, universal eyelet and engine hanger/adapter. NOTE: Carefully position the A/C compressor. 62. Raise the vehicle all the way, then remove the engine/transmission from under the vehicle. ENGINE INSTALLATION Special Tools Required Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element     Universal eyelet 07AAK-SNAA120 Engine hanger/adapter VSB02C000015 Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566 Subframe adapter VSB02C000016 These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program, 1-888-424-6857. 1. Install the accessory brackets, and torque their bolts to the specified torque. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket Bolts 2. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 3. Install the universal eyelet (07AAK-SNAA120) (A) to the side engine mount bracket with 5 mm (0.2 in.) spacer (B). Fig. 31: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket And Spacer 4. Position the engine/transmission under the vehicle. Be sure that they are properly aligned. Carefully lower the vehicle until the engine/transmission are properly positioned in the engine compartment. Make sure the vehicle is not resting on any part of the engine/transmission. Support the engine/transmission with a chain hoist (A) and carefully raise the engine/transmission into place. NOTE: Reinstall the mounting bolts/support nuts in the sequence given in the following steps. Failure to follow this sequence may cause excessive noise and vibration, and reduce engine mount life. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 32: Supporting Engine/Transmission With Chain Hoist 5. M/T model: Torque the transmission mount bracket support bolt and nuts. Fig. 33: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Support Bolt And Nuts - M/T Model 6. A/T model: Torque the transmission mount bracket support bolt and nuts. Fig. 34: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Support Bolt And Nuts - A/T Model 7. Torque the upper engine mount bracket bolt and nut. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 35: Identifying Upper Engine Mount Bracket Bolt And Nut 8. Remove the purge joint pipe (A), then attach the engine hanger/adapter (VSB02C000015) to the threaded hole in the cylinder head. Fig. 36: Attaching Engine Hanger/Adapter 9. Install the front leg assembly (A), hook (B), and wing nut (C) onto the engine support hanger (AAR-T12566). Carefully position the engine support hanger on the vehicle, and attach the hook to the slotted hole in the engine hanger/adapter. Torque the wing nut by hand to lift and support the engine/transmission. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 37: Identifying Front Leg Assembly, Hook, And Wing Nut 10. Remove the chain hoist and universal eyelet, then raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 11. Install the A/C compressor. Fig. 38: Identifying A/C Compressor And Bolts 12. Attach the subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) to the subframe by hanging the belt (A) over the front of the subfame (B), then secure the belt with its stop (C). Raise the subframe up to the body with a jack. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 39: Attaching Subframe Adapter To Subframe By Hanging Belt 13. Loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts (four). Remove the jack and the subframe adapter. 14. Align the reference marks (A) with the center of the subframe mounting bolts (B), then torque the subframe mounting bolts (four) to the specified torque. Fig. 40: Aligning Reference Marks With Center Of Subframe Mounting Bolts (With Torque Specifications) 15. Torque the front mount mounting bolt. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 41: Identifying Front Mount Mounting Bolt (With Torque Specifications) 16. Torque the rear mount mounting bolts. Fig. 42: Identifying Rear Mount Mounting Bolts (With Torque Specifications) 17. 4WD model: Install the propeller shaft on the transfer assembly:  Manual transmission (see step 3 in TRANSFER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION )  Automatic transmission (see step 18 in TRANSFER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION ) 18. A/T model: Install the shift cable (see step 25 in TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ). 19. Install a new set ring on the end of the left driveshaft and the intermediate shaft then install the driveshafts. Make sure the ring "clicks" into place on the differential and the right driveshaft. 20. Connect the suspension knuckle ball joints (see LOWER ARM REPLACEMENT ). 21. Connect the stabilizer links (see STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 22. Install the three way catalytic converter (TWO assembly (A) using new gaskets (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 43: Identifying Three Way Catalytic Converter Assembly Bolts (With Torque Specifications) 23. Connect the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector (C) and the secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary HO2S) connector (D). 24. Install the splash shield. Fig. 44: Identifying Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Connector 25. 26. 27. 28. Install the front wheels. Lower the vehicle on the lift. Remove the engine support hanger and engine hanger/adapter, then install the purge joint pipe. Install the upper radiator hose (A) and heater hoses (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 45: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose And Heater Hoses 29. Check the quick connector (A) and set ring (B) for cracks or damage. If the connector and/or set ring are cracked or damaged, replace the connector. Fig. 46: Identifying Quick Connector And Set Ring 30. Make sure the set ring is in place inside the quick connector. If the set ring is off the connector, replace the quick connector. 31. Replace the O-ring (C) in the quick connector. 32. Check the lock (D) for damage or deformation. If the lock is damaged or deformed, replace it. When installing the new lock to the connector, push it straight down along the groove. 33. Clean the connecting surface of the thermostat cover (E), then apply clean engine coolant around the connecting surface. 34. Push the lock (A) down, then push the quick connector (B) onto the thermostat cover until you hear it click. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 47: Pushing Lock And Quick Connector 35. A/T model: Install the harness clamps (A), then install the engine wire harness bracket mount bolts (B). Fig. 48: Identifying Harness Clamps And Engine Wire Harness Bracket Mount Bolts 36. A/T model: Install the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) cooler hoses (A) and ATF filter mounting bolt (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 49: Identifying ATF Filter Mounting Bolt And Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) Cooler Hoses 37. Install the power steering (P/S) pump. Fig. 50: Identifying Power Steering (P/S) Pump Bolt (With Torque Specifications) 38. Install the P/S hose to the bracket on the cylinder head cover. 39. Install the receiver line to the clamps (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 51: Identifying Receiver Line To Clamps 40. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 41. M/T model: Install the shift cables (see step 26 in TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ). 42. M/T model: Install the clutch slave cylinder and clutch line bracket mounting bolt (see step 25 in TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ). 43. Push the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) connector through the bulkhead, then install the grommet (A). Fig. 52: Identifying Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector 44. Install the harness clamps (B) and accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor connector (C). 45. Connect the ECM/PCM connectors (A) and ECM/PCM wire harness connector (B), then install the bolt (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 53: Identifying ECM/PCM Connectors And ECM/PCM Wire Harness Connector 46. Install the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A) and brake booster vacuum hose (B). Fig. 54: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Hose And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose 47. Connect the fuel feed hose (A) (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING INSTALLATION ), then install the quick-connect fitting cover (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 55: Identifying Fuel Feed Hose And Quick-Connect Fitting Cover 48. Install the under-hood fuse/relay box to the bracket, then install the positive (+) terminals (A) and harness clamps (B) to the under-hood fuse/relay box. Fig. 56: Identifying Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Clamps And Bolts 49. Install the ground cable (C). 50. Install the battery base (A), then install the harness clamps (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Battery Base And Ground Cable (With Torque Specifications) 51. Install the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 52. Install the intake air duct (A), then connect the mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector (B), and install the vacuum hose (C) and breather pipe (D). Fig. 58: Identifying Intake Air Duct And Mass Airflow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector 53. Install the battery. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals, then assemble them and apply grease to prevent corrosion. 54. Install the hood and adjust it (see HOOD ADJUSTMENT ). 55. A/T model: Move the shift lever to each gear, and verify that the A/T gear position indicator follows the transmission range switch. 56. M/T model: Check that the transmission shifts into gear smoothly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element 57. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. Repeat this operation three times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line. 58. Refill the engine with engine oil (see OIL PRESSURE TEST ). 59. Refill the transmission with fluid:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT )  Automatic transmission (see ATF REPLACEMENT ) 60. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 7 in COOLANT REPLACEMENT ). 61. Do the ECM/PCM reset procedure (see ECM/PCM RESET ). 62. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 63. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). 64. Inspect the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). 65. Inspect the ignition timing (see IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION ). 66. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system. 67. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). 68. Set the clock. ENGINE MOUNT REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Assembly - Element Fig. 59: Identifying Engine Mount Components (With Torque Specifications) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:30:34 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Gauges Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GAUGE CONTROL MODULE/TERMINAL LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:10 9:32:06 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Gauge Control Module/Terminal Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION The gauge control module has a self-diagnostic function that checks these circuits:      The beeper drive circuit. The indicator drive circuit. The LCD segments. The gauges drive circuit (Speedometer, Tachometer, Fuel gauge. Coolant temperature gauge). The communication line (the coolant temperature signal and vehicle speed signal line between the gauge Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element and the ECM/PCM). ENTERING THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Before entering the self-diagnostic function, check the No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press and hold the TRIP/RESET button. Turn the headlights ON. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Within 5 sec, turn the headlights OFF, then ON and OFF again. Within the next 5 sec, release the TRIP/RESET button, then press and release the button three times. NOTE:    While in the self-diagnostic function, the dash lights brightness controller does not operate. While in the self-diagnostic function, the TRIP/RESET button is used to start the Beeper Drive Circuit Test and the Gauge Drive Circuit Check. If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.2 mph (2 km/h) or the ignition switch is turned OFF, the self-diagnostic function ends. Fig. 3: Identifying Gauge Blinking Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. THE BEEPER DRIVE CIRCUIT CHECK When entering the self-diagnostic function, the beeper sounds five times. THE INDICATOR DRIVE CIRCUIT CHECK When entering the self-diagnostic function, these indicator lights blink: ABS indicator, A/T gear position indicator (1,2, D, N, R, P), Brake system indicator. Charging system indicator, Cruise control indicator. Door indicator, Lights-on indicator, D3 indicator (A/T), Low fuel indicator, Low oil pressure indicator. Low tire pressure indicator, Maintenance required indicator. Malfunction indicator lamp Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element (MIL), Seat belt reminder indicator, TPMS indicator, VSA activation indicator, VSA indicator, and Washer fluid level indicator (Canada models). SWITCH INPUT CHECK After the intermittent beeper sounds at the initial stage of self-diagnostics. The beeper will continue to sound while any of the following switch inputs are switched from Off to On: Cruise control master, SET, RESUME, CANCEL switches, SEL/RESET switch., and VSA Off switch. THE LCD SEGMENTS CHECK When entering the self-diagnostic function, the odo/trip meter segments blink five times. THE GAUGE DRIVE CIRCUIT CHECK When entering the self-diagnostic function, the speedometer, the tachometer, the fuel gauge, and the coolant temperature gauge needles move from the minimum position to the maximum position, then return to the minimum position. NOTE: After the beeper stops sounding and the gauge needles return to the minimum position, pressing the TRIP/RESET button starts the Beeper Drive Circuit Check (one beep), and the Gauge Drive Circuit Check again. The check cannot be started until the gauge needles return the minimum position. Fig. 4: Gauge Drive Circuit Timing Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. THE COMMUNICATION LINE CHECK While in the self-diagnostic mode, the Communication Line Check starts after the LCD Segments Check. If all segments come on, the communication line is OK. If faulty, the word "Error" will be indicated on the odometer display followed by number(s). Error Code List Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element ERROR CODE LIST Error code Error 1 Error 2 Error 3 Type of communication line(s) error F-CAN communication UART communication F-CAN and UART communication Example Indication Fig. 5: Identifying Odometer Display (Example Indication) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC.    If the word "Error 1" is indicated, there is a malfunction in the communication line between the gauge control module and the fast-controller area network (F-CAN). Check for DTCs in the ECM/PCM and troubleshoot any DTCs found. If no DTCs are found, go to indicated troubleshooting. If the word "Error 2" is indicated, there is a malfunction in the UART communication line between the gauge control module and the multiplex control unit. Go to the gauge control module input test and check the No. 27 terminal. If the wire harness is OK, substitute a known-good gauge control module and recheck. If the word "Error 3" is indicated, there is a malfunction in the communication line between the gauge control module and F-CAN and UART. Check for DTCs in the ECM/PCM and troubleshoot any DTCs found. ENDING THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION Turn the ignition switch OFF. NOTE: If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.2 mph (2 km/h), the self-diagnostic function ends. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 6: Gauges - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 7: Gauges - Circuit Diagram (2 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 8: Gauges - Circuit Diagram (3 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 9: Gauges - Circuit Diagram (4 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 10: Gauges - Circuit Diagram (5 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 11: Gauges - Circuit Diagram (6 Of 6) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC B1152 B1154 B1168 B1169 B1170 B1173 B1175 B1176 Description Gauge Control Module (EEPROM) Error Lost Communication UART Gauge Control Module Lost Communication with the ECM/PCM (Engine Messages) Gauge Control Module Lost Communication with the PCM (A/T Messages) Gauge Control Module Lost Communication with VSA Modulator-Control Unit (VSA Message) Gauge Control Module Lost Communication with TPMS Control Unit (TPMS Message) Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Open Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element B1177 B1178 Short Abnormal Battery Voltage F-CAN Communication Line Error DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC B1152: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE (EEPROM) ERROR 1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). 3. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1152 indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module. NO - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections. If the connections are good, check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system. DTC B1154: LOST COMMUNICATION UART 1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). 3. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1154 indicated? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Intermittent failure, the UART communication line is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections. If the connections are good, check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Disconnect the keyless receiver unit 5P connector. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connector K (17P). Check for continuity between body ground and under-dash fuse/relay box connector K (17P) No. 2 and No. 10 terminals. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 12: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector K (17P) No. 2 And 10 Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair a short to ground in the wires. NO - Go to step 9. 9. Check for continuity between the gauge control module 36P connector No. 27 terminal and under-dash fuse/relay box connector K (17P) No. 10 terminal. Fig. 13: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector No. 27 Terminal And Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector K (17P) No. 10 Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair an open in the wire. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 11. Measure voltage between body ground and under-dash fuse/relay box connector K (17P) No. 2 and No. 10 terminals. Fig. 14: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector K (17P) No. 2 And 10 Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0.5 V or more? YES - Repair a short to power in the wire. NO - Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, and recheck. If DTC B1154 is indicated again, replace the gauge control module. DTC B1168: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM/PCM (ENGINE MESSAGES); DTC B1169: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (A/T MESSAGES) 1. 2. 3. 4. Clear the DTCs using the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). Start and run the engine for at least 5 seconds then turn the engine off. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Are DTCs B1168 or B1169 indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Intermittent failure, the F-CAN communication line is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections. If the connections are good, check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1178 also indicated at the same time? YES - Troubleshoot DTC B1178 (see DTC B1178: F-CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ERROR ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element NO - Go to step 6. 6. Check for DTCs in the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Are any DTCs indicated? YES - Troubleshoot the ECM/PCM DTCs. NO - Go to step 7. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between the No. 28 and No. 29 terminals of the gauge control module 36P connector and the No. 24 and No. 11 terminals of ECM/PCM connector E (31P) respectively. Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Gauge Control Module 36P Connector And Terminals Of ECM/PCM Connector E (31P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 12. NO - Repair an open in the wire between the gauge control module and the ECM/PCM. 12. Substitute a known-good gauge control module and retest. 13. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Are DTCs B1168 or B1169 indicated? YES - Replace the ECM/PCM. NO - Replace the original gauge control module. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element DTC B1170: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH VSA MODULATORCONTROL UNIT (VSA MESSAGE) 1. 2. 3. 4. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). Start and run the engine for at least 5 seconds the turn the engine off. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1170 indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Intermittent failure, the F-CAN communication line is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections. If the connections are good, check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1178 also indicated at the same time? YES - Troubleshoot DTC B1178 (see DTC B1178: F-CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ERROR ). NO - Go to step 6. 6. Check for DTCs in the PCM/VSA with the HDS. Are any DTCs indicated? YES - Troubleshoot the PCM/VSA DTCs. NO - Go to step 7. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Check for continuity between the No. 28 and No. 29 terminals of the gauge control module 36P connector and the No. 15 and No. 11 terminals of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector respectively. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 16: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Gauge Control Module 36P Connector And Terminals Of VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 11. NO - Repair an open in the wire between the gauge control module and the VSA modulator-control unit. 11. Check for poor connections, power, and ground to the VSA modulator-control unit. If OK, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit. 12. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1170 indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module. NO - Replace the original VSA modulator-control unit. DTC B1173: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH TPMS CONTROL UNIT (TPMS MESSAGE) 1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). 3. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1173 indicated? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Intermittent failure, the F-CAN communication line is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections. If the connections are good, check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1178 also indicated at the same time? YES - Troubleshoot DTC B1178 (see DTC B1178: F-CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ERROR ). NO - Go to step 5. 5. Check for the DTCs in the TPMS with the HDS. Are any DTCs indicated? YES - Troubleshoot the indicated TPMS DTCs, then recheck the DTCs. NO - Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Disconnect TPMS control unit connector B (20P). Check for continuity between the No. 28 and No. 29 terminals of the gauge control module 36P connector and the No. 10 and No. 19 terminals of TPMS control unit connector B (20P) respectively. Fig. 17: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Gauge Control Module 36P Connector And Terminals Of TPMS Control Unit Connector B (20P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 10. NO - Repair an open in the wire between the gauge control module and the TPMS control unit. 10. Substitute a known-good TPMS control unit. 11. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Is DTC B1173 indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module. NO - Replace the original TPMS control unit. DTC B1175: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT OPEN 1. 2. 3. 4. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). Wait for 30 seconds. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1175 indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Intermittent failure, the fuel level sensor circuit is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector and check for loose or bent terminals. Reconnect the connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 32 and fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 2, and the gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 35 and the fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 1. Fig. 18: Measuring Voltage Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal And Fuel Pump 5P Connector Terminal, And Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal And Fuel Pump 5P Connector Terminal Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 0.5 V? YES - Go to step 11. NO - Repair an open or high resistance in the YEL/BLK or the BLK/WHT wires. 11. Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST ). Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK? YES - Replace the gauge control module. NO - Replace the fuel gauge sending unit. DTC B1176: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). Wait for 30 seconds. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1176 indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Intermittent failure, the fuel level sensor circuit is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). Wait for 30 seconds. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1176 indicated? YES - Go to step 11. NO - Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST ). 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 12. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 13. Check for continuity between gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 32 and body ground. Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 32 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair a short in the wire between the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. NO - Replace the gauge control module. DTC B1177: BATTERY VOLTAGE ABNORMAL 1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). 3. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1177 indicated? YES - Go to step 8. NO - Go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). Crank the engine. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1177 indicated? YES - Go to step 8. NO - Intermittent failure. The gauge control module and power supply voltage (IG1) that is supplied to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element the gauge control module are OK at this time. The battery may have been discharged, and recovered. 8. Check the battery (see BATTERY TEST ) and the charging system. Is the battery condition normal and the charging system OK? YES - Go to step 9. NO - The battery needs a recharge or replacement, or the charging system needs to repaired. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. With the gauge control module 36P connector still connected, measure voltage between gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 20: Measuring Voltage Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is the voltage above 6.5 V? YES - Replace the gauge control module. NO - Repair an open or high resistance in the YEL wire between the ignition switch and the gauge control module. DTC B1178: F-CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ERROR 1. Clear the DTCs with the HDS. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then back ON (II). 3. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC B1178 indicated? YES - Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the F-CAN communication line is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element connections. If the connections are good, check the battery condition (see BATTERY TEST ), and the charging system. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Disconnect TPMS control unit connector B (20P). Check for continuity between body ground and the gauge control module 36P connector terminals No. 28 and No. 29 individually. Fig. 21: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminals No. 28 And 29 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair a short to ground in the wire. NO - Go to step 11. 11. Turn the ignition ON (II). 12. Measure voltage between body ground and the gauge control module 36P connector terminals No. 28 and No. 29 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element Fig. 22: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminals No. 28 And 29 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0.5 V or more? YES - Repair a short to power in the wire. NO - Go to step 13. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTCs with the HDS. Reconnect the appropriate connector to each control unit in the table one at a time. Wait for 6 seconds, then recheck for DTCs after each unit is reconnected. APPROPRIATE CONNECTOR REFERENCE Control Unit Appropriate Connector ECM/PCM Connector E (31P) VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector TPMS control unit Connector B (20P) Is DTC B1178 indicated with each individual unit reconnected? YES - Replace the control unit that was reconnected. NO - Replace the gauge control module. GAUGE CONTROL MODULE INPUT TEST NOTE: Before testing, do the gauge control module self-diagnosis procedure, and make sure the B-CAN communication line is OK. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the gauge control module and disconnect the 36P connector from it (see Gauge Control Module Replacement ). Fig. 23: Identifying Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.  If the terminals are OK, go to step 4. 4. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the connector.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5. REFERENCE CHART Cavity Wire Test condition 26 RED Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is not obtained Attach to ground: The illuminations of Combination light the steering wheel switches come on switch ON full bright.   Faulty LEDs An open in the wire 5. Reconnect the connector to the gauge control module, and make these input tests at the connector.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, the gauge control module must be faulty; replace it. REFERENCE CHART Cavity 18 Wire BLK Test condition Under all conditions Test: Desired result Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. Possible cause if desired result is not obtained   Poor ground(G502) An open in the wire Measure voltage to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 36 2 BLK YEL Under all conditions Ignition switch ON (II) ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage.     3 WHT/RED Under all conditions Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage.    13 Measure voltage to Ignition switch ON ground: There should GRN/YEL (II), turn signal switch be battery voltage when in RIGHT the lights are flashing.      14 Measure voltage to Ignition switch ON ground: There should GRN/RED (II), turn signal switch be battery voltage when in LEFT the lights are flashing.     Ignition switch ON Measure voltage to (II), brake fluid is full ground: There should level in the reservoir be 10 V or more. 5  GRN Ignition switch ON Measure voltage to (II), brake fluid is ground: There should lower level in the be less than 0.5 V. reservoir 23  Ignition switch ON (II), washer fluid is half or more in the washer reservoir Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage      Poor ground(G502) An open in the wire Blown No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box An open in the wire Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the underhood fuse/relay box An open in the wire Faulty under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty combination light switch Faulty turn signal/hazard relay Hazard warning switch An open in the wire Faulty under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty combination light switch Faulty turn signal/hazard relay Hazard warning switch An open in the wire Faulty brake fluid level switch A short to ground in the wire Poor ground(G401) Faulty brake fluid level switch An open in the wire Faulty washer fluid level switch A short to ground in the wire Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element (Canada models) Ignition switch ON Measure voltage to (II), washer fluid is GRN/BLK ground: There should empty in the washer be less than 0.5 V. reservoir    Poor ground(G201) Faulty washer brake fluid level switch An open in the wire REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE REWRITING PROCEDURE NOTE:      Obtain a new gauge control module before starting the rewriting process. Rewriting is not possible on a gauge control module that will, not communicate with the HDS. Make sure that the HDS shows the correct VIN for the car you are working on. Once you have started this procedure, you must complete it before removing the HDS from the DLC. Connect a battery jump box (not a Battery charger) to insure that correct battery voltage will be maintained. 1. Before replacing the gauge control module, connect the HDS. 2. Select GAUGES from the BODY ELECTRICAL menu display. 3. Select "Gauge Control Module Replacement (ODO rewrite)" from the ADJUSTMENT menu, and follow the instructions on the display to retrieve the ODO value and the Maintenance Minder information. 4. Replace the gauge control module. 5. Follow the instructions on the display to write the new ODO value and Maintenance Minder to the new gauge control module. If the data transfer fails, refer to the instructions below to release the locked ODO value. RELEASING LOCKED ODO VALUE Release Locked odometer mileage to the original gauge control module. If after you attempt to transfer mileage the odometer has dashes (--), garbled, or incorrect value displayed, do the following Start over. The original gauge control module is going to be unlocked and restored to its original state. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Confirm that you have the latest HDS version of software. Make sure that the HDS shows the correct VIN for the car you are working on. With the ignition switch OFF, reconnect the original gauge control module. Completely re-boot the HDS. Clear any stored DTCs. Navigate to Body Electric/Gauges/Adjustment/Instrument Panel Replacement. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 7. Select "3. Releasing Locked ODO Value". 8. Follow the prompts and the Odometer mileage will be restored. 9. Start over and make sure the screen prompts are followed. GAUGE CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the driver's dashboard panel (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Place a clean shop towel under the gauge control module to prevent scratching the steering column or dashboard. 3. Remove the four mounting screws from the gauge control module (A). Fig. 24: Identifying Gauge Control Module Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Disconnect the connector (B), and remove the gauge control module. 5. Install the gauge control module in the reverse order of removal. COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE TROUBLESHOOTING Before testing, check the No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Start the engine, and check the ECM/PCM for DTCs with the HDS. Are there stored DTCs in the ECM/PCM? YES - Troubleshoot the cause of the ECM/PCM DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ), and recheck. NO - Go to step 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Gauges - Element 2. Check for DTCs in the body electrical system with the HDS. Is a DTC indicated? YES - Troubleshoot the cause of the body electrical system DTC (see TROUBLESHOOTING ), and recheck. NO - Go to step 3. 3. Do the communication line check with the self-diagnostic procedure (see Ending the self-diagnostic function ). Is the word "Error" indicated on the odo/trip meter display? YES - The gauge control module cannot receive the signal from the multiplex control unit and the ECM/PCM. Check for an open in the WHT and RED wire (gauge control module connector terminals No. 28 and No. 29). NO - Go to step 4. 4. Do the gauge control module drive circuit check with the self-diagnostic procedure (see Ending the selfdiagnostic function ). Does the temperature gauge needle sweep from the minimum position to the maximum, then return to the minimum position? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Replace the gauge control module. 5. Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), and recheck. Does the symptom/indication go away? YES - Replace the ECM/PCM. NO - Substitute a known-good gauge control module. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the gauge control module. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:32:06 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:38 8:49:33 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 2: Identifying Power Steering Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Find the symptom in the chart below, and do the related procedures in the order listed until you find the cause. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Symptom Procedure(s) Also check for   Hard steering Troubleshoot the system (see HARD STEERING ).  Assist (excessively light steering at high Check the rack guide adjustment (see RACK GUIDE Modified suspension Damaged suspension Tire sizes, tire varieties, and air pressure Front wheel alignment (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element speed) ADJUSTMENT ). WHEEL ALIGNMENT ) Shock or vibration when the steering wheel is turned to full lock 1. Check the rack guide adjustment (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ). 2. Check the drive belt for slippage (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 3. Check the power steering pump fluid pressure with T/N 07406-0010001 (see PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-0010001 ), T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 (see PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-001000A OR T/N 07406001A101 ). 4. Overhaul the steering gearbox (see step 2 ). Steering wheel will not return smoothly 1. Check cylinder lines for deformation. 2. Check the ball joints for binding. 3. Check wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). 4. Overhaul the steering gearbox (see step 2 ). Uneven or rough steering 1. Check the rack guide adjustment (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ). 2. Check the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 3. Check for low or erratic engine idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). 4. Check for air in the power steering system due to air entering inlet side of pump. 5. Check for low fluid level in the power steering reservoir due to possible leaks in system (see POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). 6. Overhaul the steering gearbox (see step 2 ). Steering wheel kicks back during wide turns 1. Check the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 2. Check the power steering pump fluid pressure with T/N 07406-0010001 (see PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-0010001 ), T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 (see PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-001000A OR T/N 07406001A101 ). 1. Check when the noise occurs:  If the noise is heard 2-3 minutes after starting Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Humming noise from the power steering system 2. 3. 4. 5. Power steering rack rattle or chattering 1. Check for loose steering components (tie-rod and ball joints). Tighten or replace as necessary. 2. Check the steering column shaft for wobbling. If the steering column wobbles, replace the steering column assembly (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 3. Check the rack guide adjustment (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ). 4. Check the power steering pump pulley:  If the pulley is loose, tighten it (see step 46 ).  If the pump shaft is loose, replace the pump (see PUMP REPLACEMENT ).  Hissing from the power steering system/foaming fluid the engine in cold weather, this is normal.  If the noise is heard when the wheel is turned with the vehicle stopped, this is normal due to the fluid pulsation. Check for the high-pressure hose touching the subframe or body. Pump pressure Check for automatic transmission converter noise. Check for air bubbles in the power steering fluid, leak on inlet side of pump. Check for particle contamination of fluid and restricted filter in the reservoir.     Noise from the power steering pump  Check the fluid level. If low, fill the reservoir to the proper level and check for leaks (see FLUID LEAKAGE INSPECTION ). Check the reservoir for leaks. Air in the P/S fluid Check for crushed inlet hose or loose hose clamp allowing air into the suction side of the system (see FLUID LEAKAGE INSPECTION ). Check the power steering pump shaft oil seal for leaks. Compare the pump noise at normal operating temperature to another like vehicle (pump noise for 23 minutes after starting the engine in cold weather is normal). Remove and inspect the pump for wear and damage (see PUMP OVERHAUL ).   P/S pump pressure Air in the P/S fluid Squeaking from the Check the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). power steering pump  Fluid leaks from the top of the valve body unit. Overhaul the valve body unit (see STEERING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element  Fluid leaks from the steering gearbox      Fluid leaks from the power steering line   Fluid leaks from the power steering pump   Fluid leaks from the power steering reservoir  Fluid leaks from the power steering pump outlet hose (highpressure)   GEARBOX OVERHAUL ). Fluid leaks from the driver's side boot. Replace the valve oil seal on the pinion shaft. Replace the cylinder end seal on the gearbox side. Fluid leaks from the passenger's side boot. Replace the cylinder end seal on the cylinder side. Fluid leaks from pinion shaft near the lower steering joint bolt. Overhaul the valve body unit. Fluid leaks from the steering damping valve covers on the valve body unit. Replace the valve housing. Fluid leaks from the cylinder line connections (flare nuts). Tighten the connection and retest. Fluid leaks from damaged cylinder lines. Replace the cylinder line (see POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). Fluid leaks from the pump outlet hose or return line fitting on the valve body unit (flare nuts). Tighten the fitting and retest. If it still leaks, replace the hose, the line, or valve body unit as necessary. Fluid leaks from the front oil seal. Replace the front oil seal. Fluid leaks from the power steering pump housing. Replace the leaking O-rings or seals (see PUMP OVERHAUL ), and if necessary replace the power steering pump (see PUMP REPLACEMENT ). Fluid leaks from around the reservoir cap because the fluid level is too high. Drain the reservoir to the proper level. If the fluid is aerated, check for an air leak on the inlet side of pump. Fluid leaks from reservoir. Check reservoir for cracks and replace as necessary. Check the fitting for loose bolts. If the bolts are tight, replace the fitting O-ring. Fluid leaks at the swagged joint: Replace the outlet hose. Fluid leaks from the power steering pump Check the hose for damage, deterioration, or improper assembly. Replace or repair as necessary. inlet hose (lowpressure) SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element HARD STEERING 1. Check the power assist (see POWER ASSIST CHECK ). Is the initial turning load more than 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbf)? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Power assist is OK. 2. Connect the P/S joint adapter (pump), P/S joint adapter (hose), and P/S pressure gauge T/N 074060010001 (see PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-0010001 ), T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 (see PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-001000A OR T/N 07406001A101 ) to the pump. 3. Measure steady-state fluid pressure from the pump at idle. Is the pressure 1,470 kPa (15.0 kgf/cm2 , 213 psi) or less? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Go to step 8. 4. Measure the pump relief pressure at idle. Is the pressure 7,460-8,140 kPa (76-83 kgf/cm2 , 1,080-1,180 psi) or less? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Go to step 9. 5. With a spring scale, measure the power assist in both directions, to the left and to the right. Are the two measurements within 2.9 N (0.3 kgf, 0.66 lbf) of each other? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 11. 6. Measure the fluid pressure with both pressure gauge valves open (if so equipped), while turning the steering wheel fully to the left and fully to the right. Is the pressure 7,460-8,140 kPa (76-83 kgf/cm2 , 1,080-1,180 psi) or more? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Faulty gearbox. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 7. Adjust the rack guide (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ), and retest. Is the steering OK? YES -Repair is completed. NO -Faulty gearbox. 8. Check the outlet and return hoses and lines between the pump and the gearbox for clogging and deformation. Are the lines clogged or deformed? YES -Repair or replace the lines. NO -Faulty valve body unit. 9. Disassemble the pump (see PUMP OVERHAUL ). 10. Check the pressure control valve for smooth movement and leaks (see step 16 ). Is the pressure control valve OK? YES -Faulty pump assembly. NO -Faulty pressure control valve. 11. Check the cylinder lines for deformation (see FLUID LEAKAGE INSPECTION ). Are any of the lines deformed? YES -Replace the deformed line. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Check for a bent rack shaft or misadjusted rack guide (too tight). Is the rack shaft bent or the rack guide adjusted too tight? YES -Replace the rack shaft, or readjust the rack guide. NO -Faulty valve body unit. STEERING WHEEL ROTATIONAL PLAY CHECK 1. Turn the front wheels to the straight ahead position. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 2. Measure how far you can turn the steering wheel left and right without moving the front wheels.  If the play is within the limit, the gearbox and linkages are OK.  If the play exceeds the limit, adjust the rack guide (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ). If the play is still excessive after rack guide adjustment, inspect the steering linkage and gearbox (see STEERING LINKAGE AND GEARBOX INSPECTION ). Rotational play: 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in.) Fig. 3: Identifying Steering Wheel Play Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. POWER ASSIST CHECK NOTE: This test should be done with original equipment tires and wheels at the correct tire pressure. 1. Check the power steering fluid level (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). 2. Start the engine, let it idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm up the fluid. 3. Attach a commercially available spring scale to the steering wheel. With the engine idling and the vehicle on a clean, dry floor, pull the scale as shown and read it as soon as the tires begin to turn.  If the scale reads no more than the specification, the gearbox and pump are OK.  If the scale reads more than the specification, troubleshoot the steering system (see SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ). Initial turning load: 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 lbf) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 4: Attaching Commercially Available Spring Scale To Steering Wheel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. STEERING LINKAGE AND GEARBOX INSPECTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Steering Linkage And Gearbox Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-0010001 Special Tools Required     P/S joint adapter (pump) 07VAK-P8A011A P/S joint adapter plate (pump) 07ZAK-S7CA100 P/S joint adapter (hose) 07ZAK-S7CA200 P/S pressure gauge 07406-0010001 Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine whether the trouble is in the pump or gearbox. 1. Check the power steering fluid level (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the pump outlet hose (A) from the pump outlet with care so as not to spill the power steering fluid on the frame and other parts, then install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on the pump outlet (B). Fig. 6: Identifying Pump Outlet Hose And Pump Outlet With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S pressure gauge, then connect the pump outlet hose to the P/S joint adapter (hose). 4. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint adapter (pump). 5. Fully open the shut-off valve (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 7: Identifying Shut-Off Valve And Pressure Control Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Fully open the pressure control valve (B). 7. Start the engine and let it idle. 8. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm the fluid to operating temperature at 158°F (70°C). 9. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the engine is idling. If the pump is in good condition, the pressure should be no more than 1,470 kPa (15.0 kgf/cm2 , 213 psi). If the pressure is too high, check the outlet hose or valve body unit (see Steering System Troubleshooting). 10. Raise the engine speed to 3,000 rpm, and measure the fluid pressure. If the pump is in good condition, the pressure should be at least 1,470 kPa (15.0 kgf/cm2 , 213 psi). If the pressure is too high, repair or replace the pump. 11. Lower the engine speed, and let it idle. Close the shut-off valve, then close the pressure control valve gradually until the pressure gauge needle is stable. Read the pressure. NOTE: Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more than 5 seconds, or the pump could be damaged by over-heating. 12. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 7,460-8,140 kPa (76-83 kgf/cm2 , 1,080-1,180 psi). A low reading means pump output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace the pump. PUMP PRESSURE TEST WITH T/N 07406-001000A OR T/N 07406-001A101 Special Tools Required     P/S joint adapter (pump) 07VAK-P8A011A P/S joint adapter plate (pump) 07ZAK-S7CA100 P/S joint adapter (hose) 07ZAK-S7CA200 P/S pressure gauge 07406-001000A or 07406-001A101 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine whether the trouble is in the pump or gearbox. 1. Check the power steering fluid level (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the pump outlet hose (A) from the pump outlet with care so as not to spill the power steering fluid on the frame and other parts, then install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on the pump outlet (B) with the P/S joint outlet plate. Fig. 8: Identifying Pump Outlet Hose And Pump Outlet With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S pressure gauge, then connect the pump outlet hose to the P/S joint adapter (hose). 4. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint adapter (pump). 5. Open the pressure control valve (A) fully. Fig. 9: Identifying Pressure Control Valve Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Start the engine and let it idle. 7. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm the fluid to operating temperature at 158°F (70°C). 8. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the engine is idling. If the pump is in good condition, the pressure should be no more than 1,470 kPa (15.0 kgf/cm2 , 213 psi). If the pressure is too high, check the outlet hose or valve body unit (see Steering System Troubleshooting). 9. Raise the engine speed to 3,000 rpm, and measure the fluid pressure. If the pump is in good condition, the pressure should be at least 1,470 kPa (15.0 kgf/cm2 , 213 psi). If the pressure is too high, repair or replace the pump. 10. Lower the engine speed, and let it idle. Close the shut-off valve gradually until the pressure gauge needle is stable. Read the pressure. NOTE: Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more than 5 seconds, or the pump could be damaged by over-heating. 11. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 7,460-8,140 kPa (76-83 kgf/cm2 , 1,080-1,180 psi). A low reading means pump output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace the pump. FLUID LEAKAGE INSPECTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Power Steering Fluid Leakage Parts Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FLUID REPLACEMENT Check the reservoir (A) at regular intervals, and add the recommended fluid as necessary. Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Using any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. NOTE: If the fluid is contaminated, the screen in the reservoir may be partially blocked. Replace the reservoir if necessary. System capacity: 0.83 L (0.87 US. qt) at disassembly Reservoir capacity: 0.27 L (0.28 US. qt) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Reservoir Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1. Raise the reservoir, then disconnect the return hose (A) to drain the reservoir. Take care not to spill the fluid on the body and parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. NOTE: Inspect the reservoir screen for any debris. If the reservoir screen is clogged, replace the reservoir. Fig. 12: Draining Fluid Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Connect a hose (B) of suitable diameter to the disconnected return hose, and put the hose end in a suitable container. 3. Start the engine, let it run at idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times. When fluid stops running out of the hose, shut-off the engine. Discard the fluid. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 4. Reinstall the return hose on the reservoir. 5. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (C). 6. Start the engine and run it at idle, then turn the steering from lock-to-lock several times to bleed air from the system. 7. Recheck the fluid level and add some if necessary. Do not fill the reservoir beyond the upper level line. 8. If the fluid is contaminated, dark, or discolored, repeat the procedure as necessary. POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT Note these items during installation:    Connect each hose to the corresponding line securely until it contacts the stop on the line. Install the clamp or adjustable clamp at the specified distance from the hose end as shown. Check all clamps for deterioration or deformation; replace the clamps with new ones if necessary. Add the recommended power steering fluid to the specified level on the reservoir, and check for leaks. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:33 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Distance Between Adjustable Clamp And Hose End With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PUMP REPLACEMENT 1. Place a suitable container under the vehicle. 2. Drain the power steering fluid from the reservoir (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). 3. Remove the drive belt (A) from the pump pulley (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Drive Belt, Pump Inlet Hose, Pump Outlet Hose And Pump With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Cover the auto-tensioner, alternator, and A/C compressor with several shop towels to protect them from spilled power steering fluid. Disconnect the pump inlet hose (B) and the pump outlet hose (C) from the pump (D), and plug them. Take care not to spill the fluid on the body or parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. Do not turn the steering wheel with the pump removed. 5. Remove the pump mounting bolts (E). 6. Cover the opening of the pump with a piece of tape to prevent foreign material from entering the pump. 7. Connect the pump inlet hose and the pump outlet hose onto the new pump with a new O-ring (F). 8. Loosely install the pump in the pump bracket with the mounting bolts, then tighten the pump fittings securely. 9. Tighten the pump mounting bolts to the specified torque. 10. Install the drive belt (A). Note these items during belt installation:   Make sure that the belt is properly positioned on the pulleys (B). Do not get power steering fluid or grease on the auto-tensioner, alternator, A/C compressor, and drive belt or pulley faces. Clean off any fluid or grease before installation. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Drive Belt And Pulley Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). PUMP OVERHAUL EXPLODED VIEW Replace the pump as an assembly if the parts indicated with an asterisk (*) are worn or damaged. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 16: Exploded View Of Pump With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required    Pulley holder 07ZAB-S5A0100 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100 Driver 07749-0010000 Disassembly NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW as needed during the following procedure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 1. Drain the fluid from the power steering pump (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the power steering pump (see PUMP REPLACEMENT ). 3. Hold the power steering pump (A) in a vise with soft jaws (B), hold the pulley (C) with the pulley holder (D), and remove the pulley nut (E) and pulley. Be careful not to damage the pump housing with the jaws of the vise. Fig. 17: Holding Power Steering Pump In Vise With Soft Jaws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Remove the inlet joint and O-ring. Remove the pressure control valve cap, O-ring, pressure control valve, and valve spring. Remove the pump housing cap, O-ring, and pump preload spring. Remove the pump cover, O-ring, and pump cover seals. Pull out the roll pin. Remove the outer case, cam ring, rotor, vanes, and side plate. Remove the rubber seal and slipper seal from the outer case. Remove the O-rings from the bottom of the housing. Remove the 40 mm internal snap ring, then remove the driveshaft by tapping the shaft end with a plastic hammer. 13. Remove the pump seal from the pump housing. Inspection 14. Check the pressure control valve for wear, burrs, and other damage to the edges of the grooves in the valve. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Pressure Control Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Inspect the bore of the pressure control valve on the pump housing for scratches and wear. 16. Slip the pressure control valve (A) back in the pump housing, and check that it moves in and out smoothly. If OK, go to step 17; if not, replace the pump as an assembly. The pressure control valve is not available separately. Fig. 19: Checking Pressure Control Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Attach a hose (A) to the end of the pressure control valve (B) as shown. Then submerge the pressure control valve in a container of power steering fluid or solvent (C), and blow in the hose.   If air bubbles leak through the valve at less than 98 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm2 , 14.2 psi), replace the pump as an assembly. The pressure control valve is not available separately. If the pressure control valve is OK, set it aside for reassembly later. Fig. 20: Attaching Hose To End Of Pressure Control Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. 18. Inspect the ball bearing by rotating the outer race slowly. If you feel any play (axial or radial) or roughness, remove the faulty ball bearing (A), and install a new one (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 21: Installing Ball Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. 19. Inspect each part shown with an asterisk in the Exploded View. If any of them are worn or damaged, replace the pump as an assembly. Reassembly 20. Install the new pump seal (A) (with its grooved side facing in) into the pump housing (B) by hand first, then drive it in using the driver and the attachment until the seal is fully seated in the pump housing. Do not apply more than 1,370 N (140 kgf, 308 lbf) of pressure. Fig. 22: Identifying Pump Seal And Pump Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Position the driveshaft (A) in the pump housing, then press it in with the appropriate size socket wrench (B) as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 23: Pressing Driveshaft With Size Socket Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Install the 40 mm internal snap ring (C) with its radiused edge facing out. 23. Coat the new 23.8 mm O-ring (A) with power steering fluid, then position it on the bottom (B) of the pump housing. Fig. 24: Identifying O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Coat the new pump cover seals (A) and new 13.0 mm O-ring (B) with power steering fluid, then position them into the grooves on the pump cover (C). NOTE: Be careful not to install the inlet joint O-ring because they are the same sizes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Pump Cover Seals, O-Ring And Pump Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Install the outer case (A) by aligning the slot (B) inside the outer case with the pump cover roll pin hole (C). Be sure that the slit (D) on the outer case is in the direction shown. Fig. 26: Aligning Slot Inside Outer Case With Pump Cover Roll Pin Hole Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Apply power steering fluid to the rubber seal (E) (black), and install it in the slot (F) of the outer case. 27. Apply power steering fluid to the slipper seal (G) (white), and install it on top of the rubber seal you just installed. 28. Install the cam ring (A) by aligning the slot (B) with the slot (C) in the outer case. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 27: Installing Cam Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 29. Insert the roll pin (D) into the slots between the cam ring and outer case, then push the roll pin into the set hole (E). 30. Install the rotor (A) into the cam ring (B). Fig. 28: Identifying Roll Pin, Rotor And Cam Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 31. Set the 11 vanes (C) in the grooves in the rotor. Make sure that the round ends (D) of the vanes are in contact with the sliding surface of the cam ring. 32. Place the side plate (A) on the cam ring, and align the roll pin set hole (B) with the roll pin (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 29: Identifying Side Plate, Roll Pin Set Hole, Roll Pin And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 33. Coat the new O-ring (D) with power steering fluid, then position it into the groove on the side plate. 34. Install the pump housing (A) over the pump cover assembly (B). Fig. 30: Installing Pump Housing Over Pump Cover Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 35. Align the bolt holes in the pump cover (A) with the threaded holes in the pump housing. Install the flange bolts loosely first, then torque the flange bolts in a criss-cross pattern in two or more steps. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 31: Identifying Pump Cover Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 36. Push in the cam ring (A) from the pump housing cap hole (B) with a flat-tip screwdriver to make sure the cam ring is fully seated against the outer case. Fig. 32: Pushing In Cam Ring From Pump Housing Cap Hole Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 37. Install the pump preload spring (A) in the pump housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 33: Identifying Pump Preload Spring And Pump Housing Cap With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 38. Coat the new 12.7 mm O-ring (B) with power steering fluid, and install it on the pump housing cap(C). 39. Install the pump housing cap on the pump housing, and tighten it to the specified torque. 40. Install the pressure control valve spring (A) in the pump housing. Fig. 34: Identifying Pressure Control Valve Spring, Pressure Control Valve And Pressure Control Valve Cap With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 41. Coat the pressure control valve (B) with power steering fluid, and install it in the pump housing. 42. Coat the new 16.7 mm O-ring (C) with power steering fluid, and install it on the pressure control valve cap (D). 43. Install the pressure control valve cap on the pump housing. Tighten it to the specified torque. 44. Coat the new O-ring (A) with power steering fluid, and install it on the inlet joint (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 35: Identifying O-Ring And Inlet Joint With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 45. Install the inlet joint on the pump housing. 46. Install the pulley (A), then loosely install the pulley nut (B). Hold the power steering pump in a vise with soft jaws (C). Be careful not to damage the pump housing with the jaws of the vise. Fig. 36: Holding Pulley With Pulley Holder With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 47. Hold the pulley with the pulley holder (D), and tighten the pulley nut to the specified torque. 48. Check that the pump turns smoothly by turning the pulley by hand. If it turns hard, loosen the four flange bolts on the pump cover, then retighten them in the same manner as in step 35. Turn the pump again by hand. STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ), and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Align the front wheels straight ahead, then remove the driver's airbag from the steering wheel (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 4. Disconnect the horn switch connector (A), audio remote switch connector (B), and the cruise control set/decel, Resume/accel, Cancel switch connector (C). Fig. 37: Identifying Horn Switch Connector And Audio Remote Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Loosen the steering wheel bolt (D). 6. Install a commercially available steering wheel puller (A) on the steering wheel (B). Free the steering wheel from the steering column shaft by turning the pressure bolt (C) of the puller. Note these items when removing the steering wheel:   Do not tap on the steering wheel or the steering column shaft when removing the steering wheel. If you thread the puller bolts (D) into the wheel hub more than five threads, the bolts will hit the cable reel and damage it. To prevent this, install a pair of jam nuts five threads up on each puller bolt. Fig. 38: Turning Pressure Bolt Of Steering Wheel Puller Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the steering wheel puller, then remove the steering wheel bolt and steering wheel from the steering column. Fig. 39: Identifying Steering Wheel Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. STEERING WHEEL DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 40: Exploded View Of Steering Wheel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. STEERING WHEEL INSTALLATION 1. Before installing the steering wheel, make sure the front wheels are aligned straight ahead, then center the cable reel (A). Do this by first rotating the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise about two and a half turns. The arrow mark (B) on the cable reel label should point straight up. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 41: Identifying Arrow Mark On Cable Reel Label Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Position the two tabs (A) of the turn signal canceling sleeve (B) as shown. Install the steering wheel on to the steering column shaft, making sure the steering wheel hub (C) engages the pins (D) of the cable reel and tabs of the turn signal cancelling sleeve. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when installing the steering wheel. Fig. 42: Engaging Pins Of Cable Reel And Tabs Of Turn Signal Cancelling Sleeve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the steering wheel bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque. Connect the horn switch connector (B), audio remote switch connector (C), and Set/decel, Resume/accel, Cancel switch connector (D). Make sure the wire harness is routed and fastened properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 43: Identifying Steering Wheel Bolt, Horn Switch Connector And Audio Remote Switch Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the driver's airbag, and confirm that the system is operating properly (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 5. Reconnect the negative battery cable to the battery, and do these tasks:  Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off.  Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system.  Set the clock.  Make sure the horn and turn signal switches work properly.  Make sure the steering wheel switches work properly.  Make sure the steering wheel is centered. STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ), and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery. Remove the driver's airbag assembly and the steering wheel (see STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL ). Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 5. Remove the column covers (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 44: Exploded View Of Steering Column With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Disconnect the wire harness connectors from the combination switch assembly and cable real (B). 7. Remove the combination switch assembly from the steering column shaft by removing the screw (C) on the top of the combination switch. 8. Disconnect the connectors from the ignition switch, and release the wire harness clips (D) from the steering column. 9. Remove the steering joint bolts (E), then disconnect the steering joint (F) from the pinion shaft and the steering column shaft. 10. Remove the steering column (G) by removing the attaching nuts and bolts. 11. Remove the center guide (H) (if equipped), and discard it. The center guide is for factory assembly only. INSTALLATION 1. Install the steering column in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Take care not to let the sliding capsules fall out of position during column installation.  Make sure the wires are not caught or pinched by any parts. 2. Insert the upper end of the steering joint (A) onto the steering shaft (B) (line up the bolt hole (C) with the flat portion (D) on the shaft). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 45: Inserting Upper End Of Steering Joint Onto Steering Shaft With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Slip the lower end of the steering joint (E) onto the pinion shaft (F) (line up the bolt hole with the groove (G) around the shaft), and loosely install the lower joint bolt. Be sure that the lower joint bolt is securely in the groove of the pinion shaft. 4. Pull on the steering joint to make sure that the steering joint is fully seated, then install the upper joint bolt and tighten it to the specified torque. 5. Tighten the lower joint bolt to the specified torque. 6. Install the steering wheel (see STEERING WHEEL INSTALLATION ). 7. Reconnect the battery negative cable to the battery, and do these tasks:  Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off.  Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system.  Set the clock.  Make sure the horn and turn signal switch work properly.  Make sure the steering wheel switches work properly.  Make sure the steering wheel is centered. STEERING COLUMN INSPECTION INSPECTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element   Check the steering column ball bearing (A) and the steering joint bearings (B) for play and proper movement. If any bearing is noisy or has excessive play, replace the steering column as an assembly. Check the sliding capsules (C) for distortion and breakage. If there is distortion or breakage, replace the steering column as an assembly. Fig. 46: Identifying Steering Column Ball Bearing, Sliding Capsules And Steering Joint Bearings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CHECK OF TILTING LOAD 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Set the steering wheel in the straight-ahead driving position, and loosen the lock lever fully. Attach the spring scale to the highest point of the steering wheel, and set the tilting position at the lowest. Pull the spring scale straight up, and read the operation load during tilting. Attach the spring scale to the lowest point of the steering wheel. Pull the spring scale straight down, and read the operation load during tilting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 47: Checking Tilting Load With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the measurement is more than the specification, adjust the lock lever preload if necessary. LOCK LEVER PRELOAD INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT 1. Move the lock lever (A) from the loosened position to the locked position three to five times; then measure the lock lever preload 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the end of the lock lever. Fig. 48: Checking Lock Lever Preload With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 2. If the measurement is out of the specification, adjust the preload using the following procedures.  Loosen the lock lever, and set the steering column to the neutral position.  Remove the 6 mm lock bolt (B), and remove the stop (C). Be careful not to loosen the lock lever when installing the stop or tightening the 6 mm lock bolt.  Adjust the preload by turning the tilt lock bolt (D) left or right.  Pull up the lock lever to the uppermost position, and install the stop. Check the preload again. If the measurement is still out of specification, repeat the above procedures to adjust. STEERING LOCK REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the steering column (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 2. Center-punch each of the two shear bolts, and drill their heads off with a 5 mm (3/16 in.) drill bit. Be careful not to damage the switch body and steering column when removing the shear bolts. Fig. 49: Drilling Shear Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the shear bolts from the switch body. Install the switch body without the key inserted. Loosely tighten the new shear bolts. Insert the ignition key, and check for proper operation of the steering wheel lock and that the ignition key turns freely. 7. Tighten the shear bolts (A) until the hex heads (B) twist off. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 50: Identifying Shear Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Register the immobilizer control unit-receiver (see IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT-RECEIVER REPLACEMENT ), and make sure the immobilizer system works properly. RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT Special Tools Required Locknut wrench, 40 mm 07MAA-SL00100 or 07916-SA50001 1. Set the wheels in the straight ahead position. 2. Loosen the rack guide screw locknut (A) with the locknut wrench, then remove the rack guide screw (B). Fig. 51: Identifying Rack Guide Screw Locknut And Rack Guide Screw Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the old sealant from rack guide screw (A), and apply new sealant (Three Bond 1215 or Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads (B). Loosely install the rack guide screw in the steering gearbox. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element NOTE: If more than 5 minutes has passed after applying the sealant, remove the old sealant and residue, and reapply new sealant. Fig. 52: Identifying Rack Guide Screw And Threads Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Tighten the rack guide screw (A) to 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft), then loosen it. Fig. 53: Identifying Rack Guide Screw Tightening Angle With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Retighten the rack guide screw to 6 N.m (0.6 kgf.m, 4 lbf.ft), then back it off to the specified angle. Specified return angle: 20 ° max. 6. Hold the rack guide screw stationary with a wrench, and tighten the locknut by hand until it's fully seated. 7. Install the locknut wrench on the locknut (B), continue to hold the rack guide screw stationary and tighten the locknut an additional 30° with the locknut wrench. 8. Check for unusual steering effort through the complete turning range. 9. Check the steering wheel rotational play and the power assist (see POWER ASSIST CHECK ). STEERING GEARBOX REMOVAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Special Tools Required   Ball joint thread protector, 12 mm 07AAF-SDAA100 Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 Note these items during removal:   1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Using solvent and a brush, wash any oil and dirt off the valve body unit, its lines, and the end of the gearbox. Blow dry with compressed air. Be sure to remove the steering wheel before disconnecting the steering joint. Damage to the cable reel can occur. Drain the power steering fluid (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery. Raise the front of vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). Remove the front wheels. Remove the steering wheel (see STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL ). Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the steering joint bolts, and disconnect the steering joint by moving the steering joint (A) toward the column. Fig. 54: Identifying Steering Joint Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the center guide from the top of the pinion shaft (B) (if equipped), and discard it. 10. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod ball joint nut (B), and loosen the nut. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 55: Removing Cotter Pin From Tie-Rod Ball Joint Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Separate the tie-rod ball joint and damper steering arm using the ball joint thread protector and ball joint remover (see BALL JOINT REMOVAL ). 12. Remove the P/S heat shield (A). Fig. 56: Removing P/S Heat Shield Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the engine wire harness clamp and clip (A) from the two mounting brackets. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 57: Removing Engine Wire Harness Clamp And Clip From Two Mounting Brackets Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Loosen the adjustable hose clamp (A) and disconnect the return hose (B). Fig. 58: Disconnecting Return Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Loosen the 14 mm flare nut (C), and disconnect the inlet line (D). 16. Open the hose holders (A) on the return hose, and remove the return hose clamp bolt (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 59: Removing Return Hose Clamp Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Disconnect the power steering pressure switch connector (A). Fig. 60: Disconnecting Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Remove the inlet line (B) on the P/S line mounting bracket (C), and move it aside. 19. Remove the body stiffener (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 61: Removing Body Stiffener Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Remove the two 10 mm flange bolts (A) and washers (B) from the left side of gearbox. Fig. 62: Removing Flange Bolts And Washers From Left Side Of Gearbox Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Remove the 10 mm flange bolt (A) and nut (B) from the right side of gearbox, and remove the mounting bracket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 63: Removing 10 Mm Flange Bolt And Nut From Right Side Of Gearbox Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Lower the steering gearbox, and rotate it so the pinion shaft points upward, and remove the mounting cushion (D). 23. Remove the pinion shaft grommet (A) from the top of the valve body unit. Fig. 64: Removing Pinion Shaft Grommet From Top Of Valve Body Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Carefully move the steering gearbox and tie-rods as an assembly toward the driver's side until the pinion shaft (A) clears the wheel well opening (B) on the frame. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 65: Identifying Pinion Shaft And Wheel Well Opening On Frame Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Remove the steering gearbox (A) through the wheel well opening on the driver's side. Be careful not to damage the hoses, lines, and wire harnesses. Fig. 66: Removing Steering Gearbox Through Wheel Well Opening On Driver's Side Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Remove the P/S line mounting bracket (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 67: Removing P/S Line Mounting Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. After removing the steering gearbox, make sure that no power steering fluid gets on the gearbox mount cushions, gearbox housing, surface of the front subframe and stiffener. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. STEERING GEARBOX OVERHAUL EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 68: Exploded View Of Steering Gearbox Overhaul With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required       Pilot collar 07GAF-PH70100 Driver handle 07NAD-SR30101 Cylinder end seal remover attachment 07NAD-SR30200 or 07NAD-SR3020A Valve seal ring sizing tool 07NAG-SR30900 or 07NAG-SR3090A Sleeve seal ring guide 07YAG-S2X0100 Locknut wrench 07ZAA-S5A0100 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element          Driver, 27 mm 07ZAF-S5A0100 Sleeve seal ring sizing tool, 36 mm 07ZAG-S5A0100 Valve seal ring guide 07ZAG-S5A0200 Piston seal ring guide, 42 mm 07ZAG-S7A0100 Piston seal ring sizing tool, 42 mm 07ZAG-S7A0200 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100 Driver 07749-0010000 Cylinder end seal slider, 23 mm 07974-6890801 or 07974-689080A Pincers, Oetiker 1098, or equivalent, commercially available NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW as needed during this procedure. Removal 1. Remove the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX REMOVAL ). Disassembly 2. Remove cylinder lines (A) and return line joint (B) from the gearbox. Fig. 69: Removing Cylinder Lines And Return Line Joint From Gearbox Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Drain the fluid from the cylinder fittings by slowly moving the steering rack back and forth. 4. Unbend the lock washers (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 70: Identifying Lock Washers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Hold the bracket (A) with a wrench, and unscrew both tie-rods (B) with a wrench. Remove the lock washers. Fig. 71: Identifying Bracket And Tie-Rods Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the stop washer (A), the 12 mm flange bolts (B), O-rings (C), and bracket (D) from the steering gearbox. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 72: Removing Stop Washer Flange Bolts, O-Rings And Bracket From Steering Gearbox Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the boot guard (A) by removing the 8 mm flange bolt (C) on the rack end. Fig. 73: Removing 8 Mm Flange Bolt On Rack End Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the boot band (D) and clip (E). Pull the boot B away from the end of the steering gearbox. Remove the rack end plug (F). 9. Loosen the locknut (A), then remove the rack guide screw (B), spring (C), and rack guide (D) from the steering gearbox. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 74: Removing Rack Guide Screw, Spring, And Rack Guide From Steering Gearbox Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the internal snap ring (A) and backup ring (B) from the cylinder housing. Fig. 75: Removing Internal Snap Ring And Backup Ring From Cylinder Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the two flange bolts, then remove the valve body unit (A) from the gearbox housing (B). Remove the O-ring (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 76: Removing Valve Body Unit From Gearbox Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the two boot bands (B) from boot A. Compress boot A by hand, and apply vinyl tape (C) so the boots stay collapsed and pulled back. Fig. 77: Removing Boot Bands From Boot Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Hold the gearbox housing using a C-clamp (commercially available) (A) and the wooden blocks (B) as shown. Do not clamp the cylinder part of the housing or gearbox housing in the vise. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 78: Holding Gearbox Housing Using C-Clamp Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install the locknut wrench (A) on the lock screw (B), then loosen and remove the lock screw from inside of the gearbox housing (C). Fig. 79: Installing Locknut Wrench On Lock Screw Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the locknut wrench. 16. Pull on the cylinder to remove it from the gearbox housing. Remove boot A and the slider guide (B) from the cylinder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 80: Removing Boot And Slider Guide From Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Check the slider guide for damage and cracks. Use vernier calipers to measure the thickness of the slider guide. If the thickness is less than the service limit (A), replace the slider guide. Fig. 81: Identifying Slider Guide Thickness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Remove and discard the stop ring (A) on the cylinder by expanding it with snap ring pliers. Remove and discard the lock screw (B). Fig. 82: Removing Stop Ring On Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Set the cylinder housing (A) in a press so the cylinder side points downward, then press the cylinder end seal (B) and steering rack (C) out of the cylinder. Hold the rack to keep it from falling when pressed clear. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 83: Setting Cylinder Housing In Press Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Remove the cylinder end seal from the steering rack. 21. Insert a driver handle (A), on the cylinder end seal remover attachment (B) into the cylinder. Make sure the cylinder end seal remover attachment is securely positioned on the bushing edges (C). Fig. 84: Inserting Driver Handle On Cylinder End Seal Remover Attachment Into Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 22. Place the cylinder in a press, then remove the cylinder end seal (D), backup ring (E), and bushing from the cylinder by pressing on the cylinder end seal remover attachment. Note the items when pressing the cylinder end seal: Keep the tool straight to avoid damaging the cylinder wall. Check the tool angle, and correct it if necessary, when removing the cylinder end seal.  Use a press to remove the cylinder end seal. Do not try to remove the seal by striking the tool; striking the tool would break the cylinder end seal, and the seal would remain in the cylinder. 23. Carefully pry the piston seal ring (A) and O-ring (B) off the rack piston. Be careful not to damage the inside of the seal ring groove and piston edges when removing the seal ring.  Fig. 85: Identifying Piston Seal Ring And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Before removing the valve housing (A), apply vinyl tape (B) to the splines on the pinion shaft. Fig. 86: Applying Vinyl Tape To Splines On Pinion Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Separate the valve housing from the pinion shaft/valve using a press. 26. With your finger, check the inner wall of the valve housing where the seal ring slides. If there is a step in the wall, the housing is worn. Replace it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element NOTE: There may be sliding marks from the seal ring on the wall of the valve housing. Replace the valve housing only if the wall is stepped. Fig. 87: Checking Inner Wall Of Valve Housing Where Seal Ring Slides Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Check for wear, burrs, and other damage to the edges of the grooves in the sleeve. NOTE: The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precision matched set. If either the pinion shaft or sleeve must be replaced, replace both parts as a set. Fig. 88: Checking Wear, Burrs, And Other Damage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 28. Remove the external snap ring (A) and sleeve (B) from the pinion shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 89: Removing External Snap Ring And Sleeve From Pinion Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 29. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut and remove the four seal rings from the sleeve. Be careful not to damage the edges of the sleeve grooves and outer surface when removing the seal rings. Fig. 90: Removing Seal Rings From Sleeve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Using a cutter or an equivalent tool, cut the valve seal ring (A) and O-ring (B) at the cutting groove position (C) in the pinion shaft. Remove the valve seal ring and O-ring. Be careful not to damage the edges of the pinion shaft groove and outer surface when removing the valve seal ring and O-ring. Fig. 91: Identifying Valve Seal Ring And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 31. Remove the valve oil seal (A) and wave washer (B) from the pinion shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Note these items during disassembly:   Inspect the ball bearing (C) by rotating the outer race slowly. If there is any excessive play or wear, replace the pinion shaft and sleeve as an assembly. The pinion shaft and sleeve are a precise fit; do not intermix old and new pinion shafts and sleeves. Fig. 92: Removing Valve Oil Seal And Wave Washer From Pinion Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 32. Remove the valve oil seal (A) and roller bearing (B) out of the valve housing using a hydraulic press and a pilot collar. Fig. 93: Removing Valve Oil Seal And Roller Bearing Out Of Valve Housing Using Hydraulic Press Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Reassembly 33. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the stepped portion of the pinion shaft, and coat the surface of the vinyl tape with power steering fluid. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 94: Applying Vinyl Tape To Stepped Portion Of Pinion Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 34. Install the wave washer (B). Coat the inside surface of the new valve oil seal (C) with power steering fluid, and install the seal with its grooved side facing opposite the bearing, then slide it over the pinion shaft, being careful not to damage its sealing lip (D). Remove the vinyl tape. 35. Install the valve seal ring guide over the pinion, and coat the surface of the tool with power steering fluid. Slip the new O-ring (A) and new valve seal ring (B) over the valve seal ring guide, and expand them. Fig. 95: Identifying Wave Washer And Inside Surface Of New Valve Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 36. Fit the O-ring in the groove of the pinion shaft. Then slide the valve seal ring over the shaft and in the groove on the pinion shaft. 37. Remove the valve seal ring guide, and apply power steering fluid to the surface of the valve seal ring (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 96: Applying Power Steering Fluid To Surface Of Valve Seal Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 38. Apply power steering fluid to the inside of the valve seal ring sizing tool. Set the larger diameter end of the valve seal ring sizing tool over the valve seal ring, and move the valve seal ring sizing tool up and down several times to make the valve seal ring fit in the pinion shaft groove. 39. Remove the valve seal ring sizing tool, turn it over, and slide the smaller diameter end over the valve seal ring. Move it up and down several times to make sure the valve seal ring fits snugly in the pinion shaft groove. 40. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the sleeve seal ring guide. Slip two new seal rings (A) over the sleeve seal ring guide from the smaller diameter end, and expand them. Install only two rings at a time from each end of the pinion shaft sleeve (B). Note these items when installing the seal rings:   Do not over-expand the seal rings. Install the resin seal rings with care so as not to damage them. After installation, make sure you contract the seal rings using the sleeve seal ring sizing tool. There are two types of sleeve seal rings; black and brown. Do not mix the different types of seal rings as they are not compatible. Fig. 97: Applying Power Steering Fluid To Surface Of Sleeve Seal Ring Guide Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 41. Align the sleeve seal ring guide with each groove in the sleeve, and slide a sleeve seal ring into each groove. After installation, compress the seal rings with your fingers temporarily. 42. Apply power steering fluid to the seal rings on the sleeve, and to the entire inside surface of the sleeve seal ring sizing tool, then slowly insert the sleeve into the sleeve seal ring sizing tool. Fig. 98: Applying Power Steering Fluid To Seal Rings On Sleeve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 43. Move the sleeve back and forth several times to make the seal rings fit snugly in the sleeve. Make sure the seal rings are not twisted. 44. Apply power steering fluid to the surface of the pinion shaft (A). Slide the sleeve (B) onto the pinion shaft by aligning the locating pin (C) on the inside of the sleeve with the cutout (D) in the shaft. Then install the new external snap ring (E) securely in the pinion shaft groove. Be careful not to damage the valve seal ring when inserting the sleeve. Fig. 99: Applying Power Steering Fluid To Surface Of Pinion Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 45. Apply power steering fluid to the seal ring lip of the new valve oil seal (A), then install the seal in the valve housing (B) using a hydraulic press, driver, and attachment. Install the seal with its grooved side facing the tool. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 100: Applying Power Steering Fluid To Seal Ring Lip Of New Valve Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 46. Press the roller bearing (C) into the valve housing with a hydraulic press, driver, and attachment. 47. Apply vinyl tape (A) to the pinion shaft, then coat the vinyl tape with power steering fluid. Fig. 101: Applying Vinyl Tape To Pinion Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 48. Insert the pinion shaft into the valve housing (B). Be careful not to damage the valve seal rings (C) and valve oil seal sealing lip (D). 49. Remove the vinyl tape from the pinion shaft, then remove any residue of the tape adhesive. 50. Press the pinion shaft/sleeve into the valve housing with a hydraulic press. Check that the pinion shaft/sleeve turns smoothly by hand after installing it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 102: Inserting Pinion Shaft Into Valve Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 51. Coat the piston seal ring guide with power steering fluid, then slide it onto the rack, big end first. 52. Position the new O-ring (A) and new piston seal ring (B) on the piston seal ring guide, then slide them down toward the big end of the tool. Note these items during reassembly:   Do not over expand the resin seal ring. Install the resin seal ring with care so as not to damage it. After installation, make sure you contract the seal ring using the piston seal ring sizing tool. Replace piston's O-ring and seal ring as a set. Fig. 103: Positioning O-Ring And New Piston Seal Ring On Piston Seal Ring Guide Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 53. Pull the O-ring off into the piston groove, then pull the piston seal ring off into the piston groove on top of the O-ring. 54. Coat the piston seal ring (A) and the inside of the piston seal ring sizing tool with power steering fluid, then carefully slide the tool onto the rack and over the piston seal ring. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 104: Identifying Piston Seal Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 55. Move the piston seal ring sizing tool back and forth several times to make the piston seal ring fit snugly in the piston. 56. Set the new bushing (A) on the driver, and insert the driver and driver handle into the cylinder housing (B). Fig. 105: Inserting Driver And Driver Handle Into Cylinder Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 57. Set the cylinder in a press, and install the bushing into the bottom of the cylinder by pressing on the tool with a press. Do not push on the tool with excessive force as it may damage the new bushing. 58. Coat the sliding surface of the cylinder end seal slider (A) and new cylinder end seal (B) with power steering fluid. Place the seal on the cylinder end seal slider with its grooved side (C) facing opposite the cylinder end seal slider. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 106: Placing Seal On Cylinder End Seal Slider With Grooved Side Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 59. Apply a thin coat of power steering grease to the inside of the cylinder end seal slider. 60. Install the cylinder end seal (A) onto the steering rack (B) with its grooved side (C) toward the piston (D). Make sure the gap in the cylinder end seal slider is opposite of rack teeth. Fig. 107: Installing Cylinder End Seal Onto Steering Rack Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 61. Separate the cylinder end seal from the cylinder end seal slider, then remove the cylinder end seal slider. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 108: Separating Cylinder End Seal From Cylinder End Seal Slider Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 62. Install the new backup ring (A) on the steering rack, then place the backup ring and cylinder end seal (B) against the piston (C). Fig. 109: Installing New Backup Ring On Steering Rack Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 63. Mark (A) a position on the steering rack surface with a felt-tip marker, 7.7 mm (0.3 in.) from the rack end. Fig. 110: Marking Position On Steering Rack Surface Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 64. Apply power steering grease to the steering rack teeth, then insert the steering rack (A) into the cylinder (B). Be careful not to damage the inner surface of the cylinder wall and bushing with the rack edges. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 111: Inserting Steering Rack Into Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 65. Set the cylinder (A) in a press, then press the cylinder end seal (B) into the bottom of the cylinder until the mark (C) on the rack meets the edges (D) of the cylinder. Fig. 112: Pressing Cylinder End Seal Into Bottom Of Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 66. Coat the inside and outside surfaces of the new cylinder end seal (A) with power steering fluid. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 113: Coating Inside And Outside Surfaces Of New Cylinder End Seal With Power Steering Fluid Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 67. Install the cylinder end seal onto the steering rack (B) with its grooved side (C) toward the piston. Push in the cylinder end seal with your finger. 68. Place the backup ring (D) on the cylinder end seal with its flat side facing upward. Then drive the backup ring in with the appropriate size socket wrench until the its surface is below the internal snap ring groove (E). Install the snap ring (F) in the groove. 69. Install the new lock screw (A) on the cylinder. Fig. 114: Installing Lock Screw On Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 70. Install the new stop ring (B) in the groove (C) on the cylinder by expanding it with snap ring pliers. Be careful not to scratch or damage the cylinder surface with the stop ring edges. 71. Coat the housing surface with multipurpose grease as shown. Fig. 115: Coating Housing Surface With Multipurpose Grease Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 72. Set the new boot bands (B) on the band installation grooves of boot A by aligning the tabs (C) with the holes (D) of the band. Do not close the ear portion of the boot band yet. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 116: Setting Boot Bands On Band Installation Grooves Of Boot Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 73. Compress boot A by hand, and apply vinyl tape (E) to the bellows so the boots stay collapsed and pulled back. Slide boot A over the cylinder so the smaller diameter end of the boot faces the gearbox housing. 74. Apply power steering grease to the sliding surface of the slider guide (A). Keep grease off of the rack-toslider guide matching surfaces and the boot-to-slider guide matching surfaces. Slide the steering rack all the way to left, and place the slider guide on the steering rack by aligning the bolt holes (B). Fig. 117: Applying Power Steering Grease To Sliding Surface Of Slider Guide Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 75. Hold the gearbox housing using a C-clamp (commercially available) (A) and the wooden block (B) as shown. Do not clamp the gearbox housing in the vice. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 118: Holding Gearbox Housing Using C-Clamp And Wooden Block Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 76. Push the cylinder (A) into the gearbox housing (B) so the notch (C) is aligned with the pin (D) inside of the gearbox housing. Fig. 119: Pushing Cylinder Into Gearbox Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 77. Tighten the lock screw (A) by hand first, then install the locknut wrench (B) on the lock screw. Lightly tighten the lock screw. Do not tighten the lock screw to the specified torque yet. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 120: Installing Locknut Wrench On Lock Screw Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 78. Remove the locknut wrench. 79. Coat the new O-ring (A) with power steering grease, and carefully fit it on the valve housing. Fig. 121: Coating New O-Ring With Power Steering Grease With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 80. Apply power steering grease to the needle bearing (B) in the gearbox housing, then install the valve body unit (C) by engaging the gears. Note the valve body unit installation position (direction of the line connections). Tighten the flange bolts (D) to the specified torque. 81. Apply power steering grease to the sliding surface and circumference of the rack guide (A), and install it into the gearbox housing. Wipe the grease off the threaded section of the housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 122: Applying Power Steering Grease To Sliding Surface And Circumference Of Rack Guide Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 82. Remove the old sealant from the rack guide screw (B), then apply new sealant (Three Bond 1215 or Loctite 5699) to the middle of the threads. Install the spring (C), rack guide screw, and locknut (D). 83. Adjust the rack guide screw (see RACK GUIDE ADJUSTMENT ). After adjusting, check that the rack moves smoothly by sliding it right and left. NOTE: If more than 5 minutes has passed after applying the sealant, remove the old sealant and residue, and reapply new sealant. 84. Center the steering rack within its stroke, and align the slider guide (B) with the holes (C) in the boot A. Fit the slider guide to boot A by pressing around the edges of the holes securely. Fig. 123: Aligning Slider Guide With Holes In Boot Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 85. Before installing the bracket (D), clean the mating surface of the 12 mm flange bolts (E) and bracket. Coat the new O-rings (F) with power steering grease, and install them on the 12 mm flange bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 86. Loosely install the bracket on the steering rack by tightening the 12 mm flange bolts to 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft). 87. Hold the gearbox housing using a C-clamp, then install the locknut wrench on the lock screw (A). Retighten the lock screw to the specified torque value. Remove the locknut wrench. Fig. 124: Installing Locknut Wrench On Lock Screw With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 88. Retighten the 12 mm flange bolts (A) to the specified torque value. Fig. 125: Tightening Flange Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 89. After tightening the 12 mm flange bolts, install a new stop washer (B) over one of the bolt heads (C). Be sure the tabs (D) of the stop washer are aligned with the flat surfaces (E) of the bolt head. 90. Clean off any grease or contamination from the boot installation grooves around the housing. 91. Expand boot A by removing the vinyl tape, and fit the boot ends (B) in the installation grooves on the cylinder housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 126: Installing Stop Washer Over One Of Bolt Heads Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 92. Close the ear portion (A) of the bands with a commercially available pincers, Oetiker 1098 or equivalent (B). Fig. 127: Identifying Portion Of Bands Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 93. Install the rack end plug (A). Clean off any grease or contamination from the boot installation grooves (C) around the housing and the rack end plug. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 128: Installing Rack End Plug With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 94. Slide the steering rack, and adjust the distance between the cylinder housing end and the end of the rack end plug to 70.5 mm (2.8 in.). Install the boot B, and set the boot end in the installation grooves in the cylinder housing and the rack end plug properly. Install the clip (D) and boot guard (E). Install the new boot band (F) in the band grooves of boot B by aligning the tabs (G) with the holes (H) in the band. 95. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with a commercially available pincers, Oetiker 1098 or equivalent (B). Slide the rack right and left to be certain that the boots are not deformed or twisted. Fig. 129: Identifying Ear Portion Of Band Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 96. Install a new lock washer (A) on the tie-rod (B) with the radiused side of the washer toward the tie-rod, and screw the tie-rod into the bracket (C). Repeat this step for the other tie-rod. Hold the bracket with one wrench, and tighten both tie-rods to the specified torque with another wrench. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 130: Installing Lock Washer On Tie-Rod With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 97. Bend the lock washers (A) against the flat spots on the bracket with a large pair of pliers. Fig. 131: Bending Lock Washers Against Flat Spots On Bracket With Large Pair Of Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 98. Install the cylinder lines (A) and return line joint (B). Note these items during reassembly:   Thoroughly clean the joints of the cylinder lines. The joints must be free of foreign material. Install the cylinder lines by tightening the flare nuts by hand first, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 132: Installing Cylinder Lines And Return Line Joint With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 99. Reinstall the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX INSTALLATION ). STEERING GEARBOX INSTALLATION 1. Before installing the steering gearbox, make sure that no power steering fluid is on the mating surface of the steering gearbox and front subframe. To prevent the gearbox mounting bolts from loosening after the installation, remove any power steering fluid from the mount cushions and bolt holes. 2. Install the P/S line mounting bracket (A). Fig. 133: Installing P/S Line Mounting Bracket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pass the cylinder of the steering gearbox (A) together with the tie-rods (B) through the wheel well opening on the driver's side. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 134: Passing Cylinder Of Steering Gearbox Together With Tie-Rods Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Carefully move the steering gearbox toward the passenger's side until the pinion shaft (A) clears the wheel well opening (B) on the body. Continue moving the gearbox toward the passenger's side until the steering gearbox is in position. NOTE: Make sure the power steering return hose is routed between the gearbox and right tie-rod. Fig. 135: Identifying Pinion Shaft And Wheel Well Opening On Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the pinion shaft grommet (A). A Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 136: Installing Pinion Shaft Grommet Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Insert the pinion shaft up through the bulkhead, and place the steering gearbox on the mounting brackets. Be sure that the pinion shaft grommet is in place securely. 7. Loosely install the two 10 mm flange bolts (A) and washers (B) on the left side of the gearbox. Fig. 137: Installing Flange Bolts And Washers On Left Side Of Gearbox Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the mounting cushion (A) on the right side of the gearbox. Position the cutout (B) on the mounting cushion as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 138: Installing Mounting Cushion On Right Side Of Gearbox With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the mounting bracket (C) over the mounting cushion. 10. Install the 10 mm flange bolt and nut loosely first, then torque the flange bolt and nut alternately in two or more steps. 11. Tighten the left side flange bolts to the specified torque value. Fig. 139: Installing Mounting Bracket Over Mounting Cushion With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the body stiffener (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:34 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 140: Installing Body Stiffener With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Loosely connect the 14 mm flare nut (A) to the valve body unit, and install the inlet line (B) on the P/S line mounting bracket (C). Connect the power steering pressure switch connector (D). Fig. 141: Installing Inlet Line On P/S Line Mounting Bracket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Connect the return hose (A) to the return line joint (B) securely. Install the return hose clamp (C) on the steering gearbox. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 142: Installing Return Hose Clamp On Steering Gearbox With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the return hose on the hose holders (D) securely. 16. Tighten the 14 mm flare nut (A) to the specified torque value, and tighten the adjustable hose clamp (B) (see POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). Fig. 143: Installing Return Hose On Hose Holders With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Reinstall the engine wire harness clamp and clip (A) to the mounting brackets. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 144: Installing Engine Wire Harness Clamp And Clip To Mounting Brackets Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Install the P/S heat shield (A). Fig. 145: Installing P/S Heat Shield With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Wipe off any grease or contamination from the ball joint tapered section and threads. Reconnect the tierod end (A) to the damper steering arms. Install the 12 mm nut (B), and tighten it to the specified torque value. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element Fig. 146: Connecting Tie-Rod End To Damper Steering Arms With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Install a new cotter pin (C), and bend it as shown (D)or(E). 21. Insert the upper end of the steering joint (A) onto the steering shaft (B) (line up the bolt hole (C) with the flat portion (D) on the shaft). Fig. 147: Inserting Upper End Of Steering Joint Onto Steering Shaft With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 22. Slip the lower end of the steering joint (E) onto the pinion shaft (F) (line up the bolt hole with the groove (G) around the shaft), and loosely install the lower joint bolt. Be sure that the lower joint bolt is securely in the groove in the pinion shaft. 23. Pull on the steering joint to make sure that the steering joint is fully seated, then install the upper joint bolt and tighten it to the specified torque. 24. Tighten the lower joint bolt to the specified torque. 25. Install the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 26. Install the front wheel, then set the wheels in the straight ahead position. NOTE: Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. 27. Install the steering wheel (see STEERING WHEEL INSTALLATION ). 28. Fill the system with power steering fluid, and bleed air from the system (see FLUID REPLACEMENT ). 29. Reconnect the negative battery cable to the battery, and do these tasks:  Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off.  Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system.  Set the clock.  Make sure the horn and turn signal switches work properly.  Make sure the steering wheel switches work properly.  Make sure the steering wheel is centered. 30. After installation, do these checks:  Start the engine, allow it to idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm up the fluid. Check the gearbox for leaks (see FLUID LEAKAGE INSPECTION ).  Do the front toe inspection (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ).  Check the steering wheel spoke angle. If steering spoke angles to the right and left are not equal (steering wheel and rack are not centered), correct the engagement of the joint/pinion shaft serrations, then adjust the front toe by turning the tie-rods, if necessary. TIE-ROD BALL JOINT BOOT REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Attachment, 42 mm 07QAD-P0A0100 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 1. Disconnect the tie-rod ball joint from the damper (see step 10 ). 2. Remove the boot from the tie-rod end, and wipe the old grease off the ball pin. 3. Pack the lower area of the ball pin (A) with fresh multipurpose grease. Fig. 148: Identifying Lower Area Of Ball Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Pack the interior of a new boot (B) and lip (C) with fresh multipurpose grease. Note these items when installing new grease: Keep grease off the boot mounting area (D) and the tapered section (E) of the ball pin.  Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the boot. 5. Install a new boot (A) using the attachment. The boot must not have a gap at the boot installation sections (B). After installing the boot, check the ball pin tapered section for grease contamination, and wipe it if necessary.  Fig. 149: Installing Boot Using Attachment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Connect the tie-rod ball joint to the damper (see step 19 ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 7. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). GEARBOX MOUNT CUSHION REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX REMOVAL ). 2. Position the 34 mm socket wrench (A) on the flange part of the gearbox housing with a washer (B), a 10 x 105 mm flange bolt (C) and a 10 mm nut (D) as shown. Fig. 150: Positioning Socket Wrench On Flange Part Of Gearbox Housing With A Washer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Hold the flange bolt with a wrench, and tighten the nut with a wrench. Remove the gearbox mount cushion (E). 4. Apply a mild soap and water solution to the new gearbox mount cushion surface (A), then place it on the gearbox mounting cushion hole. Fig. 151: Applying Mild Soap And Water Solution To Gearbox Mount Cushion Surface Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Position the 34 mm socket wrench on the flange part of the gearbox housing with a washer, flange bolt, and the nut as shown. 6. Install the gearbox mount cushion by tightening the nut until the mount cushion edges (B) contact the gearbox flange surface. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 STEERING Steering - Element 7. Install the steering gearbox (see STEERING GEARBOX INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:49:35 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 SC MODEL NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the center console, dashboard, and related parts. 1. Pull up on the parking brake lever fully. 2. Push and pull the hook (A) of the beverage holder (B) up, then remove it. Fig. 1: Identifying Hook Of Beverage Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the front trim mat (A). Pull the rear portion of the center console front trim (B) up to detach the clips (C) and hook (D), then pull it backward to release the clips (E) and remove it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:10 9:33:07 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Rear Portion Of Center Console Front Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the center console rear trim (A). -1 Open the armrest, and remove the bolt (B) from the bottom of the trim. -2 Pull the right side portion of the trim up to release the hooks (C) and clips (D). -3 Pull the left side portion of the trim up to detach the clips (E) and hooks by pulling the trim up by hand securely. -4 Remove the trim away from the parking brake lever. Fig. 3: Identifying Center Console Rear Trim And Clips Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the console accessory power socket connector (A) from the bottom of the center console. Remove the bolts (B, C). Fig. 4: Identifying Console Accessory Power Socket Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the console box mat (A) and bolts. Fig. 5: Identifying Console Box Mat And Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element 7. Lift up the rear of the console, and pull it backward to release the pins (A) and clips from the dashboard, then remove the center console (B). Fig. 6: Identifying Center Console Pins And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the tray mat (A). Pull the rear portion of the center floor tray (B) up and backward to release the clips (C, D) and remove it from the subwoofer. Fig. 7: Identifying Tray Mat Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the console in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Make sure the console accessory power socket connector is plugged in properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element LX, EX MODELS NOTE: Take care not to scratch the front seat and related parts. 1. Pull the front edge of the center console (A) to release the clips, and remove the console by releasing the hooks (B). Fig. 8: Identifying Center Console Hooks And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the console in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clip portions into place securely. CENTER CONSOLE ARMREST REMOVAL/INSTALLATION SC MODEL NOTE: Take care not to scratch the armrest, center console and related parts. 1. Open the armrest (A), then remove the screws (B). Pull out the armrest base (C) to detach the clips (D), then remove it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Armrest Screws And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the screws, then remove the center console armrest (A) from the armrest upper hinge (B). Fig. 10: Identifying Center Console Armrest Upper Hinge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the center console armrest in the reverse order of removal and check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. ARMREST LOCK REPLACEMENT SC MODEL NOTE: Take care not to scratch the armrest, center console and related parts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element 1. Remove the center console armrest (see CENTER CONSOLE ARMREST REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Release the latch cable (A) from hooks (B) of the center console armrest (C). Detach the cable from the front cable bracket (D) and rear cable bracket (E). Fig. 11: Identifying Center Console Armrest Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the screws, then remove the armrest front lock (A) and armrest rear lock (B) and cable (C) together. Fig. 12: Identifying Armrest Front Lock And Armrest Rear Lock And Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Release the cable (A) from the front lock (B) and rear lock (C), then remove the locks. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Front Lock And Rear Lock Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the locks in the reverse order of removal, and make sure they are connected securely. CENTER CONSOLE DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 SC MODEL NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the center console and related parts. 1. Remove the these items:  Center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Center console armrest (see CENTER CONSOLE ARMREST REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) 2. Gently pull out the driver's console trim (A) to detach the clips (B, C), then remove the trim by releasing the hooks (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Trim By Releasing Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the screws, then remove the driver's center console side trim (A) from the center console (B). Fig. 15: Identifying Center Console Trim And Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the screws (A, B), and pull out the passenger's console trim (C) to detach the clips (D), then remove it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element Fig. 16: Identifying Passenger's Console Trim Clips And Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the screws, then remove the center passenger's console side trim (A) from the center console (B). Fig. 17: Identifying Center Passenger's Console Trim Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the center console (A). -1 Disconnect the console accessory power socket connector (B) and auxiliary jack connector (C), and detach the harness clips (D), then remove the console wire harness (E). -2 Remove the screw (F), and remove the harness bracket (G). -3 Pull out the maintenance lid (H) to detach the clip (I), and remove it. -4 Remove the screws (J), then pull out the center console (K) to detach the clips (L), and remove Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element it. Fig. 18: Identifying Center Console Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the screws, and remove the lower hinge bracket (A) and lower hinge (B) from the console box (C). Fig. 19: Identifying Console Box Lower Hinge Bracket And Screws Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Consoles - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the screws (A, B), and separate the frame brackets (C, D), then remove the center console box (E). Fig. 20: Identifying Center Console Box Frame Brackets And Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the center console in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Make sure each connector is plugged in properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:07 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Component Location - ('08 USA Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION SYSTEM INDICATOR LOCATIONS The system has two indicators.   The low tire pressure indicator (A) The TPMS indicator (B) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:52 8:48:47 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Low Tire Pressure Indicator And TPMS Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HOW TPMS WORKS The TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) has a low tire pressure indicator and a TPMS indicator. When the TPMS control unit detects low pressure in a tire, or a problem in the system, it turns on the appropriate indicator.    If low tire pressure is detected in one or more tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on. If a problem in the system is detected, the TPMS indicator comes on. If low tire pressure and a problem in the system are detected, only the TPMS indicator comes on. If the system is OK, the TPMS indicator and the low tire pressure indicator should come on when you turn the ignition switch ON (II), and then go off 2 seconds later. If they don't, there is a problem with the system. If the system detects low pressure in any of the four tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on, and the control unit will set one or more of these codes: DTC 11,13,15,17. When the tire pressure returns to normal, the control unit turns off the indicators and stores the DTC(s). However, if the control unit detects a problem in the system during an indication of low tire pressure, it turns off the low tire pressure indicator, stores the DTC(s), and turns on the TPMS indicator(s). NOTE: Tire pressures increases slightly as the temperature in the tires rises during driving at highway speeds. Pressures also increases or decreases slightly with changes in outside air temperature. A temperature change of about 18°F (10°C) changes tire pressure by about 10 kPa (0.1 kgf/cm2 , 1.5 psi). If the temperature drops, tire pressure could decrease just enough to turn on the low tire pressure indicator, but later, the tire temperature could increase enough to turn the indicator off. To resolve a complaint of such intermittent indications, confirm and clear the stored DTC(s) and check the tire pressures. Then explain to the customer how temperature changes can affect the system, especially when tire pressures are near the low end of the TPMS normal range- 168 to 220 kPa (1.7 to 2.2 kgf/cm2 ,24 to 32 psi). If a problem is detected in the system, the TPMS indicator comes on and stays on until the system returns to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:47 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element normal with most DTCs. If DTC 81,83 or 85 is set, the TPMS indicator goes off only when the ignition switch is turned off. When a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS indicator comes on (DTC 32,34,36 or 38) because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. This is not a problem with the spare tire. PROBLEMS THAT ARE NOT SYSTEM FAULTS  Tire Sealant Fluid sealant used to repair a punctured tire can damage the tire pressure sensor mounted on each wheel. It can prevent the system from detecting the correct tire pressure, which sets a DTC 11,13,15 or 17 even though the system is normal.  Cold Weather When the weather is extremely cold - about -40°F (-40°C) or colder - the output of the lithium battery in each tire pressure sensor may drop far enough that the control unit sets a DTC for low battery voltage (31, 33,35, or 37) even though the system is normal.  Non-TPMS Wheels Vehicles equipped with TPMS must use wheels made for the system. Every TPMS wheel has an exclusive mark; do not use any other type of wheel. HOW A DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) IS SET      When the system detects a problem, the TPMS control unit sets a code, but shifts to fail-safe mode, and will not alert the driver to low tire pressures. If the TPMS control unit loses power, or fails, the TPMS indicator will come on, but no DTC are set. The memory can hold all the DTCs that could possibly be set. However, when the same DTC is detected more than once, the most recent one overwrites the previous one, so only the latest DTC of each type is stored. DTCs are indicated in ascending order, not in the order they occurred. Set DTCs are stored in the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory), they cannot be cleared by disconnecting the battery. To clear a DTC, connect the HDS (Honda Diagnostic System) to the data link connector (DLC), and follow the screen prompts. HOW TO TROUBLESHOOT DTCS DTC troubleshooting procedures assume the cause of the problem is still present and the TPMS indicator is still on. (NOTE: The TPMS indicator comes on for DTCs 11,13,15, and 17 only if the low tire pressure indication is false, caused by a problem in the system.) Do not use a troubleshooting procedure unless the system has set the DTC listed for it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:47 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 1. Ask the customer to describe the conditions when the indicator came on, and try to reproduce the same conditions for troubleshooting. Find out if the customer checked and/or adjusted tire pressures since the indicator came on. 2. If an indicator does not come on during the test-drive, check for loose terminals, poor contact due to damaged terminals, etc. before you start troubleshooting. 3. After troubleshooting, repair and clear the DTCs, and test-drive the vehicle. Make sure no indicators come on. 4. Check for DTCs in from other control unit that are connected via F-CAN. If there are DTCs that are related to F-CAN, the most likely cause was that the ignition switch was turned ON (II) with the TPMS control unit connector disconnected. Clear the DTCs. Check for PGM-FI and TPMS codes, and troubleshoot those first. HOW TO RETRIEVE DTCS 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS (Honda Diagnostic System) to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 3: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Follow the prompts on the HDS to display the DTC(s) on the screen. After determining the DTC, refer to the DTC TROUBLESHOOTING. NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. HOW TO CLEAR DTCS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 4: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Clear the DTC(s) by following the screen prompts on the HDS. NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions:    Replace the TPMS control unit. Replace the tire pressure sensor. Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE:  To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element  new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch OFF, and wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 5: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Select Sensor ID Leaning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A) by pressing the power button (B). Fig. 6: Identifying TPMS Sensor Initializer Tool And Power Button Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element NOTE:   If you turn the ignition switch OFF before memorize all four sensor IDs, the memorizing ID is canceled. See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. Fig. 7: Identifying TPMS Sensor Initializer Tool Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATION Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element   Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 8: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to active the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. NOTE:   See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. Initialize the wheel in the sequence shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 9: Identifying TPMS Sensor Initializer Tool Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INITIALIZATION SEQUENCE: Fig. 10: Identifying Initialization Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1,2,3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC TROUBLESHOOTING CHART DTC 11 13 Detection Item Tire 1 low air pressure Tire 2 low air pressure Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 15 17 21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 41 51 53 55 57 81 83 85 91 93 95 97 Tire 3 low air pressure Tire 4 low air pressure Tire 1 pressure sensor abnormally high temperature Tire 2 pressure sensor abnormally high temperature Tire 3 pressure sensor abnormally high temperature Tire 4 pressure sensor abnormally high temperature Tire 1 pressure sensor low battery voltage Tire 1 pressure sensor transmission failure Tire 2 pressure sensor low battery voltage Tire 2 pressure sensor transmission failure Tire 3 pressure sensor low battery voltage Tire 3 pressure sensor transmission failure Tire 4 pressure sensor low battery voltage Tire 4 pressure sensor transmission failure Abnormal signal reception error Tire 1 pressure sensor registration error Tire 2 pressure sensor registration error Tire 3 pressure sensor registration error Tire 4 pressure sensor registration error TPMS control unit failure No VSP signal F-CAN communication failure Tire 1 pressure sensor internal error Tire 2 pressure sensor internal error Tire 3 pressure sensor internal error Tire 4 pressure sensor internal error SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for HDS does not communicate Troubleshooting the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT with the TPMS control unit or TROUBLESHOOTING ) the vehicle Low tire pressure indicator does Symptom Troubleshooting (see LOW TIRE PRESSURE not come on, and no DTCs are INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON, AND NO DTCS stored ARE STORED ) Low tire pressure indicator does Symptom Troubleshooting (see LOW TIRE PRESSURE not go off, and no DTCs are INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED ) stored Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element TPMS indicator does not come on, and no DTCs are stored TPMS indicator does not go off, and no DTCs are stored Symptom Troubleshooting (see TPMS INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED ) Symptom Troubleshooting (see TPMS INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED ) SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TPMS CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR A (14P) Fig. 11: Identifying TPMS Control Unit Inputs And Outputs Connector Terminals (14P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION Signal Terminal Wire Terminal sign Description number color (Terminal name) Terminal Conditions +B (Battery Power source for the 1 RED/BLU 1-GND At all times positive) TPMS control unit Ground for the TPMS 3 BLK GND (Ground) 3-GND At all times control unit Ignition switch ON (II) Power source for 5 YEL IG1 (Ignition 1) 5-GND activating the system Ignition switch OFF Voltage Battery voltage Less than 0.1V Battery voltage Less than 0.1V TPMS CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR CONNECTOR B (20P) Fig. 12: Identifying TPMS Control Unit Inputs And Outputs Connector Terminals (20P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION Terminal Wire Terminal sign number color (Terminal name) Description Terminal Signal Conditions Voltage Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 9 10 19 LT K-LINE (Data link BLU connector) CANL (CAN RED communication signal low) CANH (CAN WHT communication signal high) Communications with HDS - Sends the communication signal - Ignition switch Pulses ON (II) Sends the communication signal - Ignition switch Pulses ON (II) - - SYSTEM STRUCTURE Once the vehicle speed exceeds 28 mph (45 km/h), the TPMS control unit monitors all four tires and the system. If it detects low pressure in a tire, it alerts the driver by turning on the low tire pressure indicator. If it detects a problem in the system, it turns on the TPMS indicator. Control unit Mounted inside of the dash, the TPMS control unit receives pressure sensor ID signals every time the vehicle speeds exceeds 28 mph (45 km/h). It also receives signals from the transmitters for tire pressure and the sensor condition, and it continuously monitors and controls the system. Indicators Two indicators are in the gauge control module: The low tire pressure indicator comes on when any tire pressure is low, and the TPMS indicator that comes on only if there's a problem with the system. The low tire pressure indicator alerts the driver that a tire(s) pressure is low, but does not specify the tire(s) location. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 13: TPMS System Structure Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Tire pressure sensor Each sensor is an integrated unit made up of the tire valve stem, a pressure sensor, and a transmitter. The unit is attached to the inside of the wheel, around the valve stem. The sensor transmits the internal tire information to the control unit once every 60 seconds when the vehicle speed exceeds 28 mph (45 km/h). When the TPMS control unit receives a tire pressure signal that is less than: Except SC model 190 kPa (1.9 kgf/cm2 ,28 psi), SC model 175 kPa (1.8 kgf/cm2 , 25 psi), the control unit then turns on the low tire pressure indicator. When that tire's pressure is increased to more than: Except SC model 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm2 ,30 psi), SC model 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2 ,29 psi), and the vehicle is driven above 28 mph (45 km/h) the transmitter sends the tire pressure signal to the control unit, and then the control unit turns the indicator off. Do not mix the tire pressure sensor with another TPMS type. Sensor active:   When the wheel rotates over 28 mph (45 km/h), the sensor detects the momentum, switches the sensor to the normal function mode. The LF (low frequency) signal of the TPMS initializer tool makes the sensor active even though the vehicle is stopped. The tire pressure sensor goes into sleep mode when the acceleration sensor detects the wheel is stationary for 5 minutes or more continuously. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Wheels TPMS will not work unless TPMS type wheels are installed on the vehicle. There are three different type wheels used. The original equipment wheels have a "TPMS" mark (A) on them and counterweights (B) cast into the opposite side of the spoke to counter balance the weight of the tire pressure sensor (C). Fig. 14: Sectional View Of Wheels Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYSTEM COMMUNICATION     When the vehicle is traveling more than 28 mph (45 km/h), an RF (radio frequency) band wave signal is continuously transmitted from each tire pressure sensor to the control unit. When the wheels rotate; and the tire pressure sensors momentum is detected, switching them from sleep mode to normal function mode. After the vehicle is stationary for 5 minutes, the sensors switch from normal function mode back to sleep mode to extend their battery life. Each tire pressure sensor has its own ID to prevent jamming by similar systems on other vehicles. After memorizing all the sensor IDs, the control unit receives only those specific signals. An ID cannot be memorized automatically. The control unit knows which ID belongs to each tire pressure sensor. This recurring ID confirmation prevents any confusion in the system as a result of normal tire rotation. NOTE: Be careful not to bend the brackets on the TPMS control unit: Misalignment of Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element the control unit could interfere with sending and receiving signals. Fig. 15: Identifying Control Unit And Tire Pressure Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 16: TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 17: Identifying TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC 11,13,15,17: LOW AIR PRESSURE NOTE: If low tire pressure is detected, the control unit sets one or more of these DTCs, and turns on the low tire pressure indicator. If the low tire pressure indicator comes on due to true low tire pressure, and the customer corrects it before bringing the vehicle in, the DTCs will have been stored, but the indicator will be off. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the pressure of all four tires. Is there: Except SC model 190 kPa (1.9 kgf/cm2 , 28 psi), SC model 175 kPa (1.8 kgf/cm2 , 25 psi) or less? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element NO -Go to step 5. 3. Check for and repair the cause of air loss, and then inflate the tire (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). 4. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. Does the low tire pressure indicator go off? YES -The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO -Go to step 6. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Check for DTCs with the HDS. 7. Note the tire pressure sensor(s) number by the indicated DTC. DTC CHART DTC Tire pressure sensor 11 No. 1 13 No. 2 15 No. 3 17 No. 4 8. Determine the affected tire location by the tire pressure sensor number (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATION ). 9. Check the Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4 Air Pressure in the TPMS DATA LIST with the HDS, and compare it with the actual measured tire pressure. Is the indicated tire pressure on the HDS within 40 kPa (0.4 kgf/cm2 , 6 psi) of the actual tire pressure? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 11. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 12. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 11, 13, 15, or 17 indicated? YES -Go to step 13. NO -If any other DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot the appropriate DTC. If no DTCs are indicated, the system is OK at this time. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 13. 14. 15. 16. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Install a known-good TPMS wheel. Memorize the tire pressure sensor ID with the HDS (see MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID ). 17. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 18. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 11, 13, 15, or 17 indicated? YES -Replace the TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Replace the original tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). DTC 21,22,23,24: TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ABNORMALLY HIGH TEMPERATURE 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Make sure the tires have cooled down. NOTE: An abnormal rise in the internal temperature of the tires can be caused by     Excessive braking Failure to release the parking brake (rear tires only) Leaving the vehicle running while parked Improper assembly of a wheel and tire 3. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. Does the TPMS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. 5. Note the tire pressure sensor(s) number by the indicated DTC. DTC CHART DTC Tire pressure sensor 21 No. 1 22 No. 2 23 No. 3 24 No. 4 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 6. Determine the affected tire location by the tire pressure sensor number (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATION ). 7. Check the Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4 Air Temperature in the TPMS DATA LIST with the HDS. Is 176°F (80°C) or more indicated? YES -Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 8. 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 9. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 10. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 21,22,23, or 24 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. NO -If any other DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot the appropriate DTC. If no DTC are indicated, the system is OK at this time. DTC 31,33,35,37: TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE NOTE: This problem occurs when the temperature around the sensor is -40°F (-40°C) or less. Note that the diagnosis must be made in a place where ambient temperature is -40°F (-40°C) or more. 1. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. Does the TPMS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC with the HDS. NO -Go to step 2. 2. Check for DTCs with the HDS. 3. Note the tire pressure sensor(s) number by the indicated DTC. DTC CHART DTC Tire pressure sensor 31 No.1 33 No. 2 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 35 37 No. 3 No. 4 4. Determine the affected tire location by the tire pressure sensor number (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATION ). Did each tire pressure sensor respond to the TPMS initializer tool? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Check that the tire pressure sensor is properly mounted. If necessary, replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 5. Check the Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4 Pressure Sensor Transmitter Battery in the TPMS DATA LIST with the HDS. Is LOW indicated? YES -Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NO -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. DTC 32,34,36,38: TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR TRANSMISSION FAILURE NOTE: Inspect for an aftermarket electrical device interfering with the RF signal from the sensors when driving the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for DTCs with the HDS. 3. Note the tire pressure sensor(s) number by the indicated DTC. DTC CHART DTC Tire pressure sensor 32 No. 1 34 No. 2 36 No. 3 38 No. 4 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Make sure all four wheels are TPMS wheels with the properly mounted tire pressure sensors. Are TPMS type wheels with a tire pressure sensor mounted on the vehicle? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 6. 6. Install a known-good TPMS wheel. 7. Memorize the tire pressure sensor ID with the HDS (see MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID ). Did the TPMS control unit memorize the tire pressure sensors? YES -Replace the original tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 9. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Determine the affected tire location by the tire pressure sensor number (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATION ). Did each tire sensor respond to the TPMS initializer tool? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Check for an aftermarket electrical device interfering with the RF signals from the sensors. If there are no electrical devices causing interference, replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 5 minutes. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Identify the affected tire sensor number from the DTC list on step 3. Locate the affected tire pressure sensor on the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the default pressure of 145 psi displayed? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repeat steps 10 through 13 until the default pressure (145 psi) is displayed. If the default pressure is never displayed, replace the TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). 14. Drive the vehicle over 28 mph (45 km/h), and monitor the affected tire pressure sensor with the HDS. Did the affected tire pressure sensor change from the default pressure (145 psi) to the correct tire pressure? YES -The system is OK at this time. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element NO -Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). DTC 41: ABNORMAL SIGNAL RECEPTION ERROR NOTE: Inspect for an aftermarket device interfering with the RF signal from the sensors when driving the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Make sure all four wheels are TPMS wheels with tire pressure sensors. Are TPMS type wheels with tire pressure sensors mounted on the vehicle? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Install known-good TPMS wheels. 4. Do the tire pressure sensor ID memorization (see MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID ). Did each tire pressure sensor location respond to the TPMS initializer tool? YES -Replace the original TPMS wheels. NO -Replace TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). 5. Do the tire pressure sensor ID memorization (see MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID ). Did each tire pressure sensor location respond to the TPMS initializer tool? YES -The system is OK at this time, clean the DTC with the HDS. NO -Replace the TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). DTC 51,53,55,57: TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION ERROR 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for DTCs with the HDS. 3. Note the tire pressure sensor(s) number by the indicated DTC. DTC CHART DTC Tire pressure sensor 51 No. 1 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 53 55 57 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Make sure all four wheels are TPMS wheels with the properly mounted tire pressure sensors. If necessary substitute known-good TPMS wheels. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 8. Memorize the tire pressure sensor ID with the HDS (see MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID ). 9. Test-drive the vehicle. Drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) for 1 minute or more. 10. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 51, 53, 55, or 57 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. NO -Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). DTC 81: TPMS CONTROL UNIT FAILURE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Low battery voltage can cause this DTC. Make sure the battery is fully charged and in good condition. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II) again. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 81 indicated? YES -Replace the TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -The system is OK at this time. DTC 83: NO VSP SIGNAL NOTE: If DTC 85 is also set, troubleshoot DTC 85 first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Test-drive the vehicle at 7 mph (10 km/h) or more. 4. Check the speedometer. Does the speedometer register speed? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Substitute a know-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), and retest. If no codes are shown, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 5. Check the Vehicle Speed in the TPMS DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the vehicle speed indicated? YES -The system is OK at this time. NO -Substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. DTC 85: F-CAN COMMUNICATION FAILURE 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for DTCs in the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Are there any DTCs indicated? YES -Go to the indicated ECM/PCM troubleshooting. NO -Go to step 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn the ignition switch ON (II) again. Wait about 5 seconds. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 85 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -The system is OK at this time. 7. Test-drive the vehicle. Does the speedometer work? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element YES -Go to step 11. NO -Go to step 8. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect TPMS control unit connector A (14P), and connector B (20P). 10. Test-drive the vehicle. Does the speedometer work? YES -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. NO -Substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Short the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Disconnect TPMS control unit connector B(20P). Check for continuity between TPMS control unit connector B (20P) terminals and ECM/PCM connector E (31P) terminals individually, (see table). TPMS CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL REFERENCE Terminal name TPMS control unit B terminal ECM/PCM E terminal CANL No. 10 No. 24 CANH No. 19 No. 11 Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between TPMS Control Unit Connector B (20P) Terminals And ECM/PCM Connector E (31P) Terminals Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. NO -Repair open in the wire between TPMS control unit and the ECM/PCM. DTC 91,93,95,97: TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR INTERNAL ERROR 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for DTCs with the HDS. 3. Note the tire pressure sensor(s) number by the indicated DTC. DTC CHART DTC Tire Pressure Sensor 91 No. 1 93 No. 2 95 No. 3 97 No. 4 4. Determine the affected tire location by the tire pressure sensor number (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATION ). Did the sensors respond to the TPMS initializer tool? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Check that the tire pressure sensor is properly mounted. If necessary, replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 7. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 91, 93, 95, or 97 indicated? YES -Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ) and retest. If DTCs are still present, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and retest. NO -If any other DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot the appropriate DTC. If no DTCs are indicated, the system is OK at this time. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING LOW TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the low tire pressure indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II). Did the indicator come on and then go off? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Go to step 8. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Check the pressure in all four tires. Is the tire pressure Except SC model: 190 kPa (1.9 kgf/cm2 , 28 psi), SC model 175 kPa (1.8 kgf/cm2 , 25 psi) or less? YES -Go to step 5. NO -The system is OK at this time. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Determine the affected tire location by the tire pressure sensor number (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATION ). Did the sensors respond to the TPMS initializer tool? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Check that the tire pressure sensor is properly mounted. If necessary, replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 7. Check the Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4 Air Pressure in the TPMS DATA LIST with the HDS, and compare with the actual measured tire pressure. Is the indicated tire pressure on the HDS within 40 kPa (0.4 kgf/cm2 , 6 psi) of the actual tire pressure? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Replace the appropriate tire pressure sensor (see TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 8. Wait about 5 seconds with the ignition switch turned ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 9. Check for gauges DTC with the HDS (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). Is any gauge DTC indicated? YES -Troubleshoot the indicated gauge DTC. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Disconnect TPMS control unit connector A (14P). 12. Measure voltage between TPMS control unit connector A (14P) terminals No. 3 and No. 5. Fig. 19: Measuring Voltage Between TPMS Control Unit Connector A (14P) Terminals No. 3 And 5 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the TPMS control unit and the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. NO -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. LOW TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TPMS control unit connector B (20P). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the low tire pressure indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II). Did the indicator come on and then go off? YES -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element NO -Do the troubleshooting for the gauge control module (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). If necessary, substitute a known-good gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ), and recheck. TPMS INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TPMS control unit connector B (20P). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the TPMS indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II). Did the indicator come on and then go off? YES -Check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. NO -Do the troubleshooting for the gauge control module (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). If necessary, substitute a known-good gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ), and recheck. TPMS INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED NOTE: Check for gauges DTCs with the HDS (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). If gauges DTCs are stored, troubleshoot those DTCs first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the TPMS indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II). Did the indicator come on and then go off? YES -The system is OK at this time. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Check the No. 3(10 A) fuse in the under-dash f use/relay box. Is the fuse blown? YES -Replace the No. 3 (10 A) fuse, and recheck. NO -Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 5. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 5. Check the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse blown? YES -Replace the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse, and recheck. NO -Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 6. 6. Disconnect TPMS control unit connector A (14 A). 7. Measure voltage between body ground and TPMS control unit connector A (14P) terminal No. 1. Fig. 20: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And TPMS Control Unit Connector A (14P) Terminal No. 1 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair open in the wire between the TPMS control unit and the No. 3 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Measure voltage between body ground and TPMS control unit connector A (14P) terminal No. 5. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 21: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And TPMS Control Unit Connector A (14P) Terminal No. 5 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Repair open in the wire between the TPMS control unit and the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the underdash fuse/relay box. 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reconnect TPMS control unit connector A (14P). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between body ground and TPMS control unit connector A (14P) terminal No. 3. Fig. 22: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And TPMS Control Unit Connector A (14P) Terminal No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0.1 V or more? YES -Repair open or high resistance in the wire between the TPMS control unit and body ground (G501). NO -Do the troubleshooting for the gauge control module (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). If the gauge control module is OK, check for loose terminals and poor connections at the TPMS control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element 2. Remove the center panel (see CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Remove the audio unit with the bracket (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Disconnect the TPMS control unit subharness connector (A). Fig. 23: Identifying TPMS Control Unit Subharness Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Loosen the bracket mount bolts (B). Do not remove the bolts from the bracket. 6. Remove the TPMS control unit (A) with the bracket and the subharness. Fig. 24: Removing TPMS Control Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connectors (A), and remove the TPMS control unit subharness (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 25: Identifying TPMS Control Unit Connectors And TPMS Control Unit Subharness With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the TPMS control unit (C) from the bracket (D). NOTE: Remove the bracket mount bolts (E) if it is necessary. 9. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. 10. Connect the HDS and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool (see MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID ). TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element available tire changer (A). NOTE: Note these items to avoid damaging the tire pressure sensor:    Do the outside of the wheel first. Position the wheel as shown so the valve stem (B) is 90 degrees from the bead breaker (C) as shown. Do not position the bead breaker of the tire changer too close to the rim. Fig. 26: Removing Balance Weights Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. Fig. 27: Positioning Wheel On Tire Machine And Tire Iron Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove and discard the valve stem nut (A), then remove the tire pressure sensor and valve stem (B) from Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element the wheel. NOTE: Use a new nut and a new valve stem on reassembly. Fig. 28: Identifying Valve Stem Nut, Tire Pressure Sensor And Valve Stem Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove and discard the valve stem (A), and the screw (B) from the tire pressure sensor (C). NOTE: The valve stem grommet (D) might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. Fig. 29: Identifying Valve Stem, Screw And Tire Pressure Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION NOTE:   Use only wheels that have a "TPMS" mark (A) on them. The vehicle may be equipped with one of the three types of wheels. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Aluminum Wheel And Steel Wheel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1. Assemble the new valve stem (A), new screw (B), and the tire pressure sensor (C). NOTE: Always use a new valve stem and new screw. Fig. 31: Identifying Valve Stem, Screw And Tire Pressure Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 3. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) to the wheel (B), and tighten the valve stem nut (C) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 32: Installing Tire Pressure Sensor To Wheel With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor toward (D) the wheel. You may hear a snap or pop as you tighten the nut. This is normal. NOTE:     Do not reuse any nut that has been tightened, even one time, to the specified torque, as it is deformed inside (E). Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. Tightening the nut above the specified torque can damage the nut. Make sure that there is no space between the sensor and the wheel. 5. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 SUSPENSION TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) - Element Fig. 33: Positioning Wheel On Tire Machine And Tire Iron Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2 , 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ), and install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 7. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Remove the jack stands, and lower the jack. 9. Connect the HDS and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool (see MEMORIZING THE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR ID ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:48:48 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Wipers/Washers Component Location (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:48 8:56:44 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Wipers/Washers Component Location (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - WINDSHIELD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 3: Windshield - Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - REAR WINDOW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 4: Rear Window - Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. WIPER/WASHER SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the steering column covers (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 3. Disconnect the 14P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). Fig. 5: Identifying 14P Connector And Wiper/Washer Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the two screws, then pull out the wiper/washer switch. 5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.  If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Windshield Fig. 6: Terminals Continuity Chart - Windshield Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Rear Window Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 7: Terminals Continuity Chart - Rear Window Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST 1. Before testing, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see TROUBLESHOOTING ). 2. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors B, F, G, J, X and Y. NOTE: All connectors are shown from wire side of female terminals. Fig. 8: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connectors Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.  If the terminals are OK, go to step 5. 5. Reconnect the connectors, and make these input tests at the connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element   If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. If all the input tests prove OK, the multiplex control unit must be faulty; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box assembly. TEST CONDITION Cavity J4 Y6 Wire BLK BLK Test condition Under all conditions Under all conditions Ignition switch ON (II) and washer switch ON B1 WHT/GRN X7 Ignition switch ON (II) BLU/BLK and wiper switch in INT Test: Desired result Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage. Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage. Possible cause if desired result is not obtained         B6 Ignition switch ON (II), Measure voltage to wiper switch in OFF or ground: There should BLU/RED INT, and when the motor be battery voltage. is not in operation.     G7 Ignition switch ON (II) BLU/WHT and wipers in park position Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage.     B1 F6 Jump B1 to F6 terminals, then ignition switch ON WHT/GRN (II) and washer switch ON Check windshield washer motor operation: The washer motor should run.    Poor ground(G401) An open in the wire Poor ground(G502) An open in the wire Blown No. 20 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty wiper/washer switch An open in the wire Blown No. 20 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty wiper/washer switch Faulty windshield wiper motor An open in the wire Blown No. 20 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty windshield wiper motor An open in the wire Poor ground(G201) Blown No. 20 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty wiper/washer switch Faulty windshield washer motor Faulty under-dash Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element  fuse/relay box An open in the wire REAR WINDOW WIPER CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST 1. Remove the left rear side trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA ). 2. Disconnect the 8P connector (A) from the rear window wiper control unit (B). Fig. 9: Identifying Rear Window Wiper Control Unit 8P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.  If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. With the connector still disconnected, and make this input test at the connector.  If the test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If the input test proves OK, go to step 5. TEST CONDITION Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is not obtained  1 Attach to ground: The rear LT Ignition switch window wiper motor should GRN ON (II). run.   Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty rear window wiper motor An open in the wire Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element 5. Reconnect the connector to the control unit, and make these input tests at the connector.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. TEST CONDITION Cavity 8 2 4 5 Wire GRN BLK Test condition Ignition switch ON (ID Under all conditions Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is not obtained Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage.  Measure voltage to ground: There should be 0.5 V.  Measure voltage to Ignition switch ON (II) ground: There WHT/RED and rear window washer should be battery switch ON voltage. Measure voltage to Ignition switch ON (II) LT ground: There and rear window wiper GRN/RED should be battery switch ON voltage.       3 Ignition switch ON (II), LT rear wiper switch OFF, GRN/BLK and wiper in park position Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage.   Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box An open in the wire Poor ground(G553, G771) An open in the wire Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty rear window wiper/washer switch An open in the wire Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box Faulty rear window wiper motor An open in the wire WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR TEST 1. Remove the wiper arms, hood seals, and cowl covers (see WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the wiper motor (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Wiper Motor 5P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No. 2 terminal and ground the No. 3 terminal of the wiper motor 5P connector. The motor should run at low speed. If the motor does not run, or fails to run smoothly, replace the motor. 4. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No. 2 terminal and ground the No. 5 terminal of the wiper motor 5P connector. The motor should run at high speed. If the motor does not run, or fails to run smoothly, replace the motor. 5. Connect an analog ohmmeter to the No. 4 and No. 1 terminals, and run the motor at low or high speed. The needle of the ohmmeter should pulse. If it does not, replace the motor. REAR WINDOW WIPER MOTOR TEST 1. Open the hatch, and remove the hatch trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - HATCH AREA ). 2. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the wiper motor (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Wiper Motor 4P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No. 1 terminal and ground the No. 3 terminal of the wiper motor. The motor should run. If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace the motor. 4. Connect the battery power to the No. 1 terminal, and ground to the No. 2 and No. 3 terminals of the 4P connector. Then connect an analog voltmeter between the No. 4 (+) terminal and the No. 2 (ground) terminal. When the park switch contacts, the pointer should swing. If not, replace the motor. WASHER MOTOR TEST 1. Remove the right inner fender (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the 2P connectors (A) from the washer motors. Fig. 12: Identifying Washer Motors 2P Connectors Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Test the motor by connecting battery power to the No. 1 terminal and ground the No. 2 terminal of the washer motor. The motor should run.  If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly, replace it.  If the motor runs smoothly, but little or no washer fluid is pumped, check for a disconnected or blocked washer hose, or a clogged pump outlet in the motor. WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT CANADA MODELS 1. Remove the right inner fender (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the washer fluid level switch (B). Fig. 13: Identifying Washer Fluid Level Switch 2P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the washer fluid level switch from the washer reservoir. NOTE: Fluid may flow out of the opening. 4. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals in each float position (C).  There should be continuity when the float is down.  There should be no continuity when the float is up. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the nuts (A) and the windshield wiper arms (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Nuts And Windshield Wiper Arms With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the hood seal (A) and cowl covers (B). Remove and replace the clips Fig. 15: Identifying Hood Seal And Cowl Covers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the windshield wiper motor (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 16: Identifying Windshield Wiper Motor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the mounting bolts and the wiper linkage assembly (C). 5. Remove the two mounting bolts and nut from the wiper linkage (A) to remove the wiper motor (B). Fig. 17: Identifying Wiper Linkage And Wiper Motor Bolts And Nut With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Align the "up triangle" mark on the wiper link (C) and the "down triangle" mark on the wiper motor to show the original arrangement. 7. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Apply multipurpose grease to the moving parts.  Before reinstalling the wiper arms, turn the wiper switch ON, then OFF to return the wiper shafts to the park position. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element   If necessary, replace any damaged clips. Make sure the wiper motor operates properly. REAR WINDOW WIPER MOTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cover (A), mounting nut (B), rear window wiper arm (C), wiper shaft cap (D), nut (E), and washer (F). Fig. 18: Identifying Rear Window Wiper Arm, Wiper Shaft Cap, Nut And Washer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Open the tailgate and remove the tailgate lower trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION TAILGATE AREA ). 3. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the rear window wiper motor (B). Fig. 19: Identifying Rear Window Wiper Motor With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the mounting bolts and the wiper motor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENT 1. Lift the windshield wiper arm off the windshield, rising the driver's side first, then the passenger's side. 2. Press and hold the tab (A) and slide the wiper blade (B) toward the tab until it releases from the wiper arm (C). Fig. 20: Pressing And Hold Tab And Slide Wiper Blade Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Slide out the old rubber (A). Fig. 21: Sliding Out Old Rubber Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install a new rubber in the reverse order of removal. 5. Install the wiper blades onto the windshield wiper arms in the reverse order of removal. 6. Test by turning on the wipers. If the blades slip, turn off the wipers and seat the attachments more firmly. REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element NOTE: Take care not to damage or deform the rear window wiper blade. 1. Raise the rear window wiper arm from the rear window. 2. Hold the rear window wiper arm (A) and blade assembly (B) as shown in Fig. 22. Fig. 22: Holding Rear Window Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Rotate the rear window wiper blade assembly, and then remove it from the rear window wiper arm. 4. Remove the rear window wiper blade from the wiper blade holder. Fig. 23: Identifying Rear Window Wiper Blade Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Clean the rear window wiper arm and blade holder, then install the wiper blade.  Make sure wiper blade is set securely.  Do not pinch the wiper blade. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 24: Identifying Rear Window Wiper Blade Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. WIPER ARM/NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT FRONT Wiper arms stop position 1. When the wiper arms stop at the automatic stop position, confirm that they are at the standard position. a. Position at about 0.6 in. (16 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A) b. Position at about 0.6 in. (16 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A) Washer nozzle position 1. When you turn on the washers, confirm 50% or more of the washer fluid lands within the spray area. If the spray area is not within the standard positions, adjust the nozzles. NOTE:    Spray area on the passenger side is symmetrical. X shows the distance from the centerline of the windshield. Y shows the distance from the cowl cover. WASHER NOZZLE POSITION c d e f g h i J 18.3 in. 14.7 in. 16.7 in. 14.0 in. 9.8 in. (249 6.7 in. (170 10.2 in. 7.8 in. (198 X (465 mm) (374 mm) (424 mm) (355 mm) mm) mm) (259 mm) mm) 10.8 in. 10.3 in. 4.8 in. (121 4.6 in. (117 10.0 in. 9.9 in. (252 4.5 in. (115 4.5 in. (114 Y (275 mm) (262 mm) mm) mm) (253 mm) mm) mm) mm) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Wiper Arm/Nozzle Position - Front Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REAR Wiper arm stop position 1. When the wiper arm stops at the automatic stop position, confirm that it is are at the standard position. a. Position at about 1.7 in. (44 mm) from the bottom of the windshield (A). Washer nozzle position 1. When you turn on the washers, confirm the washer fluid lands within the spray area. If the spray area is not within the standard positions, adjust the nozzles. a. Position at about 0.6 in. (15 mm) from the top of the windshield (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 26: Identifying Wiper Arm/Nozzle Position - Rear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. WASHER TUBE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the right inner fender (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the washer nozzles and clips, then remove the tubes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 27: Identifying Washer Tube Replacement (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element Fig. 28: Identifying Washer Tube Replacement (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install in the reverse order of removal. Take care not to pinch the washer tubes. Check the washer operation. NOTE: Make sure the washer tube is routed behind the side curtain airbag tether strap (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). WASHER RESERVOIR REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Wipers/Washers - Element 1. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the washer tubes (A). Fig. 29: Identifying Washer Tubes Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the 2P connectors (B) from the washer motors (C) and the washer fluid level switch (D) (Canada models). 4. Remove the three mounting bolts and washer reservoir (A). Fig. 30: Identifying Mounting Bolts And Washer Reservoir With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the washer motors operate properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:44 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - FRONT DOOR Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Front Doors Components (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:37 9:28:33 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 2: Exploded View Of Front Doors Components (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - REAR DOOR Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 3: Exploded View Of Rear Doors Components (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 4: Exploded View Of Rear Doors Components (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * Trim pad remover. Snap-on A 177A or equivalent, commercially available Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element *Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Remove the inner handle (A). -1 Using the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, pry out on the upper portion of the cover (B) to release the upper hook (C), and pull up the cover to release the lower hooks (D), then remove the cover. -2 Remove the screws. -3 Release the hook (E), and pull the inner handle forward and out half-way to release the hook (F). -4 Disconnect the inner handle rod (G). -5 Disconnect the power door lock switch connector (H). Fig. 5: Disconnecting Power Door Lock Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Pull out on the speaker cover (A) to detach the hooks (B) and clips (C), then remove the cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 6: Pulling Out On Speaker Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the screws (D), then remove the speaker (E) (for some models), and disconnect its connector (F). 4. From under the armrest, using the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, pry out the lid (A), and remove the screw. Fig. 7: Identifying Faster Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Lower the glass fully. 6. Remove the mirror mount cover (see step 2 in POWER MIRROR/MANUAL MIRROR REPLACEMENT ). 7. Lower the front window so you can access the inner sash trim (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Inner Sash Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Use a trim tool (B) to release the clip at the lower rear corner of the sash trim. Pry out from the edge of the sash trim until the clip releases. 9. While pressing down the front corner (A) of the sash trim, pull the top corner (B) forward until the sash trim releases. Fig. 9: Pulling Top Corner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. -1 Release the clips that hold the door panel with a commercially available trim pad remover (B). -2 Starting at the rear, pull the door panel upward, then release the lock knob (C). -3 Disconnect the power window switch connector (D), power mirror switch connector (on the driver's door) (E). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 10: Disconnecting Power Window Switch Connector And Power Mirror Switch Connector With Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly, and the rod is connected properly.  Push the clips portion into place securely.  Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).  Check the window and power door lock operations.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water.  Check for water leaks (see step 7 ). FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove these items:  Door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - FRONT DOOR ) 2. Raise the glass fully. 3. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as necessary, and remove the bolt, then remove the center lower channel (B) by pulling it downward. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 11: Removing Center Lower Channel With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the access seal (A), and disconnect the outer handle rod (B) from the bushing (C) and cylinder rod (D). NOTE: Check the bushing for damage and replace if necessary. Fig. 12: Disconnecting Outer Handle Rod From Bushing And Cylinder Rod Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Push the top of the retainer clip (A) with a flat-tip screwdriver (B), and hold it. Release the retainer clip Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element with a hook-shaped tool (C), then remove the lock cylinder (D). Fig. 13: Pushing Top Of Retainer Clip With Flat-Tip Screwdriver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the bolts, then remove the outer handle protector (A). Fig. 14: Removing Outer Handle Protector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Release the hooks (A), then remove the outer handle (B). Take care not to scratch the door. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 15: Removing Outer Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the outer handle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure each rod is connected securely.  Make sure the door locks and opens properly.  When installing the lock cylinder, leave the outer door handle bolts loose so the inner protector does not interfere with the lock cylinder installation, then tighten the handle bolts.  Install the lock cylinder retaining clip on the handle, then install the lock cylinder. Be sure the clip is fully seated in the slot on the lock cylinder.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water.  Check for water leaks. FRONT DOOR LATCH REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove these items:  Door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - FRONT DOOR ) 2. Raise the glass fully. 3. Remove the center lower channel (see step 3 ). 4. Remove the access seal, and disconnect the outer handle rod and cylinder rod (see step 4 ). 5. To ease reassembly, note the distance (A) of the lock rod (B) on the lock knob (C) before disconnecting it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 16: Identifying Lock Rod On Lock Knob Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the latch (A). Take care not to bend the outer handle rod (B), cylinder rod (C), lock rod (D), and inner handle rod (E). -1 Remove the clip (F). -2 Release the inner handle rod from the rod holder (G). -3 Disconnect the connectors (H). -4 Remove the screws (I). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 17: Removing Screws And Connectors With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Pull the latch (A) out until you can disconnect the inner handle rod (B), then disconnect the rod. Fig. 18: Disconnecting Inner Handle Rod Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the latch from the hole in the door. Take care not to bend the rods. 9. Pull the lock rod protector (A) upward, then remove the protector from the latch (B). Fig. 19: Removing Protector From Latch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the actuator connectors are plugged in properly, and each rod is connected securely.  Make sure the door locks and opens properly.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element  around its perimeter to seal out water. Check for water leaks. FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove these items:  Door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - FRONT DOOR ) 2. Carefully lower the glass (A) until you can seethe bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Fig. 20: Pulling Glass Out Through Window Slot With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect and detach the connector (A) and harness clips (B) from the door. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 21: Detaching Connector And Harness Clips From Door With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the bolts (C), and loosen the bolts (D), then remove the regulator (E) through the hole in the door. 5. Apply multipurpose grease to all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where shown. Fig. 22: Removing Regulator Through Hole In Door Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding.  Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element     closed. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary (see FRONT DOOR GLASS ADJUSTMENT ). When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water. Check for water leaks (see step 7 ). Test-drive and check for wind noise and rattles. FRONT DOOR GLASS ADJUSTMENT NOTE:    Check the weatherstrips and glass run channel for damage or deterioration, and replace them if necessary. Wipe the run channel clean with a shop towel. Lubricate the run channel with Shin-Etsu silicone grease P/N 08798-9013. 1. Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface. 2. Remove these items:  Door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - FRONT DOOR ) 3. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the glass mounting bolts (B), then loosen them. Fig. 23: Identifying Glass And Glass Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Push the glass against the channel (C), then tighten the glass mounting bolts. 5. Check that the glass moves smoothly. 6. Raise the glass fully, and check for gaps. Also check that the glass (A) contacts the glass run channel (B) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:33 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element evenly. Fig. 24: Identifying Glass And Glass Run Channel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Check for water leaks. Run water over the roof and on the sealing area as shown, and note these items:  Use a 12 mm (1/2 in.) diameter hose (A).  Adjust the rate of water flow as shown (B).  Do not use a nozzle.  Hold the hose about 300 mm (12 in.) away from the door (C). Fig. 25: Checking Water Leaks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Attach the plastic cover making sure it is sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water, then install the door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 9. Test-drive and check for wind noise. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element FRONT DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to scratch the door. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Remove the power/manual mirror (see POWER MIRROR/MANUAL MIRROR REPLACEMENT ). 2. Starting at the rear, pry the door glass outer weatherstrip (A) up to detach the clips, and release the weatherstrip from the glass run channel (B), then remove the weatherstrip. Fig. 26: Identifying Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip And Glass Run Channel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. FRONT DOOR WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT NOTE:  Take care not to scratch the door. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element  Use a clip remover to remove the clips. 1. At the A-pillar, remove the door checker mounting bolt (A). Fig. 27: Removing Door Checker Mounting Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Detach the clips (B, C), then remove the door weatherstrip (D). 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely.  Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (E) securely.  Apply liquid thread lock to the door checker mounting bolt before installation.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water.  Check for water leaks.  Test-drive and check for wind noise. FRONT DOOR INNER CORNER TRIM REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:    Take care not to scratch the door. Use a clip remover to remove the clips. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Detach the clips (A), then remove the weatherstrip (B) pull out on the inner corner trim (C) to release the clips (D). Fig. 28: Pulling Out Inner Corner Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the inner corner trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. FRONT DOOR HOOK PIN AND CATCH REPLACEMENT 1. With a TORX T40 bit, remove the door hook pin (A) from the front door. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 29: Removing Door Hook Pin From Front Door With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. With a TORX T40 bit, remove the bolts, then remove the catch (A) from the rear door. Fig. 30: Removing Catch From Rear Door With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the hook pin and catch in the reverse order of removal, and apply liquid thread lock to the threads of the door hook pin. 4. Apply touch-up paint to the catch mounting bolts and around the catch. FRONT DOOR LOWER HOOK AND LOWER CATCH REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the bolts, then remove the lower hook (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 31: Removing Lower Hook With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the door sill trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ). 3. Remove the bolts, then remove the lower catch (A). Fig. 32: Removing Lower Catch With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the lower hook and lower catch in the reverse order of removal, and apply touch-up paint to the lower hook mounting bolts and around the lower hook. FRONT DOOR POSITION ADJUSTMENT NOTE: Check for a flush fit with the body, then check for equal gaps between the front, rear, and bottom door edges and the body. Check that the door and body edges are parallel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element 1. Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when adjusting the doors. 2. Adjust at the hinges (A):  Remove the front fender cladding (see FRONT FENDER CLADDING REPLACEMENT ) and front inner fender (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT ).  Pad a floor jack (B) with shop towels (C), then use the jack to support the door to prevent damage to the door while adjusting it.  Loosen the hinge mounting bolts (D) slightly, and move the door backward or forward, up or down as necessary to equalize the gaps. Fig. 33: Identifying Hinge Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If necessary, replace the door mounting bolts (E) with the adjusting bolts (P/N 90102-SFA-305) made specifically for door adjustment, then adjust at the door: Loosen the door mounting bolts slightly, and move the door up or down as necessary to equalize the gaps, and in or out until it's flush with the body. 4. Check that the door and body edges are parallel. If necessary, adjust the door cushion (A) to make the rear of the door flush with the body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Door Cushion Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Apply touch-up paint to the hinge mounting bolts, and around the hinges. 6. Check for water leaks (see step 7 ). 7. Test-drive and check for wind noise. FRONT DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT Make sure the door latches securely without slamming it. If necessary, adjust the striker (A): The striker nuts are fixed, but the striker can be adjusted slightly up or down, and in or out. 1. Loosen the screws (B). Fig. 35: Identifying Front Door Striker Adjustment With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Wrap the striker with a shop towel, then adjust the striker by tapping it with a plastic hammer (C). Do not tap the striker too hard. 3. Lightly tighten the screws. 4. Hold the outer handle out, and push the door against the body to be sure the striker allows a flush fit. If Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element the door latches properly, tighten the screws and recheck. REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * Trim pad remover, Snap-on A 177A or equivalent, commercially available * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. 1. Using the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, pry out on the upper portion of the cover (A) to release the upper hook (B), and pull up the cover to release the lower hooks (C), then remove the cover, and remove the screws securing the inner handle (D). Fig. 36: Removing Screws Securing Inner Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Pull out on the front edge of the inner handle (A), and pull the inner handle forward to release the hook (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 37: Pulling Out On Front Edge Of Inner Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the inner handle cable (C), then remove the inner handle. 4. Pull out on the speaker cover (A) to detach the hooks (B) and clips (C), then remove the cover. Fig. 38: Identifying Hooks And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the screws (D), then remove the speaker (E) (for some models), and disconnect its connector (F). 6. Remove the screw (G). 7. From under the armrest, using the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, pry out the lid (A), and remove the screw. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 39: Prying Out Lid Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Pull out on the bottom of the lower anchor cap (A) to release the hooks (B), and pull down on the cap to release the hooks (C), then remove the cap from the door panel (D). Fig. 40: Pulling Out On Bottom Of Lower Anchor Cap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. -1 Pull the door weatherstrip (B) out as necessary. -2 Release the clips that hold the door panel with a commercially available trim pad remover (C). -3 Pull out on the top of the door panel to release the hooks (D) from the rear door trim (E). -4 Pull the door panel upward. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 41: Pulling Out On Top Of Door Panel With Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the inner handle cable is connected properly.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water.  Check for water leaks (see step 7 ). REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the rear door trim (A). -1 Pull the door weatherstrip (B) out as necessary. -2 Pull out on the top of the rear door panel (C) to release the hooks (D). -3 Pull out on the rear door trim to detach the clips (E, F). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 42: Removing Rear Door Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Apply liquid thread lock to the anchor bolt before reinstallation.  Before installing the anchor bolt, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the seat belt. REAR DOOR HANDLE REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove these items:  Door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - REAR DOOR ) 2. Disconnect the cancel rod (A) from the rear door latch synchronizer (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 43: Disconnecting Cancel Rod From Rear Door Latch Synchronizer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the screws, then pull the rear door handle (A) out. Disconnect the handle rod (B), then remove the handle. Fig. 44: Disconnecting Handle Rod With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure each rod is connected securely.  Make sure the door locks and opens properly.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water.  Check for water leaks. REAR DOOR UPPER LATCH REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element 1. Remove these items:  Door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - REAR DOOR )  Door trim (see REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) 2. Detach the harness clips (A). Disconnect the upper latch switch connector (B), and detach it. Fig. 45: Disconnecting Upper Latch Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the upper latch cable (A) in the sequence shown. Take care not to bend the cable. Fig. 46: Disconnecting Upper Latch Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the bolts, then remove the upper latch (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 47: Removing Upper Latch With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the connector is plugged in properly, and cable is connected securely.  Make sure the door locks and opens properly.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water.  Check for water leaks. REAR DOOR LOWER LATCH REPLACEMENT SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 3. Remove these items:  Door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - REAR DOOR ) 4. Detach the harness clips (A). Disconnect the lower latch switch connector (B), and detach it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 48: Disconnecting Lower Latch Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the screws from under the door. Fig. 49: Removing Screws From Under Door With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Pull the lower latch (A) up, and disconnect the lower latch cable (B) in the sequence shown. Remove the vinyl tape (C) from the cable and wire harness. Take care not to kink the cable. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 50: Disconnecting Lower Latch Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the lower latch. 8. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the connector is plugged in properly, and cable is connected securely.  Make sure the door locks and opens properly.  Apply liquid thread lock to the anchor bolts before reinstallation.  Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the seat belt.  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water.  Check for water leaks.  Reconnect the negative cable to the battery.  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets.  Reset the clock.  Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). REAR DOOR LATCH SYNCHRONIZER REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove these items:  Door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - REAR DOOR )  Door handle (see REAR DOOR HANDLE REPLACEMENT ) 2. Disconnect the upper latch cable (A) and lower latch cable (B) from the latch synchronizer (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 51: Disconnecting Upper Latch Cable And Lower Latch Cable From Latch Synchronizer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Detach the inner handle cable clip (D). 4. Remove the bolts (A), and loosen the bolts (B), then remove the latch synchronizer (C) through the hole in the door. Fig. 52: Removing Latch Synchronizer Through Hole In Door With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the latch synchronizer in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure each cable and rod is connected securely.  Make sure the door locks and opens properly. If necessary, adjust the upper latch cable and lower latch cable (see REAR DOOR UNLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION ADJUSTMENT ).  When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter to seal out water. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element  Check for water leaks. REAR DOOR UNLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION ADJUSTMENT 1. Remove these items:  Door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Plastic cover, as necessary (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - REAR DOOR ) 2. Install the inner handle by securing the screws. 3. Close the door securely. 4. Pull the inner handle (A), and measure the inner handle stroke (B) when unlocking the door. Inner handle stroke: 36 mm (1.42 in.)   If the inner handle stroke is less than the specification, loosen the bolts (C) slightly, and move the plates (D) in the direction shown by the minus arrow. If the inner handle stroke is more than the specification, loosen the bolts slightly, and move the plates in the direction shown by the plus arrow. Fig. 53: Pulling Inner Handle With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Tighten the bolts, and recheck the inner handle stroke. 6. Remove the inner handle, and attach the plastic cover making sure it is sealed around it outside perimeter to seal out water, then install the door panel. REAR DOOR GLASS REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the door trim (see REAR DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Pull out on the glass lock cover (A) to release the hooks (B) from the lock cover base (C), then remove the cover. Fig. 54: Releasing Hooks From Lock Cover Base Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the bolts, then remove the glass lock (A) from the door. Fig. 55: Removing Glass Lock From Door With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. While holding the glass (A), remove the nuts, then remove the glass. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 56: Identifying Glass With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If necessary, release the E clip (A), and remove the glass lock (B), lock pin (C) and rubber seal (D) from the glass. Remove the lock cover base (E) by removing the lock washers (F). Fig. 57: Removing Glass Lock, Lock Pin And Rubber Seal From Glass Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If necessary, release the E clip (A), and remove the washer (B), hinge (C), lock pin (D) and rubber seal (E) from the glass. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 58: Removing Washer, Hinge, Lock Pin And Rubber Seal From Glass Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the glass in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  The glass and rear door edges should be parallel.  Make sure the glass locks properly.  Check that the glass contacts the glass seal evenly.  Check for water leaks (see step 7 ).  Test-drive and check for wind noise. REAR DOOR GLASS SEAL REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the bolts securing the glass lock (see step 3 ). 2. Remove the glass seal (A) by pulling out on it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 59: Identifying Glass Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Apply clear sealant (B) into the channel of the joint (C). Sealant: Cemedine P/IM 08712-0004, or equivalent 4. Locate the painted alignment mark (D) on the joint. Align the painted mark with the center of the glass opening, and install the glass seal all the way around. 5. Check for water leaks. 6. Test-drive and check for wind noise. REAR DOOR WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT NOTE:   Take care not to scratch the door. Use a clip remover to remove the clips. 1. Detach the clips (A, B), release the double-sided adhesive tape (C), then remove the door weatherstrip (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 60: Removing Door Weatherstrip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Scrape off the remaining double-sided adhesive tape from the weatherstrip and rear door, and clean the weatherstrip and rear door with alcohol. Attach new double-sided adhesive tape (3M 4213, or equivalent) to the weatherstrip.  Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (E) securely.  Check for water leaks.  Test-drive and check for wind noise. REAR DOOR POSITION ADJUSTMENT SRS components are located in the lower B-pillar area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. NOTE: Check for a flush fit with the body, then check for equal gaps between the front, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element rear, and bottom door edges and the body. Check that the door and body edges are parallel. 1. Place the vehicle on a firm, level surface when adjusting the doors. 2. Adjust at the hinges (A):  Pad a floor jack (B) with shop towels (C), then use the jack to support the door to prevent damage to the door while adjusting it.  Loosen the door mounting bolts (D) slightly, and move the door in or out until it's flush with the body.  Remove these items:  C-pillar outer trim (see C-PILLAR OUTER TRIM REPLACEMENT )  Rear cladding (see REAR QUARTER PANEL CLADDING REPLACEMENT )  Upper quarter window trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE PILLAR AREA )  Loosen the hinge mounting bolts (E) and nut (F) slightly, and move the door backward or forward, up or down as necessary to equalize the gaps. Fig. 61: Identifying Rear Door Position Adjustment With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Close the rear door, and check that it latches securely without slamming it, and the rear door and body edges are parallel. If necessary, adjust the upper and lower striker at the same time (see REAR DOOR Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element STRIKER ADJUSTMENT ). Fig. 62: Identifying Upper And Lower Striker Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Close the front door, and make sure it latches securely without slamming it, and the front door, rear door, and body edges are parallel. 5. After adjusting the upper and lower strikers (see REAR DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT ), check the rear door unlock synchronization. If necessary, adjust the upper and lower latch cables (see REAR DOOR UNLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION ADJUSTMENT ). 6. Apply touch-up paint to the hinge mounting bolts, and around the hinges. 7. Check for water leaks (see step 7 ). 8. Test-drive and check for wind noise. REAR DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT Make sure the door latches securely without slamming it. If necessary, adjust the upper and lower strikers at the same time. 1. Remove these items:  Upper striker cover (see step 2 in HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Door sill trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ) 2. Adjust the upper striker (A) and lower striker (B):  Loosen the upper striker mounting bolts (C) slightly, and move the striker in or out until the upper edge of the door is flush with the body. Install and/or remove shims (D) until the striker is centered in the upper latch.  Loosen the lower striker mounting screws (E) slightly, and move the striker in or out until the bottom edge of the door is flush with the body. Move the striker forward or rearward until the striker is centered in the lower latch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Doors - Element Fig. 63: Identifying Rear Door Striker Adjustment With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Lightly tighten the bolts and screws. 4. Hold the door handle (Flout, and push the door against the body to be sure the strikers allow a flush fit. If the door latches properly, tighten the bolts and screws and recheck. 5. Check the door unlock synchronization. If necessary, adjust the upper and lower latch cables (see REAR DOOR UNLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION ADJUSTMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:34 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC TROUBLESHOOTING CHART DTC (MIL indication Two Drive Cycle (1)) Detection P0010 (56) -- P0011 (56) o P0101 (50) o P0102 (50) -- P0103 (50) -- P0107 (3) -- P0108 (3) -- P0111 (10) o P0112 (10) -- P0113 (10) -- P0116 (86) o P0117 (6) -- Detection Item Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Oil Control Solenoid Valve Malfunction Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) System Malfunction Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance Problem Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor MIL ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:01 8:36:57 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0118 (6) -- P0122 (7) -- P0123 (7) -- P0125 (86) o P0128 (87) o P0133 (61) o P0134 (41) o P0135 (41) -- P0137 (63) o P0138 (63) o P0139 (63) o P0141 (65) -- P0171 (45) P0172 (45) P0222 (7) o o -- 1 Circuit Low Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A Circuit High Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow Response Cooling System Malfunction Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit Low Voltage Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit High Voltage Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Slow Response Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Heater Circuit Malfunction Fuel System Too Lean Fuel System Too Rich Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit Low ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0223 (7) -- P0300 (75) any combination of the following P0301 (71) P0302 (72) P0303 (73) P0304 (74) P0301 (71) o P0302 (72) o P0303 (73) o P0304 (74) o P0325 (23) -- P0335 (4) -- P0339 (4) -- P0340 (57) -- P0341 (57) -- P0344 (57) -- P0365 (8) -- P0369 (8) -- P0420 (67) o P0443 (92) -- o Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor B Circuit High Voltage Random Misfire Detected No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected No. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor No Signal Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Interruption Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A No Signal Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A and Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Incorrect Phase Detected Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor A Intermittent Interruption Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B No Signal Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor B Circuit Intermittent Interruption Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Circuit Malfunction ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0451 (91) o P0452 (91) o P0453 (91) o P0455 (90) o P0456 (90) o P0457 (90) -- P0461 (121) -- P0462 (121) -- P0463 (121) -- P0496 (92) o P0497 (90) o P0498 (117) -- P0499 (117) -- P0506 (14) o Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Very Small Leak Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detected/Fuel Fill Cap Loose or Missing Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Range/Performance Problem Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System High Purge Flow Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Low Purge Flow Detected Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit Low Voltage Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Circuit High Voltage Idle Control System RPM ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P0507 (14) o P050A (167) o P050B (167) o P0562 (34) -- P0563 (34) -- P0602 (196) -- P0603 (131) -- P0606 (0) -- P0630 (139) -- P0685 (135) o P0720 (122)(2) -- P1009 (56) -- P1109 (13) -- Lower Than Expected Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected Cold Start Idle Air Control System Performance Problem Cold Start Ignition Timing Control System Performance Problem Charging System Low Voltage Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Programming Error Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Error Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Processor Malfunction VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Power Control Circuit Internal Circuit Malfunction Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Advance Malfunction Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P1116 (86) o P1128 (5) o P1129 (5) o P1157 (48) -- P1172 (61) o P1297 (20) -- P1298 (20) -- P1454 (91) o P145C (90) o P1549 (34) -- P1683 (40) -- P1684 (40) -- P16BB (116) -- P16BC (116) -- P2101 (40) -- Out of Range High Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 1 Performance Problem Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Lower Than Expected Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Higher Than Expected Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit Malfunction Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit Low Voltage Electrical Load Detector (ELD) Circuit High Voltage Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Range/Performance Problem Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Purge Flow Malfunction Charging System High Voltage Throttle Valve Default Position Spring Performance Problem Throttle Valve Return Spring Performance Problem Alternator B Terminal Circuit Low Voltage Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/IGP Circuit Low Voltage Throttle Actuator System Malfunction ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P2108 (40) -- P2118 (40) -- P2122 (37) -- P2123 (37) -- P2127 (37) -- P2128 (37) -- P2135 (7) -- P2138 (37) -- P2176 (40) -- P2183 (192) o P2184 (192) -- P2185 (192) -- P2195 (48) o Throttle Actuator Control Module Problem Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D) Circuit Low Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D) Circuit High Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor E) Circuit Low Voltage Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor E) Circuit High Voltage Throttle Position (TP) Sensor A/B Voltage Incorrect Correlation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor A/B (Throttle Position (TP) Sensor D/E) Incorrect Voltage Correlation Throttle Actuator Control System Idle Position Not Learned Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Range/Performance Problem Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P2227 (13) o P2228 (13) -- P2229 (13) -- P2238 (48) -- P2252 (48) -- P2270 (63) o P2271 (63) o P2422 (117) o P2552 (40) -- P2610 (132) -- P2646 (22) -- P2647 (22) -- P2648 (21) -- P2649 (21) -- Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Range/Performance Problem Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) AFS+ Circuit Low Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) AFSCircuit Low Voltage Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit Signal Stuck Lean Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2)) Circuit Signal Stuck Rich Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Shut Valve Stuck Closed Malfunction Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay Malfunction Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Ignition Off Internal Timer Performance Problem Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Circuit Low Voltage Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Circuit High Voltage Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Circuit Low Voltage Rocker Arm Oil Control ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element P2A00 (61) o U0028 (126) -- U0107 (30) -- U0122 (126) -- U0155 (126) -- Solenoid Circuit High Voltage Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor (Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance Problem F-CAN Malfunction (BUSOFF) Lost Communication With Throttle Actuator Control Module F-CAN Malfunction (Engine Control Module (ECM/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)-VSA modulator-control unit) F-CAN Malfunction (Engine Control Module (ECM/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)-Gauge Control Module) ON ON ON OFF ON NOTE: The above DTCs are indicated when the PGM-Fl system is selected in the HDS. Some automatic transmission DTCs cause the MIL to come on. If the MIL is on and no DTCs are indicated in the PGMFl system, select the A/T system, and check for automatic transmission DTCs. (1) These DTCs are indicated by a blinking MIL when the SCS line is jumped with the HDS. (2) M/T. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:57 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Fenderwell - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Fenderwell - Element SPLASH SHIELD REPLACEMENT NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the splash shield (A). -1 From both wheel arches, remove the clips (B) securing the front inner fender (C) and splash shield to the body. -2 From under the front bumper (D), remove the clips (B) and bolts (E). -3 Pull the splash shield out. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:53 9:34:48 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Fenderwell - Element Fig. 1: Identifying Splash Shield Replacement 2. Install the splash shield in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the front inner fender (A). -1 On the back of the wheel arch, remove the screws (B, C). -2 From under the front bumper (D), remove the bolts (E) securing the front bumper, splash shield Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:48 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Fenderwell - Element (F), and front inner fender. -3 From the wheel arch, remove the clips (G, H) securing the front inner fender, front cladding (I) (and splash shield) on the body. -4 Release the hook (J) of the splash shield from the front inner fender. -5 From the wheel arch, pull the front inner fender out from between the body and front cladding, then remove the front inner fender. Fig. 2: Identifying Front Inner Fender Replacement 2. Install the inner fender in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. FUEL PIPE PROTECTOR REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:48 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Fenderwell - Element 1. Remove the clips, then remove the fuel pipe protector (A). Take care not to scratch the body. Fig. 3: Identifying Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement 2. Install the protector in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. REAR AIR OUTLET REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the rear bumper (see REAR BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Detach the hooks (A), then remove the rear air outlet (B). Take care not to scratch the body. Fig. 4: Identifying Rear Air Outlet Replacement Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:48 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Fenderwell - Element 3. Install the air outlet by pushing on the hook portions until the hooks snap into place. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:48 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element INTAKE MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION EXPLODED VIEW Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Intake Manifold With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:13 8:31:09 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Disconnect the vacuum hose (B) and breather pipe (C), then remove the intake air duct (D). 3. Remove the engine cover. Fig. 3: Identifying Engine Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A) manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor connector (B) and brake booster vacuum hose (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:09 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Evaporative Emission Canister Hose, Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the harness bracket mounting bolts (D). 6. Remove the water bypass hoses, then plug the water bypass hoses. 7. Disconnect the throttle actuator connector (A). Fig. 5: Identifying Throttle Actuator Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the front grille cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:09 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Front Grille Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Disconnect the fan motor connectors (A) and engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 connector (B), then remove the harness clamps (C) and A/C compressor clutch connector (D). Fig. 7: Identifying Fan Motor Connectors, Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector, Harness Clamps And A/C Compressor Clutch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the upper brackets and cushions (A), then remove the bulkhead (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:09 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Upper Brackets And Cushions Bulkhead Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the coolant reservoir (A), then remove the A/C condenser fan shroud (B). Fig. 9: Identifying Coolant Reservoir And A/C Condenser Fan Shroud Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 13. Remove the connectors (A), then remove the intake manifold bracket (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:09 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Connectors And Intake Manifold Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 15. Remove the intake manifold. Fig. 11: Identifying Intake Manifold Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION 1. Install the intake manifold (A) with a new gasket (B), and torque the bolts/nuts in a crisscross pattern in three steps, beginning with the inner bolt. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:09 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 12: Identifying Intake Manifold With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 3. Install the intake manifold bracket (A), then install the connectors (B). Fig. 13: Identifying Intake Manifold Bracket And Connectors With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 5. Install the A/C condenser fan shroud (A), then install the coolant reservoir (B). Fig. 14: Identifying A/C Condenser Fan Shroud And Coolant Reservoir Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the bulkhead (A), then install the upper bracket and cushions (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:10 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Bulkhead, Upper Bracket And Cushions With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the A/C compressor clutch connector (A) and harness clamps (B), then connect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 connector (C) and fan motor connectors (D). Fig. 16: Identifying A/C Compressor Clutch Connector, Harness Clamps, And Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the front grille cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:10 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 17: Identifying Front Grille Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the water bypass hoses. 10. Connect the throttle actuator connector (A). Fig. 18: Identifying Throttle Actuator Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A), manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor connector (B) and brake booster vacuum hose (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:10 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 19: Identifying Evaporative Emission Canister Hose, Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the harness bracket mounting bolts (D). Fig. 20: Identifying Harness Bracket Mounting Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Install the engine cover. 14. Install the intake air duct (A), then connect the mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector (B), and connect the vacuum hose (C) and breather pipe (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:10 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 21: Identifying Intake Air Duct, Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector And Vacuum Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 16. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses, and connectors are installed correctly. 17. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 7 on COOLANT REPLACEMENT ). EXHAUST MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove the rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) (see ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the intermediate shaft heat cover (see step 3 on INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REMOVAL ). 3. Remove the cover and exhaust manifold bracket, then remove the exhaust manifold. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:10 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 22: Identifying Exhaust Manifold Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the exhaust manifold and torque the bolts/nuts in a crisscross pattern in two or three steps, beginning with the inner bolt. 5. Install the exhaust manifold in the reverse order of removal. EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER REPLACEMENT NOTE: Use new gaskets and self-locking nuts when reassembling. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:10 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Intake Manifold and Exhaust System - Element Fig. 23: Identifying Exhaust Pipe And Muffler Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:10 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda SERVICE INTERVAL REMINDER NOTE: This article is only to be used for resetting maintenance reminder lights (when applicable). Some models (not all) may be equipped with one or more resettable maintenance reminder lights indicating maintenance is required. Once required maintenance services are performed, resetting of lights may be required. Information is provided to reset these lights where applicable. NOTE: Most vehicles are equipped with a Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) or check engine light. If light comes on and remains on while driving, the vehicle requires some type of repair. See appropriate service and repair information. After repairing fault(s) and clearing fault code(s), the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) or check engine light should go out. Some models may use a dual-function indicator light, which is also used to indicate emission component service is due. After performing required service, reset indicator light. 1982-85 ACCORD Oil, filter and service interval indicator flags/lights activate every 7500 miles. To reset indicators, insert ignition key into appropriate slot below glowing indicator flags/lights at lower right corner of instrument cluster. Push key in until reminder window changes from Red to Green. MAINTENANCE REQUIRED REMINDER LIGHT/ENGINE OIL LIFE INDICATOR 1991-97 ACCORD 1. At each 7500 mile service interval, the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Green to Yellow. If service is not performed (and light is not reset), the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Yellow to Red. 2. When service has been completed, reset MAINTENANCE REQUIRED reminder light. To reset reminder light, turn ignition off. Insert ignition key in slot provided to the right of tachometer (or beside the indicator). See Fig. 1. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:52:01 8:51:57 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda Fig. 1: Maintenance Reminder Light Reset Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1996-2000 CIVIC 1. At each 7500 mile service interval, the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Green to Yellow. If service is not performed (and light is not reset), the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Yellow to Red. 2. When service has been completed, reset MAINTENANCE REQUIRED reminder light. To reset reminder light, turn ignition off. Insert ignition key in slot provided to the right of tachometer (or beside the indicator). See Fig. 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:57 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda Fig. 2: Maintenance Reminder Light Reset Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1996-97 ODYSSEY 1. At each 7500 mile service interval, the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Green to Yellow. If service is not performed (and light is not reset), the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Yellow to Red. 2. When service has been completed, reset MAINTENANCE REQUIRED reminder light. To reset reminder light, turn ignition off. Insert ignition key in slot provided to the right of tachometer (or beside the indicator). See Fig. 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:57 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda Fig. 3: Maintenance Reminder Light Reset Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1998-2002 ACCORD 1. When distance driven since maintenance required indicator was reset is less than 6000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds and then go out when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position. When mileage is 6000-7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light will illuminate for 2 seconds and then blink for 10 seconds when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Push and hold the SELECT/RESET button and turn ignition switch to ON (II) position. Continue to hold button for more than 10 seconds or until MAINT REQ'D light goes out. 1998-2001 CR-V Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:57 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda 1. At each 7500 mile service interval, the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Green to Yellow. If service is not performed (and light is not reset), the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Yellow to Red. 2. When service has been completed, reset MAINTENANCE REQUIRED reminder light. To reset reminder light, turn ignition off. Insert ignition key in slot provided to the right of tachometer (or beside the indicator). See Fig. 4. Fig. 4: Maintenance Reminder Light Reset Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1998-2003 ODYSSEY 1. For the first 6000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. Between 6000-7500 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will light for 2 seconds, then will flash for 10 seconds, and will then go out. After exceeding 7500 miles without having scheduled maintenance performed, MAINT REQ'D Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda reminder light will remain on until it is reset. 2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D reminder light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. The SELECT/RESET button is in lower right of instrument cluster between speedometer and fuel gauge. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON position with engine off. Hold button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 1998-2001 PRELUDE 1. At each 7500 mile service interval, the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Green to Yellow. If service is not performed (and light is not reset), the MAINTENANCE REQUIRED light will change from Yellow to Red. 2. When service has been completed, reset MAINTENANCE REQUIRED reminder light. To reset reminder light, turn ignition off. Insert ignition key in slot provided to the right of tachometer (or beside the indicator). See Fig. 5. Fig. 5: Maintenance Reminder Light Reset Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2000-05 INSIGHT 1. When distance driven since maintenance required indicator was reset is 6000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will start to blink. After exceeding 7500 miles without having scheduled maintenance performed and MAINT REQ'D reminder light reset, light will remain on until it is reset. 2. To reset the light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold TRIP button, located on lower right side of instrument cluster. While still holding TRIP button, turn ignition switch to ON position with engine off. Hold button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 2000-05 S2000 1. For the first 8000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. Between 8000-10,000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will light for 2 seconds, then will flash for 10 seconds, and will then go out. After exceeding 10,000 miles without having scheduled maintenance performed, MAINT REQ'D reminder light will remain on until it is reset. 2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D reminder light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the trip meter reset button while turning ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold button until indicator resets (indicator light goes out). 2001-05 CIVIC 1. For the first 8000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D indicator light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 8000-10,000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds, then blink for 10 seconds, and then go out. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 3. If MAINT REQ'D reminder light does not reset, ensure headlights, parking lights, or both are turned off when resetting reminder light. The MAINT REQ'D indicator can not be reset if any of these lights are on. If vehicle is equipped with daytime running lights and lights come on when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position, daytime running lights must be disabled before indicator light can be reset. 2002-05 CR-V 1. For the first 8000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 8000-10,000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds, then blink for 10 seconds, and will then go out. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset the light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 2003-05 ACCORD (4-CYLINDER) 1. When distance driven since maintenance required indicator was reset is less than 8000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds and then go out when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position. When mileage is 8000-10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light will illuminate for 2 seconds and then blink for 10 seconds when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Push and hold the SELECT/RESET button and turn ignition switch to ON (II) position. Continue to hold button for more than 10 seconds or until MAINT REQ'D light goes out. 2003-05 ACCORD (V6) 1. When distance driven since maintenance required indicator was reset is less than 6000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds and then go out when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position. When mileage is 6000-7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light will illuminate for 2 seconds and then blink for 10 seconds when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Push and hold the SELECT/RESET button and turn ignition switch to ON (II) position. Continue to hold button for more than 10 seconds or until MAINT REQ'D light goes out. 2003-05 ELEMENT 1. For the first 8000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D indicator light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 8000-10,000 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds, then blink for 10 seconds, and then go out. When mileage exceeds 10,000 miles, MAINT REQ'D indicator light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D indicator light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 3. If MAINT REQ'D reminder light does not reset, ensure headlights, parking lights, or both are turned off when resetting reminder light. The MAINT REQ'D indicator can not be reset if any of these lights are on. If vehicle is equipped with daytime running lights and lights come on when ignition switch is turned to ON (II) position, daytime running lights must be disabled before indicator light can be reset. 2003 PILOT 1. For the first 6000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 6000-7500 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds, then blink for 10 seconds, and Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda will then go out. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset the light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 2004 ODYSSEY 1. For the first 5900-6100 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. Between 5900-6100 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will light for 2 seconds, then will flash for 10 seconds, and will then go out. After exceeding 7400-7600 miles without having scheduled maintenance performed, MAINT REQ'D reminder light will remain on until it is reset. 2. To reset the MAINT REQ'D reminder light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT and RESET button at the same time. While still holding buttons, turn ignition switch to ON position with engine off. Hold button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 2004 PILOT 1. For the first 5900-6100 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 59006100 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds, then blink for 10 seconds, and will then go out. When mileage exceeds 7400-7600 miles, MAINT REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset the light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON (II) position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 2005 ACCORD (HYBRID) 1. If travel distance is 0-6000 miles after last reset. Indicator comes on for 2 seconds each time you turn ignition switch to ON (II) position. 2. If travel distance is 6000-7500 miles. Each time you turn ignition switch to ON (II) position, indicator comes on for 2 seconds and flashes for 10 seconds. 3. If travel distance is over 7500 miles and ignition switch is ON (II) position. Turn OFF engine. Press and hold SELECT/RESET knob in instrument panel and turn ignition switch ON (II). Hold knob for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. 2005-05 PILOT 1. For the first 6000 miles after maintenance required indicator is reset, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light illuminates when the ignition is turned on, then will go out after 2 seconds. When mileage is 6000-7500 miles, the MAINT REQ'D reminder light will illuminate for 2 seconds, then blink for 10 seconds, and will then go out. When mileage exceeds 7500 miles, MAINT REQ'D light illuminates and stays on while ignition switch is in ON (II) position. 2. To reset the light, turn ignition switch to OFF position. Press and hold the SELECT/RESET button. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda While still holding button, turn ignition switch to ON position, with engine off. Hold SELECT/RESET button for about 10 seconds until indicator resets. ENGINE OIL LIFE INDICATOR 2005-08 ODYSSEY LX, EX & EX-L Models 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET knob until engine oil life indicator is displayed. 2. Press SELECT/RESET knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Press SELECT/RESET knob for more than 5 seconds. Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life indicator will reset to "100." Touring Model 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET button on steering wheel until engine oil life is displayed. 2. Press SELECT/RESET knob in instrument panel for 10 seconds. Display will change to "CUSTOM SETUP" mode. Press SELECT/RESET button on steering wheel. Maintenance item code(s) will disappear and engine oil life will reset to "100." 3. To cancel resetting press INFO button on steering wheel. Press SELECT/RESET button. This cancels resetting procedure and normal display mode returns. Select "RESET" button and press SELECT/RESET button multi-information will. 2006-08 ACCORD 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET knob until engine oil life indicator is displayed. 2. Press SELECT/RESET knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Press SELECT/RESET knob for more than 5 seconds. Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life indicator will reset to "100." 2006-08 CIVIC 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET knob until engine oil life indicator is displayed. 2. Press SELECT/RESET knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Press SELECT/RESET knob for more than 5 seconds. Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life indicator will reset to "100." 2006-08 CR-V 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET knob until engine oil life indicator is displayed. 2. Press SELECT/RESET knob repeatedly until engine oil life is displayed. 3. Press the SELECT/RESET knob for about 10 seconds. The information display shows the reset mode initial display as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda 4. Select the "OIL LIFE" indicator by turning the SELECT/RESET knob. The display begins to blink. Push the same knob to enter this setting. 5. The engine oil life and maintenance item code(s) will begin blink. Push the SELECT/RESET knob to reset. 6. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and engine oil life will reset to "100". 2006-08 ELEMENT 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET knob until engine oil life indicator is displayed. 2. Press SELECT/RESET knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Press SELECT/RESET knob for more than 5 seconds. Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life indicator will reset to "100." 2006-08 PILOT 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press SELECT/RESET knob until engine oil life indicator is displayed. 2. Press SELECT/RESET knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Press SELECT/RESET knob for more than 5 seconds. Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life indicator will reset to "100." 2006-08 S2000 1. Turn ignition switch to ON (II). Press TRIP button until engine oil life indicator is displayed. 2. Press TRIP knob for 10 seconds. Engine oil life indicator and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Press TRIP knob for more than 5 seconds. Maintenance items code(s) will disappear and engine oil life indicator will reset to "100." 2007-08 RIDGELINE 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch to ON (II) position. Press SELECT button repeatedly until engine oil life display or service message is displayed. Press the RESET button for about 10 seconds. A "MAINT RESET" message will appear. Select appropriate answer - "MAINT RESET >N" (NO) or "MAINT RESET >Y" (YES) by pressing the select button. ">N" or ">Y" is displayed on the outside temperature display. 5. Select the "MAINT RESET >Y" (YES), and press and hold RESET button again to reset engine oil life to "100". OXYGEN SENSOR WARNING LIGHT 1994-95 PASSPORT (DX MODEL) 1. Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) must be replaced every 90,000 miles. When odometer reaches 90,000 miles, O2S indicator light on dash will illuminate, and then every subsequent 90,000 miles. After servicing, turn off or reset warning light. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda NOTE: Reset procedure is for first 90,000 mile reset. At every subsequent 90,000 mile reset, move screw back to previous hole. 2. To reset warning light, remove instrument cluster. Remove masking tape from hole "B". See Fig. 6 or Fig. 7 . Remove screw from hole "A" and insert into hole "B". Apply new masking tape to hole "A". Fig. 6: Identifying Oxygen Sensor Warning Light Reset Holes (2.6L) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda Fig. 7: Identifying Oxygen Sensor Warning Light Reset Holes (3.2L) Courtesy of ISUZU MOTOR CO. TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR SYSTEM 2005-08 ODYSSEY NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. NOTE: On models equipped with PAX tire systems, if a tire is repaired or replaced, the warning indicator (and the mileage counter that supports it) must be reset, no matter how far the vehicle was driven in the run flat mode. 1. To put the gauge control module into the self-diagnostic mode, perform the following:  Turn the headlight switch to ON.  Press and hold the SELECT/RESET (Instrument panel brightness) knob. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).  Within 5 seconds, turn the headlights to AUTO, then to ON, and then to AUTO again.  Within 5 seconds, release the SELECT/RESET knob, then push and release the knob three times. Once the gauge control module is in the self-diagnostic mode, press and hold the INFO button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds to get to the CUSTOMIZE MENU. Use the INFO button to scroll through to the PAX RESET screen, then press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel. Use the INFO button to scroll to the appropriate wheel, and then press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel to reset the PAX warning system display. The screen should read "PAX RESET COMPLETED". Repeat this step for each wheel that needs to be reset. Use the INFO button to scroll through to EXIT, then press the SEL/RESET button. Turn the ignition switch to OFF to exit the self-diagnostic mode.  2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2005-08 PILOT & RIDGELINE NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. NOTE: On models equipped with PAX tire systems, if a tire is repaired or replaced, the warning indicator (and the mileage counter that supports it) must be reset, no matter how far the vehicle was driven in the run flat mode. See appropriate manufacturer service information. 2007-08 CR-V NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda 2007-08 ELEMENT NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. 2007-08 FIT NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. 2007-08 S2000 NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. 2008 ACCORD NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX GENERAL INFORMATION Service Reminder Indicators - Honda indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. 2008 CIVIC NOTE: If a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, and the flat tire is stored in the cargo area, the low pressure indicator will stay on but the appropriate tire indicator will go off. This prevents the customer from thinking there is a problem with the spare tire. When the flat tire is taken out of the vehicle for repair, the TPMS indicator will come on because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. NOTE: When a tire pressure sensor is replaced or tires are rotated, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. See TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR REGISTRATION in appropriate manufacturer service information. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:58 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:21 9:27:16 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 2: Audio Component Location Index Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Symptom Diagnostic procedure Poor AM or FM radio Symptom Troubleshooting (see POOR AM OR reception or interference FM RADIO RECEPTION OR (with XM) INTERFERENCE (WITH XM) ) Poor AM or FM radio reception or interference Symptom Troubleshooting (see POOR AM OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR Also check for Antenna lead short or open in the wire Antenna lead short or open in the wire Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element (without XM) INTERFERENCE (WITHOUT XM) ) Symptom Troubleshooting (see POWER Power switch will not turn SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO ON (No information display INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO and no sound) SOUND) ) Symptom Troubleshooting (see RADIO STAYS Radio stays powered with POWERED WITH THE IGNITION SWITCH the ignition switch OFF OFF ) No sound is heard from Symptom Troubleshooting (see NO SOUND IS speaker(s) (display is HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S) (DISPLAY IS normal) NORMAL) ) Poor or no sound with XM Symptom Troubleshooting (see POOR OR NO radio (Audio unit does SOUND WITH XM RADIO (AUDIO UNIT DOES DISPLAY XM CHANNELS) ) display XM channels) XM radio display is blank Symptom Troubleshooting (see XM RADIO and no station information is DISPLAY IS BLANK AND NO STATION displayed INFORMATION IS DISPLAYED ) Audio system sound is weak Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO SYSTEM SOUND IS WEAK OR DISTORTED or distorted (display is normal) (DISPLAY IS NORMAL) ) Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO UNIT Audio unit button BUTTON ILLUMINATION DOES NOT illumination does not work WORK ) Symptom Troubleshooting (see RADIO PRESET Radio preset memory is lost MEMORY IS LOST ) XM radio preset memory is Symptom Troubleshooting (see XM RADIO lost PRESET MEMORY IS LOST ) Error code: XM NO Symptom Troubleshooting (see ERROR CODE: SIGNAL or XM XM NO SIGNAL OR XM ANTENNA IS DISPLAYED ) ANTENNA is displayed Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO DISC Audio disc does not eject DOES NOT EJECT ) Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO DISC Audio disc does not load DOES NOT LOAD ) Radio tuner does not change Symptom Troubleshooting (see RADIO TUNER DOES NOT CHANGE STATIONS ) stations Symptom Troubleshooting (see VOLUME DOES Volume does not change NOT CHANGE ) Display does not dim or Symptom Troubleshooting (see DISPLAY DOES brighten with dimmer NOT DIM OR BRIGHTEN WITH DIMMER ) Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO DISC Audio disc does not play DOES NOT PLAY ) Audio disc skips Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO DISC SKIPS ) Tire pressure (overinflated), disc smudged, dirty, or scratched Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Audio remote switch does not work properly Symptom Troubleshooting (see AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY ) SYSTEM DESCRIPTION OVERVIEW The Audio Unit acts as the "processor" for all audio functions. Select audio functions from the front panel. The audio display provides the current audio status. (See the owner's manual for more details.) The audio unit has a built-in EEPROM (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory). This memory holds the audio presets (AM/FM radio frequency, sound settings, etc.) even when the battery is disconnected. The XM receiver passes its signal to the audio unit. In addition, it communicates with the audio unit via the GANet bus. Any open connections in the GA-Net bus circuit will cause audio functions to appear inoperative. GA-NET BUS CONFIGURATION The GA-Net bus passes audio commands throughout the audio components. These commands include hard button signals, audio/XM selections, and XM station and music title names. Because the entire bus is "daisy chained" between components (see Fig. 3 ), any open or short in the GA-Net bus harness will cause any or all of these functions to become inoperative. The addition of any audio accessory must maintain the continuity of the GA-Net bus by installing the "Y" cable included with the accessory kit. Fig. 3: GA-Net Bus Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS (LX MODEL) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Audio Unit Connector Inputs And Outputs (LX Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire 1 YEL/GRN 2 YEL/RED 5 PNK 6 BLU/WHT 7 GRN/YEL 8 GRN/BLK 9 RED/BLK 10 WHT/RED 15 BLU/YEL 16 BLU/BLK 17 BLU/YEL 18 GRN 19 RED 20 BLK Connects to AM/FM antenna amplifier power supply ACC (Main stereo power supply) Right rear speaker (+) Left rear speaker (+) Front passenger's door speaker (+) Driver's door speaker (+) Lights-on signal Constant power Right rear speaker (-) Left rear speaker (-) Front passenger's door speaker (-) Driver's door speaker (-) Dash lights brightness controller Ground (G503) AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS (EX AND SC MODELS) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Audio Unit Connector Inputs And Outputs (EX And SC Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTOR A (20P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire A1 YEL/GRN A2 YEL/RED A3 GRN/RED A5 BLU A6 RED A7 YEL A8 WHT A9 RED/BLK A10 WHT/RED A11 LT GRN/BLK(1) A14 BRN A15 BLK A16 GRN A17 BRN A18 ORN Connects to AM/FM antenna amplifier/stereo amplifier switched power supply ACC (Main stereo power supply) Audio remote switch Stereo amplifier - right rear (+) Stereo amplifier - left rear (+) Stereo amplifier - front passenger's (+) Stereo amplifier - driver's (+) Lights-on signal Constant power Shielding Audio remote switch ground Stereo amplifier - right rear (-) Stereo amplifier - left rear (-) Stereo amplifier - front passenger's (-) Stereo amplifier - driver's (-) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element A19 RED Dash lights brightness controller A20 BLK Ground (G503) (1) The shielded wires have a heat-shrunk tube insulating the outside of the wire. The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not match the color of the wire listed on the schematic. CONNECTOR B (8P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire Connects to B4 RED/BLU Stereo amplifier (1) B7 Shielding PNK/BLK B8 RED/WHT Stereo amplifier (1) The shielded wires have a heat-shrunk tube insulating the outside of the wire. The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not match the color of the wire listed on the schematic. CONNECTOR C (6P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire C1 YEL C2 BLU C3 BRN C4 GRN C5 WHT C6 LT GRN/RED(1) Connects to Auxiliary jack (AUX-DET) Auxiliary jack (AUX-GND) Auxiliary jack (AUX-RCH) Auxiliary jack (AUX-S-GND) Auxiliary jack (AUX-LCH) Shielding (1) The shielded wires have a heat-shrunk tube insulating the outside of the wire. The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not match the color of the wire listed on the schematic. CONNECTOR D (14P) (With XM) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire D2 ORN D3 BRN(1) D4 D5 D6 D9 GRY(1) WHT RED BLU Connects to XM receiver (ACC) Shielding (GA-NET) Shielding XM receiver (R+) XM receiver (L+) XM receiver (BUS+ (GA-NET)) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element D10 PNK XM receiver (BUS- (GA-NET)) D13 BLU XM receiver (R-) D14 GRN XM receiver (L-) (1) The shielded wires have a heat-shrunk tube insulating the outside of the wire. The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not match the color of the wire listed on the schematic. CONNECTOR E (3P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire Connects to E1 -AM/FM/XM [AM/FM] antenna (ANT-IN) E2 -AM/FM/XM [AM/FM] antenna (ANT-GND) E3 -AM/FM/XM antenna (ANT SW+B) : Without XM STEREO AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS (EX AND SC MODELS) Fig. 6: Identifying Stereo Amplifier Connector Inputs And Outputs (EX And SC Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTOR A (14P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire A1 BLU A2 BRN Connects to Subwoofer 2 output (+) Subwoofer 1 output (+) Cavity A8 Wire GRY/BLK A9 RED Connects to Subwoofer 2 output (-) Subwoofer 1 output (-) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element A3 BLU/BLK A4 BLU/WHT A5 PNK A6 GRN/BLK A7 GRN/YEL Left rear door speaker (-) Left rear door speaker (+) Right rear door speaker (+) Driver's door speaker (+) Front passenger's door speaker(+) A10 BLK GND (G503) A11 BLU/ORN Constant power A12 BLU/YEL A13 GRN A14 BLU/YEL Right rear door speaker (-) Driver's door speaker (-) Front passenger's door speaker(-) Connects to AM/FM antenna amplifier/stereo amplifier switched power supply Subwoofer (+) Cavity B10 Wire RED/WHT B12 GRN Audio unit-left rear (+) Audio unit-right rear (+) Audio unitdriver's (+) Audio unit-front passenger's(+) B13 BLK B14 ORN B15 BRN CONNECTOR B (16P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire B1 YEL/GRN B2 RED/BLU B4 RED B5 BLU B6 WHT B7 YEL Connects to Subwoofer (-) Audio unit-left rear (-) Audio unit-right rear (-) Audio unitdriver's (-) Audio unit-front passenger's(-) XM RECEIVER CONNECTOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS (WITH XM RADIO) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 7: Identifying XM Receiver Connector Inputs And Outputs (With XM Radio) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTOR A (14P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire Connects to A1 WHT/RED Constant power A2 ORN Audio unit (ACC) A3 Shielding (GA-NET) BRN(1) A5 WHT Audio unit (R+) A6 RED Audio unit (L+) A7 WHT/RED Constant power A9 BLU Audio unit(BUS+) A10 PNK Audio unit (BUS-) A11 BLK Ground (G551) A13 BLK Audio unit (R-) A14 GRN Audio unit(L-) (1) The shielded wires have a heat-shrunk tube insulating the outside of the wire. The color of the insulating tube, typically black or dark gray, may not match the color of the wire listed on the schematic. CONNECTOR B (2P) CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire Connects to B1 -AM/FM/XM antenna (ANT-IN) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element B2 -- AM/FM/XM antenna (ANT-GND) AUXILIARY JACK CONNECTOR INPUTS AND OUTPUTS (EX AND SC MODELS) Fig. 8: Identifying Auxiliary Jack Connector Inputs And Outputs (EX And SC Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Cavity Wire 1 YEL 2 BLU 3 GRN 4 WHT 5 BRN NOTE: Connects to Audio unit (AUX-DET) Audio unit (AUX-GND) Audio unit (S-GND) Audio unit (AUX-LCH) Audio unit (AUX-RCH) All items may not apply to this vehicle. See the Owner's Manual for more information. Audio Glossary AUDIO GLOSSARY Item Definition The active noise control system cancels some of the vehicle noise. This occurs in Active Noise Control the 1,500-2,400 rpm range. Microphones detect the low frequency sound, and the system outputs a canceling sound from the audio speaker. AM (Amplitude The type of transmission used in the standard radio broadcast band from 530 to Modulation) 1,705 kHz. Amplifier A device that increases the level of a signal by increasing the current or voltage. Antenna A device used to send or receive electromagnetic waves through the air. A type of card that has been tested for use in playing WMA, and MP3 music files Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element ATA (PC Card) Auxiliary jack Audio Remote switch Balance Band Bass Byte Cassette Compact Flash CD (Compact Disc) CD (audio disc) Changer CD player Distortion Dolby (noise reduction) DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) Equalizer Fader Format FM (Frequency Modulation) GA-Net in the PC card slot. Sizes of up to 1 GB have been tested. Allows the customer to use a portable audio device to input music recordings. The switches on the steering wheel that control the audio system. A control that changes the relative volume of the left and right channels. A range of frequencies between two definite limits. Bands are assigned by the Federal Communications Commission for specific uses. An adjustment for the low frequency sounds of around 160 Hz and below. A unit of storage for computer files and memory. A CD holds approximately 700 million bytes. Audio or video magnetic tape container having two reels. Customers can insert it for recording or play back. A standard for small-size (3 x 4 cm), memory cards used in mobile computers, PDAs, digital cameras. Compact flash memory cards are available in size of 32 MB up to 4 GB or more and can be played in the audio PC slot. Sizes above 1 GB has not been tested. A 4.5-inch plastic disc containing digital audio recording that is played optically on a laser equipped player. Never use discs with a paper label. In a hot car, labels can curl up and jam the unit. CD player that can store and play more than one CD. Two types are available. Some units accept CDs fed into the changer one at a time, and others accept a magazine (with CD's stacked in a container). A component designed to play compact disc CD recording using a laser optical pickup. The signal from a CD player usually requires amplification. Inexact reproduction of an audio signal caused by playing music at levels the audio system cannot handle. A processing system developed by Dolby Laboratories that reduces the background noise on recording media. The result is a clearer playback from the audio system. A 4.5-inch CD-like format used for storing movies with digital audio and video features. The DVD-A format is a DVD format designed for DVD audio systems. Some vehicles can play DVD and DVD-A formats. A device that changes the relative volume of individual frequency bands to suit personal tastes of the listener. The control that adjusts the relative volume levels of front and rear speakers in a four-speaker system. To prepare a PC card to receive files, this function is performed on a PC. Always choose either FAT or FAT32 as the NTFS format is not accepted by the system. Pick the default sectors for the format method selected. The modulation used for radio and television sound transmission in most of the world. Less prone to interference than AM. The FM broad cast band covers roughly 87 to 108 MHz. The GA-Net allows the audio unit to communicate with all the audio and navigation components in a vehicle. If there is an open in the GA-Net, components or the entire audio and navigation system may appear inoperative. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element GB (Gigabyte) A unit of memory or disk storage equal to billion bytes (1000 million bytes). Abbreviation for hard disc drive. They are sensitive to heat and it is not HDD recommended that they be used in the PC card slot for playing audio files. The unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second (cps). One kilohertz (kHz) Hertz (HZ) equals 1,000 cps; one megahertz (MHz) equals 1 million cps. A component that combines a pre amp and a power amp into a single unit. A Integrated Amplifier receiver combines an integrated amp and a tuner into a single unit. The hard plastic case that contains a compact disc or DVD. Always use a jewel Jewel Case case to prevent scratches on the underside of a CD or DVD. LCD (Liquid Crystal A type of digital display that changes reflectance or transmittance when an Display) electrical field is applied to it. Circuitry or devices that hold information in electrical or magnetic form, such as Memory the AM/FM radio presets. One million bytes. Written as 1 MB. Megabytes are used s a measure of digital MB (Megabyte) storage space. For example, a CD can hold 650 MB. An abbreviation for microphone. For vehicles with navigation, the microphone Mic accepts navigation voice commands to control audio and navigation functions. MP3 is an audio coding format. MP3 is a poplar audio compression format on the MP3 music files Internet and computers. CDs, and PC card with these files can be played on some vehicle's audio system. When the navigation gives guidance, the front speakers are muted (no music). Mute When you use the voice control system, all of the speakers are muted. Noise Unwanted random sounds like buzzing, hiss, pops, static, whine, etc. The slot used for playing MP3 and WMA music files. The PC card is usually a combination of a small flash card in a PCMCIA adaptor that slides into the slot. PC Card The ATA, SD, and compact flash types of cards have been tested up to 1 GB. A computer standard for the slot that the PC card slides into. Another term for the PCMCIA PC card slot. The part of an audio device that performs task/calculations. In the audio unit the Processor processor handles muting to allow the navi to speak voice commands, and the decoding/playback of the sound files etc. Radio A head unit that combines a tuner, a preamplifier, and often a power-amplifier. SCF (Cold Start Fix) These screens are displayed if the system requires a GPS initialization. The vehicle screens should be moved outside into an open area away from buildings/power lines. SD (Secure Digital) This compact type of memory card allows for fast data transfer and has built-in card security functions. SD cards have a small write-protection switch on the side. A metallic foil or braided wire layer surrounding conductors which are designed to Shield prevent electrostatic or electromagnetic interference (noise) from external sources such as buzzing, or popping sounds heard on the speakers. Speaker A device that converts electrical energy into acoustical energy (sound). (Loudspeaker) A recording of at least two channels where you can hear sound or music from the Stereo left or right side. Speed-sensitive Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Volume The SVC increases the audio volume to compensate for increased interior noise Compensation (SVC) when the vehicle drives at freeway speeds. A loudspeaker made to reproduce the lowest audio frequencies, approx 25 Hz to Subwoofer 125 Hz. Track A sound recording on a CD, tape, or PC card. Treble An adjustment to control the "volume" of the high frequency sounds. A component (or part of a component) that receives radio signals and selects one Tuner broadcast from many. Tweeter A speaker designed to reproduce the higher frequencies (treble) only. A coil of wire wrapped around a tube and then attached to the speaker cone or diaphragm. When an audio signal is applied, the coil becomes an electromagnet Voice Coil and interacts with the permanent magnet causing the cone or diaphragm to vibrate. We interpret this vibration as sound. Volume Control Allows you to control the loudness of the music. Windows Media Audio File. This is an accepted format for music files to be WMA music file played on either a CD-R, a CD-RW, or a PC card. Woofer A speaker that is designed to reproduce bass frequencies only. Satellite based radio transmission, which also uses a ground based repeater network to ensure seamless reception. The channels originate from XM's broadcast XM Radio center, in Washington, DC, and uplink to two satellites. These satellites transmit the signal across the entire continental United States. The external component that receives and processes the XM signals from the XM satellites, and terrestrial (land) stations. The audio unit communicates to the XM XM Receiver receiver over the GA-Net bus. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM LX model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 9: Audio System Circuit Diagram - LX Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EX and SC models with XM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 10: Audio System Circuit Diagram - EX And SC Models With XM (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 11: Audio System Circuit Diagram - EX And SC Models With XM (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EX and SC models without XM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 12: Audio System Circuit Diagram - EX And SC Models Without XM (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 13: Audio System Circuit Diagram - EX And SC Models Without XM (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION The audio system has a self-diagnostic function. HOW TO CHECK FOR AUDIO SYSTEM CONDITION 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC (I) or ON (II). 2. Push and hold the "No. 1" and "No. 6" buttons. While holding the buttons, push the "PWR" knob to ON. Release the buttons and the self-diagnostic function begins. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Audio System Buttons Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. By pressing a preset button, the input will trigger the diagnostic mode that is assigned to that preset switch. "No. 2" button Entire LCD lighting/light-out mode: Turns on/off the entire LCD to show the presence or absence of an LCD failure. "No. 3" button Duty (for the Illumination dim) indication mode: Indicates the duty for the Illumination dim. "No. 4" button Display I2C-BUS communication verification status: Displays the verification of the communication among the display, the EPROM, and the tuner (toggles between "DSP", "EEP" and "TNR" every 5 seconds). Display Specifications NOTE: Any other diagnostic screens shown are for the audio manufactures use only. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Diagnostic Screens Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. I2C-BUS communication verification status (No. 4 button) NOTE: If any of the buses are faulty (NG), replace the audio unit. Fig. 16: Identifying Diagnostic Screens - I2C-BUS Communication Verification Status (No. 4 Button) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. The self-diagnostic function ends when you turn the audio unit OFF, or turn the ignition switch OFF. ERROR CODES The audio system displays error codes when a problem is detected with the audio unit, the audio disc, or the anti-theft code. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element CD Error Codes CD ERROR CODES Error Code Displayed BAD DISC > PLEASE CHECK > OWNERS MANUAL > PUSH EJECT CD HEAT ERROR Possible Cause Solution There is a problem with the disc player. A common problem is Try to eject the disc and try another one. If disc labels coming off the disc there is still a problem, replace the audio unit. while in the player. Park the vehicle in a cooler place for a while Disc player is hot. This can and try the disc player again. If the error code happen if the vehicle is parked is still present, try another disc. If the error out in the hot sun all day. code is still present, replace the audio unit. XM Error Codes XM ERROR CODES Error Code Possible Cause Solution Displayed XM channel not in XM OFF AIR Try another XM channel. service. XM NO Both terrestrial and satellite antennas have lost signal. Park the Loss of signal. SIGNAL vehicle outside with a clear view of the southern horizon. XM radio is receiving an XM information update from This message will disappear once the update finishes. UPDATING the network. Repair open or short in the satellite antenna. Substitute the XM XM antenna with a known-good one, and recheck. If the error is XM antenna error. ANTENNA gone, replace the original XM antenna. If the error is still present, replace the antenna lead. Check a known-good vehicle with XM radio. If the knowngood vehicle has the same symptoms, contact XM at (800) 852-No signal from XM. 9696. Audio Unit Error Codes AUDIO UNIT ERROR CODES Error Code Possible Cause Displayed CODE ERROR Anti-theft code 1 mismatch (1st try). Solution Enter the correct anti-theft code. Remove fuse No. 9 (10 A) in the under-hood fuse/relay box, then CODE ERROR Anti-theft code reinsert it. You will have 10 more tries to enter the correct antiE mismatch (10th try). theft code. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING POOR AM OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (WITH XM) NOTE:   Check the vehicle battery condition first. Check the radio reception in an open area. Poor reception/interference can be caused by the following:  The radio station is far away.  A tall building, a mountain, or a high-voltage power line is nearby.  Aftermarket window tint. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Do the seek stop test (see SEEK STOP TEST ). Is the test vehicle within 10 % of the known-good vehicle? YES -Multipath interference or weak station. Operation is normal. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Check if the radio reception/interference is the same in several locations. Is the reception/interference the same? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Multipath interference or weak station. Operation is normal. 4. Check the reception/interference while the engine is running. Is there noise with the engine running? YES -Check the antenna and radio grounds. If OK, check the charging system and the ignition system. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Check the AM/FM/XM antenna mast for cracks, or other damage. Make sure that the AM/FM/XM antenna mast isn't loose. NOTE: Do not use any tools to tighten the AM/FM/XM antenna mast. Is there any damage? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element YES -Replace the AM/FM/XM antenna mast (see AM/FM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 7. 7. 8. 9. 10. Disconnect the AM/FM/XM antenna 3P connector from the AM/FM/XM antenna. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Turn on the audio unit and select AM or FM. Measure the voltage between AM/FM/XM antenna 3P connector No. 3 terminal and body ground. Fig. 17: Measuring Voltage Between AM/FM/XM Antenna 3P Connector No. 3 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector E (3P). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 13. Check for continuity between audio unit connector E (3P) No. 3 terminal and the AM/FM/XM antenna 3P connector No. 3 terminal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:16 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector E (3P) No. 3 Terminal And AM/FM/XM Antenna 3P Connector No. 3 Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between the audio unit and the AM/FM/XM antenna. Also check the AM/FM antenna lead/sub lead connector. 14. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector E (3P) terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector E (3P) Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the audio unit and AM/FM/XM antenna. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element connector E (3P). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 17. Check for continuity between audio unit connector E (3P) No. 1 terminal and the AM/FM/XM antenna 3P connector No. 1 terminal. Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector E (3P) No. 1 Terminal And AM/FM/XM Antenna 3P Connector No. 1 Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. 18. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector E (3P) terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 21: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector E (3P) Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Is there continuity? YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector E (3P) terminal No. 2 and the AM/FM/XM antenna 3P connector No. 2 terminal. Fig. 22: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector E (3P) Terminal No. 2 And AM/FM/XM Antenna 3P Connector No. 2 Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 20. NO -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. 20. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector E (3P) terminal No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 23: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector E (3P) Terminal No. 1 And 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Is there continuity? YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Substitute a known-good AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead, and check the radio reception. Is the reception normal? YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. NO -Substitute a known-good AM/FM/XM antenna and recheck. If the reception is still poor, replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). POOR AM OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (WITHOUT XM) NOTE:   Check the vehicle battery condition first. Check the radio reception in an open area. Poor reception/interference can be caused by the following:  The radio station is far away.  A tall building, a mountain, or a high-voltage power line is nearby.  Aftermarket window tint. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Do the seek stop test (see SEEK STOP TEST ). Is the test vehicle within 10% of the known-good vehicle? YES -Multipath interference or weak station. Operation is normal. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Check if the radio reception/interference is the same in several locations. Is the reception/interference the same? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Multipath interference or weak station. Operation is normal. 4. Check the reception/interference while the engine is running. Is there noise with the engine running? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element YES -Check the antenna and radio grounds. If OK, check the charging system and the ignition system. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Check the AM/FM antenna mast for cracks, or other damage. Make sure that the AM/FM antenna mast isn't loose. NOTE: Do not use any tools to tighten the AM/FM antenna mast. Is there any damage? YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna mast (see AM/FM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Disconnect the AM/FM antenna 1P connector from the AM/FM antenna. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Turn on the audio unit and select AM or FM. Measure the voltage between AM/FM antenna 1P connector terminal and body ground. Fig. 24: Measuring Voltage Between AM/FM Antenna 1P Connector Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector A(20P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 13. Check for continuity between audio unit connector A(20P) No. 1 terminal and the AM/FM antenna 1P connector terminal. Fig. 25: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector A(20P) No. 1 Terminal And AM/FM Antenna 1P Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between the audio unit and the AM/FM antenna. Also check the AM/FM antenna lead/sublead connector. 14. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector A (20P) terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the audio unit and AM/FM antenna. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect AM/FM antenna sublead from the audio unit. NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 17. Check for continuity between the AM/FM antenna sublead center pin at the audio unit side and the AM/FM antenna lead center pin at the AM/FM antenna side. Fig. 27: Checking Continuity Between AM/FM Antenna Sublead Center Pin And AM/FM Antenna Lead Center Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. 18. Check for continuity between the AM/FM antenna sublead shield surface of the audio unit side and the AM/FM antenna lead shield surface of the AM/FM antenna side. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 28: Checking Continuity Between AM/FM Antenna Sublead Shield Surface And AM/FM Antenna Lead Shield Surface Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 19. NO -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. 19. Check for continuity between the AM/FM antenna sublead center pin at the audio unit side and the body ground. Fig. 29: Checking Continuity Between AM/FM Antenna Sublead Center Pin At Audio Unit Side And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. NO -Go to step 20. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 20. Check for continuity between the AM/FM antenna sublead center pin and the shield surface of the audio unit side. Fig. 30: Checking Continuity Between AM/FM Antenna Sublead Center Pin And Shield Surface Of Audio Unit Side Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Substitute a known-good AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead, and check the radio operation. Is the reception normal? YES -Replace the AM/FM antenna lead and/or sublead. NO -Substitute a known-good audio unit and recheck. If the reception is still poor, replace the AM/FM antenna (see AM/FM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT ). POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO SOUND) NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Push the power switch ON to see if audio unit turns ON. Does the audio unit operate and sound properly? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Check the No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and No. 8 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Are the fuses OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Replace the fuse(s), and recheck. 5. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Check that the audio unit is properly connected. NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. Is it connected properly? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Reconnect the connector, and recheck the function. 6. Disconnect audio unit connector A (20P). 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (20P) terminal No. 2 and body ground, and between terminal No. 10 and body ground. Fig. 31: Measuring Voltage Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground, And Between Terminal No. 10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage on the both terminals? YES -Go to step 9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and No. 8 (7.5 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the audio unit. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Reconnect audio unit connector A (20P). 11. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (20P) No. 20 terminal and body ground. Fig. 32: Measuring Voltage Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) No. 20 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 0.1 V? YES -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). NO -Repair open in the wire between audio unit connector A (20P) No. 20 terminal and body ground (G503) (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ). RADIO STAYS POWERED WITH THE IGNITION SWITCH OFF NOTE: Always check for aftermarket accessories plugged into the vehicle's accessory power sockets. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Push the power switch OFF or turn the ignition switch OFF to see if the audio unit turns OFF. Is the audio unit OFF? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector A (20P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NOTE: Eject all the CDs before removing the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 5. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (20P) terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 33: Measuring Voltage Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Check for short to power on YEL/RED wire. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S) (DISPLAY IS NORMAL) NOTE:     Check the vehicle battery condition first. Set the fader and balance positions to the center. Before performing symptom troubleshooting, do the power switch will not turn ON troubleshooting (see POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO SOUND) ). For vehicles with factory installed audio unit, do the individual speaker test (see INDIVIDUAL SPEAKER TEST ) to help isolate the speaker. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and check that the volume dial is not set to the min level. Is it at MIN level? YES -Raise the volume level, and recheck the function. NO -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 3. Check to see if there is a specific speaker that has no sound. Is there a specific speaker? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Go to step 7. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Check the speaker with no sound for any damage. Is there any damage? YES -Substitute the speaker and recheck. NO -Go to step 6. 6. Remove the speaker(s) with no sound (see SPEAKER REPLACEMENT ), and disconnect its connector. 7. Check the speaker connector for a loose or poor connection. Reconnect the speaker connector and recheck the symptom; does it still fail? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Operation is normal. 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the speaker connector. Is there about 4 ohms? YES   EX and SC models: Go to step 13. LX model: Go to step 9. NO -Faulty speaker(s). 9. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector A (20P). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 10. Measure the resistance between following terminals of audio unit connector A (20P) according to the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element table. TERMINALS REFERENCE Speaker Terminal Wire color A8 (+) GRN/BLK Driver's door speaker A18 (-) GRN A7 (+) GRN/YEL Front passenger's door speaker A17 (-) BLU/YEL A6 (+) BLU/WHT Left rear door speaker A16 (-) BLU/BLK A5 (+) PNK Right rear door speaker A15 (-) BLU/YEL Fig. 34: Measuring Resistance Between Following Terminals Of Audio Unit Connector A (20P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 4 ohms? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Repair short in the wires between the audio unit and speaker. 11. Disconnect the speaker connector. 12. Check audio unit connector A (20P) terminals No. 5, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, and 18 individually for continuity to body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 35: Checking Audio Unit Connector A (20P) Terminals No. 5, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, And 18 Individually For Continuity To Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the audio unit and speaker. NO -Substitute a known-good audio unit and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 13. Disconnect stereo amplifier connector A (14P), and connector B(16P). 14. Measure the voltage between stereo amplifier connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal and body ground. Fig. 36: Measuring Voltage Between Stereo Amplifier Connector A (14P) No. 11 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire between No. 7 (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse box and stereo amplifier connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal. 15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and push the PWR button on the audio unit. 16. Measure the voltage between stereo amplifier connector B (16P) No. 1 terminal and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 37: Measuring Voltage Between Stereo Amplifier Connector B (16P) No. 1 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Repair open in the wire between audio unit connector A (20P) No. 1 terminal and stereo amplifier connector B (16P) No. 1 terminal. 17. Reconnect stereo amplifier connector A (14P), and connector B(16P). 18. Measure the voltage between stereo amplifier connector B (16P) No. 10 terminal and body ground. Fig. 38: Measuring Voltage Between Stereo Amplifier Connector B (16P) No. 10 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 0.1 V on both terminals? YES -Go to step 19. NO -Repair open in the wire between stereo amplifier connector B (16P) No. 10 terminal and body ground (G503) (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ). 19. Disconnect stereo amplifier connector A (14P), and connector B (16P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 20. Measure the resistance between the stereo amplifier connector A (14P) according to the table. TERMINALS REFERENCE Speaker Terminal Wire color A6 (+) GRN/BLK Driver's door speaker, left tweeter A13 (-) GRN A7 (+) GRN/YEL Front passenger's door speaker, right tweeter A14 (-) BLU/YEL A4 (+) BLU/WHT Left rear door speaker A3 (-) BLU/BLK A5 (+) PNK Right rear door speaker A12 (-) BLU/YEL A1 (+) BLU Subwoofer A8 (-) GRY/BLK A2 (+) BRN Subwoofer A9 (-) RED Fig. 39: Measuring Resistance Between Stereo Amplifier Connector A (14P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 4ohms? YES -Go to step 21. NO -Repair short in the wires between the stereo amplifier and speaker. 21. Disconnect the connector(s) to the speaker(s). 22. Check for continuity between stereo amplifier connector A (14P) and body ground according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Stereo amplifier connector Wire color A6 GRN/BLK A13 GRN A7 GRN/YEL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element A14 A4 A3 A5 A12 A1 A8 A2 A9 BLU/YEL BLU/WHT BLU/BLK PNK BLU/YEL BLU GRY/BLK BRN RED Fig. 40: Checking Continuity Between Stereo Amplifier Connector A (14P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the audio unit and the speaker. NO -Go to step 23. 23. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector A (20P). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 24. Check for continuity between audio unit connector A (20P) and body ground according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Audio unit connector Wire color A6 RED A5 BLU A8 WHT A7 YEL A16 GRN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element A15 A18 A17 BLK ORN BRN Fig. 41: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Short to body ground in the wire(s) between the stereo amplifier and the audio unit. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 25. 25. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector A (20P) according to the table. TERMINALS REFERENCE From terminal To terminals A5 A6, A7, A8, A11, A15, A16, A17, A18 A6 A7, A8, A11, A15, A16, A17, A18 A7 A8, A11, A15, A16, A17, A18 A8 A11, A15, A16, A17, A18 A11 A15, A16, A17, A18 A15 A16, A17, A18 A16 A17, A18 A17 A18 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 42: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity between any of the terminals? YES -Short in the wire(s) between the stereo amplifier and the audio unit. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Check for continuity between audio unit connector A (20P) and stereo amplifier connector B (16P) according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Audio unit connector Stereo amplifier connector Wire color A5 B5 BLU A6 B4 RED A7 B7 YEL A8 B6 WHT A15 B13 BLK A16 B12 GRN A17 B15 BRN A18 B14 ORN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 43: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) And Stereo Amplifier Connector B (16P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 27. NO -Open in the wire(s) between the stereo amplifier and the audio unit. Replace the affected shielded harness. 27. Disconnect audio unit connector B (8P). 28. Check for continuity between audio unit connector B (8P) and body ground according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Audio unit connector Wire color B4 RED/BLU B8 RED/WHT Fig. 44: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector B (8P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Short to body ground in the wire(s) between the stereo amplifier and the audio unit. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 29. 29. Check for continuity between audio unit connector B (8P) and body ground according to the table. TERMINALS REFERENCE From terminal B4 B7 To terminals B7, B8 B8 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 45: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector B (8P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity between any of the terminals? YES -Short in the wire(s) between the stereo amplifier and the audio unit. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 30. 30. Check for continuity between audio unit connector B (8P) and stereo amplifier connector B (16P) according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Audio unit connector Stereo amplifier connector Wire color B4 B2 RED/BLU B8 B10 RED/WHT Fig. 46: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector B (8P) And Stereo Amplifier Connector B (16P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good audio unit and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element original audio unit. If symptom is still present, substitute a known-good stereo amplifier and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original stereo amplifier. NO -Open in the wire(s) between the stereo amplifier and the audio unit. Replace the affected shielded harness. POOR OR NO SOUND WITH XM RADIO (AUDIO UNIT DOES DISPLAY XM CHANNELS) NOTE:    Check the vehicle battery condition first. Check the radio reception in an open area. Compare it to a known-good vehicle whenever possible. Poor reception/interference can be caused by tall buildings, mountains, or high-voltage power lines that are nearby. If you can only tune to channel 000,001,174 and 247 make sure the audio unit is set to channel mode (see owner's manual), if it is set to channel mode call XM satellite Radio customer support and check the account activation status. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and select XM radio. 3. Check for an error message on the display. Are there any messages displayed? YES -Go to error code list (see ERROR CODES ). NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector D (14P). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the player's load mechanism. 6. Disconnect XM receiver connector A (14P). 7. Check for continuity between audio unit connector D (14P) and body ground according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Audio unit connector Wire color D5 WHT D6 RED D13 BLU D14 GRN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 47: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector D (14P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Short to body ground in the wire(s) between the audio unit and the XM receiver. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 8. 8. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector D (14P) according to the table. TERMINALS REFERENCE From terminal To terminals D4 D5, D6, D13, D14 D5 D6, D13, D14 D6 D13, D14 D13 D14 Fig. 48: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector D (14P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity between any of the terminals? YES -Short in the wire(s) between the audio unit and the XM receiver. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 9. Check for continuity between XM receiver connector A (14P) and audio unit connector D(14P) according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE XM receiver connector Audio unit connector Wire color A6 D6 RED A14 D14 GRN A5 D5 WHT A13 D13 BLU Fig. 49: Checking Continuity Between Xm Receiver Connector A (14P) And Audio Unit Connector D(14P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good XM receiver, then reconnect the all connectors and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original XM receiver. If the symptom/indication is still present, replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). NO -Open in the wire(s) between the audio unit and XM receiver. Replace the affected shielded harness. XM RADIO DISPLAY IS BLANK AND NO STATION INFORMATION IS DISPLAYED NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 and No. 7 terminal and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 50: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P) No. 1 And No. 7 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Repair open in the wire between No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 terminal. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal and body ground. Fig. 51: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P) No. 11 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 0.1 V? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Repair open in the wire between the XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal and body ground (G551) (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ). 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 5. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 2 terminal and body ground. Fig. 52: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P) No. 2 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 10V or more present? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Substitute a known-good XM receiver and recheck. If 10 V or more are present, replace the original XM receiver (see XM RECEIVER REPLACEMENT ). 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Measure the voltage between the audio unit connector D (14P) No. 2 terminal and body ground. Fig. 53: Measuring Voltage Between Audio Unit Connector D (14P) No. 2 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 0.5 V? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Substitute a known-good audio unit and recheck. If 0.5 V or less are present, replace the original audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector D (14P). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 10. Disconnect XM receiver connector A (14P). 11. Check for continuity between audio unit connector D(14P) and body ground according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Audio unit connector Wire color D9 BLU D10 PNK Fig. 54: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector D(14P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Short to body ground in the wire(s) between the audio unit and the XM receiver. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Check for continuity between the audio unit connector D (14P) according to the table. TERMINALS REFERENCE From terminal To terminals D3 D9, D10 D9 D10 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 55: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector D (14P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity between any of the terminals? YES -Short in the wire(s) between the audio unit and the XM receiver. Replace the affected shielded harness. NO -Go to step 13. 13. Check for continuity between audio unit connector D (14P) and XM receiver connector A (14P) according to the table. CONNECTOR REFERENCE Audio unit connector XM receiver connector Wire color D3 A3 BRN D9 A9 BLU D10 A10 PNK Fig. 56: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector D (14P) And XM Receiver Connector A (14P) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element YES -Substitute a known-good XM receiver, then reconnect the all connectors and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original XM receiver. If the symptom/indication is still present, replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). NO -Open in the wire(s) between the audio unit and XM receiver. Replace the affected shielded harness. AUDIO SYSTEM SOUND IS WEAK OR DISTORTED (DISPLAY IS NORMAL) NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and check for sound in each mode (AM, FM, XM, and disc). Is there sound from the speakers, and is the sound quality normal in each mode? YES -Intermittent failure. The system is OK at this time. Check for loose connections at the audio unit, amplifier, and each speaker. NO -Speakers all work, sound quality is poor.    If the sound quality is poor only with the XM radio, or the XM radio does not function, go to poor or no sound with XM radio (see POOR OR NO SOUND WITH XM RADIO (AUDIO UNIT DOES DISPLAY XM CHANNELS) ). If the sound quality is poor only with AM or FM radio, go to poor AM or FM radio reception or interference (see POOR AM OR FM RADIO RECEPTION OR INTERFERENCE (WITH XM) ). If the sound is poor in all modes, go to sound quality diagnosis (see SOUND QUALITY DIAGNOSIS ). AUDIO DISC DOES NOT LOAD NOTE:    Check the vehicle battery condition first. Disc labels should not be used in the audio unit. They may damage the player mechanism. Make sure the disc is compatible with the system (see the owner's manual for more information). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and insert a known-good disc to see if the symptom can be duplicated. Does the disc load? YES -Operation is normal. If the disc loads normally, but will not play, go to audio disc does not play (see AUDIO DISC DOES NOT PLAY ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NO -Go to step 3. 3. Insert another disc. Does the disc load? YES -The original disc is faulty. NO -Replace audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). RADIO TUNER DOES NOT CHANGE STATIONS NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and check the audio information on the display panel. Does the audio information display properly? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Go to power switch will not turn ON (see POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO SOUND) ). 3. Operate the tuning knob to see if the radio station changes. Does the radio station change? YES -Intermittent failure: The tuning knob is OK at this time. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). ERROR CODE: XM NO SIGNAL OR XM ANTENNA IS DISPLAYED NOTE:   Check the vehicle battery condition first. Check XM radio reception in an open area. Poor reception/interference can be caused by tall buildings, mountains, or high-voltage power lines. 1. Park the vehicle outside with a clear view of the southern horizon. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Turn on the audio unit and select XM radio. Does the XM radio receive a signal? YES -Reception interference operation is normal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Check AM/FM/XM antenna 3P connector and XM receiver connector B (2P). Are XM antenna connector B connected? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Reconnect XM receiver connector B, recheck XM radio operation. If the signal is restored, operation is normal. If signal not restored go to step 6. 6. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 and No. 7 terminal and body ground. Fig. 57: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P) No. 1 And No. 7 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Repair open in the wire between audio unit and XM receiver. 7. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 58: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P) No. 11 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 0.1 V? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair open in the wire between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal and body ground (G551) (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ). 8. Subsitute known-good AM/FM/XM antenna. Does the XM radio receiver a signal? YES -Replace the AM/FM/XM antenna (see AM/FM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT ). NO -Subsitute known-good XM antenna lead. If the XM radio receives the signal, replace the original XM antenna lead. If the XM radio does not receive a signal, replace the XM receiver (see XM RECEIVER REPLACEMENT ). AUDIO DISC DOES NOT EJECT NOTE:   Check the vehicle battery condition first. Disc labels should not be used in the audio unit. They may damage the player mechanism. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit. Does the system turn on? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Go to power switch will not turn ON (see POWER SWITCH WILL NOT TURN ON (NO INFORMATION DISPLAY AND NO SOUND) ). 3. Check to see if the disc ejects correctly with no binding by pushing the EJECT button. Does the disc eject? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). XM RADIO PRESET MEMORY IS LOST Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and set each of the XM radio channel preset buttons. Do each of the XM radio channel preset buttons set properly? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF for 1 minute, then turn it back to ON (II). 4. Test all of the XM radio channel preset buttons for proper recall operation. Do the preset buttons recall the set radio stations? YES -System is normal at this time. Check the connections at the audio unit. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 and No. 7 terminal and body ground. Fig. 59: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P) No. 1 And No. 7 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 1 terminal. 7. Measure the voltage between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 60: Measuring Voltage Between XM Receiver Connector A (14P) No. 11 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 0.1 V? YES -Replace the XM receiver (see XM RECEIVER REPLACEMENT ). NO -Repair open in the wire between XM receiver connector A (14P) No. 11 terminal and body ground (G551) (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ). RADIO PRESET MEMORY IS LOST NOTE: If only the XM stations are lost, go to XM radio preset memory is lost (see XM RADIO PRESET MEMORY IS LOST ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and set each of the radio station preset buttons. Do each of the buttons set properly? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF for 1 minute, then turn it back to ON (II). 4. Test the preset buttons for proper recall operation. Do the preset buttons recall the set radio stations? YES -System is normal at this time. Check the connections at the audio unit. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). VOLUME DOES NOT CHANGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NOTE:   Check the vehicle battery condition first. Set the fader and balance positions to the center. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and check for sound in each mode (AM, FM, XM, and disc). Is the sound normal? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Go to audio system sound is weak or distorted, or no sound is heard from speakers (see NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S) (DISPLAY IS NORMAL) ). 3. Operate the volume knob to see if the volume changes. Does the volume change? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). AUDIO UNIT BUTTON ILLUMINATION DOES NOT WORK NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Turn the combination lighting switch to the parking light position. 3. Check the illumination of the audio unit buttons. Are the buttons illuminated? YES -Intermittent problem: the audio unit is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at the audio unit connector A (20P). NO -Go to step 4. 4. Check the illumination of several other buttons not related to the audio system. Are the buttons illuminated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Troubleshoot the interior lights. Start by checking the No. 2 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, check for an open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the audio unit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector A (20P). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 7. Disconnect gauge control module 36P connector. 8. Check for continuity between audio unit connector A (20P) No. 19 terminal and gauge control module 36P connector No. 26 terminal. Fig. 61: Checking Continuity Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) No. 19 Terminal And Gauge Control Module 36P Connector No. 26 Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module and the audio unit. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. With the headlight switch still on, measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (20P) No. 9 terminal and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 62: Measuring Voltage Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) No. 9 Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Check the connections at audio unit connector A (20P). If all the connections are OK, replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the audio unit. DISPLAY DOES NOT DIM OR BRIGHTEN WITH DIMMER NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn the combination light switch ON and OFF to see if the symptom can be duplicated. Can you duplicate the problem? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Operation is normal. 3. Turn the combination light switch OFF. 4. Operate the illumination control dial. Is it normal? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and disconnect audio unit connector A (20P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 6. Check for loose or a poor connection, then reconnect audio unit connector A (20P) and recheck the symptom. Does the problem still appear? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Operation is normal. 7. Measure the voltage between audio unit connector A (20P) No. 9 and No. 19 terminals. Operate the dash lights brightness controller buttons to see if the voltage changes. Fig. 63: Measuring Voltage Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) No. 9 And No. 19 Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the voltage change? YES -Substitute a known-good audio unit, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the gauge control module. Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 AUDIO DISC DOES NOT PLAY NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Turn on the audio unit and try loading a known-good disc. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Does the disc load? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Go to audio disc does not load (see AUDIO DISC DOES NOT LOAD ). 3. Insert another known-good disc to see if the symptom can be duplicated. Does the disc play? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) in the audio unit. Does the disc play? YES -The original disc is faulty, or has an unreadable format. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 AUDIO DISC SKIPS NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Confirm the vehicles tires are properly inflated. 2. Check the customers CD for scratches, fingerprints, and marks. NOTE: The following test should be performed with audio unit bass and treble set to customers listening performance. When comparing to known-good vehicles, comparison should be performed on same model and trim level. 3. Test drive to identify when customers CD skips. The audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) can be used if customers CD is not available. Use tracks 10-12. Does the CD skip? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Operation is normal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 4. Compare the customers CD that is skipping in a known-good vehicle under the same conditions. Does the CD skip in the known-good vehicle under the same conditions? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Go to step 5. NOTE: The following test should be performed with vehicle parked and engine running. 5. Insert the diagnostic skip test CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA300) (ABEXTCD721). Play tracks 2-11 and note the track number(s) where the CD starts skipping. Do the same test on a known-good vehicle. Does the CD skip on same track number(s) as known-good vehicle? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Go to step 6. 6. Insert the diagnostic skip test CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA200) (ABEX TCD 725B) play tracks 7-11 and tracks 13-15 and note the track number(s) where the CD starts skipping. Perform the same test on a known-good vehicle. Does the CD skip on same track number(s) as known-good vehicle? YES -Operation is normal. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH DOES NOT WORK PROPERLY NOTE: Check the vehicle battery condition first. 1. Test the audio remote switch (see XM RECEIVER REPLACEMENT ). Is the audio remote switch OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the audio remote switch (see XM RECEIVER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Turn on the audio unit and check the audio unit operation (volume up, volume down, CH MODE). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Is the audio unit operation OK? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Remove the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). NOTE: Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 6. Measure the resistance between audio unit connector A (20P) No. 3 and No. 14 terminals as specified in the table. Fig. 64: Measuring Resistance Between Audio Unit Connector A (20P) No. 3 And No. 14 Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH TABLE AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH Button held down VOL DOWN VOL UP CH MODE (NONE) Resistance about 50 ohms about 300 ohms about 900 ohms about 2.4 Kohms about 10 kohms Is the resistance OK? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Repair open or high resistance in the circuit between the audio unit and the audio remote switch. If the wires are OK, replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ). 7. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 14 terminals of the audio unit connector A (20F1) and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 65: Checking Continuity Between No. 3 And 14 Terminals Of Audio Unit Connector A (20F1) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the circuit between audio unit and the audio remote switch. If the wires are OK, replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ). NO -Replace the audio unit (see AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). SOUND QUALITY DIAGNOSIS Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 Use the following tests to check sound quality. NOTE: Before beginning the following tests, write down the bass, treble, fader and balance settings, and then set them to their center positions for testing. LEFT/RIGHT CHANNEL ID Do this test to confirm proper channel routing. 1. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit. 2. Play track No. 1 (left, both, right channel ID) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. 3. The voice should be audible only from the channel or channels when indicated.  If the channel ID is correct for each side, go to the phase test.  If the channel ID is not correct, check for;  Shorted speaker wire  Faulty amplifier (with premium sound system)  Faulty audio unit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 PHASE TEST Do this test to confirm proper speaker phasing. 1. 2. 3. 4. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit. Play track No. 2 (phase) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. The voice should sound centered and focused when it is in-phase. The voice should sound diffused, and have "less bass" when it is out of phase.  If the voice changes from in-phase to out of phase as indicated by the prompt, the phasing is correct. Go to electrical noise test.  If the voice always sounds out of phase, phasing is not correct. Check for;  Crossed speaker wires  Faulty amplifier  Faulty audio unit Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 ELECTRICAL NOISE TEST Do this test to check for electrical noise being induced into the audio system. NOTE: Electrical noise may be caused by outside sources that cannot be handled by the audio system. Make sure you remove any cell phones and/or turn off any aftermarket device before beginning this test. 1. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit. 2. Play track No. 4 (digital zero) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. 3. Operate any electrical device that may create electrical noise in the audio system, including starting the engine. 4. Play track No. 5 (near digital zero) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. 5. Operate any electrical device that may create electrical noise in the audio system, including starting the engine. 6. Play track No. 6 (SNR) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. 7. Operate any electrical device that may create electrical noise in the audio system, including starting the engine.  If no abnormal noise is heard, go to individual speaker test. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element   If the noise is present only during the SNR track, replace the audio unit. If the noise is heard during the digital zero or near digital zero track, check for;  Poor ground for the audio unit, amplifier, engine or battery cable  Pinched or shorted speaker or amplifier wire  Faulty amplifier  Faulty audio unit  Other faulty components causing excessive electrical noise (ignition coils, alternator, door lock actuators, etc.). Disconnect any suspect components, and then replay the tracks that were originally noisy. If the noise is gone, check the component's circuit and the component. Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 INDIVIDUAL SPEAKER TEST Do this test to identify a faulty speaker. 1. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit. 2. Play track No. 30 (steady 300 Hz tone) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. 3. Listen to each speaker for poor sound compared to the other speakers. Use the audio unit's fader and balance settings to help isolate the channel with the problem.  If the sound quality produced by a specific speaker is poor, substitute it with a known-good speaker. If the poor sound quality continues, go to the sound balance test.  If the sound quality is OK, go to the sound balance test. Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 SOUND BALANCE TEST Perform this test to identify a faulty channel or speaker. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit. Confirm the bass and treble are set to the center positions. Play track No. 3 (pink noise) at a normal, or slightly higher then normal, volume level. A "static" type sound should be heard through all speakers. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit of a known-good vehicle. Set the bass and treble to the center position. Play track No. 3 (pink noise) at the same level that was played in step 3. Compare the sounds made by the two vehicles. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element    If the noise sounds made by the two vehicles are very similar, go to the Frequency Sweep Test (+see FREQUENCY SWEEP ). If the sound does not have as much bass, check the subwoofer and circuit. If the sound does not have enough "hiss," check the tweeters and their circuits. Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 FREQUENCY SWEEP Do this test to find rattles or reverberation that may cause a perception of poor sound quality. 1. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit. 2. Play track No. 13 (sweep from 500 Hz to 35 Hz) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. 3. Listen to each speaker for poor sound quality or reverberations caused by specific frequencies. Use the voice-over to estimate the frequency that causes the vibration. Use the audio unit's fader and balance settings to help isolate the channel with the problem.  If you hear vibrations or poor sound quality, go to step 4.  If you do not hear any vibrations or poor sound quality, go to sound judging. 4. Choose the appropriate track from No. 14 to 25 (small range frequency sweep) or 26 to 53 (single frequencies) to recreate the frequency that caused the poor sound quality or vibration located in step 3 this aids in diagnosis of the problem. NOTE: When you get to the track that recreates the problem, select the repeat function on the audio unit, this will help you isolate the cause. 5. Replace or insulate the source of the vibrations or, if the speaker is the source of the poor sound quality, replace it. Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ-SDBA100 SOUND JUDGING   Do this test to compare overall sound quality, imaging, and dynamics between the customer's vehicle and a known-good vehicle. Only use a vehicle of the same model and trim level for this test. Make sure the vehicle is using only OEM speakers. 1. In the customer's vehicle, set the bass, treble, fader, and balance settings to the customer's normal settings that were written down before beginning testing. 2. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 3. Play tracks No. 7 to 12 (sound quality, midland, dynamics, and imaging demonstration tracks) at a normal, or slightly higher than normal, volume level. Write down the volume setting. 4. Listen to areas of the track that stand out as being either very clear, or poorer than other areas of the track. 5. Insert the audio diagnostic CD (T/N: 07AAZ-SDBA100) into the audio unit of a known-good vehicle. 6. Play the tracks at the same volume level and the same bass, treble, balance, and fader settings as used in step 3 in the customer's vehicle. 7. Listen to the same area of the track that stood out as being either very clear or poorer than other areas of the track. 8. Compare the customer's vehicle's sound quality results to the known-good vehicle's results.  If the sound quality in the customer's vehicle is comparable to the sound quality in the known-good vehicle, then the customer's vehicle is operating as designed.  If the sound quality is not comparable, check these items in order.  Loose or improperly installed speakers or other hardware that may become excited by the vibrations generated by the speakers  Poor power or ground to the stereo amplifier  Damaged speaker(s)  Faulty amplifier  Faulty audio unit SEEK STOP TEST Do this test to check the performance of the audio unit's AM and FM reception. Refer to SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING: audio sound weak or distorted, or no sound is heard from speakers (display is normal) (see NO SOUND IS HEARD FROM SPEAKER(S) (DISPLAY IS NORMAL) ) before continuing with this test. NOTE:   Window tint, aftermarket theft-recovery devices and other aftermarket accessories may reduce radio reception. Changes in cloud cover and other atmosphere conditions will affect the ability of the audio unit to receive radio signals. 1. Park the customer's vehicle in an open area away from buildings or other obstructions. 2. Park a known-good vehicle (same year, model, and trim level) next to the customer's vehicle, facing the same direction. 3. Start the engine in the customer's vehicle, and turn on the radio. 4. Set the FM receiver to 87.7 MHz. 5. Press the "Seek +" button and record the first station that the audio unit locks onto. 6. Press the "Seek +" button repeatedly, and write down each station that the audio unit locks onto until the station recorded in step 5 is reached again. 7. Set the AM receiver to 530 kHz. 8. Press the "Seek +" button, and record the first station that the audio unit locks on to. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 9. Press the "Seek +" button repeatedly, and write down each station that the audio unit locks onto until the station recorded in step 8 is reached again. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Start the engine in the known-good vehicle, and then perform steps 4 through 10 on the known-good vehicle. 12. Compare the number of stations received in steps 6 and 9 in the customer's vehicle with the number of stations received in the known-good vehicle.  If the number of stations received is the same, or within 10 %, the audio unit's tuner performance is OK. The problem may be atmospheric conditions, multi path interference, or other obstructions to the radio signal.  If the customer's vehicle receives fewer stations by at least 10 %, go to step 2 of poor AM or FM radio reception of interference (see SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ). AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ), and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) in the SRS before doing repairs or service. NOTE:     1. 2. 3. 4. Eject all the CDs before remove the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. If you are replacing the audio unit, write down the audio presets (if possible), and enter them into the new audio unit. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Remove the dashboard center panel (see CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the four mounting bolts, then remove the audio unit. Disconnect the audio connectors (A) and AM/FM antenna sublead (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 66: Identifying Audio Unit Removal/Installation Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the eight mounting bolts securing the audio unit to the audio unit bracket. 6. Install the audio unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the audio unit connector is plugged in properly, and the AM/FM antenna sublead is connected properly.  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system.  Set the clock. STEREO AMPLIFIER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the right kick panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ). 2. Remove the stereo amplifier connectors (A) from the stereo amplifier (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 67: Identifying Stereo Amplifier Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Loosen the mounting nut (C), and remove the two mounting bolts (D). 4. Remove the harness band (E) and the stereo amplifier. 5. Install the stereo amplifier in the reverse order of removal. SPEAKER REPLACEMENT DOOR SPEAKER 1. Remove the speaker cover (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 68: Identifying Speaker And Speaker Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the three screws, then disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the speaker (C). 3. Install the speaker in the reverse order of removal. TWEETER 1. Remove the A-pillar trim (see A-PILLAR TRIM ). 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 69: Identifying 2P Connector And Tweeter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the two mounting screws from the tweeter (B). 4. Install the tweeter in the reverse order of removal. SUBWOOFER 1. SC model: Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the dashboard center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the subwoofer (B). Fig. 70: Identifying 4P Connector And Subwoofer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element 4. Remove the four mounting bolts from the subwoofer. 5. Install the subwoofer in the reverse order of removal. AUXILIARY JACK ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT EX MODEL 1. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the front accessory power socket (see ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET TEST/REPLACEMENT ). 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the auxiliary jack assembly (B). Fig. 71: Identifying 5P Connector And Auxiliary Jack Assembly - EX Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Push out the auxiliary jack assembly (B) from behind the dashboard. 5. Install the auxiliary jack assembly in the reverse order of removal. SC MODEL 1. Remove the console accessory power socket from the center console box (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ). 2. Carefully pry the auxiliary jack assembly (A) out from the center console box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 72: Identifying 5P Connector And Auxiliary Jack Assembly - SC Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (B) from the auxiliary jack assembly. 4. Install the auxiliary jack assembly in the reverse order of removal. AM/FM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT WITHOUT XM 1. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the AM/FM antenna lead jack (A) and 1P connector (B) from the roof antenna (C). Fig. 73: Identifying AM/FM Antenna Lead Jack And 1P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the mounting nut (D) and the AM/FM antenna. 4. Install the antenna in the reverse order of removal. AM/FM/XM ANTENNA REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element WITH XM 1. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the AM/FM antenna lead connector (A) and XM antenna lead connector (B) from the AM/FM/XM antenna (C). Fig. 74: Identifying AM/FM Antenna Lead Connector And XM Antenna Lead Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the mounting nut (D) and the AM/FM/XM antenna. 4. Install the antenna in the reverse order of removal. XM RECEIVER REPLACEMENT WITH XM 1. Remove the right rear side trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA ). 2. Disconnect the XM receiver connector (A) and the XM antenna lead connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element Fig. 75: Identifying XM Receiver Connector And XM Antenna Lead Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the bolts and screws, then remove the XM receiver. 4. Install the XM receiver in the reverse order of removal. AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the driver's airbag assembly (see REMOVAL ). 2. Remove the two screws and cover (A) from the steering wheel. Fig. 76: Identifying Audio Remote Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the two screws from the audio remote switch (B). 4. Disconnect the 4P connector from the audio remote switch. 5. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals in each switch position according to the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Audio - Element table. RESISTANCE REFERENCE Position Resistance OFF About 10 kohms MODE About 2.4 kohms CH About 900 ohms ? (VOL. UP) About 300 ohms ? (VOL. DOWN) About 50 ohms 6. If the resistance is not as specified, replace the audio remote switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:17 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Starting System Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:42 8:27:38 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Engine does not start (does not crank) 1. Check for loose battery terminals or connections. 2. Test the battery for a low charge (see BATTERY TEST ). 3. Check the starter (see STARTER SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Check the starter cut relay (see POWER RELAY TEST ). 5. Check the transmission range switch (A/T) (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH TEST ). 6. Check the clutch interlock switch (M/T) (see CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST ). 7. Check the ignition switch or wire (see TEST ). Poor ground at G101 (A/T) or G502 (M/T) Engine cranks, but does not start 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 2. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ). 3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ). 4. Check for a plugged fuel filter (see FUEL FILTER REPLACEMENT ). 5. Check the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY TEST ). 6. Check for low engine compression (see ENGINE COMPRESSION INSPECTION ). 7. Check for a damaged or broken cam chain. Fuel level in tank Engine is hard to start 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 2. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ). 3. Check for a plugged or damaged fuel line (see FUEL LINE INSPECTION ). 4. Check for a plugged fuel filter (see FUEL FILTER REPLACEMENT ). Engine cranks slowly 1. Check for loose battery terminals or connections. 2. Test the battery for a low charge (see BATTERY TEST ). 3. Check the starter for binding (see STARTER SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Check for excessive drag in the engine. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Fig. 2: Starting System Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. STARTER SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element NOTE:    Air temperature must be between 59 and 100°F (15 and 38°C) during this procedure. After the inspection, you must reset the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). Otherwise, the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the fuel injectors from operating. The battery must be in good condition and fully charged. 1. Hook up the following equipment:  Ammeter, 0-400 A  Voltmeter, 0-20 V (accurate within 0.1 V) Fig. 3: Connecting Ammeter And Voltmeter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ). 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS. 6. Set the parking brake, then with the shift lever in the N or P position (A/T) or the clutch pedal pressed (M/T), turn the ignition switch to START (III). Does the starter crank the engine normally? YES - The starting system is OK. Go to step 11. NO - Go to step 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element 7. Check the battery condition. Check the electrical connections at the battery, the negative battery cable to the body, the engine ground cables, and the starter for looseness and corrosion. Then try cranking the engine again. Does the starter crank the engine? YES - Repairing the loose connection corrected the problem. The starting system is OK. Go to step 11. NO - Based on the following symptoms, take the appropriate action: If the starter will not crank the engine at all, go to step 8.  If the starter cranks the engine erratically or too slowly, go to step 9.  If the starter does not disengage from the flywheel or torque converter ring gear when you release the key, replace the starter, or remove and disassemble it, and check for the following:  Starter solenoid and switch malfunction  Dirty drive gear or damaged overrunning clutch 8. Make sure the shift lever is in the N or P position (A/T) or neutral (M/T) and set the parking brake, then disconnect the connector from the solenoid S terminal. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to the solenoid S terminal.  Fig. 4: Identifying Connector And Solenoid S Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the starter crank the engine? YES - Check the following items in the order listed until you find the open circuit:     Check the BLK/WHT wire and connectors between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ignition switch, and between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the starter. Check the ignition switch (see TEST ). Check the transmission range switch and connector (A/T) or the clutch interlock switch and connector (M/T). Check the starter cut relay (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element NO - Remove the starter, and repair or replace as necessary. 9. While cranking the engine, check the cranking voltage and the current draw. Is the cranking voltage greater than or equal to 8.5 V and is the current draw less than or equal to 380 A? YES - Go to step 10. NO - Replace the starter, or remove and disassemble it, and check for these problems: Excessive drag in the engine  Shorted armature winding  Drag in the starter armature  Open circuit in starter armature commutator segments  Excessively worn starter brushes  Open circuit in starter brushes  Dirty or damaged helical splines or drive gear  Faulty drive gear clutch 10. Remove the starter, and inspect its drive gear and the flywheel or torque converter ring gear for damage. Replace any damaged parts. 11. Select ECM/PCM reset (see ECM/PCM RESET ) to cancel ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS.  CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST M/T 1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector (A). Fig. 5: Identifying Clutch Interlock Switch 2P Connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table.  If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch interlock switch.  If OK, install the clutch interlock switch, and adjust the pedal height (see CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH, AND CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). Fig. 6: Identifying Clutch Interlock Switch Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. STARTER PERFORMANCE TEST 1. Make a connection for this test using the thickest (gauge) wire possible (preferably the same gauge as used on the vehicle). NOTE: To avoid damaging the starter, never leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. Fig. 7: Connecting Battery Terminal From Starter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. If the starter pinion moves out, it is working properly. 3. Disconnect the battery terminal from the starter as shown. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Fig. 8: Disconnecting Battery Terminal From Starter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Clamp the starter firmly in a vise. 5. Connect the starter to the battery as shown, and confirm that the motor starts and keeps rotating. Fig. 9: Connecting Starter To Battery Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the electric current meets the specification when the battery voltage is at 11.5 V, the starter is working properly. Specification Electric Current: 80 A or less STARTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REMOVAL 1. Make sure you have the, anti-theft code for the audio system. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Remove the intake manifold (see REMOVAL ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element 4. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal, and disconnect the connector (B) from the solenoid S terminal. Fig. 10: Identifying Starter Cable From B Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the harness clamp (C) and the harness holder (D). 6. Remove the two bolts holding the starter, then remove the starter. INSTALLATION 1. Install the starter, then install the harness holder (A) and the harness clamp (B), connect the starter cable (C) to the B terminal, and the connector (D) to the solenoid S terminal. Make sure the crimped side of the ring terminal faces away from the starter when you connect it. Fig. 11: Identifying Starter, Harness Holder And Harness Clamp With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the intake manifold (see INSTALLATION ). Connect the negative cable to the battery. Start the engine to make sure the starter works properly. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). 7. Set the clock. STARTER OVERHAUL DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Fig. 12: Exploded View Of Starter Overhaul Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ARMATURE INSPECTION AND TEST 1. Remove the starter (see STARTER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure. 3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet. If there is wear or damage, replace the armature. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Armature Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface it with an emery cloth or a lathe to the specifications in step 5, or recondition with #500 or #600 sandpaper (B). Fig. 14: Checking Commutator Surface Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is below the service limit, replace the armature. Commutator Diameter Standard (New): 28.0-28.1 mm (1.102-1.106 in.) Service Limit: 27.5 mm (1.083 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Fig. 15: Checking Commutator Diameter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Measure the commutator (A) runout.  If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator for carbon dust or brass chips between the segments.  If the commutator runout is not within the service limit, replace the armature. Commutator Runout Standard (New): 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Fig. 16: Measuring Commutator Runout Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow, or V-shaped (D). Commutator Mica Depth Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Standard (New): 0.40-0.50 mm (0.016-0.020 in.) Service Limit: 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Fig. 17: Identifying Mica Depth Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If there is an open circuit between any segments, replace the armature. Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between Segments Of Commutator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the armature core. If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core is turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the armature. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Fig. 19: Placing Armature On Armature Tester Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Use an ohmmeter to check for continuity between the commutator (A) and the armature coil core (B), and between the commutator and the armature shaft (C). If there is continuity, replace the armature. Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between Commutator And Armature Coil Core Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Starter Brush Inspection 11. Measure the brush length. If it is shorter than the service limit, replace the brush holder assembly. Brush Length Standard (New): 11.1-11.5 mm (0.44-0.45 in.) Service Limit: 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Fig. 21: Measuring Brush Length Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Starter Brush Holder Test 12. Check for continuity between the (+) brushes (A) and (-) brushes (B). If there is continuity, replace the brush holder assembly. Fig. 22: Checking Continuity Between Brushes Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Planetary Gear Inspection 13. Check the planetary gears (A) and internal ring gear (B)for wear or damage. Replace them if they are worn or damaged. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element Fig. 23: Identifying Planetary Gears And Internal Ring Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Overrunning Clutch Inspection 14. While holding the drive gear (A), turn the gear shaft (B) counterclockwise. Check that the drive gear comes out to the other end. If the drive gear does not move smoothly, replace the gear cover assembly. Fig. 24: Identifying Gear Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. While holding the drive gear, turn the gear shaft clockwise. The gear shaft should rotate freely. If the gear shaft does not rotate smoothly, replace the gear cover assembly. 16. If the starter drive gear is worn or damaged, replace the overrunning clutch assembly, the gear is not available separately. Check the condition of the torque converter ring gear to see if the starter drive gear teeth are damaged. Starter Reassembly Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Starting System - Element 17. Install the brush into the brush holder, and set the armature (A) in the brush holder (B). NOTE: To seat the new brushes, slip a strip of #500 or #600 sandpaper, with the grit side up, between the commutator and each brush, and smoothly rotate the armature. The contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the same contour as the commutator. Fig. 25: Identifying Brush To Brush Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. While squeezing a spring (C), insert it in the hole on the brush holder, and push it until it bottoms. Repeat this for the other three springs (D, E, and F). 19. Install the armature and brush holder assembly into the housing. NOTE: Make sure the armature stays in the holder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:27:38 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element FRAME BRACE REPLACEMENT FRONT STRUT BRACE AND STEERING GEARBOX ROD TORQUE Fig. 1: Identifying Frame Brace Components Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:31 9:31:26 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element SUBFRAME REPLACEMENT FRONT SUBFRAME TORQUE NOTE:   After loosening the subframe mounting bolts, be sure to replace them with new ones. When installing, align both installation reference holes in the subframe with both reference holes in the body using a screwdriver or tapered punch as a guide. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:26 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Subframe Components REAR SUBFRAME TORQUE NOTE:   After loosening the subframe mounting bolts, be sure to replace them with new ones. When installing, align both installation reference holes in the subframe with the reference holes in the body using a screwdriver or tapered punch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:26 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element as a guide. Fig. 3: Identifying Subframe Components With Torque Specifications FRAME REPAIR CHART TOP VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:26 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element Fig. 4: Frame Repair Chart For Top View (1 Of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:26 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element Fig. 5: Frame Repair Chart For Top View (2 Of 2) SIDE VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:26 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element Fig. 6: Frame Repair Chart For Side View (1 Of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:26 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Frame - Element Fig. 7: Frame Repair Chart For Side View (2 Of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:31:26 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Interior Trim Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:56 9:30:52 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. FRONT DOOR SILL AREA NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. 1. Remove the front seat track floor cover.  Slide the front seat forward fully.  Pull the front seat track floor cover (A) up by hand to detach the clips (B, C) and release the hooks (D) from the carpet, then remove the cover. Fig. 2: Identifying Front Seat Track Floor Cover And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Pull the front door sill trim (A) up by hand to detach the clips (B, C), then remove the trim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Front Door Sill Trim Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the left kick panel (A) or the right kick panel (B). -1 Pull out the front door inner seal (C) from the kick panel hooks (D) and the front door opening flange. -2 Pull the kick panel back by hand to detach the clips (E, F), then remove the panel. On the driver's side, pull the hood opener knob (G) and hold it while removing the panel. Driver's side Fig. 4: Identifying Kick Panel Clips (Driver's Side) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Passenger's side Fig. 5: Identifying Kick Panel Clips (Passenger's Side) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Pull out the front door inner seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the front door opening flange, then remove the seal. Fig. 6: Identifying Front Door Inner Seal From Trim Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 A-PILLAR TRIM SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions arid procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. NOTE:      Follow the A-pillar trim installation procedure carefully; improper installation could cause the side curtain airbag to deploy improperly and possibly cause injury. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the trim and panels. The upper clip in the A-pillar trim (A) consists of a grommet (B) and a pin (C). The grommet expands when the pin secures it to the body panel (D). The projections (E) on the pin are broken during removal, so the clip must be replaced with a new one when the trim is reinstalled. Fig. 7: Identifying A-Pillar Trim And Grommet Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1. Pull the front door inner seal away from the front pillar as needed (see step 3 on Front Door Sill Area ). 2. Hit the upper clip in the front pillar trim (A) with a rubber mallet. The clip is under the point (B) on the edge of the trim indicates. Hitting the clip breaks the projections (C) on the pin (D) and pushes it into the grommet (E) and against the body (F). The grommet becomes narrow. NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new one when the front pillar trim is reinstalled. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 8: Hitting Upper Clip In Front Pillar Trim With Rubber Mallet Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pull the top of the A-pillar trim (A) back by hand to remove the upper clip (B) from the body (C). Fig. 9: Identifying Upper Clip From Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Pull the A-pillar trim (A) by hand to detach the clip. Pull the trim up from the dashboard (B), then disconnect the tweeter connector (C) (if equipped) and remove the trim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Trim Up From Dashboard Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the A-pillar trim and all clips on the trim with new ones. 6. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, remove the upper clip (A) from the removed A-pillar trim (B) and discard it. Then check the trim:  To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the A-pillar trim and replace it if it has any of these types of damage:  Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitened areas in the A-pillar trim  Any cracks or stress-whitening in the clip seating surfaces (C, D)  Check if the clip (E) is damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace it with a new one.  Replace the upper clip with a new one. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Clip Seating Surfaces Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Before installing the A-pillar trim (A), whether it is being replaced or reinstalled, temporarily remove the new upper clip (B). Fig. 12: Identifying Upper Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Carefully install a new upper clip (A) to the A-pillar trim (B). Be sure that the grommet (C) is nearest to the top of the pin (D) as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 13: Installing Upper Clip To A-Pillar Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Reinstall the A-pillar trim (A). -1 Connect the tweeter connector (for some models). -2 Insert the bottom of the trim into the dashboard (B). -3 Place the trim over the A-pillar (C), and fit its upper clip (D), and lower clip into the holes (E) in the A-pillar, then lightly push the trim into place. NOTE:   Make sure the side curtain airbag isn't tucked down under the clips and ribs. Push lightly on the upper clip. If you push too hard, the clip will be damaged, and it will not hold the trim properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 14: Identifying A-Pillar Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Reinstall the door inner seal. TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - CARGO AREA Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element 1. Remove the cargo area trim as shown. To remove the rear trim panel, lift up on the hinged section and hold it, then remove the screws and release the clips. 2. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. Fig. 15: Identifying Trim Removal/Installation - Cargo Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 REAR SIDE TRIM PANEL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. 1. Remove these items:  Door sill trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )  Rear seat (see REAR SEAT DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY )  Hatch weatherstrip, as needed (see HATCH WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT )  Cargo area floor (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - CARGO AREA ) 2. Remove the lower anchor bolt (A) and tie down hooks (B). Fig. 16: Identifying Lower Anchor Bolt And Tie Down Hooks With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the rear side trim panel (A). -1 Remove the screws (B, C) and release the clips (D). -2 Remove the seat belt lid (E) from the rear side trim panel. -3 Pull the upper edge of the panel back to release the upper hooks (F) from the quarter pillar trim (G). -4 Detach the clips (H, I) and pull the panel back to remove it. -5 Passenger's side: Disconnect the accessory power socket connector (J). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 17: Identifying Rear Side Trim Panel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  When installing the panel, make sure there are no pinches in the seat belt.  Push the clips into place securely.  Before installing the anchor bolt, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the seat belt.  Make sure the each connector is plugged in properly. TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE PILLAR AREA Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 C-PILLAR TRIM/UPPER QUARTER WINDOW TRIM SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. 2. 3. 4. Fold the rear seat forward. Remove the rear seat belt lower anchor bolt (see step 2 on REAR SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). Remove the rear seat belt upper anchor bolt (see step 6 on REAR SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). Remove these items:  Door sill trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )  Rear seat  Door inner seal, as needed (see step 3 on Front Door Sill Area )  Hatch weatherstrip, as needed (see HATCH WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT )  Cargo area floor (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - CARGO AREA )  Rear side trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA ) 5. Remove the C-pillar trim (A). 1. Detach the clips (B, C) by pulling the trim back. 2. Lower the trim to release the upper hooks (D) from the C-Pillar (E) Fig. 18: Identifying C-Pillar Trim Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element 6. Detach the clips by pulling the trim back, then remove the upper quarter window trim (A). Fig. 19: Identifying Upper Quarter Window Trim Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips (A) are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the C-pillar trim and all clips on the trim with new ones (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ).  To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the trim and replace it if it has any of these types of damage:  Any cracks or deformations in the upper quarter window trim (B), the C-pillar trim (C) and the upper hooks (D), and any stress-whitened areas in the upper part of the trim  Any cracks or stress-whitened areas in the clips seating surfaces (E)  Replace any damaged parts with new ones.  Make sure the hooks on the C-pillar trim are installed in the side curtain airbag bracket properly.  Make sure the trim hook is installed into the side curtain airbag the quarter pillar bracket securely.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the seat belt. Upper quarter window trim Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 20: Identifying Upper Quarter Window Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. C-pillar trim Fig. 21: Identifying C-Pillar Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 D-PILLAR TRIM/REAR ROOF TRIM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Remove these items:  Door sill trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )  Rear seat  Door inner seal, as needed (see step 3 on Front Door Sill Area )  Hatch weatherstrip, as needed (see HATCH WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT )  Cargo area floor (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - CARGO AREA )  Rear side trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA ) 2. Remove the rear roof trim (A). 1. Detach the clips and release the hooks (B). 2. Disconnect the ceiling light connector (C). Fig. 22: Identifying Ceiling Light Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the D-pillar trim panel (A). 1. Pry off the lid (B), then remove the screw (C). 2. Detach the clips (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 23: Identifying D-Pillar Trim Panel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips (A) are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  To prevent the side curtain airbag from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the trim and replace it if it has any of these types of damage:  Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitening in the D-pillar trim (B), rear roof trim (C), and hooks (D)  Any cracks or stress-whitened areas in the clips seating surfaces (E)  Replace any damaged parts with new ones.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Make sure the top of the trim overlaps with the headliner correctly.  Make sure the rear ceiling light connector is plugged in properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 24: Identifying Clips, D-Pillar Trim, Rear Roof Trim And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - HATCH AREA Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. 1. Remove the trim as shown. 2. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element    Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. Make sure the rear window defogger wire harness on each side is not pinched. Push the clips into place securely. Fig. 25: Trim Removal/Installation - Hatch Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - TAILGATE AREA Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element NOTE:    Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. 1. Remove the tailgate weatherstrip as needed (see TAILGATE WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the tailgate handle knob (A), and remove the screw. Fig. 26: Identifying Tailgate Handle Knob Screw Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Open the tailgate. Starting at the bottom edge on the tailgate lower trim panel (A), pull the trim panel up to detach the clips. Fig. 27: Identifying Bottom Edge On Tailgate Lower Trim Panel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Close the tailgate half-way and hold it there to loosen the tailgate support cables (A) on both sides. Pull Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element up on the bottom edge of the trim panel (B)and pass the cables under the trim panel on each side. Fig. 28: Identifying Tailgate Support Cables On Both Sides Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Pull the trim panel (A) out to release the pins (B) of the trim panel and the tailgate handle lever (C), then remove the trim panel. Fig. 29: Removing Trim Panel Out To Release Pins Of Trim Panel And Tailgate Handle Lever Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the trim panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Make sure the tailgate handle lever is slipped through the slit of the trim panel properly.  Push the clips into place securely. SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Release the tabs (A) on both sides with the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, then remove the sunvisor cap (B) from the bracket (C). Turn the cap, and remove it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Sunvisor Cap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the sunvisor (A). 1. Remove the sunvisor from the holder (B). 2. Using a TORX T25 bit, remove the screws. 3. Remove the sunvisor from the body. Fig. 31: Identifying Sunvisor Screws With Torque Specification Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Using a flat-tip screwdriver, push the hook (A), and turn the holder (B) 90°, then pull it out. Fig. 32: Removing Holder Hook Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the sunvisor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the sunvisor with a new one.  To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect removed pieces and replace them if they have any of these types of damage:  Any cracks in the sunvisor stay base (A)  Any bends or cracks in the sunvisor stay shaft (B)  Any cracks in the sunvisor base (C)  If the threads on a visor screws are worn out, use an oversized self-tapping ET screw, P/N 90137S30-003, made specifically for this application. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 33: Identifying Sunvisor Stay Base And Sunvisor Base Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GRAB HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. On the front passenger's side: Remove the caps (A), and remove the screws, then remove the grab handle (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Grab Handle Screws With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the grab handle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the grab handles with new ones.  To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the removed grab handle (A) and replace it if it has any deformations. Fig. 35: Identifying Grab Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:   Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element   Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. Be careful not to damage the dashboard and other interior trim. 1. Remove these items:  Ceiling light (see CEILING LIGHT TEST/REPLACEMENT )  A-pillar trim, both sides (see A-PILLAR TRIM )  C-pillar trim, both sides (see C-PILLAR TRIM/UPPER QUARTER WINDOW TRIM )  Upper quarter window trim (see C-PILLAR TRIM/UPPER QUARTER WINDOW TRIM )  D-pillar trim, both sides (see D-PILLAR TRIM/REAR ROOF TRIM )  Rearview mirror (see REARVIEW MIRROR REPLACEMENT )  Skylight (for some models) 2. Remove the upper striker covers (A) from both sides. 1. Pull the door inner seal (B) away as needed. 2. Pull the cover to the rear to release it from the rear access panel upper striker (C). Detach the clips. Fig. 36: Removing Upper Striker Covers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If equipped, remove the roof console (A). 1. Remove the lens (B). 2. Remove the self-tapping screws. 3. Pull the console down, and slide it rearward to release the hooks (C). Take care not to damage the roof wire harness. 4. Disconnect the front individual map light connector (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 37: Identifying Roof Console With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If equipped with a skylight, remove the screws, and slide the glass latch handle trim (A) forward to release the hook (B), then remove the trim. Fig. 38: Identifying Hook And Glass Latch Handle Trim With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Lower the headliner (A). -1 If equipped with a skylight, remove the roof trim (B). -2 Remove the clip from the rear edge of the headliner. -3 Remove the remaining door inner seal (C) from each opening. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 39: Identifying Lower Headliner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. With the help of an assistant, pull the headliner (A) out through the tailgate opening. Do not bend the liner. Bending the liner will crease and damage it. Fig. 40: Removing Headliner Out Through Tailgate Opening Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. If necessary, remove the side curtain airbag mounting, bolts (A) and grab handle bracket mounting, bolts (B), then remove the grab handle bracket (C) from each side by releasing the hooks (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 41: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Mounting Bolts And Grab Handle Bracket Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the headliner in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the headliner and removed trim pieces with new ones.  To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect removed pieces and replace them if they have any of these types of damage:  Any crease or tears in the headliner (A)  Any deformations in the grab handle (B)  Any damage around the grab handle holes (C) or Sunvisor holes in the headliner  Any cracks in the sunvisor stay base (D)  Any bends or cracks in the sunvisor stay shaft (E)  Any cracks in the sunvisor base (F)  Any Velcro fasteners (G) which have come off the headliner  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Replace the removed cushion tape with new ones.  Check that both sides of the headliner are securely attached to the trim.  Make sure the headliner overlaps the trim pieces correctly (see COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT ).  When reinstalling the headliner through the tailgate opening, be careful not to fold or bent it. Also, be careful not to scratch the body.  With skylight: When installing the roof trim (H), align the roof trim ends with the opening flange of the skylight frame as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Headliner Fig. 42: Identifying Headliner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Grab handle Fig. 43: Identifying Grab Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Sunvisor Fig. 44: Identifying Sunvisor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Skylight (some models) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 45: Identifying Skylight (Some Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FLOOR COVERING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. NOTE:     Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the floor covering. Be careful not to damage the dashboard or other interior trim pieces. FRONT FLOOR COVERING 1. Remove these items:  Front seats, both sides (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Door sill trim, both sides (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )  Kick panels, both sides (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )  Passenger's dashboard undercover (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UNDERCOVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Subwoofer (see SUBWOOFER ) 2. Remove the front floor covering (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element -1 Remove the clips. -2 Release the Velcro fastener (B), then pull back the floor covering from under the heater unit. -3 Release the Velcro fasteners (C) on the front edge of the floor covering, then pull back the floor covering from under the dashboard. Fig. 46: Identifying Velcro Fasteners On Front Edge Of Floor Covering Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the front floor covering. 4. Install the floor covering in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the floor covering.  Make sure the seat harnesses are routed correctly.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. REAR FLOOR COVERING 1. Remove these items:  Front seats, both sides (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Door sill trim, both sides (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS )  Rear side trim panel, both sides (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA )  Center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) 2. Remove the clips, then remove the rear floor covering (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Interior Trim - Element Fig. 47: Identifying Rear Floor Covering Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the floor covering in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the floor covering.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips into place securely. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:52 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION INTERMITTENT FAILURES The term "intermittent failure" means a system may have had a failure, but it checks OK now. If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the dash does not come on, check for poor connections or loose terminals at all connectors related to the circuit that you are troubleshooting. If the MIL was on but then went out, the original problem may have been intermittent. OPENS AND SHORTS "Open" and "short" are common electrical terms. An open is a break in a wire or at a connection. A short is an accidental connection of a wire to ground or to another wire. In simple electronics, this usually means something won't work at all. With complex electronics (such as ECMs or PCMs) this can sometimes mean something works, but not the way it's supposed to. HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) If the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) has come on 1. Start the engine, and check the MIL (A). NOTE: If the ignition switch is turned ON (II), and the engine is not started, the MIL stays on for 15-20 seconds (see MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) INDICATION (IN RELATION TO READINESS CODES) ). Fig. 2: Identifying MIL Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. If the MIL stays on, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:27 8:36:23 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle system. If it doesn't go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. Also check the freeze data and/or on-board snapshot data, and download any data found. Then refer to the indicated DTC'S TROUBLESHOOTING, and begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure. NOTE:    Freeze data indicates the engine conditions when the first malfunction, misfire, or fuel trim malfunction was detected. The HDS can read the DTC, freeze data, on-board snapshot, current data, and other engine control module (ECM) or powertrain control module (PCM) data. For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the HDS. 6. If no DTCs are found, go to MIL troubleshooting (see MIL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If the MIL did not stay on If the MIL did not stay on but there is a driveability problem, do the symptom troubleshooting. If you can't duplicate the DTC Some of the troubleshooting requires you to reset the ECM/PCM and try to duplicate the DTC. If the problem is intermittent and you can't duplicate the code, do not continue through the procedure. To do so will only result in confusion and possibly, a needlessly replaced ECM/PCM. HDS CLEAR COMMAND The ECM/PCM stores various specific data to correct the system even if there is no electrical power such as Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element when the battery negative terminal or No. 6 Fl ECU (15 A) fuse are disconnected. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the "CLEAR COMMAND" of the HDS, if parts are replaced. The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. They are DTC clear, ECM/PCM reset, and crank (CKP) pattern clear. DTC clear command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and readiness codes. This must be done with the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. The ECM/PCM reset command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and all specific data to correct the system except crank (CKP) pattern. If the crank (CKP) pattern data in the ECM/PCM was cleared, you must do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure. The crank (CKP) pattern clear command erases only crank (CKP) pattern data. This command is for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. SCAN TOOL CLEAR COMMAND If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands, be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the ECM/PCM, and it clears all commands at the same time crank (CKP) pattern learn, idle learn, readiness codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and DTCs. After you clear all commands, you then need to do these procedures, in this order: ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ); crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure; Test-drive to set readiness codes to complete (see HOW TO SET READINESS CODES ). DTC CLEAR 1. 2. 3. 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ECM/PCM RESET 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle system. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Repeat step 2 several times. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. The crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure is complete. How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. 2. 3. 4. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: The ECM/PCM is part of the immobilizer system. If you replace the ECM/PCM, it will have a different immobilizer code. In order for the engine to start, you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element HOW TO TROUBLESHOOT CIRCUITS AT THE ECM/PCM CONNECTORS Special Tools Required   Digital multimeter KS-AHM-32-003 (1) or a commercially available digital multimeter Backprobe set 07SAZ-001000A (2) 1. Connect the backprobe adapters (A) to the stacking patch cords (B), and connect the cords to a digital multimeter (C). Fig. 5: Connecting Backprobe Adapters To Stacking Patch Cords Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Using the wire insulation as a guide for the contoured tip of the backprobe adapter, gently slide the tip into the connector from the wire side until it touches the end of the wire terminal. 3. If you cannot get to the wire side of the connector or the wire side is sealed (A), disconnect the connector and probe the terminals (B) from the terminal side. Do not force the probe into the connector. NOTE: Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Sealed And Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. UPDATING THE ECM/PCM Special Tools Required     Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software HDS pocket tester GNA 600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE:         Use this procedure when you need to update the ECM/PCM during troubleshooting procedures. Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software version down loaded from the iN (interactive network). Before you update the ECM/PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON. To prevent ECM/PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, door locks, etc.) during the update. To ensure the latest program is installed, do an ECM/PCM update whenever the ECM/PCM is substituted or replaced. You cannot update an ECM/PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) light came on or was flashed during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent ECM/PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 7: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle system. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip step 4 and 5, then clean the throttle body after updating the ECM/PCM (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS diagnostic system, then select the update mode, and follow the screen prompts to update the ECM/PCM. 7. If the software in the ECM/PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the ECM/PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to' choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the ECM/PCM update system requires you to cool the ECM/PCM, follow the instructions on screen. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the ECM/PCM:     Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). Shut down the HDS. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element   Reboot the HDS. Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 9. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 10. Do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure. SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM Special Tools Required     Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software HDS pocket tester GNA 600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good ECM/PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 8: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 thru 14, then clean the throttle body after substituting the ECM/PCM (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Remove the passenger's dashboard under cover (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), the passenger's kick panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ), and the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 9. Cut the plastic cross brace in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters in the area shown, and discard it. Fig. 9: Cutting Plastic Cross Brace In Glove Box Opening Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the relays (A), then remove the bolts (B) and the glove box frame (C). Fig. 10: Identifying Relays, Bolts And Glove Box Frame Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the gray 20P ECM/PCM wire harness connector (A) from the ECM/PCM mounting bracket. Fig. 11: Identifying ECM/PCM And Wire Harness Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connectors (B). Remove the ECM/PCM mounting bolt (C) and the bracket. Remove the nuts (D), then remove the ECM/PCM (E). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Open the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the ECM/PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 18. 19. 20. 21. Manually input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. Enter the immobilizer code using the ECM/PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 22. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 23. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 24. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel and Emissions Systems - Element 25. Do the crank (CKP) pattern learn procedure. OBD STATUS The OBD status shows the current system status of each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is used to see if the repair was successfully completed. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC are displayed as:      PASSED: The on board diagnosis is successfully finished. FAILED: The on board diagnosis has finished but failed. EXECUTING: The vehicle is in enable criteria conditions for the DTC and the on board diagnosis is running. NOT COMPLETED: The on board diagnosis was running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC. OUT OF CONDITION: The vehicle has stayed out of the enable conditions for the DTC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:36:23 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Tailgate - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Tailgate - Element TAILGATE ADJUSTMENT 1. Loosen each bolt slightly. 2. Adjust the tailgate (A) alignment in the following sequence:  Adjust the tailgate hinges (B) right and left, as well as up and down, using the elongated holes.  Adjust the fit between the tailgate and tailgate opening by moving both strikers (C). Fig. 1: Identifying Tailgate Adjustment Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:28:03 9:27:59 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Tailgate - Element 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Tighten each bolt securely. Check that the tailgate opens properly and locks securely. Check that the tailgate weatherstrip contacts the hatch weatherstrip properly on each side. Apply touch-up paint to the hinge mounting bolts and around the hinges. Apply multipurpose grease to the pivot portion of the tailgate hinges (A) as indicated by the arrows. Fig. 2: Applying Multipurpose Grease To Pivot Portion Of Tailgate Hinges TAILGATE SUPPORT CABLE REPLACEMENT 1. Close the tailgate half-way, and hold it. 2. Remove the bolts from the body and tailgate, then remove the tailgate support cable (A). Fig. 3: Identifying Tailgate Support Cable Replacement 3. Install the support cable in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:59 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Tailgate - Element TAILGATE WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT 1. Open the tailgate half-way, and hold it. 2. On both sides of the tailgate weatherstrip (A), detach the clips with a clip remover, and release the double-sided adhesive tape (B). Fig. 4: Identifying Tailgate Weatherstrip Replacement 3. Remove the tailgate weatherstrip by pulling out on it. 4. Scrape off the remaining double-sided adhesive tape from the weatherstrip and tailgate, and clean the weatherstrip and tailgate surface with alcohol. Attach the new double-sided adhesive tape (3M 4213, or equivalent) to the weatherstrip. 5. Align the weatherstrip with both edges of the tailgate, and install the weatherstrip along the edge of the tailgate. Make sure there are no wrinkles in the weatherstrip. 6. Install the clips in both sides. 7. Check for water leaks. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:27:59 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Seats Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:29 9:35:23 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. NOTE:    Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the body or tear the seat covers. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 3. Remove the front seat track end covers (A) from the front of both seat tracks. Fig. 2: Identifying Front Seat Track End Covers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Slide the front seat forward fully. 5. Pull the front seat track floor cover (A) up to detach the clips (B, C) and to detach the hooks (D) from the door sill trim (E). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Front Seat Track Floor Cover Clips And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the bolts securing the front seat (A). Fig. 4: Identifying Front Seat Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Lift up the front seat, than disconnect the seat belt buckle switch connector (A), the seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B), the side airbag connector (C), the seat position sensor connector (D) on driver's seats, and the ODS unit harness connector (E) on passenger's seats. Driver's seat Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector And Side Airbag Connector (Driver's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Passenger's seat Fig. 6: Identifying Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector And Side Airbag Connector (Passenger's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the head restraint. 9. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the front seat through the door opening. 10. Install the seat in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element          Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with a new ones. Make sure each connector is plugged in properly. Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the seat mounting bolts before reinstallation. Tighten the seat mounting bolts to the specified torque in the sequence shown. Slide the seat all the way back and tighten (1) and (2), then slide it forward and tighten (3) and (4). The driver's seat is shown; the passenger's seat is similar. Tighten the bolts by hand first, then tighten them to specification with a torque wrench. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets. Reset the clock. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). Fig. 7: Removal/Installation Of Front Seat With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FRONT SEAT DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service.  Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK ).  Driver's seat position sensor replacement Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement Calibrate the ODS unit after any of these actions (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ).  Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components)  Replacement of the seat weight sensors  After a vehicle collision   NOTE:   Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove these items:  Front seat-back cover (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT )  Front seat cushion cover (see FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT )  Front seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE )  Front seat belt upper anchor (see step 7 on FRONT SEAT BELT )  Front seat belt lower anchor (see step 5 on REAR SEAT BELT ) 3. Remove the screws securing the recline inner covers (A). Fig. 8: Identifying Recline Inner Covers Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Disconnect and/or detach the side airbag connector clip (A) on each side seat, and the ODS subharness connectors (B) on the passenger's seat. Remove the wire tie(s) (C). Driver's seat Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Side Airbag Connector Clip And Wire Ties (Driver's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Passenger's seat Fig. 10: Identifying Side Airbag Connector Clip And Wire Ties (Passenger's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the bolts, then separate the seat-back (A) and the seat cushion (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Seat-Back And Seat Cushion With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Reassemble the front seat in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Apply multipurpose grease to the moving portions of the seat tracks.  Replace the wire ties with new ones.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Make sure the slide cables on both side seats and the rear seat access rod on the passenger's seat are connected securely. FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service.  Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Driver's seat position sensor replacement  Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement Calibrate the ODS unit after any of these actions (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ).  Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components)  Replacement of the seat weight sensors  After a vehicle collision   NOTE:     1. 2. 3. 4. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to tear the seams of damage the seat covers. On the passenger's seat, do not touch the ODS sensor in the seat-back pad, and keep it away from oil. Oil can corrode the sensor causing It to fail. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Remove the front seat (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the head restraint. remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). Release the hook springs (A), pull the seat-back cover (B). Fig. 12: Identifying Hook Springs And Seat-Back Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Release the Velcro fasteners (A), and unzip the seat-back cover (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Velcro Fasteners And Seat-Back Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Pull the seat-back cover, and release the hook (C). 7. Release the hook(s) (A) from the seat frame. Fig. 14: Identifying Seat Frame Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Pinch the tabs on the ends of the head restraint guides (A), and remove them from the seat-back. '07 model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Head Restraint Guides (For '07 Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. '08 model Fig. 16: Identifying Head Restraint Guides (For '08 Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Using the appropriate trim tool, pry out on the front belt trim cap (A) to release the hooks (B), then remove the screws securing the shoulder front seat trim (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 17: Identifying Front Belt Trim, Hooks And Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Release the front hook (A) and rear hook (B) of the reinforcing cloth (C) from the seat-back frame (D). Fig. 18: Removing Front Hook And Rear Hook Of Reinforcing Cloth From Seat-Back Frame Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Passenger's seat: Remove the ODS unit cover (A), and disconnect the OPDS sensor connectors (B) from the ODS unit (C), and pull them in through the hole (D) in the seat frame. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 19: Identifying ODS Unit Cover And OPDS Sensor Connectors Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Passenger's seat: Release the wire ties (A) fastening the OPDS sensor harnesses (B) to the seat-back frame spring (C). Fig. 20: Identifying PDS Sensor Harnesses And Seat-Back Frame Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Turn over the seat-back cover (A), then remove the screws securing the shoulder front seat cover (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 21: Identifying Shoulder Front Seat Cover Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Remove the seat-back cover/pad (A) from the seat-back frame (B). Fig. 22: Identifying Seat-Back Frame Seat-Back Cover/Pad Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 23: Identifying Seat-Back Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Reinitialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ).  To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips.  Replace any clips you removed with new ones (A). Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B).  Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat) are routed properly. Fig. 24: Identifying Upholstery Ring Pliers And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service.   Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK ).  Driver's seat position sensor replacement  Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement Calibrate the ODS unit after any of these actions (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ).  Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components)  Replacement of the seat weight sensors  After a vehicle collision NOTE:    Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the recline cover (A). -1 Remove the recline knob (B). -2 Driver's seat: Pull back the cap (C) to release the hooks (D), and remove the snap ring (E), then remove the height handle (F). -3 Gently pull out the cover to detach the clip, and release the hooks (G). Driver's seat Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Recline Cover (Driver's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Passenger's seat Fig. 26: Identifying Recline Cover (Passenger's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Gently pull out the center cover (A) to detach the clip, and release the hooks (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 27: Removing Out Center Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the seat belt lower anchor (A). Fig. 28: Identifying Seat Belt Lower Anchor With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Release the clips and hook(s) (A) from the seat frame. Driver's seat Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 29: Identifying Seat Frame For Driver's Seat Clips And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Passenger's seat Fig. 30: Identifying Seat Frame For Passenger's Seat Clips And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the center anchor bolt (A), then remove the seat belt buckle (B). Driver's Seat Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 31: Identifying Center Anchor Bolt With Torque Specification (Driver's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Passenger's seat Fig. 32: Identifying Center Anchor Bolt With Torque Specification (Passenger's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Driver's seat: Release the clips. 8. Release the hooks (C) from the seat frame. 9. Release the hook springs (A), pull the seat cushion cover (B). Driver's seat Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 33: Identifying Hook Springs And Seat Cushion Cover (Driver's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Passenger's seat Fig. 34: Identifying Hook Springs And Seat Cushion Cover (Passenger's Seat) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. 11. 12. 13. From under the seat cushion, release the hooks (C) from the seat cushion frame spring (D). Release the hooks (E) from the seat cushion frame. Passenger's seat: Release the clip (F). Remove the seat cushion cover/pad (A) from the seat frame (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 35: Identifying Seat Frame Seat Cushion Cover/Pad Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover. Fig. 36: Identifying Seat Cushion Cover Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and hooks.  Replace any clips you removed with new ones (A). Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:23 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 37: Identifying Clips And Upholstery Ring Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FRONT SEAT ARMREST REPLACEMENT FOR SOME MODELS NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Unzip the armrest cover (A), and pull back the armrest cover. Fig. 38: Identifying Armrest Cover With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the nut, the wave washer (B), and the washer (C), then remove the armrest (D). If necessary, remove the bushings (E) from the armrest. 3. Remove the bolts, then remove the armrest bracket (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 39: Identifying Armrest Bracket Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the armrest in the reverse order of removal. REAR SEAT DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:    Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the body or tear the seat covers. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Fold the seat-back rearward. 2. Pull the pivot bracket cover (A) away from the pivot bracket (B), and release the hook (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 40: Removing Pivot Bracket Cover Away From Pivot Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Fold the seat-back forward. 4. Remove the head restraint. 5. Remove the pivot bracket cover (A), and remove the E clip (B) from the center pivot (C). Fig. 41: Identifying Pivot Bracket Cover And Center Pivot E Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Release the hook strip, and with seat-back loops, unzip the seat-back cover (see step 3 on Rear Seatback Cover Replacement ), then pull back the cover. 7. Pull back the seat-back pad (A), and remove the bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 42: Identifying Back Seat-Back Pad Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the seat-back (A) from the seat cushion (B). If necessary, remove the bushing (C). Fig. 43: Identifying Seat-Back From Seat Cushion Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the seat-back in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  To prevent wrinkles in the seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hook strips.  Replace the bushing and E clip. REAR SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the seat support (A). -1 Release the clips (B). -2 Release the hooks (C), and detach the clip (D), then remove the inner support cover (E). -3 Remove the rear seat belt buckle center anchor bolt (F). -4 Remove the support bracket covers (G) from both sides. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element -5 Remove the bolts (H). -6 Release the support spring (I). Fig. 44: Identifying Seat Support With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the seat support in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Apply multipurpose grease to the moving portions of the link (A) as indicated by the arrows.  Apply liquid thread lock to the center anchor bolt before reinstallation.  Make sure there are no twists or kinks in the seat belt buckle before reinstallation.  When installing the inner support cover, slip the strap through the hole in the cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 45: Applying Multipurpose Grease To Moving Portions Of Link Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REAR SEAT HINGE LOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Remove the hinge lock (A). -1 Remove the screw (B), then remove the knob (C). -2 Remove the screws (D), and detach the hooks (E), then remove the outer hinge lock cover (F) and inner hinge lock cover (G). -3 Remove the bolts (H) and wave washers (I). Fig. 46: Identifying Hinge Lock With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the hinge lock in the reverse order of removal. REAR SEAT RECLINE ADJUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Remove these items from the rear seat:  Rear seat-back cover (see REAR SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT )  Rear seat support (see REAR SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Rear seat hinge lock (see REAR SEAT HINGE LOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  (Latch Child Seat Anchor) cover From under the seat cushion, release the hooks, and pull back the seat cushion cover (see step 3 on Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement ). Release the hooks from the seat cushion frame (see step 4 on Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement ). Remove the hook from the hook strap, and pull the hook strap out through the slit in the seat cushion cover (see step 5 on Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement ). Remove the screw, and pull the strap out (see step 6 on Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement ). Release the hooks securing the seat cushion cover from the recline cover (see step 8 on Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement ). Pull back the seat cushion cover. Remove the screw, and pull the recline cover down to release the hook (see step 9 on Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement ). Remove the nut, then remove the recline strap from the recline adjuster lever (see step 10 on Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement ). Remove the bolts, then remove the recline adjuster (A).  3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Fig. 47: Identifying Recline Adjuster With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the recline adjuster in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Apply multipurpose grease to the moving portions of the recline adjuster.  To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hooks. REAR SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:    Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the body or tear the seat covers. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the head restraint. 2. Fold the seat-back forward. 3. Release the hooks (A), and with seat-back loops, unzip the seat-back cover (B) and release the hooks (C). It is not necessary to remove a seat-back bungee cord from the loops if the cover will be reinstalled. With seat-back loops Fig. 48: Identifying Seat-Back Cover Hooks With Seat-Back Loops Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Without seat-back loops Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 49: Identifying Seat-Back Cover Hooks Without Seat-Back Loops Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Pull back the seat-back cover (A), and release the inside springs (B). Fig. 50: Identifying Inside Springs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Pull out the head restraint guides (A) while pinching the end of the guides, and remove them. '07 model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 51: Identifying Head Restraint Guides (For '07 Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. '08 model Fig. 52: Identifying Head Restraint Guides (For '08 Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover (A) all the way around, then release all of the clips (B). Fig. 53: Pulling Back Edge Of Seat-Back Cover Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the seat-back cover. 8. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hook, inside spring, and clips.  Replace any clips you removed with new ones (A). Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Fig. 54: Identifying Upholstery Ring Pliers And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REAR SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:    Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Take care not to scratch the body or tear the seat covers. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Remove these items from the rear seat:  See REAR SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT  See REAR SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION  See REAR SEAT HINGE LOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION  (Latch Child Seat Anchor) cover, both sides 3. From under the seat cushion, release the hooks (A) and Velcro fastener (B), and pull back the seat Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element cushion cover (C). Fig. 55: Identifying Seat Cushion Cover And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Release the hooks (A) from the seat cushion frame. Fig. 56: Identifying Seat Cushion Frame Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the hook (A) from the hook strap (B), and pull the hook strap out through the slit in the seat cushion cover. If necessary, remove the bolt (C), then remove the hook strap. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Hook Strap Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the clip (D), and pull the strap (E) out. 7. Release the Velcro fastener (A), and remove the cover (B). Fig. 58: Identifying Velcro Fastener And Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Release the hooks (A) securing the seat cushion cover (B) from the recline cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 59: Releasing Hooks Securing Seat Cushion Cover From Recline Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Pull back the seat cushion cover. Remove the screw (A), and pull the recline cover (B) down to release the hook (C). 10. Remove the nut (D), then remove the recline strap (E) from the recline adjuster lever (F). Fig. 60: Identifying Recline Strap Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Pull up on the center tray (A) to detach the clips, then remove the tray with the recline strap (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 61: Identifying Center Tray Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover (B). Fig. 62: Identifying Seat Cushion Cover And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. If necessary, remove the hinge covers (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 63: Identifying Hinge Covers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install the seat cushion cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and hooks.  Replace any clips you removed with new ones (A). Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Fig. 64: Identifying Upholstery Ring Pliers And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REAR SEAT STRIKER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Remove the bolts (A) and nut (B), then remove the seat striker (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Seats - Element Fig. 65: Removing Seat Striker Bolts And Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the seat striker in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:35:24 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Fuel Supply System Component Location Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:53 8:38:49 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC P0461: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Because it requires 162 miles (260 km) of driving without refueling to complete this diagnosis, DTC P0461 cannot be duplicated during this troubleshooting. 1. Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST ). Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending unit and the gauge assembly. NO -Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 2. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0461 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel gauge sending unit and the gauge control module, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. DTC P0462: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0462 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 6. Fold back the rear floor covering to reach the access panel (see REAR FLOOR COVERING ). Remove the access panel from the floor (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds. 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0463 indicated? YES -Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 22. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 13. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 14. Check for continuity between fuel tank unit 5P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 2: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Tank Unit 5P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the gauge control module (signal line) and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 24. NO -Go to step 15. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Remove the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Connect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Set the float (A) to the E position. Fig. 3: Setting Float To E Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Check the fuel gauge. Does the gauge move to the empty position? YES -Go to step 29. NO -Replace the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ), then Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element go to step 22. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0462 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. 29. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 30. Reconnect all connectors. 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 32. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0462 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. DTC P0463: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Is DTC P0463 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 6. Fold back the rear floor covering to reach the access panel (see REAR FLOOR COVERING ). Remove the access panel from the floor (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. 8. Connect fuel tank unit 5P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 4: Connecting Fuel Tank Unit 5P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 10. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 11. Check for continuity between gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 35 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 35 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (GND line) and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 26. 12. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 13. Connect fuel tank unit 5P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 6: Connecting Fuel Tank Unit 5P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Check for continuity between gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 32 and body ground. Fig. 7: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 32 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element YES -Go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module (signal line) and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 26. 15. Remove the jumper wire from the fuel tank unit 5P connector. 16. Remove the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 17. Test the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST ). Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 24. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Connect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. Reconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Set the float (A) to the F position. Fig. 8: Setting Float To F Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Check the fuel gauge. Does the gauge move to the full position? YES -Go to step 31. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element NO -Replace the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ), then go to step 24. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0463 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. 31. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 32. Reconnect all connectors. 33. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 34. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0463 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the fuel gauge sending unit. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING If you suspect a problem with the fuel pump, check that the fuel pump actually runs; when it is on, you will hear some noise if you listen to the fuel fill port with the fuel fill cap removed. The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is first turned on. If the fuel pump does not make noise, check as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A). Fig. 9: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. Fig. 10: Measuring Voltage Between PGM-FI Main Relay 2 5P Connector Terminal No. 5 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 5. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 5P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 11: Measuring Voltage Between PGM-FI Main Relay 2 5P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Repair open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 5P connector terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal E17. Fig. 12: Checking Continuity Between PGM-FI Main Relay 2 5P Connector Terminal No. 3 And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E17 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 10. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element NO -Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and the ECM/PCM (E17). 10. Reinstall PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 11. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 13: Connecting ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E7 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E17 and body ground. Fig. 14: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E17 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the jumper wire, then reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Open the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E17 and body ground within 2 seconds. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 15: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E17 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage for 2 seconds? YES -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 20. Fold back the rear floor covering to reach the access panel (see REAR FLOOR COVERING ). Remove the access panel from the floor (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure voltage between fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body ground within 2 seconds. Fig. 16: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Pump 5P Connector Terminal No. 5 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage for 2 seconds? YES -Go to step 27. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element NO -Go to step 22. 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 23. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 24. Connect PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. Fig. 17: Connecting PGM-FI Main Relay 2 5P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 26. Measure voltage between fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. Fig. 18: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Pump 5P Connector Terminal No. 5 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Replace PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). NO -Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) and the fuel pump 5P connector. 27. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 28. Check for continuity between fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Pump 5P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace the fuel pump (see Fuel Tank Unit Removal/Installation). NO -Repair open in the wire between the fuel pump 5P connector and G552. FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve pressure from the system by disabling the fuel pump and then disconnecting the fuel tube/quick connect fitting in the engine compartment. WITH THE HDS 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 20: Connecting HDS To Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. From the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS, select Fuel Pump OFF, then start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. NOTE:   Do not allow the engine to idle above 1,000 rpm or the ECM/PCM will continue to operate the fuel pump. A DTC or a Temporary DTC may be set during this procedure. Check for DTCs, and clear them as needed (see IF THE MIL DID NOT STAY ON ). 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 13. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). Fig. 21: Identifying Quick-Connect Fitting Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. 15. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:49 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 22: Identifying Quick-Connect Fitting Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE:     Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. Do not use tools. If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. Fig. 23: Pulling Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage (see step 4 ). 18. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, then do this:  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system.  Set the clock. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element WITHOUT THE HDS 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. 2. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A) from the under-dash fuse/relay box. Fig. 24: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. NOTE: 4. 5. 6. 7. If any DTCs are stored, clear and ignore them. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the fuel fill cap. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A). Fig. 25: Identifying Quick-Connect Fitting Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element 8. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. 9. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). Fig. 26: Identifying Fuel Quick-Connect Fitting For Dirt And Clean Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE:     Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. Do not use tools. If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. Fig. 27: Pulling Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage (see step 4 ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, then do this:  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system.  Set the clock. FUEL PRESSURE TEST Special Tools Required   Fuel pressure gauge 07406-004000B Fuel pressure gauge attachment set 07AAJ-S6MA150 1. Relieve the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ). 2. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting. Attach the fuel pressure gauge set and the fuel pressure gauge. Fig. 28: Attaching Fuel Pressure Gauge Set And Fuel Pressure Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle.  If the engine starts, go to step 5.  If the engine does not start, go to step 4. 4. Check to see if the fuel pump is running: listen to the fuel filler port with the fuel fill cap removed. The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is first turned on.  If the pump runs, go to step 5.  If the pump does not run, do the fuel pump circuit troubleshooting (see FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Read the fuel pressure gauge. The pressure should be: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element 320-370 kPa (3.3-3.8 kgf/cm2 , 47-54 psi)   If the pressure is OK, the test is complete. If the pressure is out of specification, replace the fuel pressure regulator (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ) and the fuel filter (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ), then recheck the fuel pressure. FUEL TANK DRAINING 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Using a hand pump, a hose, and a container suitable for fuel, draw the fuel from the fuel tank. 3. Reinstall the fuel tank unit (see INSTALLATION ). FUEL LINE INSPECTION Check the fuel system lines and hoses for damage, leaks, and deterioration. Replace any damaged parts. Fig. 29: Identifying Fuel Lines Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Check all clamps, and retighten any if necessary. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Fuel Supply System Parts Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING PRECAUTIONS The fuel line/quick-connect fittings (A), (B), (C), (D), connect the fuel rail (E) to the fuel feed hose (F), the fuel feed hose to the fuel feed hose (G), the fuel feed hose to the fuel line (H), the fuel line (I) to the fuel tank unit (J), and the fuel vapor line (K) to the EVAP canister (L). When removing or installing the fuel feed hose, the fuel tank unit, or the fuel tank, it is necessary to disconnect or connect the quick-connect fittings. Pay attention to the following:  The fuel feed hoses, the fuel line, the fuel vapor line, and quick-connect fittings are not heat-resistant; be careful not to damage them during welding or other heat-generating procedures. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element   The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, fuel vapor line, and the quick-connect fittings are not acid-proof; do not touch them with a shop towel that was used for wiping battery electrolyte. Replace them if they come in contact with electrolyte or something similar. When connecting or disconnecting the fuel feed hoses, the fuel line, the fuel vapor line, and the quickconnect fittings, be careful not to bend or twist them excessively. Replace them if they are damaged. Fig. 31: Identifying Fuel Line Parts Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 32: Identifying Fuel Line Parts Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. A disconnected quick-connect fitting can be reconnected, but the retainer on the mating line cannot be reused once it has been removed from the line. Replace the retainer when:          replacing the fuel rail. replacing the fuel line. replacing the fuel pump. replacing the fuel filter. replacing the fuel gauge sending unit. replacing the EVAP purge line. replacing the EVAP canister. it has been removed from the line. it is damaged. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element RETAINER SPECIFICATION Location Manufacturer A Tokai B Tokai C Sanoh D Tokai Retainer color Blue green Green White Orange Line diameter 0.31 in. (8.0 mm) 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) 0.37 in. (9.5 mm) 0.37 in. (9.5 mm) FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING REMOVAL NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, read the "Fuel Line/QuickConnect Fitting Precautions" (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING PRECAUTIONS ). 1. Relieve the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ). 2. Check the fuel quick-connect fittings (A) for dirt, and clean it if needed. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 33: Identifying Fuel Quick-Connect Fittings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Fuel Quick-Connect Fittings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Place a rag or shop towel over the quick-connect fitting. Hold the connector (A) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (B) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (C). Pull the connector off. NOTE:    Be careful not to damage the line (D) or other parts. Do not use tools. If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. Fig. 35: Pulling Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or damage.  If the surface is dirty, clean it.  If the surface is rusty or damaged, replace the fuel pump, the fuel filter, or the fuel feed line. Fig. 36: Checking Contact Area Of Line For Dirt Or Damage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. To prevent damage and keep foreign matter out, cover the disconnected connector and line ends with plastic bags (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element NOTE: The retainer cannot be reused once it has been removed from the line. Replace the retainer when:          replacing the fuel rail. replacing the fuel feed line. replacing the fuel pump. replacing the fuel filter. replacing the fuel gauge sending unit. replacing the EVAP purge line. replacing the EVAP canister. it has been removed from the line. it is damaged. Fig. 37: Covering Connector With Plastic Bags Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING INSTALLATION NOTE: Before you work on the fuel lines and fittings, read the "Fuel Line/QuickConnect Fitting Precautions" (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING PRECAUTIONS ). 1. Check the contact area (A) of the line (B) for dirt or damage, and clean it if needed. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 38: Identifying Contact Area Of Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Insert a new retainer (A) into the connector (B) if the retainer is damaged, or after:  replacing the fuel rail.  replacing the fuel feed line.  replacing the fuel pump.  replacing the fuel filter.  replacing the fuel gauge sending unit.  removing the retainer from the line.  replacing the EVAP purge line.  replacing the EVAP canister.  Use the same manufacturer retainer and the same size retainer when the replacing the retainer (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING PRECAUTIONS ). Fig. 39: Inserting Retainer Into Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Before connecting a new fuel line/quick-connect fitting assembly (A), remove the old retainer from the mating line. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 40: Connecting Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 41: Connecting Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Align the quick-connect fittings with the line (A), and align the retainer locking tabs (B) with the connector (C) grooves. Then press the quick-connect fittings onto the line until both retainer tabs lock with a clicking sound. NOTE: If it is hard to connect, put a small amount of new engine oil on the line end. Connection with new retainer Fig. 42: Aligning Quick-Connect Fittings With Line And Align Retainer Locking Tabs With Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Connection to new fuel line Fig. 43: Identifying Connection To Fuel Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Connection to existing retainer Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 44: Identifying Connection To Existing Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. When you are reconnecting the connector with the old retainer, make sure the connection is secure and the tabs (A) are firmly locked into place; check visually and also by pulling the connector (B). When you are replacing the fuel line with a new one, make sure you remove the ring pull (C) upwards after you confirm the connection is secure. NOTE: Before you remove the ring pull, make sure the fuel line connection is secure. If the connection is not secure, the ring pull could break when you try to remove it. Reconnection to existing retainer Fig. 45: Identifying Reconnection To Existing Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Connection to new fuel line Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 46: Identifying Connection To New Fuel Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and turn the ignition switch ON (II) (but do not operate the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about 2 seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat two or three times, and check that there is no leakage in the fuel supply system. FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required Fuel sender wrench 07AAA-S0XA100 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Relieve the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ). Remove the fuel fill cap. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Fold back the floor mat until the access panel is accessible. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 47: Identifying Access Panel And Floor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector (B). 6. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (C) from the fuel tank unit. 7. Using the special tool, loosen the lock-nut (A). Fig. 48: Identifying Special Tool And Lock-nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the lock-nut (A) and the fuel tank unit (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 49: Identifying Lock-nut And Fuel Tank Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION 1. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the fuel tank unit (B), then insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank. NOTE:    Be careful not to damage the new base gasket. Be careful not to bend the fuel gauge sending unit. Do not coat the base gasket with oil. Fig. 50: Installing Base Gasket To Fuel Tank Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Set the base gasket (A) from the fuel tank unit to the fuel tank. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 51: Setting Base Gasket Fuel Tank Unit To Fuel Tank Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Align the marks (B) on the fuel tank and the fuel tank unit, then insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank until the fuel tank unit rest on top of the sticking on a base gasket. NOTE: To avoid a fuel leak, check the base gasket, visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched. 4. Using the tool, tighten a new lock-nut (A) to the specified torque. NOTE:   After tightening, make sure the marks are still aligned. After installation, check the base gasket visually or by hand to be sure the gasket is not pinched. Fig. 52: Tightening Lock-nut With Torque Specification Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Connect the fuel tank unit 5P connector, then connect the quick-connect fitting. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) (but do not operate the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about 2 seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat this two or three times, then check that there is no leakage in the fuel supply system. 7. Install the access panel. 8. Install the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 9. Install the fuel fill cap. FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the clip (A). Fig. 53: Identifying Fuel Pressure Regulator, O-Ring, Drain Hole And Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the fuel pressure regulator (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (C). Make sure the regulator is installed with the drain hole (D) facing down. NOTE: Coat the O-rings with clean engine oil. Do not pinch the O-rings during installation. Never apply brake fluid, vegetable oil, or alcohol-based oil to the O-rings. FUEL FILTER REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element The fuel filter should be replaced whenever the fuel pressure drops below the specified value (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ), after making sure that the fuel pump and the fuel pressure regulator are OK. 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the fuel filter set (A). Fig. 54: Identifying Fuel Filter Set, Connector And Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit:  When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (B) are firmly locked into place.  When installing the fuel gauge sending unit (C), make sure the connection is secure and the connectors is firmly locked into place. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (D). FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the fuel tank unit (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 55: Identifying Fuel Level Sensor And Fuel Tank Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit:  When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place.  When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure and the connector is firmly locked into place. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit (see INSTALLATION ). FUEL TANK REPLACEMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. Drain the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK DRAINING ). Reinstall the fuel tank unit. Raise the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. Disconnect the filler neck, the fuel vapor hose (A), the fuel fill tube (B) and the fuel vapor hose (C). To avoid damaging the hoses, slide back the clamps, then twist the hoses as you pull them. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 56: Identifying Fuel Tank Parts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. 6. 7. 8. Place a jack or other support under the tank (D). Remove the strap bolts and the straps (E). Remove the fuel tank. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. FUEL FILL PIPE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Drain the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK DRAINING ). 2. Remove the fuel fill cap. 3. Remove the fuel fill pipe cover (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Fuel Fill Pipe And Parts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Disconnect the fuel fill tube (B) and the fuel vapor hose (C). 5. Remove the fuel fill pipe (D). 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer to the Gauges Circuit Diagram (see CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ). 1. Check the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box before testing. 2. Check for body electrical system DTCs (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ).  If no problem is found, go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element If DTC B1175 (see DTC B1175: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT OPEN ) or B1176 (see DTC B1176: FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT) CIRCUIT SHORT ) is indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 5. Fold back the floor mat until the access panel is accessible. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor.  Fig. 58: Identifying Access Panel And Fuel Tank Unit 5P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector (B). 7. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with the ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage.  If the voltage is OK, go to step 8.  If the voltage is not as specified, check for:  a short in the YEL/BLK wire to ground.  an open in the YEL/BLK or BLK/WHT wire. Fig. 59: Measuring Voltage Between Fuel Tank Unit 5P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 10. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with the float at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2 (HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions. If you do not get the following readings, replace the fuel gauge sending unit (see FUEL PUMP/FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT REPLACEMENT ). FLOAT POSITION RESISTANCE REFERENCE F 5.8 in. (148.4 1/2 3.2 in. (80.4 Float Position mm) mm) Resistance 19 to 21 233.1 to 243.1 (ohms) LOW 1.2 in. (30.4 mm) E 0.5 in. (13.7 mm) 528.9 to 692.6 770 to 790 Fig. 60: Measuring Resistance Between Fuel Tank Unit 5P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 5P connector. 12. Remove the No. 9 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds, then reinstall it. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates "F" with the float at F.  If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate "F", replace the gauge assembly.  If the gauge is OK, the test is complete. NOTE:  The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom of the gauge dial when the ignition switch is OFF, regardless of the fuel level. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Fuel Supply System - Element  Remove the No. 9 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate the correct fuel level. LOW FUEL INDICATOR TEST 1. Do the gauge self-diagnostic test (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ).  If the low fuel indicator flashes, go to step 2.  If the low fuel indicator does not flash, replace the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 2. Check for body electrical system DTCs.  If any DTCs are indicated, do the indicated DTC's troubleshooting.  If no DTCs are indicated, go to step 3. 3. Do the fuel gauge sending unit test (see FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:50 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:36 8:23:32 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Rear Differential Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION REAL-TIME 4WD-DUAL PUMP SYSTEM Outline The Real-time 4WD-Dual Pump System model has a hydraulic clutch and a differential mechanism in the rear differential assembly. Under normal conditions, the vehicle is driven by the front wheels. However, depending on the driving force of the front wheels and the road conditions, the system instantly transmits appropriate driving force to the rear wheels without requiring the driver to switch between 2WD (front wheel drive) and 4WD (four wheel drive). The switching mechanism between 2WD and 4WD is integrated into the rear differential assembly to make the system light and compact. In addition, the dual pump system switches off the rear-wheel-drive force when braking in a forward direction. This allows the braking system to work properly on models equipped with an vehicle stability assist (VSA). Construction The rear differential assembly consists of the torque control differential case assembly and the rear differential carrier assembly. The torque control differential case assembly consists of the differential clutch assembly, the companion flange, and the oil pump body assembly. The rear differential carrier assembly consists of the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element differential mechanism. The differential clutch assembly consists of the clutch guide, the clutch hub, the clutch plate, the clutch disc, the return spring, and the pilot clutch. The oil pump body assembly consists of the front oil pump, the rear oil pump, the hydraulic control mechanism, and the clutch piston. The clutch piston has a disc spring that constantly provides the differential clutch assembly with a preset torque to prevent abnormal sound. The clutch guide in the differential clutch assembly is connected to the propeller shaft via the companion flange, and it receives the driving force from the transfer assembly. The clutch guide rotates the clutch plate and the front oil pump in the oil pump body assembly. The clutch hub in the differential clutch assembly has clutch discs that are splined with the hypoid drive pinion gear. The hypoid drive gear drives the rear oil pump. The front and rear oil pumps are trochoidal pumps. The rear oil pump capacity is 2.5 percent larger than the front oil pump to handle the rotation difference between the front and rear wheels caused by worn front tires and tight corner braking. The oil pumps are designed so the fluid intake works as a fluid discharge when the oil pumps rotate in reverse. Honda Dual Pump Fluid is used instead of differential fluid. Operation When there is a difference in rotation speed between the front wheels (clutch guide) and rear wheels (hypoid drive pinion gear), hydraulic pressure from the front and rear oil pumps engages the differential clutch, and drive force from the transfer assembly is applied to the rear wheels. The hydraulic pressure control mechanism in the oil pump body assembly selects 4WD mode when the vehicle is started abruptly, or when accelerating in forward or reverse (causing rotation difference between the front and rear wheels), or when braking in reverse (when decelerating). It switches to 2WD mode when the vehicle is driven at a constant speed in forward or reverse (when there is no rotation difference between the front and rear wheels), or when braking in forward (when decelerating). To protect the system, the differential clutch assembly is lubricated by hydraulic pressure generated by the oil pumps in both 4WD and 2WD modes. Also, the thermal switch relieves the hydraulic pressure on the clutch piston and cancels 4WD mode if the temperature of the differential fluid rises above normal. REAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Rear Differential Sectional View Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM Fig. 4: Hydraulic Control System Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Forward Start and Acceleration (4WD) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element During a forward start and forward acceleration, the dual pump system can engage four wheel drive. If the front wheels spin faster than the rear wheels, the front oil pump spins faster than the rear oil pump. The front pump draws fluid through check valve B and discharges it. Some of the discharged fluid is drawn in by the rear oil pump. The remaining fluid will pass through check valve E into the clutch piston. There, hydraulic pressure is regulated by two orifices. The regulated hydraulic pressure at the clutch piston pushes the plates and discs of the clutch together to form a connection. The engaged clutch then passes driving force from the transfer assembly to the rear wheels, producing 4WD. Fig. 5: Fluid Flow Diagram - Forward Start And Acceleration (4WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Forward Driving at Constant Speed (2WD) When driving forward at a constant speed (cruising), the dual pump system functions in two wheel drive mode. The rotation speed of the front and rear wheels is the same, so the speed of the front and rear pumps is also the same. Fluid discharged by the front oil pump is drawn in by the rear oil pump and is circulated through the system. Because there is no pressure built up at the clutch piston, the clutch does not engage, and the vehicle remains in 2WD (front wheel drive). Fig. 6: Fluid Flow Diagram - Forward Driving At Constant Speed (2WD) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Forward Deceleration (2WD) During forward deceleration, the dual pump system functions in two wheel drive mode. Because of braking characteristics, the speed of the rear wheels may exceed the speed of the front wheels during deceleration. If so, the rear oil pump spins faster than the front oil pump. Fluid discharged by the rear oil pump is simply drawn in again by the rear pump and recirculated. Because there is no pressure built up at the clutch piston, the clutch piston does not engage, and the vehicle remains in 2WD (front wheel drive). Fig. 7: Fluid Flow Diagram - Forward Deceleration (2WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Reverse Start and Acceleration (4WD) During reverse start and reverse acceleration, the dual pump system can engage four wheel drive. If the front wheels spin faster than the rear wheels, the front oil pump spins faster than the rear oil pump. The front oil pump draws in fluid through check valve A and discharges it. (Note that in reverse, the direction of the pumps is the opposite of that during forward driving.) Some of the fluid that is discharged by the front oil pump is drawn in by the rear oil pump. The remaining fluid passes through check valve F into the cylinder of the clutch piston, where it is regulated by two orifices. The regulated hydraulic pressure at the clutch piston may force the plates and discs of the clutch together to form a connection. The engaged clutch passes driving force from the transfer assembly to the rear wheels, producing 4WD. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 8: Fluid Flow Diagram - Reverse Start And Acceleration (4WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Reverse Driving at Constant Speed (2WD) When driving in reverse at a constant speed, the dual pump system functions in two wheel drive mode. The rotation speed of the front and rear wheels is the same, so the speed of the front and rear pumps is also the same. Fluid discharged by the front oil pump is drawn in by the rear oil pump and is circulated through the system. But, because there is a difference in the capacity between the two pumps, fluid flows through check valve E, and then through orifices. This fluid lubricates and cools the clutch assembly and bearings. In this condition, only a low pressure is built up at the clutch piston. Therefore the clutch does not engage, and the vehicle remains in 2WD (front wheel drive). Fig. 9: Fluid Flow Diagram - Reverse Driving At Constant Speed (2WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Reverse Deceleration (4WD) During reverse deceleration, the dual pump system can engage four wheel drive. When decelerating in reverse direction, the speed of the rear wheels may exceed the speed of the front wheels Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element (due to engine braking). In this condition, the rear oil pump draws fluid through check valves B and C. Fluid discharged from the rear oil pump then flows through check valve E to the clutch piston. There, pressure is regulated by two orifices. The regulated hydraulic pressure at the clutch piston may force the plates and discs of the clutch together to form a connection. The engaged clutch passes driving force from the transfer assembly to the rear wheels, producing 4WD. Fig. 10: Fluid Flow Diagram - Reverse Deceleration (4WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Thermal Switch Operation (2WD) During 4WD operation, pressure-regulated fluid is in contact with the clutch piston and the thermal switch. If the temperature of the fluid in the differential goes too high, the thermal switch pushes open the relief valve R. This causes the pressure in the clutch piston to drop, and 4WD mode is disengaged. Fig. 11: Fluid Flow Diagram - Thermal Switch Operation (2WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Relief Valve Operation When the fluid pressure goes higher than the relief valve spring force, check valve R opens. Pressure applied at the clutch piston is held constant. This feature adds stability by preventing the rear wheel drive system from Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element experiencing excessive torque. Fig. 12: Fluid Flow Diagram - Relief Valve Operation Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DUAL PUMP SYSTEM FUNCTION TEST MANUAL TRANSMISSION Starting and accelerating in forward gears (4WD mode) NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Do not test repeatedly or the fluid will overheat. Raise the vehicle so all four wheels are off the ground (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). Start the engine, and let it idle until the radiator fan comes on at least twice. With the engine at idle, shift into 1st gear, and release the clutch pedal. Firmly apply the parking brake to lock the rear wheels.  If the engine stalls, the 4WD system is normal.  If the engine continues running, there is a problem in the 4WD system. Check the differential fluid. If the differential fluid is normal, replace the torque control differential (TCD) case kit. Starting and accelerating in reverse gear (4WD mode) NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Do not test repeatedly or the fluid will overheat. Raise the vehicle so all four wheels are off the ground (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). Start the engine, and let it idle until the radiator fan comes on at least twice. With the engine at idle, shift into reverse gear, and release the clutch pedal. Firmly apply the parking brake to lock the rear wheels.  If the engine stalls, the 4WD system is normal.  If the engine continues running, there is a problem in the 4WD system. Check the differential fluid. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element If the differential fluid is normal, replace the torque control differential (TCD) case kit. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Starting and accelerating in forward positions (4WD mode) NOTE: Do not test repeatedly or the fluid will overheat. 1. Raise the vehicle so all four wheels are off the ground (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Make a mark (A) on either No. 1 or No. 2 propeller shaft (B). Fig. 13: Identifying Mark On Either No. 1 Or No. 2 Propeller Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle until the radiator fan comes on at least twice. 4. With the engine at idle, shift to the 1 position. 5. Firmly apply the parking brake to lock the rear wheels, and measure the time it takes the propeller shaft to rotate 10 times.  If the time is 10 seconds or more, the 4WD system is normal.  If the time is less than 10 seconds, there is a problem in the 4WD system. Check the differential fluid. If the differential fluid is normal, replace the torque control differential (TCD) case kit. Starting and accelerating in the R position (4WD mode) NOTE: Do not test repeatedly or the fluid will overheat. 1. Raise the vehicle so all four wheels are off the ground (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Make a mark (A) on either No. 1 or No. 2 propeller shaft (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Mark On Either No. 1 Or No. 2 Propeller Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle until the radiator fan comes on at least twice. 4. With the engine at idle, shift to the R position. 5. Firmly apply the parking brake to lock the rear wheels, and measure the time it takes the propeller shaft to rotate 10 times.  If the time is 10 seconds or more, the 4WD system is normal.  If the time is less than 10 seconds, there is a problem in the 4WD system. Check the differential fluid. If the differential fluid is normal, replace the torque control differential (TCD) case kit. MANUAL TRANSMISSION/AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Decelerating in forward gears (2WD mode) 1. Block the front wheels (A), raise the left rear wheel, and support it with a safety stand (B) as shown. Fig. 15: Identifying Front Wheels And Safety Stand Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Hold the tire, and turn it counterclockwise continuously for more than one rotation.  If the rotation of the wheel does not gradually feel heavy while rotating, the 2WD system when decelerating in a forward gear is normal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element  If the rotation of the wheel gradually feels heavy while rotating, there is a problem in the 2WD system. Check the differential fluid. If the fluid is normal, replace the torque control differential (TCD) case kit. Fig. 16: Holding Tire And Turn Tire Counterclockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Decelerating in reverse gear (4WD mode) 1. Block the front wheels (A), raise the left rear wheel, and support it with a safety stand (B) as shown. Fig. 17: Identifying Rear Wheels And Safety Stand Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Hold the tire, and turn it clockwise continuously for more than one rotation.  If the rotation of the wheel gradually feels heavy while rotating, the 4WD system when decelerating in reverse is normal.  If the rotation of the wheel does not gradually feel heavy while rotating, there is a problem in the 4WD system. Check the differential fluid. If the fluid is normal, replace the torque control differential (TCD) case kit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 18: Holding Tire And Turning Counterclockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic Procedure Also check for Fluid level too low. Add recommended fluid.  Incorrect fluid type. Drain and fill the differential with the recommended fluid. Incorrect fluid type. Drain and fill the differential with the recommended fluid.  Will not go into 4WD mode Will not return to 2WD mode   Gear or bearing noises   Rear differential overheats    Fluid level too low. Add recommended fluid. Incorrect or worn out fluid. Most problems in the unit are to be diagnosed by Drain and fill the differential identifying noises from the gears or bearings. Be with the recommended fluid. careful during diagnosis not to confuse Damaged or chipped gears. differential noises with those from other Replace the differential drivetrain components. carrier assembly. Fluid level too low. Add recommended fluid. Incorrect fluid type. Drain and fill the differential with the recommended fluid. Fluid level too high. Lower to proper level. Clogged breather line. Clean or replace. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element  Rear differential leaks fluid     Rear differential screeches, whines, moans, or squeaks   Worn or damaged oil seal. Replace. Damaged sealing washer. Replace. Loose mounting bolts or inadequate sealing. Recheck torque or apply sealant. Fluid level too low. Add recommended fluid. Incorrect or worn out fluid. Drain and fill the differential with the recommended fluid. Incorrect tire rolling circumference. Adjust tire pressure or replace tires. Damaged pump. Replace torque control differential (TCD) case kit. REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 2. Remove the filler plug (A) and washer (B), then check the condition of the fluid, and make sure the fluid is at the proper level (C). Fig. 19: Identifying Fluid Is At Proper Level Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. The fluid level must be up to the fill hole. If it is below the hole, add the recommended fluid until it runs out, then reinstall the filler plug with a new washer. 4. If the fluid is dirty, remove the drain plug (A), and drain the fluid. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 20: Identifying Drain Plug With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Clean the drain plug, then reinstall it with a new washer, and refill the differential with the recommended fluid to the proper level. NOTE: If you disassemble the differential, check the fluid level again after the 4WD system check is finished. Add fluid if necessary. Fluid Capacity: 1.0 L (1.1 US qt) at fluid change 1.2 L (1.3 US qt) at overhaul Recommended fluid: Honda Dual Pump Fluid II (P/N 08200-9007) 6. Reinstall the filler plug (B) with a new washer. REAR DIFFERENTIAL REMOVAL 1. Drain the differential fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer (see REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the tail pipe (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 21: Identifying Tail Pipe Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Separate the No. 2 propeller shaft from the rear differential assembly (see step 7 on PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL ). 4. Remove the rear differential damper (A) (M/T model), place a transmission jack under the rear differential assembly, then remove right and left rear differential mounting brackets B. Fig. 22: Identifying Rear Differential Damper (M/T Model) And Mounting Bracket Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the mounting bolts and the plates. Fig. 23: Identifying Mounting Bolts And Plates Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Disconnect the breather tube A from the rear differential assembly. Fig. 24: Identifying Breather Tube And Rear Differential Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Lower the rear differential assembly while pulling both driveshaft inboard joints out of the rear differential assembly. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the driveshaft ring (B) when prying out the driveshaft inboard joints. 8. Remove the rear differential mount assembly A from the rear differential assembly (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Rear Differential Mount Assembly And Rear Differential Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required     Oil seal driver 07GAD-PH70201 Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL90100 Attachment, 78 x80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 Driver 07749-0010000 1. Remove the oil seals (A) from the rear differential carrier assembly. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the differential carrier while prying out the seals. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 26: Identifying Oil Seals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the right side oil seal (A) squarely using the 78 x 80 mm attachment (B) and driver (C). Installation depth of the oil seal is 9 mm (0.35 in.) below the machined edge of the rear differential carrier assembly. Be careful not to damage the lip of the oil seal. Fig. 27: Identifying Right Side Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element 3. Install the left side oil seal (A) even and flush with the machined edge of the rear differential carrier assembly using the oil seal driver (B). Be careful not to damage the lip of the oil seal. Fig. 28: Identifying Left Side Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the companion flange (see step 2 on Rear Differential Disassembly ). 5. Remove the oil seal (A) from the torque control differential (TCD) case (B). NOTE: Be careful not to damage the shaft or case while prying out the oil seal. Fig. 29: Identifying Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the oil seal (A) even and flush with the case using the oil seal driver (B). Be careful not to damage the lip of the oil seal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the companion flange (see step 9 on Rear Differential Reassembly ). REAR DIFFERENTIAL DISASSEMBLY Special Tools Required   Holder handle 07JAB-001020A Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010B 1. Remove the drain plug (A), the filler plug (B), and washers (C). Fig. 31: Identifying Drain Plug, Filler Plug And Washers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Lift up the locking tab on the lock nut (A) from the groove of the clutch guide, making sure that the tab completely clears the groove to prevent damaging the clutch guide. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 32: Lifting Locking Tab On Lock Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the companion flange holder (A) and holder handle (B) on the companion flange. Fig. 33: Identifying Companion Flange Holder And Holder Handle With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Loosen the locknut (A) counterclockwise so that its tab (B) comes out from the groove (C) in the clutch guide. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Tighten the locknut (A) until its tab (B) aligns with the groove (C). Fig. 35: Identifying Locknut, Tab And Groove Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Clean any dirt from inside of the groove in the clutch guide. 7. Remove the locknut (A), the spring washer (B), the back-up ring (C), the O-ring (D), and the companion flange (E). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 36: Identifying Locknut, Spring Washer, Back-Up Ring, O-Ring And Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the eight mounting bolts (A) in a crisscross pattern in several steps, then remove the torque control differential (TCD) case (B) and the dowel pins (C). Fig. 37: Identifying Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the 30 mm shim (A) and the clutch guide (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 38: Identifying Shim And Clutch Guide Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the clutch hub/plates/discs (A) and the pressure plate (B). Fig. 39: Identifying Clutch Hub/Plates/Discs And Pressure Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the thrust needle bearing (A) and the oil pump driveshaft (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 40: Identifying Thrust Needle Bearing And Oil Pump Driveshaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the oil pump body assembly (A), the oil pump pin (B), the collar (C), the magnet (D), and the fluid strainer (E). Fig. 41: Identifying Oil Pump Body Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REAR DIFFERENTIAL REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 42: Exploded View Of Rear Differential With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required   Holder handle 07JAB-001020A Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010B Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element 1. Apply Dual Pump Fluid II (P/N 08200-9007) to the rubber of the fluid strainer (A) and the collar (B) then install the fluid strainer, the magnet (C), the oil pump pin (D), and the collar in the differential carrier assembly. Fig. 43: Identifying Fluid Strainer, Collar, Fluid Strainer, Magnet And Oil Pump Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Align the tabs (A) of the collar (B) with the oil pump pin (C). Align the grooves (D) of the rear oil pump with the oil pump pin and collar tabs, then install the oil pump body assembly (E) on the differential carrier assembly. Fig. 44: Aligning Tabs Of Collar With Oil Pump Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Tighten the oil pump body assembly mounting bolts (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 45: Identifying Oil Pump Body Assembly Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the oil pump driveshaft (B) by aligning the projection (C) of the oil pump driveshaft with the groove of the front oil pump in the oil pump body assembly. Then install the thrust needle bearing (D). 5. If necessary, reassemble the differential clutch, and note these items:  Install one metal clutch plate (A) and one fiber clutch disc (B) in the clutch guide (C), then install the clutch hub (D) with snap ring (E) into the clutch guide.  Make sure the splines of the clutch hub and fiber clutch disc line up below the snap ring.  Install the remaining metal clutch plates and fiber clutch discs alternately until you have installed a total of eleven plates and ten discs, then install the pressure plate (F).  Make sure the differential clutch is assembled correctly. The pressure plate should be flush with the top of the clutch guide. Fig. 46: Identifying Clutch Plate, Fiber Clutch Disc, Clutch Guide, Clutch Hub And Snap Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element 6. Install the differential clutch assembly (A) by aligning the tabs of the pressure plate (B) with the grooves of the oil pump driveshaft (C). Be careful not to let the pressure plate fall out of the clutch guide during assembly. Fig. 47: Identifying Differential Clutch Assembly And Pressure Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the dirt or oil from the sealing surfaces. Apply liquid gasket (P/N 08718-0001) evenly to the sealing surface. Install the component with in 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Make sure you seal the entire circumference of the bolt holes to prevent fluid leakage. NOTE:    If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. Allow it to cure at least 30 minutes after assembly before filling the differential with the recommended fluid. Fig. 48: Identifying Clutch Gasket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the 30 mm shim (A), the dowel pins (B), and the torque control differential (TCD) case (C). Torque the eight mounting bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 49: Identifying Shim, Dowel Pins And Torque Control Differential (TCD) With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the companion flange (A), a new O-ring (B), back-up ring (C), spring washer (D), and a new locknut (E). NOTE: Apply the Dual Pump Fluid II (P/N 08200-9007) to the O-ring. Fig. 50: Identifying Companion Flange, O-Ring, Back-Up Ring, Spring Washer And Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the companion flange holder (A) and holder handle (B) to the companion flange, then tighten the new locknut to the specified torque. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 51: Installing Companion Flange Holder And Holder Handle With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Stake the lock nut shoulder (A) into the groove in the clutch guide. Fig. 52: Staking Lock Nut Shoulder Into Clutch Guide Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the drain plug (A) and the filler plug (B) with new washers (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 53: Identifying Drain Plug, Filler Plug And Washers With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REAR DIFFERENTIAL INSTALLATION 1. Install the rear differential mount assembly A to the rear differential assembly (B). Fig. 54: Identifying Rear Differential Mount Assembly And Rear Differential Assembly With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Jack up the rear differential. 3. Install the new set rings (A) onto the driveshafts, then insert the driveshafts into the rear differential (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 55: Inserting Drivershaft Into Rear Differential Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Lift the rear differential up into position, then push on both driveshafts to lock the set rings into place. Connect the breather tube (C). 5. Install the plates (A) and the rear differential mount assembly mounting bolts (B). Fig. 56: Identifying Plates And Rear Differential Mount Assembly Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the rear differential damper (A) (M/T model) and right and left rear differential mount brackets B. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Rear Differential Damper (M/T Model) With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Connect the No. 2 propeller shaft onto the rear differential by aligning the reference mark (see step 1 on PROPELLER SHAFT INSTALLATION ). 8. Install the tail pipe (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 58: Identifying Tail Pipe With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Refill the rear differential with the recommended fluid (see REAR DIFFERENTIAL FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 10. Test-drive the vehicle. REAR DIFFERENTIAL MOUNT REPLACEMENT EXPLODED VIEW M/T model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 59: Exploded View Of Rear Differential Mount With Torque Specifications (M/T Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. A/T model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 DRIVELINE/AXLES Rear Differential - Element Fig. 60: Exploded View Of Rear Differential Mount With Torque Specifications (A/T Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:23:32 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Cooling System Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. RADIATOR CAP TEST Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:52 8:32:49 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 1. Remove the radiator cap (A), wet its seal with engine coolant, then install it on the pressure tester (B) (commercially available). Fig. 2: Removing Radiator Cap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Apply a pressure of 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm2 , 14-18 psi). 3. Check for a drop in pressure. 4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap. RADIATOR TEST 1. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap and fill the radiator with engine coolant to the top of the filler neck. 2. Attach the pressure tester (commercially available) (A) to the radiator, and apply a pressure of 93- 123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm2 , 14-18 psi). Fig. 3: Attaching Pressure Tester To Radiator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks and a drop in pressure. 4. Remove the tester, and reinstall the radiator cap. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 5. Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil. FAN MOTOR TEST 1. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the radiator fan motor and condenser fan motor. Fig. 4: Identifying 2P Connectors, Radiator Fan Motor And Condenser Fan Motor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Test the motor by connecting battery power to terminal No. 2 and ground to terminal No. 1. 3. If the motor fails to run or does not run smoothly, replace it. THERMOSTAT TEST Replace the thermostat if it is open at room temperature. To test a closed thermostat: 1. Suspend the thermostat (A) in a container of water. Do not let the thermometer (B) touch the bottom of the hot container. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element Fig. 5: Placing Thermostat In Water Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. Check the temperature when the thermostat first opens, and when it is fully open. 3. Measure the lift height of the thermostat when it is fully open. Standard Thermostat Lift Height: Above 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) Starts Opening: 169-176°F (76-80°C) Fully Open: 194°F (90°C) WATER PUMP INSPECTION 1. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 2. Turn the water pump pulley counterclockwise. Check that it turns freely. If it doesn't turn smoothly, replace the water pump (see WATER PUMP REPLACEMENT ). NOTE: When you check the water pump, you may see a small amount of "weeping" from the bleed holes (A). This is normal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Bleed Holes Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT ). WATER PUMP REPLACEMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT ). Drain the engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). Remove the crankshaft pulley (see CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). Remove the six bolts securing the water pump, then remove the water pump (A). Fig. 7: Identifying Water Pump Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. 6. 7. 8. Inspect and clean the O-ring groove and mating surface with the water passage. Install the water pump with new O-rings in the reverse order of removal. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. Install the crankshaft pulley (see INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 9. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 10 on Coolant Replacement ). COOLANT CHECK 1. Look at the coolant level in the coolant reservoir. Make sure it is between the MAX mark (A) and MIN mark (B). Fig. 8: Identifying Coolant Level In MAX Mark And MIN Mark Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or below the MIN mark, add coolant to bring it up to the MAX mark, and inspect the cooling system for leaks. COOLANT REPLACEMENT 1. Start the engine. Set the heater temperature control dial to maximum heat, then turn the ignition switch OFF. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch. 2. Remove the radiator cap. 3. Loosen the drain plug (A), and drain the coolant. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Drain Plug Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. After the coolant has drained, torque the radiator drain plug. 5. Remove, drain, and reinstall the coolant reservoir. 6. Fill the coolant reservoir to the MAX mark (A) with Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001). Fig. 10: Identifying Coolant Reservoir To MAX Mark Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Pour Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck. NOTE:  Always use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Using a nonHonda coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element  Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a mixture of 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add water. Engine Coolant Capacities (Including the reserve tank capacity of 0.6 L (0.16 US gal)) At Coolant Change: M/T: 5.2 L (1.37 US gal) A/T: 5.1 L (1.35 US gal) After Engine Overhaul: M/T: 7.3 L (1.93 US gal) A/T: 7.2 L (1.90 US gal) Fig. 11: Filling Coolant Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the radiator cap loosely. 9. Start the engine, and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at least twice). 10. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 if needed. 11. If the maintenance minder required engine coolant replacement, reset the maintenance minder (see RESETTING THE MAINTENANCE INFORMATION DISPLAY ), and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not require engine coolant replacement, go to step 12. 12. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ). 13. Make sure the HDS comunicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGE MENU with the HDS. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 5 RESET with the HDS. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2, if needed. 20. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again, and check for leaks. 21. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 22. Reset the multi-information display (see RESETTING THE MAINTENANCE INFORMATION DISPLAY ). THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT 1. Drain the engine coolant (see Coolant Replacement ). 2. Clean any dirt off the quick connector (A), thermostat cover, and lower radiator hose. Fig. 12: Identifying Quick Connector, Thermostat Cover, And Lower Radiator Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pull out lock (B) by hand, then wiggle the quick connector loose, and remove it from the thermostat cover. Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector. 4. Remove the thermostat (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Thermostat With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the thermostat with a new O-ring (B). 6. Check the quick connector (A) and set ring (B) for cracks or damage. If the connector and/or set ring are cracked or damaged, replace the connector. Fig. 14: Identifying Quick Connector And Set Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Make sure the set ring is in place inside the quick connector. If the set ring is off the connector, replace the quick connector. 8. Replace the O-ring (C) in the quick connector. 9. Check the lock (D). If the lock is damaged or deformed, replace it. When installing the new lock to the connector, push it straight down along the groove. 10. Clean the connecting surface of the thermostat cover (E), then apply clean engine coolant around the connecting surface. 11. Push the lock (A) down, then push the quick connector (B) onto the thermostat cover until you hear it click. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Quick Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 10 on Coolant Replacement ). WATER PASSAGE REPLACEMENT 1. Drain the engine coolant (see Coolant Replacement ). 2. Clean any dirt off the quick connector (A), thermostat cover, and lower radiator hose. Fig. 16: Identifying Quick Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pull out the lock (B) by hand, then wiggle the quick connector loose, and remove it from the thermostat cover. Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector. 4. Remove the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 5. Remove the splash shield (see step 26 on ENGINE REMOVAL ). 6. Remove the A/C compressor without disconnecting the A/C hoses (see step 50 on ENGINE REMOVAL ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 7. Remove the intake manifold (see REMOVAL ). 8. Remove a bolt (A) securing the connecting pipe. B C Fig. 17: Identifying Connecting Pipe, Water Bypass, Positive Crankcase And Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the connecting pipe (B), water bypass hose (C), and positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (D). 10. Remove the water passage (A). A Fig. 18: Identifying Water Passage And Thermostat Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. 12. 13. 14. Remove the thermostat housing (B). Remove the water pump (see WATER PUMP REPLACEMENT ). Install the water pump (see WATER PUMP REPLACEMENT ). Install the thermostat housing (A) with a new O-ring (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element Fig. 19: Identifying Thermostat Housing And O-Ring With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Clean and dry the water passage mating surfaces. 16. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the water passage. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Fig. 20: Identifying Engine Block Mating Surface Liquid Gasket Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Install the water passage (A) with a new O-ring (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element NOTE:   Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with coolant. Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the water passage. Fig. 21: Identifying Water Passage And O-Ring With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Install the connecting pipe (A) with a new O-ring (B). Fig. 22: Identifying Connecting Pipe And O-Ring With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. 20. 21. 22. Install the water bypass hose (C) and PCV hose (D), then torque a bolt (E) securing the connecting pipe. Install the intake manifold (see INSTALLATION ). Install the A/C compressor (see step 11 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ). Install the splash shield (see step 24 on ENGINE INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 23. Install the alternator (see INSTALLATION ). 24. Check the quick connector (A) and set ring (B) for cracks or damage. If the connector and/or set ring are cracked or damaged, replace the connector. Fig. 23: Checking Quick Connector And Set Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Make sure the set ring is in place inside the quick connector. If the set ring is off the connector, replace the quick connector. 26. Replace the O-ring (C) in the quick connector. 27. Check the lock (D). If the lock is damaged or deformed, replace it. When installing the new lock on the connector, push it straight down along the groove. 28. Clean the connecting surface of the thermostat cover (E), then apply clean engine coolant around the connecting surface. 29. Push the lock (A) down, then push the quick connector (B) onto the thermostat cover until you here it click. Fig. 24: Pushing Quick Connector Onto Thermostat Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 10 on Coolant Replacement ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element EGR PASSAGE REPLACEMENT 1. Drain the engine coolant (see Coolant Replacement ). 2. Remove the three bolts (A) securing the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve bracket and remove the two bolts (B) securing the harness bracket. Fig. 25: Identifying EGR Passage Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the upper radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), water bypass hose (C), and connecting pipe mounting bolt (D). Fig. 26: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose, Heater Hose, Bypass Hose And Connecting Pipe Mounting Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element 4. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) passage (A). Fig. 27: Identifying Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Passage With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the EGR passage with a new gasket (B). 6. Install the other parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 10 on Coolant Replacement ). RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT 1. Drain the engine coolant (see Coolant Replacement ). 2. Remove the front grille cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element Fig. 28: Identifying Front Grille Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the fan motor connectors (A) and engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 connector (B), then remove the harness clamps (C) and A/C compressor clutch connector (D). Fig. 29: Identifying Fan Motor Connectors And Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the upper brackets and cushions (A), then remove the bulkhead (B). Fig. 30: Identifying Upper Brackets, Cushions And Bulkhead With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. A/T model: Remove the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) cooler hoses (see ATF COOLER HOSE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Cooling System - Element REPLACEMENT ). Fig. 31: Identifying Radiator And Fan Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the upper radiator hose and lower radiator hose from the radiator, then pull up the radiator. 7. Remove the fan shroud assemblies and other parts from the radiator. 8. Install the radiator in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the upper and lower cushions are set securely. 9. Install the bulkhead in the reverse order of removal. Apply touch-up paint to the bulkhead mounting bolts. 10. Fill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see step 10 on Coolant Replacement ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:49 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX CABIN AIR FILTERS Dust & Pollen Filter - Element & RSX CABIN AIR FILTERS Dust & Pollen Filter - Element & RSX REMOVAL & INSTALLATION NOTE: Manufacturer's terminology for this filter is dust and pollen filter. CABIN AIR FILTER Removal & Installation 1. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box stop on each side, then hang the glove box down. See Fig. 1. Fig. 1: Releasing Glove Box Stops Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:05 8:56:01 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX CABIN AIR FILTERS Dust & Pollen Filter - Element & RSX Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the filter lid from the blower unit, then pull out the first dust and pollen filter. Slide the second filter to the left and pull it out. See Fig. 2. Fig. 2: Removing Filter Lid From Blower Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the filter from the housing and replace the filter. See Fig. 3. 4. To install the filter, reverse removal procedure. Ensure arrow marks on edge of filter face in direction of air flow. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:01 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX CABIN AIR FILTERS Dust & Pollen Filter - Element & RSX Fig. 3: Removing Dust & Pollen Filter From Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:56:01 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:58 8:29:52 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Engine Block Component Location (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Engine Block Component Location (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT END PLAY INSPECTION 1. Remove the oil pump (see OIL PUMP REMOVAL ). 2. Remove the baffle plates (see step 8 ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge between the connecting rod and crankshaft. Connecting Rod End Play Standard (New): 0.15-0.35 mm (0.006-0.014 in.) Service Limit: 0.40 mm (0.016 in.) Fig. 4: Measuring Connecting Rod End Play With Feeler Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the connecting rod end play is beyond the service limit, install a new connecting rod, and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ). 5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator, the dial reading should not exceed the service limit. Crankshaft End Play Standard (New): 0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 in.) Service Limit: 0.45 mm (0.018 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 5: Checking Crankshaft End Play Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the crankshaft end play is beyond the service limit, replace the thrust washers and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ). CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING REPLACEMENT MAIN BEARING CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the lower block and bearing halves (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ). 2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal. 4. Reinstall the bearings and lower block, then torque the bolts to 30 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft). NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Crankshaft Torque Bolts Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Tighten the bearing cap bolts an additional 56°. 6. Remove the lower block and bearings again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance No. 1, 2, 4, 5 Journals: Standard (New): 0.017 - 0.041 mm (0.0007 - 0.0016 in.) Service Limit: 0.050 mm (0.0020 in.) No. 3 Journal: Standard (New): 0.025 - 0.049 mm (0.0010 - 0.0019 in.) Service Limit: 0.055 mm (0.0022 in.) Fig. 7: Measuring Widest Part Of Plastigage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 7. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the crankshaft, and remove the upper half of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with the appropriate color code(s), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 8. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below the current one), and check again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over. MAIN BEARING SELECTION Crankshaft Bore Code Location 1. Numbers letters, or bars have been stamped on the end of the engine block as a code for the size of each of the five main journal bores. Write down the crank bore codes. If you can't read the codes because of accumulated dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Fig. 8: Identifying Crankshaft Bore Code Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Main Journal Code Location 2. The main journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft in either location. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Main Journal Code Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Use the crank bore codes and crank journal codes to select the appropriate replacement bearings from the following table. NOTE:   The color code is on the edge of the bearing. When using bearing halves of different colors, it does not matter which color is used in the top or bottom. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 10: Crank Bore Codes And Crank Journal Codes Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTING ROD BEARING REPLACEMENT ROD BEARING CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the oil pump (see OIL PUMP REMOVAL ). Remove the baffle plates (see step 8 ). Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. Place plastigage across the rod journal. Reinstall the bearing half and connecting rod cap, and torque the bolts to 20 N.m (2.0 kgf.m, 15 lbf.ft) + 90° using a commercially available torque angle gauge. NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 7. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance Standard (New): 0.020-0.050 mm (0.0008-0.0020 in.) Service Limit: 0.060 mm (0.0024 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 11: Measuring Widest Part Of Plastigage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the appropriate color code(s), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 9. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below the current one), and check clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearing, replace the crankshaft and start over. CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION 1. Inspect each connecting rod for cracks and heat damage. Connecting Rod Big End Bore Code Locations 2. Each rod has a tolerance range from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), and in 0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) increments, depending on the size of its big end bore. It's then stamped with a number or bar (1, 2, 3, or 4/I, II, III, or IIII) indicating the range. You may find any combination of numbers and bars in any engine. (Half the number or bar is stamped on the bearing cap, the other half is on the rod.) If you can't read the code because of an accumulation of oil and varnish, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Normal Bore Size: 51.0 mm (2.01 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 12: Identifying Connecting Rod Big End Bore Size Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Connecting Rod Journal Code Location 3. The connecting rod journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft in either location. Fig. 13: Identifying Connecting Rod Journal Code Location Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Use the big end bore codes and rod journal codes to select appropriate replacement bearings from the following table. NOTE:   The color code is on the edge of the bearing. When using bearing halves of different colors, it does not matter which color is used in the top or bottom. Fig. 14: Big End Bore Codes And Rod Journal Codes Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. OIL PAN REMOVAL 1. Drain the engine oil (see OIL PRESSURE TEST ). 2. If the engine is still in the vehicle, remove the subframe. -1 Attach the engine support hanger to the engine (see step 42 inENGINE REMOVAL ). -2 Disconnect the suspension knuckle ball joints (see LOWER ARM REPLACEMENT ). -3 Remove the rear mount mounting bolts (see step 44 in ENGINE REMOVAL ). -4 Remove the front mount mounting bolt (see step 45 inENGINE REMOVAL ). -5 A/T model: Remove the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) filter mounting bolt (see step 37 inENGINE REMOVAL ). -6 Make the appropriate reference lines at positions A and B that line up with the center of the subframe mounting bolts (see step 46 inENGINE REMOVAL ). -7 Attach the subframe adapter to the subframe, then attach the jack to the subframe adapter (see step 47 inENGINE REMOVAL ). -8 Remove the front subframe mounting bolts, then lower the subframe (see step 49 inENGINE REMOVAL ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 3. M/T model: Remove the clutch cover. Fig. 15: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the bolts/nuts securing the oil pan. 5. Drive an oil pan seal cutter between the oil pan and engine block. Fig. 16: Driving Oil Pan Seal Cutter Between Oil Pan And Engine Block Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Cut the oil pan seal by striking the side of the cutter to slide the cutter along the oil pan. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 17: Cutting Oil Pan Seal By Striking Side Of Cutter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the oil pan. CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL 1. Remove the engine/transmission (see ENGINE REMOVAL ). 2. Remove the transmission:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL )  Automatic transmission (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ) 3. M/T model: Remove the pressure plate (see CLUTCH REPLACEMENT ), clutch disc (see CLUTCH REPLACEMENT ), and flywheel (see FLYWHEEL INSPECTION ). 4. A/T model: Remove the drive plate (see DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 5. Remove the oil pan (see OIL PAN REMOVAL ). 6. Remove the oil pump (see OIL PUMP REMOVAL ). 7. Remove the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL ). 8. Remove the baffle plates. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Baffle Plates Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of each cylinder, remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the pistons as they are pushed out. Fig. 19: Removing Ridge Reamer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the 8 mm bolts from the lower block in the criss-cross pattern shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 20: Identifying Lower Block Bolts Criss-Cross Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the bearing cap bolts. To prevent warpage, loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time. Repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. Fig. 21: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts Loosening Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the lower block and bearings. Keep all bearings in order. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 22: Identifying Lower Block And Bearings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the connecting rod caps/bearing halves. Keep all connecting rod caps/bearing halves in order. 14. Lift the crankshaft out of the engine block, being careful not to damage the journals. Fig. 23: Lifting Crankshaft Out Of Engine Block Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods, and set them aside with their respective caps. 16. Use the wooden handle of a hammer (A) to drive out the piston/connecting rod assembly (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 24: Driving Out Piston/Connecting Rod Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Reinstall the lower block and bearings on the engine block in the proper order. 18. Reinstall the connecting rod bearings and caps after removing each piston/connecting rod assembly. 19. Mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number to make sure they are reused in the original order. NOTE: The existing number on the connecting rod does not indicate its position in the engine block, it indicates the rod bore size. CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ). Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe cleaners or a suitable brush. Clean the keyway and threads. Measure the out-of round at the middle of each rod and main journal in two places. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Journal Out-of-Round Standard (New): 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.010 mm (0.0004 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 25: Measuring Out-Of Round At Middle Of Rod And Main Journal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Measure the taper at the edges of each rod and main journal. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Journal Taper Standard (New): 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.010 mm (0.0004 in.) Straightness 6. 7. 8. 9. Place the engine block on the surface plate. Clean and install the bearings on the No. 1 and No. 5 journals of the engine block. Lower the crankshaft into the engine block. Measure the runout on all of the main journals. Rotate the crankshaft two complete revolutions. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Crankshaft Total Runout Standard (New): 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 26: Measuring Runout Of Main Journals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION 1. Remove the crankshaft and pistons (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ). 2. Check the piston for distortion or cracks. 3. Measure the piston diameter at a point 13 mm (0.5 in.) from the bottom of the skirt. There are two standard-size pistons (No Letter or A, and B). The letter is stamped oh the top of the piston. Letters are also stamped on the engine block as cylinder bore sizes. Piston Diameter Standard (New): No Letter (or A): 86.980-86.990 mm (3.4244-3.4248 in.) B: 86.970-86.980 mm (3.4240-3.4244 in.) Service Limit: No Letter (or A): 86.930 mm (3.4224 in.) B: 86.920 mm (3.4220 in.) Oversize Piston Diameter 0.25: 87.230-87.240 mm (3.4342-3.4346 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 27: Measuring Piston Diameter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the wear and taper in direction X and Y at three levels in each cylinder as shown. If measurements in any cylinder are beyond the Oversize Bore Service Limit, replace the engine block. If the engine block is to be rebored, refer to step 7 after reboring. Cylinder Bore Size Standard (New): A or I: 87.010-87.020 mm (3.4256-3.4260 in.) B or II: 87.000-87.010 mm (3.4252-3.4256 in.) Service Limit: 87.070 mm (3.4279 in.) Oversize 0.25: 87.250-87.260 mm (3.4350-3.4354 in.) Reboring Limit: 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) max. Bore Taper Limit: (Difference between first and third measurement) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 28: Measuring Wear And Taper In Direction X And Y In Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Scored or scratched cylinder bores must be honed. 6. Check the top of the engine block for warpage. Measure along the edges, and across the center as shown. Engine Block Warpage Standard (New): 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 29: Checking Top Of Engine Block For Warpage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston diameter. If the clearance is near or exceeds the service limit, inspect the piston and cylinder bore for excessive wear. Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance Standard (New): 0.020-0.040 mm (0.0008-0.0016 in.) Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Piston-To-Cylinder Bore Clearance Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CYLINDER BORE HONING Only a scored or scratched cylinder bore must be honed. 1. Measure the cylinder bores (see BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION ). If the engine block is to be reused, hone the cylinders, and remeasure the bores. 2. Hone the cylinder bores with honing oil and a fine (400 grit) stone in a 60 degree cross-hatch pattern (A). NOTE: Use only a rigid hone with 400 grit or finer stone such as Sunnen, Ammco, or equivalent. Do not use stones that are worn or broken. Fig. 31: Identifying Cylinder Bore Honing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. When honing is complete, thoroughly clean the engine block of all metal particles. Wash the cylinder bores with hot soapy water, then dry and oil them immediately to prevent rusting. Never use solvent, it will only redistribute the grit on the cylinder walls. 4. If scoring or scratches are still present in the cylinder bores after honing the engine block to the service limit, rebore the engine block. Some light vertical scoring and scratching is acceptable if it is not deep enough to catch your fingernail and does not run the full length of the bore. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element PISTON, PIN, AND CONNECTING ROD REPLACEMENT DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ). 2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A), and turn them in the ring grooves until the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores (B). NOTE: Take care not to damage the ring grooves. Fig. 32: Identifying Piston Pin Snap Rings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove both snap rings (A). Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Remove the snap rings carefully so they do not go flying or get lost. Wear eye protection. Fig. 33: Removing Snap Rings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Heat the piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158°F (70°C), then remove the piston pin. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 34: Heating Piston And Connecting Rod Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSPECTION NOTE: Inspect the piston, piston pin, and connecting rod when they are at room temperature. 1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. Piston Pin Diameter Standard (New): 21.962-21.965 mm (0.8646-0.8648 in.) Service Limit: 21.953 mm (0.8643 in.) Fig. 35: Measuring Diameter Of Piston Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 36: Identifying Piston Pin Diameter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and piston pin hole diameter in the piston. Piston Pin-to-Piston Clearance Standard (New): -0.005 to +0.001 mm (-0.00020 to +0.00008 in.) Service Limit: 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) Fig. 37: Checking Difference Between Piston Pin Diameter And Piston Pin Hole Diameter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance. Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance Standard (New): 0.005-0.014 mm (0.0002-0.0006 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Service Limit: 0.02 mm (0.0008 in.) Fig. 38: Measuring Piston Pin-To-Connecting Rod Clearance Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REASSEMBLY 1. Install a piston pin snap ring (A) only one side. Fig. 39: Identifying Piston Pin Snap Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Coat the piston pin bore in the piston, the bore in the connecting rod, and the piston pin with new engine oil. 3. Heat the piston to about 158 T (70°C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 40: Heating Piston Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Assemble the piston (A) and connecting rod (B) with the arrow (C) and the embossed mark (D) on the same side. Install the piston pin (E). Fig. 41: Identifying Piston And Connecting Rod Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the remaining snap ring (F). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 6. Turn the snap rings in the ring grooves until the end gaps are positioned at the bottom of the piston. PISTON RING REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the piston from the engine block (see CRANKSHAFT AND PISTON REMOVAL ). 2. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston rings (B). Fig. 42: Removing Piston Rings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Clean all ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring or ring groove cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves. The top and 2nd ring grooves are 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide. The oil ring groove is 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) wide. File down a blade if necessary. Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves deeper with the cleaning tools. NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting rod, do not install new rings yet. 4. Using a piston that has its rings removed, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 15-20 mm (0.6 -0.8 in.) from the bottom. Fig. 43: Pushing Ring Into Cylinder Bore Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler gauge:  If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the proper rings for your engine.  If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear limits (see BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION ). If the bore is beyond the service limit, the engine block must be rebored. Piston Ring End-Gap Top Ring: Standard (New) 0.20-0.35 mm (0.008-0.014 in.) Service Limit: 0.60 mm (0.024 in.) Second Ring: Standard (New): 0.40-0.55 mm (0.016-0.022 in.) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 in.) Oil Ring: Standard (New): 0.20-0.50 mm (0.008-0.020 in.) Service Limit: 0.80 mm (0.031 in.) 6. Install the top ring and second ring as shown. The top ring (A) has a 1Z mark and the second ring (B) has a 2R mark. The manufacturing marks (C) must be facing upward. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 44: Identifying Top Ring And Second Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind. 8. Position the ring end gaps as shown: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 45: Positioning Ring End Gaps Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearances: Top Ring Clearance Standard (New): 0.050-0.075 mm (0.0020-0.0030 in.) Service Limit: 0.13 mm (0.005 in.) Second Ring Clearance Standard (New): 0.050-0.075 mm (0.0020-0.0030 in.) Service Limit: 0.13 mm (0.005 in.) Fig. 46: Measuring Ring-To-Groove Clearances Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PISTON INSTALLATION IF THE CRANKSHAFT IS ALREADY INSTALLED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 1. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder as its piston is installed. 2. Remove the connecting rod caps. Check that the bearing is securely in place. 3. Apply new engine oil to the piston, inside of the ring compressor, and cylinder bore, then attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod assembly. 4. Position the mark (A) to face the cam chain side of the engine. Fig. 47: Identifying Cam Chain Side Of Engine Mark Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer (A). Maintain downward force on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore. Fig. 48: Positioning Piston/Connecting Rod Assembly In Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-crank journal alignment before pushing the piston into place. 7. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage (see ROD BEARING CLEARANCE INSPECTION ). 8. Inspect the connecting rod bolts (see CONNECTING ROD BOLT INSPECTION ). 9. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads, then install the rod caps with bearings. Torque the bolts to 20 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element N.m (2.0 kgf.m, 15 lbf.ft). 10. Torque the connecting rod bolts an additional 90°. NOTE: Remove the connecting rod bolt if you torqued it beyond the specified angle, and go back to step 8 of the procedure. Do not loosen it back to the specified angle. Fig. 49: Identifying Connecting Rod Bolts Angle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. IF THE CRANKSHAFT IS NOT INSTALLED 1. Remove the connecting rod caps. Check that the bearing is securely in place. 2. Apply new engine oil to the piston, inside of the ring compressor, and cylinder bore, then attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod assembly. 3. Position the mark (A) to face the cam chain side of the engine. Fig. 50: Identifying Piston Position Mark To Face Cam Chain Side Of Engine Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer (A). Maintain downward force on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings from expanding Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:52 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element before entering the cylinder bore. Fig. 51: Positioning Piston/Connecting Rod Assembly In Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Position all pistons at top dead center (TDC). CONNECTING ROD BOLT INSPECTION 1. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B. Fig. 52: Measuring Diameter Of Connecting Rod Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Calculate the difference in diameter between point A and point B. Point A-Point B = Difference in Diameter Difference in Diameter: Specification: 0-0.1 mm (0-0.004 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 3. If the difference in diameter is out of tolerance, replace the connecting rod bolt. CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION Special Tools Required    Handle Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 24 x 26 mm 07746-0010700 Oil seal driver attachment 96 07ZAD-PNAA100 1. M/T model: Install the crankshaft end bushing when replacing the crankshaft. Using the handle driver and attachment, drive in the crankshaft end bushing until the driver and attachment bottom against the crankshaft. Fig. 53: Driving In Crankshaft End Bushing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage (see ROD BEARING CLEARANCE INSPECTION ). 3. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage (see MAIN BEARING CLEARANCE INSPECTION ). 4. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and connecting rods. 5. Apply a coat of new engine oil to the main bearings and rod bearings. 6. Hold the crankshaft so rod journal No. 2 and rod journal No. 3 are straight up, then lower the crankshaft into the engine block. 7. Apply new engine oil to the thrust washer surfaces. Install the thrust washers (A) in the No. 4 journal of the engine block. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 54: Identifying Thrust Washer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Inspect the connecting rod bolts (see CONNECTING ROD BOLT INSPECTION ). 9. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the connecting rod bolts. 10. Seat the rod journals into connecting rod No. 1 and connecting rod No. 4. Line up the mark (B) on the connecting rod and cap, then install the caps and bolts finger-tight. 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise, and seat the journals into connecting rod No. 2 and connecting rod No. 3. Line up the mark on the connecting rod and cap, then install the caps and bolts finger-tight. 12. Torque the connecting rod bolts to 20 N.m (2.0 kgf.m, 15 lbf.ft). 13. Torque the connecting rod bolts an additional 90°. NOTE: Remove the connecting rod bolt if you torqued it beyond the specified angle, then go back to step 8 of the procedure. Do not loosen it back to the specified angle. Fig. 55: Identifying Connecting Rod Bolt Position Angle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element 14. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the lower block mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 15. Clean and dry the lower block mating surfaces. 16. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the lower block and to the inner threads of the bolt holes. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Fig. 56: Identifying Liquid Gasket Applying Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Put the lower block on the engine block. 18. Apply new engine oil to the bearing cap bolts. Torque the bearing cap bolts in sequence to 30 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts Torque Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Torque the bearing cap bolts an additional 56°. Fig. 58: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts Angle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Torque the 8 mm bolts in sequence to 22 N.m (2.2 kgf.m, 16 lbf.ft). Fig. 59: Identifying Bearing Cap Bolts Torque Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Use the handle driver and oil seal driver attachment to drive a new crankshaft oil seal squarely into the engine block to the specified installed height. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 60: Driving Crankshaft Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Measure the distance between the engine block (A) and crankshaft oil seal (B). Crankshaft Oil Seal Installed Height: 0.2-1.2 mm (0.001-0.047 in.) Fig. 61: Measuring Distance Between Engine Block And Crankshaft Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Install the baffle plates. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 62: Identifying Baffle Plates Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. 25. 26. 27. Install the oil pump (see OIL PUMP INSTALLATION ). Install the oil pan (see OIL PAN INSTALLATION ). Install the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION ). M/T model: Install the flywheel (see FLYWHEEL INSPECTION ), clutch disc (see CLUTCH DISC AND PRESSURE PLATE INSTALLATION ), and pressure plate (see CLUTCH DISC AND PRESSURE PLATE INSTALLATION ). 28. A/T model: Install the drive plate (see DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 29. Install the transmission:  Manual transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION )  Automatic transmission (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ) 30. Install the engine/transmission (see ENGINE INSTALLATION ). NOTE: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced, it is necessary after reassembly to run the engine at idling speed until it reaches normal operating temperature, then continue to run it for about 15 minutes. OIL PAN INSTALLATION 1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 2. Clean and dry the oil pan mating surfaces. 3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil pan and to the inner threads of the bolt holes. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Fig. 63: Identifying Liquid Gasket Applying Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the oil pan. 5. Torque the bolts/nuts in three steps. In the final step, torque all bolts, in sequence, to 12 N.m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.8 lbf.ft). Fig. 64: Identifying Oil Pan Bolts/Nuts Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. M/T model: Install the clutch cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 65: Identifying Clutch Cover Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. If the engine is still in the vehicle, install the subframe. -1 Support the subframe with the subframe adapter and a jack, and lift it up to the body, then loosely install the new subframe mounting bolts (see step 12 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). -2 Align the reference marks with the center of the subframe mounting bolts, then torque the bolts to the specified torque (see step 14 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). -3 A/T model: Install the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) filter mounting bolt (see step 36 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). -4 Torque the rear mount mounting bolts (see step 16 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). -5 Torque the front mount mounting bolt (see step 15 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). -6 Connect the suspension knuckle ball joints (see LOWER ARM REPLACEMENT ). 8. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. TRANSMISSION END CRANKSHAFT OIL SEAL INSTALLATION - IN CAR Special Tools Required   Handle Driver 07749-0010000 Oil seal driver attachment 96 07ZAD-PNAA100 1. Clean and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing. 2. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 3. Use the handle driver and oil seal driver attachment to drive a new oil seal squarely into the engine block to the specified installed height. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Block - Element Fig. 66: Driving Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the distance between the engine block (A) and crankshaft oil seal (B). Crankshaft Oil Seal Installed Height: 0.2-1.2 mm (0.001-0.047 in.) Fig. 67: Measuring Distance Between Engine Block And Crankshaft Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:29:53 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element USING MITCHELL1'S WIRING DIAGRAMS For information on using these wiring diagrams, see USING MITCHELL1'S SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article. AIR CONDITIONING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:31 8:53:20 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 1: Manual A/C Circuit (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 2: Manual A/C Circuit (2 of 2) ANTI-LOCK BRAKES Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 3: Anti-lock Brakes Circuit ANTI-THEFT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 4: Forced Entry Circuit, Accessory Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 5: Immobilizer Circuit BODY CONTROL MODULES Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 6: Body Control Modules Circuit COMPUTER DATA LINES Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 7: Computer Data Lines Circuit COOLING FAN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 8: Cooling Fan Circuit CRUISE CONTROL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 9: Cruise Control Circuit (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:23 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 10: Cruise Control Circuit (2 of 2) DEFOGGERS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 11: Defoggers Circuit ENGINE PERFORMANCE 2.4L Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 12: 2.4L, Engine Performance Circuit (1 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 13: 2.4L, Engine Performance Circuit (2 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 14: 2.4L, Engine Performance Circuit (3 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 15: 2.4L, Engine Performance Circuit (4 of 4) EXTERIOR LIGHTS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 16: Back-up Lamps Circuit, A/T Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 17: Back-up Lamps Circuit, M/T Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 18: Exterior Lamps Circuit (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 19: Exterior Lamps Circuit (2 of 2) GROUND DISTRIBUTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 20: Ground Distribution Circuit (1 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 21: Ground Distribution Circuit (2 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 22: Ground Distribution Circuit (3 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 23: Ground Distribution Circuit (4 of 4) HEADLIGHTS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 24: Headlights Circuit, LX EX W/ DRL (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 25: Headlights Circuit, LX EX W/ DRL (2 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 26: Headlights Circuit, LX EX W/O DRL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 27: Headlights Circuit, SC W/ DRL (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 28: Headlights Circuit, SC W/ DRL (2 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 29: Headlights Circuit, SC W/O DRL HORN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 30: Horn Circuit INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 31: Instrument Cluster Circuit (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 32: Instrument Cluster Circuit (2 of 2) INTERIOR LIGHTS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 33: Courtesy Lamps Circuit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 34: Instrument Illumination Circuit POWER DISTRIBUTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 35: Power Distribution Circuit (1 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 36: Power Distribution Circuit (2 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 37: Power Distribution Circuit (3 of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 38: Power Distribution Circuit (4 of 4) POWER DOOR LOCKS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 39: Power Door Locks Circuit POWER MIRRORS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 40: Power Mirrors Circuit POWER WINDOWS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:24 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 41: Power Windows Circuit RADIO Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 42: Music Link Circuit, Accessory Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 43: Radio Circuit, Canada: EX & SC (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 44: Radio Circuit, Canada: EX & SC (2 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 45: Radio Circuit, LX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 46: Radio Circuit, USA: EX & SC (1 of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 47: Radio Circuit, USA: EX & SC (2 of 2) SHIFT INTERLOCK Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 48: Shift Interlock Circuit STARTING/CHARGING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 49: Charging Circuit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 50: Starting Circuit SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 51: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (1 of 3) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 52: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (2 of 3) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 53: Supplemental Restraints Circuit (3 of 3) TRANSMISSION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 54: A/T Circuit WARNING SYSTEMS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 55: Chime Circuit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 56: Tire Pressure Monitoring Circuit WIPER/WASHER Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 57: Front Wiper/Washer Circuit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007 SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS Honda - Element Fig. 58: Rear Wiper/Washer Circuit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:53:25 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element CONNECTOR INDEX Identification numbers have been assigned to in-line connectors. The number is preceded by the letter "C" for connectors, "G" for ground terminals or "1" for non-ground terminals. CONNECTOR INDEX Location Others (Floor, Harness Engine Dashboard Door, Notes Compartment Tailgate, and Roof) A/C wire harness C851 through C853 (see A/C WIRE HARNESS ) Battery ground T3, (-) (see BATTERY GROUND cable G1 CABLE ) (see CONSOLE Console subharness C570 SUBHARNESS (SC (SC model) MODEL) ) C403, C406, C453, Dashboard wire (see DASHBOARD WIRE C454, C501, C502, harness A (Left HARNESS A (LEFT C504, C751 and branch) BRANCH) ) C752 G501 C551, C552, C561, Dashboard wire C562, C651 through (see DASHBOARD WIRE harness A (Right C653, C781, C851, HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ) branch) C852, C855 G502 and G503 Dashboard wire C401 through C404 (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) harness B G401 Driver's door wire (see DRIVER'S DOOR C751, C752 WIRE HARNESS ) harness C554, C570, ECM/PCM wire C101, C451 through C571, C601, (see ECM/PCM WIRE harness C457 G451 C602, C681 HARNESS ) G553 Engine (see ENGINE C401, C402, C405, compartment wire COMPARTMENT WIRE C451, C452, C501, G402 harness HARNESS C502, C553, C853 (Dashboard) (DASHBOARD) ) Engine compartment wire (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:06 8:25:02 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element harness (Left branch) (Except SC model) Engine compartment wire harness (Left branch) (SC model) Engine compartment wire harness (Right branch) (Except SC model) Engine compartment wire harness (Right branch) (SC model) Engine ground cable Engine wire harness HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (SC MODEL) ) (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) ) (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) (SC MODEL) ) (see ENGINE GROUND CABLE ) G301 C350, G301 G201, G202 C250 G201, G202 T4 G2 C102 through C106, C108 G101, G102 (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ) C101, C107 C554, C570, C571, C601, C602, C681 G553 C404, C455, C456, C556, C558, C551, C552, C553, C560, C604 C559, C561, C562 G551, G552 Floor wire harness (Left branch) Floor wire harness (Right branch) Front passenger's door wire harness C781 (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) ) (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) (see FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS ) Hatch wire harness C601 through C603 Left headlight C350 subharness (SC model) Left rear door subharness Left rear door wire harness ODS unit harness (see LEFT HEADLIGHT SUBHARNESS (SC MODEL) ) (see LEFT REAR DOOR C554, C771 SUBHARNESS ) C771 (see LEFT REAR DOOR WIRE HARNESS ) G771 C560 (see ODS UNIT HARNESS ) Right headlight subharness (SC model) (see HATCH WIRE HARNESS ) (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT C250 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Right rear door subharness Right rear door wire harness Roof wire harness Seat position sensor subharness Shift solenoid wire harness (A/T) BRANCH) (SC MODEL) ) (see RIGHT REAR DOOR C851 through C853 C556, C761 SUBHARNESS ) C761 (see RIGHT REAR DOOR G751 WIRE HARNESS ) C603 and (see ROOF WIRE C651 through C653 C604 HARNESS ) (see FLOOR WIRE C571 HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) ) (see SHIFT CONTROL SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS (A/T) ) C102, C103, (+) Starter subharness T101 through T104 Tailgate wire harness TPMS subharness (see STARTER SUBHARNESS ) C681 C855 Transmission range switch subharness C104 (A/T) Tweeter subharness C504 VSA/Fuel pump wire harness C558 (see HATCH WIRE HARNESS ) (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ) (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SUBHARNESS (A/T) ) (see TWEETER SUBHARNESS ) (see VSA/FUEL PUMP WIRE HARNESS ) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX BATTERY GROUND CABLE CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal T3 3 Transmission housing Left side of engine G1 1 compartment (-) 2 Battery Connects to Notes Transmission hanger bracket Body ground via battery ground cable Battery negative terminal ENGINE GROUND CABLE CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities T4 5 G2 4 Location Right side of engine compartment Right side of engine compartment Connects to Notes Body ground, via engine ground cable Fig. 1: Identifying Battery Ground Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. STARTER SUBHARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Alternator 1 4 Knock sensor Starter solenoid 3 5 1 1 C102 9 6 C103 10 1 T101 7 T102 6 T103 2 T104 4 (+) 8 Location Connects to Right side of engine compartment Front of engine Front of engine Left side of engine compartment Middle of engine Left side of engine compartment Left side of engine compartment Right side of engine compartment Middle of engine Left side of engine compartment Notes Engine wire harness (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ) Engine wire harness (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ) Under-hood fuse/relay box Under-hood fuse/relay box Alternator Starter motor Battery positive terminal Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Starter Subharness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ENGINE WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Ref Cavities Location Connects Notes to 24 2 Transmission housing A/T 34 2 Transmission housing A/T 27 2 Transmission housing A/T Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element C Back-up light switch Camshaft position (CMP) sensor A Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B CKP sensor ECM/PCM connector A ECM/PCM connector B ECM/PCM connector C Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 EVAP canister purge valve Ignition coil No. 1 Ignition coil No. 2 Ignition coil No. 3 Ignition coil No. 4 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Input shaft (Mainshaft) speed sensor MAF sensor/IAT sensor 36 17 14 47 9 8 7 15 16 4 10 11 12 46 45 44 42 22 37 2 3 3 3 31 24 22 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 5 MAP sensor 39 3 Oil pressure switch Output shaft (Countershaft) speed sensor Output shaft (Countershaft) speed sensor Rocker arm oil control solenoid Rocker arm oil pressure switch TP sensor/throttle actuator VTC oil control solenoid valve 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch 1 21 20 2 3 38 48 M/T 1 3 3 2 2 6 2 Transmission housing Left side of engine Left side of engine Right side of engine Behind glove box Behind glove box Behind glove box Left side of engine Left side of engine Middle of engine Middle of engine Middle of engine Middle of engine Middle of engine Middle of engine Middle of engine Middle of engine Transmission housing Intake air duct Front of engine compartment Right side of engine Transmission housing Transmission housing Right side of engine Right side of engine Left side of intake manifold Right side of engine 35 1 Transmission housing A/T 26 1 Transmission housing A/T A/T A/T M/T Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Engine Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal C101 6 20 C102 40 6 C103 41 1 C104 23 10 Connects to ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Starter subharness (see STARTER Middle of engine SUBHARNESS ) Starter subharness (see STARTER Middle of engine SUBHARNESS ) Transmission Transmission range switch subharness housing Notes Behind glove box A/T Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element C105 (Junction connector) C106 (Junction connector) C107 (Junction connector) 18 24 19 24 5 20 C108 31 8 G101 43 G102 13 Left side of engine Left side of engine Behind glove box Transmission Shift control solenoid wire harness housing Middle of engine Engine ground, via engine wire harness Left side of Engine ground, via engine wire harness engine A/T TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SUBHARNESS (A/T) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes Transmission range switch 25 10 Left side of engine compartment C104 23 10 Transmission housing Engine wire harness SHIFT CONTROL SOLENOID WIRE HARNESS (A/T) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Shift control solenoid valve A 29 1 Shift control solenoid valve B 28 1 Shift control solenoid valve C 33 1 Shift control solenoid valve D 30 1 ATF temperature sensor 34 1 Shift control solenoid valve E 32 1 C108 31 8 Location In transmission In transmission In transmission In transmission In transmission In transmission Transmission housing Connects to Notes Engine wire harness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Engine Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Front of engine A/C compressor clutch 12 1 compartment Front of engine A/C condenser fan motor 14 2 compartment Right side of engine A/C pressure switch 10 2 compartment Engine coolant Connects to Notes Front of engine Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element temperature (ECT) sensor 13 2 Rear window washer 5 motor 2 compartment Right front wheel sensor 11 2 Right side marker light Right front turn signal/parking light Right headlight VSA modulator-control unit 2 2 Behind right side of front bumper Right side of engine compartment Behind right headlight 3 3 Behind right headlight 9 3 1 47 Washer fluid level switch 6 2 Windshield washer motor 4 2 G201 7 G202 8 Behind right headlight Right side of engine compartment Behind right side of front bumper Behind right side of front bumper Behind right side of Body ground, via engine front bumper compartment wire harness Behind right side of Body ground, via engine front bumper compartment wire harness 2 Canada models Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness (Right Branch) (Except SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) (SC MODEL) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element A/C compressor clutch 14 1 A/C condenser fan motor 16 2 A/C pressure switch 8 2 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 15 2 Rear window washer 4 motor 2 Front of engine compartment Front of engine compartment Right side of engine compartment Front of engine compartment Right front wheel sensor 2 2 Right side marker light Right front turn signal/parking light Right headlight (connector B) VSA modulator-control unit 9 2 Behind right side of front bumper Right side of engine compartment Behind right headlight 10 3 Behind right headlight 13 2 Behind right headlight 1 47 Washer fluid level switch 5 2 Windshield washer motor 3 2 C250 12 2 G201 6 G202 7 2 Right side of engine compartment Behind right side of front bumper Behind right side of front bumper Behind right headlight Right headlight subharness Behind right side of Body ground, via engine front bumper compartment wire harness Behind right side of Body ground, via engine front bumper compartment wire harness Canada models RIGHT HEADLIGHT SUBHARNESS (SC MODEL) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Right headlight connector A 11 2 Behind right headlight C250 12 2 Behind right headlight Connects to Notes Engine compartment Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness (Right Branch) (SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (EXCEPT SC MODEL) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Under middle of Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 4 4 Brake fluid level switch 21 2 ELD unit (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) 17 3 Horn 10 1 Left front wheel sensor 13 2 Left front impact sensor 11 2 Left side marker light 12 2 Left front turn signal/parking lights 7 3 Left headlight 6 3 Optional connector (for fog light) 8 1 Power steering pressure (PSP) switch 2 2 Radiator fan motor 5 2 Right front impact sensor 1 2 3 4 19 2 Under-hood fuse/relay box 14 5 Under-hood fuse/relay box 18 12 Under-hood fuse/relay box 15 14 Under-hood fuse/relay box 16 7 Under-hood fuse/relay box 20 5 Under left side of cowl cover Secondary heated oxygen sensor (SHO2S) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector A (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector B (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector C (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector D (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector E (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Windshield wiper motor vehicle Left side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay box Behind left side of front bumper Left side of engine compartment Behind left side of front bumper Behind left headlight Behind left headlight Behind left headlight Behind left side of front bumper Rear of engine compartment Front of engine compartment Behind right side of front bumper Under middle of vehicle Behind left side of Body ground, via engine Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element G301 9 front bumper compartment wire harness Fig. 7: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness (Left Branch) (Except SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) (SC MODEL) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Under middle of vehicle Left side of engine compartment Under-hood fuse/relay box Behind left side of front bumper Left side of engine compartment Behind left side of front bumper Behind left headlight Behind left headlight Behind left headlight Behind left side of front bumper Rear of engine compartment Front of engine compartment Behind right side of front bumper Under middle of vehicle Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 15 4 Brake fluid level switch 23 2 ELD unit (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) 19 3 Horn 12 1 Left front wheel sensor 14 2 Left front impact sensor 13 2 Left side marker light 9 2 Left front turn signal/parking lights 8 3 Left headlight connector B 5 2 Optional connector (for fog light) 10 1 Power steering pressure (PSP) switch 2 2 Radiator fan motor 4 2 Right front impact sensor 1 2 3 4 21 2 Under-hood fuse/relay box 16 5 Under-hood fuse/relay box 20 12 Under-hood fuse/relay box 17 14 Under-hood fuse/relay box 18 7 Under-hood fuse/relay box Secondary heated oxygen sensor (SHO2S) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector A (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector B (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector C (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector D (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Under-hood fuse/relay box connector E (see CONNECTOR TO FUSE/RELAY BOX INDEX ) Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Windshield wiper motor 22 5 C350 7 2 G301 11 Under left side of cowl cover Behind left Left headlight headlight subharness Body ground, via engine Behind left side of compartment wire front bumper harness LEFT HEADLIGHT SUBHARNESS (SC MODEL) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes Left headlight connector A 6 2 Behind left headlight C350 7 2 Behind left headlight Engine compartment wire harness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness (Left Branch) (SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Optional connector (for fog light) 10 3 Under left side of dash C401 8 20 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B) Dashboard wire harness B C402 9 16 Under middle of dash (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) C405 (Junction connector) 1 20 Under middle of dash C451 6 20 Under middle of dash C452 7 3 Under middle of dash C501 3 14 Under middle of dash C502 2 13 Under middle of dash C553 4 14 Under middle of dash C853 5 1 Under middle of dash G402 11 Under middle of dash ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) A/C wire harness (see A/C WIRE HARNESS ) Body ground, via engine compartment wire harness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness (Dashboard) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Cable reel connector A 19 4 Cable reel connector B 1 5 Combination light switch 21 16 Front passenger's airbag inflator 9 4 Location Connects to In steering Driver's airbag inflator column cover In steering column cover In steering column cover Behind glove box Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element In steering column cover In steering column cover In steering column cover In the underdash fuse/relay box Under middle of dash In steering column cover Ignition key switch/key light 17 6 Ignition switch 18 7 Immobilizer control unitreceiver 16 7 Multiplex control unit (Fuse/relay box connector X) 8 8 SRS unit connector A 13 28 Steering angle sensor 20 5 5 5 Under left side of dash 6 6 Under left side of dash 4 14 Under left side of dash 3 8 Under left side of dash 7 2 Under left side of dash 2 14 In the steering column cover Under-dash fuse/relay box connector A (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector B (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector C (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector J (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector S (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Wiper/washer switch C401 15 20 C402 14 16 C403 12 20 C404 11 6 Engine compartment wire harness (see Under middle ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE of dash HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ) Engine compartment wire harness (see Under middle DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A of dash (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see Under middle DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A of dash (LEFT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR Under middle WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element G401 10 of dash BRANCH) ) Under middle Body ground, via dashboard wire of dash harness B Fig. 10: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Brake pedal position switch 25 4 Clutch pedal position switch 26 2 Clutch interlock switch 27 2 Cruise control main switch 30 5 Daytime running lights control unit 9 14 Daytime running lights relay 1 4 Diode, DRL 28 2 Diode, rear ceiling light 5 2 Gauge control module connector 7 36 Hazard warning switch 19 10 Heater control panel 18 30 Keyless receiver unit 4 5 Low beam cut relay 2 5 Multiplex control unit 11 (Fuse/relay box connector Y) 13 Security control unit connector (optional) Throttle actuator control module Trailer lighting connector (optional) 6 22 31 16 35 10 Under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY 10 12 Location Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Behind left side of dash Behind gauge control module Middle of dash Behind heater control panel Under left side of dash Under left side of dash In the underdash fuse/relay box Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Under left side of dash Connects to Notes M/T M/T Canada models Canada models (2) (1) In the underdash fuse/relay box Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector K (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector L (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector M (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector N (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector O (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) 13 17 In the underdash fuse/relay box 14 10 In the underdash fuse/relay box 12 12 In the underdash fuse/relay box 15 6 In the underdash fuse/relay box 16 12 In the underdash fuse/relay box VSA OFF switch 29 10 Subwoofer 17 4 C403 20 20 C406 (Junction connector) 8 20 C453 21 14 C454 22 12 C501 23 14 C502 24 13 C504 34 3 Under left side of dash Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness B (see Under middle DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS of dash B) Behind gauge control module Under middle ECM/PCM wire harness (see of dash ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Under middle ECM/PCM wire harness (see of dash ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Engine compartment wire harness Under middle (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS of dash (DASHBOARD) ) Engine compartment wire harness Under middle (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS of dash (DASHBOARD) ) Under left Tweeter subharness side of dash Driver's door wire harness (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element C751 32 20 Under left side of dash C752 33 6 Under left side of dash G501 36 Under left side of dash DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS ) Driver's door wire harness (see DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS ) Body ground, via dashboard wire harness A (1) Canada Except SC model (2) Canada SC model TWEETER SUBHARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Left tweeter 3 2 Left A-pillar C504 34 3 Under left side of dash Connects to Notes Dashboard wire harness A Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness A (Left Branch) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Audio unit Behind audio 2 20 connector A unit Audio unit Behind audio Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element connector B Audio unit connector C Audio unit connector D Auxiliary jack assembly Front accessory power socket Imoes unit 4 8 1 6 25 14 8 5 9 2 17 5 Passenger's airbag cutoff indicator Stereo amplifier connector A Stereo amplifier connector B 3 4 14 14 15 16 C551 23 4 C552 22 4 C561 21 23 C562 24 8 C651 11 6 C652 12 4 C653 13 4 C781 10 14 C851 18 21 C852 19 1 C855 7 6 G502 16 G503 20 unit Behind audio unit With XM radio Behind audio unit Under right side of dash Under right side of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Behind right kick panel Behind right kick panel Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under right side of dash Under right side of dash Under right side of dash (1) (3) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Roof wire harness (see ROOF WIRE HARNESS ) Roof wire harness (see ROOF WIRE HARNESS ) Roof wire harness (see ROOF WIRE HARNESS ) Front passenger's door wire harness (see Under right FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR WIRE side of dash HARNESS ) Behind glove A/C wire harness (see A/C WIRE box HARNESS ) Behind glove A/C wire harness (see A/C WIRE box HARNESS ) Under middle TPMS subharness of dash Under right Body ground, via dashboard wire harness A side of dash Under right Body ground, via dashboard wire harness A side of dash (2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element (1) Except SC model (2) SC model (3) Except '07 USA models TPMS SUBHARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes TPMS control unit connector A 6 14 Under middle of dash TPMS control unit connector B 5 20 Under middle of dash C855 7 6 Under middle of dash Dashboard wire harness A Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 12: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness A (Right Branch) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Under A/T gear position indicator 11 4 middle of panel light/park pin switch dash Behind A/T reverse relay 17 4 glove box Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor Behind 16 4 relay glove box Under left Data link connector (DLC) 28 16 side of dash Behind ECM/PCM connector D 14 17 glove box Behind ECM/PCM connector E 13 31 glove box Throttle actuator control Behind 19 4 module relay glove box Behind Ignition coil relay 18 4 glove box Memory erase signal (MES) Under left connector (see UNDER-DASH 1 2 side of dash FUSE/RELAY BOX ) PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI Behind 20 4 MAIN) glove box PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL Behind 21 5 PUMP) glove box Rear accessory power socket Behind 15 4 relay glove box Under Shift lock solenoid/D3 switch 24 4 middle of dash Under-dash fuse/relay box Under left connector D (see UNDER4 12 side of dash DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box Under left 5 13 connector E (see UNDERside of dash DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box Under left 7 10 connector G (see UNDERside of dash DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Connects to Notes A/T A/T A/T Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Under-dash fuse/relay box connector H (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector P (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector Q (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) Under-dash fuse/relay box connector R (see UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ) 2 3 Under left side of dash 6 18 Under left side of dash 3 8 Under left side of dash 8 6 Under left side of dash C101 12 20 C451 27 20 C452 26 3 C453 9 14 C454 25 12 C455 22 17 C456 23 10 C457 (Junction connector) 10 20 G451 29 Behind glove box Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Engine wire harness (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ) Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ) Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Body ground, via ECM/PCM wire harness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 13: Identifying ECM/PCM Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Driver's seat belt buckle 3 3 Connects to Notes Under driver's Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element switch Driver's side airbag inflator Driver's seat belt buckle tensioner Left side impact sensor (first) Left side impact sensor (second) seat Under driver's seat Under driver's seat Left side of floor Left quarter panel Left quarter panel Under center console Left quarter panel Left side of floor Left quarter panel Under center console Under driver's seat 2 2 4 4 18 2 15 2 Left tail light 11 5 Parking brake switch 5 1 Rear window wiper intermittent control unit 13 8 Roll rate sensor 19 2 C554 14 6 C570 6 8 C571 1 2 C601 9 10 Left D-pillar C602 10 4 Left D-pillar C681 12 8 G553 8 Left quarter panel Left D-pillar Left rear door subharness (see LEFT REAR DOOR WIRE HARNESS ) SC model Console subharness Seat position sensor subharness Hatch wire harness (see HATCH WIRE HARNESS ) Hatch wire harness (see HATCH WIRE HARNESS ) Tailgate wire harness (see HATCH WIRE HARNESS ) Body ground, via floor wire harness CONSOLE SUBHARNESS (SC MODEL) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Auxiliary jack assembly 16 5 Under center console Console accessory power socket 7 2 Under center console C570 6 8 Under center console Connects to Notes Floor wire harness SEAT POSITION SENSOR SUBHARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Driver's seat position sensor 17 2 Under driver's seat Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element C571 1 2 Under driver's seat Floor wire harness Fig. 14: Identifying Floor Wire Harness (Left Branch) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Front passenger's Connects to Notes Under front Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element seat belt buckle switch Front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner Front passenger's side airbag inflator Rear accessory power socket passenger's seat 16 3 15 4 17 2 20 2 27 4 13 2 18 2 21 5 7 28 8 28 VSA sensor cluster 26 6 XM receiver connector A 19 14 C404 2 4 C455 11 17 C456 1 10 C551 4 4 Under middle of dash C552 5 4 Under middle of dash C553 6 14 Under middle of dash C556 24 6 C558 25 14 Rear safing sensor Right side impact sensor (first) Right side impact sensor (second) Right taillight SRS unit connector C SRS unit connector B Under front passenger's seat Under front passenger's seat Right quarter panel Under center console Right side of floor Right quarter panel Right quarter panel Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under center console With XM radio Behind right rear side trim Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Under middle of dash Right quarter panel Under center console Dashboard wire harness B (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS B ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) ECM/PCM wire harness (see ECM/PCM WIRE HARNESS ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ) Right rear door subharness (see RIGHT REAR DOOR WIRE HARNESS ) VSA/fuel pump harness (see VSA/FUEL PUMP WIRE HARNESS ) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element C559 (Junction connector) 9 20 C560 14 4 C561 10 23 C562 3 8 C604 23 4 G551 22 G552 12 Under middle of dash Under front ODS unit harness (see ODS UNIT passenger's seat HARNESS ) Dashboard wire harness A (see Under middle DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A of dash (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see Under middle DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A of dash (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Right quarter Roof wire harness (see ROOF WIRE panel HARNESS ) Right D-pillar Body ground, via floor wire harness Under front Body ground, via floor wire harness passenger's seat SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Floor Wire Harness (Right Branch) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HATCH WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Hatch latch switch 5 2 Hatch lock actuator 8 2 High mount brake light 7 2 1 1 9 1 6 4 C601 3 10 C602 2 4 C603 4 4 Rear window defogger connector (+) Rear window defogger connector (-) Rear window wiper motor Middle of hatch Middle of hatch Middle of hatch Left side of hatch Right side of hatch Middle of hatch Floor wire harness (+see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) ) Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE Left D-pillar HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) ) Left rear of Roof wire harness (see ROOF WIRE roof HARNESS ) Left D-pillar TAILGATE WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Left tailgate latch Left side of 13 2 switch tailgate License plate light Middle of 11 2 connector A tailgate License plate light Middle of 12 2 connector B tailgate Right tailgate latch Right side of 10 2 switch tailgate Trailer lighting Back end of 14 4 connector cargo area Left quarter C681 15 8 panel Connects to Notes Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) ) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:02 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 16: Identifying Hatch Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ROOF WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Front ceiling 5 3 Middle of roof light Left side curtain 4 2 Middle of roof airbag Rear ceiling 2 3 Rear of roof light Right side 11 2 Middle of roof curtain airbag Right tweeter 7 2 Right A-pillar AM/FM antenna 1 1 Rear of roof Connects to Notes EX and SC models Without XM radio Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Spotlight 6 2 Middle of roof C603 3 4 Rear of roof C604 12 4 C651 8 6 C652 9 4 C653 10 4 EX and SC models Hatch wire harness (see HATCH WIRE HARNESS ) Right quarter Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE panel HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see Under right DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A side of dash (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see Under right DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A side of dash (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see Under right DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A side of dash (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Fig. 17: Identifying Roof Wire Harness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VSA/FUEL PUMP WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Connects to Terminal EVAP canister vent Under left rear of 2 2 shut valve vehicle Under left rear of Fuel tank unit 5 5 vehicle Fuel tank pressure Under left rear of 3 3 (FTP) sensor vehicle Left rear wheel Under left rear of 4 2 sensor vehicle Right rear wheel Under right rear 1 2 sensor of vehicle Under center Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE C558 6 14 console HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Notes Fig. 18: Identifying VSA/Fuel Pump Wire Harness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DRIVER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Driver's door lock 9 2 Driver's door actuator Driver's door lock 10 3 Driver's door knob switch Driver's door lock 4 5 Driver's door switch Driver's door 8 2 Driver's door speaker Driver's power 1 6 Driver's door window motor Left power mirror 5 8 Driver's door Power mirror 3 13 Driver's door switch Power window 2 14 Driver's door master switch Under left side C751 7 20 of dash Under left side C752 6 6 of dash Connects to Notes Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 19: Identifying Driver Door Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Front Front passenger's door 5 2 passenger's lock actuator door Front Front passenger's door passenger's 6 2 speaker door Front Front passenger's 4 2 passenger's power window motor door Front Front passenger's 3 5 passenger's power window switch door Right power mirror 2 8 Connects to Notes Front passenger's Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element door C781 1 14 Dashboard wire harness A (see Under right side DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A of dash (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Fig. 20: Identifying Front Passenger Door Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. LEFT REAR DOOR WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Left rear Driver's door switch 5 1 door Left rear door lower Left rear 4 2 switch door Left rear Left rear door speaker 7 2 door Left rear door upper Left rear 3 2 switch door C771 2 6 Left rear Connects to Notes Left rear door subharness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element G771 6 door Left rear door Body ground, via left rear door wire harness LEFT REAR DOOR SUBHARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Connects to Terminal Left quarter Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE C554 1 6 panel HARNESS (LEFT BRANCH) ) C771 2 6 Left rear door Left rear door wire harness Notes Fig. 21: Identifying Left Rear Door Wire Harness Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. RIGHT REAR DOOR WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Front passenger's door Right rear 1 1 switch door Right rear door lower Right rear 2 2 switch door Right rear Right rear door speaker 6 2 door Right rear door upper Right rear 3 2 switch door Right rear C761 4 6 door Right rear G751 7 door Connects to Notes Right rear door subharness Body ground, via right rear door wire harness RIGHT REAR DOOR SUBHARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Connects to Terminal Right quarter Floor wire harness (+see FLOOR WIRE C556 5 6 panel HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Right rear C761 4 6 Right rear door wire harness door Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Fig. 22: Identifying Right Rear Door Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. A/C WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Ref Cavities Location Terminal Air mix control Under left 1 7 motor side of dash Under right Blower motor 4 2 side of dash Blower power Under right 5 4 transistor side of dash Evaporator Under left 9 2 temperature sensor side of dash Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element Mode control motor Recirculation control motor 2 7 3 7 C851 7 21 C852 6 1 C853 8 1 Behind glove box Behind glove box Behind glove box Behind glove box Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Dashboard wire harness A (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Engine compartment wire harness (see ENGINE Under middle COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS of dash (DASHBOARD) ) Fig. 23: Identifying A/C Wire Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ODS UNIT HARNESS CONNECTOR TO HARNESS INDEX Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Inner side front Under front passenger's weight 4 2 passenger's seat sensor Connects to Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ELECTRICAL Connectors and Harnesses - Element ODS unit 1 18 In front passenger's seat Outer side front passenger's weight sensor 2 3 Under front passenger's seat C560 3 4 Under front passenger's seat Floor wire harness (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ) Fig. 24: Identifying ODS Unit Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:03 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PCV System - Element 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PCV System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying PCV System Component Location PCV VALVE INSPECTION 1. Check the PCV valve (A), hoses (B), and connections for leaks or restrictions. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:48 8:34:44 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PCV System - Element Fig. 2: Identifying PCV Valve, Hoses And Leaks Connections 2. At idle, make sure there is a clicking sound from the PCV valve when the hose between the PCV valve and intake manifold is lightly pinched (A) with your fingers or pliers. If there is no clicking sound, check the PCV valve washer for cracks or damage. If the washer is OK, replace the PCV valve and recheck. Fig. 3: Pinching PCV Hose PCV VALVE REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the PCV hose. 2. Remove the PCV valve (A). Fig. 4: Identifying PCV Valve And PCV Hose Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:44 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PCV System - Element 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new washer (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:44 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Fan Control Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:25 8:33:21 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic procedure Engine overheats Also check for 1. Check the coolant level. 2. Check for any engine coolant leakage (from gaskets, hoses, O-rings, etc.). 3. Check for dirt, leaves, or insects on radiator and A/C condenser. 4. Check for deteriorated coolant. 5. Check for a damaged or deformed fan shroud. 6. Inspect the fan motors (see FAN MOTOR TEST ) or fan relays (see POWER RELAY TEST ). 7. Check the radiator cap (see RADIATOR CAP TEST ). 8. Check the thermostat (see FAN MOTOR TEST ). 9. Inspect the water pump (see WATER PUMP INSPECTION ). 10. Check for a plugged or deteriorated radiator hoses. 11. Check for plugged heater core or hoses. 12. Check for a damaged cylinder head gasket. The radiator fan does not run at all 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors 2. Radiator fan circuit troubleshooting (see RADIATOR FAN CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). The radiator fan does not run for engine cooling, but it runs with the A/C on 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors 2. Radiator fan circuit troubleshooting (see RADIATOR FAN CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ).  The A/C condenser fan does not run at all (but the radiator A/C condenser fan circuit troubleshooting (see A/C CONDENSER FAN CIRCUIT HVAC DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:21 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element fan runs with the A/C TROUBLESHOOTING ). on) Both the radiator fan and the A/C Radiator and A/C condenser fan common condenser fan do not circuit troubleshooting (see RADIATOR run with the A/C on AND A/C CONDENSER FAN COMMON (but the A/C CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). compressor runs with the A/C on)  Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors  HVAC DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ) Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors  CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:21 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element Fig. 2: Fan Control Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. RADIATOR FAN CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Check for the PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Are DTC P2183, P2184, and/or P2185 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:21 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element YES - Do the appropriate troubleshooting, then recheck. NO - Go to step 2. 2. Check the No. 4 (20 A), fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and No. 14 (10 A), fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Are the fuses OK? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Replace the fuse(s) and recheck. 3. Remove the radiator fan relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the relay OK? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Replace the radiator fan relay. 4. Measure the voltage between the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 3: Measuring Voltage Between Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Connect the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:21 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element Fig. 4: Connecting Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket Terminals No. 1 And 2 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the radiator fan run? YES - Go to step 9. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Disconnect the radiator fan motor 2P connector. 7. Check for continuity between the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and the radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No. 2. Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 1 And Radiator Fan Motor 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 8. NO - Repair open in the wire between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No. 2. 8. Check for continuity between the radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:21 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element Fig. 6: Checking Continuity Between Radiator Fan Motor 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Replace the radiator fan motor. NO - Repair open in the wire between radiator fan motor 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. If the wire is OK, check for a poor ground at G201. 9. Disconnect the jumper, and turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for voltage between the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 7: Checking Voltage Between Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 10. NO - Repair open in the wire between the under-hood fuse/relay box and under-dash fuse/relay box. 10. Check for continuity between the radiator fan relay 4P socket terminal No. 4 and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) connector terminal E12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:21 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Fan Controls - Element Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between Radiator Fan Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 4 And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E12 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM connector terminal E12 and the under-hood fuse/relay box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:21 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Rear Window Defogger - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Rear Window Defogger - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:41 9:33:38 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Rear Window Defogger - Element Fig. 1: Identifying Rear Window Defogger Components Location CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Fig. 2: Rear Window Defogger Circuit Diagram Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:38 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Rear Window Defogger - Element FUNCTION TEST NOTE:   Be careful not to scratch or damage the defogger wires with the tester probe. Before testing, check the No. 11 (20 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Measure voltage between the positive terminal (A) and body ground with the ignition switch and the defogger switch ON. There should be battery voltage.  If there is no voltage, check for:  Faulty rear window defogger relay.  Faulty heater control panel.  An open in the BLK/GRN wire to the positive terminal.  If there is voltage, go to step 2. Fig. 3: Identifying Voltage Between Positive Terminal And Body Ground 2. Disconnect the negative terminal (B) from the rear window defogger. 3. Check for continuity between the negative terminal (B) and body ground. If there is no continuity, check for an open in the wire or poor ground (G553 and G771). If there is continuity, go to step 4. 4. Reconnect the negative terminal to the rear window defogger. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) and the rear window defogger switch ON. 6. Touch the voltmeter positive probe to each point on each defogger wire, and the negative probe to the negative terminal.  If the voltage is as specified, the defogger wire up to that point is OK.  If the voltage is not as specified, repair the defogger wire.  If it is more than specified at one of the points, there is a break in the negative half of the wire.  If it is less than specified at one of the points, there is a break in the positive half of the wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:38 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Rear Window Defogger - Element DEFOGGER WIRE REPAIR NOTE: To make an effective repair, the broken section must be no longer than one inch. 1. Lightly rub the area around the broken section (A) with fine steel wool, then clean it with isopropyl alcohol. Fig. 4: Identifying Transparent Tape And Broken Portion Of Rear Window Defogger Wire 2. Carefully mask above and below the broken portion of the rear window defogger wire (B) with transparent tape (C). 3. Using a small brush, apply a heavy coat of silver conductive paint (commercially available rear window defogger grid repair material) extending about 1/8" on both sides of the break. Thoroughly mix the paint before use. Allow 30 minutes to dry. Fig. 5: Applying Silver Conductive Paint On Both Sides Of Break 4. Check for continuity in the repaired wire. 5. Apply a second coat of paint in the same way. Let it dry 3 hours before removing the tape. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:33:38 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:47 8:31:43 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Engine Lubrication Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:43 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Excessive engine oil consumption 1. Verify the engine oil filter cap, oil drain bolt, and oil filter are torque. 2. Check for oil leaks. 3. Check for worn valve guide(s) (see VALVE INSPECTION ) or worn valve stem seal(s) (see VALVE INSPECTION ). 4. Check for damaged or worn piston ring(s) (see PISTON RING REPLACEMENT ). 5. Check for damaged or worn engine internal parts (cylinder wall, pistons, etc.) (see BLOCK AND PISTON INSPECTION ). Low oil pressure indicator does not come on with the ignition switch ON (II) 1. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 2. Test the oil pressure switch (see OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST ). An open in the wire between the gauge assembly and the oil pressure switch Low oil pressure indicator stays on 1. Check the engine oil level. 2. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 3. Test the oil pressure switch (see OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST ). 4. Check the engine oil pressure (see ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT ). 5. Check the oil filter for clogging. 6. Check the oil screen for clogging. 7. Check the relief valve. 8. Check the oil pump (see OIL PUMP INSPECTION ). A wire shorted to ground between the gauge assembly and the oil pressure switch OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST 1. Remove the YEL/RED wire (A) from the oil pressure switch (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:43 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 3: Identifying YEL/RED Wire And Oil Pressure Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. 3. If the switch fails to operate, check the engine oil level. If the engine oil level is OK, check the engine oil pressure. If the oil pressure is OK, replace the oil pressure switch (see OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. Fig. 4: Identifying Oil Pressure Switch With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply a very small amount of liquid gasket to the new oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:43 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. 4. Connect the oil pressure switch connector. OIL PRESSURE TEST If the oil pressure warning indicator stays on with the engine running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is correct: 1. Remove the engine oil pressure switch, and install an oil pressure gauge (A). Fig. 5: Identifying Oil Pressure Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Start the engine. Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure. Repair the problem before continuing. 3. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature (fan comes on at least twice). The pressure should be: Engine Oil Temperature: 176°F (80°C) Engine Oil Pressure: At Idle: 70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2 , 10 psi) min. At 3,000 rpm: 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2 , 44 psi) min. 4. If the oil pressure is not within specifications, inspect these items:  Check the oil screen for clogging.  Inspect the oil pump (see OIL PUMP INSPECTION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:43 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT 1. Warm up the engine. 2. Remove the drain bolt (A), and drain the engine oil. Fig. 6: Identifying Drain Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B). 4. Refill with the recommended oil (see LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS ). Capacity At Oil Change: 4.0 L (4.2 US qt) At Oil Change including Filter: 4.2 L (4.4 US qt) After Engine Overhaul: 5.3 L (5.6 US qt) 5. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 8. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 9. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:43 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element 10. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 11. Select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE with the HDS. NOTE: If you changed the ATF at the same time with the engine oil, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND ATF with the HDS instead. 12. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. 13. Reset the multi-information display (see RESETTING THE MAINTENANCE INFORMATION DISPLAY ). ENGINE OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Oil filter wrench 07HAA-PJ70100 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the threads (A) and rubber seal (B) on the new filter. Clean the seat on the engine block, then apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter rubber seal. Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. Fig. 7: Identifying Filter Threads And Rubber Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the oil filter by hand. 4. After the rubber seal seats, torque the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. Torque: 3/4 Turn Clockwise Tightening Torque: 12 N.m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.8 lbf-ft) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:43 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Oil Filter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If four numbers or triangle marks are printed around the outside of the filter, use the following procedure to torque the filter.  Spin the filter on until its seal lightly seats against the block, and note which number or mark is at the bottom.  Torque the filter by turning it clockwise three numbers or marks from the one you noted. For example, if number 2 is at the bottom when the seal is seated, torque the filter until the number 1 comes around the bottom. Fig. 9: Locating Engine Oil Filter Marks And Number Position Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:43 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element 6. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for more than 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. OIL FILTER FEED PIPE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the oil filter (see ENGINE OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the oil filter feed pipe. Fig. 10: Identifying Oil Filter Feed Pipe Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the two 20 x 1.5 mm nuts (A) onto the new oil filter feed pipe. Hold the nut with a wrench, then torque the other nut. Fig. 11: Identifying Feed Pipe Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Torque the oil filter feed pipe to the engine block to 50 N.m (5.0 kgf.m, 37 lbf.ft), then remove the nuts from the oil filter feed pipe. OIL PUMP OVERHAUL EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 12: Exploded View Of Oil Pump Overhaul With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. OIL PUMP REMOVAL 1. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC) (see step 4 on page 6-13). 2. Remove the oil pan (see OIL PAN REMOVAL ). 3. Remove and discard the oil pump chain tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Oil Pump Chain Tensioner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. To hold the rear balancer shaft, insert a 6 mm pin driver (A) into the maintenance hole in the lower balancer shaft holder and through the rear balancer shaft. Fig. 14: Identifying Pin Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Loosen the oil pump sprocket mounting bolt. 6. Remove the oil pump sprocket (A), then remove the oil pump(B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Oil Pump Sprocket And Oil Pump Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. OIL PUMP INSPECTION 1. Remove the pump housing. Fig. 16: Identifying Pump Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Check the inner-to-outer rotor radial clearance between the inner rotor (A) and outer rotor (B). If the inner-to-outer rotor radial clearance exceeds the service limit, replace the oil pump. Inner Rotor-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Standard (New): 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Service Limit: 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) Fig. 17: Identifying Inner Rotor And Outer Rotor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check the housing-to-rotor axial clearance between the rotor (A) and pump housing (B). If the housingto-rotor axial clearance exceeds the service limit, replace the oil pump. Housing-to-Rotor Axial Clearance Standard (New): 0.035-0.070 mm (0.0014-0.0028 in.) Service Limit: 0.12 mm (0.005 in.) Fig. 18: Identifying Rotor And Pump Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check the housing-to-outer rotor radial clearance between the outer rotor (A) and pump housing (B). If the housing-to-outer rotor radial clearance exceeds the service limit, replace the oil pump. Housing-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance Standard (New): 0.15-0.21 mm (0.006-0.008 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Service Limit: 0.23 mm (0.009 in.) Fig. 19: Identifying Outer Rotor And Pump Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Inspect both rotors and the pump housing for scoring or other damage. Replace the parts if necessary. BALANCER SHAFT INSPECTION 1. Seat the balancer shaft by pushing it away from the oil pump sprocket end of the oil pump. 2. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the balancer shaft, then push the balancer shaft back and forth and read the end play. Balancer Shaft End Play Front Balancer Shaft: Standard (New): 0.063-0.108 mm (0.0025-0.0043 in.) Service Limit: 0.14 mm (0.0055 in.) Rear Balancer Shaft: Standard (New): 0.063-0.108 mm (0.0025-0.0043 in.) Service Limit: 0.14 mm (0.0055 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 20: Checking Balancer Shaft End Play With Dial Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the baffle plate (A) and upper balancer shaft holder (with bearings) (B), then remove the front balancer shaft (C) and rear balancer shaft (D). Fig. 21: Identifying Baffle Plate, Upper Balancer Shaft Holder, Front Balancer Shaft And Rear Balancer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the inner diameter of the No. 1 bearing for the front balancer shaft hole and the rear balancer shaft hole. Bearing Inner Diameter Front: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Standard (New): 20.000-20.020 mm (0.7874-0.7882 in.) Service Limit: 20.03 mm (0.789 in.) Rear: Standard (New): 24.000-24.020 mm (0.9449-0.9457 in.) Service Limit: 24.03 mm (0.946 in.) Fig. 22: Measuring Inner Diameter Of No. 1 Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Measure the diameters of the No. 1 journals on the front balancer shaft and rear balancer shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Journal Diameter Front: Standard (New): 19.938-19.950 mm (0.7850-0.7854 in.) Service Limit: 19.92 mm (0.784 in.) Rear: Standard (New): 23.938-23.950 mm (0.9424-0.9429 in.) Service Limit: 23.92 mm (0.942 in.) Fig. 23: Measuring Diameters Of No. 1 Journals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Clean both balancer shaft No. 2 journals and bearing halves with a clean shop towel. 7. Place one strip of plastigage across each No. 2 journal. 8. Reinstall the bearings and upper balancer shaft holder, then torque the bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element NOTE: Do not rotate the balancer shafts during inspection. 9. Remove the upper balancer shaft holder and bearings again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. If the balancer shaft No. 2 journal oil clearance is out-of-tolerance, install new bearings, and recheck. If it is still out-of-tolerance, replace the balancer shafts. No. 2 Journal Oil Clearance Standard (New): 0.060-0.120 mm (0.0024-0.0047 in.) Service Limit: 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Fig. 24: Measuring Widest Part Of Plastigage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Align the punch mark on the rear balancer shaft in the center of the two punch marks on the front balancer shaft, then install the balancer shafts on the lower balancer shaft holder. Fig. 25: Aligning Punch Mark On Rear Balancer Shaft Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the 8 mm bolts (A). Fig. 26: Applying Engine Oil To Threads Of Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the upper balancer shaft holder (B) and baffle plate (C). 13. Install the pump housing. Fig. 27: Identifying Pump Housing With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. OIL PUMP INSTALLATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element 1. Make sure the No. 1 piston is at TDC (see step 4 on CAM CHAIN REMOVAL ). 2. Align the dowel pin (A) on the rear balancer shaft with the mark (B) on the oil pump. Fig. 28: Identifying Dowel Pin On Rear Balancer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. To hold the rear balancer shaft, insert a 6 mm pin driver (A) into the maintenance hole in the lower balancer shaft holder and through the rear balancer shaft. Fig. 29: Identifying Pin Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the oil pump sprocket mounting bolt (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Oil Pump Sprocket Mounting Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. 6. 7. 8. Loosely install the oil pump (B), then install the oil pump sprocket (C). Remove the pin driver (D). Torque the oil pump mounting bolts. Squeeze the new oil pump chain tensioner (A), then install the set clip (B) on it as shown. NOTE: The set clip is supplied with the oil pump chain tensioner. Fig. 31: Identifying Oil Pump Chain Tension And Set Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the new oil pump chain tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Engine Lubrication - Element Fig. 32: Identifying Oil Pump Chain Tensioner Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the set clip from the oil pump chain tensioner. Fig. 33: Identifying Oil Pump Chain Tensioner Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the oil pan (see OIL PAN INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:31:44 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying PGM-FI System Components (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:38:02 8:37:54 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 2: Identifying PGM-FI System Components (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC P0101: MAF SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE:  Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element  If DTC P1128, P1129, P2228, and/or P2229 are stored at the same time as DTC P0101, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then recheck for DTC P0101. 1. Check for poor connections or damage to these parts:  PCV hose  Intake air tube  Air cleaner  Purge (PCS) line  Brake booster hose Are the parts OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Repair or replace the damaged parts, then go to step 17. 2. Check for damage or looseness at the air tube in the air cleaner. Is it OK? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Reconnect or replace the air tube, then go to step 15. 3. Check for a dirty air cleaner element. Is it dirty? YES -Replace the air cleaner element (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 0.2 gm/s or 0.5 V? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 13. 7. Start the engine. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 8. Vary the engine speed between 2,000 rpm and 3,000 rpm. 9. Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the reading change? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Go to step 13. 10. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 11. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  MAP SENSOR  MAF SENSOR 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0101 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 13. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11 and recheck. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  MAP SENSOR  MAF SENSOR 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0101 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Go to step 20. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0101 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. DTC P0102: MAF SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 2. Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 0 gm/s or 0.1 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor and the ECM/PCM. 3. Check the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Repair short in the wire between the MAF sensor and the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse. Also replace the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse, then go to step 20. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 3: Measuring Voltage Between MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse and the MAF sensor, then go to step 20. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Measure resistance between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 4: Measuring Resistance Between MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 190-210 kohms? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 11. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector C (22P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C22 and body ground. Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal C22 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C22) and the MAF sensor, then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 13. 13. Connect MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 6: Connecting MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C22 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 7: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal C22 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C22) and the MAF sensor, then go to step 20. 15. Reconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. 16. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral). 17. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal C22 and body ground. Fig. 8: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal C22 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 1.5 V? YES -Go to step 25. NO -Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 20. Reconnect all connectors. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0102 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0102 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0103: MAF SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 2. Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 202 gm/s or 4.89 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor and the ECM/PCM. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector C (22P). Connect MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 9: Connecting MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal C21 and body ground. Fig. 10: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal C21 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (C21) and the MAF sensor, then go to step 15. 9. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector C (22P). 10. Reconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 12. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal C22 and body ground. Fig. 11: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal C22 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 1.5 V? YES -Go to step 20. NO -Go to step 13. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0103 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 20. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0103 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 3 kPa (1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 3 kPa (1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 7. 7. Measure voltage between MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 12: Measuring Voltage Between MAP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Go to step 8. 8. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals A21 and A24. Fig. 13: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A21 And A24 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A21) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 20. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between MAP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 14: Checking Continuity Between MAP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A30) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 21. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAP sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0107 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 21. Reconnect all connectors. 22. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0107 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0108: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 160 kPa (47.1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or 4.49 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector. 5. Connect MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3 with a jumper wire. Fig. 15: Connecting MAP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals No. 2 And No. 3 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 160 kPa (47.1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or 4.49 V or more indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 19. 8. Remove the jumper wire from the MAP sensor 3P connector. 9. Measure voltage between MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3. Fig. 16: Measuring Voltage Between MAP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 10. 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Connect MAP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 17: Connecting MAP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 14. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A24 and body ground. Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A24 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 27. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A24) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 21. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminals A24 and A30 with a jumper wire. Fig. 19: Connecting ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A24 And A30 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 160 kPa (47.1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or 4.49 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A30) and the MAP sensor, then go to step 21. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAP sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0108 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 27. Reconnect all connectors. 28. Update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0108 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0111: IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the MAF sensor/IAT sensor. Are the connections and terminals OK? YES -Go to step 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to step 15. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Allow IAT sensor to cool to ambient temperature. Note the ambient temperature. Connect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor to the 5P connector, but do not install the sensor onto the air cleaner. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Note the value of the IAT SENSOR quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Compare the value of the IAT SENSOR and the ambient temperature. Does the value of the IAT SENSOR differ 5.4°F (3°C) or more? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Go to step 9. 9. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor from the 5P connector. 10. Using a heat gun, blow hot air on the MAF sensor/IAT sensor for a few seconds. Do not apply the heat longer than a few seconds or you will damage the sensor. 11. Connect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor to the 5P connector, but do not install the sensor onto the air cleaner. 12. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the IAT SENSOR change 61°F (34°C) or more? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 13. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0111 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element DTC P0112: IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 356°F (180°C) or higher, or 0.08 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 356°F (180°C) or higher, or 0.08 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 11. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). Check for continuity between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 5 And Body Ground Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM (B17), then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 18. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0112 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 18. Reconnect all connectors. 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0112 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0113: IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about -40°F (-40°C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. 5. Connect MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminals No. 4 and No. 5 with a jumper wire. Fig. 21: Connecting MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminals No. 4 And No. 5 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check the IAT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about -40°F (-40°C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 18. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the jumper wire from the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 22: Measuring Voltage Between MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 5 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 17. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Connect MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 23: Connecting MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector Terminal No. 4 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A23 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 24: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A23 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A23) and the IAT sensor, then go to step 20. 17. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal B17 and body ground. Fig. 25: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B17 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B17) and the IAT sensor, then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 25. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAF sensor/I AT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 23. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0113 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0113 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor/IAT sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0116: ECT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 176°F (80°C) or more, or 0.78 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 5. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18°F (10°C) or more? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 11. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Open the hood, and let the engine cool for 3 hours. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18°F (10°C) or more? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 11. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0116 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0117: ECT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 356°F (180°C) or higher, or 0.08 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 356°F (180°C) or higher, or 0.08 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 11. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). Check for continuity between ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between ECT Sensor 1 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM (B8), then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 18. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0117 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 18. Reconnect all connectors. 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0117 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0118: ECT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about -40°F (-40°C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector. 5. Connect ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. Fig. 27: Connecting ECT Sensor 1 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about -40°F (-40°C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 18. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the jumper wire from the ECT sensor 1 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 28: Measuring Voltage Between ECT Sensor 1 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 17. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Connect ECT sensor 1 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 29: Connecting ECT Sensor 1 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A23 and body ground. Fig. 30: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A23 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A23) and ECT sensor 1, then go to step 20. 17. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal B8 and body ground. Fig. 31: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B8 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B8) and ECT sensor 1, then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 25. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0118 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0118 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0125: ECT SENSOR 1 MALFUNCTION/SLOW RESPONSE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Start the engine, and let it idle for 5 minutes or more. 2. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 0°F (-18°C) or less, or 4.45 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Allow the engine to cool to 104°F (40°C) or less. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle. Let the engine idle until ECT SENSOR 1 goes up 41°F (23°C) or more from the recorded temperature. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Compare ECT SENSOR 2 and the recorded temperature. Did ECT SENSOR 2 change 14°F (8°C) or more? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. NO -Check the thermostat (see FAN MOTOR TEST ). If the thermostat is OK, go to step 9. If the thermostat is faulty, replace it (see THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 11. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Allow the engine to cool to ambient temperature. Start the engine, and let it idle for 20 minutes. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0125 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0125 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0128: COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the blower switch OFF. Check the FAN CTRL in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is it OFF? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Wait until the FAN CTRL is off, then go to step 5. 5. Check the radiator fan operation. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Does the radiator fan keep running? YES -Check the radiator fan circuit (see RADIATOR FAN CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ), and the radiator fan relay (see POWER RELAY TEST ). If the circuits and the relay is OK, go to step 19. NO -Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is 104°F (40°C) or less. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle. Let the engine idle until ECT SENSOR 1 goes up 41°F (23°C) or more from the recorded temperature. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Compare the recorded value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the present value of ECT SENSOR 2. Did temperature rise 14°F (8°C) or more? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. NO -Test the thermostat (see FAN MOTOR TEST ), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is between 21°F (-6°C) and 104°F (40°C). Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Test-drive at a steady speed between 15-75 mph (24-120 km/h) for 10 minutes. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0128 indicated? YES -Check the cooling system, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 18. 18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0128 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 17, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check the cooling system, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 20. Let the engine cool until the coolant temperature is between 21°F (-6°C) and 104°F (40°C). 21. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 22. Test-drive at a steady speed between 15-75 mph (24-120 km/h) for 10 minutes. 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0128 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 20. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 24. 24. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0128 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 23, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 20. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 20. DTC P0133: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) MALFUNCTION/SLOW RESPONSE NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P0139 is stored at the same time as DTC P0133, troubleshoot DTC P0139 first, then recheck for DTC P0133. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element A/T in D position (M/T in 3rd or 4th gear)  Drive the vehicle at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less for 5 minutes, then drive at a steady speed between 26-81 mph (41 - 130 km/h). 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0133 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.  Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 6. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 3 and recheck. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 12. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°C (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 3rd or 4th gear)  Drive the vehicle at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less for 5 minutes, then drive at a steady speed between 26-81 mph (41 - 130 km/h). 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0133 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0133 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 11. DTC P0134: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) HEATER SYSTEM MALFUNCTION NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P0135 is stored at the same time as DTC P0134, troubleshoot DTC P0135 first, then recheck for DTC P0134. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0134 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), and the ECM/PCM. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0134 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0134 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P0135: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0135 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), and the ECM/PCM. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Check these fuses:  No. 14 OP1 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.  No. 15 LAF HEATER (20 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Are any of the fuses blown? YES -Repair short in the wire between the A/F sensor relay (LAF) and the fuses. Also replace the blown fuses, then go to step 24. NO -Go to step 7. 7. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector. 8. At the sensor side, measure resistance between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 32: Measuring Resistance Between A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 4P Connector Terminals No. 3 And No. 4 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 2.1-2.9 ohms at room temperature? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 23. 9. At the sensor side, check for continuity between A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3, and No. 2 and No. 4 individually. Fig. 33: Checking Continuity Between A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 4P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 11. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A10 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 34: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A10) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to step 24. NO -Go to step 13. 13. Connect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 35: Connecting A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 4P Connector Terminal No. 4 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A10 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 36: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A10) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to step 24. 15. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 16. Remove the A/F sensor relay (LAF) (A). Fig. 37: Identifying A/F Sensor Relay (LAF) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Connect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 38: Connecting A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Check for continuity between A/F sensor relay (LAF) 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 39: Checking Continuity Between A/F Sensor Relay (LAF) 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 19. NO -Repair open in the wire between the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to step 24. 19. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 20. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E8 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 40: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E8 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E8) and the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to step 24. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E8 and A/F sensor relay (LAF) 4P connector terminal No. 3. Fig. 41: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM And A/F Sensor Relay (LAF) 4P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 22. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E8) and the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to step 24. 22. Check the A/F sensor relay (LAF) (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the A/F sensor relay (LAF) OK? YES -Go to step 30. NO -Replace the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to step 24. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0135 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 29. 29. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0135 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 28, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 30. Reconnect all connectors. 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 32. Start the engine, and let it idle. 33. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0135 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element (LAF), and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 32. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 34. 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0135 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 32, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), the A/F sensor relay (LAF), and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 32. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P0137: SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the voltage stay at 0.05 V or less? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the voltage stay at 0.05 V or less? YES -Go to step 9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Go to step 13. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 42: Checking Continuity Between Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E20) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 23. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  Engine speed at 1,500-3,000 rpm  Drive 1 minute or more 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0137 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0137 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 19. 23. Reconnect all connectors. 24. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 25. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 26. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  Engine speed at 1,500-3,000 rpm  Drive 1 minute or more 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0137 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 25. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 28. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0137 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 27, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 25. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 25. DTC P0138: SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. 7. Connect secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. Fig. 43: Connecting Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 10. NO -Go to step 19. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Remove the jumper wire from the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. 12. Connect secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 44: Connecting Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Check the HO2S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E4) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), then go to step 21. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E20 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 45: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E20 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 29. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E20) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), then go to step 21. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  Engine speed at 1,500-3,000 rpm  Drive 1 minute or more 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0138 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go step 1. NO -Go to step 28. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0138 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 27, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 25. 29. Reconnect all connectors. 30. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 31. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 32. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  Engine speed at 1,500-3,000 rpm  Drive 1 minute or more 33. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0138 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 31. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 34. 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0138 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 33, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 31. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 31. DTC P0139: SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) SLOW RESPONSE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  Vehicle speed at 35 mph (56 km/h) or more  Drive about 15 seconds 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0139 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 6. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 3 and recheck. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  Vehicle speed at 35 mph (56 km/h) or more  Drive about 15 seconds 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0139 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 14. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0139 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 11. DTC P0141: SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0141 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Check the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Repair short in the wire between the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse. Also replace the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse, then go to step 23. 7. Disconnect the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector. 8. At the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) side, measure resistance between secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 46: Measuring Resistance Between Secondary Ho2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 5.0- 6.4 0. at room temperature? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 22. 9. At the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) side, check for continuity between body ground and secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4 individually. Fig. 47: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 22. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure voltage between secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 48: Measuring Voltage Between Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminals No. 3 And No. 4 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 16. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E21 and body ground. Fig. 49: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E21 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E21) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), then go to step 23. NO -Go to step 29. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 16. Measure voltage between secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Fig. 50: Measuring Voltage Between Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Repair open in the wire between the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse, then go to step 23. 17. 18. 19. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Connect secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 51: Connecting Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E21 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 52: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E21 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 29. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E21) and the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2), then go to step 23. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0141 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 28. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0141 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS indicate. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 27, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 29. Reconnect all connectors. 30. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 31. Start the engine, and let it idle. 32. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0141 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 31. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 33. 33. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0141 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 32, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 31. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P0171: FUEL SYSTEM TOO LEAN; DTC P0172: FUEL SYSTEM TOO RICH NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If any of the DTCs listed below are indicated at the same time as DTC P0171 and/or P0172, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then recheck for P0171 and/or P0172. P0101, P0102, P0103: Mass airflow (MAF) sensor P0107, P0108, P1128, P1129: Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor P0133, P1172, P1157, P2195, P2238, P2252, P2A00: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (Sensor 1) P0134, P0135: Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (Sensor 1) heater P0137, P0138, P0139, P2270, P2271: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element P0141: Secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) heater P0443, P0496: EVAP canister purge valve P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649: VTEC system 1. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ). Is the fuel pressure OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO If the pressure is too high, replace the fuel pressure regulator (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 7.  If the pressure is too low, check the fuel pump, the fuel feed pipe, and the fuel filter. If they are OK, replace the fuel pressure regulator (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 7. 2. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts:  PCV valve  PCV hose  EVAP canister purge valve  Throttle body  Intake manifold  Brake booster  Brake booster hose  Intake air duct  Are the parts OK? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Repair or replace parts with leaks, then go to step 7. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Check for these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  M/T in neutral (A/T in Park or neutral)  All electrical loads off 5. Monitor the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST with the HDS, and hold the engine speed at 2,500 rpm. Once the engine speed is met, hold the accelerator pedal steady for more than 10 seconds. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from 2,500 rpm? YES -Repeat step 5. NO -Go to step 6. 6. While holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm, check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 6.4-9.2 gm/s? YES -Check the engine valve clearances and adjust if necessary (see VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ). If the valve clearances are OK, replace the injectors (see INJECTOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 7. NO -Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 7. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 11. Check for these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158 T (70°C)  M/T in neutral (A/T in Park or neutral)  All electrical loads off NOTE: DTC P0171 and/or P0172 may take up to 80 minutes of test driving to set. Using the HDS, monitor the air fuel feed back average (AF FB AVE). If the AF FB AVE stays within 0.82-1.18, there is no problem at this time. 12. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0171 or P0172 indicated? YES -Go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0300: RANDOM MISFIRE AND ANY COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING; DTC P0301: NO. 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0302: NO. 2 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0303: NO. 3 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0304: NO. 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Special Tools Required       Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A A/T low pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301 A/T pressure hose 07406-0020201 A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A A/T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200 NOTE:     Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If the misfire is frequent enough to trigger detection of increased emissions during two consecutive driving cycles, the MIL will come on, and DTC P0300 (and some of the combination of P0301 through P0304) will be stored. If the misfire is frequent enough to damage the catalyst, the MIL will flash whenever the misfire occurs, and DTC P0300 (and some of the combination of P0301 through P0304) will be stored. When the misfire stops, the MIL will remain on. If any of the DTCs listed below are indicated at the same time as the random misfire DTCs, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then recheck for these random misfire DTCs: P0101, P0102, P0103: Mass air flow (MAF) sensor P0107, P0108, P1128, P1129: Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor P0171, P0172: Fuel system P0335, P0339: Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor P0365, P0369: Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B P0506, P507: Idle control system P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649: VTEC system 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:55 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 5. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, wait several minutes, then recheck. 5. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does (he CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 6. 6. Test-drive the vehicle several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 8. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 6 and recheck. 8. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Check the fuel quality. Is the quality good? YES -Go to step 11. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Drain the tank and fill with a known-good fuel, then go to step 24. 11. Inspect the spark plugs (see SPARK PLUG INSPECTION ). If the spark plugs are fouled or worn, replace them. 12. Test-drive the vehicle several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 13. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Go to step 25. 14. Check the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE TEST ). Is the fuel pressure OK? YES -Go to step 15. NO If the fuel pressure is too high, replace the fuel pressure regulator (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ),then go to step 24.  If the fuel pressure is too low, check the fuel pump, the fuel feed pipe, and the fuel filter. If they are OK, replace the fuel pressure regulator (see FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 24. 15. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 16. Check for these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 176°F (80°C)  M/T in neutral (A/T in Park or neutral)  All electrical loads off 17. Monitor the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST with the HDS, and hold the engine speed at 2,500 rpm. Once the engine speed is met, hold the accelerator pedal steady for more than 10 seconds.  Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from 2,500 rpm? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Repeat step 17. NO -Go to step 18. 18. While holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm, check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 6.4-9.2 gm/s? YES -Go to step 19. NO -Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 24. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Remove the rocker arm oil pressure switch (A), and install the special tools as shown, then install the rocker arm oil pressure switch in the pressure gauge adapter (B). NOTE: Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring. Fig. 53: Installing Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch In Pressure Gauge Adapter With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Reconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch 2P connector. 22. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 23. Check the oil pressure at engine speeds of 1,000 rpm and 2,000 rpm. Is the oil pressure below 49 kPa (0.5 kgf/cm2 , 7 psi)? YES -Check for air in the fuel line, then go to step 24. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Inspect the VTEC system, then go to step 24. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). 29. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 30. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 indicated? YES -Check for a poor connection or loose terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the ECM/PCM, then go to DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 troubleshooting (see DTC P0301: NO. 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0302: NO. 2 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0303: NO. 3 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0304: NO. 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED ). NO -Go to step 31. 31. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 30, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 29. DTC P0301: NO. 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0302: NO. 2 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0303: NO. 3 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0304: NO. 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral). Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 5. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, wait several minutes, and recheck. 5. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 6. 6. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 8. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 6 and recheck. 8. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose wires or poor connections in the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element fuel system circuit. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Remove the engine cover (see step 3 in REMOVAL ). 11. Start the engine, and listen for a clicking sound at the injector of the problem cylinder. Does the injector click? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 43. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Exchange the ignition coil from the problem cylinder with one from another cylinder. 14. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 15. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Intermittent misfire due to poor contact at the ignition coil connector (no misfire at this time). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil. 16. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the ignition coil was exchanged? YES -Replace the faulty ignition coil (see IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then go to step 62. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 18. Exchange the spark plug from the problem cylinder with one from another cylinder. 19. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 20. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS.  Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 21. NO -Intermittent misfire due to spark plug fouling (no misfire at this time). 21. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the spark plug was exchanged? YES -Replace the faulty spark plug, then go to step 62. NO -Go to step 22. 22. 23. 24. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Exchange the injector from the problem cylinder with one from another cylinder. Start the engine, and let it idle 2 minutes. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 26. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 27. NO -Intermittent misfire due to bad contact in the injector connector (no misfire at this time). Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the injector. 27. Determine which cylinder had the misfire. Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the injector was exchanged? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Replace the faulty injector (see INJECTOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 62. NO -Go to step 28. 28. 29. 30. 31. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the ignition coil 3P connector from the problem cylinder. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 54: Measuring Voltage Between Ignition Coil 3P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 32. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ignition coil and the No. 16 IGN RLY (15 A) fuse, then go to step 62. 32. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 33. Check for continuity between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 55: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Coil 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 34. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ignition coil and G102, then go to step 62. 34. 35. 36. 37. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate ECM/PCM connector terminal (see table). CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION PROBLEM CYLINDER DTC ECM/PCM TERMINAL WIRE COLOR No. 1 P0301 A16 YEL/GRN No. 2 P0302 A15 BLU/RED No. 3 P0303 A14 WHT/BLU No. 4 P0304 A13 BRN Fig. 56: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM and the ignition coil, then go to step 62. NO -Go to step 38. 38. Connect appropriate ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire (see table). CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION PROBLEM CYLINDER DTC WIRE COLOR No. 1 P0301 YEL/GRN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 P0302 BLU/RED P0303 WHT/BLU P0304 BRN Fig. 57: Connecting Ignition Coil 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 39. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate ECM/PCM connector terminal (see table). CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION PROBLEM CYLINDER DTC ECM/PCM TERMINAL WIRE COLOR No. 1 P0301 A16 YEL/GRN No. 2 P0302 A15 BLU/RED No. 3 P0303 A14 WHT/BLU No. 4 P0304 A13 BRN Fig. 58: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 40. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM and the ignition coil, then go to step 62. 40. Reconnect the ignition coil 3P connector and ECM/PCM connector A (31P). 41. Do an engine compression and a cylinder leakdown test (see ENGINE COMPRESSION INSPECTION ). Did the engine pass both tests? YES -Go to step 42. NO -Repair the engine, then go to step 62. 42. Do the VTEC rocker arms test (see VTEC ROCKER ARM TEST ). Did the VTEC rocker arms pass the test? YES -Go to step 71. NO -Repair the VTEC rocker arm, then go to step 62. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between body ground and the appropriate ECM/PCM connector terminal (see table). CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION PROBLEM CYLINDER DTC ECM/PCM TERMINAL WIRE COLOR No. 1 P0301 B5 BRN No. 2 P0302 B4 RED No. 3 P0303 B3 BLU No. 4 P0304 B2 YEL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 59: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 56. NO -Go to step 48. 48. 49. 50. 51. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the injector 2P connector from the problem cylinder. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between injector 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 60: Measuring Voltage Between Injector 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 52. NO -Repair open in the wire between the injector and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step 62. 52. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 53. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate ECM/PCM connector terminal (see table). CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION PROBLEM CYLINDER DTC ECM/PCM TERMINAL WIRE COLOR No. 1 P0301 B5 BRN No. 2 P0302 B4 RED No. 3 P0303 B3 BLU No. 4 P0304 B2 YEL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 61: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM and the injector, then go to step 62. NO -Go to step 54. 54. Connect appropriate injector 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire (see table). CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION PROBLEM CYLINDER DTC WIRE COLOR No. 1 P0301 BRN No. 2 P0302 RED No. 3 P0303 BLU No. 4 P0304 YEL Fig. 62: Connecting Appropriate Injector 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 55. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate ECM/PCM connector terminal (see table). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION PROBLEM CYLINDER DTC ECM/PCM TERMINAL WIRE COLOR No. 1 P0301 B5 BRN No. 2 P0302 B4 RED No. 3 P0303 B3 BLU No. 4 P0304 B2 YEL Fig. 63: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 56. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM and the injector, then go to step 62. 56. At the injector side, measure resistance between injector 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 64: Measuring Resistance Between Injector 2P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 10-13 ohms? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 57. NO -Replace the injector (see INJECTOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 62. 57. 58. 59. 60. Substitute a known-good injector into the problem cylinder. Reconnect all connectors. Start the engine, and let it idle 2 minutes. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 61. Check the CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE in the DATA LIST for 10 minutes with the HDS. Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 MISFIRE, and/or CYL4 MISFIRE show misfire counts? YES -Go to step 71. NO -Replace the original injector (see INJECTOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 62. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). 68. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 69. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the ECM/PCM, then go to troubleshooting DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 (see DTC P0300: RANDOM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element MISFIRE AND ANY COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING:; DTC P0301: NO. 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0302: NO. 2 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0303: NO. 3 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED; DTC P0304: NO. 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED ). NO -Go to step 70. 70. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 69, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 68. 71. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 72. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  REL TP SENSOR  CLV (calculated load value)  APP SENSOR 73. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 72. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 74. 74. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 73, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil, the injector, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 72. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 72. DTC P0325: KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record ail freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Hold the engine speed between 3,000-4,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. 5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0325 indicated? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the ECM/PCM. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A1 and body ground. Fig. 65: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A1) and the knock sensor, then go to step 14. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Connect the knock sensor IP connector terminal to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 66: Connecting Knock Sensor IP Connector Terminal To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A1 and body ground. Fig. 67: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A1) and the knock sensor, then go to step 14. 13. Replace the knock sensor (see OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 14. Reconnect all connectors. 15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 16. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 17. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 18. Hold the engine speed between 3,000-4,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0325 indicated? YES -Go to step 21. NO -Go to step 20. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0325 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. 21. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 22. Hold the engine speed between 3,000-4,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0325 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 22. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 24. 24. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0325 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 23, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the knock sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 22. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 22. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element DTC P0335: CKP SENSOR NO SIGNAL NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0335 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the ECM/PCM. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 68: Measuring Voltage Between CKP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Repair open in the wire between the CKP sensor and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step 19. 9. Measure voltage between CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 69: Measuring Voltage Between CKP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Go to step 11. 10. Measure voltage between CKP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3. Fig. 70: Measuring Voltage Between CKP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Repair open in the wire between the CKP sensor and G101, then go to step 19. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A7 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 71: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A7) and the CKP sensor, then go to step 19. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Connect CKP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 72: Connecting CKP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A7 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 73: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A7) and the CKP sensor, then go to step 19. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the CKP sensor (see CMP SENSOR B REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE . Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). 25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0335 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0335 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0339: CKP SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 seconds. Check the CKP NOISE in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are 0 counts indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS 6. Check the CKP NOISE count in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are 0 counts indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the ECM/PCM. 7. Check for poor or loose connections and terminals at these locations:  CKP sensor  ECM/PCM  Engine ground  Body ground Are the connections and terminals OK? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to step 11. 8. Remove the cam chain case (see CAM CHAIN REMOVAL ), and check for damage on the CKP sensor pulse plate. Is the pulse plate damaged? YES -Replace the CKP sensor pulse plate (see CKP PULSE PLATE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 11. NO -Go to step 9. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the CKP sensor (see CMP SENSOR B REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). 16. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 seconds. 17. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0339 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0365: CMP SENSOR B NO SIGNAL NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Is DTC P0365 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at CMP sensor B and the ECM/PCM. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CMP sensor B 3P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between CMP sensor B 3P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 74: Measuring Voltage Between CMP Sensor B 3P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Repair open in the wire between the CMP sensor B and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step 19. 9. Measure voltage between CMP sensor B 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 75: Measuring Voltage Between CMP Sensor B 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Go to step 11. 10. Measure voltage between CMP sensor B 3P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3. Fig. 76: Measuring Voltage Between CMP Sensor B 3P Connector Terminals No. 2 And No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Repair open in the wire between the CMP sensor B and G101, then go to step 19. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A6 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 77: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A6 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A6) and the CMP sensor B, then go to step 19. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Connect CMP sensor B 3P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with jumper wire. Fig. 78: Connecting CMP Sensor B 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A6 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 79: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A6 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 25. NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A6) and the CMP sensor B, then go to step 19. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the CMP sensor B (see CMP SENSOR B REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0365 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor B and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 24. Reconnect all connectors. 25. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 26. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0365 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor B and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0369: CMP SENSOR B CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 seconds. Check the CMP B NOISE in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are 0 counts indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS 6. Check the CMP NOISE B count in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are 0 counts indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor B and the ECM/PCM. 7. Check for poor or loose connections and terminals at these locations:  CMP sensor B  ECM/PCM  Engine ground  Body ground Are the connections and terminals OK? YES -Go to step 8. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO - Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to step 11. 8. Check for damage to the CMP pulse plate B (see CMP PULSE PLATE A REPLACEMENT ). Is the pulse plate damaged? YES -Replace the CMP pulse plate B (see CMP PULSE PLATE A REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 11. NO -Go to step 9. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the CMP sensor B (see CMP SENSOR B REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine, and let it idle 10 seconds. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0369 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CMP sensor B and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P050A: COLD START IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs other than P050A indicated? YES -Go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Check for poor connections or blockage at the intake air duct. Is it OK? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 4. NO -Reconnect or repair the intake air duct, then go to step 20. 4. Check for damage at the air cleaner housing. Is it OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Replace the air cleaner housing (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. 5. Check for dirt or debris in the air cleaner element. Is it dirty? YES -Replace the air cleaner element or remove the debris (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122°F (50°C) or less. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 seconds or more. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050A in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 10. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, let the engine idle until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 6 and recheck. 10. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL VALVE normal? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then go to step 20. 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 12. Monitor the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST with the HDS, and hold the engine speed at 2,500 rpm for at least 30 seconds. 13. While holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm, check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 6.4- 9.2 gm/s? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Allow the engine to cool to ambient temperature. Note the ambient temperature. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Note the value of IAT SENSOR quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Compare the value of the IAT SENSOR and the ambient temperature. Does the value of the IAT SENSOR differ 5.4°F (3°C) or more? YES -Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. NO -Check for dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle bore. If there is dirt or carbon, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ), then go to step 20. If there is damage in the throttle bore, replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then go to step 20. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122 T (50°C) or less. Start the engine, and let it idle for 10 seconds or more. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P050A indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the MAF sensor/IAT sensor, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050A in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 25, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the MAF sensor/IAT sensor, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 23. DTC P050B: COLD START IGNITION TIMING CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs other than P050B indicated? YES -Go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Check for poor connections or blockage at the intake air duct. Is it OK? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Reconnect or repair the intake air duct, then go to step 25. 4. Check for damage at the air cleaner housing. Is it OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Replace the air cleaner housing (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 25. 5. Check for dirt or debris in the air cleaner element. Is it dirty? YES -Replace the air cleaner element or remove the debris (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 25. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122°F (50°C) or less. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 seconds or more. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 10. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, let the engine idle until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 6 and recheck. 10. Inspect the ignition timing (see IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION ). Is the ignition timing OK? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Check for damage at the CKP sensor (see CMP SENSOR B REPLACEMENT ) and the CKP sensor pulser plate (see CKP PULSE PLATE REPLACEMENT ). Is the CKP sensor and/or the CKP sensor pulser plate damaged? YES -Replace the CKP sensor (see CMP SENSOR B REPLACEMENT ) and/or the CKP sensor pulser plate (see CKP PULSE PLATE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 6. NO -Go to step 32. 12. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL VALVE normal? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then go to step 25. 13. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 14. Monitor the ENGINE SPEED in the DATA LIST with the HDS, and hold the engine speed at 2,500 rpm for at least 30 seconds. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 15. While holding the engine speed at 2,500 rpm, check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 6.4-9.2 gm/s? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Replace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 25. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 17. Drain the coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). 18. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), and ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). 19. Allow the sensors to cool to ambient temperature. 20. Note the ambient temperature. 21. Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector, and ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do not install them on the engine. 22. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 23. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 24. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature, and the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature individually. Does either sensor differ more than 5.4°F (3°C) from the ambient temperature? YES -Replace the sensor that differed more than 5.4°F OX) from the ambient temperature, then go to step 25. NO -Check and repair any problems with the following items, then go to step 25. Engine compression and cylinder leakdown  VTEC system  Engine oil  A/C system  Power steering Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122°F (50°C) or less. Start the engine, and let it idle for 10 seconds or more. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.  25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Is DTC P050B indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor, the throttle body, the MAF sensor/IAT sensor, ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 31. 31. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 29, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor, the throttle body, the MAF sensor/IAT sensor, ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 28. 32. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 33. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 34. Let the engine cool until the value of ECT SENSOR 1 is 122°F (50°C) or less. 35. Start the engine, and let it idle for 10 seconds or more. 36. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P050B indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor, the throttle body, the MAF/IAT sensor, ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (+see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 34. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 37. 37. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P050B in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 36, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the CKP sensor, the throttle body, the MAF/IAT sensor, ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 34. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element step 34. DTC P0562: CHARGING SYSTEM LOW VOLTAGE NOTE:    Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If any high current load accessories are installed, this DTC can be set. If DTC P16BB and/or P16BC is stored at the same time as DTC P0562, troubleshoot DTC P16BB and/or P16BC first, then recheck for DTC P0562. 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/C on  Temperature control at maximum cool  Blower fan at maximum speed  Rear window defogger on  Headlights on high beam 5. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0562 indicated? YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), then go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, and check the battery performance (see BATTERY TEST ). 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/Con  Temperature control at maximum cool  Blower fan at maximum speed  Rear window defogger on Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Headlights on high beam 12. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.  Is DTC P0562 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0563: ECM/PCM POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT UNEXPECTED VOLTAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Wait 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0563 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), and the ECM/PCM. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 80: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A). Fig. 81: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 82: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E7) and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 19. 13. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 14. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. Fig. 83: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 27. 15. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). 16. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A3 and A2 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 84: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A3 And A2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Go to step 27. 17. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A). Fig. 85: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A3 and A2 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 86: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A3 And A2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A2, A3) and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Test PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) OK? YES -Go to step 27. NO -Replace PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step 20. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF. Wait 10 seconds. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0563 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 27. Reconnect all connectors. 28. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0563 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0602: ECM/PCM PROGRAMMING ERROR NOTE:    Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This DTC is indicated when the ECM/PCM update is not completed. Do not turn the ignition switch OFF while updating the ECM/PCM. If you turn the ignition switch OFF before completion, the ECM/PCM can be damaged. 1. Do the ECM/PCM update procedure (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ). 2. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0602 indicated? YES -Replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Updating is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0603: ECM/PCM INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE KEEP ALIVE MEMORY (KAM) ERROR NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 4. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0603 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0606: ECM/PCM PROCESSOR MALFUNCTION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Wait 40 seconds. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0606 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 7. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Wait 40 seconds. 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Is DTC P0606 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 8. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0630: VIN NOT PROGRAMMED OR MISMATCH NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This DTC is stored only when the ECM/PCM does not have the VIN information of the vehicle. Use the HDS to input the missing VIN information. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the VIN with the HDS. Does the HDS show the vehicle's VIN? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Does the screen show COMPLETE? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0603 indicated? YES -Go to the DTC P0603 troubleshooting. NO -Go to step 9. 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 5 seconds. 8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0630 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 9. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0630 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0685: ECM/PCM POWER CONTROL CIRCUIT/INTERNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If the problem doesn't return after you clear the DTC, or if this DTC is stored intermittently, check for loose terminals at the IGP line connectors before replacing the ECM/PCM. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, then let it idle for 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Start the engine, then let it idle for 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0685 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 9. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 9. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 10. Start the engine, then let it idle for 30 seconds. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Start the engine, then let it idle for 30 seconds. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0685 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 10. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0720: OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 2. Test-drive several miles. 3. Check the C SHAFT SPD in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is any vehicle speed indicated? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the ECM. NO -Go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element ground. Fig. 87: Measuring Voltage Between Output Shaft Speed Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM (A21) and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 17. 8. Measure voltage between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 88: Measuring Voltage Between Output Shaft Speed Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 10. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 9. Measure voltage between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3. Fig. 89: Measuring Voltage Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor 3P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and G101, then go to step 17. 10. Measure voltage between ECM connector terminal A18 and body ground. Fig. 90: Measuring Voltage Between ECM Connector Terminal A18 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between the ECM (A18) and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 17. NO -Go to step 11. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between ECM connector terminal A18 and body ground. Fig. 91: Checking Continuity Between ECM Connector Terminal A18 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM (A18) and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 17. NO -Go to step 24. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 17. Reconnect all connectors. 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 19. Reset the ECM with the HDS. 20. Do the ECM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 21. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  Transmission in 5th gear  Engine speed between 2,000-3,000 rpm  Drive for several minutes, then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0720 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the ECM, then go to step 1. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0720 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the ECM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 21. 24. Reconnect all connectors. 25. Update the ECM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 26. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  Transmission in 5th gear  Engine speed between 2,000-3,000 rpm  Drive for several minutes, then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0720 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 26. If the ECM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 28. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0720 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM was substituted, replace the original ECM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 27, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the ECM. If the ECM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 26. If the ECM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 26. DTC P1109: BARO SENSOR CIRCUIT OUT OF RANGE HIGH Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 2. Start the engine. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1109 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 4. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1109 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P1116: ECT SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P0111 is stored at the same time as DTC P1116, troubleshoot DTC P0111 first, then recheck for DTC P1116. 1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2. Are the connections and terminals OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to step 27. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are DTC P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same time? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes. 5. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 115°F (46°C) or less indicated? YES -Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Drain the coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). Remove ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Allow ECT sensor 1 to cool to ambient temperature. Note the ambient temperature. Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector, but do not install the sensor on the engine. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature. Does the value of ECT SENSOR 1 differ 5.4°F (3°C) or more? YES -Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. 15. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes. 16. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 115°F (46°C) or less indicated? YES -Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Let the engine idle 10 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 18. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 115°F (46°C) or less indicated? YES -Replace ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Drain the coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). 21. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ) and ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). 22. Allow the sensors to cool to ambient temperature. 23. Note the ambient temperature. 24. Connect ECT sensor 1 to the 2P connector, and ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do not install them on the engine. 25. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 26. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature, and the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature individually. Does one of the sensors differ more than 5.4°F (3°C) from the ambient temperature? YES -Replace the sensor that differed more than 5.4°F (3°C) from the ambient temperature, then go to step 27. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. 27. 28. 29. 30. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1116 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P1128: MAP SENSOR SIGNAL LOWER THAN EXPECTED NOTE: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Before you troubleshoot, check for poor connections or blockage at the intake air duct. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is less than 54.1 kPa (16.0 in.Hg, 406 mmHg) or 1.61 V held for more than 5 seconds? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 5. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  Engine speed between 1,400-5,400 rpm  A/T in D position (M/T in 3rd gear)  Vehicle speed accelerated from 16-31 mph (25-50 km/h) under half throttle 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1128 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 7. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 4 and recheck. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAP sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 13. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Engine speed between 1,400-5,400 rpm  A/T in D position (M/T in 3rd gear)  Vehicle speed accelerated from 16-31 mph (25-50 km/h) under half throttle 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.  Is DTC P1128 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1128 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 14, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 12. DTC P1129: MAP SENSOR SIGNAL HIGHER THAN EXPECTED NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Check for vacuum leaks in these parts:  PCV valve  PCV hose  EVAP canister purge valve  Throttle body  Intake manifold  Brake booster  Brake booster hose Are there any vacuum leaks? YES -Repair or replace parts with vacuum leaks, then go to step 9. NO -Go to step 2. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3.000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 118 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element fan comes on, then let it idle. 3. Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is more than 36.9 kPa (11.0 in.Hg, 277 mmHg) or 1.1 V held for more than for 5 seconds? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 5. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 5th gear)  Drive at a steady speed between 55-75 mph (88-120 km/h) for 10 seconds  During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 2 seconds 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1129 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 7. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5 and recheck. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the MAP sensor (see MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 13. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 5th gear)  Drive at a steady speed between 55-75 mph (88-120 km/h) for 10 seconds  During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 2 seconds 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1129 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 119 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element step 1. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1129 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 14, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 12. DTC P1157: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) AFS CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait 1 minute. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1157 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Connect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 120 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 92: Connecting A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A31 and body ground. Fig. 93: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A31 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A31) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to step 15. 11. Remove the jumper wire from the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector. 12. Connect A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:56 AM Page 121 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 94: Connecting A/F Sensor (Sensor 1) 4P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A28 and body ground. Fig. 95: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A28 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A28) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to step 15. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1157 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 122 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the connector and terminal fits are OK, go to step 21. NO -Go to step 20. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1157 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 21. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 22. Start the engine, and let it idle. 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1157 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 22. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 24. 24. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1157 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 23, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 1. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a knowngood ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 22. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P1172: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) CIRCUIT OUT OF RANGE HIGH NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 123 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1172 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 5. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 3 and recheck. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 11. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1172 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1172 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 11, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 10. DTC P1297: ELD CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 124 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the ELD in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is 72 A or more indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the ELD 3P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the ELD in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is 72 A or more indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 11. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E15 and body ground. Fig. 96: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E15 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 125 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E15) and the ELD, then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 20. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the ELD (see ELD REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Turn on the headlights. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1297 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 20. Reconnect all connectors. 21. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 22. Start the engine. 23. Turn on the headlights. 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1297 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 22. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P1298: ELD CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 126 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Check the ELD in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is 0.2 A or less indicated ? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the ELD 3P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between ELD 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 97: Measuring Voltage Between ELD 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Check the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair open in the wire between the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse and the ELD, then go to step 14. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Connect ELD 3P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 127 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 98: Connecting ELD 3P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E15 and body ground. Fig. 99: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E15 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E15) and the ELD, then go to step 14. 12. Check for continuity between ELD 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 128 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 100: Checking Continuity Between ELD 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ELD and G301, then go to step 14. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Replace the ELD (see ELD REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1298 indicated? YES -Go to step 19. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1298 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ELD and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 129 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P1549: CHARGING SYSTEM HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If a high voltage battery (24 V, etc.) is connected to the vehicle, this DTC can be stored. 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/C off  Headlights off  Rear window defogger off 5. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1549 indicated? YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), then go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/C off  Headlights off  Rear window defogger off 12. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1549 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 130 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P16BB: ALTERNATOR B TERMINAL CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with HDS. Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/C on  Temperature control at maximum cool  Blower fan at maximum speed  Rear window defogger on  Headlights on high beam 5. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P16BB indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, and check the battery performance (see BATTERY TEST ). 7. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box (+B line). Are the connections and terminals OK? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to step 9. 8. Check for an open in the wire (+B line) between the alternator and under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the harness OK? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 131 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), then go to step 9. NO -Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, then go to step 9. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/C on  Temperature control at maximum cool  Blower fan at maximum speed  Rear window defogger on  Headlights on high beam 14. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P16BB indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P16BC: ALTERNATOR FR TERMINAL CIRCUIT/IGP CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator 4P connector. Are the connections and terminals OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Repair the connections or terminals, then go to step 20. 2. Check the alternator mounting surfaces for corrosion. Are the mounting surfaces corroded? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 132 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Remove the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). Clean all mounting surfaces, then reinstall the alternator and go to step 20. NO -Go to step 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/C on  Temperature control at maximum cool  Blower fan at maximum speed  Rear window defogger on  Headlights on high beam 7. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 8. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P16BC indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 101: Measuring Voltage Between Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 133 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 13. NO -Repair open in the wire between the alternator (IG1 line) and the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to step 19. 13. Measure voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Fig. 102: Measuring Voltage Between Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), then go to step 19. NO -Go to step 14. 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). Connect alternator 4P connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 103: Connecting Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 4 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 134 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 18. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B13 and body ground. Fig. 104: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B13 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 28. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B13) and the alternator, then go to step 20. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Check under these conditions:  A/C on  Temperature control at maximum cool  Blower fan at maximum speed  Rear window defogger on  Headlights on high beam 26. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P16BC indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 135 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 28. Reconnect all connectors. 29. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 30. Start the engine. 31. Check under these conditions:  A/C on  Temperature control at maximum cool  Blower fan at maximum speed  Rear window defogger on  Headlights on high beam 32. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm (in Park or neutral) for 1 minute. 33. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P16BC indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the alternator and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 31. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2183: ECT SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P0111 is stored at the same time as DTC P2183, troubleshoot DTC P0111 first, then recheck for DTC P2183. 1. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2. Are the connections and terminals OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Repair the connectors or terminals, then go to step 27. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are DTC P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same time? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 136 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes. 5. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 147°F (64°C) or less indicated? YES -Replace ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Drain the coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). Remove ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Allow ECT sensor 2 to cool to ambient temperature. Note the ambient temperature. Connect ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do not install it on the engine. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Note the value of ECT SENSOR 2 quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature. Does ECT SENSOR 2 differ 5.4°F (3°C) or more? YES -Replace ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. 15. Start the engine, and let it idle 10 minutes. 16. Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 115°F (46°C) or less indicated? YES -Replace ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Let the engine idle 10 minutes. 18. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 147°F (64°C) or less indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 137 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Replace ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 27. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Drain the coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). 21. Remove ECT sensor 1 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ) and ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). 22. Allow the sensors to cool to ambient temperature. 23. Note the ambient temperature. 24. Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector, and ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector, but do not install them on the engine. 25. Note the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and ECT SENSOR 2 quickly in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 26. Compare the value of ECT SENSOR 1 and the ambient temperature, and the value of ECT SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature individually. Does one of the sensors differ more than 5.4°F (3°C) from the ambient temperature? YES -Replace the sensor that differed more than 5.4°F (3°C) from the ambient temperature, then go to step 27. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM. 27. 28. 29. 30. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2183 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1, ECT sensor 2, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2184: ECT SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 138 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 2. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 356°F (180°C) or more, or 0.08 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 356°F (180°C) or more, or 0.08 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 11. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 105: Checking Continuity Between ECT Sensor 2 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM (E1), then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 18. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 139 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2184 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 18. Reconnect all connectors. 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2184 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2185: ECT SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about -40°F (-40°C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 140 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector. 5. Connect ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. Fig. 106: Connecting ECT Sensor 2 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about -40°F (-40°C) or less, or 4.92 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 18. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the jumper wire from the ECT sensor 2 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 141 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 107: Measuring Voltage Between ECT Sensor 2 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 17. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Connect ECT sensor 2 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 108: Connecting ECT Sensor 2 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E4 and body ground. Fig. 109: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 142 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E4) and ECT sensor 2, then go to step 20. 17. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E1 and body ground. Fig. 110: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E1) and ECT sensor 2, then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 25. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace ECT sensor 2 (see ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2185 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 143 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2185 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2195: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) SIGNAL STUCK LEAN NOTE:    Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If the vehicle was out of fuel and the engine stalled before this DTC was stored, refuel, then clear the DTC with the HDS. If DTC P2101, P2118, P2135, P2138, P2176, or a combination of P2122 and P2127, P2122, and P2138, or P2127 and P2138 is stored at the same time, troubleshoot them first, then recheck for DTC P2195. 1. Check the installation of the A/F sensor (Sensor 1). Is the A/F sensor loose or disconnected from the exhaust pipe? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 2. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle 2 minutes. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? YES -If DTC P2195 is indicated, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 13. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 144 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reinstall the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2195 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2195 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 11, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicated NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 13. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 14. Start the engine, and let it idle 2 minutes. 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2195 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 14. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 16. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2195 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 15, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 145 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 14. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P2227: BARO SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P0107, P0108, P1128, and/or P1129 are stored at the same time as DTC P2227, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then recheck for DTC P2227. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 2. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 101 kPa (29.9 in.Hg, 760 mmHg), or about 2.9 V at sea level indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Go to step 7. 3. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 5. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  REL TP SENSOR between 12 deg and 20 deg for 3 seconds 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2227 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 7. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 4 and recheck. 7. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 8. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 9. Test-drive under these conditions: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 146 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 4th gear)  REL TP SENSOR between 12 deg and 20 deg for 3 seconds 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.  Is DTC P2227 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 8. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2227 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 8. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 8. DTC P2228: BARO SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 53 kPa (15.6 in.Hg, 397 mmHg), or 1.31 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 3. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 147 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Is DTC P2228 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2229: BARO SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the BARO SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 160 kPa (47.2 in.Hg, 1,200 mmHg), or 4.49 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 3. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2229 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2238: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) AFS+ CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 148 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2238 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A31 and body ground. Fig. 111: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A31 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A31) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to step 10. NO -Go to step 9. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 149 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Is DTC P2238 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. If the connector and terminal fits are OK, go to step 16. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2238 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 14, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 16. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 17. Start the engine, and let it idle. 18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2238 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 17. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2238 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 1. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a knowngood ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 17. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P2252: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) AFS- CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 150 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2252 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) 4P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A28 and body ground. Fig. 112: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A28 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A28) and the A/F sensor (Sensor 1), then go to step 11. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 11. Reconnect all connectors. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 151 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 13. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 14. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 15. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2252 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the connector and terminal fits are OK, go to step 17. NO -Go to step 16. 16. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2252 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 15, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 17. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 18. Start the engine, and let it idle. 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2252 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 18. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 20. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2252 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 1. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a knowngood ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 18. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 152 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element DTC P2270: SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) CIRCUIT SIGNAL STUCK LEAN; DTC P2271: SECONDARY HO2S (SENSOR 2) CIRCUIT SIGNAL STUCK RICH NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  Vehicle speed at 35 mph (56 km/h) or more for at least 25 seconds 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2270 or P2271 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 6. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 3 and recheck. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine, and let it idle without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  Vehicle speed at 35 mph (56 km/h) or more for at least 25 seconds 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2270 or P2271 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2270 or P2271 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 153 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary HO2S (Sensor 2) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 11. DTC P2610: ECM/PCM IGNITION OFF INTERNAL TIMER MALFUNCTION NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2610 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 4. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2610 indicated? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2A00: A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 154 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 3rd gear)  Vehicle speed between 25-55 mph (40 - 88 km/h) for 5 minutes  Drive at a steady speed between 55-75 mph (88-120 km/h) for 10 seconds, then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 4 seconds 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2A00 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 6. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 3 and recheck. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) (see A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 12. Test-drive under these conditions:  Engine coolant temperature (ECT SENSOR 1) above 158°F (70°C)  A/T in D position (M/T in 3rd gear)  Vehicle speed between 25-55 mph (40- 88 km/h) for 5 minutes  Drive at a steady speed between 55-75 mph (88-120 km/h) for 10 seconds, then decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for 4 seconds 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2A00 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 14. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 155 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2A00 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/F sensor (Sensor 1) and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 11. DTC U0028: F-CAN MALFUNCTION (BUS-OFF) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0028 indicated? YES -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC U0122: F-CAN MALFUNCTION (ECM/PCM-VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0122 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 156 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the VSA modulator-control unit and the ECM/PCM. 4. Check for a DTC in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Is VSA DTC 86 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Go to step 13. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 7. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 8. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 9. Connect VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 11 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 113: Connecting VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 11 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E11 and body ground. Fig. 114: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E11 And Body Ground Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 157 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E11) and the VSA modulator-control unit (No. 11), then go to step 20. 11. Connect VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 15 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 115: Connecting VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 15 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E24 and body ground. Fig. 116: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E24 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit, then go to step 20 and recheck. If DTC U0122 is not indicated, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit, then go to step 20. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E24) and the VSA modulator-control unit (No. 15), Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 158 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element then go to step 20. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Are the connections and terminals OK? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Repair the connections or terminals, then go to step 20. 15. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 17. Measure voltage between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Fig. 117: Measuring Voltage Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Check the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair open in the wire between the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse and the VSA modulator-control unit, then go to step 20. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 16 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 159 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 118: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 16 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), then go to step 20 and recheck. If no DTCs are indicated, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), then go to step 20. NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and G202, then go to step 20. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0122 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ECM/PCM and the VSA modulator-control unit, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC U0155: F-CAN MALFUNCTION (ECM/PCM-GAUGE CONTROL MODULE) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 160 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0155 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the ECM/PCM. 4. Check for body electrical DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Is DTC B1168, B1169, and/or B1178 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Do the gauge control module input test (see GAUGE CONTROL MODULE INPUT TEST ). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 7. Remove the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 8. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 9. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 10. Connect gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 29 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 119: Connecting Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 29 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E11 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 161 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 120: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E11 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (Ell) and the gauge control module, then go to step 14. 12. Connect gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 28 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 121: Connecting Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 28 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E24 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 162 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 122: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E24 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ), then go to step Hand recheck. If DTC U0155 is not indicated, replace the original gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ), then go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E24) and the gauge control module, then go to step 14. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0155 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the gauge control module and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. F-CAN CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: Information marked with an asterisk (*) applies to the CANL line. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 163 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 3. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P), then disconnect the HDS. 4. Measure resistance between ECM/PCM connector terminals E11 and E24*. Fig. 123: Measuring Resistance Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 99-121 ohms? YES -Go to step 26. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 6. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 7. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). 8. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminals E11 and E24*. Fig. 124: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wires between ECM/PCM connector terminals E11 and E24*. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 164 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Go to step 9. 9. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal E11 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 125: Connecting ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E11 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Check for continuity between gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 29 and body ground. Fig. 126: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 29 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (El 1) and the gauge control module. 11. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 11 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 165 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 127: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 11 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E11) and the VSA modulator-control unit. 12. Check for continuity between TPMS control unit connector B (20P) terminal No. 19 and body ground. Fig. 128: Checking Continuity Between TPMS Control Unit Connector B (20P) Terminal No. 19 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E11) and the TPMS control unit. 13. Remove the jumper wire from ECM/PCM connector E(31P). 14. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal E24' to body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 166 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 129: Connecting ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E24' To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Check for continuity between gauge control module 36P connector terminal No. 28 and body ground. Fig. 130: Checking Continuity Between Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal No. 28 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E24) and the gauge control module. 16. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 15 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 167 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 131: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 15 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E24)* and the VSA modulator-control unit. 17. Check for continuity between TPMS control unit connector B (20P) terminal No. 10 and body ground. Fig. 132: Checking Continuity Between TPMS Control Unit Connector B (20P) Terminal No. 10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E24)' and the TPMS control unit. 18. Reconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 19. Measure resistance between ECM/PCM connector terminals E11 and E24*. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 168 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 133: Measuring Resistance Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 2.34-2.86 kohms ? YES -Go to step 20. NO -Substitute a known-good gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). If the HDS identifies the vehicle, replace the original gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 20. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 21. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. 22. Measure resistance between ECM/PCM connector terminals E11 and E24*. Fig. 134: Measuring Resistance Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 112 - 136 kohms? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). If the HDS identifies the vehicle, replace the original Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 169 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 23. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. 24. Reconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector. 25. Measure resistance between ECM/PCM connector terminals E11 and E24. Fig. 135: Measuring Resistance Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals E11 And E24 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 2.34-2.86 kohms? YES -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Substitute a known-good TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). If the HDS identifies the vehicle, replace the original TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). 26. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 27. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 28. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). 29. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E11 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 170 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 136: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E11 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between ECM/PCM connector terminal E11 and the gauge control module, the VSA modulator-control unit, the TPMS control unit, or the DLC. NO -Go to step 30. 30. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E24 and body ground. Fig. 137: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E24 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between ECM/PCM connector terminal E24 and the gauge control module, the VSA modulator-control unit, the TPMS control unit, or the DLC. NO -Go to step 31. 31. Reconnect all connectors. 32. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 33. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:57 AM Page 171 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 34. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and read the HDS. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES -Replace the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). NO -Go to step 35. 35. 36. 37. 38. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and read the HDS. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES -Replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). NO -Go to step 39. 39. 40. 41. 42. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Disconnect the TPMS control unit 20P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and read the HDS. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES -Replace the TPMS control unit (see TPMS CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). MIL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Does the MIL indicator flash? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 172 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Substitute a known-good gauge control module, and recheck. If the MIL circuit is OK, replace the original gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). 3. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 4. Check the SCS in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is a short indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P), then disconnect the HDS. 7. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E29 and body ground. Fig. 138: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E29 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E29) and the SRS unit, or the DLC. NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: Make sure the HDS and the DLC cables of the HDS are not defective. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 173 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and read the HDS. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Go to step 20. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the PGM-FI system with the HDS. Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? YES -Go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the SRS indicator. Does the SRS indicator stay on? YES -Go to the SRS system's general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). NO -Go to step 7. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Start the engine, and watch the TPMS indicator. Does the TPMS indicator stay on? YES -Go to the TPMS system's general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). NO -Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the VSA indicator. Does the VSA indicator stay on? YES -Go to the VSA system's general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 174 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Go to step 11. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the immobilizer indicator. Does the immobilizer indicator stay on or flash? YES -Go to the immobilizer system's troubleshooting (see TROUBLESHOOTING ). NO -Go to step 13. 13. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function without the HDS (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Are any indicators flashing? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Troubleshoot the gauge control module (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 16. Check for continuity between body ground and DLC terminals No. 1 and No. 7 individually. Fig. 139: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And DLC Terminals No. 1 And No. 7 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Go to step 18. 17. Continue to check for continuity between DLC terminals No. 1 and No. 7 and body ground individually, while disconnecting these parts, one at a time:  Gauge control module 36P connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 175 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element     SRS unit connector A (28P) VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector Immobilizer control unit 7P connector TPMS control unit connector B (20P) Fig. 140: Checking Continuity Between DLC Terminals No. 1 And No. 7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does continuity go away when one of the above components is disconnected? YES -Replace the part that caused an open when it was disconnected. NO -Repair short in the wire between the DLC No. 7 (K-line) and the VSA modulator-control unit, the SRS unit, the TPMS control unit, or the gauge control module, or DLC No. 1 (DIAG-H line) and the immobilizer control unit. 18. Connect DLC terminals No. 1 and No. 7 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 141: Connecting DLC Terminals No. 1 And No. 7 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Check for continuity between body ground and these connector terminals: CONNECTOR TERMINAL SPECIFICATION Connector Unit Terminal DLC Terminal Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 176 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Gauge control module 36P No. 9 (LT BLU) No. 7 (LT BLU) VSA modulator-control unit 47P No. 2 (LT BLU) No. 7 (LT BLU) SRS unit A 28P No. 24 (LT BLU) No. 7 (LT BLU) TPMS control unit B 20P No. 9 (LT BLU) No. 7 (LT BLU) Immobilizer control unit 7P No. 3 (GRY) No. 1 (GRY) Is there continuity between the DLC terminal and each of the terminals in the chart? YES -Replace the unit that does not communicate with the HDS. NO -Repair open in the wire between the DLC (K-line or DIAG-H line) and the appropriate connector. 20. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 21. Check odometer/trip meter for "Error 1" message. Is Error 1 displayed? YES -Go to step 35. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 23. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 24. Measure voltage between DLC terminal No. 16 and body ground. Fig. 142: Measuring Voltage Between DLC Terminal No. 16 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 25. NO -Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No. 16 and the No. 9 BACK UP (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 177 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 25. Measure voltage between DLC terminals No. 4 and No. 16. Fig. 143: Measuring Voltage Between DLC Terminals No. 4 And No. 16 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No. 4 and G451. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. Connect DLC terminal No. 6 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 144: Connecting DLC Terminal No. 6 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 31. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E11 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 178 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 145: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E11 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 32. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E11) and DLC terminal No. 6. 32. Disconnect the jumper wire. 33. Connect DLC terminal No. 14 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 146: Connecting DLC Terminal No. 14 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 34. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E24 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 179 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 147: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E24 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E24) and DLC terminal No. 14. 35. Try to start the engine. Does the engine start and idle smoothly? YES -Go to the F-CAN circuit troubleshooting (see F-CAN CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). NO -Go to step 36. 36. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 37. Check the No. 20 IG1 (50 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Repair open in the wire between the No. 20 IG1 (50 A) fuse and the ignition switch. If the wire is OK, go to step 38. NO -Repair short in the wire between the No. 20 IG1 (50 A) fuse and the ignition switch. Also replace the No. 20 IG1 (50 A) fuse. 38. Inspect the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 45. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 180 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element NO -Go to step 39. 39. Remove the blown No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 40. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A). Fig. 148: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 41. Check for continuity between body ground and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 4 individually. Fig. 149: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN). Also replace the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse. NO -Go to step 42. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 181 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 42. Disconnect each of the components or connectors below, one at a time, and check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.  PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)  ECM/PCM connector A (31P)  Each injector 2P connector  Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B 3P connector  Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor 3P connector  Throttle actuator control module relay Fig. 150: Checking Continuity Between PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does continuity go away when one of the above components is disconnected? YES -Replace the component that made the short to body ground go away when disconnected. If the item is the ECM/PCM, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). Also replace the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse. NO -Go to step 43. 43. Disconnect the connectors from these components:  PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)  ECM/PCM connector A (31P)  Injectors  Camshaft position (CMP) B sensor  Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor  Throttle actuator control module relay 44. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 182 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 151: Checking Continuity Between PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and each item. Also replace the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse. NO -Replace PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN). Also replace the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse. 45. Inspect the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 56. NO -Go to step 46. 46. 47. 48. 49. Remove the blown No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse from the under-dash fuse/relay box. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 183 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 152: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E9 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair the short in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the ECM/PCM (E9), or between the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. NO -Go to step 50. 50. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (A). Fig. 153: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 2 (Fuel Pump) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 51. Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 52. Remove the access panel from the floor (see step 4 in FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 53. Disconnect the fuel pump 5P connector. 54. Check for continuity between fuel pump 5P connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. Fig. 154: Checking Continuity Between Fuel Pump 5P Connector Terminal No. 5 And Body Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 184 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the fuel pump and PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. NO -Go to step 55. 55. Test PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the relay OK? YES -Check the fuel pump, and replace it if necessary. Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. NO -Replace the PGM-FI main relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). Also replace the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. 56. 57. 58. 59. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground. Fig. 155: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E9 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 60. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 17 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the ECM/PCM (E9). 60. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E7 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 185 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 156: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 65. NO -Go to step 61. 61. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 62. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A). Fig. 157: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 63. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 186 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 158: Measuring Voltage Between PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 64. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN). 64. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal E7. Fig. 159: Checking Continuity Between PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Test PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (see POWER RELAY TEST ). If the relay is faulty, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 187 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element replace it. If the relay is OK, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E7) and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN). 65. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 66. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 67. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A2 and A3 individually. Fig. 160: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A2 And A3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 72. NO -Go to step 68. 68. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 69. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 188 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 161: Identifying PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 70. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 162: Measuring Voltage Between PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 71. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 6 FI ECU (15 A) fuse and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN). 71. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P connector terminal No. 1 and ECM/PCM connector terminals A2 and A3 individually. Fig. 163: Checking Continuity Between PGM-FI Main Relay 1 (FI MAIN) 4P And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 189 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Is there continuity? YES -Test PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) (see POWER RELAY TEST ). If the relay is faulty, replace it. If the relay is OK, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Repair open in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN) and the ECM/PCM (A2, A3). 72. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A4, A5, A8, A9, and E3 individually. Fig. 164: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 1.0 V? YES -Go to step 73. NO -Repair open in the wire(s) that had more than 1.0 V between G101 and the ECM/PCM (A4, A5, A8, A9, E3). 73. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 74. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A21. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 190 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 165: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A21 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 79. NO -Go to step 75. 75. Disconnect the connector from each of these sensors, one at a time, while measuring voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A21 with the ignition switch ON (II).  MAP sensor  Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor  APP sensor A Fig. 166: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the sensor that restored 5 V when disconnected. NO -Go to step 76. 76. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 191 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 77. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). 78. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A21 and body ground. Fig. 167: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A21 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A21) and the MAP sensor or the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, APP sensor A. NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 79. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A20. Fig. 168: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A20 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 85. NO -Go to step 80. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 192 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 80. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 81. Disconnect the connector from each of these sensors, one at a time, while measuring voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A20 with the ignition switch ON (II).  APP sensor B  A/T model: Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor Fig. 169: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A20 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the sensor that restored 5 V when disconnected. NO -Go to step 82. 82. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 83. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). 84. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A20 and body ground. Fig. 170: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A20 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 193 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A20) and the APP sensor B or the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor. NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 85. Measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal E5. Fig. 171: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E5 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 86. 86. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 87. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector, then measure voltage between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal E5 with the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 194 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 172: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E5 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 88. 88. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 89. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 90. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E5 and body ground. Fig. 173: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E5 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E5) and FTP sensor. NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). INJECTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Relieve fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ). 2. Remove the intake manifold cover (see step 3 in REMOVAL ). 3. Disconnect the connectors from the injectors (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 195 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 174: Identifying Injectors, Ground Cable Bolt, Quick-Connect Fittings And Fuel Rail Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the ground cable bolt (G101) (B). Disconnect the quick-connect fittings (C). Remove the fuel rail mounting nuts (D) from the fuel rail (E). Remove the injector clip (F) from the injector. Remove the injector from the fuel rail. Coat the new O-rings (A) with clean engine oil, and insert the injectors (B) into the fuel rail (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 196 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 175: Identifying O-Rings, Injectors, Fuel Rail, Injector Clip And Injector Base With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Install the injector clip (D). Coat the injector O-rings (E) with clean engine oil. Install the injectors in the injector base (F). Install the fuel rail mounting nuts (G) and the ground cable bolt (G101). Connect the connectors on the injectors. Connect the quick-connect fitting (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING INSTALLATION ). 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not operate the starter. After the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds, the fuel rail will be pressurized. Repeat this two or three times, then check for fuel leakage. 17. Install the intake manifold cover. MAP SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 197 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 176: Identifying O-Ring, MAP Sensor And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the MAP sensor (B). 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C) coated with clean engine oil. MAF SENSOR/IAT SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor connector (A). Fig. 177: Identifying MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the bolts (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 198 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D) coated with clean engine oil. ECT SENSOR 1 REPLACEMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the air cleaner (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the EVAP canister purge valve (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Unbolt the under-hood fuse/relay box bolt, and move the assembly aside. Drain the engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 connector (A). Fig. 178: Identifying O-Ring, ECT Sensor 1 And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the ECT sensor 1 (B). 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C) coated with clean engine oil, then refill the radiator with engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). ECT SENSOR 2 REPLACEMENT 1. Drain the engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 199 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 179: Identifying O-Ring, ECT Sensor 2 And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C) coated with clean engine oil, then refill the radiator with engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). A/F SENSOR REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required O2 sensor socket wrench. Snap-on YA8875, SP Tools 93750, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the A/F sensor 4P connector (A), then remove the A/F sensor (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 200 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 180: Identifying A/F Sensor 4P And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. SECONDARY HO2S REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required O2 sensor socket wrench, Snap-on YA8875, SP Tools 93750, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the secondary HO2S 4P connector (A), then remove the secondary HO2S (B). Fig. 181: Removing Secondary HO2S With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 201 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. CMP SENSOR B REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the air cleaner (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the EVAP canister purge valve (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 3. Disconnect the CMP sensor B connector (A). Fig. 182: Identifying O-Ring, CMP Sensor B And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove CMP sensor B(B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C) coated with clean engine oil. CKP SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the CKP sensor connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 202 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 183: Identifying O-Ring, CKP Sensor And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C) coated with clean engine oil. 4. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT M/T MODEL 1. Remove the air cleaner (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 203 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 184: Identifying O-Ring, Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C) coated with clean engine oil. KNOCK SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the knock sensor connector (A). Fig. 185: Identifying Knock Sensor And Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the knock sensor (B). 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. ELD REPLACEMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive cable. Remove the two positive (+) terminals (A). Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box from the bracket. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box lower cover (B) from the fuse/relay box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 204 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 186: Identifying Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Lower Cover With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the No. 20 IG1 (50 A) fuse (A) and the No. 19 BATTERY (100 A) fuse (B). Fig. 187: Identifying Fuses Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Disconnect the ELD 3P connector (A), then remove the ELD (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 205 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 188: Identifying ELD And 3P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 9. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system. 10. Set the clock. ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required     Honda diagnostics system (HDS) tablet tester Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software HDS pocket tester GNA 600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE:    Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software version. If you are replacing the ECM/PCM after substituting a known-good ECM/PCM, reinstall the original ECM/PCM, then do this procedure. During the procedure, if any READ DATA, WRITE DATA, or other data checks fail, note the failure, then continue. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 206 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 189: Identifying Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle system. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 through 7, 21 through 23, and 26 through 27, and do this after replacing the ECM/PCM:  Replace the engine oil (see ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT ) and the engine oil filter (see ENGINE OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT ).  Clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 4. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 7. Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then select READ DATA and follow the screen prompts. NOTE:   Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data from the original ECM/PCM so you can later download (WRITE) it into the new ECM/PCM. If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 10. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), the side kick panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ), and the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 11. Cut the plastic cross brace in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters in the area shown, and discard Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 207 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element it. Fig. 190: Cutting Plastic Cross Brace In Glove Box Opening Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the relays (A), then remove the bolts (B) and the glove box frame (C). Fig. 191: Identifying Relays, Bolts And Glove Box Frame Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the gray 20P ECM/PCM wire harness connector (A) from the ECM/PCM mounting bracket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 208 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element Fig. 192: Identifying ECM/PCM And Wire Harness Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Disconnect the ECM/PCM connectors (B). Remove the ECM/PCM mounting bolt (C) and the bracket. Remove the nuts (D), then remove the ECM/PCM (E). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Open the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Manually input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS. NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the ECM/PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 21. If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 7, go to step 24. Otherwise, go to step 22. 22. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 23. Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then select WRITE DATA and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 24. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS. 25. Enter the immobilizer code with the ECM/PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 26. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6 clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 209 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE PGM-FI System - Element 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. CLEANING ), then go to step 27. If the READ DATA failed in step 7 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 23, replace the engine oil (see ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT ) and engine oil filter (see ENGINE OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 28. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ). Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:37:58 AM Page 210 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Keyless/Power Door Lock System Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:38 9:26:34 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 2: Keyless/Power Door Lock System Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 3: Keyless/Power Door Lock System Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT INPUT TEST 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Driver's Dashboard Lower Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the Keyless receiver unit (B). Fig. 5: Identifying Keyless Receiver Unit 5P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Reconnect the connector, and make these input tests at the connector.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5.  PROBLEM SYMPTOM CHART Cavity Wire 1 BLK 3 YEL 5 WHT/RED Test: Desired Possible cause if desired result is not result obtained Measure voltage to ground: Under all  Poor ground (G502) There should be less conditions  An open in the wire than 1 V. Measure voltage to  Blown No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the Ignition switch ground: under-dash fuse/relay box There should be ON (II)  An open in the wire battery voltage. Measure voltage to Ignition switch ground: Short to power on No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse There should be no circuit OFF voltage. Test condition Under all conditions Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage.    Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box Faulty under-dash fuse/relay box An open in the wire 5. Disconnect the connector, and make this input test at the connector.  If the test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If the input test proves OK, replace the keyless receiver unit. PROBLEM SYMPTOM CHART Cavity 2 Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and the No. 2 terminal of the under-dash Ignition switch OFF, under-dash fuse/relay box fuse/relay box connector K (17P): BLU/ORN There should be continuity. connector K (17P) disconnected Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and body ground: There should be no continuity. Possible cause if desired result is not obtained An open in the wire A short to ground in the wire CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element NOTE: Before testing, troubleshoot the multiplex control system (see TROUBLESHOOTING ). 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors C, F, J, K, M, P, Q, X and Y. NOTE: All connectors are shown from wire side of female terminals. Fig. 6: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connectors Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.  If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Reconnect all connections to the under-dash fuse/relay box, and make these input tests at the appropriate connectors on the under-dash fuse/relay box.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5. PROBLEM SYMPTOM CHART Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is not obtained Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element  C11 BLU Under all conditions Attach to ground: Parking, side marker, license plate lights and taillights should come on.     F7 BLU/RED Under all conditions Attach to ground: Headlights should come on.    J2 K4 J4 WHT/RED Under all conditions BLK Under all conditions Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage. Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. Measure voltage to ground: Hatch or tailgate open There should be less than 0.5 V.        P18 RED  Hatch and tailgate closed Driver's door or left rear door open Q3 GRN Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage. Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V.       Measure voltage to Driver's door and left ground:  Blown No. 2 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box Faulty taillight relay Faulty under-dash fuse/relay box An open in the wire Blown No. 15 or 17 (15 A) fuse in the underhood fuse/relay box Faulty headlight relay Blown headlight bulb An open in the wire Blown No. 9 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box An open in the wire Poor ground (G401) An open in the wire Faulty tailgate latch switch Faulty hatch latch switch An open in the wire Faulty tailgate latch switch Faulty hatch latch switch Short to ground in the wire Faulty driver's door switch Faulty left rear door switch An open in the wire Faulty driver's door switch Faulty left rear door Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element rear door closed Passenger's door or right rear door open There should be battery voltage. Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V.     Q4 GRY/BLK  Measure voltage to Passenger's door and ground: right rear door closed There should be battery voltage. Measure voltage to Ignition key inserted ground: into the ignition There should be less switch than 0.5 V. X5 RED/WHT Measure voltage to Ignition key removed ground: from the ignition There should be battery switch voltage. Measure voltage to ground: Driver's door lock knob switch unlocked There should be less than 0.5 V. Y7 WHT/BLK Measure voltage to Driver's door lock ground: knob switch locked There should be battery voltage. Driver's door lock knob switch locked Y8 Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. YEL/RED                Measure voltage to Driver's door lock ground: knob switch unlocked There should be battery voltage.  Driver's door lock  Measure voltage to  switch Short to ground in the wire Faulty passenger's door switch Faulty right rear door switch An open in the wire Faulty passenger's door switch Faulty right rear door switch Short to ground in the wire Poor ground (G401) Faulty ignition key switch An open in the wire Faulty ignition key switch Short to ground in the wire Poor ground (G501) Faulty driver's door lock knob switch An open in the wire Faulty driver's door lock knob switch Short to ground in the wire Poor ground (G501) Faulty driver's door lock knob switch An open in the wire Faulty driver's door lock knob switch Short to ground in the wire Poor ground (G501) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element switch UNLOCK position Y10 WHT/GRN ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. Measure voltage to Driver's door lock ground: switch in neutral or There should be battery LOCK position voltage. Driver's door lock switch LOCK position Measure voltage to ground: There should be less than 0.5 V. Y12 WHT/BLU Measure voltage to Driver's door lock ground: switch in neutral or There should be battery UNLOCK position voltage.          Faulty driver's door lock switch An open in the wire Faulty driver's door lock switch Short to ground in the wire Poor ground (G501) Faulty driver's door lock switch An open in the wire Faulty driver's door lock switch Short to ground in the wire 5. Disconnect the connectors, and make these input tests at the connectors.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, the multiplex control unit must be faulty, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box assembly. PROBLEM SYMPTOM CHART Cavity Wire Test condition Test: Desired result Possible cause if desired result is not obtained  J7 WHT Under all conditions Measure voltage to ground: There should be battery voltage.   M7 YEL/BLK Connect J7 terminal to M7 [M9] terminal, Check actuator operation: and M9 [M7] The driver's door lock actuator terminal to J4 should lock [unlock]. M9 YEL/GRN terminal.    Blown No. 16 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box An open in the wire Blown No. 16 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box Faulty driver's door lock actuator An open in the wire Blown No. 16 (15 A) fuse in the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element M6 YEL/BLK M8 YEL Connect J7 terminal to M6 [M8] terminal, Check actuator operation: and M8 [M6] The front passenger's door lock terminal to J4 actuator should lock [unlock]. terminal.    P16 YEL Connect J7 terminal to P17 [P16] Check actuator operation: terminal, and P16 The hatch lock actuator should [P17] terminal to J4 lock [unlock]. P17 YEL/BLK terminal.    J6 ORN Under all conditions Attach to ground: The horn should sound.    under-hood fuse/relay box Faulty front passenger's door lock actuator An open in the wire Blown No. 16 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box Faulty hatch lock actuator An open in the wire Blown No. 7 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box Faulty horn relay Faulty horn An open in the wire Check for continuity between the K2 terminal and the keyless receiver unit 5P connector No. 2 An open in the wire Disconnect the terminal with the 5P connector K2 BLU/ORN keyless receiver unit disconnected: 5P connector There should be continuity. Check for continuity to ground: Short to ground in the There should be no continuity. wire DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR TEST DRIVER'S DOOR 1. Remove the driver's door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the actuator (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 7: Identifying Door Lock Actuator 2P Connector Terminals (Driver's Door) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to Fig. 8. To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Fig. 8: Battery Power And Ground Connection Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the actuator does not work as specified, replace it. PASSENGER'S DOOR 1. Remove the passenger's door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the actuator (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Door Lock Actuator 2P Connector Terminals (Passenger's Door) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to Fig. 10. To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Fig. 10: Battery Power And Ground Connection Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the actuator does not work as specified, replace it. DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH TEST 1. Remove the driver's door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the driver's door lock actuator (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Driver's Door Lock Actuator 3P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to Fig. 12. Fig. 12: Driver's Door Lock Actuator Terminals Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the driver's door lock actuator. DOOR LOCK SWITCH TEST 1. Remove the door panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the two mounting screws and the door lock switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Door Lock Switch Mounting Screws And Door Lock Switch Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals:  There should be continuity when the door lock switch is in the LOCKED position.  There should be no continuity when the door lock switch is in the neutral or UNLOCKED position. 4. Check for continuity between the No. 2 and No. 3 terminals:  There should be continuity when the door lock switch is in the UNLOCKED position.  There should be no continuity when the door lock switch is in the neutral or LOCKED position. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the door lock switch. REAR DOOR SWITCH TEST 1. Remove the rear door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the rear door upper and rear door lower switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 14: Identifying Rear Door Switch 2P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for continuity between the 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2.  There should be continuity with the rear door open.  There should be no continuity with the rear door closed. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the faulty switch. HATCH LOCK ACTUATOR TEST 1. Remove the hatch trim panel (see FRONT DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 9). 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the actuator (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Hatch Lock Actuator 2P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check actuator operation by connecting power and ground according to Fig. 16. To prevent damage to the actuator, apply battery voltage only momentarily. Fig. 16: Battery Power And Ground Connection Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the actuator does not operate as specified, replace it. TRANSMITTER TEST NOTE:     If the doors unlock or lock with the transmitter, but the LED on the transmitter does not come on, the LED is faulty; replace the transmitter. If any door is open, you cannot lock the door with the transmitter. If you unlocked the doors with the transmitter, but do not open any of the doors within 30 seconds, the doors relock automatically. The doors do not lock or unlock with the transmitter if the ignition key is in the ignition switch. 1. Press the lock or unlock button five or six times to reset the transmitter. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element If the locks work, the transmitter is OK.  If the locks don't work, go to step 2. 2. Open the transmitter, and check for water damage.  If you find any water damage, replace the transmitter.  If there is no water damage, go to step 3. 3. Replace the transmitter battery (A) with a new one, and try to lock and unlock the doors with the transmitter by pressing the lock or unlock button five or six times.  If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is OK.  If the doors don't lock and unlock, go to step 4.  Fig. 17: Identifying Transmitter Battery Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Reprogram the transmitter, then try to lock and unlock the doors with the transmitter.  If the doors lock and unlock, the transmitter is OK.  If the doors don't lock and unlock, replace the transmitter. If the new transmitter won't lock and unlock the doors, test the keyless receiver unit (see KEYLESS RECEIVER UNIT INPUT TEST ). TRANSMITTER PROGRAMMING Storing transmitter codes: The codes of up to three transmitters can be stored into the keyless receiver unit memory. (If a fourth code is stored, the code that was programmed first will be erased.) NOTE: It is important to maintain the time limits between the steps. Make sure the doors and the tailgate are closed. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Within 1 to 4 seconds, push the transmitter lock or unlock button. 3. Within 1 to 4 seconds, turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Keyless/Power Door Lock System - Element 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Within 1 to 4 seconds, turn the ignition switch ON (II). Within 1 to 4 seconds, push the transmitter lock or unlock button. Within 1 to 4 seconds, turn the ignition switch OFF. Within 4 seconds, turn the ignition switch ON (II). Within 1 to 4 seconds, push the transmitter lock or unlock button. Within 1 to 4 seconds, turn the ignition switch OFF. Within 4 seconds, turn the ignition switch ON (II). Within 1 to 4 seconds, push the transmitter lock or unlock button. The door lock actuators will activate to confirm that the system has entered the transmitter programming mode. Within 1 to 4 seconds, push the transmitter lock or unlock button again to program that transmitter. The door lock actuator will activate to confirm that the transmitter code is stored. 13. Within 10 seconds, press the transmitter lock or unlock buttons on the two additional transmitters. The door lock actuators will activate each time after you press the lock or unlock button to confirm that the transmitter code is stored. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and remove the key. 15. Confirm proper operation of the transmitters. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:26:34 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element STANDARDS AND SERVICE LIMITS ENGINE ELECTRICAL ENGINE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Rated voltage Ignition coil Firing order Type Spark plug Gap Standard or New 12V 1-3-4-2 NGK:IZFR6K11 1.0-1.1 mm (0.0390.043 in.) 8 ± 2° BTDC 8 ± 2° BTDC Auto-tensioner Ignition timing Drive belt At idle Check the red M/T (in neutral) mark A/T (in N or P position) Tension At 13.5 V and normal engine Output 105A temperature Coil (rotor) resistance At 68°F (20°C) 2.5 ohms Alternator Slip ring O.D. -- 14.0 mm (0.55 in.) 1.5 mm (0.06 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) in.) 3.2 N (0.33 kgf, 0.7 lbf) 1.6 kW 0.40-0.50 mm (0.016- 0.15 mm 0.020 in.) (0.006 in.) 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) 0.05 mm max. (0.002 in.) 28.0-28.1 mm (1.102- 27.5 mm 1.106 in.) (1.083 in.) 11.1-11.5 mm (0.44- 4.3 mm (0.17 0.45 in.) in.) 14.4 mm (0.57 in.) Brush length Brush spring tension Output Commutator mica depth Starter Service Limit Commutator runout Commutator O.D. Brush length ENGINE ASSEMBLY ENGINE ASSEMBLY SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Pressure Check with the starter cranking the Minimum Compression engine Maximum Standard or New 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2 , 135 psi) 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2 , 28 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:17 8:50:13 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element variation psi) CYLINDER HEAD CYLINDER HEAD SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Warpage -- Head Height End play Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance Camshaft No. 1 journal No. 2, 3, 4, 5 journals Total runout Cam lobe height Clearance (cold) Valve Stem O.D. Stem-to-guide clearance Width Valve seat Stem installed height Valve spring Free length Standard or New 103.95-104.05 mm (4.0934.096 in.) 0.05-0.20 mm (0.002-0.008 in.) 0.030-0.069 mm (0.0010.003 in.) 0.060-0.099 mm (0.0020.004 in.) 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. Service Limit 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) -0.4 mm (0.02 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) 0.04 mm (0.002 in.) ---- Intake, primary 34.263 mm (1.3489 in.) Intake, secondary 29.638 mm (1.1668 in.) Exhaust 34.092 mm (1.3422 in.) 0.21-0.25 mm (0.008-0.010 Intake -in.) 0.28-0.32 mm (0.011 -0.013 Exhaust -in.) 5.475-5.485 mm (0.2156- 5.445 mm Intake 0.2159 in.) (0.214 in.) 5.450-5.460 mm (0.2146- 5.42 mm (0.213 Exhaust 0.2150 in.) in.) 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012- 0.08 mm (0.003 Intake 0.0022 in.) in.) 0.055-0.080 mm (0.0022- 0.11 mm (0.004 Exhaust 0.0031 in.) in.) 1.25-1.55 mm (0.049-0.061 2.00 mm (0.079 Intake in.) in.) 1.25-1.55 mm (0.049-0.061 2.00 mm (0.079 Exhaust in.) in.) 44.0-44.5 mm (1.73-1.75 Intake -in.) 44.1-44.6 mm (1.74-1.76 Exhaust -in.) Intake 47.57 mm (1.873 in.) -Exhaust 49.64 mm (1.954 in.) -- Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element 5.515-5.530 mm (0.21710.2177 in.) 5.515-5.530 mm (0.21710.2177 in.) 15.2-16.2 mm (0.598-0.638 in.) 15.5-16.5 mm (0.610-0.650 in.) 0.025-0.052 mm (0.00100.0020 in.) 0.018-0.056 mm (0.00070.0022 in.) Intake I.D. Exhaust Valve guide Intake Installed height Exhaust Intake Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft clearance Exhaust 5.55 mm (0.219 in.) 5.55 mm (0.219 in.) --0.08 mm (0.003 in.) 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) ENGINE BLOCK ENGINE BLOCK SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Warpage of deck 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) max. A or I Bore diameter Block Standard or New B or II 87.010-87.020 mm (3.4256-3.4260 in.) 87.000-87.010 mm (3.4252-3.4256 in.) Bore taper -- Reboring limit -- Skirt O.D. at 13 mm (0.5 in.) from bottom of skirt No letter or A Letter B Clearance in cylinder Piston Top Ring groove width Second Oil Top Ring-to-groove clearance Second 86.980-86.990 mm (3.4244-3.4248 in.) 86.970-86.980 mm (3.4240-3.4244 in.) 0.020-0.040 mm (0.00080.0016 in.) 1.230-1.240 mm (0.04840.0488 in.) 1.240-1.250 mm (0.04880.0492 in.) 2.005-2.025 mm (0.07890.0797 in.) 0.050-0.075 mm (0.00200.0030 in.) 0.050-0.075 mm (0.00200.0030 in.) Service Limit 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) 87.070 mm (3.4279 in.) 87.070 mm (3.4279 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) 0.25 mm (0.01 in.) 86.930 mm (3.4224 in.) 86.920 mm (3.4220 in.) 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) 1.26 mm (0.0450 in.) 1.270 mm (0.050 in.) 2.05 mm (0.081 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.) 0.13 mm (0.005 in.) 0.20-0.35 mm (0.008-0.014 0.60 mm Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Top Piston ring Ring end gap Second Oil O.D. Piston pin Pin-to-piston clearance Pin-to-rod clearance Connecting rod Small-end bore diameter Large-end bore diameter End play installed on crankshaft Main journal diameter Rod journal diameter Crankshaft No. 1 journal No. 2 journal 54.984-55.008 mm No. 4 journal (2.1648-2.1657 in.) No. 5 journal 54.976-55.000 mm No. 3 journal (2.1644-2.1654 in.) 47.976-48.000 mm (1.8888-1.8898 in.) End play Runout Rod bearing clearance --0.40 mm (0.016 in.) -- --- 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. Rod/main journal out-of-round Main bearing-to-journal oil clearance (0.024 in.) 0.70 mm (0.028 in.) 0.80 mm (0.031 in.) 21.953 mm (0.8643 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) 0.02 mm (0.0008 in.) 0.010 mm (0.0004 in.) 0.010 mm 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. (0.0004 in.) 0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 0.45 mm in.) (0.018 in.) 0.04 mm 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) max. (0.0016 in.) Rod/main journal taper Crankshaft bearing in.) 0.40-0.55 mm (0.016-0.022 in.) 0.20-0.50 mm (0.008-0.020 in.) 21.962-21.965 mm (0.8646-0.8648 in.) -0.005 to +0.001 mm (0.00020 to +0.00004 in.) 0.005-0.014 mm (0.00020.0006 in.) 21.970-21.976 mm (0.8650-0.8652 in.) 51.0 mm (2.01 in.) 0.15-0.35 mm (0.006-0.014 in.) No. 1 journal No. 2 journal 0.017-0.041 mm (0.0007No. 4 journal 0.0016 in.) No. 5 journal 0.025-0.049 mm (0.0010No. 3 journal 0.0019 in.) 0.020-0.050 mm (0.00080.0020 in.) 0.050 mm (0.0020 in.) 0.055 mm (0.0022 in.) 0.060 mm (0.0024 in.) ENGINE LUBRICATION ENGINE LUBRICATION SPECIFICATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Item Measurement Engine Capacity oil Qualification Engine overhaul Oil change including filter Oil change without filter Inner-to-outer rotor clearance Pump housing-to-outer rotor clearance Pump housing-to-rotor axial clearance Balancer shafts, journal diameter No. 1 journal, front shaft No. 1 journal, rear shaft No. 2 journal, front and rear shafts Balancer shafts, journal taper Front Oil pump Balancer shafts, end play Rear Balancer shafts, shaft-to-bearing clearance Balancer shaft bearings, I.D. Relief valve, oil pressure with oil temperature at 176°F (80°C) No. 1 journal, front shaft No. 1 journal, rear shaft No. 2 journal, front and rear shafts No. 1 journal, front shaft No. 1 journal, rear shaft No. 2 journal, front and rear shafts At idle At 3,000 rpm Service Limit Standard or New 5.3 L (5.6 US qt) 4.2 L (4.4 US qt) 4.0 L (4.2 US qt) 0.06-0.16 mm (0.0020.006 in.) 0.15-0.21 mm (0.0060.008 in.) 0.035-0.070 mm (0.0014-0.0028 in.) 19.938-19.950 mm (0.7850-0.7854 in.) 23.938-23.950 mm (0.9424-0.9429 in.) 32.949-32.961 mm (1.2972-1.2977 in.) 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. 0.063-0.108 mm (0.0025-0.0043 in.) 0.063-0.108 mm (0.0025-0.0043 in.) 0.050-0.082 mm (0.0020-0.0032 in.) 0.050-0.082 mm (0.0020-0.0032 in.) 0.060-0.120 mm (0.0024-0.0047 in.) 20.000-20.020 mm (0.7874-0.7882 in.) 24.000-24.020 mm (0.9449-0.9457 in.) 33.021-33.069 mm (1.3000-1.3019 in.) 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) 0.23 mm (0.009 in.) 0.12 mm (0.005 in.) 19.92 mm (0.784 in.) 23.92 mm (0.942 in.) 32.93 mm (1.296 in.) -0.14 mm (0.0055 in.) 0.14 mm (0.0055 in.) 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) 0.10 mm (0.004 in.) 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) 20.03 mm (0.789 in.) 24.03 mm (0.946 in.) 33.09 mm (1.303 in.) 70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2 , 10 psi) min. 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2 , 44 psi) min. COOLING SYSTEM COOLING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Item Radiator Coolant reservoir Measurement Qualification M/T: engine overhaul M/T: coolant change A/T: engine overhaul A/T: coolant change Coolant capacities (including engine, heater, hoses, and reservoir) Use Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Coolant capacity 7.3 L (1.93 US gal) 5.2 L (1.37 US gal) 7.2 L (1.90 US gal) 5.1 L (1.35 US gal) 0.6 L (0.16 US gal) Radiator cap Opening pressure Thermostat Standard or New Begins to open Fully open Opening temperature Valve lift at fully open 93-123 kPa (0.95-1.25 kgf/cm2 , 14-18 psi) 169-176°F (76-80°C) 194°F (90°C) 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) min. FUEL AND EMISSIONS FUEL AND EMISSIONS SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Fuel pressure Pressure with fuel pressure gauge connected regulator Fuel tank Capacity Qualification Standard or New 320-370 kPa (3.33.8 kgf/cm2 , 4754 psi) 60 L (15.9 US gal) M/T (in neutral) 700 ± 50 rpm Idle speed without load A/T (in N or P 700 ± 50 rpm position) Engine idle Idle speed with high electrical load (A/C switch ON, M/T (in neutral) 720 ± 50 rpm temperature set to max cool, blower fan on High, rear A/T (in N or P 720 ± 50 rpm window defogger ON, and headlights on high beam) position) CLUTCH CLUTCH SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Height from floor Clutch pedal Service Limit 200 mm (7.87 in.) -125-135 mm (4.92-5.31 in.) 6-17 mm (0.24-0.67 in.) Stroke Play 112 mm (4.41 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Disengagement height from floor Flywheel min. -0.05 mm (0.002 in.) 0.15 mm max. (0.006 in.) 1.65-2.25 mm 0.7 mm (0.065-0.089 in.) (0.03 in.) 8.6-9.2 mm (0.34- 6.0 mm 0.36 in.) (0.24 in.) 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) 0.15 mm max. (0.006 in.) 0.6 mm (0.02 in.) 0.8 mm max. (0.03 in.) Runout on clutch mating surface Rivet head depth Clutch disc Thickness Pressure plate Warpage Height of diaphragm spring fingers measured with special tool and feeler gauge MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND M/T DIFFERENTIAL MANUAL TRANSMISSION AND M/T DIFFERENTIAL SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Fluid change 1.90 L (2.0 US qt) 2WD: overhaul 2.15 L (2.3 US qt) 4WD: overhaul 2.25 L (2.4 US qt) 0.11-0.17 mm End play Adjust (0.004-0.007 in.) 20.80-20.85 mm 20.75 mm Diameter of bushing contact area (0.8189-0.8209 (0.817 in.) in.) 31.984-32.000 mm Diameter of distance collar contact 31.93 mm (1.2594-1.2598 area (1.257 in.) in.) 27.977-27.990 mm Diameter of ball bearing contact area 27.94 mm Mainshaft (1.1015-1.1020 (clutch housing side) (1.100 in.) in.) 38.984-39.000 mm Diameter of needle bearing contact 38.93 mm (1.5348-1.5354 area (1.533 in.) in.) 27.987-28.000 mm Diameter of ball bearing contact area 27.94 mm (1.1019-1.1024 (transmission housing side) (1.100 in.) in.) 0.02 mm (0.001 0.05 mm Runout in.) max. (0.002 in.) 44.009-44.025 mm 44.08 mm I.D. (1.7326-1.7333 (1.735 in.) Mainshaft 3rd, 4th, in.) and 5th gear 0.06-0.16 mm 0.25 mm End play (0.002-0.006 in.) (0.010 in.) Manual Capacity Use Honda MTF transmission fluid Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element 23.92-23.97 mm 23.80 mm (0.941-0.944 in.) (0.937 in.) 32.00-32.01 mm 32.02 mm (1.2598-1.2602 (1.261 in.) in.) 38.989-39.000 mm 38.94 mm (1.5350-1.5354 (1.533 in.) in.) Thickness I.D. Mainshaft 4th and O.D. 5th gear distance collar Length MBS distance collar A 51.95-52.05 mm (2.045-2.049 in.) -- B 24.03-24.08 mm (0.946-0.948 in.) -- I.D. Length Diameter of needle bearing contact area (clutch housing side) Diameter of distance collar contact area Countershaft Diameter of ball bearing contact area (transmission housing side) Runout 35 mm shim-to-bearing inner race clearance I.D. Countershaft 1st gear End play Thickness I.D. Countershaft 2nd End play gear Thickness 28.00-28.01 mm 28.02 mm (1.102-1.103 in.) (1.103 in.) 23.95-24.05 mm -(0.943-0.947 in.) 35.000-35.015 mm 34.95 mm (1.3780-1.3785 (1.376 in.) in.) 39.937-39.950 mm 39.88 mm (1.5723-1.5728 (1.570 in.) in.) 30.020-30.033 mm 29.97 mm (1.1819-1.1824 (1.180 in.) in.) 0.02 mm (0.001 0.05 mm in.) max. (0.002 in.) 0.04-0.10 mm (0.0016-0.0039 Adjust in.) 52.010-52.029 mm 52.08 mm (2.0476-2.0484 (2.050 in.) in.) 0.06-0.16 mm 0.25 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) (0.010 in.) 22.92-22.97 mm 22.87 mm (0.902-0.904 in.) (0.900 in.) 52.010-52.029 mm 52.08 mm (2.0476-2.0484 (2.050 in.) in.) 0.06-0.16 mm 0.25 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) (0.010 in.) 27.92-27.97 mm 27.87 mm (1.099-1.101 in.) (1.097 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element I.D. Countershaft 1st gear distance collar O.D. Length I.D. Countershaft 2nd gear distance O.D. collar Length I.D. Reverse idler gear Gear-to-reverse gear shaft clearance Synchro ring Double cone synchro Triple cone synchro Ring pushed against gear Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone Ring pushed clearance against gear Ring pushed Synchro cone-to-gear clearance against gear Outer synchro ring-to-gear cone Ring pushed clearance against gear Outer synchro ring-to-synchro Ring pushed clearance against gear Ring pushed Synchro cone-to-gear clearance against gear Ring pushed Outer synchro ring-to-gear clearance against gear Ring-to-gear clearance Fork thickness Shift fork Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance Finger width Reverse shift fork Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance 39.95-39.96 mm 39.97 mm (1.5728-1.5732 (1.574 in.) in.) 46.989-47.000 mm 46.94 mm (1.8499-1.8504 (1.848 in.) in.) 23.03-23.08 mm -(0.907-0.909 in.) 39.95-39.96 mm 39.97 mm (1.5728-1.5732 (1.574 in.) in.) 46.989-47.000 mm 46.94 mm (1.8499-1.8504 (1.848 in.) in.) 28.03-28.08 mm -(1.104-1.106 in.) 20.016-20.043 mm 20.90 mm (0.7880-0.7891 (0.832 in.) in.) 0.036-0.084 mm 0.16 mm (0.0014-0.0033 (0.006 in.) in.) 0.70-1.49 mm 0.4 mm (0.028-0.059 in.) (0.016 in.) 0.70-1.19 mm 0.3 mm (0.028-0.047 in.) (0.012 in.) 0.50-1.04 mm 0.3 mm (0.020-0.041 in.) (0.012 in.) 0.95-1.68 mm 0.6 mm (0.037-0.066 in.) (0.024 in.) 0.70-1.19 mm 0.3 mm (0.028-0.047 in.) (0.012 in.) 0.50-1.04 mm 0.3 mm (0.020-0.041 in.) (0.012 in.) 0.95-1.68 mm 0.6 mm (0.037-0.066 in.) (0.024 in.) 7.4-7.6 mm (0.29-0.30 in.) 0.35-0.65 mm 1.0 mm (0.014-0.026 in.) (0.039 in.) 13.4-13.7 mm -(0.527-0.539 in.) 0.20-0.59 mm 1.2 mm (0.007-0.024 in.) (0.047 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element I.D. Shift arm Shift arm thickness at contact area Shift arm-to-shift fork clearance Select lever Finger width Change-to-select lever clearance Change lever Groove width (to select lever) Shaft-to-shift arm clearance Pinion shaft contact area I.D. M/T differential carrier Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance Driveshaft contact area I.D. Backlash M/T differential pinion gear I.D. Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance 80 mm shim 80 mm shim-to-bearing outer race clearance in transmission housing Diameter of tapered roller bearing contact area (transfer shaft) Transfer assembly Diameter of tapered roller bearing contact area (transfer drive gear) Diameter of tapered roller bearing contact area (driven gear side) Diameter of tapered roller bearing 13.973-14.000 mm -(0.5501-0.5512 in.) 16.9-17.0 mm -(0.665-0.669 in.) 0.2-0.5 mm 0.6 mm (0.008-0.020 in.) (0.023 in.) 14.85-14.95 mm -(0.585-0.589 in.) 0.05-0.25 mm 0.5 mm (0.002-0.010 in.) (0.020 in.) 15.00-15.10 mm -(0.591-0.594 in.) 0.013-0.07 mm 0.1 mm (0.0005-0.003 in.) (0.004 in.) 18.010-18.028 mm (0.7091-0.7098 -in.) 0.027-0.057 mm 0.1 mm (0.0011-0.0022 (0.004 in.) in.) 28.025-28.045 mm (1.1033-1.1041 -in.) 0.05-0.15 mm -(0.002-0.006 in.) 18.042-18.066 mm (0.7103-0.7113 -in.) 0.059-0.095 mm 0.15 mm (0.0023-0.0037 (0.006 in.) in.) 0-0.10 mm (0Adjust 0.0039 in.) 24.975-24.990 mm 24.92 mm (0.9833-0.9838 (0.9811 in.) in.) 40.002-40.018 mm 38.95 mm (1.5749-1.5755 (1.5335 in.) in.) 35.002-35.018 mm 34.95 mm (1.3780-1.3786 (1.3760 in.) in.) 26.975-26.988 mm 26.92 mm (1.0620-1.0625 (1.0598 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element contact area (splined side) in.) in.) 0.06-0.16 mm (0.0024-0.0063 Adjust in.) 2.16-3.57 N.m (22.0-36.4 kgf.cm, Adjust 19.1-31.6 lbf.in.) Transfer gear backlash Total starting torque AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND A/T DIFFERENTIAL AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND A/T DIFFERENTIAL SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Fluid change 2.5 L (2.6 US qt) 4WD Automatic Overhaul 7.2 L (7.6 US qt) Capacity Use Honda transmission ATF-Z1 Fluid change 2.6 L (2.7 US qt) fluid 2WD Overhaul 7.0 L (7.4 US qt) 900-960 kPa (9.2At 2,000 rpm in N or Line pressure 9.8 kgf/cm2 , 130P position 140 psi) 890-970 kPa (9.1At 2,000 rpm in 1 1st clutch pressure 9.9 kgf/cm2 , 130position 140 psi) 890-970 kPa (9.1At 2,000 rpm in 2 2nd clutch pressure 9.9 kgf/cm2 , 130position 140 psi) ATF pressure 890-970 kPa (9.1At 2,000 rpm in 3rd 2 3rd clutch pressure gear in D3 position 9.9 kgf/cm , 130140 psi) 890-970 kPa (9.1At 2,000 rpm in 4th 2 4th clutch pressure gear in D position 9.9 kgf/cm , 130140 psi) 890-970 kPa (9.1At 2,000 rpm in 5th 2 5th clutch pressure gear in D position 9.9 kgf/cm , 130140 psi) Stall speed Check with Torque converter 2,400 rpm vehicle on level ground 1st -- Clutch end-plate-to-top disc clearance 2nd -- Service Limit 850 kPa (8.7 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 2,250-2,550 rpm 1.38-1.58 mm (0.054-0.062 in.) 1.14-1.34 mm (0.045-0.053 in.) 1.23-1.43 mm Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element 3rd 4th, 5th Clutch return spring free length 1st, 2nd, 3rd 4th, 5th Clutch disc thickness 1st, 3rd Clutch plate thickness 2nd 4th, 5th Clutch wave-plate phase difference Mark 1 Mark 2 Clutch Mark 3 Mark 4 1st clutch end-plate thickness (0.048-0.056 in.) 0.93-1.13 mm -(0.037-0.044 in.) 48.8 mm (1.92 45.1 mm (1.78 in.) in.) 31.5 mm (1.24 33.5 mm (1.32 in.) in.) 1.94 mm (0.076 -in.) When 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) discolored When 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) discolored When 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) discolored 0.07-0.20 mm 0.05 mm (0.002 (0.003-0.008 in.) in.) When 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) discolored When 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) discolored When 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) discolored When 2.9 mm (0.114 in.) discolored When 3.0 mm (0.118 in.) discolored When 3.1 mm (0.122 in.) discolored When 3.2 mm (0.126 in.) discolored When 3.3 mm (0.130 in.) discolored When 3.4 mm (0.134 in.) discolored When 2.4 mm (0.095 in.) discolored When 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) discolored When 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) discolored -- Mark 5 Mark 6 Mark 7 Mark 8 Mark 9 Mark 1 Mark 2 Mark 3 When Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Mark 4 Mark 5 Mark 6 2nd clutch end-plate thickness Mark 7 Mark 8 Mark 9 Mark 1 Mark 2 Mark 3 Mark 4 3rd, 4th, 5th clutch end-plate Mark 5 thickness Mark 6 Mark 7 Mark 8 Mark 9 At stator shaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area At 5th gear At 4th gear collar 5th gear I.D. of gears 4th gear 5th gear End play of gears 4th gear 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) discolored When 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) discolored When 2.9 mm (0.114 in.) discolored When 3.0 mm (0.118 in.) discolored When 3.1 mm (0.122 in.) discolored When 3.2 mm (0.126 in.) discolored When 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) discolored When 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) discolored When 2.3 mm (0.091 in.) discolored When 2.4 mm (0.095 in.) discolored When 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) discolored When 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) discolored When 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) discolored When 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) discolored When 2.9 mm (0.114 in.) discolored 22.984-23.000 mm When worn or (0.905-0.906 in.) damaged 51.975-51.991 mm When worn or (2.046-2.047 in.) damaged 33.975-33.991 mm When worn or (1.3376-1.3382 in.) damaged 57.000-57.019 mm When worn or (2.2441-2.2448 in.) damaged 40.000-40.016 mm When worn or (1.5748-1.5754 in.) damaged 0.04-0.10 mm -(0.002-0.004 in.) 0.1-0.22 mm -(0.004-0.009 in.) 4.450 mm (0.1752 When worn or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element No. 1 Mainshaft in.) damaged 4.475 mm (0.1762 When worn or No. 2 in.) damaged 4.500 mm (0.1772 When worn or No. 3 in.) damaged 4.525 mm (0.1781 When worn or No. 4 in.) damaged 4.550 mm (0.1791 When worn or No. 5 in.) damaged 4.575 mm (0.1801 When worn or No. 6 in.) damaged 4.600 mm (0.1811 When worn or No. 7 in.) damaged 4.625 mm (0.1821 When worn or 41 x 68 mm thrust washer No. 8 in.) damaged thickness 4.650 mm (0.1831 When worn or No. 9 in.) damaged 4.675 mm (0.1841 When worn or No. 10 in.) damaged 4.700 mm (0.1850 When worn or No. 11 in.) damaged 4.725 mm (0.1860 When worn or No. 12 in.) damaged 4.750 mm (0.1870 When worn or No. 13 in.) damaged 4.775 mm (0.1880 When worn or No. 14 in.) damaged 4.800 mm (0.1890 When worn or No. 15 in.) damaged 66.3-66.4 mm 4th gear collar length -(2.610-2.614 in.) Length of 4th gear collar 19.15-19.30 mm When worn or flange from end (0.754-0.760 in.) damaged 1.91 -1.97 mm 1.86 mm Sealing ring thickness (0.0752-0.0776 in.) (0.0732 in.) 2.025-2.060 mm 2.080 mm Width of sealing ring groove (0.0797-0.0811 in.) (0.0819 in.) 7.97-7.98 mm 7.95 mm (0.313 Clutch feed pipe O.D. (0.3138-0.3142 in.) in.) Clutch feed pipe bushing 8.000-8.015 mm 8.030 mm I.D. (0.3150-0.3156 in.) (0.3161 in.) At torque converter 36.005-36.015 mm When worn or housing (1.4175-1.4179 in.) damaged Diameter of needle bearing 34.982-34.998 mm When worn or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element contact area At 4th gear (1.3772-1.3779 in.) damaged 39.979-40.000 mm When worn or (1.5740-1.5748 in.) damaged 41.000-41.016 mm When worn or (1.6142-1.6148 in.) damaged 46.000-46.016 mm When worn or (1.8110-1.8116 in.) damaged 0.00-0.48 mm -(0.000-0.019 in.) 0.04-0.27 mm -(0.002-0.011 in.) 0.10-0.25 mm -(0.004-0.010 in.) At reverse gear 4th gear I.D. of gears Reverse gear 5th gear Countershaft End play of gears 4th gear Reverse gear Collar, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm thickness Collar, 37 x 41 x 54.3 mm length 7.8 mm (0.31 in.) Reverse selector hub width Reverse selector hub O.D. At 1st gear Diameter of needle bearing contact area At 2nd gear At 3rd gear collar 1st gear I.D. of gears 2nd gear 3rd gear 1st gear End play of gears 2nd gear 3rd gear No. 1 No. 2 -- 54.25-54.30 mm -(2.136-2.138 in.) 25.45-25.65 mm -(1.002-1.010 in.) 55.87-55.90 mm When worn or (2.200-2.201 in.) damaged 39.986-39.999 mm When worn or (1.5742-1.5748 in.) damaged 39.986-39.999 mm When worn or (1.5742-1.5748 in.) damaged 36.975-36.991 mm When worn or (1.4557-1.4563 in.) damaged 47.000-47.016 mm When worn or (1.8504-1.8510 in.) damaged 46.000-46.016 mm When worn or (1.8110-1.8116 in.) damaged 43.000-43.016 mm When worn or (1.6929-1.6935 in.) damaged 0.04-0.12 mm -(0.002-0.005 in.) 0.04-0.12 mm -(0.002-0.005 in.) 0.10-0.22 mm -(0.004-0.009 in.) 3.900 mm (0.154 When worn or in.) damaged 3.925 mm (0.155 When worn or in.) damaged 3.950 mm (0.156 When worn or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10 No. 11 37 x 58 mm thrust washer thickness No. 12 No. 13 No. 14 Secondary shaft No. 15 No. 16 No. 17 No. 18 No. 19 No. 20 No. 1 No. 2 40 x 51.5 mm thrust washer No. 3 thickness No. 4 in.) 3.975 mm (0.156 in.) 4.000 mm (0.157 in.) 4.025 mm (0.158 in.) 4.050 mm (0.159 in.) 4.075 mm (0.160 in.) 4.100 mm (0.161 in.) 4.125 mm (0.162 in.) 4.150 mm (0.163 in.) 4.175 mm (0.164 in.) 4.200 mm (0.165 in.) 4.225 mm (0.166 in.) 4.250 mm (0.167 in.) 4.275 mm (0.168 in.) 4.300 mm (0.169 in.) 4.325 mm (0.170 in.) 4.350 mm (0.171 in.) 4.375 mm (0.172 in.) 4.80 mm (0.189 in.) 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) 4.90 mm (0.193 in.) 4.95 mm (0.195 in.) 5.00 mm (0.197 damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or damaged When worn or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element No. 5 No. 6 3rd gear collar length Length of 3rd gear collar flange from end Sealing ring thickness Width of sealing ring groove 3rd clutch feed pipe Clutch feed pipe O.D. 1st clutch feed pipe Clutch feed pipe bushing O.D. Idler gear shaft 3rd clutch feed pipe 1st clutch feed pipe ATF guide collar of sealing ring contact I.D. Diameter of needle bearing End cover side contact area Thickness of cotters Reverse idler gear Reverse idler gear shaft diameter at needle bearing contact area 14.99-15.00 mm When worn or (0.5902-0.5906 in.) damaged I.D. 20.007-20.020 mm When worn or (0.7877-0.7882 in.) damaged I.D. of reverse idler gear shaft contact area on transmission housing 14.800-14.818 mm -(0.5827-0.5834 in.) I.D. of reverse idler gear shaft holder ATF pump thrust clearance ATF pump in.) damaged 5.05 mm (0.199 When worn or in.) damaged 43.9-44.0 mm -(1.728-1.732 in.) 5.25-5.40 mm When worn or (0.207-0.213 in.) damaged 1.91-1.97 mm 1.86 mm (0.0752-0.0776 in.) (0.0732 in.) 2.025-2.060 mm 2.080 mm (0.0797-0.0811 in.) (0.0819 in.) 11.47-11.48 mm 11.45 mm (0.4516-0.4520 in.) (0.4508 in.) 6.97-6.98 mm 6.95 mm (0.2744-0.2748 in.) (0.2736 in.) 11.500-11.518 mm 11.530 mm (0.4528-0.4553 in.) (0.4539 in.) 7.018-7.030 mm 7.045 mm (0.2763-0.2768 in.) (0.2774 in.) 29.000-29.021 mm 29.05 mm (1.1417-1.1426 in.) (1.144 in.) 32.003-32.013 mm When worn or (1.2600-1.2604 in.) damaged 1.39-1.42 mm -(0.0547-0.0559 in.) ATF pump gear-to-body clearance Drive gear Driven gear ATF pump driven gear I.D. 14.800-14.824* When worn or mm (0.5827damaged 0.5836 in.) 0.03-0.06 mm 0.07 mm (0.003 (0.001-0.002 in.) in.) 0.210-0.265 mm -(0.008-0.010 in.) 0.070-0.125 mm -(0.003-0.005 in.) 14.016-14.034 mm When worn or (0.5518-0.5525 in.) damaged Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element ATF pump driven gear shaft O.D. Needle bearing contact I.D. Stator shaft Torque converter side ATF pump side Sealing ring contact area I.D. Reverse shift fork Park gear and pawl Fork finger thickness -Shift fork shaft bore I.D. Servo body Shift fork shaft valve bore I.D. Regulator valve Sealing ring contact I.D. body 13.980-13.990 mm When worn or (0.5504-0.5508 in.) damaged 27.000-27.021 mm When worn or (1.063-1.064 in.) damaged 29.000-29.021 mm -(1.1417-1.1426 in.) 29.000-29.021 mm 29.05 mm (1.1417-1.1426 in.) (1.144 in.) 5.90-6.00 mm 5.40 mm (0.213 (0.232-0.236 in.) in.) When worn or -damaged 14.000-14.010 mm -(0.5512-0.5516 in.) 37.000-37.039 mm 37.045 mm (1.4567-1.4582 in.) (1.4585 in.) 29.000-29.021 mm 29.05 mm (1.1417-1.1426 in.) (1.144 in.) AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND A/T DIFFERENTIAL SPECIFICATION Standard or New Item Measurement Qualification Wire Free O.D. Diameter Length 5.6 mm 28.1 mm Shift valve A 0.8 mm (0.220 (1.106 spring (0.031 in.) in.) in.) 5.6 mm 28.1 mm Shift valve B 0.8 mm (0.220 (1.106 spring (0.031 in.) in.) in.) 5.6 mm 28.1 mm Shift valve C 0.8 mm (0.220 (1.106 spring (0.031 in.) in.) in.) Main valve body spring (see 9.6 mm 34.1 mm MAIN VALVE BODY Relief valve 1.0 mm (0.378 (1.343 DISASSEMBLY, spring (0.039 in.) in.) in.) INSPECTION, AND 7.1 mm 23.1 mm REASSEMBLY ) Lock-up control 0.65 mm (0.280 (0.909 valve spring (0.026 in.) in.) in.) 6.6 mm 27.0 mm Cooler check 0.85 mm (0.260 (1.063 valve spring (0.033 in.) in.) in.) 6.6 mm 35.7 mm Servo control 0.7 mm (0.260 (1.406 valve spring (0.028 in.) in.) in.) No. of Coils 15.9 15.9 15.9 10.2 12.7 11.3 17.2 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Shift valve E spring Stator reaction spring Regulator valve spring A Regulator valve spring B Torque converter Regulator valve body spring (see check valve REGULATOR VALVE BODY spring DISASSEMBLY, Lock-up shift INSPECTION, AND valve spring REASSEMBLY ) 3rd accumulator spring 1st accumulator spring A 1st accumulator spring B Shift valve D spring Servo body spring (see SERVO BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ) 4th accumulator spring B 4th accumulator spring A 2nd accumulator 5.6 mm 0.8 mm (0.220 (0.031 in.) in.) 35.4 mm 4.5 mm (0.177 in.) (1.394 in.) 14.7 1.9 mm mm (0.075 in.) (0.579 in.) 9.2 mm 1.6 mm (0.362 (0.063 in.) in.) 8.6 mm 1.2 mm (0.339 (0.047 in.) in.) 6.6 mm 1.0 mm (0.260 (0.039 in.) in.) 14.6 2.5 mm mm (0.098 in.) (0.575 in.) 18.6 2.4 mm mm (0.094 in.) (0.732 in.) 12.2 2.3 mm mm (0.091 in.) (0.480 in.) 5.6 mm 0.8 mm (0.220 (0.031 in.) in.) 12.2 mm 2.3 mm (0.091 in.) (0.480 in.) 18.6 mm 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) (0.732 in.) 2.1 mm 10.8 mm 28.1 mm (1.106 15.9 in.) 30.3 mm (1.193 1.92 in.) 80.6 mm (3.173 16.1 in.) 44.0 mm (1.732 12.5 in.) 33.8 mm (1.331 12.2 in.) 35.5 mm (1.398 18.2 in.) 29.9 mm (1.177 4.9 in.) 49.0 mm (1.929 7.1 in.) 31.5 mm (1.240 6.6 in.) 28.1 mm (1.106 15.9 in.) 31.5 mm (1.240 6.6 in.) 49.0 mm (1.929 7.1 in.) 34.0 mm 8.2 (1.339 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element spring B (0.083 in.) (0.425 in.) 16.6 2.1 mm mm (0.083 in.) (0.654 in.) 14.6 mm 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) (0.575 in.) 2nd accumulator spring A 5th accumulator spring in.) 48.7 mm (1.917 8.4 in.) 29.9 mm (1.177 4.9 in.) AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND A/T DIFFERENTIAL SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Pinion shaft contact area I.D. Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance Driveshaft contact area I.D. A/T differential Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance carrier Carrier bearing starting torque (preload) For new bearing For used bearing Final driven gear backlash Backlash A/T differential I.D. pinion gear Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance Diameter of transfer shaft on bearing contact area Transfer assembly At roller bearing At tapered roller bearing At tapered roller Transfer drive gear diameter bearing At driven gear Diameter of transfer driven gear side on tapered roller bearing contact At shaft splines area side Service Limit Standard or New 18.000-18.025 mm (0.709-0.719 in.) 0.017-0.109 mm (0.001-0.004 in.) 28.015-28.045 mm (1.103-1.104 in.) 0.035-0.086 mm (0.002-0.003 in.) 2.7-3.9 N.m (28-40 kgf.cm, 24-35 lbf.in.) 2.5-3.6 N.m (25-37 kgf.cm, 22-32 lbf.in.) 0.085-0.144 mm (0.003-0.006 in.) 1.1-1.6 mm (0.04-0.06 in.) 18.042-18.066 mm (0.7103-0.7113 in.) 0.059-0.095 mm (0.0023-0.0037 in.) 38.485-38.500 mm (1.5152-1.5157 in.) 24.975-24.990 mm (0.9833-0.9839 in.) 40.002-40.018 mm (1.5749-1.5755 in.) 35.002-35.018 mm (1.3780-1.3787 in.) 26.975-26.988 mm (1.0620-1.0625 in.) ---0.12 mm (0.005 in.) Adjust Adjust 0.2 mm (0.008 in.) --0.12 mm (0.005 in.) 38.43 mm (1.513 in.) 24.92 mm (0.9811 in.) 38.95 mm (1.533 in.) 34.95 mm (1.376 in.) 26.92 mm (1.060 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002Adjust 0.006 in.) 1.96-3.14 N.m (20.032.0 kgf.cm, 17.4-27.8 Adjust lbf.in.) Transfer gear backlash Total starting torque (preload) REAR DIFFERENTIAL REAR DIFFERENTIAL SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Rear differential fluid Qualification Standard or New Fluid change 1.0 L (1.1 US qt) Overhaul 1.21 (1.3 US qt) Capacity Use Honda Dual Pump Fluid II STEERING STEERING SPECIFICATION Item Steering wheel Gearbox Pump Measurement Qualification Rotational play measured at outside edge with engine running Initial turning load measured at outside edge with engine running Angle of rack guide screw loosened from locked position Output pressure with shut-off valve closed Standard or Service Limit New 0-10 mm (0-0.39 in.) 29 N (3.0 kgf, If higher, check 6.6 lbf) gearbox and pump 20° max. 7,460-8,140 kPa (76-83 kgf/cm2 , 1,080-1,180 psi) Reservoir Power Capacity Use Honda Power Steering capacity steering fluid Fluid System capacity 0.27 L (0.28 US qt) 0.83 L (0.87 US qt) SUSPENSION SUSPENSION SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Camber Caster Wheel alignment (LX, EX) Total toe-in Front wheel turning angle Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Front -0°13' ± 45' Rear -1°00' ± 45' Front 1°50' ± 1° Front 0 ± 3 mm (0 ± 0.12 in.) Rear 2+2 -1 mm (0.08+0.08 -0.04 in.) Inward Outward 40° 05' ± 2° 32°16' (Reference) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Camber Caster Wheel alignment (SC) Total toe-in Front wheel turning angle Front Rear Front Front -0°24' ± 45' -1°06' ± 45' 1°50' ± 1° 0 ± 3 mm (0 ± 0.12 in.) Rear 2+2 -1 mm (0.08+0.08 -00.4 in.) Inward Outward 38° 24' ± 2° 31° 24 '(Reference) 0-0.6 mm (0-0.02 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) in.) 0-0.6 mm (0-0.02 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) in.) 0-1.4 mm (0-0.06 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) in.) 0-1.4 mm (0-0.06 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) in.) 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.) 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.) Axial Aluminum wheel runout Radial Wheel Axial Steel wheel runout Radial Wheel bearing End play Front Rear BRAKES BRAKES SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit 4 to 7 clicks Distance traveled when lever pulled with LX, EX 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force SC 8 to 10 clicks Parking 169.9-170.0 mm 171 mm Drum I.D. brake (6.689-6.693 in.) (6.732 in.) 1.0 mm (0.04 Shoe lining thickness 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) in.) M/T 178 mm (7 in.) Pedal height (carpet removed) Brake A/T 180 mm (7 3/32 in.) pedal Free play 1-5 mm (1/16-3/16 in.) Master Piston-to-pushrod clearance 0-0.4 mm (0-0.02 in.) cylinder 22.9-23.1 mm (0.90- 21.0 mm (0.83 Front 0.91 in.) in.) Thickness 8.9-9.1 mm (0.35- 7.5 mm (0.30 Rear 0.36 in.) in.) Brake disc 0.04 mm Runout Front -(0.0016 in.) 0.015 mm Parallelism -(0.0006 in.) Front 10.6-11.2 mm (0.42- 1.6 mm (0.06 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Brake pad Thickness Rear 0.44 in.) 8.6-9.7 mm (0.340.38 in.) in.) 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) AIR CONDITIONING AIR CONDITIONING SPECIFICATION Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Refrigerant Capacity of system 500-550 g (17.6-19.4 oz) DENSO ND-OIL 8 (P/N 38897-PR7-A01AH Type or 38899-PR7-A01) Condenser 25 mL (5/6 fl.oz) Refrigerant Evaporator 45 mL (1 1/2 fl.oz) oil Capacity of components Each line and 10 mL (1/3 fl.oz) hose Compressor 160-175 mL (5 1/3-5 5/6 fl.oz) Field coil resistance At 68°F (20°C) 3.9-4.3 ohms Compressor Pulley-to-pressure plate 0.35-0.6 mm (0.014-0.024 in.) clearance DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS Item Measurement Overall length Qualification LX EX SC Overall width Overall height DIMENSIONS Wheelbase Track WEIGHT LX, EX SC Front (LX, EX) Front (SC) Rear (LX, EX) Rear (SC) Seating capacity Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Standard or New 4,300 mm (169.3 in.) 4,326 mm (170.3 in.) 4,341 mm (170.9 in.) 1,815 mm (71.5 in.) 1,788 mm (70.4 in.) 1,763 mm (69.4 in.) 2,575 mm (101.4 in.) 1,577 mm (62.1 in.) 1,578 mm (62.1 in.) 1,582 mm (62.3 in.) 1,587 mm (62.5 in.) Four (4) 2,020 kg (4,450 lbs) Water cooled, 4-stroke DOHC i-VTEC gasoline engine Type Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Cylinder arrangement Bore and stroke Displacement Compression ratio Inline 4-cylinder, transverse 87 x 99 mm (3.43 x 3.90 in.) Valve train ENGINE Lubrication system Oil pump At 6,000 rpm displacement Water pump At 6,000 rpm displacement CLUTCH Type Normal output Nominal voltage Hour rating Direction of rotation Type Clutch friction material surface area Primary reduction Gear ratio Final reduction 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Reverse Type Gear ratio Type AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Primary reduction Gear ratio 95.5 L (101 US qt)/minute 174 cm2 (26.97 sq in.) Type MANUAL TRANSMISSION 52.8 L (55.8 US qt)/minute Regular UNLEADED gasoline with 87 Pump Octane Number or higher Gear reduction 1.6 kW 12V 30 seconds Clockwise as viewed from drive end Single plate dry, diaphragm spring Fuel required STARTER 2,354 cm3 (144 cu in.) 9.7 Chain drive, DOHC i-VTEC 4 valves per cylinder Forced, wet sump, with trochoid pump 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Synchronized, 5-speed forward, 1 reverse Direct 1:1 3.533 2.042 1.355 1.028 0.825 3.583 Single helical gear 4.765 Electronically controlled automatic, 5speed forward, 1 reverse, 3-element torque converter with lock-up clutch Direct 1:1 2.786 1.614 1.082 0.773 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Transfer gear Differential final gears 5th Reverse Type Gear ratio Type Gear ratio Type LX, EX SC LX, EX Turns, lock-to-lock SC Steering wheel diameter Overall ratio STEERING 386 mm (15.2 in.) Independent strut with stabilizer, coil spring Independent double wishbone with stabilizer, coil spring Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gasfilled Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gasfilled P215/70R1699S P225/55R18 97H T145/90D16 106M -0° 13' -1° 00' 1° 50' 0 mm (0 in.) 2 mm (0.08 in.) -0° 24' -1° 06' 1° 50' 0 mm (0 in.) 2 mm (0.08 in.) Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc Front Type Rear SUSPENSION Front Shock absorber Rear TIRES Size of front and rear tires Size of spear tires Camber WHEEL ALIGNMENT (LX, Caster EX) Total toe-in Camber WHEEL ALIGNMENT (SC) Caster Total toe-in Type of service brake 0.566 2.000 Single helical gear 4.765 Single helical gear 4.500 Hydraulic power-assisted rack and pinion 16.2 15.34 3.26 2.98 LX, EX SC Front Rear Front Front Rear Front Rear Front Front Rear Front Rear BRAKES Type of parking brake Mechanical actuating, rear wheels Pad friction surface Front 46.0 cm2 (7.13 sq in.) x 2 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element area 27.9 cm2 (4.32 sq in.) x 2 Rear Parking brake shoe friction surface area Compressor Condenser Evaporator AIR CONDITIONING Blower 49.0 cm2 (7.6 sq in.) x 2 Type Capacity Maximum speed Lubricant capacity Lubricant type Type Type Type Motor type Speed control Maximum capacity Temperature control ELECTRICAL RATINGS Swash plate 188 mL (11.47 cu in.)/rev. 7,922 rpm 160 mL (51/3 fl.oz) DENSO ND-OIL 8 Corrugated fin Corrugated fin Radial fan 190 W/12 V Infinite variable 480 m3 (16.900 cu ft)/h Air-mix type Dry, single plate, poly-V belt drive Type Compressor clutch Electrical power consumption at 68°F 35 W max. at 12 V (20°C) Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Refrigerant Capacity 500-550 g (17.6-19.4 oz) Battery 12 V-47 Ah/20 HR (12 V-38 Ah/5HR) Under-hood 100 A, 50 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A, 15 A, fuse/relay box 10 A, 7.5 A Fuses Under-dash fuse/relay 20 A, 15 A, 10 A, 7.5 A box Headlight high/low 12 V-60/55 W (H4/HB2) beam(LX, EX) Headlight high beam 12 V-60 W (HB3) (SC) Headlight low beam 12 V-55 W (H11) (SC) Front turn 12V-21/5 W (LX, EX) 12V-28/8 W signal/parking lights (SC) Light bulbs Front side marker 12 V-3CP (LX, EX) 12 V-5 W (SC) lights Rear turn signal lights 12 V-21 W (Amber) Brake/rear side marker 12 V-21/5 W lights/taillights High mount brake 12 V-21 W light Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Washer reservoir Back-up lights License plate lights Ceiling lights Spotlights Gauge lights Indicator lights Capacity 12 V-18 W 12 V-5 W 12 V-10 W 12 V-8 W LED LED 4.5 L (4.7 US qt) BODY SPECIFICATIONS LX, EX: Fig. 1: Identifying Body Specifications (LX, EX) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SC: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 GENERAL INFORMATION Specifications - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Body Specifications (SC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:50:13 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Electronic Throttle Control Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:09 8:41:04 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element DTC P0122: TP SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check TP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 0.1 V or less? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same time? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 7. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 8. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 2: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (TPSA line), then go to step 17. NO -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17 and recheck. If DTC P0122 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17. If DTC P0122 is indicated, go to step 15. 9. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 3: Measuring Voltage Between Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 12. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 13. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 4: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 11 and body ground. Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 11 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17 and recheck. If DTC P0122 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17. If DTC P0122 is indicated, go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (VCC line), then go to step 17. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 19. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 20. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0122 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0123: TP SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check TP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 4.9 V or more? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same time? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Go to step 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 6: Measuring Voltage Between Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 11. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 7: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 10 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20 and recheck. If DTC P0123 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. If DTC P0123 is indicated, go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (TPSA line), then go to step 20. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 15. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 16. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 9: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 4 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 9 and body Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element ground. Fig. 10: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 9 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20 and recheck. If DTC P0123 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. If DTC P0123 is indicated, go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (SG line), then go to step 20. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0123 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0222: TP SENSOR B CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check TP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 0.3 V or less? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same time? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 7. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 8. Check for continuity between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 11: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element YES -Repair short in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (TPSB line), then go to step 17. NO -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17 and recheck. If DTC P0222 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17. If DTC P0222 is indicated, go to step 15. 9. Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 12: Measuring Voltage Between Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 12. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 13. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 13: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 11 and body ground. Fig. 14: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 11 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17 and recheck. If DTC P0222 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 17. If DTC P0222 is indicated, go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (VCC line), then go to step 17. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 19. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 20. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0222 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P0223: TP SENSOR B CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check TP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 4.8 V or more? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same time? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Go to step 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 15: Measuring Voltage Between Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 11. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 16: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 12 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 17: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 12 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20 and recheck. If DTC P0223 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. If DTC P0223 is indicated, go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (TPSB line), then go to step 20. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 15. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 16. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 18: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminal No. 4 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 17. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 9 and body ground. Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 9 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20 and recheck. If DTC P0223 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 20. If DTC P0223 is indicated, go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (SG line), then go to step 20. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0223 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P1683: THROTTLE VALVE DEFAULT POSITION SPRING PERFORMANCE PROBLEM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1683 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body. 9. Push the throttle valve closed as shown. Fig. 20: Pushing Throttle Valve Closed Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Release the throttle valve. Does the throttle valve return? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element YES -Clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ), then go to step 13 and recheck. If DTC P1683 is indicated, go to step 11. NO -Go to step 11. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1683 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P1684: THROTTLE VALVE RETURN SPRING PERFORMANCE PROBLEM CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1684 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body. 9. Push the throttle valve open as shown. Fig. 21: Pushing Throttle Valve Open Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Release the throttle valve. Does the throttle valve return? YES -Clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ), then go to step 13 and recheck. If DTC P1684 is indicated, go to step 11. NO -Go to step 11. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait 10 seconds. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. If DTC or DTC P1684 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2101: THROTTLE ACTUATOR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2101 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  APP SENSOR 6. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2101 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Visually check the throttle valve operation while doing the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Does the throttle valve operate smoothly? YES -Clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ), then go to step 19 and recheck. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element If DTC P2101 is indicated, then go to step 17. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 14. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 15. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6 with a jumper wire. Fig. 22: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 6 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 8. Fig. 23: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 8 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 19 and recheck. If DTC P2101 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 19. If DTC P2101 is indicated, go to step Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 17. NO -Repair open in the wires between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (motor drive lines), then go to step 19. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of these recorded freeze data parameters:  ENGINE SPEED  VSS  APP SENSOR 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2101 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ), then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2108: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE PROBLEM NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2108 indicated? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), and recheck. If Temporary DTC or DTC P2108 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM. DTC P2118: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CURRENT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 2. Measure resistance between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 8. Fig. 24: Measuring Resistance Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 8 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 1.0 ohms, or less? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 6 and recheck. If DTC P2118 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 6. 3. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 4. At throttle body side, measure resistance between throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6 with the throttle fully closed. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 25: Measuring Resistance Between Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 6 With Throttle Fully Closed Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 1.0 ohms, or less? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair short in the wires between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (motor drive lines), then go to step 6. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Slowly press the accelerator pedal to the floor. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2118 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2122: APP SENSOR A (TP SENSOR D) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 0.1 V or less? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. Fig. 26: Measuring Voltage Between APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 6 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 17. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 27: Checking Continuity Between APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM (A26), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. 4 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 28: Connecting APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminal No. 4 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A26 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 29: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A26 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Repair open in the wire between APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM (A26), then go to step 20. 13. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). 14. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 4 and No. 5 with a jumper wire. Fig. 30: Connecting APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminals No. 4 And No. 5 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 16. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 0.1 V or less? YES -Go to step 25. NO -Go to step 18. 17. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals A21 and A24. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 31: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A21 And A24 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM (A21), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 25. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the APP sensor (see APP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. If DTC P2122 is indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2122 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM, then go to step Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 1. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2123: APP SENSOR A (TP SENSOR D) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 4.85 V or more? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. Fig. 32: Measuring Voltage Between APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 6 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 8. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element NO -Go to step 7. 7. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals A21 and A24. Fig. 33: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A21 And A24 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM (A24), then go to step 10. NO -Go to step 15. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the APP sensor (see APP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2123 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Reconnect all connectors. 17. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Is DTC P2123 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2127: APP SENSOR B (TP SENSOR E) CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 0.1 V or less? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 34: Measuring Voltage Between APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 17. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 35: Checking Continuity Between APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM (A25), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 36: Connecting APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With A Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 12. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A25 and body ground. Fig. 37: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal A25 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Repair open in the wire between APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM (A25), then go to step 20. 13. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). 14. Connect APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with a jumper wire. Fig. 38: Connecting APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 3 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 16. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 0.1 V or less? YES -Go to step 25. NO -Go to step 18. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 17. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals A20 and A23. Fig. 39: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A20 And A23 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM (A20), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 25. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the APP sensor (see APP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2127 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 26. Reconnect all connectors. 27. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 28. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2127 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2128: APP SENSOR B (TP SENSOR E) CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is there about 4.0 V or more? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between APP sensor 6P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 40: Measuring Voltage Between APP Sensor 6P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 8. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element NO -Go to step 7. 7. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminals A20 and A23. Fig. 41: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A20 And A23 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM (A23), then go to step 10. NO -Go to step 15. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the APP sensor (see APP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2128 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Reconnect all connectors. 17. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Is DTC P2128 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor B and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2135: TP SENSOR A/B INCORRECT VOLTAGE CORRELATION CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2135 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Visually check the throttle valve operation while you clear the DTC with the HDS. Does the valve temporarily move to its fully closed position? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:04 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 10. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 11. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminals No. 10 and No. 12. Fig. 42: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminals No. 10 And No. 12 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16 and recheck. If DTC P2135 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 12. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 13. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminals No. 10 and No. 12. Fig. 43: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminals No. 10 And 12 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wires between the TPSA line and the TPSB line, then go to step 16. NO -Go to step 14. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2135 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 1 NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2138: APP SENSOR A/B (TP SENSOR D/E) INCORRECT VOLTAGE CORRELATION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Press the accelerator pedal to the floor. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2138 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A/B and the ECM/PCM. 5. Check APP SENSOR A and APP SENSOR B in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are they the same voltage? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 11. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminals A25 and A26. Fig. 44: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A25 And A26 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wires between the ECM/PCM terminals (A25, A26), then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 21. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the APP sensor (see APP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Press the accelerator pedal to the floor. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2138 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 21. Reconnect all connectors. 22. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 23. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 24. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 25. Press the accelerator pedal to the floor. 26. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2138 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the APP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 23. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC P2176: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL SYSTEM IDLE POSITION NOT LEARNED CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P2135 is stored at the same time as DTC P2176, troubleshoot DTC P2135 first, then recheck for DTC P2176. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 10 seconds. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2176 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element YES -Go to step 6. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, then clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Visually check the throttle valve operation while doing the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Does the throttle valve move to its fully closed position? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Go to step 12. 11. Check for sludge or carbon on the throttle valve. Is there sludge or carbon on the throttle valve? YES -Clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ), then go to step 20. NO -Go to step 17. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector. 14. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 15. Connect throttle body 6P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6 with a jumper wire. Fig. 45: Connecting Throttle Body 6P Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 6 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 16. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 8. Fig. 46: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 8 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 19 and recheck. If DTC P2176 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 19. NO -Repair open in the wires between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module (motor drive lines), then go to step 19. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 10 seconds. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2176 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ), then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element DTC P2552: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE RELAY MALFUNCTION NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the RELAY circuit OK ? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Remove the throttle actuator control module relay (A). Fig. 47: Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Test the throttle actuator control module relay (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the relay OK? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Replace the throttle actuator control module relay, then go to step 10. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector D (17P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 9. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal D15 and body ground. Fig. 48: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal D15 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the throttle actuator control module relay and the ECM/PCM (D15), then go to step 10. NO -Go to step 17. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 10 seconds. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P2552 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 17. Reconnect all connectors. 18. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 10 seconds. 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Is DTC P2552 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a knowngood ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 19. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. DTC U0107: LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0107 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 50. If the connections are OK, go to step 6. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Start the engine. 5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0107 indicated? YES -Go to step 46. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body. Press the accelerator pedal to the floor. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 11. Check the throttle valve operation. Does the valve open after it closes? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 13. 12. Check the throttle valve again. Does the throttle valve open fully? YES -Go to step 40. NO -Go to step 34. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector. 15. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 7 and body ground. Fig. 49: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle body, the throttle actuator control module, and G101, then go to step 50. 16. Remove the throttle actuator control module relay (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 50: Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Measure voltage between throttle actuator control module relay 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 51: Measuring Voltage Between Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay 4P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 19. NO -Go to step 18. 18. Check the No. 8 DBW {15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Repair open in the wire between the throttle actuator control module relay (+B line) and the No. 8 DBW (15 A) fuse, then go to step 50. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element NO -Repair short in the wire between the throttle actuator control module relay (+B line) and the No. 8 DBW (15 A) fuse. Also replace the fuse, then go to step 50. 19. Install the throttle actuator control module relay. 20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 21. Measure voltage between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 52: Measuring Voltage Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage for about 2 seconds? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 50 and recheck. If DTC U0107 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 50. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 23. Remove the throttle actuator control module relay (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 53: Identifying Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Check the throttle actuator control module relay (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the throttle actuator control module relay OK? YES -Go to step 25. NO -Replace the throttle actuator control module relay, then go to step 50. 25. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 26. Measure voltage between throttle actuator control module relay 4P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Fig. 54: Measuring Voltage Between Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay 4P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 27. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle actuator control module relay and PGM-FI main relay 1 (FI MAIN), then go to step 50. 27. 28. 29. 30. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector D (17P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal D15 and throttle actuator control module relay 4P connector terminal No. 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 55: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal D15 And Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 31. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (D15) and the throttle actuator control module relay, then go to step 50. 31. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 56: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the throttle actuator control module and the throttle actuator control module relay (+B line), then go to step 50. NO -Go to step 32. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 32. Connect throttle actuator control module relay 4P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 57: Connecting Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay 4P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 33. Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 58: Checking Continuity Between Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 56. NO -Repair open in the wire between the throttle actuator control module and the throttle actuator control module relay (+B line), then go to step 50. 34. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 35. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 36. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 37. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). 38. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B19 and body ground. Fig. 59: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B19 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B19) and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 50. NO -Go to step 39. 39. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B19 and throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 6. Fig. 60: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B19 And Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 6 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 50 and recheck. If DTC U0107 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 50. If DTC U0107 is indicated, go to step 56. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B19) and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 50. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B20 and body ground. Fig. 61: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B20 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B20) and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 50. NO -Go to step 45. 45. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B20 and throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No. 14. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 62: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B20 And Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Terminal No. 14 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Substitute a known-good throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 50 and recheck. If DTC U0107 is not indicated, replace the original throttle actuator control module (see THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 50. If DTC U0107 is indicated, go to step 56. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B20) and the throttle actuator control module, then go to step 50. 46. 47. 48. 49. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (31P). Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminals A8 and A9 individually. Fig. 63: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminals A8 And A9 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A8, A9) and G101, then go to step 50. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. If DTC U0107 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. 56. Reconnect all connectors. 57. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 58. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC U0107 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body, the throttle actuator control module relay, the throttle actuator control module, and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. APP SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the throttle cable cover (see THROTTLE CABLE ADJUSTMENT ). 2. Remove the throttle cable (see THROTTLE CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element 3. Disconnect the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 6P connector (A). Fig. 64: Identifying Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 6P Connector And Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the bolts (B), and the APP sensor (C). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. APP SENSOR SIGNAL INSPECTION NOTE:    This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate properly, check the pedal, the throttle cable, and the APP sensor individually. If you find a problem in one of them, replace the part (s) that caused the problem. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located behind the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 65: Connecting HDS To Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.  If it is below 2 %, the APP sensor is OK.  If it is above 2 %, adjust the throttle cable (see THROTTLE CABLE ADJUSTMENT ), then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.  If it is below 2 %, the APP sensor is OK.  If it is above 2 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 6. 6. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS.  If it is below 2 %, the APP sensor is OK.  If it is above 2 %, replace the APP sensor (see APP SENSOR REPLACEMENT), then go to step 1. THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT 1. Push the tab (A), and disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Electronic Throttle Control System - Element Fig. 66: Pushing Tab And Throttle Actuator Control Module 16P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the bolts (C), and the throttle actuator control module (D). 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:05 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Supplemental Restraint System Components Location (1 Of 2) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:11 8:51:03 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Supplemental Restraint System Components Location (2 Of 2) PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES GENERAL PRECAUTIONS Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described in this manual are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries.  Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, ground the SCS line with the HDS to take the ECM/PCM out of active status, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. NOTE:   The SRS memory is not erased even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 3: Precaution For Handling SRS Part      Before removing any of the SRS parts (including the disconnection of the connectors), always disconnect the SRS connector. Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. The original audio system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system. Set the clock. STEERING-RELATED PRECAUTIONS Cable Reel Alignment     Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever the following is performed (see step 6 on ).  Installation of the steering wheel  Installation of the cable reel  Installation of the steering column  Other steering-related adjustment or installation Do not disassemble the cable reel. Do not apply grease to the cable reel. If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. AIRBAG HANDLING AND STORAGE Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element  Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Fig. 4: Identifying Airbag Position  To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. Fig. 5: Precaution For Preventing Damage Of Airbag From Oil, Grease Or Water  Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200°F/93° C). Fig. 6: Precaution For Store Removed Airbag Flat Surface Away From High Heat Source   Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 7: Precaution For Inspecting Airbag   For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal (see AIRBAG AND TENSIONER DISPOSAL ). The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). Fig. 8: Identifying Inflator, Flexible Bag And Brackets   When removing or installing the side curtain airbag inflator assembly, never handle the flexible bag (B). When installing the side curtain airbag rear tether straps (A), make sure the straps are not twisted, and there are no tubes, hoses, or harnesses routed over the straps. Otherwise, the airbag may not deploy properly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Rear Tether Straps SRS Unit, Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors, Roll Rate Sensor, and Rear Safing Sensor   Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, roll rate sensor, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or the side impact sensors, roll rate sensor, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. Fig. 10: Precaution For Bump Area Around SRS Unit  After a collision where a front airbag, a side airbag, a side curtain airbag, a seat belt buckle tensioner, or a seat belt tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment (see COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT ). After a collision where the airbags or the side airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, rear safing sensor, roll rate sensor, and side impact sensors. Replace all damaged parts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 11: Precaution For Inspecting Damage Or Deformation On SRS Unit      Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, roll rate sensor, rear safing sensor, or front passenger's weight sensors. Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, and side impact sensors are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors, and keep them away from dust. Store the SRS unit, front impact sensors, and side impact sensors in a cool (less than 104°F/40°C) and dry (less than 80 % relative humidity, no moisture) area. WIRING PRECAUTIONS Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions.  Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Fig. 12: Precaution For Repairing SRS Wiring  Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 13: Precaution For Installing Harness Wires  Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-tometal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL INSPECTIONS  When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. Fig. 14: Inserting Probe Of Tester Into Wire Side Of Connector  Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 15: Identifying U-Shaped Probe  Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. SPRING-LOADED LOCK CONNECTOR Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Fig. 16: Disconnecting Front Airbag Connectors Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 17: Connecting Front Airbag Connectors Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Fig. 18: Disconnecting Side Airbag Connector Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 19: Connecting Side Airbag Connector OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE:     To prevent damaging the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electrical contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A or C are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is performed on the system. Insert the short canceller (T/N 070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 20: Identifying SRS Unit Connectors Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Fig. 21: Identifying SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminals Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 22: Identifying SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminals SEATS WITH SIDE AIRBAGS Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. Fig. 23: Identifying Side Airbag Tab     When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning the following procedures.   Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from the SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 2P connectors (3, 4). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 24: Identifying SRS Unit Connectors 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Access Panel And Driver's Airbag 4P Connector Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from dashboard wire harness. Fig. 26: Identifying Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector Side Airbag 4. Disconnect the side airbag 2P connector (A) from the floor wire harness. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 27: Identifying Side Airbag 2P Connector Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Fig. 28: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector Seat Belt Tensioner 7. Disconnect both floor wire harness connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 29: Identifying Seat Belt Tensioner Floor Wire Harness Connector Driver's seat shown; passenger's seat is similar. Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. Fig. 30: Identifying Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Floor Wire Harness Connector Driver's seat shown; passenger's seat is similar. SRS Unit 9. Remove the dashboard center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P), SRS unit connector B (28P), and SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 31: Identifying SRS Unit Connectors GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION DTC (DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES) The self-diagnostic function of the SRS system allows it to locate the causes of system problems and then store this information in memory. For easier troubleshooting, this data can be retrieved via a data link circuit.        When you turn the ignition switch ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on. If it goes off after 6 seconds, the system is normal, and is not currently detecting any abnormality. If there is an abnormality, the system locates and defines the problem, stores this information in memory, and turns the SRS indicator on. The data will remain in the memory even when the ignition switch is turned off or if the battery is disconnected. The data is stored in memory as a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). The "x" at the end of each DTC denotes a numeric character (0 thru 9) or an alpha character (A thru F) that is displayed on the HDS. DTCs are either latching or resetting depending on the malfunction. With resetting DTCs, the SRS indicator will go off the next time the ignition switch is turned ON and the system is normal, but the DTC is still stored. With latching DTCs, the SRS indicator will not turn OFF until the malfunction is repaired and the DTC is cleared. When you connect the HDS to the 16P data link connector (DLC), you can retrieve a more detailed DTC in the Honda Systems "SRS" menu. After reading and recording the DTC, proceed with the troubleshooting procedure for that code. Precautions     Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it's not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA(0.01 A) or less when switched to the smallest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could damage the airbag circuit or cause accidental airbag deployment and possible injury. Whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or has been turned OFF for less than 3 minutes, be careful not to bump the SRS unit; the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. Make sure the battery is sufficiently charged. If the battery is dead or low, measuring values may not be correct. Do not touch a tester probe to the terminals in the SRS unit or harness connectors, and do not connect the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element SRS unit terminals or the sensor terminals with a jumper wire. Use only the backprobe set and the multimeter. Backprobe spring-loaded lock type connectors correctly. READING THE DTC 1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). Fig. 32: Identifying Data Link Connector 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Use the HDS to check for SRS DTCs. 6. Read and record the DTC. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait for 10 seconds. 8. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 9. Do the troubleshooting procedure for the DTC. CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS 1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 33: Identifying Data Link Connector 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. In the SRS MENU of the HDS, select SRS, then DTC to clear DTC(s). 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait for 10 seconds. 7. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY USING MES CONNECTOR WITHOUT THE HDS Special Tools Required SCS service connector 07PAZ-001010A To clear the DTC(s) from the SRS unit, use the HDS or the following procedure. 1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Connect the SCS service connector (A) to the yellow MES 2P connector (B). Do not use a jumper wire. Fig. 34: Connecting SCS Service Connector To Yellow MES 2P Connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. The SRS indicator will come on for about 6 seconds, and then go off. Remove the SCS service connector from the MES connector (2P) within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off. 5. The SRS indicator will come on again. Reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector (2P) within 4 seconds after the indicator comes on. 6. When the SRS indicator goes off, remove the SCS service connector from the MES connector (2P) within 4 seconds. 7. The SRS indicator blinks two times, indicating that the memory has been cleared. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait for 10 seconds. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) again. If the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds, and then goes off, the system is OK. TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES If there was a malfunction, but it does not recur, it will be stored in the memory as an intermittent failure, and the SRS indicator may come on depending on the malfunction detected. NOTE: Check the condition of the battery (see BATTERY TEST ) and the charging system (see CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Low battery voltage may cause some intermittent failures. After checking the DTC, troubleshoot as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). In the SRS MENU on the HDS, select SRS, then DTC to clear DTC(s). Read the DTC (see "READING THE DTC"). Clear the DTC memory (see "HOW TO CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY"). Set the parking brake, then start the engine, and let it idle. The SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Shake the related wire harnesses and the connectors, and look for loose connections, poor pinfits, and poor grounds. Take a test-drive (quick acceleration, quick braking, and cornering), turn the steering wheel fully left and right, and hold it there for 5 to 10 seconds. If the problem recurs, the SRS indicator will come on. NOTE: A faulty cable reel can cause intermittent connections related to the driver's airbag inflator DTCs. 12. If you cannot duplicate the concern, ask the customer about the conditions when it occurred, or ask the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element customer to demonstrate the concern. 13. If you cannot duplicate the intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. CHECKING SEAT WEIGHT SENSORS AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION 1. Position the front passenger's seat to the rearmost position, adjust the recliner to the forward most position. Do not move it from this position. 2. Drive the vehicle, accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground. 3. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 4. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). Fig. 35: Identifying Data Link Connector 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 7. From the SRS inspection menu, select Seat Weight Sensor, then Misc Test, then "SEAT OUTPUT CHK" and follow the prompts until the ODS operation check has been completed. ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION When a seat-back cover, seat-back cushion, and/or ODS unit is replaced, initialize the ODS by following this procedure. NOTE: A new (uninitialized) ODS unit installed with a faulty OPDS sensor can cause DTC 85-71. 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Make sure the front passenger's seat is dry. Set the seat-back in a normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the seat. 3. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF and the MES connector is not shorted. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). Fig. 36: Identifying Data Link Connector 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 7. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then SRS, then Adjustments. In the Adjustment Menu, select ODS INIT. Follow the screen prompts to initialize the ODS. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: If the ODS system fails to initialize after several attempts, replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back and retry. If the ODS system continues to fail to initialize, replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). ODS UNIT CALIBRATION When you replace the SRS unit, front passenger's weight sensors or ODS unit, calibrate the ODS unit. While calibrating the ODS unit, observe these precautions:         Make sure all components of the front passenger's seat are correctly installed. Make sure nothing is on or under the front passenger's seat. Make sure there is nothing in the front passenger's seat-back pocket. Keep the windows closed. Perform all calibration procedures, except test-driving, in the service bay. Make sure the vehicle is on level ground. Keep the A/C and the heater off. Do not touch the front passenger's seat until you are prompted to or when you have completed the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element  calibration. Do not expose the front passenger's seat to sudden temperature changes. 1. Position the front passenger's seat to the rearmost position, and adjust the recliner to the forward most position. Do not move the seat from this position. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). Fig. 37: Identifying Data Link Connector 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 6. Drive the vehicle, and accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground. 7. From the Main Menu, select SRS, then Seat Weight Sensor, then Misc Test, then select "SWS INIT," and follow the prompts until the calibration has been completed. ODS UNIT OPERATION CHECK Check the ODS operation after any of these actions.    Replacement of front passenger's seat component(s) (except ODS unit and/or front passenger's weight sensors) After a vehicle collision SRS unit replacement PRE-OPERATION CHECK SET-UP   Make sure all the components of the front passenger's seat are correctly installed. Position the front passenger's seat to the rearmost position. Adjust the seat recline to the forward most position. Do not move the seat from this position. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element         Make sure nothing is on or under the front passenger's seat. Make sure there is nothing in the front passenger's seat-back pocket. Keep the windows closed. Do all calibration procedures, except test-driving, in the service bay. Make sure the vehicle is on level ground. Turn the heater and the A/C off. Do not touch the passenger's seat during the calibration. Do not expose the front passenger's seat to sudden temperature changes. AFTER REPLACING FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT COMPONENT(S) 1. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). Fig. 38: Identifying Data Link Connector 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Drive the vehicle, accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground. 6. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then weight sensor, then Misc Test, then Inspection. In the HDS Inspection Menu, select "SEAT OUTPUT CHK" and follow the prompts until the ODS operation check has been completed. DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK Check the driver's seat position after any of these actions.   Driver's seat position sensor replacement Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 1. Make sure the driver's seat is at its full forward position. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF (0). 3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). Fig. 39: Identifying Data Link Connector 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 6. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then Parameter Information, then Buckle Switch, Seat Position Sensor. 7. Using a piece of tape (A), mark the location on the seat's outer cover (B) where the front riser cover meets the seat riser (C). The driver's seat position sensor should read "NEAR." Fig. 40: Identifying Seat's Outer Cover And Seat Riser Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 8. Move the seat back in small increments (about 0.2 in., 5 mm) until the driver's seat position sensor reads "NOT NEAR." The seat should be about 1 in. (25 mm) from the front. NOTE: It takes a few seconds for the HDS to display changes, so wait about 5 seconds between each move. If the driver's seat position sensor does not work as described, check the driver's seat position sensor or the cover plate for damage, and replace parts as needed. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC Latch(1) Reset(2) Detection Item 11-1X Open in driver's airbag first inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in driver's airbag 11-3X first inflator o 11-4X Open in driver's airbag second inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in driver's airbag 11-6X second inflator 11-8X Short to power in driver's airbag first inflator 11-9X Short to ground in driver's airbag first inflator o 11-AX Short to power in driver's airbag second inflator 11-BX Short to ground in driver's airbag second inflator 12-1X Open in front passenger's airbag first inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in front passenger's 12-3X airbag first inflator o 12-4X Open in front passenger's airbag second inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in front passenger's 12-6X airbag second inflator 12-8X Short to power in front passenger's airbag first inflator 12-9X Short to ground in front passenger's airbag first inflator o 12-AX Short to power in front passenger's airbag second inflator 12-BX Short to ground in front passenger's airbag second inflator 21-1X Open in driver's seat belt tensioner o Short to another wire or decreased resistance in driver's seat belt 21-3X tensioner 21-8X Short to power in driver's seat belt tensioner o 21-9X Short to ground in driver's seat belt tensioner 22-1X Open in front passenger's seat belt tensioner o 22-3X Short to another wire or decreased resistance in front passenger's Notes Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 22-8X 22-9X 27-1X o o 27-3X 27-8X 27-9X 28-1X o o 28-3X 28-8X 28-9X 31-1X o o 31-3X 31-8X 31-9X 32-1X o o 32-3X 32-8X 32-9X 33-1X o o 33-3X 33-8X 33-9X 34-1X o o 34-3X 34-8X 34-9X 41-1X 41-2X 41-3x 41-Bx 42-1X 42-2X 42-3x 42-Bx o seat belt tensioner Short to power in front passenger's seat belt tensioner Short to ground in front passenger's seat belt tensioner Open in driver's seat belt buckle tensioner Short to another wire or decreased resistance in driver's seat belt buckle tensioner Short to power in driver's seat belt buckle tensioner Short to ground in driver's seat belt buckle tensioner Open in front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner Short to another wire or decreased resistance in front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner Short to power in front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner Short to ground in front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner Open in driver's side airbag inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in driver's side airbag inflator Short to power in driver's side airbag inflator Short to ground in driver's side airbag inflator Open in front passenger's side airbag inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in front passenger's side airbag inflator Short to power in front passenger's side airbag inflator Short to ground in front passenger's side airbag inflator Open in left side curtain airbag first inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in left side curtain airbag first inflator Short to power in left side curtain airbag first inflator Short to ground in left side curtain airbag first inflator Open in right side curtain airbag first inflator Short to another wire or decreased resistance in right side curtain airbag first inflator Short to power in right side curtain airbag first inflator Short to ground in right side curtain airbag first inflator No signal from the left front impact sensor o Internal failure of the left front impact sensor o No signal from the right front impact sensor o Internal failure of the right front impact sensor o Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 43-1X 43-2X 43-3x 43-Bx 44-1X 44-2X 44-3x 44-Bx 45-1X 45-2X 45-3x 45-Bx 46-1X 46-2X 46-3x 46-Bx 51-XX 52-xx 53-xx 54-xx 55-xx 56-xx 61-1X 61-2X 62-1X 62-2X 71-1X 71-2X 81-4X 81-5x 81-61 81-62 81-63 81-64 81-71 81-78 81-79 82-1X 83-2x 85-4X 85-5x No signal from the left side impact sensor (first) o Internal failure of the left side impact sensor (first) o No signal from the right side impact sensor (first) o Internal failure of the right side impact sensor (first) o No signal from the left side impact sensor (second) o Internal failure of the left side impact sensor (second) o o o o No signal from the right side impact sensor (second) Internal failure of the right side impact sensor (second) o o o o Internal failure of the SRS unit o Open in driver's seat belt buckle switch Short in driver's seat belt buckle switch Open in front passenger's seat belt buckle switch Short in front passenger's seat belt buckle switch Open in driver's seat position sensor Short in driver's seat position sensor o Internal failure of the ODS unit No signal from the ODS unit Response data error from the ODS unit Internal failure of the ODS unit ODS unit does not calibrate Front passenger's weight sensors initial check failure No signal from the inner side front passenger's weight sensor No signal from the outer side front passenger's weight sensor Internal failure of the ODS unit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 85-61 85-62 85-63 85-64 85-71 85-78 85-79 86-1X 86-2x 87-3X 91-1X 92-1X 92-2X A1-1X A2-1X B1-11 B1-17 B1-84 B1-85 B1-90 B1-Ax B1-Bx B2-11 B2-17 B2-84 B2-90 B2-Ax B2-Bx EX-XX Fx-xx No signal from the ODS unit Response data error from the ODS unit Internal failure of the ODS unit Internal failure of the ODS unit ODS unit not initialized OPDS sensor initial check failure o Faulty OPDS sensor Side airbag cutoff indicator stays on/off Short to ground in the SRS indicator circuit Open in the front passenger's airbag cutoff indicator Open or short to ground in the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator Faulty power supply (VA line) Faulty power supply (VB line) No signal from the roll rate sensor Internal failure of the roll rate sensor o o No signal from the rear safing sensor Internal failure of the rear safing sensor o o Control operation recorded Airbags and/or tensioners deployment recorded NOTE: The "x" at the end of each DTC denotes a numeric character (0 thru 9) or an alpha character (A thru F) that you will see on the HDS display. The character is unrelated to your troubleshooting; it designates the SRS unit manufacturer and other detail used for product analysis. (1) The SRS indicator turns on and stays on whenever the ignition switch is in the ON (II) position, or until the code is cleared. (2) The SRS indicator turns on when the DTC is set. The SRS indicator will not turn on after the ignition switch is cycled from ON (II) to OFF (0), but the DTC is stored in the SRS unit. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Also check for Correct SRS indicator does not come Symptom Troubleshooting (see SRS INDICATOR DOES SRS parts NOT COME ON ). on are installed Correct SRS indicator stays on, but no Symptom Troubleshooting (see SRS INDICATOR STAYS SRS parts DTCs are stored ON, BUT NO DTCS ARE STORED ). are installed Symptom Diagnostic procedure   Side airbag cutoff indicator stays on after bulb check, and no DTCs are stored, or side airbag cutoff indicator is flashing HDS does not communicate with the SRS unit or the vehicle Make sure nothing is on the front passenger's seat. If the side airbag cutoff indicator stays on after the ignition switch is turned ON (II), initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ).  If the side airbag cutoff indicator operates normally, the system is OK.  If the side airbag cutoff indicator stays on or blinks, replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ). The sensor is part of the seat-back pad. Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SRS COMPONENTS Airbags The SRS is a safety device which, when used with the seat belt, is designed to help protect the driver and front passenger in a frontal impact exceeding a certain set limit. The system consists of the SRS unit, including safing sensor and impact sensor (A), the cable reel (B), the driver's airbag (C), the front passenger's airbag (D), side airbags (E), side curtain airbags (F), seat belt tensioners (G), seat belt buckle tensioners (H), side impact sensors (first) (I), front impact sensors (J) and side impact sensors (second) (K), roll rate sensor (L), and rear safing sensor (M). Since the driver's and front passenger's airbags use the same sensors, both normally inflate at the same time. However, it is possible for only one airbag to inflate. This can occur when the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold, that the SRS unit determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal. Front Passenger's Weight Sensors The ODS unit (N) is in the front passenger's seat-back. The front passenger's weight sensors (O) are part of the seat base. The weight sensors detect the weight on the seat, and send the information to the ODS unit. If the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element total weight is about 65 lbs (30 kg) or less, the ODS unit sends a signal to the SRS unit to prevent the front passenger's airbag from deploying. When the front passenger's airbag is disabled, the passenger airbag cutoff indicator on the center panel comes on to alert the driver that the front passenger's airbag will not deploy in a front-end collision. Driver's Seat Position Sensor The driver's seat position sensor (P) is under the driver's seat on the left side. When the driver's seat is moved to its full forward position, the deployment of the driver's airbag is moderated to decrease its force of impact during a front-end collision. Fig. 41: Identifying SRS Components Roll Rate Sensor The roll rate sensor is located under the front passenger's seat. It detects the amount of roll of the vehicle and sends the information to the SRS unit. The SRS unit uses this information to determine if a vehicle rollover is imminent. If so, it deploys both side curtain airbags and the front seat belt tensioners. Rear Safing Sensor The rear safing sensor is located under the center console. The rear safing sensor performs the same basic function as the safing sensor in the SRS unit. It measures sideways G force, such as the force the vehicle would receive in a side collision in the rear, and sends that information to the SRS unit. The SRS unit uses that information, and the information from the second side impact sensors to determine the side that is impacted and the force. If the threshold is met, the SRS unit deploys the side airbag, the side curtain airbag, and the seat belt tensioner on that side. SIDE AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR/ODS OPERATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element The indicator comes on if the front passenger's seat is occupied by a small adult or child who is leaning into the deployment path, or an object (grocery bag, briefcase, purse, etc.) is in the seat. When the indicator comes on, the passenger's side airbag is off and will not deploy; there is no problem with the side airbag. If the passenger sits upright or moves to another seat, or you remove the object from the seat, the light should go off. There will be some delay between the occupant's repositioning and when the indicator will turn on or off. PASSENGER AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR The indicator comes on if the weight of the front passenger is about 65 lbs (30 kg) or less. This indicates the passenger's front airbag is off and will not deploy. The front airbag is shut off to reduce the chance of airbagcaused injuries. SRS OPERATION The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and, if necessary, ignites the inflator charges. If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact, the voltage regulator and the back-up power circuit will keep voltage at a constant level. For the SRS to operate: Seat Belt Tensioners and Seat Belt Buckle Tensioners 1. A front impact sensor or side impact sensor must activate and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the tensioners. 3. The charges must ignite and deploy the tensioners. Driver's and Front Passenger's Airbag(s) 1. A front impact sensor must activate and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflators that receives signals must ignite and deploy the airbags. Side Airbag(s) 1. Aside impact sensor must activate and send electric signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the side airbag inflator(s). However, the microprocessor cuts off the signals to the front passenger's side airbag if the SRS unit determines that the front passenger's head is in the deployment path of the side airbag. 3. The inflator that receives the signal must ignite and deploy the side airbag. Side Curtain Airbag(s) 1. Side impact sensor must activate and send electrical signals to the microprocessor. 2. The microprocessor must compute the signals and send them to the side curtain airbag and side airbag inflator(s). 3. The inflator that receives the signals must ignite and deploy the side curtain airbag and side airbag at the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element same time. Fig. 42: SRS Communication Diagram Self-Diagnostic System A self-diagnostic circuit is built into the SRS unit; when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on and goes off after about 6 seconds if the system is operating normally. If the indicator does not come on, or does not go off after 6 seconds, or if it comes on while driving, it indicates an abnormality in the system. The system must be inspected and repaired as soon as possible. For better serviceability, the SRS unit memory stores a DTC that relates to the cause of the malfunction, and the unit is connected to the data link connector (DLC). This information can be read with the HDS when it is connected to the DLC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). NOTE: Before you disconnect the negative cable from the battery for troubleshooting, make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. SRS UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR A (28P) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 43: Identifying SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminals TERMINALS DESCRIPTION CHART (SRS UNIT CONNECTOR A (28P)) Terminal Terminal Wire Color Description Number Name 1 GRN/YEL LA2+ Power source for driver's airbag second inflator 2 GRN/WHT LA2Ground for driver's airbag second inflator 3 BLU/BLK RA2+ Power source for front passenger's airbag second inflator 4 BLU/RED RA2Ground for front passenger's airbag second inflator LT 5 MES Memory erase signal input GRIM/BLK 6 BRN SCS Service check signal input 7 GRN/BLK LA1 + Power source for driver's airbag first inflator 8 GRN/RED LA1Ground for driver's airbag first inflator 9 YEL RA1 + Power source for front passenger's airbag first inflator 10 BLU/YEL RA1Ground for front passenger's airbag first inflator 11 GRN IDC SRS indicator output line 12 RED/BLU PTT Passenger's airbag cutoff indicator output line 14 GRN/ORN ODS Sends and receives communication signal 15 BLU LFSGround for left front impact sensor 16 BRN RFSGround for right front impact sensor SRS system sub power (common with ODS and 17 BLK/YEL VA passenger's cutoff indicator) 18 WHT/RED VB SRS dedicated power (dedicated booster circuit) 21 YEL CDS Front passenger's occupant detection signal output line 22 BLK SRS GND (1) Ground circuit for the SRS unit 23 BLK SRS GND (2) Ground circuit for the SRS unit 24 LT BLU K-LINE Sends and receives scan tool signal 27 RED LFS+ Power source for left front impact sensor 28 GRN RFS+ Power source for right front impact sensor SRS UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR B (28P) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 44: Identifying SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminals TERMINALS DESCRIPTION CHART (SRS UNIT CONNECTOR B (28P)) Terminal Wire Terminal Description Number Color Name 1 RED/BLU LRP+ Power source for driver's seat belt tensioner 2 RED/WHT LRPGround for driver's seat belt tensioner 3 RED/BLK RRP+ Power source for front passenger's seat belt tensioner 4 RED/YEL RRPGround for front passenger's seat belt tensioner 5 GRN/WHT SSGround for driver's seat position sensor 6 BLU/RED SS+ Power source for driver's seat position sensor 7 GRN/BLK LBP+ Power source for driver's seat belt buckle tensioner 8 GRN/YEL LBPGround for driver's seat belt buckle tensioner Power source for front passenger's seat belt buckle 9 GRN RBP+ tensioner 10 GRN/RED RBPGround for front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner 11 BLU/RED LBSC Driver's seat belt buckle switch un-buckled signal 12 LT GRN LBSO Driver's seat belt buckle switch buckled signal Front passenger's seat belt buckle switch un-buckled 15 BLU RBSC signal 16 ORN RBSO Front passenger's seat belt buckle switch buckled signal SRS UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS AT CONNECTOR C (28P) Fig. 45: Identifying SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminals TERMINALS DESCRIPTION CHART (SRS UNIT CONNECTOR C (28P)) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Terminal Number 1 2 WHT/GRN WHT/RED Terminal Name LSA+ LSA- 3 WHT/BLK RSA+ 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 WHT/BLU BLU/WHT BLU/YEL BLU/BLK BLU RED/YEL RED PNK/BLU GRY/RED RED/YEL BLU/BLK BRIM/YEL LT GRN/RED GRN/BLK ORN YEL/BLK YEL RSASSS+ SSSLCA+ LCARCA+ RCALBSI+ LBSIRRS+ RRSRBSI+ Power source for driver's side airbag inflator Ground for driver's side airbag inflator Power source for front passenger's side airbag inflator Ground for front passenger's side airbag inflator Power source for rear safing sensor Ground for rear safing sensor Power source for left side curtain airbag inflator Ground for left side curtain airbag inflator Power source for right side curtain airbag inflator Ground for right side curtain airbag inflator Power source for left side impact sensor (first) Ground for left side impact sensor (first) Power source for roll rate sensor Ground for roll rate sensor Power source for right side impact sensor (first) RBSI- Ground for right side impact sensor (first) LCSI+ LCSIRCSI+ RCSI- Power source for left side impact sensor (second) Ground for left side impact sensor (second) Power source for right side impact sensor (second) Ground for right side impact sensor (second) 16 17 18 19 20 Wire Color Description CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 46: Supplemental Restraint System Circuit Diagram (1 Of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 47: Supplemental Restraint System Circuit Diagram (2 Of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 48: Supplemental Restraint System Circuit Diagram (3 Of 4) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 49: Supplemental Restraint System Circuit Diagram (4 Of 4) DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC 11-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 11-4X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 11-1x or 11-4x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Fig. 50: Identifying Driver's Airbag 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to the cable reel. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 11-1x or 11-4x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Fig. 51: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B 4P Connector 11. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and the simulator lead to dashboard wire harness B. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Clear the DTC memory. 14. Read the DTC. Is DTC 11-1x or 11-4x indicated? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Open or increased resistance in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 16. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 17. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 18. Measure the resistance between the terminals of both SRS simulator leads. There should be 1 0, or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 52: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of Both SRS Simulator Leads Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC 11-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 11-6X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required    SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 11-3x or 11-6x indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Fig. 53: Identifying Driver's Airbag 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to the cable reel. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 11-3x or 11-6x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 54: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B 4P Connector 11. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to dashboard wire harness B. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Clear the DTC memory. 14. Read the DTC. Is DTC 11-3x or 11-6x indicated? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Short in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 16. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 17. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 18. Connect a SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to No. 7 and No. 8 terminals and No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the SRS unit connector A (28P) (see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS ). 19. Measure the resistance between the terminals of both SRS simulator leads. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 55: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of Both SRS Simulator Leads Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC 11-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 11-AX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, arid is DTC 11-8x or 11-Ax indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Fig. 56: Identifying Driver's Airbag 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to the cable reel. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 11-8x or 11-Ax indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B 4P Connector 11. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and the simulator lead to dashboard wire harness B. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Clear the DTC memory. 14. Read the DTC. Is DTC 11-8x or 11-Ax indicated? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Short to power in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 16. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 17. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 18. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 20. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Fig. 58: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminals And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element DTC 11-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 11-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 11-9x or 11-Bx indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Fig. 59: Identifying Driver's Airbag 4P Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to the cable reel. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 11-9x or 11-Bx indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the driver's airbag first or second inflator; replace the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector (A) from the cable reel. Fig. 60: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B 4P Connector 11. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to dashboard wire harness B. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Clear the DTC memory. 14. Read the DTC. Is DTC 11-9x or 11-Bx indicated? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Short to ground in the cable reel; replace the cable reel (see CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 16. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 17. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 18. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 61: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminals And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC 12-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-4X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 12-1x or 12-4x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from dashboard wire harness B. Fig. 62: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to dashboard wire harness B. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 12-1x or 12-4x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator; replace the front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between the terminals of both SRS simulator leads. There should be 1 ohms or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 63: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of Both SRS Simulator Leads Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P). Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC 12-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-6X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required    SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 12-3x or 12-6x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from dashboard wire harness B. Fig. 64: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to dashboard wire harness B. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 12-3x or 12-6x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator; replace the front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 12. Connect a SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to No. 9 and No. 10 terminals, and the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals of the SRS unit connector A (28P) (see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS ). 13. Measure the resistance between the terminals of both SRS simulator leads. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 65: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of Both SRS Simulator Leads Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC 12-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-AX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 12-8x or 12-Ax indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from dashboard wire harness B. Fig. 66: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to dashboard wire harness B. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 12-8x or 12-Ax indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator; replace the front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 67: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminals And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC 12-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR; DTC 12-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead F 07XAZ-SZ30100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 12-9x or 12-Bx indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from dashboard wire harness B. Fig. 68: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead F to dashboard wire harness B. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 12-9x or 12-Bx indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's airbag first or second inflator; replace the front passenger's airbag (+see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 69: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminals And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC 21-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 21-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:03 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt tensioner. Fig. 70: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 21-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be 2.0-3.0 0,. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 71: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 1 And 2 Is resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 21-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 21-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt tensioner. Fig. 72: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 21-3X indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and the No. 2 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 73: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 1 And 2 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 21-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 21-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt tensioner. Fig. 74: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 21-8X indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 75: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 1 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 21-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 21-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt tensioner. Fig. 76: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 21-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the driver's seat belt tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 77: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 1 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 22-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 22-1 x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt tensioner. Fig. 78: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 22-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 and the No. 4 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be 2.0-3.0 ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 79: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 3 And 4 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 22-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 22-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt tensioner. Fig. 80: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 22-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 and the No. 4 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 81: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 3 And 4 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 22-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 22-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 82: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 22-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 4 terminal and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 83: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 3 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 22-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 22-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 84: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 22-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's seat belt tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt tensioner 4P connector (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 4 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 85: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 4 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 27-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 27-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 86: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 27-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt bucklet (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 7 and No. 8 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be 2.0-3.0 ohms. Fig. 87: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 7 And 8 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 27-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 27-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 88: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 27-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 7 and No. 8 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 89: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 7 And 8 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 27-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedure (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 27-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 90: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector And Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) arid simulator lead K to the floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 27-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Measure the voltage between the No. 7 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and the No. 8 terminal and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 91: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 7 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 27-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedure (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 27-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Fig. 92: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector And Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 27-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the driver's seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 7 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and the No. 8 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 93: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 7 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 28-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 28-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Fig. 94: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector And Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 28-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 9 and No. 10 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be 2.0-3.0 0.. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 95: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 9 And 10 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 28-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 28-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Fig. 96: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector And Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to the floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 28-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 9 and No. 10 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 97: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 9 And 10 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 28-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 28-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Fig. 98: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector And Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 28-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Measure the voltage between the No. 9 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and the No. 10 terminal and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 99: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 9 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 28-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE TENSIONER Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead K 070AZ-SNAA200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 28-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3; NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 100: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector And Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner Connector 5. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connectors) and simulator lead K to floor wire harness connector. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Clear the DTC memory. 8. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 28-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's seat belt buckle tensioner; replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the driver's seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connector (see step 8 on ) and both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 9 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and the No. 10 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 101: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 10 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 31-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 31-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's side airbag (B). Fig. 102: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Driver's Side Airbag 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 31-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the driver's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 103: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 31-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required    SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 31-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's side airbag (B). Fig. 104: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Driver's Side Airbag (B) 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 31-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to another wire in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the driver's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Connect the SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P) (see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS ). 13. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 105: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 31-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 31-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's side airbag (B). Fig. 106: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Driver's Side Airbag 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 31-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the driver's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 107: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminals And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 31-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN DRIVER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 31-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's side airbag (B). Fig. 108: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Driver's Side Airbag 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 31-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the driver's side airbag inflator; replace the driver's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 109: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminals And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 32-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and, is DTC 32- 1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the front passenger's side airbag (B). Fig. 110: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Front Passenger's Side Airbag 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 32-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace the front passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 111: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 32-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required    SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 32-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the front passenger's side airbag (B). Fig. 112: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Front Passenger's Side Airbag 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 32-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to another wire in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace the front passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C(28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Connect the SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P) (see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS ). 13. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 113: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 32-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 32-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the front passenger's side airbag (B). Fig. 114: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Front Passenger's Side Airbag 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 32-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace the front passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 115: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminal And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 32-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SIDE AIRBAG INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 32-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the front passenger's side airbag (B). Fig. 116: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Front Passenger's Side Airbag 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the floor wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 32-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the front passenger's side airbag inflator; replace the front passenger's side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the floor wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 117: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminals And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 33-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 33-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 118: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Left Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 33-1 x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the left side curtain airbag; replace the left side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 119: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness. Check the connections at C552 and C653; if the connections are OK, replace the faulty harness. DTC 33-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required    SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 33-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 120: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Left Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 33-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to another wire in the left side curtain airbag inflator; replace the left side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Connect the SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to the No. 7 and No. 8 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P) (see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS ). 13. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 121: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to another wire in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 33-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 33-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 122: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Left Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 33-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the left side curtain airbag inflator; replace the left side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect the SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 123: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminal And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 33-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN LEFT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 33-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 124: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Left Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 33-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the left side curtain airbag inflator; replace the left side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 125: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminal And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 34-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 34-1 x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 126: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Right Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 34-1 x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Open in the right side curtain airbag inflator, replace the right side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 127: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness. Check the connections at C552 and C653; if the connections are OK, replace the faulty harness. DTC 34-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO ANOTHER WIRE OR DECREASED RESISTANCE IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required    SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 34-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 118 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 128: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Right Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 34-3x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to another wire in the right side curtain airbag inflator; replace the right side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Connect the SRS short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) to the No. 9 and No. 10 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P) (see OPENING THE SRS UNIT SHORTING CONNECTORS FOR DIAGNOSIS ). 13. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the SRS simulator lead. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 119 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 129: Measuring Resistance Between Terminals Of SRS Simulator Lead Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 34-8X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO POWER IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 34-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 120 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 130: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Right Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 34-8x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to power in the right side curtain airbag inflator; replace the right side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Measure the voltage between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground/There should be 0.5 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:04 AM Page 121 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 131: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminal And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 34-9X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead E 07XAZ-S1A0200 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 34-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 122 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right side curtain airbag connector (B). Fig. 132: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector And Right Side Curtain Airbag Connector 5. 6. 7. 8. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (2 ohms connector) and simulator lead E to the roof wire harness. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Clear the DTC memory. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 34-9x indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the right side curtain airbag inflator; replace the right side curtain airbag (see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Disconnect the SRS inflator simulator from the SRS simulator lead. Do not disconnect the simulator lead from the roof wire harness 2P connector. 12. Measure the resistance between each terminal of the SRS simulator lead and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 123 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 133: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Simulator Lead Terminal And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector C (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection; if the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 41-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead H 07YAZ-S3AA100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 41-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 124 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 5. Check the connections between SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit, between the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector and the left front impact sensor (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ), and at connector C402 (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ). Are the connections OK? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Repair the poor connections and retest. If DTC 41-1x is still present, go to step 6. 6. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left front impact sensor. Fig. 134: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector 7. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 and No. 27 terminals of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 125 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 135: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 15 And 27 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the engine compartment wire harness or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. 9. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 27 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 136: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 15 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Short to ground in dashboard wire harness B or the engine compartment wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 10. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 126 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 12. Measure the voltage between the No. 15 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 27 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Fig. 137: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 27 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Short to power in the engine compartment wire harness or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead H to the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 138: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector 15. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 and No. 27 terminals of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 127 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 139: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 15 And 27 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty left front impact sensor or SRS unit-replace the left front impact sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Poor connection at C402, open in engine compartment wire harness, or open in dashboard wire harness B. Inspect C402 (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ). If it is OK, replace the faulty harness. DTC 42-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead H 07YAZ-S3AA100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 42-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 128 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 5. Check the connections between SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit, between the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector and the right front impact sensor (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ), and at connector C402 (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ). Are the connections OK? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Repair the poor connections and retest. If DTC 42-1x is still present, go to step 6. 6. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right front impact sensor. Fig. 140: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector 7. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 16 and No. 28 terminals of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 141: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 16 And 28 Is the resistance as specified? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 129 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short in the engine compartment wire harness or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. 9. Measure the resistance between the No. 16 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 28 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 142: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 16 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Short to ground in dashboard wire harness B or the engine compartment wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 10. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 12. Measure the voltage between the No. 16 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 28 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 130 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 143: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 28 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Short to power in the engine compartment wire harness or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead H to the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 144: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector 15. Measure the resistance between the No. 16 and No. 28 terminals of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 145: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 16 And 28 Is the resistance as specified? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 131 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Faulty engine compartment wire harness or SRS unit; replace the right front impact sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Poor connection at C402, open in engine compartment wire harness, or open in dashboard wire harness B. Inspect C402 (see ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS (DASHBOARD) ). If it is OK, replace the faulty harness. DTC 41-2X, 41-3X, 41-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 41-2x, 41-3x, or 41-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the left front impact sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 42-2X, 42-3X, 42-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 42-2x, 42-3x, or 42-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the right front impact sensor (see FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 132 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 43-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead H 07YAZ-S3AA100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 43-1 x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Check the connection between the floor wire harness 2P connector and the left side impact sensor (first). Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the poor connection and retest. If DTC 43-1x is still present, go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side impact sensor (first). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 133 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 146: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 6. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 7. Measure the resistance between the No. 11 and No. 12 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 147: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 11 And 12 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 11 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 12 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 134 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 148: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 11 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 9. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure the voltage between the No. 11 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 12 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Fig. 149: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 28 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 135 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 13. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead H to the floor wire harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 150: Connecting SRS Inflator Simulator And Simulator Lead H To Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 14. Measure the resistance between the No. 11 and No. 12 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Fig. 151: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 11 And 12 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty left side impact sensor (first) or SRS unit; replace the left side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 44-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 136 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead H 07YAZ-S3AA100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 44-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Check the connection between the floor wire harness 2P connector and the right side impact sensor (first). Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the poor connection and retest. If the DTC 44-1x is still present, go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right side impact sensor (first). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 137 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 152: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 6. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 7. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 and No. 16 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 153: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 15 And 16 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 16 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 154: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 15 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 138 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 9. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure the voltage between the No. 15 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 16 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Fig. 155: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 16 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead H to the floor wire harness 2P connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 139 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 156: Connecting SRS Inflator Simulator And Simulator Lead H To Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 14. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 and No. 16 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Fig. 157: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 15 And 16 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty right side impact sensor (first) or SRS unit; replace the right side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 43-2X, 43-3X, 43-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 140 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 43-2x, 43-3x, or 43-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the left side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 44-2X, 44-3X, 44-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 44-2x, 44-3x, or 44-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the right side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 45-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead H 07YAZ-S3AA100 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 141 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 45-1 x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Check the connections at C551, C652, C603, C602 and the floor wire harness 2P connector at the left side impact sensor (second). Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the poor connection and retest. If DTC 45-1x is still present, go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the left side impact sensor (second). Fig. 158: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 6. Disconnect SRS unit connector C(28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 7. Measure the resistance between the No. 17 and No. 18 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 142 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 159: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 17 And 18 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Short in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 17 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 18 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 160: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 17 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 9. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 143 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 11. Measure the voltage between the No. 17 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 18 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Fig. 161: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 17 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead H to the floor wire harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 162: Connecting SRS Inflator Simulator And Simulator Lead H To Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 144 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 14. Measure the resistance between the No. 17 and No. 18 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Fig. 163: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 17 And 18 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty left side impact sensor (second) or SRS unit; replace the left side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 46-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead H 07YAZ-S3AA100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 46-1 x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 145 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Check the connections at C551, C652, C604, and floor wire harness 2P connector at the right side impact sensor (second). Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the poor connections and retest. If DTC 46-1x is still present, go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the right side impact sensor (second). Fig. 164: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 6. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 7. Measure the resistance between the No. 19 and No. 20 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M ohms. Fig. 165: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 19 And 20 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 146 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Short in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 19 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 20 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 166: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 19 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 9. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure the voltage between the No. 19 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 20 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 147 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 167: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 19 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead H to the floor wire harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 168: Connecting SRS Inflator Simulator And Simulator Lead H To Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 14. Measure the resistance between the No. 19 and No. 20 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be 1.0 ohms or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 148 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 169: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 19 And 20 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty right side impact sensor (second) or SRS unit; replace the right side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness, dashboard wire harness A, or the roof wire harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 45-2X, 45-3X, 45-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 45-2x, 45-3x, or 45-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the left side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 46-2X, 46-3X, 46-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE RIGHT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 149 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 46-2x, 46-3x, or 46-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the right side impact sensor (second) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 51-XX, 52-XX, 53-XX, 54-XX, 55-XX, 56-XX, ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE SRS UNIT NOTE:   Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Before troubleshooting any of these DTCs, check the battery/system voltage. If the voltage is low, repair the charging system or replace the battery before troubleshooting the SRS. If the battery/system voltage is now OK, ask the customer if the battery ever went dead. A dead battery may trigger one of these DTCs. 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 51-xx, 52-xx, 53-xx, 54-xx, 55-xx, or 56-xx indicated? YES -Replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC EX-XX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): CONTROL OPERATION RECORDED; DTC FX-XX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): AIRBAGS AND/OR TENSIONERS DEPLOYMENT RECORDED Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 150 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NOTE:          Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). DTC E2-11: Front passenger's airbag does not deploy by SWS operation. DTC E4-11: Front passenger's side airbag does not deploy by OPDS operation. DTC F1-11: Driver's airbag and/or driver's seat belt tensioner and seat belt buckle tensioner deployed. DTC F2-11: Front passenger's airbag and/or front passenger's seat belt tensioner and seat belt buckle tensioner deployed. DTC F3-11: Driver's side airbag, left side curtain airbag and/or driver's seat belt tensioner deployed. DTC F4-11: Front passenger's side airbag, right side curtain airbag and/or front passenger's seat belt tensioner deployed. DTC F5-11: Both or only one side curtain airbag, seat belt tensioner, and seat belt buckle tensioner. DTC F6-11: Left side curtain airbag or right side curtain airbag deployed. The SRS unit must be replaced after any airbags and/or tensioners have deployed (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NOTE:   DTC E2-11 is set if the system triggered airbag deployment but the front passenger's airbag was prevented from deploying because of the front passenger's weight sensor. DTC E4-11 is set if the system triggered a passenger's side airbag deployment but the airbag was prevented from deploying by the ODS. Replace the right side impact sensor (first) (see SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT ). DTC 61-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the driver's seat belt several times. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 151 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. From the system selection menu on the HDS, select SRS, then select SRS again, then select PARAMETER INFORMATION, then Buckle Switch, Seat Position Sensor, and check the status on the HDS screen for FRONT LEFT SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH. Is "OPEN" indicated? YES    If OPEN is indicated only when the driver's seat belt is buckled, go to step 6. If OPEN is indicated only when the driver's seat belt is unbuckled, go to step 14. If OPEN is indicated only when the driver's seat belt is buckled and unbuckled, go to step 22. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the driver's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector (A). Fig. 170: Identifying Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 8. Buckle the driver's seat belt. 9. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 3 terminals of the driver's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 152 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 171: Measuring Resistance Between Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch Connector Terminal 1 And 3 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ), then clear the DTC. 10. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 11. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 12. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 12 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and the No. 3 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms. Fig. 172: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Terminal 12 And Floor Wire Harness Terminal 3 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 153 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the driver's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector (A). Fig. 173: Identifying Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 16. Unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 17. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the driver's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms. Fig. 174: Measuring Resistance Between Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch Connector Terminal 1 And 2 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ), then clear the DTC. 18. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 19. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 154 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element connectors (see step 8 on ). 20. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 21. Measure the resistance between the No. 11 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and the No. 2 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms. Fig. 175: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Terminal 11 And Floor Wire Harness Terminal 2 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 23. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the driver's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector (A). Fig. 176: Identifying Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 24. Unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 25. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector and body Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 155 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element ground. There should be 0-1 ohms. Fig. 177: Measuring Resistance Between Floor Wire Harness 3P Connector Terminal 1 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ), then clear the DTC. NO -Open in the floor wire harness or poor ground connection at G502 (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ). If G501 is OK, replace the floor wire harness. DTC 61-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT IN DRIVER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the driver's seat belt several times. 3. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 61-2x indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the driver's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 156 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element (A). Fig. 178: Identifying Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. From the system selection menu on the HDS, select SRS, then select SRS again, then select PARAMETER INFORMATION, then Buckle Switch, Seat Position Sensor, and check the status on the HDS screen for FRONT LEFT SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH. Is OPEN indicated on the HDS? YES -Replace the driver's seat belt buckle assembly (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC. NO -Go to step 8. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 179: Measuring Resistance Between Floor Wire Harness 3P Connector Terminal 2 And Body Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 157 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Check the connections at the floor wire harness and the connector Q (8P) at the under-dash fuse/relay box (see UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX ). If the connections are OK, go to step 13. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness or the MICU/under-dash fuse/relay box. Replace the faulty harness or part. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 terminal of the driver's seat wire harness or floor wire harness 3P connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 180: Measuring Resistance Between Driver's Seat Wire Harness Terminal 3 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit; replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor harness. DTC 62-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the front passenger's seat belt several times. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit, If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. From the system menu on the HDS, select SRS, then select SRS again, then select PARAMETER INFORMATION, then Buckle Switch, Seat Position Sensor, and check the status on the HDS screen for 1. 2. 3. 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 158 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element FRONT RIGHT SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH. Is "OPEN" indicated? YES    If OPEN is indicated only when the front passenger's seat belt is buckled, go to step 6. If OPEN is indicated only when the front passenger's seat belt is unbuckled, go to step 14. If OPEN is indicated only when the front passenger's seat belt is buckled and unbuckled, go to step 22. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the front passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector (A). 8. Buckle the front passenger's seat belt. Fig. 181: Identifying Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 9. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 3 terminals of the front passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector. There should be 0-1ohms. Fig. 182: Measuring Resistance Between Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch Terminal 1 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 159 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element And 3 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC. 10. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 11. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ) 12. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 16 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and the No. 3 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms. Fig. 183: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Terminal 16 And Floor Wire Harness Terminal 3 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the front passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 160 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 184: Identifying Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 16. Unbuckle the front passenger's seat belt. 17. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the front passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms. Fig. 185: Measuring Resistance Between Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch Terminal 1 And 2 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC. 18. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 19. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 20. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 21. Measure the resistance between the No. 15 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and the No. 2 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector. There should be 0-1 ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 161 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 186: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Terminal 15 And Floor Wire Harness Terminal 2 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector B (28P) and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 23. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the front passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector (A). Fig. 187: Identifying Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 24. Unbuckle the front passenger's seat belt. 25. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector and body ground. There should be 0-1 ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 162 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 188: Measuring Resistance Between Floor Wire Harness 3P Connector Terminal 1 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC. NO -Open in the floor wire harness or poor ground connection at G502 (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ). If G501 is OK, replace the floor wire harness. DTC 62-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT IN FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), then buckle and unbuckle the front passenger's seat belt several times. 3. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 62-2x indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 3P connector from the front passenger's seat belt buckle switch 3P connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 163 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 189: Identifying Front Passenger's Seat Belt Buckle Switch 3P Connector 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. From the system selection menu on the HDS, select SRS, then select SRS again, then select PARAMETER INFORMATION, then Buckle Switch, Seat Position Sensor, and check the status on the HDS screen for FRONT RIGHT SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH. Is OPEN indicated on the HDS? YES -Replace the front passenger's seat belt buckle assembly (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ), then clear the DTC. NO -Go to step 8. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 10. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 11. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 190: Measuring Resistance Between Floor Wire Harness 3P Connector Terminal 3 And Body Ground Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 164 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal of the floor wire harness 3P connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 191: Measuring Resistance Between Floor Wire Harness 3P Connector Terminal 2 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit; replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC 71-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 71-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 165 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element the DTC. 3. Check the connection between the driver's seat position sensor harness 2P connector and the driver's seat position sensor (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ). 4. Clear the DTC memory. 5. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 71-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 7. Disconnect the driver's seat position sensor harness 2P connector from the driver's seat position sensor (A). Fig. 192: Identifying Driver's Seat Position Sensor 8. Connect the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the driver's seat position sensor harness 2P connector with a jumper wire. 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ). and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 and No. 6 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 166 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 193: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 5 And 6 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty driver's seat position sensor or SRS unit; replace the driver's seat position sensor (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness or the driver's seat position sensor harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 71-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT IN DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 71-2x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the driver's seat position sensor harness 2P connector from the driver's seat position sensor (A) (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 167 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 194: Identifying Driver's Seat Position Sensor 5. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 6. Clear the DTC memory. 7. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 71-2x indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Faulty driver's seat position sensor; replace the driver's seat position sensor (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF; Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ) and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (see step 8 on ). 10. Disconnect SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 11. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 and No. 6 terminals of SRS unit connector B (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 195: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 5 And 6 Is the resistance as specified? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 168 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 12. NO -Short in the floor wire harness or the driver's seat position sensor harness; replace the faulty harness. 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 terminal of SRS unit connector B (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 6 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 196: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector B (28P) Terminal 5 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty driver's seat position sensor or the SRS unit; replace the driver's seat position sensor (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness or the driver's seat position sensor harness; replace the faulty harness. DTC 81-61, 85-61: NO SIGNAL FROM THE ODS UNIT; DTC 81-62,85-62: RESPONSE DATA ERROR FROM THE ODS UNIT NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Make sure nothing is on the front passenger's seat. 2. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 3. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC 81-61, 85-61, 81-62, or 85-62 indicated? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 169 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element the DTC. 4. Check the connection between the ODS unit harness 18P connector and the ODS unit. Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the poor connection and retest. If DTC 81-61, 85-61, 81-62, or 85-62 is still present, go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Check the No. 17 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Replace the fuse, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the fuse blows again, check for a short in the No. 17 (15 A) fuse circuit (floor wire harness or ODS unit harness). 7. Disconnect the ODS unit harness 18P connector (A) from the ODS unit. Fig. 197: Identifying ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of the ODS unit harness 18P connector and body ground. There should be battery voltage. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 170 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 198: Measuring Voltage Between ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector Terminal 1 And Body Ground Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Open in the ECM/PCM wire harness, floor wire harness, or ODS unit harness; check for poor connections at C560 (see ODS UNIT HARNESS ) and C456 (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ). If the connections are OK, replace the faulty harness. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Measure the resistance between the No. 12 terminal of the ODS unit harness 18P connector and body ground. There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 199: Measuring Resistance Between ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector Terminal 12 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Open in the ODS unit harness or floor wire harness; check for poor connection at C560 (see ODS UNIT HARNESS ). If the connection is OK, check for poor ground connection at G552 (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ). If G552 is OK, replace the faulty harness. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 171 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 13. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 14. Measure the resistance between the No. 14 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 200: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 14 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Short to ground in dashboard wire harness B, floor wire harness or ODS unit harness; replace the faulty harness. 15. Measure the resistance between the No. 14 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and the No. 7 terminal of the ODS unit harness 18P connector. There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 201: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Terminal 14 And ODS Unit Harness Terminal 7 Is the resistance as specified? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 172 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Faulty ODS unit or SRS unit; replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in dashboard wire harness B, floor wire harness or ODS unit harness; check for poor connections at C560 (see ODS UNIT HARNESS ) and C456 (see FLOOR WIRE HARNESS (RIGHT BRANCH) ). If the connections are OK, replace the faulty harness. DTC 81-71,81-78: ODS UNIT DOES NOT CALIBRATE NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is 81-71 or 81-78 indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Calibrate the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ). 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK. NO -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). DTC 85-71,85-78: ODS UNIT NOT INITIALIZED NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 173 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is 85-71 or 85-78 indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ). 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK. NO -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). DTC 81-4X, 81-5X, 81-63, 81-64 ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE ODS UNIT NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 81-4x, 81-5x, 81-63, or 81-64 indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Calibrate the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ). 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 174 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -The system is OK at this time. NO -Go to step 5 5. Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK. NO -Replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). DTC 81-79: FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSORS INITIAL CHECK FAILURE NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 81-79 indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Make sure nothing is on the front passenger's seat. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK. NO -Remove the front passenger's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the front passenger's weight sensors (see FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then reinstall them. Calibrate the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:05 AM Page 175 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Retry the troubleshooting. DTC 82-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE INNER SIDE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 82-1x indicated? YES -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor; replace the inner side front passenger's weight sensor (see FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 83-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): NO SIGNAL FROM THE OUTER SIDE FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 83-2x indicated? YES -Faulty front passenger's weight sensor; replace the outer side front passenger's weight sensor (see FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC 85-4X, 85-5X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE ODS UNIT; DTC 85-63: INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE ODS UNIT; DTC 85-64: INTERNAL FAILURE OF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 176 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element THE ODS UNIT NOTE:   An incorrect ODS unit can cause DTC 85-63. Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 85-4x, 85-5x, 85-63, or 85-64 indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ). 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK. NO -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ) and retest. DTC 85-79: OPDS SENSOR INITIAL CHECK FAILURE NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 85-79 indicated? YES -Turn the ignition switch OFF, and go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 177 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Make sure nothing is on the front passenger's seat. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ). 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -The system is OK. NO -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ) and retest. If the problem is still present, replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ). DTC 86-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): FAULTY OPDS SEAT-BACK SENSOR; DTC 86-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): FAULTY OPDS SEAT SUPPORT SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 86-1x or 86-2x indicated ? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 178 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NOTE: Aftermarket devices (fluorescent lights, laptop computers, etc.) used near the front passenger's seat-back can interfere with the seat-back sensors and cause a false DTC 86-1x or 86-2x. If one of these devices was used, clear the DTC, operate the device near the seat-back, and recheck for DTCs. If DTC 86-1x or 86-2x is set, clear it, and do not use the device near the seat-back. 3. Check the connection at the OPDS sensor harness connectors (A) and the ODS unit connector (B). Fig. 202: Identifying OPDS Sensor Harness Connectors And ODS Unit Connector Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Repair the poor connection, and clear the DTC. 4. Replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back foam (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ), and initialize the ODS (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ). 5. Erase the DTC memory, then check for DTC 86-1x or 86-2x. Is DTC 86-1 x or 86-2x indicated? YES -Replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -The system is OK. DTC 87-3X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SIDE AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR STAYS ON/OFF NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 179 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the side airbag cutoff indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the side airbag cutoff indicator go off and stay off? YES -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. NO -Check the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Make sure nothing is on the front passenger's seat. 4. Disconnect ODS unit harness connector D (18P) from the ODS unit. Fig. 203: Identifying ODS Unit Harness Connector D (18P) 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Measure the voltage between the No. 18 terminal of the ODS unit 18P connector and body ground. There should be battery voltage. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 180 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 204: Measuring Voltage Between ODS Unit 18P Connector Terminal 18 And Body Ground Is there battery voltage? YES -Faulty ODS unit or gauge control module; replace the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). NO -Go to step 7. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Remove the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). Disconnect the gauge control module connector (A) (36P) from the gauge control module. Fig. 205: Identifying Gauge Control Module Connector 9. Measure the resistance between the No. 18 terminal of the ODS unit 18P connector and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 206: Measuring Resistance Between ODS Unit 18P Connector Terminal 18 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 181 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 10. NO -Short to ground in the ODS unit harness, floor wire harness, or dashboard wire harness A; replace the faulty harness. 10. Measure the resistance between the No. 18 terminal of the ODS unit 18P connector and the No. 31 terminal of the gauge control module connector (36P).There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 207: Measuring Resistance Between ODS Unit Terminal 18 And Gauge Control Module Terminal 31 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Replace the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). NO -Open in the ODS unit harness, floor wire harness, or dashboard wire harness A; replace the faulty harness. DTC 91-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): SHORT TO GROUND IN THE SRS INDICATOR CIRCUIT NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 91-1x indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 182 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 5. Remove the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). Disconnect the gauge control module (36P) connector (A). Fig. 208: Identifying Gauge Control Module (36P) Connector 6. Measure the resistance between the No. 11 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 209: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 11 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 183 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Short to ground in dashboard wire harness A or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. 7. Reconnect the gauge control module (36P) connector (A). Fig. 210: Identifying Gauge Control Module (36P) Connector 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Install a jumper wire between the No. 2 terminal and No. 12 terminal of the gauge control module connector (36P). The SRS indicator should go off. Fig. 211: Connecting Gauge Control Module Connector (36P) Terminals Using Jumper Wire Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -Faulty SRS unit; replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in the SRS indicator circuit of the gauge control module; replace the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). DTC 92-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN IN THE FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 184 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 92-1x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Disconnect the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator 4P connector (see PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR TEST ). 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 5. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Check for voltage between the No. 12 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground. There should be 0.5 V or less. Fig. 212: Checking Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 12 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit or passenger's airbag cutoff indicator; replace the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator. If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the dashboard wire harness; replace the dashboard wire harness. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 185 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element DTC 92-2X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): OPEN OR SHORT TO GROUND IN THE PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC 92-2x indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Disconnect the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator 4P connector (see PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR TEST ). 5. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 6. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal of the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator 4P connector and the No. 12 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 213: Measuring Resistance Between Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator Terminal 2 And SRS Unit Terminal 12 Is the resistance as specified? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 186 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 7. NO -Open in dashboard wire harness A or dashboard wire harness B; check the connection at C403 (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (LEFT BRANCH) ). If the connection is OK, replace the faulty harness. 7. Measure the resistance between the No. 12 terminal of the SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 214: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 12 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Replace the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator. If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to ground in dashboard wire harness A or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. DTC A1-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): FAULTY POWER SUPPLY (VA LINE) NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. 3. Read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Is DTC A1-1x indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 187 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element YES -Go to step 4. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Check the No. 17 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Replace the fuse, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the fuse blows again, check for a short in the No. 17 (15 A) fuse circuit (dashboard wire harness B, floor wire harness, or ODS unit harness). 6. 7. 8. 9. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Disconnect the SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Connect a voltmeter between the No. 17 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure the voltage. There should be battery voltage when the ignition is on. Fig. 215: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 17 And Body Ground Is there battery voltage? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector (A) 28P and the SRS unit. Check the connection between the connector and the SRS unit. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 188 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 11. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connector S (2P). Fig. 216: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector S (2P) 12. Measure the resistance between the No. 1 terminal of under-dash fuse/relay box connector S (2P) and the No. 17 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 217: Measuring Resistance Between Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Terminal 1 And SRS Unit Terminal 17 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Open in the under-dash fuse/relay box or poor connection between connector S (2P) and the underdash fuse/relay box; check the connection. If the connection is OK, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. NO -Open in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness 6. DTC A2-1X ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): FAULTY POWER SUPPLY (VB LINE) NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 189 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 1. Clear the No. 13 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the fuse, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the fuse blows again, check for a short to ground in dashboard wire harness B or in the under-dash fuse/relay box No. 13 (10 A) fuse line; replace dashboard wire harness B. If the problem is still present, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait for 3 minutes. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Connect a voltmeter between the No. 18 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P) and body ground. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure the voltage. There should be battery voltage when the ignition switch is on. Fig. 218: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector A (28P) Terminal 18 And Body Ground Is there battery voltage? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit; check the connection. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connector S (2P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 190 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 219: Identifying Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector S (2P) 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 2 terminal of under-dash fuse/relay box connector S (2P) and the No. 18 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 220: Measuring Resistance Between Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Terminal 2 And SRS Unit Terminal 18 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Open in the under-dash fuse/relay box or poor connection between connector S (2P) and the underdash fuse/relay box; check the connection. If the connection is OK, replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. NO -Open in dashboard wire harness B; replace dashboard wire harness B. DTC B1-11: NO SIGNAL FROM THE ROLL RATE SENSOR Special Tools Required   SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A SRS simulator lead H 07YAZ-S3AA100 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 191 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC B1-11 indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Check the connections between the floor wire harness 2P connector and the roll rate sensor (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ). Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the poor connection and retest. If the DTC B1-11 is still present, go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the roll rate sensor. Fig. 221: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 6. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 7. Measure the resistance between the No. 13 and No. 14 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 192 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 222: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 13 And 14 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 13 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 14 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 223: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 13 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 9. Reconnect the battery negative cable. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure the voltage between the No. 13 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 14 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 193 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 224: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 13 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead H to the floor wire harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 225: Connecting SRS Inflator Simulator And Simulator Lead H To Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 14. Measure the resistance between the No. 13 and No. 14 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be 0-1.0 ohms or less. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 194 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 226: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 13 And 14 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty roll rate sensor or SRS unit; replace the roll rate sensor (see ROLL RATE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC B1-17, B1-84, B1-85, B1-90, B1-AX, BI-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE ROLL RATE SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is B1-17, B1-84, B1-85, B1-90, B1-Ax, or BI-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the roll rate sensor (see ROLL RATE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. DTC B2-11: NO SIGNAL FROM THE REAR SAFING SENSOR Special Tools Required  SRS inflator simulator 07SAZ-TB4011A Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 195 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element  SRS simulator lead L 070AZ-SNAA300 NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is DTC B2-11 indicated? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and wait for 3 minutes. 4. Check the connections between the floor wire harness 2P connector and the rear safing sensor (see REAR SAFING SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Is the connection OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the poor connection and retest. If the DTC B2-11 is still present, go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the rear safing sensor. Fig. 227: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 196 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 6. Disconnect SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 7. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 and No. 6 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There should be an open circuit or at least 1Mohms. Fig. 228: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 5 And 6 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Short in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 8. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 6 terminal and body ground. There should be an open circuit or at least 1 Mohms. Fig. 229: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 5 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Short to ground in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 9. Reconnect the battery negative cable. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 197 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure the for voltage between the No. 5 terminal of SRS unit connector C (28P) and body ground, and between the No. 6 terminal and body ground. There should be 1 V or less. Fig. 230: Measuring Voltage Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 5 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Short to power in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Connect the SRS inflator simulator (jumper connector) and simulator lead L to the floor wire harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 231: Connecting SRS Inflator Simulator And Simulator Lead L To Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 14. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 and No. 6 terminals of SRS unit connector C (28P). There Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 198 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element should be 0-1.0 ohms or less. Fig. 232: Measuring Resistance Between SRS Unit Connector C (28P) Terminal 5 And 6 Is the resistance as specified? YES -Faulty rear safing sensor or SRS unit; replace the rear safing sensor (see REAR SAFING SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the problem is still present, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Open in the floor wire harness; replace the floor wire harness. DTC B2-17, B2-84, B2-90, B2-AX, B2-BX ("X" CAN BE 0 THRU 9 OR A THRU F): INTERNAL FAILURE OF THE REAR SAFING SENSOR NOTE: Before doing this troubleshooting procedure, review SRS Precautions and Procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) and General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Clear the DTC memory (see CLEAR THE DTC MEMORY WITH THE HDS ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off. Does the SRS indicator stay on, and is B2-17, B2-84, B2-90, B2-Ax, or B2-Bx indicated? YES -Replace the rear safing sensor (see REAR SAFING SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). If the DTC returns, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Intermittent failure, system is OK at this time. Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures (see TROUBLESHOOTING INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). If another DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the DTC. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 199 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element SRS INDICATOR DOES NOT COME ON 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and see if the other indicators come on (brake system, etc). Do the other indicators come on? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Go to step 9. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then remove the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). Disconnect the gauge control module (36P) connector (A) from the gauge control module. Fig. 233: Identifying Gauge Control Module (36P) Connector 3. Measure the resistance between the No. 36 terminal of gauge control module connector (36P) and body ground. There should be 0-1.0 ohms. Fig. 234: Measuring Resistance Between Gauge Control Module Connector (36P) Terminal 36 And Body Ground Is the resistance as specified? YES -Go to step 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 200 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Open in the BLK wire of dashboard wire harness A, or faulty body ground terminal (G502) (see DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS A (RIGHT BRANCH) ). If the body ground terminal is OK, replace dashboard wire harness A. 4. Measure the voltage between the No. 12 terminal of the gauge control module connector (36P) and body ground within the first 6 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON (II). There should be about 1.0 V for 6 seconds and then more than 8.5 V. Fig. 235: Measuring Voltage Between Gauge Control Module Connector (36P) Terminal 12 And Body Ground Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS indicator circuit in the gauge control module; replace the gauge control module. NO -Go to step 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF, Disconnect the battery negative cable, and wait for 3 minutes. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). Reconnect the battery negative cable. Connect a voltmeter between the No. 12 terminal of gauge control module connector (36P) and body ground. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure the voltage. There should be 0.5 V or less. Fig. 236: Measuring Voltage Between Gauge Control Module Connector (36P) Terminal 12 And Body Ground Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 201 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Is the voltage as specified? YES -Faulty SRS unit; replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). NO -Short to power in the GRN wire of dashboard wire harness A or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse blown? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Connect a voltmeter between the No. 2 terminal of the gauge control module connector (36P) and body ground. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and measure the voltage. There should be battery voltage. Fig. 237: Measuring Voltage Between Gauge Control Module Connector (36P) Terminal 2 And Body Ground Is there battery voltage? YES -Faulty SRS indicator circuit in the gauge control module or poor connection at the gauge control module connector (36P) and the gauge control module; if the connection is OK, replace the gauge control module. NO -Open in the under-dash fuse/relay box No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse circuit, or open in the YEL wire of dashboard wire harness A. If the under-dash fuse/relay box is OK, replace dashboard wire harness A. 11. Replace the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse, then check to see if the indicator comes on. Does the indicator come on? YES -The system is OK at this time. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 202 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic test (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). If the gauge control module test is OK, repair a short to ground in the under-dash fuse/relay box No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse circuit. SRS INDICATOR STAYS ON, BUT NO DTCS ARE STORED NOTE:   A new SRS unit must sense the entire system is OK before completing its initial self-test. The most common cause of an incomplete self-test is the failure to replace all deployed parts after a collision, in particular seat belt tensioners (see COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT ). A battery/system voltage above 15.2 V can cause the SRS indicator to come on without storing any DTCs. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and wait for 3 minutes. 2. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) from the SRS unit (see step 9 on ). 3. Remove the gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). Disconnect the gauge control module (36P) connector (A) from the gauge control module. Fig. 238: Identifying Gauge Control Module (36P) Connector 4. Measure the resistance between the No. 12 terminal of gauge control module connector (36P) and the No. 11 terminal of SRS unit connector A (28P). There should be 0-1.0ohms. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 203 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 239: Measuring Resistance Between Gauge Control Module (36P) Terminal 12 And SRS Unit Terminal 11 Is the resistance as specified ? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Open in dashboard wire harness A or dashboard wire harness B; replace the faulty harness. 5. 6. 7. 8. Reconnect the battery negative cable. Reconnect the gauge control module connector (36P) to the gauge control module. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Install a jumper wire between the No. 2 terminal and the No. 12 terminal of the gauge control module connector (36P). The SRS indicator should go off. Fig. 240: Connecting Gauge Control Module Connector (36P) Terminals Using Jumper Wire Does the SRS indicator go off? YES -Faulty SRS unit or poor connection at SRS unit connector A (28P) and the SRS unit; check the connection. If the connection is OK, replace the SRS unit (see SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 204 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element NO -Faulty SRS indicator circuit in the gauge control module or poor connection at the gauge control module connector (36P); check the connection. If the connection is OK, replace the gauge control module. COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT NOTE:   Before doing any SRS repairs, use the HDS SRS Menu Method to check for DTCs; refer to the DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX for the less obvious deployed parts (seat belt tensioners, front impact sensors, side airbag sensors, etc.). After a vehicle collision, do the ODS unit operation check (see ODS UNIT OPERATION CHECK ). After a collision where the seat belt tensioners deployed, replace these items:     SRS unit Seat belt tensioners Seat belt buckle tensioners Front impact sensors After a collision where the front airbag(s) deployed, replace these items:      SRS unit Deployed airbag(s) Seat belt tensioners Seat belt buckle tensioners Front impact sensors After a collision where the side airbag(s) deployed, replace these items:         SRS unit Deployed side airbag(s) Side impact sensor(s) (first) for the side(s) that deployed Side impact sensor(s) (second) for the side(s) that deployed B-pillar lower trim Complete seat frame All related trim clips Side airbag module holder After a collision where a side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the items for the side(s) that deployed:  SRS unit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 205 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element              Deployed side curtain airbag(s) Seat belt tensioner(s) for the side(s) that deployed Seat belt buckle tensioner(s) for the side(s) that deployed Side impact sensor(s) (first) for the side(s) that deployed Side impact sensor(s) (second) for the side(s) that deployed Roof trim C-pillar trim Upper quarter window trim D-pillar trim Front grab handle Rear grab handle All related trim clips Sunvisor After a moderate to severe side or rear collision, inspect for any damage on the side curtain airbag or other related components. Replace the components as needed. A-pillar trim Fig. 241: Identifying A-Pillar Trim B-pillar trim Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 206 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 242: Identifying B-Pillar Trim C-Pillar trim Fig. 243: Identifying C-Pillar Trim During the repair process, inspect these areas:   Inspect all the SRS wire harnesses. Replace, do not repair, any damaged harnesses. Inspect the cable reel for heat damage. If there is any damage, replace the cable reel. After the vehicle is completely repaired, turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off, the SRS is OK. If the indicator does not function properly, use the HDS SRS Menu Method to read the DTC (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If you cannot retrieve a code, go to SRS Symptom Troubleshooting (see SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ). CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE HEADLINER/PILLAR TRIM OVERLAP Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 207 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element To prevent the side curtain airbag from deploying and damaging the pillar trim, the overlap between the headliner and pillar trim must be less then 0.3 in. (8 mm). To check the overlap, do this: 1. Install the headliner (A) and the pillar trims (B). Fig. 244: Identifying Headliner And Pillar Trims 2. Using masking tape on the headliner, mark the upper edge of each pillar trim. Fig. 245: Marking Upper Edge Of Pillar Trim Using Masking Tape On Headliner 3. Remove the pillar trim, and measure the headliner overlap.  If the overlap is less than 0.3 in. (8 mm), remove the tape, and install the pillar trim.  If the overlap is more than 0.3 in. (8 mm), go to step 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 208 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 246: Measuring Headliner Overlap 4. Carefully trim the headliner with a utility knife, reducing the overlap to less than 0.3 in. (8 mm). Fig. 247: Trimming Headliner With Utility Knife 5. Remove the tape, and install the pillar trim. DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 209 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 248: Identifying Access Panel And Driver's Airbag 4P Connector 3. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the two TORX bolts (A). Fig. 249: Removing Driver's Airbag Torx Bolts 4. Remove the driver's airbag (B). INSTALLATION 1. Place the driver's airbag (A) in the steering wheel, and secure it with new TORX bolts (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 210 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 250: Identifying Driver's Airbag Torx Bolts 2. Connect the cable reel 4P connector (A) to the driver's airbag 4P connector, then install the access panel (B) on the steering wheel. Fig. 251: Identifying Driver's Airbag 4P Connector And Access Panel 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. After installing the airbag, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 211 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 252: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector 4. Remove the passenger's dashboard upper panel dashboard tray cover (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UPPER PANEL AND DASHBOARD TRAY COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 5. Remove the screws (A) and the mounting nuts (B) from the bracket. Cover the lid and dashboard with a cloth, and pry carefully with a screwdriver to lift the front passenger's airbag (C) out of the dashboard. NOTE: The airbag lid has pawls (D) on its side that attach it to the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 212 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 253: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag Screws And Mounting Nuts INSTALLATION 1. Place the new front passenger's airbag (A) into the dashboard. Tighten the mounting nuts (B) and screws (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 213 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 254: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag Mounting Nuts And Screws 2. Reinstall the dashboard tray cover and the passenger's dashboard upper panel (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD UPPER PANEL AND DASHBOARD TRAY COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Connect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) to the dashboard wire harness. Fig. 255: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector 4. Reinstall the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 5. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 6. After installing the airbag, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure before doing repairs or service (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 214 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Disconnect the side airbag harness 2P connector (A). Fig. 256: Identifying Side Airbag Harness 2P Connector 3. Remove the seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and seat-back cover (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ). 4. Remove the mounting nuts (A), then remove the side airbag (6). Fig. 257: Identifying Side Airbag Mounting Nuts INSTALLATION NOTE:    If the side airbag lid is secured by tape, remove the tape. Do not open the lid of the side airbag cover. Use new mounting nuts tightened to the specified torque. When you Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 215 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element  replace a side airbag, make sure that the seat-back cover is installed properly. Improper installation may prevent proper deployment. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. 1. Place the new side airbag on the seat-back frame (A). Tighten the side airbag mounting nuts (B). Fig. 258: Identifying Seat-Back Frame And Side Airbag Mounting Nuts 2. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ). 3. Install the seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then ' connect the side airbag harness 2P connector. 4. Move the front seat and the seat-back through their full ranges of movement, making sure the harness wires are not pinched or interfering with other parts. 5. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 6. After installing the side airbag, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT REMOVAL NOTE:    Review the interior trim replacement procedure before performing repair or service (see A-PILLAR TRIM ). Removal of the side curtain airbag must be performed according to the precautions/procedures described at the beginning of the SRS section (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ). The side curtain airbag system consists of the side curtain airbag module, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 216 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element including the roof trim, front grab handle, all grab handle brackets and shielding protector. After the side curtain airbag has been deployed, replace these parts (see COMPONENT REPLACEMENT/INSPECTION AFTER DEPLOYMENT ). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the side curtain airbag connector. Fig. 259: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector Left side shown; right side is similar. 4. Remove the mounting bolts (A) from the bracket and hook (B) from the protector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 217 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 260: Identifying Mounting Bolts And Hook Left side shown; right side is similar. INSTALLATION NOTE:   Installation of the side curtain airbag must be performed according to the precautions/procedures described at the beginning of the SRS section (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ). If the airbag is frayed, or has any other visible damage, replace it. Do not Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 218 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element     attempt to repair an airbag. When you install the airbag, make sure it is not twisted, and that it is not caught between the inflator bracket by the bracket bolts. Make sure that the side curtain airbag inflator tether brackets (A) are installed properly. Make sure the tether straps (B) are not twisted, and there are no tubes, hoses, or harnesses routed over the straps. Otherwise, the airbag may not deploy properly. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. 1. Place the new side curtain airbag assembly on the side of the roof. Tighten the side curtain airbag mounting bolts (C). Fig. 261: Identifying Side Curtain Airbag Mounting Bolts 2. Connect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) to the side curtain airbag connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 219 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 262: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector Left side shown; right side is similar. 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. After installing the side curtain airbag, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 5. Install all removed parts. 6. Confirm proper headliner/pillar trim overlap (see CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE HEADLINER/PILLAR TRIM OVERLAP ). AIRBAG AND TENSIONER DISPOSAL Special Tools Required Deployment tool 07HAZ-SG00500 Before scrapping any airbags, side airbags, side curtain airbags, seat belt tensioners, or seat belt buckle tensioner (including those in a whole vehicle to be scrapped), the part(s) must be deployed. If the vehicle is still within the warranty period, the Honda District Parts and Service Manager must give approval and/or special instruction before deploying the part(s). Only after the part(s) have been deployed (as the result of vehicle collision, for example), can they be scrapped. If the parts appear intact (not deployed), treat them with extreme caution. Follow this procedure. DEPLOYING AIRBAGS IN THE VEHICLE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 220 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element If an SRS equipped vehicle is to be entirely scrapped, its airbags, side airbags, side curtain airbags, seat belt tensioners, and seat belt buckle tensioners should be deployed while still in the vehicle. These parts should not be considered as salvageable parts and should never be installed in another vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes. 2. Confirm that each airbag, side airbag, side curtain airbag, seat belt tensioner, or seat belt buckle tensioner is securely mounted. 3. Confirm that the deployment tool is functioning properly by following the check procedure on the tool label. Driver's Airbag 4. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Fig. 263: Identifying Access Panel And Driver's Airbag 4P Connector Front Passenger's Airbag 5. Remove the glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Fig. 264: Identifying Front Passenger's Airbag 4P Connector Side Airbag Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 221 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 6. Disconnect the side airbag 2P connector (A) from the floor wire harness. Fig. 265: Identifying Side Airbag 2P Connector Side Curtain Airbag 7. Disconnect the roof wire harness 2P connector (A) from the side curtain airbag. Fig. 266: Identifying Roof Wire Harness 2P Connector Seat Belt Tensioner 8. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the seat belt tensioner. Pull the seat belt out all the way and cut it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 222 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 267: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 9. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. Fig. 268: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 4P Connector (Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner) 10. Cut off each connector, and strip the ends of the wires. Twist each pair of unlike colored wires together, and clip an alligator clip (A) from the deployment tool to each pair. Place the deployment tool at least 30 feet (10 meters) away from the vehicle. NOTE: The driver's and front passenger's airbags have dual inflators. Twist each pair of unlike colored wires together, and clip an alligator clip to each pair. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 223 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 269: Identifying Distance Between Deployment Tool And Vehicle 11. Connect a 12 volt battery to the tool.  If the green light on the tool comes on, the igniter circuit is defective and cannot deploy the component. Go to DISPOSAL OF DAMAGED COMPONENTS.  If the red light on the tool comes on, the component is ready to be deployed. 12. Push the tool's deployment switch. The airbags and tensioners should deploy (deployment is both highly audible and visible: A loud noise and rapid inflation of the bag, followed by slow deflation).  If the components deploy and the green light on the tool comes on, continue with this procedure.  If a component does not deploy, and the green light comes ON, its igniter is defective. Go to DISPOSAL OF DAMAGED COMPONENTS.  During deployment, the airbags can become hot enough to burn you. Wait 30 minutes after deployment before touching the airbags. 13. Dispose of the complete airbag. No part of it can be reused. Place it in a sturdy plastic bag (A), and seal it securely. Dispose of the deployed airbag according to your local regulations. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 224 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 270: Placing Airbag In Plastic Bag DEPLOYING COMPONENTS OUT OF THE VEHICLE If an intact airbag or tensioner has been removed from a scrapped vehicle, or has been found defective or damaged during transit, storage, or service, it should be deployed as follows: Fig. 271: Identifying Airbag Deployed Position 1. Confirm that the deployment tool is functioning properly by following the check procedure Deploying Airbags in the Vehicle on the tool label. 2. Position the airbag face up, outdoors, on flat ground, at least 30 feet (10 meters) from any obstacles or people. 3. Follow steps 9 through 12 of the in-vehicle deployment procedure. NOTE: The driver's and front passenger's airbags have dual inflators. Twist each pair of unlike colored wires together, and clip an alligator clip to each pair. DISPOSAL OF DAMAGED COMPONENTS 1. If installed in a vehicle, follow the removal procedure for the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ), front passenger's airbag (see FRONT PASSENGER'S AIRBAG Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:06 AM Page 225 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element REPLACEMENT ), side airbag (see SIDE AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ), side curtain airbag see SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ), seat belt tensioner (see FRONT SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ), and seat belt buckle tensioner (see SEAT BELT BUCKLE ). 2. In all cases, make a short circuit by cutting, stripping, and twisting together the two inflator wires. NOTE: The driver's and front passenger's airbags have dual inflators. The like color wires go to the individual inflators. Twist the like colored wires together. 3. Package the component in exactly the same packaging that the new replacement part came in. 4. Mark the outside of the box "DAMAGED AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED," "DAMAGED SIDE AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED," "DAMAGED SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED," "DAMAGED SEAT BELT TENSIONER NOT DEPLOYED" so it does not get confused with your parts stock. 5. Contact your Honda District Parts and Service Manager for instructions on how and where to return it for disposal. DEPLOYMENT TOOL CHECK 1. Connect the yellow clips to both switch protector handles on the tool and connect the red lead to the positive battery post and the black lead to the negative battery post. 2. Push the operation switch: green light means the tool is OK; a red light means the tool is faulty. 3. Disconnect the yellow clips from the switch protector handles, and the red and black leads from the battery. CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Make sure the front wheels are aligned straight ahead. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes. Remove the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). Disconnect the connector (A) from the cruise control set/resume switch, then remove the steering wheel bolt (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 226 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 272: Identifying Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch Connector 5. With the front wheels still straight ahead, remove the steering wheel with a steering wheel puller (see step 6 on page 17-23). Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when removing the steering wheel. 6. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (A). Fig. 273: Identifying Driver's Dashboard Lower Cover 7. Remove the steering column cover screws (A), then remove the steering column covers (B, C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 227 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 274: Identifying Steering Column Cover Screws 8. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness B 5P connector (A) from the cable reel, then disconnect the dashboard wire harness B 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Fig. 275: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B 5P Connector 9. Release the lock tab (A) under the cable reel connector with a 90° hook shaped tool (B). Slide the tool below the cable reel connector just above the lock tab. Release the lower lock tab (C), and slide the cable reel off the column. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 228 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 276: Releasing Lock Tab Under Cable Reel Connector With Hook Shaped Tool INSTALLATION 1. Before installing the steering wheel, align the front wheels straight ahead. 2. If not already done, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes. 3. Set the turn signal canceling sleeve (A) so the projections (B) are aligned vertically. Fig. 277: Identifying Turn Signal Canceling Sleeve Projections 4. Carefully install the cable reel (A) on the steering column shaft. Then connect the 5P connector (B) and the 4P connector (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 229 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 278: Identifying Cable Reel, 5P Connector And 4P Connector 5. Install the steering column covers. 6. If necessary, center the cable reel. (New replacement cable reels come centered.) Do this by first rotating the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise about two and a half turns until the arrow mark on the cable reel label points straight up. Fig. 279: Identifying Arrow Mark On Cable Reel Label Points 7. Position the two tabs (A) of the turn signal canceling sleeve (B) as shown. Install the steering wheel on to the steering column shaft, making sure the steering wheel hub (C) engages the pins (D) of the cable reel and tabs of the canceling sleeve. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when installing the steering wheel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 230 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 280: Engaging Pins Of Cable Reel And Tabs Of Canceling Sleeve 8. Align the projections on the cable reel with the holes on the steering wheel, and install the steering wheel with a new steering wheel bolt (A). Fig. 281: Identifying Steering Wheel Bolt 9. Install the driver's airbag (see DRIVER'S AIRBAG REPLACEMENT ). 10. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 11. After installing the cable reel, confirm proper system operation:  Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off.  After the SRS indicator has turned off, turn the steering wheel fully left and right to confirm the SRS indicator does not come on.  Make sure the horn works.  Make sure the cruise control works.  Make sure there are no DTCs. SRS UNIT REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 231 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element REMOVAL NOTE: If you are only disconnecting SRS unit connector A, skip step 2. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Disconnect the driver's and front passenger's airbag connectors (see DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS). 3. Disconnect the side airbag connectors (see DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS), 4. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors (see DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS). 5. Remove the dashboard center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 6. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P), SRS unit connector B (28P), and SRS unit connector C (28P) from the SRS unit. Fig. 282: Identifying SRS Unit Connectors 7. Pull down the carpet, then remove the TORX bolts (D) from the SRS unit. INSTALLATION 1. Install the new SRS unit (A) with TORX bolts (B), then connect the connectors (C) to the SRS unit; push them into position until they click. NOTE: Be sure the SRS unit is sitting squarely against its bracket before torquing the TORX bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 232 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 283: Identifying SRS Unit And SRS Unit Connectors 2. Reinstall the dashboard center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Reconnect the driver's and front passenger's airbag connectors (see DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS). 4. Reconnect the side airbag connectors (see DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS). 5. Reconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors (see DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS) and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors (see DISCONNECTING SYSTEM CONNECTORS). 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 7. Calibrate the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ). 8. Do the ODS unit operation check (see ODS UNIT OPERATION CHECK ). 9. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (FIRST) REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. Disconnect the appropriate side airbag 2P connector (see step 4 on ). Remove the seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the door sill trim (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ). Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the side impact sensor (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 233 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 284: Identifying Side Impact Sensor INSTALLATION 1. Install the new side impact sensor with the TORX bolt (A), then connect the floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor. Fig. 285: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect the side airbag 2P connector. Reinstall the seat assembly. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. After installing the side impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 6. Install all removed parts. SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SECOND) REPLACEMENT REMOVAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 234 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. Disconnect the appropriate side curtain airbag 2P connector (see step 6 on ). Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor (second). Remove the TORX bolt (A) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the side impact sensor (second) (B). Fig. 286: Identifying Side Impact Sensor (Second) INSTALLATION 1. Install the new side impact sensor (second) with the TORX bolt (A), then connect floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (second). Fig. 287: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 2. Reconnect the side curtain airbag 2P connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 235 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. After installing the side impact sensor (second), confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 5. Reinstall all removed parts. REAR SAFING SENSOR REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. Disconnect both side curtain airbag 2P connectors (see step 6 on ). Remove the center console (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the rear safing sensor. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the rear safing sensor (B). Fig. 288: Identifying Rear Safing Sensor INSTALLATION 1. Install the new rear safing sensor (A) with the TORX bolt (B) then connect the floor wire harness 2P connector (C) to the rear safing sensor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 236 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 289: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove both side curtain airbag connectors. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. Install all removed parts. After installing the rear safing sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II): the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. FRONT PASSENGER'S WEIGHT SENSOR REPLACEMENT REMOVAL NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be performed according to the precautions/procedures described at the beginning of the SRS section (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame (see FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT ). 4. Using a TORX T27 bit, remove the tamper-resistant TORX bolts (A) that attach the seat track (B) to the front passenger's weight sensors (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 237 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 290: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensors 5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the ODS unit harness, then remove the front passenger's weight sensors. INSTALLATION NOTE:   Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfere with other parts. Make sure both of the hooks (A) on the seat track are properly secured to the front bracket (B). If the hooks are not properly secured, the front passenger's weight sensors will not perform properly. 1. Install the new front passenger's weight sensors with tamper-resistant TORX bolts (C) under the seat track. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 238 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 291: Identifying Front Passenger's Weight Sensors Tamper-Resistant Torx Bolts 2. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad (see FRONT SEAT CUSHION COVER REPLACEMENT ). 3. Reinstall the front passenger's seat (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Calibrate the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT CALIBRATION ). 6. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come ON for about 6 seconds and then go off. ODS UNIT REPLACEMENT NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) before doing repairs or service. REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Disconnect the front passenger's side airbag 2P connector (see step 3 on ). 3. Remove the passenger's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and seatback cover (see FRONT SEAT-BACK COVER REPLACEMENT ). 4. Disconnect the ODS unit 18P connector (A) and sensor connectors (B) from the ODS unit (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 239 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 292: Identifying ODS Unit 18P Connector, Sensor Connectors And ODS Unit 5. Remove the two screws (D) and the ODS unit. INSTALLATION 1. Place the new ODS unit (A) on the seat-back frame. Tighten the two screws (B), and connect the ODS unit harness 18P connector (C) and sensor connectors (D) to the ODS unit. Fig. 293: Identifying ODS Unit, ODS Unit Harness 18P Connector And Sensor Connectors 2. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal. 3. Install the seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), then connect the side airbag 2P connector. 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Set the seat-back in the normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the front passenger's seat. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 240 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 6. Initialize the ODS unit (see ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION ). 7. After installing the ODS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (see step 2 on ), the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (see step 3 on ), both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors (see step 7 on ), and both seat belt buckle tensioner 2P connectors (see step 8 on ). 3. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Remove the washer reservoir for the right side sensor (see WASHER RESERVOIR REPLACEMENT ). 5. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolts (B), then remove the front impact sensor (C). Fig. 294: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector And Front Impact Sensor Torx Bolts INSTALLATION 1. Install the new front impact sensor with new TORX bolts (A), then connect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B) to the front impact sensor (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 241 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 295: Identifying Engine Compartment Wire Harness 2P Connector And Front Impact Sensor 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. After installing the front impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 4. Reinstall all removed parts. DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR REPLACEMENT REMOVAL NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Removal of the driver's seat position sensor must be performed according to the precautions/procedures described at the beginning of the SRS section (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ). Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable while removing the driver's seat position sensor. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (see step 2 on ). Remove the driver's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Disconnect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's seat position sensor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 242 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 296: Identifying Seat Position Sensor Harness 2P Connector 5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the driver's seat position sensor. INSTALLATION NOTE:    Be sure to install the harness so it is not pinched or interfere with other parts. Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable while installing the driver's seat position sensor. After installing the driver's seat position sensor, make sure it is clean. Keep it away from dust. 1. Install the new driver's seat position sensor with a TORX bolt (A), then connect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector to the driver's seat position sensor (B). Fig. 297: Identifying Driver's Seat Position Sensor Torx Bolt 2. Install the driver's seat assembly (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 243 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor with the HDS (see DRIVER'S SEAT POSITION SENSOR OPERATION CHECK ). ROLL RATE SENSOR REPLACEMENT REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat (see FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Pull down the carpet, disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the roll rate sensor. Fig. 298: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Roll Rate Sensor 4. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the roll rate sensor (C). INSTALLATION 1. Install the new roll rate sensor with a TORX bolt (A), then connect the floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the roll rate sensor (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 244 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element Fig. 299: Identifying Floor Wire Harness 2P Connector And Roll Rate Sensor 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. Install all removed parts. 4. After installing the roll rate sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. PASSENGER'S AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR TEST 1. Remove the center panel (see CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator (B). Fig. 300: Disconnecting 4P Connector From Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 245 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 RESTRAINTS SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) - Element 3. Push out the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator from behind the center panel (C). 4. Using the diode setting ( ) on a DVOM, check for current flow in both directions between the passenger's cutoff indicator illumination diode terminals No.1 and No.4. If there is no current, replace the passenger's cutoff indicator. 5. Reinstall the parts in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:51:07 AM Page 246 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horns - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horns - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:10 9:34:07 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horns - Element Fig. 1: Identifying Horn Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:07 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horns - Element Fig. 2: Horn Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HORN TEST/REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the left front inner fender (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the 1P connector (A), and remove the horn (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:07 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horns - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Horn And Horn 1P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Test the horn by connecting battery power to the terminal (A) and ground to the bracket (B). The horn should sound. Fig. 4: Identifying Horn Terminal And Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HORN SWITCH TEST 1. Remove the steering column covers (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness B 5P connector (A) from the cable reel (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:07 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horns - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B 5P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Using a jumper wire, connect the dashboard wire harness B 5P connector (A) No. 1 terminal to body ground.  If the horn sounds, go to step 4.  If the horn doesn't sound, check these items:  Horn relay.  No. 7 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box.  Horn (see HORN TEST/REPLACEMENT ).  An open in the wire. 4. Reconnect the dashboard wire harness B 5P connector (A), and disconnect the horn switch positive 1P connector (B). Fig. 6: Identifying Dashboard Wire Harness B 5P Connector And Horn Switch Positive 1P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:07 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Horns - Element 5. Using a jumper wire, connect the horn switch positive 1P connector to ground.  If the horn sounds, replace the horn switch plate.  If the horn does not sound, replace the cable reel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:34:07 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:18 8:35:13 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 1: Identifying Intake Air System Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. THROTTLE BODY TEST Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element CARBON ACCUMULATION CHECK NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 2: Connecting HDS To Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 5. Check the REL TP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. The reading should be below 2.46 deg. If it is not, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). THROTTLE POSITION LEARNING CHECK NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 3: Connecting HDS To Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Do the TP LEARNING CHECK in the ETCS TEST. If needed, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). THROTTLE BODY CLEANING CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. 1. Check for damage to the air cleaner. If the air cleaner is damaged, replace it (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Clean off the carbon from the throttle valve and inside the throttle body with a paper towel soaked in throttle plate and induction cleaner. NOTE:      Remove the throttle body to clean it. Be careful not to pinch your fingers. To avoid removing the molybdenum coating, do not clean the bearing area of the throttle shaft (A). Do not spray throttle plate and induction cleaner directly on the throttle body. Use Honda genuine throttle plate and induction cleaner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Throttle Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS (see ECM/PCM RESET ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). INTAKE AIR BYPASS CONTROL THERMAL VALVE TEST Special Tools Required Vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent, commercially available 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. NOTE: The engine coolant temperature must be below 131°F (55°C). 2. Remove the vacuum hose (A) from the intake air duct, and connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the hose. Fig. 5: Identifying Vacuum Hose Of Intake Air Duct Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element 3. Raise and lower the engine speed, making sure the vacuum gauge reading changes as the engine speed changes. If the vacuum reading does not change, check for these problems: Misrouted, leaking, broken, or clogged intake air bypass control system vacuum lines.  A cracked or damaged intake air bypass control thermal valve. Replace the valve if needed (see RESONATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 5. Raise and lower the engine speed, making sure the vacuum pump/gauge reading does not indicate any vacuum as the rpm changes.  If there is a vacuum reading, check for these problems:   Misrouted, leaking, broken, or clogged intake air bypass control system vacuum lines. A cracked or damaged intake air bypass control thermal valve. Replace the valve if needed (see RESONATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. If you are replacing or cleaning the throttle body, start at step 1. If you are removing the throttle body, start at step 4. Connect the HDS to the DLC while the engine is stopped. Select the INSPECTION MENU on the HDS. Do the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Intake Air Duct With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. 7. 8. 9. Disconnect the throttle body connector (B). Disconnect and plug the water bypass hoses (C). Remove the throttle body (D). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new gasket (E). NOTE:   Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ) after the throttle body has been replaced. Refill the radiator with engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). ACCELERATOR PEDAL REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the throttle cable (A) from the accelerator pedal (B) (see THROTTLE CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 7: Identifying Throttle Cable And Accelerator Pedal With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the nuts (C) and the accelerator pedal. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. THROTTLE CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the throttle cable cover (see THROTTLE CABLE ADJUSTMENT ). 2. Fully open the throttle link, then remove the throttle cable (A) from the throttle link (B). Fig. 8: Identifying Throttle Cable Of Throttle Link Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the cable housing (C) from the cable bracket (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element 4. Remove the throttle cable (A) from the accelerator pedal (B). Fig. 9: Identifying Throttle Cable And Accelerator Pedal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 6. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 7. Hold the cable, removing all slack from it. 8. Set the cable on the bracket (A). Adjust the adjusting nut (B) so that its free play is 0 mm. 9. Position the adjusting nut on the other side of the bracket, then tighten the locknut (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 10: Tightening Locknut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Check the throttle cable free play (see step 2 on Throttle Cable Adjustment ). 11. With the cable properly adjusted, check the throttle link to be sure it opens fully when you push the accelerator pedal to the floor. Also check the throttle link to be sure it returns whenever you release the accelerator pedal. THROTTLE CABLE ADJUSTMENT 1. Remove the throttle cable cover (A). Fig. 11: Identifying Throttle Cable Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Check cable free play at the throttle linkage. Cable free play (A) should be 10-12 mm (0.39-0.47 in.). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 12: Checking Cable Free Play Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the free play (A) is not within spec (10-12 mm, 0.39-0.47 in.), loosen the locknut (B), turn the adjusting nut (C) until the free play is as specified, then retighten the locknut. 4. With the cable properly adjusted, check the throttle link to be sure it opens fully when you push the accelerator pedal to the floor. Also check the throttle link to be sure it returns to the idle position whenever you release the accelerator pedal. AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). Fig. 13: Identifying MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor 5P Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the air cleaner (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 14: Removing Air Cleaner Housing And Air Cleaner Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. It the element is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner housing. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: If the maintenance minder indicated the air cleaner element required replacement, check for other items that may also be displayed in the maintenance minder main items (see MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEMS ) and the sub items (see MAINTENANCE SUB ITEMS ) before resetting the maintenance minder. RESONATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Remove the battery. Remove the air cleaner (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the bolts (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Resonator And Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the resonator (B). Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system. Set the clock. INTAKE AIR BYPASS CONTROL THERMAL VALVE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the engine cover (see step 3 on REMOVAL ). 2. Disconnect the hoses (A). Fig. 16: Identifying Intake Air Bypass Control Thermal Valve Parts Location With Torque Specification Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Intake Air System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the intake air bypass control thermal valve (B). 4. Make sure the items below are correctly positioned, then install the parts in the reverse order of removal.  Position the valve (B) and the clamp (C) angle as shown.  Make sure that the clamp (D) is in the position within the lever end of it the range shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:35:13 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element FRONT GRILLE COVER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the clips, and release the hooks (A), then remove the front grille cover (B). Take care not to scratch the front bumper. Fig. 1: Identifying Clips, Hooks And Front Grille Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the grille cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the hook portions and clips into place securely. FRONT GRILLE REPLACEMENT SC MODEL NOTE: Take care not to scratch the front bumper. 1. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the screws. 3. Release the hooks (A) from the front bumper upper face (B), then remove the front grille (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:22 9:30:16 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Hooks, Front Bumper Upper Face And Front Grille Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If necessary, separate the front emblem (A) from the emblem base (B) by removing the push nuts (C), and release the hook (D), then remove the front emblem base from the front grille (E). Fig. 3: Identifying Emblem Base, Nuts, Hook And Front Emblem Base Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Push the hooks into place securely.  Replace the push nuts with new ones. LX, EX MODELS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element NOTE:   Take care not to scratch the front bumper. Put on the gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the screws (A). Fig. 4: Identifying Clips, Hooks And Front Grille Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Detach the clips (B), and release the hooks (C), then remove the front grille (D) from the front bumper by pulling it out. 4. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the rear hooks of the grille engage the bumper securely.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. FRONT GRILLE MOLDINGS REPLACEMENT LX, EX models NOTE: Take care not to scratch the front bumper. 1. Remove the front grille. 2. Separate the front emblem (A) from the front grille molding (B) by removing the push nuts (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Front Emblem, Front Grille Molding And Push Nuts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the screws, and remove the front grille molding from the front grille base (D). 4. Install the molding in the reverse order of removal. Replace the push nuts with new ones. COWL COVER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the windshield wiper arms (see WIPER ARM/NOZZLE ADJUSTMENT ). 2. Remove the passenger's cowl cover (A) and the driver's cowl cover (B). Take care not to scratch the body. -1 Using a clip remover, detach the clips (C), then remove the hood rear seal (D). -2 Using a clip remover, remove the clips (E) from the cowl covers. -3 Release the windshield washer tube (F). -4 Detach the clips (G, H) and release the hooks (I, J) by carefully pulling the passenger's cowl cover upward. -5 Pull the cover forward to release the hooks (K), and pull the hinge cover (L) out from the front fender (M), then remove the passenger's cowl cover. -6 Detach the clips (G, H, N), and release the hook (O) by carefully pulling the driver's cowl cover upward. -7 Pull the cover forward to release the hooks (P), and pull the hinge cover (Q) out from the front fender (R), then remove the driver's cowl cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Cowl Cover Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the cowl covers in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Push the clips and hooks into place securely. A-PILLAR CORNER TRIM REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Open the door. 2. Apply protective tape around the body to prevent damage. Carefully insert the appropriate tool from the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element KTC trim tool set next to the clips, and detach the clips by prying on the A-pillar corner trim (A). Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. Fig. 7: Identifying A-Pillar Corner Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. 4. Hold the trim up, and fit the clips into the holes in the body, then push on the trim until the clips snap into place. REAR DOOR OUTER TRIM REPLACEMENT NOTE:   Take care not to scratch the body. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the rear door panel (see REAR DOOR PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the plastic cover as needed (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX - REAR DOOR ). 3. Remove the screw, and release the hooks (A) by sliding the rear door outer trim (B) forward, then remove the trim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Hooks, Rear Door Outer Trim And Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the rear door outer trim in the reverse order of removal. C-PILLAR OUTER TRIM REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. While gently pulling out on the C-pillar outer trim (A), cut the double-sided adhesive tape (B) in the rear edge of the trim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 9: Identifying C-Pillar Outer Trim And Double-Sided Adhesive Tape Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Open the rear door. From inside the door, detach the clip (C) with a clip remover. 3. Close the rear door. Detach the clips (D) with a clip remover, then remove the C-pillar outer trim. Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. 4. Scrape off the remaining double-sided adhesive tape from the trim and quarter glass, and clean the trim and quarter glass surface with alcohol. Attach the new double-sided adhesive tape (3M 5392FLR, or equivalent) to the trim. 5. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. 6. Hold the trim up, and fit the clips into the holes in the body, then push on the trim until the clips snap into place, and on the double-sided adhesive tape portion to make the adhesive stick securely. REAR DOOR HINGE TRIM REPLACEMENT NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Open the rear door, and remove the screws. 2. Close the rear door half-way, then remove the rear door hinge trim (A) from the rear door upper hinge (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Rear Door Hinge Trim And Rear Door Upper Hinge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the hinge trim in the reverse order of removal. WINDSHIELD SIDE TRIM REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:   Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Pull the top edge on the windshield side trim (A) up to detach the hooks (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Windshield Side Trim And Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Pull the top edge of the trim (A) up, and hold it, then slide the trim rearward along the A-pillar to release the clips (B) in the trim from the retainers (C) on the body. The retainers will stay in the body. Take care not to scratch the other trim and body. Fig. 12: Identifying Top Edge Of Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Replace the any damaged clips (A) on the trim (B) and the retainers (C) on the body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Clips, Trim And Retainers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Hold the trim up, and insert the bottom edge of the trim into the hood hinge cover (A). Align the top edge of the trim with the front edge of the roof side front trim (B), and fit the clips (C) into the retainers (D), then push on the trim until the hooks (E) and clips snap into place. Fig. 14: Identifying Hood Hinge Cover, Roof Side Front Trim, Clips And Retainers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element ROOF SIDE TRIM REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE:   Put on gloves to protect your hands. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. FRONT TRIM 1. Remove these items:  See WINDSHIELD SIDE TRIM REPLACEMENT  Roof side center trim 2. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, pry up on the front edge (A) of the roof side front trim to detach the hooks (B). Fig. 15: Identifying Front Edge Of Hooks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. From the front trim lid opening, use a clip remover to detach the clip. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 16: Identifying Front Trim Lid And Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Pull the front edge of the roof side front trim (A) up to detach the clips. Fig. 17: Pulling Front Edge Of Roof Side Front Trim And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Slide the trim (A) forward to release it from the clips, then remove the trim. The clips will stay in the body. Take care not to scratch the body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Sliding Trim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Using a clip remover, remove the clips from the body. 7. Replace any damaged clips from the trim and body, then install the clips on the trim. Fig. 19: Identifying Clips Of Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Hold the trim (A) up, and fit the clips into the holes in the body, then push on the trim until the clips (B, C) snap into place. Take care not to pinch the windshield molding (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 20: Identifying Trim, Clips And Windshield Molding Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the front trim lid. CENTER TRIM 1. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, pry up on the center trim front lid (A) of the roof side center trim (B) to detach the hook (C), and then remove the bolt or nut. SC model Fig. 21: Identifying Center Trim With Torque Specification (SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element LX, EX models Fig. 22: Identifying Center Trim With Torque Specification (LX, EX Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, pry up on the center trim rear lid (A) of the roof side center trim (B) to detach the hooks (C), and then remove the bolt or nut. SC model Fig. 23: Identifying Center Trim Rear Lid, Roof Side Center Trim Hooks, Bolt And Nut With Torque Specification (SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. LX, EX models Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 24: Identifying Center Trim Rear Lid, Roof Side Center Trim Hooks, Bolt And Nut With Torque Specification (LX, EX Models) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pull the lower rear portion on the roof side center trim (A) out to release it from the clip (B). Fig. 25: Identifying Lower Rear Portion On Roof Side Center Trim And Clip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Pull the rear edge of the trim up, and hold it. Slide the trim rearward to release it from the clips (B, C). The clips will stay in the body. Take care not to scratch the other trim and body. 5. Using a clip remover, remove the clips from the body. 6. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones, and install them on the trim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 26: Identifying Clips Of Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Hold the trim (A) up, and fit the clips (B, C) into the holes in the body, then push on the trim until the clips snap into place. Fig. 27: Identifying Trim And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the bolts, and install the lids. REAR TRIM 1. Remove the center trim rear lid from the roof side center trim, and remove the bolt. 2. Open the hatch, and remove the bolt from the rear portion of the roof side rear trim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 28: Identifying Roof Side Rear Trim Rear Portion Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Slide the trim (A) rearward to release it from the clips, then remove the trim. The clips will stay in the body. Take care not to scratch the body. Fig. 29: Identifying Trim Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Using a clip remover, remove the clips from the body. 5. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones, and install them on the trim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Clips Of Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Insert the front edge of the trim (A) between the roof side center trim (B) and body, and fit the clips into the holes in the body, then push on the trim until the clips snap into place. Fig. 31: Identifying Front Edge Of Trim Between Roof Side Center Trim Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the bolts, and install the center trim rear lid. SIDE SILL PANEL REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. On the front of the rear wheel arch, remove the screw securing the rear side sill panel (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 32: Identifying Rear Side Sill Panel Screw Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Pull the front edge of the rear side sill panel (A) out, and hold it. Slide the panel forward to release it from the clips, then remove the panel. The clips will stay in the body. Fig. 33: Identifying Rear Side Sill Panel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the clips from the body by turning them 45°. 4. On the back of the front wheel arch, remove the screws securing the front side sill panel (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Front Side Sill Panel Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Slide the front side sill panel (A) rearward to release it from the clips, then remove the panel. The clips will stay in the body. Fig. 35: Identifying Front Side Sill Panel Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the clips by turning them 45° from the body. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. Install the clips on the side sill panels. Hold the front side sill panel (A) up, and fit all the clips (B) into the holes in the body, then push on the panel until the clips snap into place. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 36: Identifying Front Side Sill Panel Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the screws (C). 11. Hold the rear side sill panel (A) up, and fit all the clips (B) into the holes in the body, then push on the panel until the clips snap into place. Fig. 37: Identifying Rear Side Sill Panel, Clips And Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the screw (C). FRONT FENDER CLADDING REPLACEMENT NOTE:   Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to scratch the body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element 1. From the wheel arch, remove the screws (A, B) and clips (C). Fig. 38: Identifying Wheel Arch, Screws And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Open the door. From outside the door, remove the upper and middle clips, and from inside the door, remove the lower clip securing the front fender cladding and front fender. Fig. 39: Identifying Front Fender Cladding And Front Fender Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pull out along the upper edge on the front fender cladding (A) to release clips, then remove the cladding from the body. LX, EX, models: Disconnect the front turn signal light connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 40: Identifying Front Fender Cladding And Front Turn Signal Light Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the cladding in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  When removing the remaining clips from the body, turn the clip 90°, and pull it out.  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Make sure the front turn signal light connector is plugged in properly.  Push the clip portions into place securely. REAR QUARTER PANEL CLADDING REPLACEMENT NOTE:   Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the fuel fill door (see FUEL FILL DOOR REPLACEMENT ). 2. From the rear wheel arch, remove the screws (A) and clips (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 41: Identifying Rear Quarter Panel Clips And Screw Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Open the tailgate, then remove the bolts. Fig. 42: Identifying Tailgate Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Open the rear door. Remove the clip (A), and pull out on the rear door hinge lower cover (B) to release it from the clips (C). Using a clip remover, remove the clips from the body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 43: Removing Rear Quarter Panel Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Close the rear door halfway. Pull out on the rear bumper, fuel fill door, and rear wheel arch portions of the rear quarter panel cladding (A), and slide the cladding forward to release it from the clips, and to release the hook (B) from the body, then remove the cladding. The clips will stay in the body. Fig. 44: Identifying Rear Quarter Panel Cladding Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the clips from the body by turning them 90°. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. Install the clips on the rear quarter panel cladding. Open the rear door half-way, and install the front of the rear quarter panel cladding (A). Fit all the clips and hook (B) into the holes in the body, then push on the cladding until the clips and hook snap into place. Fig. 45: Installing Rear Quarter Panel Cladding Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the clips on the rear door hinge lower cover. 11. Hold the cover (A) up, and fit the clips (B) into the holes in the body, then push on the cover until the clips snap into place. Install the clip (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 46: Identifying Cover And Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the bolts, screws, and clips to the rear cladding. 13. Install the fuel fill door. 14. Adjust the fuel fill door position alignment (see FUEL FILL DOOR REPLACEMENT ). TAILGATE CLADDING REPLACEMENT NOTE:   Put on gloves to protect your hands. Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the tailgate weatherstrip as needed (see TAILGATE WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT ). 2. Open the tailgate. 3. Remove the bolts securing the tailgate cladding. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Fig. 47: Identifying Tailgate Cladding Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Pull out along the upper and lower edges on the tailgate cladding (A) to release the clips, then remove the cladding from the tailgate, and disconnect the rear license light connectors (B). Fig. 48: Pulling Tailgate Cladding And Rear License Light Connectors Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the cladding in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones.  Make sure the rear license light connectors are plugged in properly.  Push the clip portions into place securely. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element  Reinstall tailgate weatherstrip. EMBLEM REPLACEMENT NOTE: When removing the emblems, take care not to scratch the body. Use dental floss to cut double-sided type. 1. To remove the front "H" emblem, remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Clean the body surface with a sponge dampened in alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface. 3. Apply the emblems where shown. When installing the LEV emblem on the inside surface of the quarter glass, align the bottom of the application tape with the black ceramic, then press the emblem into place, and remove the application tape. Fig. 49: Identifying Emblem Dimension Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Trim - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Reinstall the front bumper. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:30:17 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying EVAP System Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:03 8:33:59 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Engine Control Module (ECM) And Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC P0443: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION Special Tools Required Vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent, commercially available NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0443 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and allow the engine to cool below 131°F (55°C). 6. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve (B) in the engine compartment, and connect a vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the hose. Fig. 3: Identifying Vacuum Hose And EVAP Canister Purge Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Start the engine, and let it idle. Is there vacuum? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 14. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector. 10. Check for continuity between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 4: Checking Continuity Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Go to step 24. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). 13. Check for continuity between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM (B21), then go to step 25. NO -Go to step 31. 14. 15. 16. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 6: Measuring Voltage Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the EVAP canister purge valve and the No. 4 ACG (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to step 25. 18. 19. 20. 21. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). Connect EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 7: Connecting EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B21 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B21 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Repair open in the wire between the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM (B21), then go to step 25. 23. At the purge valve side, measure resistance between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 9: Measuring Resistance Between EVAP Canister Purge Valve 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 24.5 ohms, at room temperature? YES -Go to step 31. NO -Go to step 24. 24. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE REPLACEMENT ). 25. Reconnect all connectors. 26. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 27. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 28. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0443 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 30. 30. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0443 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 29, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF CONDITION, keep idling until a result comes on. 31. Reconnect all connectors. 32. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 33. Start the engine, and let it idle. 34. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0443 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 33. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 35. 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0443 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 34, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, cheek for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element purge valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING or OUT OF CONDITION, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P0451: FTP SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P2422 is stored at the same time as DTC P0451, troubleshoot DTC P2422 first, then recheck for DTC P0451. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and let it idle 1 minute. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0451 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 5. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine, and let it idle 1 minute. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0451 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose: terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0451 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 11, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P0452: FTP SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the fuel fill cap. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about - 7.3 kPa (--2.16 in.Hg, --55 mmHg), or 0.3 V or less indicated? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Go to step 7. 7. Install the fuel fill cap. 8. Start the engine. 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0452 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 10. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 4 and recheck. 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element YES -Go to step 20. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Measure voltage between FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 10: Measuring Voltage Between FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Measure voltage between ECM/PCM connector terminal E5 and body ground. Fig. 11: Measuring Voltage Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E5 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E5) and the FTP sensor, then go to step 22. NO -Go to step 28. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 16. 17. 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 12: Checking Continuity Between FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E14) and the FTP sensor, then go to step 22. NO -Go to step 29. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0452 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0452 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 28. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 29. Reconnect all connectors. 30. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 31. Start the engine, and let it idle. 32. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0452 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 31. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 33. 33. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0452 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 32, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 31. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P0453: FTP SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the fuel fill cap. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Go to step 7. 7. Install the fuel fill cap. 8. Start the engine. 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0453 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 10. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and ECM/PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 8 and recheck. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Disconnect the FTP sensor 3P connector. 12. Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3 with a jumper wire. Fig. 13: Connecting FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals No. 2 And 3 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 15. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element NO -Go to step 25. 15. Measure voltage between FTP sensor 3P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3. Fig. 14: Measuring Voltage Between FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 21. NO -Go to step 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Connect FTP sensor 3P connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 15: Connecting FTP Sensor 3P Connector Terminal No. 3 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E4 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 16: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 34. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E4) and the FTP sensor, then go to step 27. 21. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 22. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminals E4 and E14 with a jumper wire. Fig. 17: Connecting ECM/PCM Connector Terminals E4 And E14 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 24. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V or more indicated? YES -Go to step 33. NO -Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E14) and the FTP sensor, then go to step 27. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0453 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 32. 32. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0453 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 31, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. 33. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 34. Reconnect all connectors. 35. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 36. Start the engine, and let it idle. 37. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0453 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 36. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 38. 38. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0453 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 37, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 36. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P0455: EVAP SYSTEM LARGE LEAK DETECTED; DTC P0456: EVAP SYSTEM VERY SMALL LEAK DETECTED NOTE: The fuel system is designed to allow specified maximum vacuum and pressure conditions. Do not deviate from the vacuum and pressure tests as indicated in these procedures. Excessive pressure/vacuum would damage the EVAP components or cause eventual fuel tank failure. Special Tools Required Vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent, commercially available NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Fresh fuel has a higher volatility that will create greater pressure/vacuum. The optimum condition for testing is less than a full tank of fresh fuel. If possible, to assist in leak detection, add 1 gallon of fresh fuel to the tank (as long as it will not fill the tank) just before starting these procedures. 1. Check the fuel fill cap (the cap must say "TIGHTEN TO CLICK"). It should turn 1/4 turn after it's tight, then it clicks. Is the correct fuel fill cap installed and properly tightened? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace or tighten the cap, then go to step 22. 2. Check the fuel fill cap seal (A) and the fuel fill pipe mating surface (B). Verify that the fuel fill cap tether cord (C) is not caught under the cap. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Fuel Fill Cap Seal, Fuel Fill Pipe Mating Surface And Fuel Fill Cap Tether Cord Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is the fuel fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the fuel fill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught under the cap? YES -Replace the fuel fill cap or the fuel fill pipe, then go to step 22. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 5. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Check for a poor connection or damage at the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube. Is the tube OK? YES -Go to step 8. NO Replace the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube, then go to step 22.  If necessary, replace the fuel tank (see FUEL TANK REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 22. 8. Disconnect the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube (A) from the EVAP canister (B), and plug the EVAP  Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element canister port (C). Fig. 19: Identifying Fuel Tank Vapor Recirculation Tube, EVAP Canister And EVAP Canister Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Disconnect the vacuum hose (purge line) (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve in the engine compartment, and the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the hose as shown. Fig. 20: Identifying Vacuum Hose (Purge Line) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 12. Apply vacuum to the hose until the FTP reads 1.90 V (--0.59 in.Hg, --15.1 mmHg). NOTE: Be careful not to exceed the vacuum. If you do, the FTP sensor can be damaged. 13. Monitor the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST for 1 minute with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V (0.1 in.Hg, 2.5 mmHg)? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Go to step 19. 14. Select EVAP CVS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 15. Disconnect the fresh air hoses (A) from the EVAP canister vent shut valve (B), and plug the EVAP canister vent shut valve port (C). Fig. 21: Identifying EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve And Plug EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Apply vacuum to the hose (disconnected in step 9) until the FTP reads 1.90 V (--0.59 in.Hg, --15.1 mmHg). NOTE: Be careful not to exceed the vacuum. If you do, the FTP sensor can be damaged. 17. Monitor the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST for 1 minute with the HDS. Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V (0.1 in.Hg, 2.5 mmHg)? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 21. 18. Check for a loose or damaged EVAP canister purge line between the EVAP canister and the EVAP canister purge valve. Is the line OK? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element YES -Replace the following parts, then go to step 21.    FTP sensor O-ring (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ) EVAP canister vent shut valve case and O-ring (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ) EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ) NO -Reconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge hose, then go to step 21. 19. Select EVAP CVS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 20. Check these parts for looseness or damage:  Fuel fill pipe  Fuel vapor return pipe Are the parts OK? YES -Check the fuel pump base gasket (see FUEL TANK UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and check the fuel tank, then go to step 21. NO -Repair or replace the damaged parts, then go to step 21. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Reconnect all hoses and connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. NO -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. DTC P0457: EVAP SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED/FUEL FILL CAP LOOSE OR MISSING NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Check the fuel fill cap (the cap must say "TIGHTEN TO CLICK"). It should turn 1/4 turn after it's tight, then it clicks. Is the correct fuel fill cap installed and properly tightened? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace or tighten the cap, then go to step 19. 2. Check the fuel fill cap seal (A) and the fuel fill pipe mating surface (B). Verify that the fuel fill cap tether cord (C) is not caught under the cap. Fig. 22: Identifying Cap Seal, Fuel Fill Pipe Mating Surface And Fuel Fill Cap Tether Cord Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is the fuel fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the fuel fill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught under the cap? YES -Replace the fuel fill cap or the fuel fill pipe, then go to step 19. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 5. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve from the EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ). 8. Connect the 2P connector to the EVAP canister vent shut valve. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 11. Check the EVAP canister vent shut valve (A) operation. Fig. 23: Identifying EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the valve operate? YES -Check the routing of the EVAP canister vent tube, then go to step 18. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ). 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 16. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 17. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. NO -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. 18. Reinstall the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ). 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 20. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 21. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 22. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Is the result OK? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. NO -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. DTC P0496: EVAP SYSTEM HIGH PURGE FLOW DETECTED NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE REPLACEMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. NO -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, the EVAP canister purge valve, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. DTC P0497: EVAP SYSTEM LOW PURGE FLOW DETECTED Special Tools Required   Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0-4 in.Hg, 07JAZ-001000B Vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent, commercially available Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Select EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Check for a loose, clogged, or damaged at EVAP canister purge line between the throttle body and the EVAP canister. Is the line OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Reconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge line, then go to step 23. 5. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve (B). Fig. 24: Identifying Vacuum Hose And EVAP Canister Purge Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EVAP canister purge line (EVAP canister side), and connect a Tfitting (A) between the vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 25: Identifying EVAP Canister Purge Line And T-fitting Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose. 8. Select EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Does the vacuum release immediately? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Go to step 9. 9. Select EVAP PCS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 10. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve (B). Connect a T-fitting (C) between the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, the vacuum pump, and the EVAP canister purge valve as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 26: Identifying EVAP Canister Purge Line And T-fitting Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Select EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Does the vacuum release immediately? YES -Check for blockage in the vacuum hose between the EVAP canister purge valve and EVAP canister, then go to step 23. NO -Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 23. 14. Connect the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, to the vacuum hose (A) as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 27: Identifying Vacuum Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Start the engine, and let it idle. Is there vacuum? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Check for blockage in the vacuum hose between the EVAP canister purge valve and the throttle body, then go to step 23. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 17. Remove the FTP sensor with its connector connected (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 18. Connect a T-fitting (A) between the vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, the vacuum pump, and the FTP sensor (B) as shown. Fig. 28: Identifying Vacuum Pump And FTP Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 19. Check and record the FTP SENSOR reading in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 20. Slowly apply about 1.3 kPa (0.4 in.Hg, 10 mmHg)of vacuum to the hose. 21. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the value change? YES -Check for debris or blockage at the EVAP canister port, then go to step 23. NO -Go to step 22. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Reconnect all hoses. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is the result OK? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. NO -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. DTC P0498: EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds. 3. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0498 indicated? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Is DTC P0498 indicated? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector. 8. At the valve side, measure resistance between EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 29: Measuring Resistance Between EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 25-30 ohms, at room temperature? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 12. 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E19 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 30: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E19 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM (E19), then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 21. 12. Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ). 13. Reconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 14. Reconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector. 15. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 16. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 17. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 18. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0498 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 20. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0498 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 19, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. 21. Reconnect all connectors. 22. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 23. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 24. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0498 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 23. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 25. 25. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0498 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 24, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 23. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0499: EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS, and wait 5 seconds. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0499 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure voltage between EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 31: Measuring Voltage Between EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P Connector Terminal No.2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Repair open in the wire between the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the A/F sensor relay (LAF), then go to step 16. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. At the valve side, measure resistance between EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 32: Measuring Resistance Between EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 25-30 ohms, at room temperature? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Go to step 15. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 13. Connect EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 33: Connecting EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E19 and body ground. Fig. 34: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E19 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Repair open in the wire between the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM (E19), then Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element go to step 16. 15. Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ). 16. Reconnect all connectors. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 19. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 20. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0499 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0499 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 20. 23. Reconnect all connectors. 24. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 25. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 26. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0499 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 25. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0499 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 25. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 25. DTC P1454: FTP SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM; DTC P2422: EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE STUCK CLOSED MALFUNCTION NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the fuel fill cap, and wait 1 minute. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (-- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, --5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 17. 6. Install the fuel fill cap. 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 8. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1454 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 10. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor, or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM. Also check for a blockage in the canister filter, vent hoses, and drain joint. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 8 and recheck. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 10. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve from the EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ); 13. Connect the 2P connector to the EVAP canister vent shut valve. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Select EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 16. Check the EVAP canister vent shut valve (A) operation. Fig. 35: Checking EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the valve operate? YES -Check for a blockage in the EVAP canister, canister filter, vent hoses, and drain joint, then install the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and go to step 23. NO -Replace the EVAP canister vent shut valve (see EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 23. 17. Disconnect the air tube (A) from the FTP sensor (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 36: Identifying Air Tube And FTP Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V? YES -Check for a blockage in the FTP sensor air tube, then go to step 23. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Remove the FTP sensor (A) from the EVAP canister with its connector connected (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Fig. 37: Identifying FTP Sensor And EVAP Canister Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 22. Check the FTP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (- 0.2 and 0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V? YES -Check for debris or clogging at the EVAP canister and the FTP sensor port, then go to step 23. NO -Replace the FTP sensor (see FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 23. 23. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 24. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 25. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 26. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1454 and/or P2422 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 28. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P1454 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 27, go to the INDICATED DTCS TROUBLESHOOTING. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling until a result comes on. DTC P145C: EVAP SYSTEM PURGE FLOW MALFUNCTION NOTE:     Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If DTC P145C is indicated alone, do the troubleshooting for DTC P0496 and P0497 using freeze data from P145C. If DTC P0497 and P145C are stored at the same time, check for poor connection, blockage, or damage at EVAP canister purge line between the EVAP canister purge valve and the EVAP canister, a stuck closed EVAP canister purge valve. If DTC P0496 and/or P0497 are also stored with P145C, troubleshooting those DTC first, then recheck for P145C. FUEL CAP WARNING MESSAGE SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING Special Tools Required   Vacuum/pressure gauge, 0-4 in.Hg, 07JAZ-001000B Vacuum pump/gauge, 0-30 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent, commercially available Do this procedure if the fuel cap warning message comes on frequently, or if the message does not go off after Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element the fuel fill cap is tightened and the vehicle is driven several days. 1. Check the fuel fill cap (the cap must say "TIGHTEN TO CLICK"). It should turn 1/4 after it's tight, then it clicks. Is the correct fuel fill cap installed and properly tightened? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace or tighten the cap, then go to step 13. 2. Check the fuel fill cap seal (A) and the fuel fill pipe mating surface (B). Verify that the fuel fill cap tether cord (C) is not caught under the cap. Fig. 38: Identifying Fuel Fill Cap Seal, Fuel Fill Pipe Mating Surface And Fuel Fill Cap Tether Cord Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is the fuel fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the fuel fill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught under the cap? YES -Replace the fuel fill cap or the fuel fill pipe, then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Reinstall and tighten the fuel fill cap. 4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle for 1 minute. 6. Test drive at 45 mph (72 km/h) for 1 minute or more. Does the fuel cap warning message come on? YES -Go to step 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:33:59 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the EVAP canister purge valve (B) in the engine compartment, and connect a T-fitting (C) from the vacuum gauge and the vacuum pump/gauge 0-30 in.Hg, to the EVAP canister purge valve as shown. Fig. 39: Identifying Vacuum Hose And EVAP Canister Purge Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Apply about 2 kPa (0.6 in.Hg, 15 mmHg) of vacuum to the hose. 11. Select EVAP PCS ON in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Does the vacuum release immediately? YES -Check for blockage at the vacuum hose between the EVAP canister purge valve and the EVAP canister, then go to step 12. NO -Replace the EVAP canister purge valve (see EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 12. Reconnect all hoses. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:00 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 15. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 16. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle for 1 minutes. 17. Test drive at 45 mph (72 km/h) for 1 minute or more. Does the fuel cap warning message come on? YES -Go to step 1 and recheck. NO -Troubleshooting is complete. EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the EVAP canister cover (A). Fig. 40: Identifying EVAP Canister Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the hoses (A), the FTP sensor 3P connector (B), and the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:00 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 41: Identifying FTP Sensor 3P Connector, EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 2P Connector And Hose With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the bolts (D). 4. Remove the EVAP canister (E). 5. Remove the EVAP canister bracket (A). Fig. 42: Identifying EVAP Canister Bracket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:00 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. FTP SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the FTP sensor (A). Fig. 43: Identifying FTP Sensor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (B). EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:00 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 44: Identifying EVAP Canister Purge Valve Components With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the harness clips (B), the bolts (C), and the hoses (D), then remove the EVAP canister purge valve assembly (E). 3. Remove the screws (A). Fig. 45: Identifying EVAP Canister Purge Valve And Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the EVAP canister purge valve (B) from the bracket. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:00 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element EVAP CANISTER VENT SHUT VALVE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Pry the lock tabs outward (A), then remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve (B). NOTE: Be careful not to damage the lock tabs. Fig. 46: Identifying EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). NOTE: Do not coat the O-ring with engine oil, etc. EVAP CANISTER FILTER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the EVAP canister (see EVAP CANISTER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the hose (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:00 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE PERFORMANCE EVAP System - Element Fig. 47: Identifying EVAP Canister And Hose With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the EVAP canister filter and bracket (B). 4. Disconnect the hoses (A). Fig. 48: Identifying EVAP Canister Filter, Screws And Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the EVAP canister filter (B) from the joint (C) and bracket (D). 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:34:00 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Idle Control System Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:49 8:41:45 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element DTC P0506: IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Confirm under these DATA LIST parameter conditions with the HDS:  ECT SENSOR 1 above 158°F (70°C)  IAT SENSOR above 32°F (0°C)  VSS is 0 mph (0 km/h)  ST FUEL TRIM between 0.69-1.47  FSS is CLOSED 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES - Go to step 6. NO - If the screen indicates PASSED, go to step 15. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 4 and recheck. 6. Remove the intake air duct from the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 7. Check for dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle bore. Is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle bore? YES - If there is dirt or carbon, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). Also check for damage to the air cleaner element (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 9. If there is damage in the throttle bore, go to step 8. NO - Check the A/C system or power steering system, then go to step 17. 8. 9. 10. 11. Replace the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element 12. Check under these DATA LIST parameter conditions with the HDS:  ECT SENSOR 1 above 158°F (70°C)  IAT SENSOR above 32°F (0°C)  VSS is 0 mph (0 km/h)  ST FUEL TRIM between 0.69-1.47  FSS is CLOSED 13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0506 indicated? YES - Go to step 19. NO - Go to step 14. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES - Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 13, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 19. Check the A/C system and/or power steering system, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 11. 15. Remove the intake air duct from the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 16. Check for dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle bore. Is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle bore? YES - If there is dirt or carbon, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). Also check for damage to the air cleaner element (see AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 9. If there is damage in the throttle bore, go to step 8. NO - Go to step 17. 17. Recheck with different load conditions (turn on the headlights, blower motor, rear window defogger and/or A/C, change the gear position, etc.). 18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element YES - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, check the A/C system and/or power steering system, then go to step 1 and recheck. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 12. 19. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 20. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 21. Check under these DATA LIST parameter conditions with the HDS:  ECT SENSOR 1 above 158°F (70°C)  IAT SENSOR above 32°F (0°C)  VSS is 0 mph (0 km/h)  ST FUEL TRIM between 0.69-1.47  FSS is CLOSED 22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0506 indicated? YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 20. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO - Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0506 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES - If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 20. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 20. DTC P0507: IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the general troubleshooting information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0507 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES - Go to step 5. NO - If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, recheck with different load conditions (electrical, A/C, gear position, etc.), then go to step 3. 5. Check for vacuum leaks at these parts:  PCV valve  PCV hose  EVAP canister purge valve  Throttle body  Intake manifold  Brake booster hose  Brake booster Are there any leaks? YES - Repair or replace the leaking part(s), then go to step 6. NO - Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 10. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0507 indicated? YES - Go to step 12. NO - Go to step 11. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0507 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES - Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 12. If the screen indicates EXECUTING keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, recheck with different load conditions (turn on the headlights, blower motor, or A/C; change the gear position, etc.), then go to step 9. 12. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ). 13. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0507 indicated? YES - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 13. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO - Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0507 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES - If the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ): If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated in step 14, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO - If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the throttle body and the ECM/PCM. If the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then go to step 13. If the ECM/PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result comes on. If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION, go to step 13. A/C SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 2. 3. 4. Start the engine. Turn the blower switch on. Turn the A/C switch on. Check the A/C CLUTCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element Does it indicated ON? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Do the A/C system test (see A/C SYSTEM TEST ). 5. Check the A/C system. Does the A/C system operate? YES - The air conditioning system circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Activate the A/C CLUTCH in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor clutch? YES - Do the A/C system test (see A/C SYSTEM TEST ). NO - Go to step 9. 9. Momentarily connect under-hood fuse/relay box 14P connector terminal No. 10 to body ground with a jumper wire several times. Fig. 2: Connecting Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box 14P Connector Terminal No. 10 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor clutch? YES - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E18) and the A/C clutch relay. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Monitor the ALTERNATOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 3. Check if the indicated percentage varies when the headlight switch is turned on. Does the percentage vary? YES - The alternator signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the headlight switch and ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal B13. Fig. 3: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B13 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B13) and the alternator. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element PSP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. Start the engine. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch (see POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). NO - Go to step 10. 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element Fig. 4: Checking Continuity Between PSP Switch 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E16) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Fig. 5: Connecting PSP Switch 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Check the PSPSW in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch (see POWER STEERING HOSE, LINE, AND PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element NO - Go to step 18. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 6: Connecting PSP Switch 2P Connector Terminal No. 1 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal E16. Fig. 7: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E16 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (E16). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between PSP Switch 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G301. BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate OFF? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Inspect the brake pedal position switch (see BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST ). 3. Press the brake pedal, and check the BRAKE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - The brake pedal position switch signal circuit (BKSW line) is OK. NO - Go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch 4P connector. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element 8. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E22 and body ground. Fig. 9: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E22 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E22) and the No. 7 HORN, STOP (15 A) fuse. Replace the No. 7 HORN, STOP (15 A) fuse. NO - Go to step 9. 9. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal E22 and brake pedal position switch 4P connector terminal No. 2. Fig. 10: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal E22 And Brake Pedal Position Switch 4P Connector Terminal No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair open in the wire between the brake pedal position switch and the No. 7 HORN, STOP (15 A) fuse. Inspect the brake position switch (see BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element NO - Repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (E22) and the brake pedal position switch. IDLE SPEED INSPECTION NOTE:   Before checking the idle speed, check these items:  The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been reported on, and there are no DTCs.  Ignition timing  Sparkplugs  Air cleaner  PCV system Apply the parking brake, and make sure the headlights are off. 1. Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve connector. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 11: Connecting HDS To Data Link Connector (DLC) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 6. Check the idle speed without load conditions: headlights, blower fan, radiator fan, and air conditioner off. Idle speed should be: IDLE SPEED REFERENCE M/T 700 ± 50 rpm Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE PERFORMANCE Idle Control System - Element A/T 700 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) 7. Let the engine idle for 1 minute with high electric load (A/C switch on, temperature set to max cool, blower fan on high, and headlights on high beam). Idle speed should be: IDLE SPEED REFERENCE M/T 720 ± 50 rpm A/T 720 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification, do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). If the idle speed is still not within specification, go to symptom troubleshooting. 8. Reconnect the EVAP canister purge valve connector. ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE The idle learn procedure must be done so the ECM/PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of these actions:     Replace ECM/PCM. Reset ECM/PCM. Update ECM/PCM. Replace or clean the throttle body. NOTE: Erasing DTCs with the HDS does not require you to do the idle learn procedure. PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio, lights, etc.) are off. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, or until the engine coolant temperature reaches 194°F (90°C). 5. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the throttle fully closed. NOTE: If the radiator fan comes on, do not include its running time in the 5 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:41:45 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Vehicle Stability Assist System Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION SYSTEM INDICATOR This system has four indicators:    ABS indicator (A) Brake system indicator (B) VSA indicator (C) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:45 7:26:40 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element  VSA activation indicator (D) Fig. 2: Identifying ABS Indicator And Brake System Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. When the system detects a problem, it will turn the appropriate indicator on. Depending on the failure, the VSA modulator-control unit determines which indicators are turned on. When the system is OK, each indicator comes on for about 2 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON (II), then goes off. ABS Indicator The ABS indicator comes on when the ABS function is lost. The brakes still work like a conventional system. Brake System Indicator The brake system indicator comes on when the EBD function is lost, the parking brake is applied, and/or the brake fluid level is low. VSA Indicator The VSA indicator comes on, when VSA function is lost. VSA Activation Indicator The VSA activation indicator blinks, when the VSA function is activating. The VSA activation indicator comes on, when the VSA is turned OFF by using the VSA OFF switch, or the VSA function is lost. ABS/VSA INDICATOR   If the system is OK, the ABS and VSA indicators go off 2 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON (II). The ABS and VSA indicators come on when the control unit detects a problem in the system. However, even though the system is operating properly, the indicator may come on under these conditions: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element      Only the drive wheels rotate. One drive wheel is stuck. The vehicle goes into a spin. The ABS or VSA continues to operate for a long time. The vehicle is subjected to an electrical signal disturbance. To determine the actual cause of the problem, question the customer, taking these conditions into consideration.  When a problem is detected, there are cases when the indicator stays on until the ignition switch is turned OFF, and cases when the indicator goes off automatically when the system returns to normal.  DTC 61 or 62: The ABS and VSA indicators go off automatically when the system returns to normal.  DTC 28, 31, 32,33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 54, 81,121, 122,123, or 124: The ABS and VSA indicators stay on until the ignition switch is turned OFF whether or not the system returns to normal.  DTC 11, 12, 13,14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 24, 51, or 52: The ABS and VSA indicators stay on until the system returns to normal after the engine is restarted, and the vehicle is driven.  DTC 25, 26, 27,64, 65, 66, 68, 83, 86, 91,104, or 105: The VSA indicator stays on until the ignition switch is turned OFF whether or not the system returns to normal.  DTC 84: The VSA activation indicator goes off automatically when the system returns to normal. DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)    The memory can hold any number of DTCs. However, when the same DTC is detected more than once, the more recent DTC is written over the earlier one. Therefore, when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it is memorized as a single DTC. The DTCs are indicated in ascending number order, not in the order they occur. The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM. Therefore, the memorized DTCs cannot be erased by disconnecting the battery. Do the specified procedures to clear the DTCs. SELF-DIAGNOSIS  Self-diagnosis can be classified into two categories: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Initial diagnosis: Done right after the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and until the ABS and VSA indicators go off.  Regular diagnosis: Done right after the initial diagnosis until the ignition switch is turned OFF. When the system detects a problem, the VSA modulator-control unit shifts to fail-safe mode.   KICKBACK The pump motor operates when the VSA modulator-control unit is functioning, and the fluid in the reservoir is forced out to the master cylinder, causing kickback at the brake pedal. PUMP MOTOR   The pump motor operates when the VSA modulator-control unit is functioning. The VSA modulator-control unit checks the pump motor operation one time after completing initial diagnosis during regular diagnosis when the vehicle is driven over 12 mph (20 km/h). You may hear the motor operate at this time, but it is normal. BRAKE FLUID REPLACEMENT/AIR BLEEDING Brake fluid replacement and air bleeding procedures are identical to the procedures used on vehicles without the VSA system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ). HOW TO TROUBLESHOOT DTCS The troubleshooting procedures assume that the cause of the problem is still present and the ABS and/or VSA indicator is still on. Following the troubleshooting procedure when the ABS and/or VSA indicator does not come on (no problem is present) can result in incorrect diagnosis. The connector illustrations show the female terminal connectors with a single outline and the male terminal connectors with a double outline. 1. Question the customer about the conditions when the problem occurred, and try to reproduce the same conditions for troubleshooting. Find out when the ABS and/or VSA indicator came on, such as during control, after control, when the vehicle was traveling at a certain speed, etc. If necessary, have the customer demonstrate the concern. 2. When the ABS or VSA indicator does not come on during the test-drive, but troubleshooting is done based on the DTC, check for loose connectors, poor contact of the terminals, etc. before you start troubleshooting. 3. After troubleshooting, or repairs are done, clear the DTCs, and test-drive the vehicle under the same conditions as originally set with the DTCs. Make sure the ABS and VSA indicators do not come on. 4. Check for DTCs from other system which connected via F-CAN, if there are DTCs that are related to FCAN, the most likely cause was that the ignition switch was turned ON (II) with the VSA modulatorcontrol unit connector disconnected. Clear the DTCs. Check for PGM-FI and VSA codes, and troubleshoot those first. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element INTERMITTENT FAILURES The term "intermittent failure" means a system may have had a failure, but it checks OK now. If the indicator(s) of the system does not come on, check for loose connectors and grounds, poor contact of the terminals related to the circuit that you are troubleshooting. HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) 1. If the system indicators stay on, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 3: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the VSA modulator-control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Check the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and note it. Also check the on-board snapshot data, and download any data found. Then refer to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting, and do the appropriate troubleshooting procedure. NOTE:   The HDS can read the DTC, the current data, and other system data. For specific operations, refer to the Help menu that came with the HDS. HOW TO RETRIEVE DTCS 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the VSA modulator-control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 4. Follow the prompts on the HDS to display the DTC(s) on the screen. After determining the DTC, refer to the DTC TROUBLESHOOTING. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. HOW TO CLEAR DTCS 1. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the VSA modulator-control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Clear the DTC(s) by following the screen prompts on the HDS. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Detection Item Right-front wheel sensor (short to power/short to body ground/open) Right-front wheel sensor (electrical noise/intermittent interruption) Left-front wheel sensor (short to power/short to body ground/open) Left-front wheel sensor (electrical noise/intermittent interruption) Right-rear wheel sensor (short to power/short to body ground/open) Right-rear wheel sensor (electrical noise/intermittent interruption) Left-rear wheel Brake System VSA Activation ABS Indicator Indicator VSA Indicator Indicator (1) ON ON ON ON or OFF ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 18 21 22 23 24 25 sensor (short to power/short to body ground/open) Left-rear wheel ON sensor (electrical noise/intermittent interruption) Right-front ON magnetic encoder Left-front ON magnetic encoder Right-rear ON magnetic encoder Left-rear magnetic ON encoder Yaw rate sensor OFF/ON or OFF ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON ON or OFF(1) ON ON OFF ON ON (2) 26 Lateral OFF/ON or OFF (2) acceleration sensor OFF ON ON 27 Steering angle sensor Longitudinal acceleration sensor ABS solenoid ABS solenoid ABS solenoid ABS solenoid ABS solenoid ABS solenoid ABS solenoid ABS solenoid Motor lock Motor stuck ON/OFF Fail-safe relay Low +B-FSR voltage High +B-FSR voltage Sensor power voltage Brake fluid level VSA pressure OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON or OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF/ON(2) OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON 28(2) 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 51 52 54 61 62 64 65 66 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 68 81 83 84 86 91 104 sensor (inside of VSA modulatorcontrol unit) Brake pedal position switch Central processing unit (CPU) ECM/PCM communication VSA sensor neutral position F-CAN communication VSA operation Sensor cluster 105 OFF OFF ON ON ON or OFF ON or OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF/ON(2) OFF Hydraulic unit OFF temperature sensor 121 VSA solenoid ON ON 122 VSA solenoid ON ON 123 VSA solenoid ON ON 124 VSA solenoid ON ON (1) Brake system indicator turns ON when two or more wheel sensors fail (2) 4WD SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX When the vehicle has one of these symptoms, check for a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) with the HDS. If there is no DTC, do the diagnostic procedure for the symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find the cause. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Symptom Diagnostic procedure HDS does not communicate Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT with the VSA modulatorTROUBLESHOOTING ). control unit or the vehicle ABS indicator does not come on ABS indicator or VSA 1. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 2. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit, then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 1. Symptom troubleshooting (see SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element indicator does not go off, and no DTCs are stored 2. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Brake system indicator does not come on 1. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 2. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit, then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). Brake system indicator does not go off, and no DTCs are stored 1. Symptom troubleshooting (see BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED ). 2. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). VSA indicator does not come on 1. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 2. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit, then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). VSA activation indicator does not come on at start-up (bulb check) 1. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 2. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit, then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). VSA activation indicator does not go off, and no DTCs are stored 1. Symptom troubleshooting (see VSA ACTIVATION INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED ). 2. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 3. Substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit, then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). ABS indicator, brake system indicator, and VSA indicator do not go off at the same time 1. Symptom troubleshooting (see ABS INDICATOR, BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR, AND VSA INDICATOR DO NOT GO OFF AT THE SAME TIME ). 2. Do the gauge control module troubleshooting (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). SYSTEM DESCRIPTION VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT INPUTS AND OUTPUTS FOR 47P CONNECTOR Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 4: Identifying 47P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Terminal Terminal Wire color number sign 1 WHT/RED +B-P 2 LT BLU K-LINE 3 BLU/WHT STR-Z 4 GRN/YEL IG1 5 BLU/ORN STR-G 6 GRN/WHT CLST-IG 7 YEL/BLK STR-VCC 11 WHT CAN1-H 15 RED CAN1-L Description Power source for the pump motor Communication with HDS Detects steering angle sensor signal Power source for activating the system Ground for the steering angle sensor Power source for the sensor cluster Power source for the steering angle sensor F-CAN communication circuit F-CAN communication circuit Measurement (Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector) Terminal Conditions Result Battery 1-GND At all times voltage - - - - - - 4-GND Ignition switch ON (II) Battery voltage 5-GND At all times continuity 6-GND 7-GND Ignition switch ON (II) Ignition switch ON (II) About 5 V About 5 V - - - - - - Fig. 5: Identifying 47P Connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Terminal Terminal Wire color number sign 16 BLK GND-V 25 RED CAN2-L 28 RED/YEL STR-A 29 WHT CAN2-H 30 YEL/RED STR-B 31 LT GRN CLSTGND 32 WHT/GRN +B-V 33 34 36 37 42 43 45 46 BLU GRN/BLK YEL/RED GRY/RED BLU/YEL GRN/YEL BLU/ORN BRN/WHT FR-GND FR+B RL+B RL-GND RR-GND RR+B FL+B FL-GND 47 BLK GND-P Description Measurement (Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector) Terminal Conditions Result Ground for the VSA 16-GND modulator-control unit CAN2 communication circuit Detects steering angle sensor signal CAN2 communication circuit Detects steering angle sensor signal Ground for the sensor 31-GND cluster Power source for the 32-GND fail-safe relay Detects right-front wheel sensor signal Detects left-rear wheel sensor signal Detects right-rear wheel sensor signal Detects left-front wheel sensor signal Ground for the pump 47-GND motor At all times Continuity - - - - - - - - At all times Continuity At all times Battery voltage - - - - - - - - At all times Continuity ABS Features When the brake pedal is pressed while driving, the wheels can lock before the vehicle comes to a stop. In such an event, the maneuverability of the vehicle is reduced if the front wheels are locked, and the stability of the vehicle is reduced if the rear wheels are locked, creating an extremely unstable condition. The ABS precisely controls the slip rate of the wheels to ensure maximum grip force from the tires, and it thereby ensures maneuverability and stability of the vehicle. The ABS calculates the slip rate of the wheels based on the vehicle speed and the wheel speed, then it controls the brake fluid pressure to reach the target slip rate. Grip force of tire and road surface Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 6: Grip Force Graph Of Tire And Road Surface Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TCS Features The TCS provides low-speed traction. When a drive wheel loses traction on a slippery road surface and starts to spin, the VSA modulator-control unit applies brake pressure to slow the spinning wheel. At that time, the VSA modulator-control unit sends a traction control signal to the ECM/PCM to reduce engine power. Fig. 7: Identifying TCS Features Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VSA SYSTEM FEATURES Oversteer control Applies the brake to the front outside wheel Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 8: VSA System Features - Oversteer Control Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Under steer control   Applies the brake to the rear inside wheel Controls the engine torque when accelerating Fig. 9: VSA System Features - Under Steer Control Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ELECTRONIC BRAKE DISTRIBUTION (EBD) Electronic brake distribution (EBD) has been added to the VSA system. EBD eliminates the need for an external, mechanical proportioning valve and improves overall braking performance. When the vehicle is heavily loaded, most of the increase in weight is born by the rear wheels, increasing braking capability. Proportioning valves maintain a fixed distribution of brake pressure between the front and the rear wheels, making it very difficult to fully utilize increased rear wheel braking capability. EBD varies Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element brake pressure distribution according to load, using input from the wheel speed sensors, which improves overall braking performance. Fig. 10: Identifying Electronic Brake Distribution Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Normal Braking Under normal braking conditions, brake pressure is evenly distributed between the front and rear brakes, and EBD is not used. Firm Braking Under hard braking conditions, the VSA modulator-control unit monitors wheel speed in order to allow a maximum amount of brake distribution individually to the rear wheels. Once the VSA modulator-control unit detects that one or both rear wheels are nearing their maximum braking potential, the inlet valve closes for one or both rear wheels, maintaining the current pressure. If the traction is improved, and the wheel(s) is no longer nearing its limits, the VSA modulator-control unit will open the inlet solenoid allowing additional pressure to be distributed to the rear wheel. The rear wheels are controlled independently of each other during EBD function. If during EBD function the VSA modulator-control unit determines that the wheels are beginning to slip more than a predetermined amount, the control unit abandons EBD control and shifts to select low 3-channel ABS control. BRAKE ASSIST Brake assist has been added to the VSA system. Brake assist helps ensure that any driver can achieve the full braking potential of the vehicle by increasing brake system pressure in a panic situation, bringing the vehicle into a full ABS stop. Each time the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the VSA modulator-control unit learns the current driver's normal braking characteristics by monitoring the brake pressure sensor and the brake pedal position switch at each stop. Using these inputs and their values, the VSA modulator-control unit is able to learn the driver's normal braking habits, and then determine the difference between a normal stop and a panic stop for the individual driver of the vehicle. If during a panic stop the VSA modulator-control unit determines that the brake system pressure increases above a learned threshold in less than a learned amount of time, the VSA modulatorMicrosoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element control unit engages brake assist. Because the brake system pressure crossed the threshold before the time threshold had expired, the VSA modulator-control unit goes into brake assist mode. Fig. 11: Pressure And Time Graph Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Normal Braking During normal braking conditions, brake assist does not affect brake system pressure. Panic Stop During a panic stop, the control unit turns the VSA pump ON, and opens the inlet valve. This brings the brake system pressure up high enough to cause a full ABS stop. As soon as the brake pedal is released, brake assist is stopped and the brake system returns to normal operation. MODULATOR UNIT The modulator unit consists of the inlet solenoid valve, outlet solenoid valve, VSA normally open (NO) solenoid valve, VSA normally closed (NC) solenoid valve, reservoir, pump, pump motor, and the damping chamber. The modulator controls the caliper fluid pressure directly. It is a circulating-type modulator because the brake fluid circulates through the caliper, the reservoir, and the master cylinder. The hydraulic control has three modes: Pressure intensifying, pressure retaining, and pressure reducing. The hydraulic circuit is an independent four channel type, one channel for each wheel. ABS CONTROL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Pressure Intensifying Mode VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve open, outlet valve closed. Master cylinder fluid is pumped out to the caliper. Pump Motor When starting the pressure reducing mode, the pump motor is ON. When stopping ABS operation, the pump motor is OFF. The reservoir fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the master cylinder. Fig. 12: Pump Motor System Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Pressure Retaining Mode VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed. Caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 13: Pressure Retaining Mode - System Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Pressure Reducing Mode VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, outlet valve open. Caliper fluid flows through the outlet valve to the reservoir. Fig. 14: Pressure Reducing Mode - System Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TCS CONTROL Pressure Intensifying Mode VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve open, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON. The reservoir and master cylinder fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the front caliper. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 15: TCS Control - Pressure Intensifying Mode Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Pressure Retaining Mode VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON. Front caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve. Fig. 16: TCS Control - Pressure Retaining Mode Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Pressure Reducing Mode VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, front outlet valve open, pump motor ON. Caliper fluid flows through the outlet valve to the reservoir. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 17: TCS Control - Pressure Reducing Mode Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VSA CONTROL Pressure Intensifying Mode VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve open, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON. The reservoir and master cylinder fluid is pumped out by the pump, through the damping chamber, to the front and rear calipers. Fig. 18: VSA Control - Pressure Intensifying Mode Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Pressure Retaining Mode VSA NO valve closed, VSA NC valve open, inlet valve closed, outlet valve closed, pump motor ON. Front and rear caliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 19: VSA Control - Pressure Retaining Mode Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Pressure Reducing Mode VSA NO valve open, VSA NC valve closed, inlet valve closed, outlet valve open, pump motor ON. Caliper fluid flows through the outlet valve to the reservoir. Fig. 20: VSA Control - Pressure Reducing Mode Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 21: VSA System Circuit Diagram (1 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 22: VSA System Circuit Diagram (2 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 23: VSA System Circuit Diagram (3 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC 11,13,15,17: WHEEL SENSOR (SHORT TO POWER/SHORT TO BODY GROUND/OPEN) 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Start the engine. Measure the voltage between body ground and the appropriate wheel sensor +B and GND terminals of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector individually (see table). DTC TROUBLESHOOTING Appropriate Terminal DTC Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element +B GND 11 (Right-front) FR+B: No. 34 FR-GND: No. 33 13 (Left-front) FL+B: No. 45 FL-GND: No. 46 15 (Right-rear) RR+B: No. 43 RR-GND: No. 42 17 (Left-rear) RL+B: No. 36 RL-GND: No. 37 Fig. 24: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And Appropriate Wheel Sensor +B And GND Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0.1 V or more? YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the appropriate wheel sensor. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate wheel sensor +B and GND terminals of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector individually (see table). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS Appropriate Terminal DTC +B GND 11 (Right-front) FR+B: No. 34 FR-GND: No. 33 13 (Left-front) FL +B: No. 45 FL-GND: No. 46 15 (Right-rear) RR-f-B: No. 43 RR-GND: No. 42 17 (Left-rear) RL+B: No. 36 RL-GND: No. 37 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 25: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Appropriate Wheel Sensor +B And Gnd Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 9. 7. Disconnect the appropriate wheel sensor 2P connector. 8. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate wheel sensor +B and GND terminals of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector individually (see table). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS Appropriate Terminal DTC +B GND 11 (Right-front) FR+B: No. 34 FR-GND: No. 33 13 (Left-front) FL+B: No. 45 FL-GND: No. 46 15 (Right-rear) RR+B: No. 43 RR-GND: No. 42 17 (Left-rear) RL+B: No. 36 RL-GND: No. 37 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:40 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Appropriate Wheel Sensor +B And Gnd Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the wheel sensor. NO -Replace the wheel sensor (see WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 9. Disconnect the appropriate wheel sensor 2P connector. 10. Check for continuity between the appropriate wheel sensor +B and GND terminals of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (see table). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS Appropriate Terminal DTC +B GND 11 (Right-front) FR+B: No. 34 FR-GND: No. 33 13 (Left-front) FL +B: No. 45 FL-GND: No. 46 15 (Right-rear) RR+B: No. 43 RR-GND: No. 42 17 (Left-rear) RL+B: No. 36 RL-GND: No. 37 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 27: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate Wheel Sensor +B And Gnd Terminals Of VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wires between the VSA modulator-control unit and the wheel sensor. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Connect wheel sensor 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire. CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor 11 Right-front 13 Left-front 15 Right-rear 17 Left-rear Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 28: Connecting Wheel Sensor 2P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2 To Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate wheel sensor +B and GND terminals of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector individually (see table). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS Appropriate Terminal DTC +B GND 11 (Right-front) FR+B: No. 34 FR-GND: No. 33 13 (Left-front) FL+B: No. 45 FL-GND: No. 46 15 (Right-rear) RR+B: No. 43 RR-GND: No. 42 17 (Left-rear) RL +B: No. 36 RL-GND: No. 37 Fig. 29: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Appropriate Wheel Sensor +B And Gnd Terminals Of VSA Modulator-Control Unit Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the wheel sensor. 13. On the sensor side, measure the resistance between the appropriate wheel sensor 2P connector terminals, then re-measure the resistance between the same terminals after reversing the positive tester probe and negative tester probe. RESISTANCE SPECIFICATIONS DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 11 13 15 17 Right-front Left-front Right-rear Left-rear Fig. 30: Measuring Resistance Between Appropriate Wheel Sensor 2P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is the resistance infinity (open circuit) or has continuity in both directions? YES -Replace the wheel sensor (see WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NO -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. DTC 12,14,16,18: WHEEL SENSOR (ELECTRICAL NOISE/INTERMITTENT INTERRUPTION) NOTE: If the ABS and VSA indicators come on because of electrical noise, the indicator goes off when you test-drive the vehicle at 19 mph (30 km/h). 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the appropriate wheel sensor and magnetic encoder (see WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). RESISTANCE SPECIFICATIONS DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor 12 Right-front 14 Left-front 16 Right-rear 18 Left-rear Are they OK? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element NO -Reinstall or replace the appropriate wheel sensor or magnetic encoder. 3. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. 4. Check for continuity between the appropriate wheel sensor GND terminal and other wheel sensor GND terminals of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (see table). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS DTC Appropriate Terminal Other Terminals 12 FR-GND: No. 33 No. 46 No. 42 No. 37 14 FL-GND: No. 46 No. 33 No. 42 No. 37 16 RR-GND: No. 42 No. 33 No. 46 No. 37 18 RL-GND: No. 37 No. 33 No. 46 No. 42 Fig. 31: Checking Continuity Between Appropriate Wheel Sensor Gnd Terminal And Other Wheel Sensor GND Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wires between the appropriate wheel sensor and the other wheel sensor. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Substitute a known-good wheel sensor for the appropriate wheel sensor (see table). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor 12 Right-front 14 Left-front 16 Right-rear 18 Left-rear 6. Reconnect all of the disconnected connectors. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 8. 9. 10. 11. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at 19 mph (30 km/h) or more. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 12, 14, 16, or 18 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Replace the original wheel sensor (see WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). DTC 21,22,23,24: MAGNETIC ENCODER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at 19 mph (30 km/h) or more. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 21,22,23, or 24 indicated? YES -Go to step 6. NO -The system is OK at this time. 6. Check the appropriate magnetic encoder (see table) (see WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS DTC Appropriate Wheel Sensor 21 Right-front 22 Left-front 23 Right-rear 24 Left-rear Is the sensor OK? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Replace the magnetic encoder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element DTC 25: YAW RATE SENSOR; DTC 26: LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSOR; DTC 28: LONGITUDINAL ACCELERATION SENSOR; DTC 104: SENSOR CLUSTER 1. Check the size, air pressure, and the amount of wear of all four tires, and check the wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). Is the tire condition and wheel alignment OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Make sure the suspension is not modified, and adjust the wheel alignment correctly, and recheck by test-driving. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the sensor cluster 6P connector. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure the voltage between body ground and VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 6, No. 25, No. 29, and No. 31 individually. Fig. 32: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0.1 V or more? YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the sensor cluster. NO -Go to step 7. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Check for continuity between body ground and VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 6, No. 25, No. 29, and No. 31 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 33: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the sensor cluster. NO -Go to step 9. 9. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 6, No. 25, No. 29, and No. 31 and sensor cluster 6P connector terminals No. 1, No. 3, No. 2, and No. 5. Fig. 34: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the sensor cluster. 10. Substitute a known-good sensor cluster (see SENSOR CLUSTER REPLACEMENT ). NOTE: Check that the sensor cluster mounting bracket is not bent or twisted, and make sure the sensor cluster is mounted properly and fixed. 11. 12. 13. 14. Reconnect all of the disconnected connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization (see VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. 16. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners. 17. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 25,26,28, or 104 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Replace the sensor cluster (see SENSOR CLUSTER REPLACEMENT ). DTC 27: STEERING ANGLE SENSOR 1. Check the size, air pressure, and amount of wear of all four tires, and check the wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). Is the tire condition and wheel alignment OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Make sure the suspension is not modified, and adjust the wheel alignment correctly, and recheck by test-driving. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 6. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 64 indicated? YES -Do the appropriate troubleshooting for the DTC. NO -Go to step 7. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the steering angle sensor 5P connector. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure the voltage between body ground and VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 5, and No. 7 individually. Fig. 35: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And VSA Modulator - Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 5, And 7 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0.1 V or more? YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the steering angle sensor. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Measure the voltage between body ground and VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 3, No. 28, and No. 30 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 36: Measuring Voltage Between Body Ground And VSA Modulator - Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 3, 28 And 30 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0.1 V or more? YES -Repair short to power in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the steering angle sensor. NO -Go to step 13. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 14. Check for continuity between body ground and VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 5, and No. 7 individually. Fig. 37: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 5 And 7 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the steering angle sensor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element NO -Go to step 15. 15. Check for continuity between body ground and VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 3, No. 28, and No. 30 individually. Fig. 38: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 3, 28 And 30 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the steering angle sensor. NO -Go to step 16. 16. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 5, No. 7 and steering angle sensor 5P connector terminals No. 1, No. 5 individually. Fig. 39: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 5, No. 7 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element YES -Go to step 17. NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the steering angle sensor. 17. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 3, No. 28, No. 30 and steering angle sensor 5P connector terminals No. 3, No. 2, and No. 4 individually. Fig. 40: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 3, 28 And 30 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and the steering angle sensor. 18. Substitute a known-good steering angle sensor (see STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). NOTE: 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Make sure the steering angle sensor and combination switch is mounted properly. Reconnect all of the disconnected connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle around a number of corners. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 27 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Check for loose terminals in the steering angle sensor 5P connector. If the connections are OK, replace the steering angle sensor (see STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). DTC 31,32,33,34,35,36,37,38: ABS SOLENOID 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then ON (II) again. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, or 38 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -The system is OK at this time. DTC 51: MOTOR LOCK; DTC 52: MOTOR STUCK ON/OFF 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the No. 10(30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse blown? YES -Install the new No. 10 (30 A) fuse, and recheck. If the fuse continues to blow, check for short to body ground in the wire between the No. 10 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Reinstall the fuse, and go to step 3. 3. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. 4. Measure the voltage between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 41: Measuring Voltage Between VSA Modulator - Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 10 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit. 5. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 47 and body ground. Fig. 42: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 47 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and body ground (G202). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Reconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at 10 mph (15 km/h) or more. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 51 or 52 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -The system is OK at this time. DTC 54: FAIL-SAFE RELAY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 54 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Intermittent failure, the vehicle is OK at this time. DTC 61: LOW +B-FSR VOLTAGE; DTC 62: HIGH +B-FSR VOLTAGE NOTE: If the vehicle has high electric load or a weak battery, DTC 61 may be stored when starting the engine. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II) again. Does the ABS indicator come on? YES -Go to step 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element NO -The system is OK at this time. 4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 61 or 62 indicated? YES -Check the battery and the charging system (see CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). NO -Do the appropriate troubleshooting for the DTC indicated. DTC 64: SENSOR POWER VOLTAGE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 64 indicated? YES -Go to step 6. NO -The system is OK at this time. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the steering angle sensor 5P connector. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 7 and body ground. Fig. 43: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 7 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground between the VSA modulator-control unit and the steering angle sensor. NO -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. DTC 65: BRAKE FLUID LEVEL 1. Check the brake fluid level in the master cylinder reservoir. Is brake fluid level OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Inspect the brake pads: Front (see FRONT BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ), rear (see REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ), and replace worn out brake pads, then recheck. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch 2P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 65 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Replace the reservoir (brake fluid level switch is included) on the master cylinder (see MASTER CYLINDER INSPECTION ). 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 10. Check for continuity between brake fluid level switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 44: Checking Continuity Between Brake Fluid Level Switch 2P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the gauge control module and the brake fluid level switch. NO -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. DTC 66: VSA PRESSURE SENSOR (INSIDE OF VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 66 indicated? YES -Replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). NO -The system is OK at this time. DTC 68: BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for other DTCs. Is another DTC indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element YES -Do the appropriate troubleshooting for the DTC. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Check the brake pedal position switch (see LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REPLACEMENT ), and adjustment (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). Is the switch and adjustment OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Adjust the brake pedal position switch. If necessary, replace the switch (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 68 indicated? YES -Go to step 10. NO -The system is OK at this time. 10. Troubleshoot the brake pedal position switch signal circuit (see BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Is the brake pedal position switch circuit OK? YES -Check for loose terminals in the ECM/PCM connector, if the connections are OK, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM and recheck. If the problem is gone, replace the original ECM/PCM. If the problem continues, replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). NO -Repair the brake pedal position switch circuit. DTC 81: CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for other DTCs. Is another DTC indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element YES -Do the appropriate troubleshooting for the DTC. NO -Go to step 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 81 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Intermittent failure, the vehicle is OK at this time. DTC 83: ECM/PCM COMMUNICATION 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check for DTC with the HDS. Is DTC 86 indicated? YES -Do the troubleshooting for DTC 86. NO -Go to step 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 83 indicated? YES -Go to step 7. NO -The system is OK at this time. 7. Check for fuel and emission systems (PGM-FI) DTCs with the HDS (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Are any ECM/PCM DTCs indicated? YES -Do the applicable troubleshooting for the ECM/PCM. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element NO -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. DTC 84: VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION NOTE: If DTC 84 is stored, the VSA activation indicator does not go off until doing the VSA sensor neutral position memorization (see VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION ). 1. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization (see VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION ). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON (II) again. 4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 84 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -The system is OK at this time. DTC 86: F-CAN COMMUNICATION 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then ON (II) again. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 86 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -The system is OK at this time. 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Start and run the engine for at least 5 seconds. 7. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 86 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element NO -Intermittent failure, the F-CAN communication line is OK at this time. 8. Check for fuel and emission systems DTCs with the HDS (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Are any ECM/PCM DTCs indicated? YES -Do the appropriate troubleshooting for the ECM/PCM. NO -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. DTC 91: VSA OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 91 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -The system is OK at this time. DTC 105: HYDRAULIC UNIT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 105 indicated? YES -Replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). NO -The system is OK at this time. DTC 121,122,123,124: VSA SOLENOID Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF, then disconnect the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC 121, 122, 123, or 124 indicated? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ABS INDICATOR OR VSA INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED 1. Check for the communication between the vehicle and the HDS. Is there communication? YES -Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module 36P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good gauge control module, then recheck. If it is OK, replace the original gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). NO -If the HDS does not communicate with all the systems of the vehicle, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If the HDS does not communicate with the VSA system only, go to step 2. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Check the No. 18 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse blown? YES -Install a new No. 18 (30 A) fuse, and recheck. If the fuse continues to blow, check for short to body ground in the wire between the No. 18 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 4. 4. Check the No. 4 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Is the fuse blown? YES -Install the new No. 4 (10 A) fuse, and recheck. If the fuse continues to blow, check for short to body ground in the wire between the No. 4 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. 6. Measure voltage between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 32 and body ground. Fig. 45: Measuring Voltage Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 32 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 18 (30 A) in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Measure voltage between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 46: Measuring Voltage Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 4 (10 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the VSA modulator-control unit. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal No. 16 and body ground. Fig. 47: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal No. 16 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector, clean terminal G202 and recheck. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. NO -Repair open in the wire between the VSA modulator-control unit and body ground (G202). BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED 1. Release the parking brake. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Check the brake system indicator when the ignition switch is turned ON (II). Does the indicator come on then go off? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose terminals between the gauge Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element control module 36P connector and the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Refer to intermittent failures troubleshooting (see INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). NO -Go to step 4. 4. Check the BRAKE INDICATOR in the VSA DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate OFF? YES   USA models: Go to step 6. Canada models: Go to step 5. NO -Check for loose terminals in the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), and retest. 5. Canada models: Do the daytime running lights control unit input test (see DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST ). Is the test OK? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Troubleshoot the daytime running lights system. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the parking brake switch 1P connector. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Does the brake system indicator go off ? YES -Replace the parking brake switch (see PARKING BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT ). NO -Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 11. Check for continuity between parking brake switch 1P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 48: Checking Continuity Between Parking Brake Switch 1P Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the gauge control module and the parking brake switch. NO -Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module 36P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good gauge control module, then go to step 1 and recheck. If it is OK, replace the original gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). VSA ACTIVATION INDICATOR DOES NOT GO OFF, AND NO DTCS ARE STORED 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the VSA activation indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II). Does the indicator come on then go off? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Check the VSA OFF switch (see VSA OFF SWITCH TEST ). Is the VSA OFF switch OK? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Replace the VSA OFF switch (see VSA OFF SWITCH TEST ). 5. Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. 6. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 10P connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 7. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 10P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 49: Checking Continuity Between VSA Off Switch 10P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the gauge control module and the VSA OFF switch. NO -Substitute a known-good gauge control module, then go to step 1 and recheck. If it is OK, replace the original gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). ABS INDICATOR, BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR, AND VSA INDICATOR DO NOT GO OFF AT THE SAME TIME NOTE: Check for gauges DTCs with the HDS (see WIRE COLOR CODES ). If gauges DTCs are stored, troubleshoot those DTCs first. 1. Release the parking brake. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Check the ABS indicator, the brake system indicator, and VSA indicator for several seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON (II). Do the indicators come on then go off? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for loose terminals between the gauge control module 36P connector and the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Refer to intermittent failures troubleshooting (see INTERMITTENT FAILURES ). NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Short the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). Disconnect the gauge control module 36P connector. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector. Check for continuity between the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 11, and No. 15 and body ground individually. Fig. 50: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 11, And 15 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair the short to body ground on the appropriate wire. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 11 and No. 15. Fig. 51: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminals No. 11 And No. 15 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element YES -Repair short in the wire between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminals No. 11 (CAN1-H line) and No. 15 (CAN1-L line). NO -Go to step 11. 11. Check for continuity between VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector terminal and gauge control module 36P connector terminal (see table). CONTINUITY SPECIFICATIONS Connector Terminal No. Sign VSA Modulator-control Unit Gauge Control Module CAN1-L 15 28 CAN1-H 11 29 Fig. 52: Checking Continuity Between VSA Modulator-Control Unit 47P Connector Terminal And Gauge Control Module 36P Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module 36P connector. If necessary, substitute a known-good gauge control module, then go to step 1 and recheck. If it is OK, replace the original gauge control module (see REWRITING THE ODO DATA AND TRANSFERRING MAINTENANCE MINDER ON A NEW GAUGE CONTROL MODULE ). If DTCs are indicated, replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the gauge control module and the VSA modulator-control unit. STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REPLACEMENT NOTE: Do not damage or drop the combination switch as the steering angle sensor is Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element sensitive to shock and vibration. 1. Remove the steering wheel (see STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL ). 2. Remove the steering column covers (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ) and the cable reel (see CABLE REEL REPLACEMENT ). 3. Remove the combination switch assembly (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 4. Remove the combination light switch (A) and the wiper/washer switch (B). Fig. 53: Removing Combination Light Switch And Wiper/Washer Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Replace the combination switch body (C). 6. Install the combination switch in the reverse order of removal. NOTE:   Do not remove the steering angle sensor from the combination switch body. When installing the cable reel, set the turn signal canceling sleeve position (see INSTALLATION ). SENSOR CLUSTER REPLACEMENT NOTE:   Do not damage or drop the sensor as it is sensitive. Do not use air or electric impact tools. 1. Make sure the ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the center console: SC model (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), Except SC model (see LX, EX MODELS ). 3. Disconnect the sensor cluster 6P connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 54: Disconnecting Sensor Cluster 6P Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the sensor cluster (B). 5. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. 6. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization (see VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION ). VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION NOTE: Do not press the brake pedal during this procedure. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat and level surface. 2. With the ignition switch OFF, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Fig. 55: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the VSA modulator-control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization in the VSA ADJUSTMENT with the HDS. NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. VSA OFF SWITCH TEST 1. Make sure the ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Push out the VSA OFF switch (A) from the back of the instrument panel. Fig. 56: Pushing Out VSA Off Switch From Back Of Instrument Panel Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 10P connector (B). 5. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 10P connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3. There should be continuity when the switch is pressed, and no continuity when the switch is released. Fig. 57: Identifying VSA Off Switch 10P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 10P connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. There should be continuity at all times. Fig. 58: Checking Continuity Between VSA Off Switch 10P Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 6 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION NOTE:    Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element REMOVAL 1. Make sure the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (A) by pushing the lock (B) and pulling up the lever (C); the connector disconnects itself. Fig. 59: Disconnecting VSA Modulator - Control Unit 47P Connector With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the six brake lines from the VSA modulator-control unit (D). NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (E) and to the right-front (F), the left-rear (G), the right-rear (H), and the left-front (I) brake systems. 4. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit with the bracket (J) from the body. 5. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit from the bracket. Installation 1. Install the VSA modulator-control unit on the bracket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 2. Install the bracket with the VSA modulator-control unit to the body. 3. Reconnect the six brake lines, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque. 4. Align the connecting surface of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector to the VSA modulatorcontrol unit. 5. Lower the lock of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector, then confirm the connector is fully seated. 6. Bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ). 7. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization (see VSA SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION MEMORIZATION ). 8. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators go off. 9. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators do not come on. NOTE: If the brake pedal is spongy, there may be air trapped in the modulator and then induced into the normal brake system during modulation. Bleed the brake system again (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ). WHEEL SENSOR REPLACEMENT FRONT 1. Make sure the ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove the bracket (A), then disconnect the wheel sensor connector (B). Fig. 60: Removing Bracket And Wheel Sensor Connector With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components - Element 3. Release from the clamps, then remove the bolt, and the wheel sensor (C). 4. Install the wheel sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires.  If the wheel sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators do not come on. REAR 1. Make sure the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the wheel sensor connector (A). Fig. 61: Disconnecting Wheel Sensor Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Release from the clamps, then remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel sensor (B). 4. Install the wheel sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires.  If the wheel sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing unit, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and VSA indicators do not come on. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 7:26:41 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:44 8:46:37 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 2. Remove the filler plug (A) and washer (B), check the condition of the fluid, and make sure it is at the proper level (C). Fig. 2: Identifying Fluid Proper Level Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the fluid is dirty, remove the drain plug (A) and drain the fluid. Fig. 3: Identifying Drain Plug And Drain Fluid With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer, and refill the transmission fluid to the proper level. Fluid Capacity 2WD: 1.9 L (2.0 US qt) at fluid change 2.15 L (2.3 US qt) at overhaul 4WD: 1.9 L (2.0 US qt) at fluid change Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 2.25 L (2.4 US qt) at overhaul Always use Honda manual transmission fluid (MTF). Using engine oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives. 5. Reinstall the filler plug (B) with a new washer. BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH TEST 1. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A). Fig. 4: Identifying Back-Up Light Switch Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Check for continuity between the back-up light switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the shift lever is only in reverse. 3. If necessary, replace the back-up light switch. Apply liquid gasket (P/N 08718-0001) evenly to the threads of the transmission housing. Install the switch within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Tighten the back-up light switch to the specified torque. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. TRANSMISSION REMOVAL Special Tools Required    Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566 * Engine hanger/adapter VSB02C000015 * Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 * Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element *These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857. NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio unit. 2. Turn the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position, then remove the key from the ignition switch and lock the steering column. 3. Secure the hood in its vertical position (A). Fig. 5: Identifying Hood In Vertical Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive cable. Remove the battery. Remove the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Remove the intake air duct (see step 5 in ENGINE REMOVAL ). Remove the battery base (see step 9 in ENGINE REMOVAL ). Remove the ground cable (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Ground Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (B) and back-up light switch connector (C). 11. Remove the cable bracket (A), then disconnect the shift cables (B) from the top of the transmission housing. Carefully remove both cables and the bracket together to avoid bending the cables. Fig. 7: Identifying Cable Bracket And Shift Cables Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Carefully remove the slave cylinder (A) to avoid bending the clutch line (B). NOTE: Do not press the clutch pedal after the slave cylinder has been removed. Fig. 8: Identifying Slave Cylinder And Clutch Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the two upper transmission mounting bolts (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Upper Transmission Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Remove the purge joint pipe (A), then attach the engine hanger/adapter (A) to the threaded hole in the cylinder head. Fig. 10: Identifying Purge Joint Pipe And Engine Hanger/Adapter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the engine support hanger (A) to the vehicle, then attach the hook to the engine hanger/adapter (B). Tighten the wing nut (C) by hand to lift and support the engine. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Engine Support Hanger And Engine Hanger/Adapter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Remove the transmission mount bracket (A) and transmission mounting bolt (B). Fig. 12: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket And Transmission Mounting Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Raise the vehicle on the lift, and make sure it is securely supported. 18. Remove the splash shield (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Splash Shield Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Drain the transmission fluid. Install the drain plug with a new washer (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 20. Separate the front stabilizer link from the lower arm (see step 3 in STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), and ball joint from the lower arm (see step 4 in LOWER ARM REPLACEMENT ). 21. Remove the front driveshafts (see DRIVESHAFT INSPECTION ). Coat all precision finished surfaces with new engine oil, then tie a plastic bags over the driveshaft ends. 22. Remove the intermediate shaft (see INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REMOVAL ). Coat all precision finished surfaces with new engine oil, then tie a plastic bag over the intermediate shaft. 23. 4WD: Remove the propeller shaft (see PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL ). 24. Remove the bolt (A) from the front engine mount bracket (B). Fig. 14: Identifying Front Engine Mount Bracket And Bolt Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Remove the three bolts securing the rear transmission mount. Fig. 15: Identifying Rear Transmission Mount And Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Support the front subframe (A) with the front subframe adapter (B) and a jack (C). Fig. 16: Identifying Front Subframe, Front Subframe Adapter And Jack Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Make reference marks (A) on the front subframe (B). Remove the mounting bolts (C), then remove the front subframe. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 17: Identifying Reference Marks On Front Subframe And Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 28. Remove the clutch cover (A). Fig. 18: Identifying Clutch Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 29. Remove the front engine mount (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 19: Identifying Front Engine Mount Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Support the transmission (A) with a transmission jack (B), then remove the four lower transmission mounting bolts (C). Fig. 20: Identifying Transmission, Transmission Jack And Lower Transmission Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 31. Pull the transmission away from the engine until the transmission mainshaft clears the clutch pressure plate. 32. Slowly lower the transmission about 150 mm (6 in.). Check once again that all hoses and electrical wiring are disconnected and free from the transmission, then lower it all the way. 33. Remove the rear transmission mount (A) and the rear transmission mount bracket (B). 4WD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:37 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 21: Identifying Rear Transmission Mount And Rear Transmission Mount Bracket (4WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2WD Fig. 22: Identifying Rear Transmission Mount And Rear Transmission Mount Bracket (2WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 34. Remove the release fork boot (A) from the clutch housing (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 23: Identifying Release Fork Boot And Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 35. Remove the release fork (C) from the clutch housing by squeezing the release fork set spring (D) with pliers. Remove the release bearing (E). TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION Special Tools Required    Engine support hanger, A & Reds AAR-T-12566 * Engine hanger/adapter VSB02C000015 * Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 * *These special tools are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857. 1. Make sure the two dowel pins (A) are installed in the clutch housing. Fig. 24: Identifying Dowel Pins And Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the release fork, the release bearing, and the boot (see step 4 in CLUTCH REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 3. Install the rear transmission mount bracket (A) and the rear transmission mount (B). 4WD Fig. 25: Identifying Rear Transmission Mount Bracket And Rear Transmission Mount (4WD) With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2WD Fig. 26: Identifying Rear Transmission Mount Bracket And Rear Transmission Mount (2WD) With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Place the transmission on the transmission jack, and raise it to the engine level. 5. Install the four lower transmission mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 27: Identifying Lower Transmission Mounting Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the front engine mount (A). Fig. 28: Identifying Front Engine Mount With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the clutch cover (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 29: Identifying Clutch Cover With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Lift and support the front subframe (A) with the front subframe adapter (B) and a jack(C). Fig. 30: Identifying Front Subframe, Front Subframe Adapter And Jack Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the front subframe (A) in its original position by aligning it with the marks (B) you made in the removal procedure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 31: Identifying Front Subframe With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the three bolts for the rear transmission mount. Fig. 32: Identifying Bolts For Rear Transmission Mount With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Loosely install the front engine mount bracket bolt (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 33: Identifying Front Engine Mount Bracket Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. 13. 14. 15. 4WD: Install the propeller shaft (see PROPELLER SHAFT INSTALLATION ). Install the intermediate shaft (see INTERMEDIATE SHAFT INSTALLATION ). Install the front driveshafts (see FRONT DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ). Connect the ball joint to the lower arm (see step 4 in LOWER ARM REPLACEMENT ), and the front stabilizer link to the lower arm (see step 3 in STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 16. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 17. Install the transmission mount bracket (A) and the transmission mounting bolt (B). Fig. 34: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket And Transmission Mounting Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 19. Loosen the front engine mount bracket mounting bolt (A), then tighten the front engine mount bracket Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element mounting bolt. Fig. 35: Identifying Engine Mount Bracket Mounting Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Refill the transmission with recommended transmission fluid (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 21. Install the splash shield (A). Fig. 36: Identifying Splash Shield Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 23. Install the two upper transmission mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 37: Identifying Upper Transmission Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Remove the engine support hanger and the engine hanger/adapter from the engine. Then install the purge joint pipe to the threaded hole in the cylinder head. 25. Apply super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the end of the cylinder rod. Install the slave cylinder (A). Be careful not to bend the clutch line (B).( Fig. 38: Identifying Slave Cylinder And Clutch Line With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Install the cable bracket (A) and cables (B) to avoid bending the shift cables. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 39: Identifying Cable Bracket, Cables And Shift Cables With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Apply a light coat of Honda silicone grease (P/N 08C30-B0234M) to the cable ends, and install new cotter pins (C) and bend them as shown. 28. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (A) and back-up light switch connector (B). Fig. 40: Identifying Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector And Back-Up Light Switch Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. Install the ground cable (C). Install the battery base (see step 50 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). Install the intake air duct (see step 52 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). Install the air cleaner assembly (see AIR CLEANER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Install the battery. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals. Connect the positive cable to the battery Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. first, then connect the negative cable. Apply multipurpose grease to prevent corrosion. Check the shift lever and clutch operation. Check the front wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). Enter the anti-theft code for the audio unit, and set the clock. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). Test-drive the vehicle. TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW - CLUTCH HOUSING: 2WD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 41: Exploded View Of Clutch Housing (2WD) With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EXPLODED VIEW - CLUTCH HOUSING: 4WD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 42: Exploded View Of Clutch Housing (4WD) With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EXPLODED VIEW - TRANSMISSION HOUSING Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 43: Exploded View Of Transmission Housing With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: Place the clutch housing on two pieces of wood thick enough to keep the mainshaft from hitting the workbench. 1. 2WD: Remove the side cover (A) and O-ring (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 44: Identifying Side Cover And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. 4WD: Remove the transfer assembly (A), O-ring (B), and 10 x 20 mm dowel pin (C). Fig. 45: Identifying Transfer Assembly, O-Ring And Dowel Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the detent bolts (A), springs, steel balls washers and, the back-up light switch (B), and the transmission hanger (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 46: Identifying Detent Bolts, Springs, Steel Balls Washers And Back-Up Light Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the 20 mm bolt (A) and 20 mm washer (B). Fig. 47: Identifying Bolt And Washer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the interlock bolt (A), then remove the change lever assembly (B) and 8 x 14 mm dowel pins (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 48: Identifying Interlock Bolt, Lever Assembly And Dowel Pins Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), the filler plug (B), and the 10 mm flange bolt (C). Fig. 49: Identifying Drain Plug, Filler Plug, And Flange Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (D), the plain washer (E), and the O-ring (F). 8. Remove the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 50: Identifying Output Shaft Speed Sensor, Plain Washer, And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove transmission hanger A and transmission hanger B. 10. Remove the 32 mm sealing cap (A). Fig. 51: Identifying Sealing Cap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Expand the 72 mm snap ring (B) on the countershaft ball bearing, and remove it from the groove with snap ring pliers. 12. Remove the transmission housing (C) and 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D). 13. Remove the reverse lock cam (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 52: Identifying Reverse Lock Cam Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Remove the reverse idler gear (A) and reverse gear shaft (B). Fig. 53: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear And Reverse Gear Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the reverse shift fork (A). Fig. 54: Identifying Reverse Shift Fork Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Apply tape to the mainshaft splines to protect the seal, then remove the mainshaft assembly (A) and countershaft assembly (B) with the shift fork assembly (C) from the clutch housing (D). Fig. 55: Identifying Mainshaft Assembly, Countershaft Assembly, Shift Fork Assembly And Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Remove the 28 mm spring washer (E) and 28 mm washer (F). 18. Remove the differential assembly (A) and magnet (B). Fig. 56: Identifying Differential Assembly And Magnet Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Remove the oil gutter plate (A), the 72 mm shim (B), and oil guide plate M. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Oil Gutter Plate And Oil Guide Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REVERSE SHIFT FORK CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. Measure the clearance between the reverse idler gear (A) and the reverse shift fork (B) with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 2. Standard: 0.20-0.59 mm (0.007-0.024 in.) Service Limit: 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) Fig. 58: Measuring Clearance Between Reverse Idler Gear And Reverse Shift Fork Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the width of the reverse shift fork.  If the width is not within the standard, replace the reverse shift fork.  If the width is within the standard, replace the reverse idler gear. Standard: 13.4-13.7 mm (0.527-0.539 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 59: Measuring Width Of Reverse Shift Fork Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CHANGE LEVER CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. Measure the clearance between change lever (A) and the select lever (B) with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 2. Standard: 0.05-0.25 mm (0.002-0.010 in.) Service Limit: 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) Fig. 60: Measuring Clearance Between Change Lever And Select Lever Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the width of the select lever.  If the width is not within the standard, replace the change lever.  If the width is within the standard, replace the select lever. Standard: 15.00-15.10 mm (0.591-0.594 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 61: Measuring Width Of Select Lever Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CHANGE LEVER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Prior to reassembling, clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to the contact surfaces as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 62: Identifying Change Lever Assembly With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SHIFT FORK CLEARANCE INSPECTION NOTE: The synchro sleeve and synchro hub should be replaced as a set. 1. Measure the clearance between each shift fork (A) and its matching synchro sleeve (B). If the clearance exceeds the service limit, go to step 2. Standard: 0.35-0.65 mm (0.014-0.026 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Service Limit: 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) Fig. 63: Measuring Clearance Between Shift Fork And Matching Synchro Sleeve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the thickness of the shift fork fingers.  If the thickness is not within the standard, replace the shift fork.  If the thickness is within the standard, replace the synchro sleeve and hub as a set. Standard: 7.4-7.6 mm (0.29-0.30 in.) Fig. 64: Measuring Thickness Of Shift Fork Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Measure the clearance between the shift fork (A) and the shift arm (B). If the clearance exceeds the service limit, go to step 4. Standard: 0.2-0.5 mm (0.008-0.020 in.) Service Limit: 0.6 mm (0.023 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 65: Measuring Clearance Between Shift Fork And Shift Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the width of the shift arm.  If the width is not within the standard, replace the shift arm.  If the width is within the standard, replace the shift fork or the shift piece. Standard: 16.9-17.0 mm (0.665-0.669 in.) Fig. 66: Measuring Width Of Shift Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SHIFT FORK DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Prior to reassembling, clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to all contact surfaces. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 67: Identifying Shift Fork Parts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE INSPECTION NOTE: If replacement is required, always replace the synchro sleeve and synchro hub Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element as a set. 1. Support the bearing inner race with an appropriate sized socket (A), and push down on the mainshaft (B). Fig. 68: Measuring Clearance Between 2nd Gear And 3rd Gear With Feeler Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the clearance between 2nd gear (C) and 3rd gear (D) with a feeler gauge (E).  If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 3.  If the clearance is within the service limit, go to step 4. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Service Limit: 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) 3. Measure the thickness of 3rd gear.  If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 3rd gear.  If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 3rd/4th synchro hub and 3rd/4th synchro sleeve as a set. Standard: 23.92-23.97 mm (0.941-0.944 in.) Service Limit: 23.80 mm (0.937 in.) Fig. 69: Identifying Thickness Of 3rd Gear Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the clearance between 4th gear (A) and the distance collar (B) with a dial indicator (C).  If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 5.  If the clearance is within the service limit, go to step 7. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Service Limit: 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) Fig. 70: Measuring Clearance Between 4th Gear And Distance Collar With Dial Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Measure the length (1) of the distance collar as shown.  If the length (1) is not within the standard, replace the distance collar.  If the length (1) is within the standard, go to step 6. Standard: 24.03-24.08 mm (0.946-0.948 in.) Fig. 71: Identifying Length Of Distance Collar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Measure the thickness of 4th gear.  If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 4th gear. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element  If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 3rd/4th synchro hub and 3rd/4th synchro sleeve as a set. Standard: 23.92-23.97 mm (0.941-0.944 in.) Service Limit: 23.80 mm (0.937 in.) Fig. 72: Identifying Thickness Of 4Th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Measure the clearance between the distance collar (A) and 5th gear (B) with a dial indicator (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 8. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Service Limit: 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) Fig. 73: Measuring Clearance Between Distance Collar And 5th Gear With Dial Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Measure the length (2) of the distance collar as a set.  If the length (2) is not within the standard, replace the distance collar.  If the length (2) is within the standard, go to step 9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Standard: 24.03-24.08 mm (0.946-0.948 in.) Fig. 74: Measuring Length Of Distance Collar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Measure the thickness of 5th gear.  If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 5th gear.  If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 5th synchro hub and 5th synchro sleeve as a set. Standard: 23.92-23.97 mm (0.941-0.944 in.) Service Limit: 23.80 mm (0.937 in.) Fig. 75: Measuring Thickness Of 5th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Measure the length of the MBS distance collar as shown. If the length is not within standard, replace the MBS distance collar. Standard: 23.95-24.05 mm (0.943-0.947 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 76: Measuring Length Of MBS Distance Collar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINSHAFT DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove the angular ball bearing (A) and the tapered cone ring using a commercially available bearing separator (B) and a commercially available bearing puller (C). Make sure the bearing separator is under the tapered cone ring. Fig. 77: Removing Angular Ball Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Support 5th gear (A) on steel blocks, and press the mainshaft out of the 5th synchro hub (B). NOTE: Do not use a jaw-type puller; it can damage the gear teeth. Fig. 78: Pressing Mainshaft Out Of 5th Synchro Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Support 3rd gear (A) on steel blocks, and press the mainshaft out of the 3rd/4th synchro hub (B). NOTE: Do not use a jaw-type puller; it can damage the gear teeth. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 79: Pressing Mainshaft Out Of 3rd/4th Synchro Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINSHAFT INSPECTION 1. Inspect the gear and bearing contact areas for wear and damage, then measure the mainshaft at points A, B, C, D, and E. If any part of the mainshaft is less than the service limit, replace it. Standard: A Ball Bearing Contact Area (Transmission Housing Side): 27.987-28.000 mm (1.1019-1.1024 in.) B Distance Collar Contact Area: 31.984-32.000 mm (1.2594-1.2598 in.) C Needle Bearing Contact Area: 38.984-39.000 mm (1.5348-1.5354 in.) D Ball Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side): 27.977-27.990 mm (1.1015-1.1020 in.) E Bushing Contact Area: 20.80-20.85 mm (0.8189-0.8209 in.) Service Limit: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 80: Inspecting Mainshaft Gear And Bearing With Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the mainshaft. Then rotate the mainshaft two complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge. If the runout is more than the service limit, replace the mainshaft. Standard: 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Fig. 81: Inspecting Runout With Supporting Ends Of Mainshaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINSHAFT REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 82: Exploded View Of Mainshaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required   Driver handle 07746-0030100 Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW, as needed, during this procedure. 1. Clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to all contact surfaces except the 3rd/4th and 5th synchro hubs. 2. Install the needle bearing and 3rd gear on the mainshaft. 3. Install the double cone synchro assembly (A) by aligning the synchro cone fingers (B) with the holes in 3rd gear (C), then install the synchro spring (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 83: Identifying Double Cone Synchro Assembly, Synchro Cone Fingers, 3rd Gear And Synchro Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub (A) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (B) with the grooves in the 3rd/4th synchro hub (C). Fig. 84: Identifying 3rd/4th Synchro Hub, Synchro Ring Fingers And 3rd/4th Synchro Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 85: Identifying 3rd/4th Synchro Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the 3rd/4th synchro sleeve (A) by aligning the stops (B) of the 3rd/4th synchro sleeve and 3rd/4th synchro hub. After installing, check the operation of the 3rd/4th synchro hub set. Fig. 86: Identifying 3rd/4th Synchro Sleeve And Stops Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the synchro spring (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 87: Identifying Synchro Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the double cone synchro assembly (B) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (C) with the grooves in the 3rd/4th synchro hub (D). 9. Install 4th gear (A) by aligning the synchro cone fingers (B) with holes in 4th gear (C). Fig. 88: Identifying 4th Gear, Synchro Cone Fingers And 4th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the needle bearings, 4th/5th gear distance collar, 5th gear, and synchro spring and ring. 11. Install the 5th synchro hub (A) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (B) with the grooves in the 5th synchro hub. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 89: Identifying 5th Synchro Hub, Synchro Ring Fingers Grooves And 5th Synchro Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the 5th synchro hub (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B) and 30 mm I.D. attachment (C). Fig. 90: Identifying 5th Synchro Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Install the 5th synchro sleeve. 14. Install the synchro spring (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 91: Identifying Synchro Spring, Synchro Ring, Synchro Ring Fingers And 5th Synchro Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the synchro ring (B) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (C) with the grooves in the 5th synchro hub (D). 16. Install the MBS distance collar and the tapered cone ring. 17. Install the new angular ball bearing (A) using the 40 mm I.D. driver (B), 30 mm I.D. attachment (C), and a press (D). Fig. 92: Installing Angular Ball Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. Measure the clearance between 1st gear (A) and the distance collar (B) with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 2. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Service Limit: 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 93: Measuring Clearance Between 1st Gear And Distance Collar With Feeler Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the length of the distance collar as shown.  If the length is not within the standard, replace the distance collar.  If the length is within the standard, go to step 3. Standard: 23.03-23.08 mm (0.907-0.909 in.) Fig. 94: Identifying Length Of Distance Collar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Measure the thickness of 1st gear.  If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 1st gear.  If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 1st/2nd synchro hub and reverse gear as a set. Standard: 22.92-22.97 mm (0.902-0.904 in.) Service Limit: 22.87 mm (0.900 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 95: Identifying Thickness Of 1st Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the clearance between 2nd gear (A) and 3rd gear (B) with a feeler gauge (C). If the clearance is more than the service limit, go to step 5. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Service Limit: 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) Fig. 96: Measuring Clearance Between 2nd Gear And 3rd Gear With Feeler Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Measure the length of the distance collar.  If the length is not within the standard, replace the distance collar.  If the length is within the standard, go to step 6. Standard: 28.03-28.08 mm (1.104-1.106 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 97: Identifying Length Of Distance Collar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Measure the thickness of 2nd gear.  If the thickness is less than the service limit, replace 2nd gear.  If the thickness is within the service limit, replace the 1st/2nd synchro hub and reverse gear as a set. Standard: 27.92-27.97 mm (1.099-1.101 in.) Service Limit: 27.87 mm (1.097 in.) Fig. 98: Identifying Thickness Of 2nd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COUNTERSHAFT DISASSEMBLY 1. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a bench vise with wood blocks. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 99: Removing Countershaft Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the special bolt (left-hand threads). 3. Support the ball bearing (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an attachment (D) to press the countershaft out of the ball bearing. Fig. 100: Pressing Countershaft Ball Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the 35 mm shim and distance collar. 5. Support 4th gear (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of 5th gear (F). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 101: Pressing Countershaft Of 5th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Support 2nd gear (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of 3rd gear (F). Fig. 102: Pressing Countershaft Out Of 3rd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COUNTERSHAFT INSPECTION 1. Inspect the gear and bearing contact areas for wear and damage, then measure the countershaft at points A, B, and C. If any part of the countershaft is less than the service limit, replace it. Standard: A Ball Bearing Contact Area (Transmission Housing Side): 30.020-30.033 mm (1.1819-1.1824 in.) B Distance Collar Contact Area: 39.937-39.950 mm (1.5723-1.5728 in.) C Needle Bearing Contact Area (Clutch Housing Side): 35.000-35.015 mm (1.3780-1.3785 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 103: Identifying Gear And Bearing Contact Areas For Wear And Damage With Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Inspect the runout by supporting both ends of the countershaft. Then rotate the countershaft two complete turns while measuring with a dial gauge. If the runout is more than the service limit, replace the countershaft. Standard: 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Fig. 104: Inspecting Runout With Supporting Both Ends Of Countershaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COUNTERSHAFT REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 105: Exploded View Of Countershaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required   Driver handle 07746-0030100 Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW, as needed, during this procedure. 1. Clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to all contact surfaces. 2. Install the distance collar, needle bearing, and 1st gear onto the countershaft. 3. Install the triple cone synchro assembly (A) by aligning the synchro cone fingers (B) with the grooves in 1st gear (C), then install the synchro spring (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 106: Aligning Synchro Cone Fingers With Grooves In 1st Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the 1st/2nd synchro hub (A) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (B) with the grooves in the 1st/2nd synchro hub (C). Fig. 107: Aligning Synchro Ring Fingers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the reverse gear. 6. Install the synchro spring (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 108: Identifying Synchro Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the triple cone synchro assembly (B) by aligning the synchro ring fingers (C) with the grooves in the 1st/2nd synchro hub (D). 8. Install the distance collar (A) and friction damper (B) by aligning the friction damper fingers (C) with the grooves in the 1st/2nd synchro hub (D). Fig. 109: Identifying Distance Collar, Friction Damper And Friction Damper Fingers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the needle bearing. 10. Install 2nd gear (A) by aligning the synchro cone fingers (B) with the grooves (C) in 2nd gear. Fig. 110: Identifying Synchro Cone Fingers, Grooves And 2nd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Support the countershaft (A) on steel blocks, then install 3rd gear (B) using the driver handle (C) and a press (D). NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum pressure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 111: Pressing 3rd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install 4th gear (A) using the driver handle (B) and a press (C). NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum pressure. Fig. 112: Pressing 4th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Install 5th gear (A) using the driver handle (B) and a press (C). NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum pressure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 113: Pressing 5th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install the distance collar (A), 35 mm shim, and old ball bearing (B) using the driver handle (C), 30 mm I.D. attachment (D), and a press (E). Fig. 114: Installing Distance Collar, Shim, Old Ball Bearing And Driver Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Measure the clearance between the old bearing (A) and the 35 mm shim (B) with a feeler gauge (C). Standard: 0.04-0.10 mm (0.0016-0.0039 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 115: Measuring Clearance Between Old Bearing And Shim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new shim from the following table. If the clearance measured in step 15 is within the standard, replace only the ball bearing. 35 mm Shim SHIM THICKNESS CHART Part Number Thickness A 23981-PPP-000 0.87 mm (0.034 in.) AA 23981-PPP-900 0.91 mm (0.036 in.) B 23982-PPP-000 0.95 mm (0.037 in.) AB 23982-PPP-900 0.99 mm (0.039 in.) C 23983-PPP-000 1.03 mm (0.041 in.) AC 23983-PPP-900 1.07 mm (0.042 in.) D 23984-PPP-000 1.11 mm (0.044 in.) AD 23984-PPP-900 1.15 mm (0.045 in.) E 23985-PPP-000 1.19 mm (0.047 in.) AE 23985-PPP-900 1.23 mm (0.048 in.) F 23986-PPP-000 1.27 mm (0.050 in.) AF 23986-PPP-900 1.31 mm (0.052 in.) G 23987-PPP-000 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) AG 23987-PPP-900 1.39 mm (0.055 in.) H 23988-PPP-000 1.43 mm (0.056 in.) AH 23988-PPP-900 1.47 mm (0.058 in.) J 23989-PPP-000 1.51 mm (0.060 in.) AJ 23989-PPP-900 1.55 mm (0.061 in.) K 23990-PPP-000 1.59 mm (0.063 in.) AK 23990-PPP-900 1.63 mm (0.064 in.) L 23991-PPP-000 1.67 mm (0.066 in.) AL 23991-PPP-900 1.71 mm (0.067 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element M 23992-PPP-000 1.75 mm (0.069 in.) AM 23992-PPP-900 1.79 mm (0.070 in.) N 23993-PPP-000 1.83 mm (0.072 in.) AN 23993-PPP-900 1.87 mm (0.074 in.) P 23994-PPP-000 1.91 mm (0.075 in.) AP 23994-PPP-900 1.95 mm (0.077 in.) Q 23995-PPP-000 1.99 mm (0.078 in.) 17. Support the ball bearing (A) on steel blocks (B), then use a press (C) and an attachment (D) to press the countershaft (E) out of the ball bearing. Fig. 116: Pressing Countershaft Out Of Ball Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. If necessary, install the 35 mm shim selected in step 16. 19. Install the distance collar (A), 35 mm shim, and new ball bearing (B) using the driver handle (C), 30 mm I.D. attachment (D), and a press (E), then recheck the clearance. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 117: Installing Distance Collar, Shim And Ball Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Securely clamp the countershaft assembly in a bench vise with wood blocks (A). Fig. 118: Installing Countershaft Assembly With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Apply MTF to the new special bolt (B), then tighten it (left-hand threads). SYNCHRO SLEEVE AND HUB INSPECTION AND REASSEMBLY 1. Inspect gear teeth on all synchro hubs and synchro sleeves for wear (rounded off corners). 2. Install each synchro hub (A) in its mating synchro sleeve (B), and check for free movement. Make sure to match the three sets of longer teeth (C) (120 degrees apart) on the synchro sleeve with the three sets of deeper grooves (D) in the synchro hub. NOTE:   If replacement is required, always replace the synchro sleeve and synchro hub as a set. Do not install the synchro sleeve with its longer teeth in the 1st/2nd synchro hub slots (E) because it will damage the spring ring. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 119: Inspecting Gear Teeth On Synchro Hubs And Synchro Sleeves Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYNCHRO RING AND GEAR INSPECTION 1. Inspect the inside of each synchro ring (A) for wear. Inspect the teeth (B) on each synchro ring for wear (rounded off). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 120: Inspecting Synchro Ring For Wear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Example of synchro ring teeth Fig. 121: Identifying Example Of Synchro Ring Teeth Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Inspect the teeth (A) on each synchro sleeve and matching teeth on each gear for wear (rounded off). Fig. 122: Identifying Synchro Sleeve Teeth Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Example of synchro sleeve teeth and gear teeth Fig. 123: Identifying Example Of Synchro Sleeve Teeth And Gear Teeth Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 3. Inspect the thrust surface (A) on each gear hub for wear. Fig. 124: Identifying Thrust Surface On Gear Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Inspect the cone surface (B) on each gear hub for wear and roughness. 5. Inspect the teeth on all gears (C) for uneven wear, scoring, and cracks. 6. Coat the cone surface of each gear with manual transmission fluid (MTF), and place its synchro ring on it. Rotate the synchro ring, making sure that it does not slip. 7. Measure the clearance between each gear (A) and its synchro ring (B) all around the gear. Hold the synchro ring against the gear evenly while measuring the clearance. If the clearance is less than the service limit, replace the synchro ring and gear. Synchro Ring-to-Gear Clearance Standard: 0.70-1.49 mm (0.028-0.059 in.) Service Limit: 0.4 mm (0.016 in.) Double Cone Synchro and Triple Cone Synchro-to-Gear Clearance Standard: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 125: Measuring Clearance Between Each Gear And Synchro Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINSHAFT BEARING AND OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required      Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL90100 Adjustable bearing puller, 20-40 mm 07736-A01000B Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 Driver 07749-0010000 Slide hammer, 3/8 "-16 UNF commercially available Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 1. Remove the ball bearing (A) from the clutch housing (B) using the 20-40 mm adjustable bearing puller (C) and a commercially available 3/8 "-16 UNF slide hammer (D). Fig. 126: Removing Ball Bearing Of Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the 28 x 43 x 7 mm oil seal (A) from the transmission side. Be careful when removing the seal so the clutch housing is not damaged. Fig. 127: Removing Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Drive in the new 28 x 43 x 7 mm oil seal from the transmission side using the 42 x 47 mm attachment (A) and driver (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 128: Installing Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Drive in the new ball bearing (A) from the transmission side using the oil seal driver (B). Fig. 129: Installing Ball Bearing Of Transmission Side Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COUNTERSHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required    Oil seal driver 07JAD-PL90100 Adjustable bearing puller, 20-40 mm 07736-A01000B Slide hammer, 3/8 "-16 UNF commercially available 1. Remove the bearing set plate (A) from the clutch housing (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 130: Identifying Bearing Set Plate And Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the needle bearing (A) using the 20-40 mm adjustable bearing puller (B) and a commercially available 3/8 "-16 UNF slide hammer (C), then remove the oil guide plate C (D). Fig. 131: Removing Needle Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Position the oil guide plate C (A) and new needle bearing (B) in the bore of the clutch housing (C). Fig. 132: Positioning Oil Guide Plate, Needle Bearing And Clutch Housing Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the needle bearing using the oil seal driver (D). 5. Install the bearing set plate (A) with bolts (B). Fig. 133: Identifying Bearing Set Plate With Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINSHAFT THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT Special Tools Required   Mainshaft holder 07GAJ-PG20110 Mainshaft base 07GAJ-PG20130 1. Remove the 72 mm shim (A) and oil guide plate M from the transmission housing (B). Fig. 134: Identifying Shim, Oil Guide Plate M And Transmission Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Thoroughly clean the 28 mm spring washer (A) and 28 mm washer (B) before installing them on the clutch housing side bail bearing (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element NOTE: Install the spring washer in the direction shown. Fig. 135: Identifying Spring Washer, Washer And Clutch Housing Side Bail Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the 3rd/4th synchro hub, the 4th/5th gear distance collar, the 5th synchro hub, the MBS distance collar, and the angular ball bearing on the mainshaft. NOTE: Refer to the MAINSHAFT REASSEMBLY Exploded View (see MAINSHAFT REASSEMBLY ). 4. Install the mainshaft in the clutch housing. 5. Place the transmission housing over the mainshaft and onto the clutch housing. 6. Tighten the clutch and transmission housings with several 8 mm bolts. NOTE: It is not necessary to use sealing agent between the housings. 7. Lightly tap on the mainshaft with a plastic hammer. 8. Attach the mainshaft holder (A) and mainshaft base (B) to the mainshaft as follows:  Back out the mainshaft holder bolt (C), and loosen the two hex bolts (D).  Fit the holder over the mainshaft so its lip is towards the transmission.  Align the mainshaft holder lip around the groove at the inside of the mainshaft splines, then tighten the hex bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 136: Identifying Mainshaft Holder, Mainshaft Base, Mainshaft Holder Bolt And Hex Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Fully seat the mainshaft by tapping its end with a plastic hammer. 10. Thread in the mainshaft holder bolt until it just contacts the wide surface of the mainshaft base. 11. Zero a dial gauge (A) on the end of the mainshaft. Fig. 137: Measuring Mainshaft End Play With Dial Gauge Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Turn the mainshaft holder bolt (B) clockwise, stop turning when the dial gauge has reached its maximum movement. The reading on the dial gauge is the amount of mainshaft thrust clearance. NOTE: Do not turn the mainshaft holder bolt more than 60 degrees after the needle of the dial gauge stops moving. Applying more pressure with the mainshaft holder bolt could damage the transmission. 13. If the reading is within the standard, the clearance is correct. If the reading is not within the standard, select the appropriate shim needed from the table, and recheck the thrust clearance. Standard: 0.11-0.17 mm (0.004-0.007 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element (Example) Measure reading: 1.93 mm (0.0759 in.) Subtract the total clearance measurement from the middle of the clearance standard 0.14 mm (0.0056 in.) 1.93 - 0.14 = 1.79 mm (0.0704 in.) Select the shim closest to the amount calculated, for example the 1.80 mm (0.0709 in.) shim. 14. With oil guide plate M and the appropriate size shim installed in the transmission housing, check the thrust clearance again to verify the clearance is within the standard. 72 mm Shim SHIM THICKNESS CHART Part Number Thickness A 23931-P21-000 0.60 mm (0.024 in.) B 23932-P21-000 0.63 mm (0.025 in.) C 23933-P21-000 0.66 mm (0.026 in.) D 23934-P21-000 0.69 mm (0.027 in.) E 23935-P21-000 0.72 mm (0.028 in.) F 23936-P21-000 0.75 mm (0.030 in.) G 23937-P21-000 0.78 mm (0.031 in.) H 23938-P21-000 0.81 mm (0.032 in.) I 23939-P21-000 0.84 mm (0.033 in.) J 23940-P21-000 0.87 mm (0.034 in.) K 23941-P21-000 0.90 mm (0.035 in.) L 23942-P21-000 0.93 mm (0.037 in.) M 23943-P21-000 0.96 mm (0.038 in.) N 23944-P21-000 0.99 mm (0.039 in.) O 23945-P21-000 1.02 mm (0.040 in.) P 23946-P21-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.) Q 23947-P21-000 1.08 mm (0.043 in.) R 23948-P21-000 1.11 mm (0.044 in.) S 23949-P21-000 1.14 mm (0.045 in.) T 23950-P21-000 1.17 mm (0.046 in.) U 23951-P21-000 1.20 mm (0.047 in.) V 23952-P21-000 1.23 mm (0.048 in.) W 23953-P21-000 1.26 mm (0.050 in.) X 23954-P21-000 1.29 mm (0.051 in.) Y 23955-P21-000 1.32 mm (0.052 in.) Z 23956-P21-000 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element AA 23957-P21-000 1.38 mm (0.054 in.) AB 23958-P21-000 1.41 mm (0.056 in.) AC 23959-P21-000 1.44 mm (0.057 in.) AD 23960-P21-000 1.47 mm (0.058 in.) AE 23961-P21-000 1.50 mm (0.059 in.) AF 23962-P21-000 1.53 mm (0.060 in.) AG 23963-P21-000 1.56 mm (0.061 in.) AH 23964-P21-000 1.59 mm (0.063 in.) AI 23965-P21-000 1.62 mm (0.064 in.) AJ 23966-P21-000 1.65 mm (0.065 in.) AK 23967-P21-000 1.68 mm (0.066 in.) AL 23968-P21-000 1.71 mm (0.067 in.) AM 23969-P21-000 1.74 mm (0.069 in.) AN 23970-P21-000 1.77 mm (0.070 in.) AO 23971-P21-000 1.80 mm (0.071 in.) AP 23972-PPP-J000 1.83 mm (0.072 in.) AQ 23973-PPP-J000 1.86 mm (0.073 in.) AR 23974-PPP-J000 1.89 mm (0.074 in.) AS 23975-PPP-J000 1.92 mm (0.075 in.) AT 23976-PPP-J000 1.95 mm (0.076 in.) AV 23977-PPP-J000 1.98 mm (0.077 in.) AW 23978-PPP-J000 2.01 mm (0.079 in.) AX 23979-PPP-J000 2.04 mm (0.080 in.) AY 23980-PPP-J000 2.07 mm (0.081 in.) AZ 23981-PPP-J000 2.10 mm (0.082 in.) BA 23982-PPP-J000 2.13 mm (0.083 in.) BB 23983-PPP-J000 2.16 mm (0.085 in.) BC 23984-PPP-J000 2.19 mm (0.086 in.) BD 23985-PPP-J000 2.22 mm (0.087 in.) BE 23986-PPP-J000 2.25 mm (0.088 in.) TRANSMISSION REASSEMBLY NOTE: Prior to reassembling, clean all parts in solvent, dry them, and apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to any contact surfaces. 1. Install the magnet (A) and differential assembly (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 138: Identifying Magnet And Differential Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the 28 mm spring washer (A) and 28 mm washer (B) over the ball bearing (C). NOTE: Install the spring washer in the direction shown. Fig. 139: Identifying Spring Washer, Washer And Ball Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Apply vinyl tape to the mainshaft splines (D) to protect the seal. Install the mainshaft assembly (E) and countershaft assembly (F) into the shift fork assembly (G), as an assembly. 4. Install the reverse shift fork (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:38 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 140: Identifying Reverse Shift Fork With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the reverse idler gear (A) and reverse gear shaft (B) by aligning the mark (C) with the reverse gear shaft hole (D). Fig. 141: Aligning Mark Of Reverse Gear Shaft Hole Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the reverse lock cam (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 142: Identifying Reverse Lock Cam With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Select the proper size 72 mm shim (A) according to the measurements made during the Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment (see MAINSHAFT THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ). Install the oil gutter plate (B), oil guide plate M, and 72 mm shim into the transmission housing (C). Fig. 143: Identifying Shim, Transmission Housing And Oil Gutter Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Clean any dirt and oil from the transmission housing sealing surface. 9. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001 evenly to the mating surface of the transmission housing and the clutch housing. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 144: Identifying Transmission Housing Gasket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (A). Fig. 145: Identifying Dowel Pins With Torque Specification Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Set the tapered cone ring (B) as shown. Place the transmission housing over the clutch housing, being careful to line up the shafts. 12. Lower the transmission housing the rest of the way as you expand the 72 mm snap ring (C). Release the snap ring so it seats in the groove of the countershaft bearing. 13. Make sure the 72 mm snap ring is securely seated in the groove of the countershaft bearing. Dimension (1) as installed: 3.3-6.0 mm (0.13-0.24 in.) 14. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001, evenly to the threads of the 32 mm searing cap (D) mating surface of the transmission housing. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. 15. Install transmission hangers A, B, and the 8 mm flange bolts, finger-tight. Fig. 146: Identifying Transmission Hangers And Flange Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Tighten the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps. Specified Torque: 8 x 1.25 mm 27 N.m (2.8 kgf.m, 20 lbf.ft) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 147: Identifying Transmission Hangers Flange Bolt Tighten Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Clean any dirt or oil from the change lever assembly sealing surface. 18. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001, evenly to the mating surface of the change lever assembly and the transmission housing. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:    If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Allow it to cure at least 30 minutes after assembly before filling the transmission with MTF. Fig. 148: Identifying Transmission Housing Gasket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Install the 8 x 14 mm dowel pins (A) and the change lever assembly (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 149: Identifying Dowel Pins And Lever Assembly With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001, evenly to the mating surface of the threads of the inter lock bolt and the transmission housing. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. 21. Install the drain plug (A), and 10 mm flange bolt (B) with new washers. Install the filler plug (C) fingertight. Fig. 150: Identifying Drain Plug, Flange Bolt And Washers With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 22. Apply MTF to the new O-ring (D). Then install the new O-ring, the plain washer (E), and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (F). 23. Install the detent bolts, springs, and steel balls (A) with new washers (B). Fig. 151: Identifying Detent Bolts, Springs, Steel Balls And Washers With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08718-0001 evenly to the threads of the back-up light switch mating surface of the transmission housing. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. 25. Install the transmission hanger (C). 26. Install the 20 mm bolt (A) and 20 mm washer (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 152: Identifying Transmission Hanger, Bolt And Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. 2WD: Apply MTF to the new O-ring (A). Then install the new O-ring and the side cover (B). Fig. 153: Identifying O-Ring And Side Cover With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 28. 4WD: Apply MTF to the new O-ring (A). Then install the new O-ring, 10 x 20 mm dowel pin (B), and the transfer assembly (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 154: Identifying O-Ring, Dowel Pin And Transfer Assembly With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GEARSHIFT MECHANISM REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 155: Identifying Gearshift Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX 2WD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 156: Identifying M/T Differential Component Location (2WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4WD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 157: Identifying M/T Differential Component Location (4WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BACKLASH INSPECTION 1. Place the differential assembly on V-blocks (A), and install the intermediate shaft (B) and left driveshaft (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 158: Identifying Differential Assembly On V-Blocks, Intermediate Shaft And Left Driveshaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the backlash of both pinion gears (D) with a dial indicator (E). If the backlash is not within the standard, replace the differential carrier. Standard (New): 0.05-0.15 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR REPLACEMENT 2WD 1. Remove the bolts (left-hand threads) in a crisscross pattern in several steps, then remove the final driven gear (A) from the differential carrier (B). Fig. 159: Identifying Final Driven Gear And Differential Carrier With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 2. Install the final driven gear with the chamfer on the inside diameter facing the carrier. Align the marks on the driven gear and the carrier. Tighten the bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR, TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT 4WD 1. Remove the bolts (left-hand threads) in a crisscross pattern in several steps, then remove the transfer drive gear (A) and final driven gear (B) from the differential carrier (C). Fig. 160: Identifying Transfer Drive Gear, Final Driven Gear And Differential Carrier With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the final driven gear and transfer drive gear with the chamfer on the inside diameter facing the carrier. Align the marks on the driven gear, the transfer drive gear and the carrier. Tighten the bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps. CARRIER BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Driver handle 07746-0030100 1. Check the carrier bearings for wear and rough rotation. If they rotate smoothly and their rollers show no signs of wear, the bearings are OK. 2. Remove the carrier bearings (A) with a commercially available bearing puller (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 161: Identifying Carrier Bearings And Bearing Puller Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the new bearings (A) with the driver handle (B) and a press. Press on each bearing until it bottoms. There should be no clearance between the bearings and the carrier. NOTE: Place the seal (C) part of the bearing toward the outside of the differential, then install it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 162: Installing Bearings With Driver Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Oil seal driver attachment 07NAD-P20A100 Driver 07749-0010000 1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the transmission housing (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 163: Removing Oil Seal Of Transmission Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the oil seal (A) from the clutch housing (B). Fig. 164: Removing Oil Seal Of Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the new oil seal in the transmission housing with the oil seal driver attachment (A) and driver (B). Fig. 165: Installing Oil Seal, Oil Seal Driver And Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the new oil seal in the clutch housing with the oil seal driver attachment (A) and driver (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 166: Installing Oil Seal In Clutch Housing With Oil Seal Driver Attachment And Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DIFFERENTIAL THRUST CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT Special Tools Required Driver handle 07746-0030100 1. If you removed the 80 mm shim (A) from the transmission housing (B), reinstall the same sized shim. Fig. 167: Identifying Shim, Transmission Housing And Same Sized Shim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the differential assembly (A) into the clutch housing (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 168: Identifying Differential Assembly And Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the transmission housing onto the clutch housing, then tighten the 8 mm flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in several steps (see step 16 ). Specified Torque: 8 x 1.25 mm 27 N.m (2.8 kgf.m, 20 lbf.ft) 4. Use the driver handle (A) to bottom the differential assembly in the clutch housing (B). Fig. 169: Installing Differential Assembly In Clutch Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Measure the clearance between the 80 mm shim and the bearing outer race in the transmission housing. Standard: 0-0.10 mm (0-0.0039 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 170: Measuring Clearance Between Shim And Bearing Outer Race In Transmission Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the clearance is more than the standard, select a new 80 mm shim from the following table. If the clearance measured in step 5 is within the standard, go to step 9. 80 mm Shim SHIM THICKNESS CHART Part Number Thickness A 41441-PL3-B00 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) B 41442-PL3-B00 1.1 mm (0.043 in.) C 41443-PL3-B00 1.2 mm (0.047 in.) D 41444-PL3-B00 1.3 mm (0.051 in.) E 41445-PL3-B00 1.4 mm (0.055 in.) F 41446-PL3-B00 1.5 mm (0.059 in.) G 41447-PL3-B00 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) H 41448-PL3-B00 1.7 mm (0.067 in.) J 41449-PL3-B00 1.8 mm (0.071 in.) K 41450-PL3-B00 1.05 mm (0.041 in.) L 4H51-PL3-B00 1.15 mm (0.045 in.) M 41452-PL3-B00 1.25 mm (0.049 in.) N 41453-PL3-B00 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) P 41454-PL3-B00 1.45 mm (0.057 in.) Q 41455-PL3-B00 1.55 mm (0.061 in.) R 41456-PL3-B00 1.65 mm (0.065 in.) S 41457-PL3-B00 1.75 mm (0.069 in.) 7. Remove the bolts and the transmission housing. 8. Replace the thrust shim selected in step 6, then recheck the clearance. 9. Reinstall the transmission housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element BACKLASH INSPECTION ON VEHICLE 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 2. Shift to neutral. 3. Make a reference mark (A) across the No. 1 propeller shaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C). Fig. 171: Identifying Reference Mark No. 1 Propeller Shaft And Transfer Companion Flange With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer assembly. 5. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion flange (B), then measure the transfer gear backlash. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Fig. 172: Identifying Dial Indicator And Transfer Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the measurement is not within the standard, remove the transfer assembly (see TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ) and inspect the transfer assembly (see TRANSFER ASSEMBLY INSPECTION ). 7. Check for fluid leaks between the mating surfaces of the transfer assembly and transmission. 8. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly from the transmission (see TRANSFER ASSEMBLY Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element REMOVAL ), and replace the O-ring. Also check for fluid leaks between the mating surfaces of the transfer housing and transfer holder. If there is a leak, remove the transfer holder, and replace the O-ring. 9. Check for leaks between the transfer companion flange and transfer oil seal. 10. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly from the transmission (see TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ), and replace the transfer oil seal and O-ring on the transfer output shaft. If oil seal and Oring replacement is required, you will need to check and adjust the transfer gear tooth contact, transfer gear backlash, the tapered roller bearing starting torque, and the total starting torque (see 35 MM THRUST SHIM SELECTION ). TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 2. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 3. Make reference marks (A) across the No.1 propeller shaft (B) and the companion flange (C). Fig. 173: Identifying Reference Marks Of No.1 Propeller Shaft And Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer assembly. 5. Remove the transfer assembly (A), 10 x 20 mm dowel pin (B), and O-ring (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 174: Identifying Transfer Assembly, Dowel Pin And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION NOTE:   While installing the transfer assembly on the transmission, do not allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the transmission. Be careful not to damage the clutch housing with transfer gear. 1. Apply manual transmission fluid (MTF) to the new O-ring (A). Then install it on the transfer assembly (B), then install the 10 x 20 mm dowel pin (C) on the transmission. Fig. 175: Identifying O-Ring, Transfer Assembly And Dowel Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Apply MTF to the transfer gear and transmission contact area, then install the transfer assembly on the transmission. 3. Install the propeller shaft (A) on the transfer assembly (B) by aligning the reference marks (C) you made. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 176: Identifying Propeller Shaft On Transfer Assembly And Reference Marks With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Refill the transmission with recommended MTF (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 5. Start the engine, and run it to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Turn the engine off, and check the fluid level (see TRANSMISSION FLUID INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 6. Test-drive the vehicle. TRANSFER ASSEMBLY INSPECTION TRANSFER GEAR (HYPOID GEAR) BACKLASH MEASUREMENT 1. Remove the transfer assembly (see TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ). 2. Set a dial indicator (A) on the companion flange (B) as shown. Fig. 177: Setting Dial Indicator On Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Measure the transfer gear backlash. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Total Starting Torque Measurement Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 4. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat the tapered roller bearings. 5. Securely clamp the transfer assembly in a bench vise with wood blocks. Standard: 2.16-3.57 N.m (22.0-36.4 kgf.cm, 19.1-31.6 lbf.in) Fig. 178: Measuring Transfer Gear Backlash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Measure the starting torque (companion flange side) using a beam-type torque wrench. Transfer Drive Gear Tooth Contact Inspection 7. Remove the transfer assembly from the bench vise. 8. Remove the transfer holder assembly (A) from the transfer housing (B), then remove the dowel pin (C) and O-ring (D). Fig. 179: Identifying Transfer Holder Assembly, Transfer Housing, Dowel Pin And O-Ring With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transfer drive gear teeth lightly and evenly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 10. Install the transfer holder assembly to the transfer housing, then tighten the bolts. Do not install the Oring. 11. Rotate the companion flange in both directions until the transfer gear rotates one full turn in both directions. 12. Remove the transfer holder, and check the transfer drive gear tooth contact pattern. The pattern should be centered on the gear tooth as shown. Fig. 180: Identifying Gear Tooth Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. If the measurements are not within the standard or the tooth contact pattern is incorrect, disassemble the transfer assembly and repair it. TRANSFER ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 181: Exploded View Of Transfer Assembly With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required   Holder handle 07JAB-001020B Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010A or 07RAB-TB4010B 1. Remove the transfer holder assembly (A) from the transfer housing (B), then remove the dowel pin (C) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element and O-ring (D). Fig. 182: Identifying Transfer Holder Assembly, Transfer Housing, Dowel Pin And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Cut the locking tab of the transfer output shaft locknut using a chisel. Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the transfer output shaft. Fig. 183: Cutting Locking Tab Of Transfer Output Shaft Locknut With Chisel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Securely clamp the transfer housing (A) in a beach vise (B) with wood blocks. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 184: Identifying Transfer Housing And Beach Vise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the holder handle (C) and companion flange holder (D) on the companion flange, then loosen the transfer output shaft locknut. 5. Remove the holder handle and companion flange holder from the companion flange. 6. Remove the transfer output shaft locknut (A), conical spring washer (B), back-up ring (C), O-ring (D), and companion flange (E). Fig. 185: Identifying Transfer Output Shaft Locknut, Conical Spring Washer, Back-Up Ring And O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the transfer output shaft (A), then remove the transfer spacer (B) from the transfer output shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 186: Identifying Transfer Output Shaft And Transfer Spacer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the oil seal (A) and the 50 mm tapered roller bearing (B) from the transfer housing (C). Fig. 187: Identifying Oil Seal, Roller Bearing And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER HOLDER DISASSEMBLY 1. Cut the locking tab of the transfer shaft locknut using a chisel. Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the transfer shaft assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 188: Cutting Locking Tab Of Transfer Shaft Locknut With Chisel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Hold the transfer shaft assembly (A) with a 14 mm hex wrench (B) clamped in a bench vise, then loosen the transfer shaft locknut. Fig. 189: Holding Transfer Shaft Assembly With Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the transfer shaft locknut (A), conical spring washer (B), 57 mm tapered roller bearing (C), 25 mm thrust shim (D), transfer collar (E), transfer drive gear (F), and transfer shaft assembly (G) from the transfer holder (H). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 190: Identifying Transfer Shaft Locknut, Conical Spring Washer, Tapered Roller Bearing And Thrust Shim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER HOLDER TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 Driver 07749-0010000 NOTE: Coat all parts with manual transmission fluid (MTF) during reassembly. 1. Remove the 76 mm tapered roller bearing outer race (A) and 76 mm thrust shim (B) from the transfer holder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 191: Removing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race And Thrust Shim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A) in the transfer holder. Fig. 192: Identifying Thrust Shim And Transfer Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the 76 mm tapered roller bearing outer race (B) using the 72 x 75 mm attachment (C), driver (D), and a press in the direction shown. TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required    Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 07746-0010200 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 Driver 07749-0010000 NOTE: Coat all parts with manual transmission fluid (MTF) during reassembly. 1. Remove the 76 mm tapered roller bearing (A) from the transfer drive gear (B) using a commercially available bearing separator (C), the 37 x 40 mm attachment (D), driver (E), and a press. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 193: Identifying Tapered Roller Bearing, Transfer Drive Gear, Bearing Separator And Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new 76 mm tapered roller bearing (A) on the transfer drive gear (B) using the 42 x 47 mm attachment (D), driver (E), and a press. Fig. 194: Identifying Tapered Roller Bearing, Transfer Drive Gear And Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   Driver handle 07746-0030100 Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element NOTE: Coat all parts with manual transmission fluid (MTF) during reassembly. 1. Remove the 62 mm tapered roller bearing (A) from the transfer output shaft (B) using a commercially available bearing separator (C), an adapter (D), and a press. Fig. 195: Installing Adapter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new 62 mm tapered roller bearing (A) on the transfer output shaft (B) using the driver handle (C), 35 mm I.D. attachment (D), and a press. Fig. 196: Installing Tapered Roller Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER HOUSING TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Special Tools Required       Installer shaft, 14 x 165 mm 07JAF-SJ80110 Installer nut, 14 mm 07JAF-SJ80120 Bearing installer attachment 07KAF-PS30120 Bearing installer attachment 07LAF-PZ70110 Driver 07749-0010000 Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101 NOTE:   Coat all parts with manual transmission fluid (MTF) during reassembly. Replace the tapered roller bearing and the tapered roller bearing outer race as a set if either part is replaced. 1. Remove the tapered roller bearing outer races from transfer housing by heating the housing to almost 212°F (100°C) using a heat gun. NOTE: Do not heat the housing over 212°F (100°C). Fig. 197: Removing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Races Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Bearing Outer Race Locations Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 198: Identifying Bearing Outer Race Locations Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the 57 mm tapered roller bearing outer race using the driver (A) and oil seal driver attachment (B) in the direction shown. Fig. 199: Installing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race, Driver And Oil Seal Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the 62 mm tapered roller bearing outer race and 50 mm tapered roller bearing outer race using the 14 x 165 mm installer shaft (A), 14 mm installer nut (B), bearing installer attachment (C), and (D) in the direction shown. Fig. 200: Identifying Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race, Installer Nut And Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REASSEMBLY Special Tools Required   Holder handle 07JAB-001020B Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element      Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010A or 07RAB-TB4010B Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 Driver handle 07746-0030100 Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 Driver 07749-0010000 NOTE:     While reassembling the transfer assembly:  Check and adjust the transfer gear tooth contact.  Measure and adjust the transfer gear backlash.  Check and adjust the tapered roller bearing starting torque. Coat all parts with manual transmission fluid (MTF) during reassembly. Replace the tapered roller bearing and the tapered roller bearing outer race as a set if either part is replaced. Replace the transfer drive gear and the transfer output shaft as a set if either part is replaced. OUTLINE OF ASSEMBLY 1. Select the 35 mm thrust shim. Do this procedure if the transfer output shaft or the tapered roller bearing on the transfer output shaft is replaced. 2. Preassemble the parts to check and adjust transfer gear backlash and transfer gear tooth contact. 3. Disassemble the parts, then assemble the transfer output shaft and its related parts. 4. Measure and adjust the starting torque of the transfer driven gear shaft tapered roller bearing. 5. Assemble the transfer shaft assembly and its related parts. 6. Measure and adjust the total starting torque. 35 MM THRUST SHIM SELECTION NOTE: Do not use more than one 35 mm thrust shim to adjust the transfer gear backlash. 1. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the transfer output shaft is replaced. Calculate the thickness of the 35 mm thrust shim using the formula, and select the replacement 35 mm thrust shim from the table. NOTE: The number on the transfer output shaft is shown in 1/100 mm. Fig. 201: Shim Thickness Calculation Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element A: Number on the existing transfer output shaft B: Number on the replacement transfer output shaft C: Thickness of the existing 35 mm thrust shim X: Thickness needed for the replacement 35 mm thrust shim Example: Fig. 202: Identifying Thrust Shim Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Select No. M 35 mm thrust shim of 1.08 mm (0.043 in) in this cause. 35 mm Thrust Shim THRUST SHIM THICKNESS CHART Shim No. Part Number Thickness A 41361-PS3-000 0.72 mm (0.028 in.) B 41362-PS3-000 0.75 mm (0.030 in.) C 41363-PS3-000 0.78 mm (0.031 in.) D 41364-PS3-000 0.81 mm (0.032 in.) E 41365-PS3-000 0.84 mm (0.033 in.) F 41366-PS3-000 0.87 mm (0.034 in.) G 41367-PS3-000 0.90 mm (0.035 in.) H 41368-PS3-000 0.93 mm (0.037 in.) I 41369-PS3-000 0.96 mm (0.038 in.) J 41370-PS3-000 0.99 mm (0.039 in.) K 41371-PS3-000 1.02 mm (0.040 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element L M N 41372-PS3-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.) 41373-PS3-000 1.08 mm (0.043 in.) 41374-PS3-000 1.11 mm (0.044 in.) 2. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the tapered roller bearing on the transfer output shaft is replaced. Measure the thickness of the replacement bearing and the existing bearing, and calculate the difference of the bearing thickness. Adjust the thickness of the existing 35 mm thrust shim by the amount of the difference in bearing thickness, and select the replacement 35 mm thrust shim from the table. Transfer Gear Backlash Inspection and Transfer Gear Tooth Contact Inspection 3. Install the 35 mm thrust shim (A) on the transfer output shaft (B), then install the 62 mm tapered roller bearing (C) using the driver handle (D), 35 mm I.D. attachment (E), and a press. Fig. 203: Installing Thrust Shim, Transfer Output Shaft And Tapered Roller Bearing With Driver Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the 50 mm tapered roller bearing (A) in the transfer housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 118 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 204: Installing Tapered Roller Bearing In Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the new oil seal (B) in the transfer housing using the oil seal driver attachment (C) and driver (D). NOTE: Install the oil seal in the direction shown. 6. Install the transfer output shaft (A) in the transfer housing (B). NOTE: Do not install the transfer spacer in this step. A Fig. 205: Identifying Transfer Output Shaft In Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the companion flange (A), new conical spring washer (B), and new locknut (C) on the transfer output shaft (D). NOTE:    Do not install the O-ring and the back-up ring in this step. Install the conical spring washer in the direction shown. Coat the threads of the locknut and the shaft with manual Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 119 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element transmission fluid (MTF) before installing the locknut. Fig. 206: Identifying Companion Flange, Conical Spring Washer And Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Securely clamp the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with wood blocks. Then install the holder handle (C) and companion flange holder (D) on the companion flange. Fig. 207: Installing Holder Handle And Companion Flange Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting torque so the starting torque is within 0.98-1.39 N.m (10.0-14.2 kgf.cm, 8.7-12.3 lbf.in.). NOTE: Do not stake the locknut in this step. Starting Torque: 0.98-1.39 N.m (10.0-14.2 kgf.cm, 8.7-12.3 lbf.in.) 10. Install the transfer shaft assembly (A) in the transfer holder (B), then install the transfer drive gear (C), transfer collar (D), 25 mm thrust shim (E), 57 mm tapered roller bearing (F), new conical spring washer (G), and new transfer shaft locknut (H) on the transfer shaft assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 120 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element NOTE:   Coat the threads of the locknut and the shaft with MTF before installing the locknut. Install the conical spring washer in the direction shown. Fig. 208: Identifying Transfer Shaft Assembly, Transfer Holder And Transfer Drive Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Hold the transfer shaft assembly (A) with a 14 mm hex wrench (B) clamped in a bench vise, and tighten the transfer shaft locknut. NOTE: Do not stake the locknut in this step. Torque: 118 N.m (12.0 kgf.m, 86.8 lbf.ft) Fig. 209: Identifying Transfer Shaft Assembly And Hex Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 121 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 12. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transfer drive gear teeth lightly and evenly. 13. Install the dowel pin (A) and transfer holder assembly (B) in the transfer housing (C). NOTE: Do not install the O-ring in this step. Fig. 210: Identifying Dowel Pin, Transfer Holder Assembly And Transfer Housing With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat the tapered roller bearings. 15. Set a dial indicator (A) on the companion flange (B), then measure the transfer gear backlash. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) Fig. 211: Setting Dial Indicator On Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Remove the transfer holder, and check the transfer drive gear tooth contact pattern. CORRECT TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 122 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 212: Identifying Correct Tooth Contact Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INCORRECT TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN Fig. 213: Identifying Incorrect Tooth Contact Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. If the transfer drive gear tooth contact is incorrect, adjust the transfer gear tooth contact with a 25 mm or 35 mm thrust shim. If the gear tooth contact is correct, go to step 18. NOTE:  Do not use more than one of each thrust shim to adjust the transfer drive gear tooth contact. Toe Contact Use a thinner 35 mm thrust shim to move the transfer output shaft away from the transfer drive gear. Because this movement causes the transfer gear backlash to change, move the transfer drive gear toward the transfer output shaft to adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 123 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Reduce the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim.  Increase the thickness of the 76 mm thrust shim by the amount you reduced the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim. Heel Contact   Use a thicker 35 mm thrust shim to move the transfer output shaft toward the transfer drive gear. Because this movement causes the transfer gear backlash to change, move the transfer drive gear away from the transfer output shaft to adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows: Increase the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim.  Reduce the thickness of the 76 mm thrust shim by the amount you increased the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim. Flank Contact   Use a thicker 25 mm thrust shim to move the transfer drive gear away from the transfer output shaft. Flank contact must be adjusted within the limits of the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash exceeds the limits, adjust as described under Heel Contact.  Face Contact Use a thinner 25 mm thrust shim to move the transfer drive gear toward the transfer output shaft. Face contact must be adjusted within the limits of the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash exceeds the limits, adjust as described under Toe Contact. 25 mm Thrust Shim THRUST SHIM THICKNESS CHART Shim No. Part Number Thickness 1.70 29411-P1C-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.) 1.73 29412-P1C-000 1.73 mm (0.068 in.) 1.76 29413-P1C-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.) 1.79 29414-P1C-000 1.79 mm (0.070 in.) 1.82 29415-P1C-000 1.82 mm (0.072 in.) 1.85 29416-P1C-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.) 1.88 29417-P1C-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.) 1.91 29418-P1C-000 1.91 mm (0.075 in.) 1.94 29419-P1C-000 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) 1.97 29420-P1C-000 1.97 mm (0.078 in.) 2.00 29421-P1C-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) 2.03 29422-P1C-000 2.03 mm (0.080 in.) 2.06 29423-P1C-000 2.06 mm (0.081 in.) 2.09 29424-P1C-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.) 2.12 29425-P1C-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 124 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 2.15 2.18 2.21 2.24 29426-P1C-000 2.15 mm (0.085 in.) 29427-P1C-000 2.18 mm (0.086 in.) 29428-P1C-000 2.21 mm (0.087 in.) 29429-P1C-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.) 18. Measure the transfer gear backlash again. 19. Remove the transfer holder assembly (A) from the transfer housing (B). Fig. 214: Identifying Transfer Holder Assembly And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Securely clamp the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with wood blocks. Fig. 215: Identifying Transfer Housing And Bench Vise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Install the holder handle (C) and companion flange holder (D) on the companion flange, then loosen the transfer output shaft locknut. 22. Remove the locknut (A), conical spring washer (B), and companion flange (C) from the transfer output Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 125 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element shaft (D). Fig. 216: Identifying Locknut, Conical Spring Washer, Companion Flange And Transfer Output Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Remove the transfer output shaft from the transfer housing (E). 24. Install the new transfer spacer (A) on the transfer output shaft (B) in the direction shown, then install them in the transfer housing (C). Fig. 217: Identifying Transfer Spacer On Transfer Output Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Install the companion flange (A), new O-ring (B), back-up ring (C), conical spring washer (D), and locknut (E) on the transfer output shaft (F). NOTE:   Coat the threads of the locknut, O-ring, and transfer output shaft with MTF before installing the locknut. Install the conical spring washer in the direction shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 126 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 218: Identifying Companion Flange, O-Ring, Back-Up Ring, Conical Spring Washer And Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Securely clamp the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with wood blocks. Fig. 219: Tightening Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Install the holder handle (C) and companion flange holder (D) on the companion flange, then tighten the transfer output shaft locknut while measuring the starting torque of the transfer output shaft. NOTE:     Rotate the companion flange several times to seat the tapered roller bearings, then measure the starting torque. If the starting torque exceeds 1.39 N.m (14.2 kgf.cm, 12.3 lbf.in.), replace the transfer spacer and reassemble the parts. Do not adjust the starting torque with the locknut loose. If the tightening torque exceeds 260 N.m (26.5 kgf.m, 192 lbf.ft), replace the transfer spacer and reassemble the parts. Write down the measurement of the starting torque, it is used to measure the total starting torque. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 127 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Starting Torque: 0.98-1.39 N.m (10.0-14.2 kgf.cm, 8.7-12.3 lbf.in.) Tightening Torque: 132-260 N.m (13.5-26.5 kgf.m, 97.6-192 lbf.ft) 28. Remove the holder handle and companion flange holder. 29. Stake the locknut into the transfer output shaft using a 3.5 mm punch. Fig. 220: Removing Holder Handle And Companion Flange Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Install the dowel pin (A) in the transfer housing (B), then install the transfer holder assembly (C). NOTE: Do not install the O-ring in this step. Fig. 221: Identifying Dowel Pin, Transfer Housing And Transfer Holder Assembly With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 128 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 31. Securely clamp the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with wood blocks. Then rotate the companion flange several times to seat the tapered roller bearings. Fig. 222: Rotating Companion Flange To Tapered Roller Bearings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 32. Measure the total starting torque using the torque wrench (C). Total Starting Torque: 1.30-2.47 N.m (13.3-25.2 kgf.cm, 11.5-21.9 lbf.in) + Transfer Driven Gear Shaft Starting Torque Value (written down in step 25). 33. Remove the transfer holder assembly from the transfer housing. 34. If the measurement is not within the standard, go to step 35. If the measurement is within the standard, go to step 47. 35. Hold the transfer shaft (A) with a 14 mm hex wrench (B) clamped in a bench vise then loosen the locknut. Fig. 223: Holding Transfer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 129 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 36. Remove the locknut (A) and transfer shaft assembly (B) from the transfer holder (C). Fig. 224: Identifying Locknut, Transfer Shaft Assembly And Transfer Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 37. Remove the 76 mm tapered roller bearing outer race (A) and 76 mm thrust shim (B) from the transfer holder (C). Fig. 225: Removing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race, Thrust Shim And Transfer Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 38. Measure the thickness of the removed 76 mm thrust shim, and select a new 76 mm thrust shim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 130 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element 76 mm Thrust Shim THRUST SHIM THICKNESS CHART Shim No. Part Number Thickness A 41361-PPS-000 1.20 mm (0.047 in.) B 41362-PPS-000 1.23 mm (0.048 in.) C 41363-PPS-000 1.26 mm (0.049 in.) D 41364-PPS-000 1.29 mm (0.050 in.) E 41365-PPS-000 1.32 mm (0.052 in.) F 41366-PPS-000 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) G 41367-PPS-000 1.38 mm (0.054 in.) H 41368-PPS-000 1.41 mm (0.055 in.) J 41369-PPS-000 1.44 mm (0.057 in.) K 41370-PPS-000 1.47 mm (0.058 in.) L 41371-PPS-000 1.50 mm (0.059 in.) M 41372-PPS-000 1.53 mm (0.060 in.) N 41373-PPS-000 1.56 mm (0.061 in.) P 41374-PPS-000 1.59 mm (0.062 in.) R 41375-PPS-000 1.62 mm (0.064 in.) S 41376-PPS-000 1.65 mm (0.065 in.) T 41377-PPS-000 1.68 mm (0.066 in.) U 41378-PPS-000 1.71 mm (0.067 in.) W 41379-PPS-000 1.74 mm (0.068 in.) X 41380-PPS-000 1.77 mm (0.070 in.) Y 41381-PPS-000 1.80 mm (0.071 in.) Z 41382-PPS-000 1.83 mm (0.072 in.) AA 41383-PPS-000 1.86 mm (0.073 in.) AB 41384-PPS-000 1.89 mm (0.074 in.) AC 41385-PPS-000 1.92 mm (0.076 in.) AD 41386-PPS-000 1.95 mm (0.077 in.) AE 41387-PPS-000 1.98 mm (0.078 in.) AF 41388-PPS-000 2.01 mm (0.079 in.) AG 41389-PPS-000 2.04 mm (0.080 in.) AH 41390-PPS-000 2.07 mm (0.081 in.) AJ 41391-PPS-000 2.10 mm (0.083 in.) AK 41392-PPS-000 2.13 mm (0.084 in.) AL 41393-PPS-000 2.16 mm (0.085 in.) AM 41394-PPS-000 2.19 mm (0.086 in.) AN 41395-PPS-000 2.22 mm (0.087 in.) AP 41396-PPS-000 2.25 mm (0.089 in.) AR 41397-PPS-000 2.28 mm (0.090 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 131 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element AS AT AU AW AX AY AZ BA BB BC BD BE BF 41398-PPS-000 2.31 mm (0.091 in.) 41399-PPS-000 2.34 mm (0.092 in.) 41400-PPS-000 2.37 mm (0.093 in.) 41401-PPS-000 2.40 mm (0.094 in.) 41402-PPS-000 2.43 mm (0.096 in.) 41403-PPS-000 2.46 mm (0.097 in.) 41404-PPS-000 2.49 mm (0.098 in.) 41405-PPS-000 2.52 mm (0.099 in.) 41406-PPS-000 2.55 mm (0.100 in.) 41407-PPS-000 2.58 mm (0.102 in.) 41408-PPS-000 2.61 mm (0.103 in.) 41409-PPS-000 2.64 mm (0.104 in.) 41410-PPS-000 2.67 mm (0.105 in.) 39. Install the selected 76 mm thrust shim (A) in the transfer holder (B). Fig. 226: Installing Thrust Shim In Transfer Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 40. Install the 76 mm tapered roller bearing outer race (C) using the 72 x 75 mm attachment (D), driver (E), and a press in the direction shown. 41. Install the transfer shaft assembly (A), transfer drive gear (B), transfer collar (C), 25 mm thrust shim (D), 57 mm tapered roller bearing (E), conical spring washer (F), and transfer shaft locknut (G) in the transfer holder (H). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 132 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 227: Identifying Transfer Shaft Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 42. Hold the transfer shaft assembly (A) with a 14 mm hex wrench (B) clamped in a bench vise, then tighten the transfer shaft locknut. NOTE: Do not stake the locknut in this step. Fig. 228: Holding Transfer Shaft Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Tightening Torque: 118 N.m (12.0 kgf.m, 86.8 lbf.ft) 43. Install the dowel pin (A) in the transfer housing (B), then install the transfer holder assembly (C). NOTE: Do not install the O-ring in the step. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 133 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 229: Identifying Dowel Pin, Transfer Housing And Transfer Holder Assembly With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 44. 45. 46. 47. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat the tapered roller bearings. Recheck and make sure the total starting torque is within the standard. Remove the transfer holder assembly from the transfer housing. Stake the locknut on the transfer shaft using a 3.5 mm punch. Fig. 230: Removing Transfer Holder Assembly Of Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 48. Coat the new O-ring (A) with MTF, install it on the transfer holder assembly (B), then install the dowel pin (C) and transfer holder assembly in the transfer housing (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 134 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission - Element Fig. 231: Identifying O-Ring, MTF, Transfer Holder Assembly And Dowel Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is required) The ELEMENT SRS includes a driver's airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger's airbag in the dashboard above the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, seat belt buckle tensioners in the front seat belt buckles, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof, and side airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this Service Manual. Items marked with an asterisk (*) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items require special precautions and tools, and should be done only by an authorized Honda dealer.     To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer. Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags. Do not bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or side impact sensors when the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF; otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or the airbags may deploy. SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the steering column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:46:39 AM Page 135 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:12 8:22:07 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 2: Conventional Brake Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION AND TEST Inspect the brake system components listed. Repair or replace any parts that are leaking or damaged. Component Inspections: COMPONENT INSPECTIONS REFERENCE Component Procedure Also check for Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at: Bulging seat at reservoir cap. This is a Master Cylinder sign of fluid contamination.  Reservoir or reservoir grommets.  Line joints. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Between master cylinder and booster. Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at:  Brake Hoses Line joints and banjo bolt connections.  Hoses and lines, also inspect for twisting or damage. Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at: Bulging, twisted, or bent lines. Caliper Piston seal.  Banjo bolt connections.  Bleed screw. Look for damage or signs of fluid leakage at: Seized or sticking caliper pins. VSA Modulatorcontrol Unit     Line joints. Modulator-control unit. BRAKE SYSTEM TEST Brake pedal sinks/fades when braking 1. Set the parking brake, and start the engine, then turn off the A/C switch. Allow the engine to warm up to normal operating temperature (radiator fan comes on twice). 2. Attach a 50 mm (2 in.) piece of masking tape along the bottom of the steering wheel, and draw a horizontal reference mark across it. 3. With the transmission M/T in the neutral position, A/T in the P or N position, press and hold the brake pedal lightly (about the same pressure needed to keep an A/T-equipped vehicle from creeping), then release the parking brake. 4. While still holding the brake pedal, hook the end of the tape measure behind the brake pedal, then pull the tape up to the steering wheel. Note the measurement between the brake pedal and the reference mark on the steering wheel. 5. Apply steady pressure to the brake pedal for 3 minutes. 6. Watch the tape measure.  If the measurement increases 10 mm (3/8 in.) or less, the master cylinder is OK.  If the measurement increases more than 10 mm (3/8 in.), replace the master cylinder. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING RAPID BRAKE PAD WEAR, VEHICLE VIBRATION (AFTER A LONG DRIVE), OR HIGH, HARD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element BRAKE PEDAL NOTE: Make sure that the caliper pins are installed correctly. The upper caliper pin A and lower caliper pin B are different. If the pins are installed in the wrong location, it will cause vibration, uneven or rapid brake pad wear, and possibly uneven tire wear. For proper caliper pin location (see FRONT BRAKE CALIPER OVERHAUL ). 1. Drive the vehicle until the brakes drag or until the pedal is high and hard. This can take 20 or more brake pedal applications during an extended test-drive. 2. With the engine running, raise the vehicle on a lift, and spin all four wheels by hand. Is there brake drag at any of the wheels? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Look for other causes of pad wear, high pedal, or vehicle vibration. 3. Turn the engine off, press the brake pedal several times to deplete the vacuum in the brake booster, and then spin the wheels again to check for brake drag. Is there brake drag at any of the wheels? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Replace the brake booster (see BRAKE BOOSTER REPLACEMENT ). 4. Without removing the brake lines, unbolt and separate the master cylinder from the booster, then spin the wheels to check for brake drag. Is there brake drag at any of the wheels? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Check the brake pedal position switch adjustment and pedal free play (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). 5. Loosen the hydraulic lines at the master cylinder, then spin the wheels to check for brake drag. Is there brake drag at any of the wheels? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Check the master cylinder reservoir for contamination in the brake fluid. If you find contamination, flush the entire brake system of all contaminated fluid. If the brake fluid is OK, replace the master cylinder (see MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element 6. Loosen the bleed screws at each caliper, then spin the wheels to check for brake drag. Is there brake drag at any of the wheels? YES -Check the master cylinder reservoir for contamination in the brake fluid. If you find contamination, flush the entire brake system of all contaminated fluid. If the brake fluid is OK, disassemble and repair the caliper on the wheel(s) with brake drag. NO -Look for and replace any damaged brake lines. If all brake lines are OK, replace the VSA modulator-control unit (see VSA MODULATOR-CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT PEDAL HEIGHT 1. Turn the brake pedal position switch (A) counterclockwise, and pull it back until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. Fig. 3: Adjusting Pedal Height Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element 2. Pull back the carpet and find the cutout in the insulator. Lift up the insulator cutout and measure the pedal height (B) at the center of the pedal pad (C) to the floor. Standard pedal height (with carpet removed): M/T model: 178 mm (7 in.) A/T model: 180 mm (7 3/32 in.) 3. Loosen the pushrod locknut (A), and screw the pushrod (B) in or out with pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not adjust the pedal height with the pushrod pressed. Fig. 4: Loosening Pushrod Locknut And Screwing Pushrod With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Lift up on the brake pedal by hand. Push in the brake pedal position switch until its plunger is fully pressed (threaded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal arm). Turn the switch 45° clockwise to lock it. The gap between the brake pedal position switch and the pad is automatically adjusted to 0.7 mm (0.03 in.) by locking the switch. Make sure the brake lights go off when the pedal is released. Fig. 5: Pushing Brake Pedal Position Switch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Check the brake pedal free play. PEDAL FREE PLAY 1. With the engine off, inspect the play (A) at the brake pedal pad (B) by pushing the brake pedal by hand. If the brake pedal, free play is out of specification, adjust/the brake pedal position switch (C). If the brake pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in brake drag. Freeplay: 1-5 mm (1/16-3/16 in.) Fig. 6: Identifying Pedal Free Play Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT INSPECTION 1. Pull the parking brake lever (A) with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force to fully apply the parking brake. The parking brake lever should be locked within the specified number of clicks (B). Lever locked clicks: Except SC model: 4 to 7 SC model: 8 to 10 NOTE: The illustration shows except SC model. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 7: Identifying Parking Brake Lever With Lever Locked Clicks Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Adjust the parking brake if the lever clicks are not within the specification. NOTE: Minor parking brake adjustments (1 to 2 clicks) can be made with the adjusting nut. If a larger adjustment is required, follow the major adjustment procedure using the adjuster at the parking brake drum. After installing new parking brake shoes and/or new brake disc/drum, make sure you drive the vehicle for "break-in" (see PARKING BRAKE SHOE LINING BREAK-IN ). MINOR ADJUSTMENT 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Release the parking brake lever fully. 3. Except SC model: Remove the center console (see LX, EX MODELS ). SC model: Remove the lid from the center console. 4. Pull the parking brake lever 1 click. 5. Tighten the parking brake adjusting nut (A) until the parking brakes drag slightly when the rear wheels are turned. Except SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Parking Brake Adjusting Nut - Except SC Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SC model Fig. 9: Identifying Parking Brake Adjusting Nut - SC Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Release the parking brake lever fully, and check that the parking brakes do not drag when the rear wheels are turned. Readjust if necessary. 7. Make sure the parking brakes are fully applied when the parking brake lever is pulled in all the way. 8. Except SC model: Install the center console (see LX, EX MODELS ). SC model: Install the lid to the center console. MAJOR ADJUSTMENT (TO BE DONE WHEN REPLACING PARKING BRAKE SHOES AND AFTER LINING SURFACE BREAK-IN) 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Release the parking brake lever fully. 3. Except SC model: Remove the center console (see LX, EX MODELS ). SC model: Remove the lid from Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element the center console. 4. Back off the parking brake adjusting nut (A) in the equalizer. Except SC model Fig. 10: Identifying Parking Brake Adjusting Nut - Except SC Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SC model Fig. 11: Identifying Parking Brake Adjusting Nut - SC Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the rear wheels. 6. Remove the access plug (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 12: Turning Ratchet Teeth On Adjuster Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Turn the ratchet teeth on the adjuster nut (B) with a flat-tip screwdriver (C) until the shoes lock against the parking brake drum. Then back off the adjuster 8 clicks, and install the access plug. 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheels. 9. Do the minor adjustment procedure. 10. Except SC model: Install the center console (see LX, EX MODELS ). SC model: Install the lid to the center console. BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING NOTE:      Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. Do not mix different brands of brake fluid; they may not be compatible. Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. The reservoir connected to the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake system. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir (A) is at the MAX (upper) level line (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Brake Fluid Level In Reservoir With Max (Upper) Level Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. 3. Start the bleeding at the driver's side of the front brake system. NOTE: Bleed the calipers or the wheel cylinders in the sequence shown. Fig. 14: Identifying Wheel Cylinders Bleeding Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Attach a length of clear drain tube (A) to the bleed screw (B), then, loosen the bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. Front Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 15: Attaching Clear Drain Tube To Bleed Screw - Front With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Rear Fig. 16: Attaching Clear Drain Tube To Bleed Screw - Rear With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. 6. Repeat the procedure for each brake circuit until there are no air bubbles are in the fluid. BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 17: Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PARKING BRAKE SWITCH TEST NOTE: If both the ABS/VSA indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the VSA system first (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Remove the center console: Except SC model (see LX, EX MODELS ), SC model (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). NOTE: The illustration shows except SC model. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Parking Brake Switch Connector And Parking Brake Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground.  With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity.  With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and the fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 4. Connect the parking brake switch connector to the parking brake switch. 5. Install the center console: Except SC model (see LX, EX MODELS ), SC model (see CENTER CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH TEST Check for continuity between the terminals (1) and (2) with the float in the down position and in the up position. NOTE:    Remove the brake fluid completely from the reservoir. With the float down, there should be continuity. Fill the reservoir with brake fluid to the MAX (upper) level (A). With the float up, there should be no continuity. If both the ABS/VSA indicator and the brake system indicator come on at same time, check the VSA system first (see GENERAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:07 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element  TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are OK, but brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Fig. 19: Identifying Brake Fluid MAX (Upper) Level With Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. FRONT BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101 CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health.   Avoid breathing dust particles. Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. INSPECTION 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Check the thickness (A) of the inner pad (B) and outer pad (C). Do not include the thickness of the backing plate. Brake pad thickness: Standard: 10.6-11.2 mm (0.42-0.44 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Service limit: 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) Inner pad Fig. 20: Identifying Brake Pad Thickness - Inner Pad Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Outer pad Fig. 21: Identifying Brake Pad Thickness - Outer Pad Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front brake pads as a set. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. REPLACEMENT 1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 3. Remove the front wheels. 4. Remove the flange bolt (A), and pivot the caliper (B) up out of the way. Check the hose and pin boots for damage and deterioration. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 22: Identifying Flange Bolt And Caliper Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the pad springs (A) from the brake pads. Fig. 23: Identifying Pad Springs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the pad shims (A) and brake pads (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 24: Identifying Pad Shims And Brake Pads Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the pad retainers (A). Fig. 25: Identifying Pad Retainers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Clean the caliper bracket (B) thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. 9. Inspect the brake disc, and check for damage and cracks (see FRONT BRAKE DISC INSPECTION ). 10. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the retainers on their mating surfaces against the caliper bracket. 11. Install the pad retainers. Wipe excess assembly paste off the retainers. Keep the assembly paste off the brake discs and brake pads. 12. Mount the brake caliper piston compressor tool (A) on the caliper body (B). Fig. 26: Identifying Brake Caliper Piston Compressor Tool On Caliper Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Press in the piston with the brake caliper piston compressor so the caliper will fit over the brake pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper down. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element NOTE: Be careful when pressing in the piston; brake fluid might overflow from the master cylinder's reservoir. If brake fluid gets on any painted surface, wash it off immediately with water. 14. Remove the brake caliper piston compressor tool. 15. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the pad side of the shims (A), the back of the brake pads (B) and the other areas indicated by the arrows. Wipe excess assembly paste off the pad shims and brake pads. Contaminated brake discs or brake pads reduces stopping ability. Keep grease and assembly paste off the brake discs and brake pads. Fig. 27: Identifying Shims, Brake Pads And Wear Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Install the brake pads and pad shims correctly. Install the brake pad with the wear indicator (C) on the bottom inside. If you are reusing the brake pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking efficiency. 17. Pivot the caliper down into position. Install the flange bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 28: Identifying Flange Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 19. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work. NOTE: Engagement may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 20. Add brake fluid as needed. 21. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and retighten if necessary. Testdrive the vehicle, then check for leaks (see BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION ). FRONT BRAKE DISC INSPECTION RUNOUT 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Remove the brake pads (see REPLACEMENT ). 4. Inspect the brake disc surface for damage and cracks. Clean the brake disc thoroughly, and remove all rust. 5. Install suitable flat washers (A) and wheel nuts (B), and tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque to hold the brake disc securely against the hub. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 29: Checking Brake Disc Runout With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Set up the dial gauge against the brake disc as shown, and measure the runout at 10 mm (3/8 in.) from the outer edge of the brake disc. Brake disc runout: Service limit: 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) 7. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit, refinish the brake disc with a commercially available on-car brake lathe. Max. refinishing limit: 21.0 mm (0.83 in.) NOTE:   If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for refinishing, replace it (see FRONT BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). A new brake disc should be refinished if its runout is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.). THICKNESS AND PARALLELISM 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Remove the brake pads (see REPLACEMENT ). 4. Using a micrometer, measure the brake disc thickness at eight points, about 45° apart and 10 mm (3/8 in.) in from the outer edge of the brake disc. Replace the brake disc if the smallest measurement is less than the max. refinishing limit. Brake disc thickness: Standard: 22.9-23.1 mm (0.90-0.91 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Max. refinishing limit: 21.0 mm (0.83 in.) Brake disc parallelism: 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.) max. NOTE: This is the maximum allowable difference between the thickness measurements. Fig. 30: Checking Brake Disc Thickness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for parallelism, refinish the brake disc with a commercially available on-car brake lathe. NOTE: If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for refinishing, replace it (see FRONT BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). FRONT BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT NOTE: Keep any grease off the brake disc and brake pads. 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting bolt (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 31: Identifying Brake Hose Bracket Mounting Bolt, Brake Caliper Bracket Mounting Bolts And Caliper Assembly With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the brake disc flat screws (A). Fig. 32: Identifying Brake Disc Flat Screws And Brake Caliper Bracket Mounting Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the brake disc (B) from the hub. NOTE: If the brake disc is stuck to the hub, screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts (C) into the brake disc to push it away from the hub. Turn each bolt 90 degrees to prevent the brake disc from binding. 7. Install the brake disc in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element NOTE: Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the hub and the inside of the brake disc. 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheel. FRONT BRAKE CALIPER OVERHAUL CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health.   Avoid breathing dust particles. Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. Remove, disassemble, inspect, reassemble, and install the caliper, and note these items: NOTE:              Make sure that the caliper pins are installed correctly. Upper caliper pin A and lower caliper pin B are different. If these caliper pins are installed in the wrong location, it will cause vibration, uneven or rapid pad wear, and possibly uneven tire wear. Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. To prevent dripping brake fluid, cover disconnected hose joints with rags or shop towels. Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles. Replace parts with new ones as specified in the illustration. Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets in the brake fluid. Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or pads. When reusing brake pads, always reinstall them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. Do not reuse drained brake fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. Coat the pistons, piston seal grooves, and caliper bores with clean brake fluid. Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. After installing the caliper, check the brake hose and line for leaks, interference, and twisting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 33: Exploded View Of Front Brake Caliper With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT NOTE:    Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent. 1. Release the engine wire harness clips on the strut brace (A), and remove the strut brace. Fig. 34: Identifying Strut Brace With Engine Wire Harness Clips With Torque Specifications Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. M/T model: Remove the clutch reservoir bracket from the vehicle, and move it aside. Do not disconnect the clutch hose from the reservoir. 3. Remove the reservoir cap and brake fluid from the master cylinder reservoir with a syringe. 4. Remove the brake fluid level switch connector (A). Fig. 35: Identifying Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector, Brake Lines, Master Cylinder And Master Cylinder Mounting Nuts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the brake lines (B) from the master cylinder (C). To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. 6. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts (D) and washers. 7. Remove the master cylinder from the brake booster (E). Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines when removing the master cylinder. 8. Remove the rod seal (F) from the master cylinder. 9. Install the master cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Replace all the rubber parts with new ones whenever the master cylinder is removed.  Check the pushrod clearance before installing the master cylinder, and adjust it if necessary (see MASTER CYLINDER INSPECTION ).  Use a new rod seal on reassembly.  Coat the inner bore lip and outer circumference of the new rod seal with the Shin-Etsu silicone grease (P/N 08798-9013).  Install the rod seal onto the master cylinder with its grooved side (G) toward the master cylinder.  Check the brake pedal height and free play after installing the master cylinder, and adjust it if necessary (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). 10. Bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ). 11. Spin the wheels to check for brake drag. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element MASTER CYLINDER INSPECTION 1. Inspect and note these items:  Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles.  Do not try to disassemble the master cylinder assembly. Replace the master cylinder assembly with a new part if necessary.  Do not allow dirt or foreign matter to contaminate the brake fluid. Fig. 36: Identifying Reservoir Cap, Reservoir Seal, Strainer, Reservoir And Master Cylinder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BRAKE BOOSTER PUSHROD CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT Special Tools Required Pushrod adjustment gauge 07JAG-SD40100 NOTE: Brake booster pushrod-to-piston clearance must be checked and adjustments made, if necessary, before installing the master cylinder. 1. Set the pushrod adjustment gauge (A) on the master cylinder body (B), push in the center shaft (C) until the top of it contacts the end of the secondary piston (D) by turning the adjusting nut (E). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 37: Pushing Center Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Without disturbing the center shaft's position, install the pushrod adjustment gauge (A) backwards on the booster. Fig. 38: Installing Pushrod Adjustment Gauge On Booster With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the master cylinder nuts (B), and tighten them to the specified torque. 4. Connect the booster in-line with a vacuum gauge (C) 0-101 kPa (0-760 mmHg, 0-30 in.Hg) to the booster's engine vacuum supply, and maintain an engine speed that will deliver 66 kPa (500 mmHg, 20 in.Hg) vacuum. 5. With a feeler gauge (A), measure the clearance between the gauge body and the adjusting nut (B) as shown. If the clearance between the gauge body and the adjusting nut is 0.4 mm (0.02 in.), the pushrod-to-piston clearance is 0 mm. However, if the clearance between the gauge body and the adjusting nut is 0 mm, the push rod-to-piston clearance is 0.4 mm (0.02 in.) or more. Therefore it must be adjusted and rechecked. Clearance: 0-0.4 mm (0-0.02 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 39: Measuring Clearance Between Gauge Body And Adjusting Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the clearance is incorrect, loosen the star locknut (A), and turn the adjuster (B) in or out to adjust.  Adjust the clearance while the specified vacuum is applied to the booster.  Hold the yoke (C) while adjusting. Fig. 40: Adjusting Clearance With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Tighten the star locknut securely. 8. Remove the pushrod adjustment gauge (D). 9. Check the pushrod length (A) as shown if the booster is removed. If the length is incorrect, loosen the pushrod locknut (B), and turn the yoke (C) in or out to adjust. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 41: Identifying Pushrod Length, Pushrod Locknut And Yoke With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the master cylinder (see MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT ). BRAKE BOOSTER TEST FUNCTIONAL TEST 1. With the engine off, press the brake pedal several times to deplete the vacuum reservoir, then press the brake pedal hard, and hold it for 15 seconds. If the brake pedal sinks, either the master cylinder is bypassing internally, or the brake system is leaking. Inspect the brake hoses and lines (see BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION ). 2. Start the engine with the brake pedal pressed. If the brake pedal sinks slightly, the vacuum booster is operating normally. If the brake pedal height does not vary, do the brake system test (see BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION AND TEST ). LEAK TEST 1. Press the brake pedal with the engine running, then stop the engine. The brake pedal height should not vary while pressed for 30 seconds. If the pedal height rises, go to step 6. If it does not rise, go to step 2. 2. Start the engine and let it idle for 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch off, and wait 30 seconds. Press the brake pedal several times using normal pressure. When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low. On consecutive applications, the pedal height should gradually rise. Does the pedal rise on each consecutive application? If it rises the booster is OK. If it does not go to step 3. 3. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) at the booster. The check valve is built into the hose. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 42: Identifying Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Start the engine, and let it idle. There should be vacuum available. If no vacuum is available, the check valve is not working properly. Replace the brake booster vacuum hose and check valve, and retest. If vacuum is found, go to step 5. 5. With the engine off, reconnect the vacuum hose to the brake booster. 6. Start the engine, and then pinch the brake booster vacuum hose between the check valve and the booster. 7. Turn the ignition switch off, and wait 30 seconds. Press the brake pedal several times using normal pressure. When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low. On consecutive applications, the pedal height should gradually rise.  If the pedal position does not vary inspect the seal between the master cylinder and booster. If the seal is OK, replace the brake booster.  If the pedal position varies, replace the brake booster vacuum hose/check valve assembly. BRAKE BOOSTER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the master cylinder (see MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly (A). Fig. 43: Identifying Air Cleaner Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element 3. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) from the brake booster. Fig. 44: Identifying Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the lock pin (A) and the joint pin (B), and disconnect the yoke from the brake pedal. Fig. 45: Identifying Lock Pin, Joint Pin And Brake Booster Mounting Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the brake booster mounting nuts (C). 6. Remove the brake booster (A) from the engine compartment. NOTE:   Be careful not to damage the booster surfaces and threads of the booster stud bolts. Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 46: Removing Brake Booster From Engine Compartment Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the brake booster in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Adjust the pushrod clearance before installing the brake booster (see MASTER CYLINDER INSPECTION ).  Install the master cylinder after installing the brake booster (see MASTER CYLINDER REPLACEMENT ).  Replace the master cylinder rod seal.  Check the brake pedal height and free play after installing the master cylinder, and adjust it if necessary (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ).  Bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ). REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101 CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health.   Avoid breathing dust particles. Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. INSPECTION 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Check the thickness (A) of the inner pad (B) and outer pad (C). Do not include the thickness of the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element backing plate. Brake pad thickness: Standard: 8.6-9.7 mm (0.34-0.38 in.) Service limit: 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) Fig. 47: Checking Brake Pad Thickness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the rear brake pads as a set. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheels. REPLACEMENT 1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder. 2. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 3. Remove the rear wheels. 4. Remove the flange bolts (A) while holding the caliper pin (B) with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot, and remove the caliper (C). Check the hose and pin boots for damage and deterioration. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 48: Identifying Flange Bolts, Caliper Pin And Caliper Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the pad shim (A) and brake pads (B). Fig. 49: Identifying Pad Shim And Brake Pads Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the pad retainers (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 50: Identifying Pad Retainers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Clean the caliper bracket (B) thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. 8. Inspect the brake disc/drum, and check for damage and cracks (see REAR BRAKE DISC INSPECTION ). 9. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the retainers on their mating surfaces against the caliper bracket. 10. Install the pad retainers. Wipe excess assembly paste off the retainers. Keep any assembly paste off the discs and pads. 11. Mount the brake caliper piston compressor tool (A) on the caliper body (B). Fig. 51: Identifying Brake Caliper Piston Compressor Tool On Caliper Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Press in the piston with the brake caliper piston compressor so the caliper will fit over the brake pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when installing the caliper. NOTE: Be careful when pressing in the piston; brake fluid might overflow from the master cylinder's reservoir. If brake fluid gets on any painted surface, wash it off immediately with water. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element 13. Remove the brake caliper piston compressor tool. 14. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the pad side of the shims (A), the back of the brake pads (B) and the other areas indicated by the arrows. Wipe excess assembly paste off the pad shims and brake pads. Contaminated brake discs or brake pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease and assembly paste off the brake discs and brake pads. Fig. 52: Identifying Shims, Brake Pads And Wear Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the brake pads and pad shims correctly. Install the brake pad with the wear indicator (C) on the bottom inside. If you are reusing the brake pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking efficiency. 16. Install the caliper and the flange bolts (A), and tighten them to the specified torque while holding the caliper pin (B) with a wrench being careful not to damage the pin boots. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 53: Identifying Flange Bolts And Caliper Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheels. 18. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work. NOTE: Engagement may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 19. Add brake fluid as needed. 20. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and retighten if necessary. Testdrive the vehicle, then check for leaks (see BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION ). REAR BRAKE DISC INSPECTION RUNOUT 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Remove the brake pads (see REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 4. Inspect the brake disc/drum surface for damage and cracks. Clean the brake disc/drum thoroughly, and remove all rust. 5. Install suitable flat washers (A) and wheel nuts (B), and tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque to hold the brake disc/drum securely against the hub. Fig. 54: Checking Rear Brake Disc Runout With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element 6. Set up the dial gauge against the brake disc/drum as shown, and measure the runout at 10 mm (3/8 in.) from the outer edge of the brake disc/drum. Brake disc/drum runout: Service limit: 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) 7. If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service limit, refinish the brake disc/drum with a commercially available on-car brake lathe. Max. refinishing limit: 7.5 mm (0.30 in.) NOTE:   If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service limit for refinishing, replace it (see REAR BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). A new brake disc/drum should be refinished if its runout is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.). THICKNESS AND PARALLELISM 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Remove the brake pads (see REAR BRAKE PAD INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT ). 4. Using a micrometer, measure the brake disc/drum thickness at eight points, about 45° apart and 10 mm (3/8 in.) in from the outer edge of the brake disc/drum. Replace the brake disc/drum if the smallest measurement is less than the max. refinishing limit. Brake disc/drum thickness: Standard: 8.9-9.1 mm (0.35-0.36 in.) Max. refinishing limit: 7.5 mm (0.30 in.) Brake disc/drum parallelism: 0.015 mm (0.0006 in.) max. NOTE: This is the maximum allowable difference between the thickness measurements. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 55: Checking Brake Disc/Drum And Parallelism Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service limit for parallelism, refinish the brake disc/drum with a commercially available on-car brake lathe. NOTE: If the brake disc/drum is beyond the service limit for refinishing, replace it (see REAR BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). REAR BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT NOTE: Keep any grease off the brake disc/drum and brake pads. 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting bolt (A). Fig. 56: Identifying Brake Hose Bracket Mounting Bolt, Brake Caliper Bracket Mounting Bolts And Caliper Assembly With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Release the parking brake. 6. Remove the brake disc/drum flat screws (A). Fig. 57: Identifying Brake Disc/Drum With Brake Disc/Drum Flat Screws With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the brake disc/drum (B) from the rear hub. NOTE:    It may be necessary to back-off the parking brake adjuster nut (C) to remove the brake disc/drum from the rear hub (see step 7 ). If the brake disc/drum has stuck to the rear hub, screw two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts (D) into the brake disc/drum to push it away from the rear hub. Turn each bolt 90 degrees to prevent the brake disc/drum from binding. After installation, check the parking brake, and adjust it necessary (see PEDAL FREE PLAY ). 8. Install the brake disc/drum in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Before installing the brake disc/drum, clean the mating surfaces of the rear hub and the inside of the brake disc/drum. 9. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheel. REAR BRAKE CALIPER OVERHAUL CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element could be hazardous to your health.   Avoid breathing dust particles. Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. Remove, disassemble, inspect, reassemble, and install the caliper, and note these items:              Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. To prevent dripping brake fluid, cover disconnected hose joints with rags or shop towels. Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles. Replace parts with new ones as specified in the illustration. Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets in the brake fluid. Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or pads. When reusing brake pads, always reinstall them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. Do not reuse drained brake fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. Coat the pistons, piston seal grooves, and caliper bores with clean brake fluid. Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. After installing the caliper, check the brake hose and line for leaks, interference, and twisting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 58: Exploded View Of Rear Brake Caliper With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PARKING BRAKE INSPECTION CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health.   Avoid breathing dust particles. Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the rear brake disc/drum (see REAR BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 59: Exploded View Of Parking Brake With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check the parking brake linings (A) for cracking, glazing, wear, and contamination. Fig. 60: Checking Parking Brake Linings For Cracking, Glazing, Wear, And Contamination Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Measure the parking brake lining thickness (B). Measurement does not include brake shoe thickness. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Parking brake lining thickness: Standard: 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) Service limit: 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) 6. If the parking brake lining thickness is less than the service limit, replace all of the parking brake shoes as a set (see PARKING BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ). 7. Check the bearings in the wheel bearing unit for smooth operation. If it requires servicing, replace the wheel bearing unit (see KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT ). 8. Measure the inside diameter of the parking brake drum with inside vernier calipers. Parking brake drum inside diameter: Standard: 169.9-170.0 mm (6.689-6.693 in.) Service limit: 171.0 mm (6.732 in.) Fig. 61: Measuring Inside Diameter Of Parking Brake Drum With Inside Vernier Calipers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. If the inside diameter of the parking brake drum is more than service limit, replace the brake disc/drum. 10. Check the parking brake drum for scoring, grooves, and cracks. 11. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheels. PARKING BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health.   Avoid breathing dust particles. Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element DISASSEMBLY 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the rear brake disc/drum (see REAR BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). 4. Disconnect and remove the upper return springs (A). Fig. 62: Disconnecting Upper Return Springs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the tension pins (A) by pushing the respective retainer spring (B) and turning the pin. Fig. 63: Removing Tension Pins By Pushing Respective Retainer Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Disconnect the rod spring (A), and remove the connecting rod (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 64: Identifying Rod Spring And Connecting Rod Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Lower the parking brake shoe assembly. 8. Remove the forward brake shoe (A) and the adjuster assembly (B) by removing the lower return spring (C). Fig. 65: Identifying Forward Brake Shoe, Adjuster Assembly And Lower Return Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the rearward brake shoe by disconnecting the parking brake cable (A) from the parking brake lever (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 66: Identifying Parking Brake Cable And Parking Brake Lever Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the U-clip (A), wave washer (B), parking brake lever (C), and pivot pin (D) from the brake shoe (E). Fig. 67: Identifying U-Clip, Wave Washer, Parking Brake Lever, Pivot Pin And Brake Shoe Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REASSEMBLY 1. Apply a thin coat of Molycote 44MA grease to the sliding surface of the pivot pin (A), and insert the pin into the rearward brake shoe (B) from the outside. Fig. 68: Identifying Pivot Pin And Rearward Brake Shoe Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the parking brake lever (C) and wave washer (D) on the pivot pin, and secure with a new U-clip (E).  Install the wave washer with its convex side facing out.  Pinch the U-clip securely to prevent the pivot pin from coming out of the brake shoe. 3. Connect the parking brake cable (A) to the parking brake lever (B). Apply silicone grease to the cable contact surface (C) on the backing plate. Fig. 69: Identifying Parking Brake Cable, Parking Brake Lever And Cable Contact Surface Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Apply a thin coat of Molycote 44MA grease to the shoe ends and connecting rod ends (A), sliding surfaces (B), and opposite edges of the parking brake shoe (C) as shown. Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the brake linings. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 70: Applying Molycote Grease To Shoe Ends And Connecting Rod Ends, Sliding Surfaces And Edges Of Parking Brake Shoe Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Clean the threaded portions of the clevis A, and coat the threads of the clevis with grease. Clean the sliding surface of the clevis B, and coat the sliding surface with multipurpose grease. Install the clevis A and B on the adjuster nut (C), and shorten the clevis A by turning the adjuster. Fig. 71: Cleaning Threaded Portions Of Clevis Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the brake shoe adjuster assembly (D), and hook the lower return spring (E) on the parking brake shoes. 7. Hook the rod spring (A) to the connecting rod (B) first with the spring end (C) pointing downward. Then hook the rod spring to the parking brake shoe, and install the connecting rod on the parking brake shoes. Fig. 72: Identifying Rod Spring, Connecting Rod And Spring End Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the tension pins (A) and retainer springs (B). Make sure the tension pin does not contact the parking brake lever. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Fig. 73: Installing Tension Pins And Retainer Springs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the upper return springs (A). Fig. 74: Installing Upper Return Springs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the rear brake disc/drum and rear brake caliper bracket in the reverse order of removal. 11. Do the major adjustment for the parking brake (see MAJOR ADJUSTMENT (TO BE DONE WHEN REPLACING PARKING BRAKE SHOES AND AFTER LINING SURFACE BREAK-IN) ). PARKING BRAKE SHOE LINING BREAK-IN WARNING: Do this operation in a safe area. NOTE:  Do the brake linings surface brake-in when replacing shoes with new Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element  linings and/or new rear brake disc/drum. Check the number of parking brake lever clicks. Adjust the parking brake before lining surface brake-in (see PEDAL FREE PLAY ). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Park the vehicle on a firm, level surface. Release the parking brake lever. Pull the parking brake lever 2 to 4 clicks. Drive the vehicle for 1/4 mile (400 m) at about 31 mph (50 km/h). Stop the vehicle, and release the parking brake lever for 5-10 minutes to allow the brake disc/drum to cool. 6. Repeat steps 3 through 5 three more times. 7. Check the parking brake lever adjustment (see PEDAL FREE PLAY ). BRAKE PEDAL REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch connector (A). Fig. 75: Identifying Brake Pedal Position Switch Connector, Lock Pin, Joint Pin And Brake Pedal Bracket Mounting Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the lock pin (B) and joint pin (C). Remove the brake pedal bracket mounting bolt (D) and brake booster mounting nuts (E). Remove the brake pedal with bracket (F). Install in the reverse order of removal. Do the brake pedal and brake pedal position switch adjustment (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element BRAKE HOSE AND LINE INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Inspect the brake hoses for damage, deterioration, leaks, interference, and twisting. Check the brake lines for damage, rusting, and leaks. Also check for bent brake lines. Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. Check the master cylinder and VSA modulator-control unit (if equipped) for damage and leaks. Fig. 76: Identifying Brake Hose And Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BRAKE HOSE REPLACEMENT NOTE:   Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles. Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element   Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. 1. Remove the wheel. 2. Disconnect the brake hose (A) from the brake line (B) using a 10 mm flare-nut wrench (C). Fig. 77: Disconnecting Brake Hose From Brake Line Using Flare-Nut Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the flange bolt (A), and remove the brake hose brackets from the damper. Fig. 78: Removing Flange Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the hose clip (B). 5. Remove the banjo bolt (C), and remove the brake hose from the caliper. 6. Install the brake hose bracket (A) on the damper with the flange bolt (B) first, then connect the brake hose Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element to the caliper with the banjo bolt (C) and new sealing washers (D). Fig. 79: Identifying Brake Hose Bracket, Flange Bolt, Banjo Bolt And Sealing Washers With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the brake hose onto the brake hose bracket on the body with a new hose clip (A). Fig. 80: Identifying Hose Clip With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Connect the brake line to the brake hose. 9. After installing the brake hose, bleed the brake system (see BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING ). 10. Do the following checks:  Check the brake hose and line joint for leaks, and tighten if necessary.  Check the brake hoses for interference and twisting. 11. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the wheel. PARKING BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element EXPLODED VIEW Except SC model Fig. 81: Exploded View Of Parking Brake Cable - Except SC Model With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EXPLODED VIEW SC model Fig. 82: Exploded View Of Parking Brake Cable - SC Model With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element NOTE:   The parking brake cables must not be bent or distorted. This will lead to stiff operation and premature failure. Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW as needed during this procedure. 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Release the parking brake lever fully. 4. Except SC model: Remove the center console (see LX, EX MODELS ). SC model: Remove the lid from the center console. 5. Loosen the parking brake cable adjusting nut (A) in the equalizer, and disconnect the parking brake cable ends (B) from the equalizer. Except SC model Fig. 83: Identifying Parking Brake Cable Adjusting Nut, Parking Brake Cable Ends And Parking Brake Cable Ends - Except SC Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SC model Fig. 84: Identifying Parking Brake Cable Adjusting Nut, Parking Brake Cable Ends And Parking Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 BRAKES Conventional Brake Components - Element Brake Cable Ends - SC Model Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the cable guide base (C). 7. Remove the rear brake shoe, and disconnect the parking brake cable from the parking brake lever (see PARKING BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ). 8. Remove the flange bolts (A) and parking brake cable (B) from the backing plate (C). Fig. 85: Identifying Flange Bolts, Parking Brake Cable And Backing Plate With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Reinstall the parking brake cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Be careful not to bend or distort the cable.  Connect the parking brake cable to the parking brake lever, and install the brake shoes and disc/drum (see PARKING BRAKE SHOE REPLACEMENT ).  Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheels.  Do the parking brake adjustment (see PEDAL FREE PLAY ). Apply the parking brake firmly 10 times then adjust it again. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:22:08 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Ignition System Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:21 8:32:17 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element Fig. 2: Ignition System Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Check for DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm with no load (in the N or P position) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 6. Check the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Free the service loop from the wire harness, then connect the timing light to the service loop. Fig. 3: Connecting Timing Light To Service Loop Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam chain case. Check the ignition timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window defogger, and air conditioner are turned off). Ignition Tinning M/T: 8° ± 2° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in the Neutral A/T: 8° ± 2° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in the N or P position Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Aim Light Pointer On Cam Chain Case Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If the cam timing is OK, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the system works properly, and the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 11. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light. 12. Secure the service loop to the wire harness with wire ties. IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the ignition coil cover (A), disconnect the ignition coil connectors (B), then remove the ignition coils (C). Fig. 5: Identifying Ignition Coil Cover And Ignition Coil Connectors With Torque Specifications Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the ignition coils in the reverse order of removal. IGNITION COIL RELAY CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Check the No. 16(15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 2. NO - Replace the fuse. If the fuse continues to blow, locate and repair the short in the circuit between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the ignition coils. 2. Remove the ignition coil relay, and test it (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the relay OK? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Replace the ignition coil relay. 3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and body ground, then terminal No. 4 and body ground. Fig. 6: Measuring Voltage Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 2 And 4 With Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Repair the open in the wire between under-dash fuse/relay box and ignition coil relay. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element 4. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. Fig. 7: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. 5. Check for continuity between each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Coil 3P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 6. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element 6. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 on page 11-3). 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch OFF. NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector E (31P). 11. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 9: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (E7). NO - Go to step 12. 12. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM connector terminal E7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element Fig. 10: Checking Continuity Between Ignition Coil Relay 4P Socket Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES - The system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at the ignition coil relay and the ECM/PCM (E7). NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (E7). SPARK PLUG INSPECTION 1. Remove the spark plugs, and inspect the electrodes and the ceramic insulator.  Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by these conditions:  Advanced ignition timing  Loose spark plug  Plug heat range too hot  Insufficient cooling  Fouled plugs may be caused by these conditions:  Retarded ignition timing  Oil in combustion chamber  Incorrect spark plug gap  Plug heat range too cold  Excessive idling/low speed running  Clogged air cleaner element  Deteriorated ignition coils Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Spark Plugs And Electrodes Ceramic Insulator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated, clean the electrode with a plug cleaner. NOTE:   Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode. When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid damaging the electrode. 3. Do not adjust the gap (A) of iridium tip plugs, replace the spark plug if the gap is out of specification. Electrode Gap Standard (New): 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 in.) Fig. 12: Identifying Spark Plugs And Electrode Gap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Replace the plug at the specified interval or if the center electrode is rounded (A). Use only the spark Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ENGINE Ignition System - Element plugs listed. Spark Plugs IZFR6K11 (NGK) Fig. 13: Identifying Spark Plugs And Rounded Center Electrode Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 18 N-m (1.8 kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:32:17 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Charging System Component Location Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:51 8:25:47 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Symptom Diagnostic procedure Charging system indicator does not come on Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit (see with the ignition switch ON (II) CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Charging system indicator stays on 1. Check for PGM-FI DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 2. Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit (see CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Check for a broken drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 4. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER INSPECTION ). Battery discharged 1. Check for excessive parasitic electrical current draw with the ignition switch is OFF, and the key removed. The multiplex control unit may take up to 10 minutes to turn off (sleep mode) for some models. 2. Check for a broken drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 3. Check the drive belt auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER INSPECTION ). 4. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 5. Check for a poor connection at the battery terminal. 6. Test the battery (see BATTERY TEST ). Battery overcharged 1. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 2. Test the battery (see BATTERY TEST ). CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 2: Charging System Circuit Diagram CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Does the charging system indicator come on? YES -Go to step 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element NO -Go to step 14. 2. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 1 minute. Does the charging system indicator go off? YES -Charging system indicator circuit is OK. Go to the alternator and regulator circuit troubleshooting (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). NO -Go to step 3. 3. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function procedure (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Does the charging system indicator flash? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Replace the gauge control module (see GAUGE CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: The charging system indicator may come on and then go off. Does the charging system indicator go off? YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), or repair the alternator (see ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL ). NO -Go to step 7. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 in HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ). 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 10. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch OFF. NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). 13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B10 and body ground. Fig. 3: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B10 And Body Ground Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM. NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 14. Do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function procedure (see SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Does the charging system indicator flash? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Replace the gauge control module (see GAUGE CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT ). 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. 17. Connect alternator 4P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 4: Connecting Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Does the charging system indicator come on? YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), or repair the alternator (see ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL ). NO -Disconnect the jumper wire, then go to step 19. 19. Connect the HDS to the DLC (see step 2 in HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ). 20. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 21. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 22. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch OFF. NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 23. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). 24. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B10 and the alternator 4P connector terminal No. 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 5: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B10 And Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 3 Is there continuity? YES -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM. ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Make sure the battery connections are good and the battery is sufficiently charged (see BATTERY TEST ). 2. Connect a VAT-40 (or equivalent tester), and turn the selector switch to position 1 (starting). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 6: Identifying VAT-40 Components 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm, with no load until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there. Is the voltage over 15.1 V? YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), or rear housing assembly (see ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL ). NO -Go to step 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. Release the accelerator pedal, and let the engine idle. Turn off all the accessories. Select the charging test on the tester. Remove the inductive pickup, and zero the ammeter. Place the inductive pickup over the B terminal wire of the alternator so the arrow points away from the alternator. 9. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there. Is the voltage less than 13.5 V? YES -Go to alternator control circuit troubleshooting (see ALTERNATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element NO -Go to step 10. 10. Apply a load with the VAT-40 until the battery voltage drops to between 12-13.5 V. Is the amperage 87.5 A or more? YES -The charging system is OK. NOTE: If the charging system indicator is still on, replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). NO -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), or repair the alternator (see ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL ). ALTERNATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 in HOW TO USE THE HDS (HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM) ). 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 4. Check for DTCs (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector from the alternator. 6. Start the engine, and turn on the headlights to high beam. 7. Measure the voltage between alternator 4P connector terminal No. 2 and the positive terminal of the battery. Fig. 7: Measuring Voltage Between Alternator 4P Connector Terminal No. 2 And Positive Terminal Of Battery Is there less than 1 V? YES -Go to step 11. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element NO -Go to step 8. 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch OFF. NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 9. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B18 and body ground. Fig. 8: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B18 And Body Ground Is there continuity? YES -Repair short in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM. NO -Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE ECM/PCM ), or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE ECM/PCM ), then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch OFF. NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (24P). 13. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B18 and alternator 4P connector terminal No. 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 9: Checking Continuity Between ECM/PCM Connector Terminal B18 And Body Ground Is there continuity? YES -Replace the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), or repair the alternator (see ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the alternator and the ECM/PCM. DRIVE BELT INSPECTION 1. Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. If the belt is cracked or damaged, replace it. 2. Check that the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within the standard range (B) as shown. If it is out of the standard range, replace the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Auto-Tensioner Indicator DRIVE BELT REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available 1. Move the auto-tensioner (A) using the belt tension release tool (B) in the direction shown to relieve tension from the drive belt (C), then remove the drive belt. Fig. 11: Moving Auto-Tensioner Using Belt Tension Release Tool 2. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal. DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER INSPECTION Special Tools Required Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Make sure the A/C switch is OFF. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Check the position of the auto-tensioner indicator's pointer (A). Start the engine, then check the position again with the engine idling. If the position of the indicator moves or fluctuates a lot, replace the autotensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 12: Identifying Position Of Auto-Tensioner Indicator's Pointer 3. Check for abnormal noise from the tensioner pulley. If you hear abnormal noise, replace the autotensioner pulley (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REPLACEMENT ). 4. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 5. Move the auto-tensioner within its limit using the belt tension release tool in the direction shown. Check that the tensioner moves smoothly and without any abnormal noise. If the tensioner does not move smoothly, or if you hear abnormal noise, replace the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTOTENSIONER REPLACEMENT ). Fig. 13: Moving Auto-Tensioner Using Belt Tension Release Tool 6. Remove the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REPLACEMENT ). 7. Clamp the auto-tensioner (A) by using two 8 mm bolts (B) and a vise (C) as shown. Do not clamp the auto-tensioner itself. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 14: Clamping Auto-Tensioner Bolts And Vise 8. Set the torque wrench (D) in the pulley bolt in the direction shown. 9. Align the indicator (E) on the tensioner base with center mark (F) on the tensioner arm by using the torque wrench, and measure the torque. If the torque value is out of specification, replace the autotensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REPLACEMENT ). NOTE: If the indicator exceeds the center mark, recheck the torque. Auto-tensioner Spring Torque 32.5-39.7 N.m (3.31-4.05 kgf.m, 23.9-29.3 lbf.ft) DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 2. Remove the power steering (P/S) pump without disconnecting the P/S hoses. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 15: Identifying Power Steering (P/S) Pump Bolts 3. Remove the pulley bolt (A), and remove the tensioner pulley (B). Fig. 16: Identifying Pulley Bolt (With Torque Specifications) 4. Remove the auto-tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 17: Identifying Auto-Tensioner Bolts (With Torque Specifications) 5. Install the auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal. ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Remove the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REPLACEMENT ). Disconnect the alternator connector (A), BLK wire (B), and harness clamp (C) from the alternator. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Alternator Connector, BLK Wire And Harness Clamp 6. Remove the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION 52). 7. Remove the three bolts securing the alternator. Fig. 19: Identifying Alternator Bolts INSTALLATION 1. Install the alternator. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 20: Identifying Alternator Bolts 2. Install the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION 52). 3. Connect the alternator connector (A), BLK wire (B), and harness clamp (C) to the alternator. Make sure the crimped side of the ring terminal faces away from the alternator when you connect it. Fig. 21: Identifying Alternator Connector, BLK Wire And Harness Clamp 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the auto-tensioner (see DRIVE BELT AUTO-TENSIONER REPLACEMENT ). Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Connect the negative cable to the battery. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element 8. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). 9. Set the clock. ALTERNATOR OVERHAUL EXPLODED VIEW Fig. 22: Exploded View Of Alternator Overhaul Special Tools Required   Handle driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW as needed during this procedure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Alternator Disassembly 1. Test the alternator and regulator before you remove them (see ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 2. Remove the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 3. If the front bearing needs replacing, remove the pulley locknut with a 10 mm wrench (A) and a 22 mm wrench (B). If necessary, use an impact wrench. Fig. 23: Removing Pulley Lock Nut 4. Remove the harness stay and the three flange nuts from the alternator. Fig. 24: Identifying Harness Stay And Flange Nuts From Alternator 5. Remove the end cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 25: Identifying End Cover 6. Remove the brush holder. Fig. 26: Identifying Brush Holder 7. Remove the four bolts, then remove the rear housing assembly (A), and washer (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 27: Identifying Rear Housing Assembly And Washer Bolts 8. If you are not replacing the front bearing, go to step 13. Remove the rotor from the drive-end housing. Fig. 28: Identifying Rotor From Drive-End Housing 9. Inspect the rotor shaft for scoring, and inspect the bearing journal surface in the drive-end housing for seizure marks.  If the rotor is damaged, replace the rotor assembly.  If the rotor is OK, go to step 10. 10. Remove the bearing retainer. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 29: Identifying Bearing Retainer 11. Drive out the front bearing with a brass drift and hammer. Fig. 30: Driving Out Front Bearing 12. Install a new front bearing in the drive-end housing with a hammer, the handle driver, and attachment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 31: Installing Front Bearing In Drive-End Housing Alternator Brush Inspection 13. Measure the length of both brushes (A) with a vernier caliper (B).  If either brush is shorter than the service limit, replace the brush holder assembly.  If the brush length is OK, go to step 14. Alternator Brush Length Standard (New): 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) Service Limit: 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) Fig. 32: Measuring Length Of Both Brushes With Vernier Caliper Rotor Slip Ring Test 14. Check for continuity between the slip rings (A).  If there is continuity, go to step 15. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element  If there is no continuity, replace the rotor assembly. Fig. 33: Checking Continuity Between Slip Rings 15. Check for continuity between each slip ring and the rotor (B) and the rotor shaft (C).  If there is no continuity, replace the rear housing assembly, and go to step 16.  If there is continuity, replace the rotor assembly. Alternator Reassembly 16. If you removed the pulley, put the rotor in the drive-end housing, then torque its locknut to 110 N.m (11.0 kgf.m, 81.0 lbf.ft). 17. Remove any grease or any oil from the slip rings. 18. Put the rear housing assembly and drive-end housing/rotor assembly together, torque the four through bolts. 19. Push in the brushes (A), then insert a pin or drill bit (B) (about 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) diameter) to hold them there. Fig. 34: Pushing In Brushes 20. Install the brush holder, and pull out the pin. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ELECTRICAL Charging System - Element Fig. 35: Pulling Out Pin 21. Install the end cover. 22. After assembling the alternator, turn the pulley by hand to make sure the rotor rotates smoothly and without noise. 23. Install the alternator (see INSTALLATION ) and drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:25:47 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Skylight Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GLASS POSITION ADJUSTMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:25:02 9:24:58 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element The roof panel (A) should be even with the glass weatherstrip (B), to within 2+0.5/-1 mm (0.08+0.02/-0.04 in.) at the center of the glass opening. If not, make the following adjustment: Fig. 2: Identifying Roof Panel And Glass Weatherstrip Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1. Remove the skylight. 2. For front height: On both glass brackets (A), using a TORXT30 bit, loosen the bolts (B), and install a shims (C) between the glass frame (D) and glass bracket. Shim: Thickness 2 mm (0.08 in.) max. A. Fig. 3: Identifying Shims Between Glass Frame And Glass Bracket With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. For rear height: On the glass latch (A), loosen the nuts (B), and install a shim (C) between the glass frame (D) and glass latch. Shim: Thickness 1 mm (0.04 in.) max. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Shim Between Glass Frame And Glass Latch With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the skylight. 5. Check that the latch handle works smoothly. 6. Lock the skylight securely, and recheck the glass position alignment, and check for water leaks. GLASS LATCH REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the skylight. 2. To prevent damage to the skylight, place it on a work area with a protective covering. 3. Remove the nuts and shim (A), then remove the glass latch (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element Fig. 5: Identifying Glass Latch Nuts And Shim With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Apply multipurpose grease to the handle pivot portions and latch arm moving portion as indicated by the arrows.  Check the glass latch operation.  Check for water leaks. Fig. 6: Applying Multipurpose Grease To Handle Pivot Portions And Latch Arm Moving Portion Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GLASS BRACKET REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the skylight. 2. To prevent damage to the skylight, place it on a work area with a protective covering. 3. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the screws and shim (A), then remove the glass bracket (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element Fig. 7: Identifying Glass Bracket Screws And Shim With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the bracket in the reverse order of removal, and check for water leaks. GLASS LATCH BRACKET REPLACEMENT 1. Remove these items:  Skylight  Rear roof trim (see D-PILLAR TRIM/REAR ROOF TRIM )  Roof trim (see step 5 on HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION )  Glass latch handle trim (see step 4 on HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) 2. Pull down the headliner as necessary. Take care not to bend the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it. 3. Remove the screws (A, B), then remove the latch bracket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element Fig. 8: Identifying Latch Bracket Screws With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the bracket in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the guide projection (D) is installed into the elongated hole (E) properly. FRAME AND DRAIN TUBE REPLACEMENT NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove these items:  Skylight  Headliner (see HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) 2. Disconnect the drain tubes (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Drain Tubes With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. With an assistant holding the frame (B), remove the bolts, then remove the frame. 4. Carefully remove the frame through the hatch opening. Take care not to scratch the interior trim and body, or tear the seat cover. 5. Remove these items:  Rear side trim panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - REAR SIDE AREA )  Rear seat belt retractor and seat belt protector (see REAR SEAT BELT REPLACEMENT ) 6. Remove the drain valve (A) from the body, and disconnect the front drain tube (B) and rear drain tube (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Front Drain Tube And Rear Drain Tube Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Detach the clips (D) securing the rear drain tube, then pull the tube out. 8. Tie a string to the end of the front drain tube, then pull the tube down out of the C-pillar. 9. Install the frame and drain tube in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves using compressed air.  Route the drain tubes behind the side curtain airbag tether straps (see INSTALLATION ).  Check the frame seal.  Clean the surface of the frame.  When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.).  Install the tube clip (A) on the drain tube (B) as shown. Fig. 11: Identifying Tube Clip On Drain Tube Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle. Do not use a high-pressure spray. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element DEFLECTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the frame (see FRAME AND DRAIN TUBE REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the screws (A, B), then remove the deflector (C). Take care not to scratch the frame. Fig. 12: Identifying Deflector Screws With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the deflector in the reverse order of removal. GLASS BRACKET RECEIVER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the frame (see FRAME AND DRAIN TUBE REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the deflector (see DEFLECTOR REPLACEMENT ). 3. Remove the screws (A, B), then remove the upper receiver (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Skylight - Element Fig. 13: Identifying Upper Receiver Screws With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the lower receiver (A) from the frame. Fig. 14: Identifying Lower Receiver From Frame Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the receivers in the reverse order of removal, and apply multipurpose grease to the upper receiver surface (A) and lower receiver surface (B) as indicated by the arrows. Fig. 15: Applying Multipurpose Grease To Upper Receiver Surface And Lower Receiver Surface Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:24:58 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT EXPLODED VIEW Fig. 1: Exploded View Of Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required      Ball joint thread protector, 12 mm 07AAF-SDAA100 Hub dis/assembly tool 07GAF-SD40100 Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:33 8:47:29 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element    Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 Driver 07749-0010000 Support base 07965-SD90100 KNUCKLE/HUB REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the wheel nuts and front wheel. Fig. 2: Identifying Front Wheel With Wheel Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting bolt (A). Fig. 3: Identifying Brake Hose Bracket Mounting Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Spindle Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the brake disc (see FRONT BRAKE DISC REPLACEMENT ). 7. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. 8. Remove the flange bolt (A) and wheel sensor (B) from the knuckle. Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Fig. 5: Identifying Wheel Sensor With Flange Bolt And Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the flange nut (A) while holding the joint pin (B) with a hex wrench (C), and disconnect the stabilizer link (D) from the lower arm (E). NOTE: Use a new flange nut during reassembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Joint Pin Flange Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the lock pin (A) from the knuckle ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). NOTE: During installation, insert the lock pin as shown after tightening the new nut. Fig. 7: Identifying Knuckle Ball Joint Lock With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Disconnect the lower arm from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and ball joint remover Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element (see BALL JOINT REMOVAL ). 12. Loosen the damper pinch bolts (A) while holding the nuts (B), and remove the bolts and the nuts. NOTE: During installation, install new damper pinch bolts and new nuts. Fig. 8: Identifying Pinch Bolts And Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a plastic hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle. NOTE:   Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and the driveshaft outboard joint (see step 1 on page 16-18). 14. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension with a floor jack to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. Do not place the jack against the ball joint pin of the knuckle.  Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when installing the knuckle.  Before connecting the knuckle ball joint to the lower arm, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section, and mating surface of the castle nut.  Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it.  Use a new spindle nut during reassembly.  Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft.  Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element   Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. Fig. 9: Separating Hub From Knuckle Using Hub Dis/Assembly Tool And Hydraulic Press Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) out of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Fig. 10: Pressing Wheel Bearing Inner Race Out Of Hub Using Hub Dis/Assembly Tool Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the snap ring (A) and the splash guard (B) from the knuckle (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 11: Identifying Snap Ring, Splash Guard And Knuckle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the driver, the attachment, and a press. Fig. 12: Pressing Wheel Bearing Out Of Knuckle Using Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in a high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the support base, and a press. Be careful not to damage the bearing seal (E). NOTE:     Install the wheel bearing with the magnetic encoder (F) (brown color) toward the inside of the knuckle. Remove any oil, grease, dust, metal debris, and other foreign material from the encoder surface. Keep magnetic tools away from the encoder surface. Be careful not to damage the encoder surface when you insert the wheel bearing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 13: Pressing Wheel Bearing Into Knuckle Using Old Bearing, Steel Plate And Support Base Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). Fig. 14: Identifying Knuckle Snap Ring With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 9. Press a wheel bearing (A) onto the hub (B) using the driver, the attachment, the support base, and a press. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 15: Pressing Wheel Bearing Onto Hub Using Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BALL JOINT BOOT REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Ball joint boot clip guide 07GAG-SD40700 Front hub dis/assembly tool 07965-SA50500 1. Remove the knuckle (see KNUCKLE/HUB REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the boot. Check for a gap between the ball joint (A) and the knuckle. If there is a gap, replace the knuckle assembly. Do not press the ball joint back into the knuckle. Fig. 16: Identifying Gap Between Ball Joint And Knuckle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element 3. Pack the interior and lip (B) of a new boot with fresh grease. Keep the grease off of the boot-to-knuckle mating surfaces (C). 4. Wipe the grease off the tapered section of the ball joint pin (D), and pack fresh grease onto the base (E). Do not let dirt or other foreign materials get into the boot. 5. Install the boot onto the ball joint pin, then squeeze it gently to force out any air. 6. Except SC model: Press the boot with the hub dis/assembly tool until the bottom seats on the knuckle (A) all the way around. Fig. 17: Pressing Boot With Hub Dis/Assembly Tool Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. SC model: Adjust the ball joint boot clip guide with the adjusting bolt (A) until its base is just above the groove around the bottom of the boot. Then slide the clip (B) over the tool and into position on the boot. Fig. 18: Adjusting Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide With Adjusting Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. After installing a boot, wipe any grease off the exposed portion of the ball joint pin. 9. Install the knuckle (see KNUCKLE/HUB REPLACEMENT ). LOWER ARM REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Special Tools Required     Ball joint thread protector, 12 mm 07AAF-SDAA100 Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheel. 3. Remove the flange nut (A) while holding the joint pin (B) with a hex wrench (C), and disconnect the stabilizer link (D) from the lower arm (E). NOTE: Use a new flange nut during reassembly. Fig. 19: Identifying Joint Pin Flange Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the lock pin (A) from the knuckle ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). NOTE: During installation, insert the lock pin as shown after tightening the new nut. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 20: Identifying Knuckle Ball Joint Lock Pin With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the lower arm from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and ball joint remover (see BALL JOINT REMOVAL ). 6. Remove the flange bolts, and remove the lower arm (A). NOTE: Use new flange bolts during reassembly. Fig. 21: Identifying Lower Arm With Flange Bolts And Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element 7. Install the lower arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension with a floor jack to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening it to the specified torque values. Do not place the jack against the ball joint pin of the knuckle.  Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the lower arm to the knuckle.  Before connecting the knuckle ball joint to the lower arm, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section, and mating surface of the castle nut.  Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it.  Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel.  Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheel. 3. Remove the self-locking nut (A) and flange nut (B) while holding the respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D), and remove the stabilizer link (E). Fig. 22: Identifying Self-Locking Nut And Flange Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the stabilizer link (A) on the stabilizer bar (B) and lower arm (C) with the joint pins (D) set at the center of their range of movement. NOTE:  Except SC model: The left stabilizer has a yellow paint mark (E), while the right stabilizer link has a white paint mark. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element  SC model: The left stabilizer link has a red paint mark, while the right stabilizer link has a blue paint mark. Fig. 23: Identifying Stabilizer Link, Stabilizer Bar, Lower Arm And Joint Pins Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install a new self-locking nut and a new flange nut, and lightly tighten them. 6. Place a jack under the lower arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the ball joint pin. 7. Tighten the self-locking nut (A) and flange nut (B) to the specified torque values while holding the respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D). Fig. 24: Tightening Self-Locking Nut And Flange Nut With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheel, and test-drive the vehicle. 9. After 5 minutes of driving, torque the self-locking nut torque value again. STABILIZER BAR REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Disconnect the stabilizer links from the stabilizer bar on the right and left sides (see STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the bushing holders (B), then remove the bushings (C) and the stabilizer bar (D). Fig. 25: Identifying Bushing Holders Flange Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Note the right and left direction of the stabilizer bar. The paint mark (A) on the stabilizer bar shows the right side (except SC model).  Do not set the bushings on the bent or curved part of the stabilizer bar.  Note the fore/aft direction of the bushings and the bushing holders.  Refer to stabilizer link removal/installation to connect the stabilizer bar to the links (see STABILIZER LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ).  Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 26: Identifying Stabilizer Bar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DAMPER/SPRING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   Ball joint thread protector, 12 mm 07AAF-SDAA100 Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 REMOVAL 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations (see LIFT AND SUPPORT POINTS ). 2. Remove the front wheel. 3. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). Fig. 27: Identifying Cotter Pin And Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element 4. Disconnect the tie-rod end from the steering arm on the damper using the ball joint thread protector and ball joint remover (see BALL JOINT REMOVAL ). 5. Remove the bolts, and remove the wheel sensor harness bracket (A) and brake hose bracket (B) from the damper. Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. Fig. 28: Identifying Wheel Sensor Harness Bracket And Brake Hose Bracket Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) while holding the nuts (B). Fig. 29: Identifying Damper Pinch Bolts And Nuts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the flange nuts (A) from the top of the damper. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 30: Identifying Damper Flange Nuts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Lower the lower arm, and remove the damper assembly (A). Fig. 31: Identifying Damper Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION 1. Lower the lower arm, and position the damper assembly in the body. Turn the damper mounting base so the "delta L" or "delta R" mark (A) faces toward the outside of the vehicle. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 32: Identifying Damper Mounting Base Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Loosely install the new flange nuts (A) onto the top of the damper. Fig. 33: Identifying Damper Flange Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Position the damper on the knuckle, and install the new damper pinch bolts (A) and the new flange nuts (B), and lightly tighten the nuts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Damper Pinch Bolts And Flange Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Place a jack under the lower arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the lower arm ball joint. 5. Tighten the flange nuts on the top of the damper to the specified torque value. 6. Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque value. 7. Install the brake hose bracket (A) and the wheel sensor harness bracket (B) onto the damper, and tighten the bolt to the specified torque values. Fig. 35: Identifying Brake Hose Bracket And Wheel Sensor Harness Bracket With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Clean off any grease contamination from the ball joint tapered section and threads, then connect the tierod end to the steering arm. Tighten the nut (A) to the specified torque value. Install the cotter pin (B) after tightening, and bend its end as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 36: Identifying Tie-Rod Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheel. 10. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). DAMPER/SPRING DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:29 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 37: Exploded View Of Damper/Spring With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. NOTE: When compressing the damper spring, use a commercially available strut spring compressor (Branick MST-580A or Model 7200 or equivalent) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:30 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element DISASSEMBLY 1. Compress the damper spring, then remove the self-locking nut (A) while holding the damper shaft (B) with a hex wrench (C). Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the nut. Fig. 38: Identifying Self-Locking Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Release the pressure from the strut spring compressor, then disassemble the damper as shown in Exploded View. INSPECTION 1. Reassemble all the parts, except for the damper mounting bearing, the upper spring seat, upper spring mounting cushion, and damper spring. 2. Compress the damper assembly by hand, and check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension. The damper should extend smoothly and constantly when compression is released. If it does not, the gas is leaking and the damper should be replaced. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:30 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 39: Compressing Damper Assembly By Hand And Checking Smooth Operation Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises, and binding during these tests. REASSEMBLY NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW as needed. 1. Install the upper spring mounting cushion (A) on the upper spring seat (B) by aligning the tab portion (C) on the cushion with the cutout (D) in the seat. Fig. 40: Identifying Upper Spring Mounting Cushion, Upper Spring Seat, Tab Portion And Cutout Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the damper spring (E) in the groove of the cushion securely. 3. Install the damper mounting bearing and damper mounting base on the upper spring seat. 4. Install the upper spring seat and the spring on a strut spring compressor (A), and compress the spring Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:30 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element lightly. Fig. 41: Identifying Upper Spring Seat And Spring On Strut Spring Compressor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Insert the damper unit (B) up through the compressed spring. 6. Align the bottom of the spring (C) and the stepped part (D) of the lower spring seat. 7. Align an angle (A) of the ball joint connecting hole (B) on the steering arm and the cutout (C) on the upper spring seat. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:30 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 42: Aligning Angle Of Ball Joint Connecting Hole And Cutout Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Turn the damper mounting base and L/R mark (D) faces toward the outside position, then align angle (E) of the ball joint connecting hole and stud bolt (F). 9. Hold the bottom of the damper with your hand, and compress the spring. Do not compress the spring excessively. 10. Install a new 12 mm self-locking nut (A) on the damper shaft (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:30 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 SUSPENSION Front Suspension - Element Fig. 43: Identifying Self-Locking Nut On Damper Shaft With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Hold the damper shaft with a hex wrench (C), and tighten the 12 mm self-locking nut to the specified torque value. 12. Remove the damper assembly from the strut spring compressor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:47:30 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Mirrors - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Mirrors - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 1: Identifying Mirrors Components POWER MIRROR/MANUAL MIRROR REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:11 9:36:07 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Mirrors - Element 1. Lower the door glass fully. 2. Carefully pry out the mirror mount cover (A) by hand in the sequence shown. Fig. 2: Prying Out Mirror Mount Cover 3. On power mirror model: Disconnect the connector (A). Fig. 3: Disconnecting Connector 4. While holding the mirror, remove the nuts securing the mirror. 5. Release the hook (A), then remove the mirror (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:07 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Mirrors - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Hook And Mirror 6. Install the mirror in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Make sure the connector is plugged in properly (power mirror model).  Check if the clip is damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace it with a new one.  Push the cover clip portion into place securely. MIRROR HOLDER REPLACEMENT 1. Carefully pull out the bottom edge of the mirror holder (A) by hand. Take care not to scratch the mirror. Fig. 5: Pulling Out Bottom Edge Of Mirror Holder 2. Separate the mirror holder from the actuator (B) by slowly pulling them apart while separating the adhesive (C), detaching the clips (D), and releasing the hooks (E). Manual mirror: Release the pin (F) from the pin spring (G). 3. Reattach the hooks of the mirror holder to the actuator, and on the manual mirror, reattach the pin of the mirror holder to the pin spring of the mirror bracket, then position the mirror holder on the actuator. Carefully push on the clip portions of the mirror holder until the mirror holder locks into place. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:07 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Mirrors - Element 4. Check the operation of the actuator. REARVIEW MIRROR REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 888-424-6857 NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Using the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set, carefully remove the headliner cap (A) by releasing the hooks (B) from the headliner (C), and remove the cap through the slit (D) on it from the rearview mirror stay (E). Take care not to scratch the cap and headliner. Fig. 6: Removing Headliner Cap By Releasing Hooks From Headliner 2. Remove the screws, then remove the rearview mirror (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:07 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Mirrors - Element Fig. 7: Removing Rearview Mirror 3. Install the rearview mirror in the reverse order of removal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:36:07 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Except SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:44 9:29:40 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 1: Identifying Exterior Lights Component Location (Except SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Exterior Lights Component Location (SC Model) (1 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Fig. 3: Identifying Exterior Lights Component Location (SC Model) (2 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Exterior Lights Component Location (SC Model) (3 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Canada SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 5: Exterior Lights - Circuit Diagram (Canada SC Model) (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 6: Exterior Lights - Circuit Diagram (Canada SC Model) (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Canada except SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 7: Exterior Lights - Circuit Diagram (Canada Except SC Model) (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 8: Exterior Lights - Circuit Diagram (Canada Except SC Model) (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. USA SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 9: Exterior Lights - Circuit Diagram (USA SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. USA except SC model Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 10: Exterior Lights - Circuit Diagram (USA Except SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - BRAKE LIGHTS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 11: Brake Lights - Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - BACK-UP LIGHTS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 12: Back-up Lights - Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the steering column covers (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 3. Disconnect the 16P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B). Fig. 13: Identifying Combination Light Switch Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the combination light switch. 5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.  If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to Fig. 14 and Fig. 15.  If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Light switch Fig. 14: Light Switch Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Turn signal switch Fig. 15: Turn Signal Switch Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS CONTROL UNIT INPUT TEST CANADA MODELS 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 14P connector (A) from the daytime running lights control unit (B). Fig. 16: Identifying Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element 3. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact.  If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system.  If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Connect the 14P connector (A) and test these inputs at the connector.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 5. Fig. 17: Identifying Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Input Test Connected Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the 14P connector (A) and test these inputs at the connector.  If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system.  If all the input tests prove OK, the control unit must be faulty; replace it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 18: Identifying Daytime Running Lights Control Unit Input Test Disconnected Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT CAUTION: Headlights become very hot during use; do not touch them or any attaching hardware immediately after they have been turned off. Before adjusting the headlights:   Park the vehicle on a level surface. Make sure the tire pressures are correct. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element  The driver or someone who weighs the same should sit in the driver's seat. 1. Clean the outer lens so that you can see the center of the headlights (A). Fig. 19: Identifying Center Of Headlights Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Park the vehicle 7.5 m (25 ft) away from a wall or a screen (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 20: Parking Vehicle Away From Wall Or Screen Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the low beams on. 4. Determine if the headlights are aimed properly. Vertical adjustment: Measure the height of the headlights (A). Adjust the cut line (B) to the lights height. Fig. 21: Measuring Height Of Headlights Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If necessary, adjust the headlights to local requirements by turning the vertical adjuster. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 22: Adjusting Headlights Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HEADLIGHT REPLACEMENT EXCEPT SC MODEL 1. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the headlight (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 23: Identifying Headlight Connectors (Except SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the three mounting bolts (C) and headlight assembly. Remove the two bolts (D) and bumper upper beam (E). Install in the reverse order of removal. After replacement, adjust the headlights (see HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT ). SC MODEL 1. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the headlight (B). Fig. 24: Identifying Headlight Connectors (SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the three mounting bolts (C) and headlight assembly. 4. Remove the two bolts (D) and bumper upper beam (E). 5. Remove the bolt and corner upper beam (F). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 7. After replacement, adjust the headlights (see HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT ). SIDE MARKER LIGHT REPLACEMENT EXCEPT SC MODEL 1. Remove the inner fender (see FRONT INNER FENDER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the side marker light (B). Fig. 25: Disconnecting 2P Connector From Side Marker Light Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the bulb socket (C) 45° counterclockwise to remove it from the light. 4. Push the light out from inside of the front fender, and remove the light. 5. Install the light in the reverse order of removal. BULB REPLACEMENT HEADLIGHT (EXCEPT SC MODEL) 1. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the headlight. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 26: Identifying 3P Connector From Headlight Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the rubber cover (B). 3. Pull the retaining spring (C) away from the bulb (D), then remove the bulb. 4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the tabs on the bulb align with the notches in the headlight. HEADLIGHT (SC MODEL) 1. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the headlight. Headlight (high beam): 60 W Headlight (low beam): 55 W Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 27: Identifying 2P Connector From Headlight (SC Model) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb. 3. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal. FRONT TURN SIGNAL/PARKING LIGHT 1. Disconnect the connector (A) from the light. Front Turn Signal/Parking Light: 21/5 W (Except SC model) 28/8 W(SC model) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 28: Identifying Front Turn Signal/Parking Light Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the bulb socket (B) 45° counterclockwise to remove it from the headlight housing. 3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal. FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT (SC MODEL) 1. Disconnect the connector (A) from the light. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 29: Identifying Front Side Marker Light Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the bulb socket (B) 45° counterclockwise to remove it from the headlight housing. 3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal. TAILLIGHT REPLACEMENT 1. Open the hatch and the tailgate. 2. Remove the two mounting bolts from the taillight (A). Brake/Rear side marker/Taillight: 21/5 W Back-up Light: 18 W Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W Fig. 30: Identifying Taillight Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Pull the taillight away from the body to disengage the clip (B). 4. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb socket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element 5. If necessary, disconnect the 5P connector (C), and remove the taillight harness grommet (D) from the body. 6. Install the taillight in the reverse order of removal, and run water over it to make sure it does not leak. HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT REPLACEMENT 1. Push in the clips, and remove the cover (A) from the housing (B). Fig. 31: Identifying Housing Cover Clips Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (C). 3. Remove the mounting nuts and the housing. 4. Install the high mount brake light in the reverse order of removal. LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the license plate light (A) from the tailgate lower cladding. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element Fig. 32: Identifying License Plate Light Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the light. 3. Take the lens (C) off, then remove the bulb (D). 4. Install the light in the reverse order of removal. BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH TEST 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the brake pedal position switch (B). Fig. 33: Identifying 4P Connector Of Brake Pedal Position Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-08 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Exterior Lights - Element 3. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals.  There should be continuity when the brake pedal is pressed.  There should be no continuity when the brake pedal is released. 4. Check for continuity between the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals.  There should be no continuity when the brake pedal is pressed.  There should be continuity when the brake pedal is released. 5. If necessary, adjust the pedal height (see BRAKE PEDAL AND BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ), or replace the switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 9:29:41 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:29 8:28:25 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Cylinder Head Component Location (1 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 3: Identifying Cylinder Head Component Location (2 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 4: Identifying Cylinder Head Component Location (3 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ENGINE COMPRESSION INSPECTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element NOTE: After the inspection, you must reset the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). Otherwise, the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the fuel injectors from functioning. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC) (see step 2 in GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 6. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF function on the HDS. 7. Remove the four ignition coils (see IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 8. Remove the four spark plugs (see SPARK PLUG INSPECTION ). 9. Attach the compression gauge to the spark plug hole. Fig. 5: Attaching Compression Gauge To Spark Plug Hole Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Open the throttle fully, then crank the engine with the starter motor and measure the compression. Compression Pressure: Above 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2 , 135 psi) 11. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. Maximum Variation: Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2 , 28 psi) 12. If the compression is not within specifications, check the following items, then remeasure the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 13. 14. 15. 16. compression.  Damaged or worn valves and seats  Damaged cylinder head gasket  Damaged or worn piston rings  Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore Remove the compression gauge from the spark plug hole. Install the four spark plugs (see SPARK PLUG INSPECTION ). Install the four ignition coils (see IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Select the ECM/PCM reset (see IF THE MIL DID NOT STAY ON ) to cancel ALL INJECTORS OFF FUNCTION on the HDS. VTEC ROCKER ARM TEST Special Tools Required     1. 2. 3. 4. Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 VTEC air adapter 07ZAJ-PNAA101 VTEC air stopper 07ZAJ-PNAA200 Air joint adapter 07ZAJ-PNAA300 Start the engine and let it run for 5 minutes, then turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL ). Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC) (see step 4 ). Verify that the intake primary rocker arm (A) moves independently of the intake secondary rocker arm (B).  If the intake primary rocker arm moves freely, go to step 5.  If the intake primary rocker arm does not move, remove the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and check that the pistons in the secondary and primary rocker arms move smoothly (see ROCKER ARM AND SHAFT INSPECTION ). If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly, and test. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Intake Primary Rocker Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Repeat step 4 on the remaining intake primary rocker arms with each piston at TDC. When all the primary rocker arms pass the test, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the valve clearance (see VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ). 7. Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge indicates over 400 kPa (4.0 kgf/cm2 , 57 psi). 8. Remove the sealing bolt (A) from the relief hole, and install the VTEC air stopper (B). Fig. 7: Identifying Sealing Bolt From Relief Hole Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the No. 2 and No. 3 camshaft holder bolts, and install the VTEC air adapters (C) finger-tight. 10. Connect the air joint adapter (D) and air pressure regulator (E). 11. Loosen the valve on the regulator, and apply the specified air pressure. Specified Air Pressure: 290 kPa (3.0 kgf/cm2 , 42 psi) NOTE: If the rocker arm piston does not move after applying air pressure, move the primary or secondary rocker arm up and down manually by rotating the crankshaft clockwise. 12. With the specified air pressure applied, move the intake primary rocker arm (A) for the No. 1 cylinder. The primary rocker arm and secondary rocker arm (B) should move together. If the intake secondary rocker arm does not move, remove the primary and secondary rocker arms as an Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element assembly, and check that the pistons in the primary and secondary rocker arms move smoothly (see ROCKER ARM AND SHAFT INSPECTION ). If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly, and test. Fig. 8: Identifying Intake Primary Rocker Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Repeat steps 11 and 12 for the remaining cylinders. Be sure to set the cylinder's piston at TDC before beginning work. 14. Remove the VTEC air stopper and VTEC air adapters. 15. Torque the camshaft holder mounting bolts to 22 N.m (2.2 kgf.m, 16 lbf.ft). 16. Torque the sealing bolt to 20 N.m (2.0 kgf.m, 15 lbf.ft). 17. Install the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER INSTALLATION ). VTC ACTUATOR INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN REMOVAL ). Loosen the rocker arm adjusting screws (see step 2 ). Remove the camshaft holders (see step 3 ). Remove the intake camshaft. Check that the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator is locked by turning the VTC actuator counterclockwise. If not locked, turn the VTC actuator clockwise until it stops, then recheck it. If it is still not locked, replace the VTC actuator. 6. Seal the advance holes (A) and retard holes (B) in the No. 1 camshaft journal with tape. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Advance Holes And Retard Holes Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Punch a hole in the tape over one of the advance holes. 8. Apply air to the advance hole to release the lock. Fig. 10: Applying Air To Advance Hole To Release Lock Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Check that the VTC actuator moves smoothly. If the VTC actuator does not move smoothly, replace the VTC actuator. Fig. 11: Checking VTC Actuator Movement Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the tape adhesive residue from the No. 1 camshaft journal. 11. Make sure the punch marks on the VTC actuator and exhaust camshaft sprocket are facing up, then set the camshafts in the rocker shaft holder (see step 6 ). 12. Set the camshaft holders and chain guide B in place (see step 7 ). 13. Torque the camshaft holder bolts to the specified torque (see step 8 ). 14. Hold the camshaft, and turn the VTC actuator clockwise until you hear it click. Make sure to lock the VTC actuator by turning it. 15. Install the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN INSTALLATION ). 16. Adjust the valve clearance (see VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ). VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT Special Tools Required Tappet adjust wrench set 07MAA-PR70100 NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). 1. Remove the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL ). 2. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). The punch mark (A) on the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator and the punch mark (B) on the exhaust camshaft sprocket should be at the top. Align the TDC marks (C) on the VTC actuator and exhaust camshaft sprocket. Fig. 12: Identifying Punch Mark On Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Actuator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the valves you're going to check. Valve Clearance Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Intake: 0.21-0.25 mm (0.008-0.010 in.) Exhaust: 0.28-0.32 mm (0.011-0.013 in.) Fig. 13: Identifying Valve Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw (B) and the end of the valve stem, then slide it back and forth, you should feel a slight amount of drag. Fig. 14: Inserting Feeler Gauge Between Adjusting Screw Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut with the tappet adjust wrench set, and turn the adjusting screw until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 15: Loosening Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Torque the locknut to the specified torque. Specified Torque Intake: 20 N.m (2.0 kgf.m, 15 lbf.ft) Apply new engine oil to the nut threads. Exhaust: 14 N.m (1.4 kgf.m, 10 lbf.ft) Apply new engine oil to the nut threads. 7. Recheck the valve clearance. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. 8. Rotate the crankshaft 180° clockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). Fig. 16: Rotating Crankshaft Clockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 3 cylinder. 10. Rotate the crankshaft 180° clockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 17: Rotating Crankshaft Clockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 4 cylinder. 12. Rotate the crankshaft 180° clockwise (camshaft pulley turns 90°). Fig. 18: Rotating Crankshaft Clockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 2 cylinder. 14. Install the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER INSTALLATION ). CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Special Tools Required    Socket, 19 mm 07JAA-001020A or a commercially available 19 mm socket Holder handle 07JAB-001020B Holder attachment, 50 mm 07NAB-001040A REMOVAL 1. Remove the right front wheel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 2. Remove the splash shield (see step 26 in ENGINE REMOVAL ). 3. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 4. Hold the crankshaft pulley with holder handle (A) and holder attachment (B). Fig. 19: Identifying Crankshaft Pulley With Holder Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the bolt with a 19 mm socket (C) and breaker bar, then remove the crankshaft pulley. INSTALLATION 1. Clean the crankshaft pulley (A), crankshaft (B), bolt (C), and washer (D). Lubricate with the new engine oil as shown. Fig. 20: Identifying Crankshaft Pulley Lubricating Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the crankshaft pulley, and hold the pulley with holder handle (A) and holder attachment (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 21: Identifying Pulley With Holder Handle Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Torque the bolt to 50 N.m (5.0 kgf.m, 37 lbf.ft) with a torque wrench and 19 mm socket (C). Do not use an impact wrench. 4. Mark the bolt head (A) and the crankshaft pulley (B) as shown, then torque the bolt an additional 90° (The mark on the bolt head lines up with the mark on the crankshaft pulley). Fig. 22: Identifying Mark On Bolt Head And Crankshaft Pulley Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 6. Install the splash shield (see step 24 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). 7. Install the right front wheel. CAM CHAIN REMOVAL Special Tools Required Camshaft lock pin set 07AAB-RWCA120 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. Remove the right front wheel. Remove the splash shield (see step 26 in ENGINE REMOVAL ). Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Turn the crankshaft pulley so its top dead center (TDC) mark (A) lines up with the pointer (B). Fig. 23: Identifying TDC Mark Lines With Pointer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL ). 6. Check that the No. 1 piston TDC marks (A) on the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator and exhaust camshaft sprocket are aligned. Fig. 24: Identifying TDC Marks On Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Actuator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the crankshaft pulley (see CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 8. Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor connector (A) and VTC oil control solenoid valve connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 25: Identifying Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector And VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/TEST/INSTALLATION ). 10. Support the engine with a jack and wood block under the oil pan. 11. Remove the ground cable (A), and remove the upper engine mount bracket (B). Fig. 26: Identifying Upper Engine Mount Bracket And Ground Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the side engine mount bracket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 27: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the chain case (A). Fig. 28: Identifying Chain Case Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Remove the CKP pulse plate (B). 15. Loosely install the crankshaft pulley. 16. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise to compress the auto-tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 29: Turning Crankshaft Counterclockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto-tensioner (B), then insert a 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) diameter pin (C) into the holes. Turn the crankshaft clockwise to secure the pin. Fig. 30: Aligning Holes On Lock Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Remove the auto-tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 31: Identifying Auto-Tensioner Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 20. Remove the cam chain guide B. Fig. 32: Identifying Crankshaft Pulley Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Remove the cam chain guide A and tensioner arm (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 33: Identifying Cam Chain Guide And Tensioner Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Remove the cam chain. CAM CHAIN INSTALLATION NOTE:   Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. Before this procedure, check that the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator is locked by turning the VTC actuator counterclockwise. If not locked, turn the VTC actuator clockwise until it stops, then recheck it. If it is still not locked, replace the VTC actuator. 1. Set the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Align the TDC mark (A) on the crankshaft sprocket with the pointer (B) on the engine block. Fig. 34: Aligning TDC Mark On Crankshaft Sprocket With Pointer Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Set the camshafts to TDC. The punch mark (A) on the VTC actuator and the punch mark (B) on the exhaust camshaft sprocket should be at the top. Align the TDC marks (C) on the VTC actuator and exhaust camshaft sprocket. Fig. 35: Aligning TDC Marks On VTC Actuator And Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. To hold the intake camshaft, insert one of the pins (C) from the camshaft lock pin set into the maintenance hole in the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate A and through the hole in the No. 5 rocker shaft holder (D). Fig. 36: Identifying Camshaft Lock Pin Set And Camshaft Position (CMP) Pulse Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. To hold the exhaust camshaft, insert the other pin from the camshaft lock pin set into the maintenance hole in the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate B and through the hole in the No. 5 rocker shaft holder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 5. Install the cam chain on the crankshaft sprocket with the colored link plate (A) aligned with the mark (B) on the crankshaft sprocket. Fig. 37: Aligning Mark On Crankshaft Sprocket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the cam chain on the VTC actuator and the exhaust camshaft sprocket with the punch marks (A) aligned with the center of the two colored link plates (B). Fig. 38: Aligning Center Of Colored Link Plates Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the cam chain guide A and the tensioner arm (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 39: Identifying Cam Chain Guide And Tensioner Arm With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the auto-tensioner. Fig. 40: Identifying Auto-Tensioner With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install cam chain guide B. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 41: Identifying Cam Chain Guide With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the pin from the auto-tensioner. Fig. 42: Identifying Pin From Auto-Tensioner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the camshaft lock pin set (07AAB-RWCA120). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 43: Identifying Camshaft Lock Pin Set Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the crankshaft position (CKP) pulse plate. Fig. 44: Identifying Crankshaft Position (CKP) Pulse Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Check the chain case oil seal for damage. If the oil seal is damaged, replace the chain case oil seal (see CHAIN CASE OIL SEAL INSTALLATION ). 14. Remove old liquid gasket from the chain case mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 15. Clean and dry the chain case mating surfaces. 16. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the chain case. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Fig. 45: Identifying Liquid Gasket Applying Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Apply liquid gasket to the engine block upper surface contact areas (A) on the chain case and lower block upper surface contact areas (B) on the chain case. 18. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the oil pan mating surface of the chain case. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Fig. 46: Applying Liquid Gasket On Broken Line Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Install the new O-ring (A) on the chain case. Set the edge of the chain case (B) to the edge of the oil pan (C), then install the chain case on the engine block (D). Wipe off excess liquid gasket on the oil pan and chain case mating surface. NOTE:  When installing the chain case, do not slide the bottom surface on the oil pan mounting surface. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element   Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the chain case. Fig. 47: Identifying O-Ring On Chain Case And Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Install the side engine mount bracket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 48: Identifying Side Engine Mount Bracket With Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Install the upper engine mount bracket (A), then torque the bolt/nuts in the numbered sequence shown. Fig. 49: Identifying Upper Engine Mount Bracket Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Install the ground cable (B). 23. Install the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/TEST/INSTALLATION ). 24. Connect the CKP sensor connector (A) and VTC oil control solenoid valve connector (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 50: Identifying CKP Sensor Connector And VTC Oil Control Solenoid Valve Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Install the crankshaft pulley (see INSTALLATION ). Install the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER INSTALLATION ). Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Install the splash shield (see step 24 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). Install the right front wheel. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). AUTO-TENSIONER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REMOVAL 1. Remove the chain case cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 51: Identifying Chain Case Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise to compress the auto-tensioner. Fig. 52: Turning Crankshaft Counterclockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto-tensioner (B), then insert a 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) diameter pin (C) into the holes. Turn the crankshaft clockwise to secure the pin. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 53: Aligning Holes On Lock And Auto-Tensioner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the auto-tensioner. Fig. 54: Identifying Auto-Tensioner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION 1. Install the auto-tensioner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 55: Identifying Auto-Tensioner With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the pin from the auto-tensioner. Fig. 56: Identifying Pin From Auto-Tensioner Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove any old liquid gasket from the chain case cover mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 4. Clean and dry the chain case cover mating surfaces. 5. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the chain case mating surface of the chain case cover. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 57: Identifying Liquid Gasket Applying Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the chain case cover. NOTE:   Wait for at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the chain case cover. Fig. 58: Identifying Chain Case Cover Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CHAIN CASE OIL SEAL INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   Handle driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 1. Use the handle driver and attachment to drive a new oil seal squarely into the chain case to the specified installed height. Fig. 59: Driving Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the distance between the chain case surface (A) and oil seal (B). Fig. 60: Measuring Distance Between Chain Case Surface And Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CAM CHAIN INSPECTION 1. Remove the right front wheel. 2. Remove the splash shield (see step 26 in ENGINE REMOVAL ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Remove the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL ). Remove the crankshaft pulley (see CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor connector and variable valve timing control (VTC) oil control solenoid valve connector (see step 8 ). Remove the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/TEST/INSTALLATION ). Support the engine with a jack and wood block under the oil pan. Remove the ground cable, and remove the upper bracket (see step 11 ). Remove the side engine mount bracket (see step 12 ). Remove the chain case (see step 13 ). Measure the tensioner rod length between the tensioner body and bottom of the flat surface section on the tensioner rod. If the length is more than the service limit, replace the cam chain and oil pump chain. Fig. 61: Identifying Tensioner Rod Length Dimension Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Check the chain case oil seal for damage. If the oil seal is damaged, replace the chain case oil seal (see CHAIN CASE OIL SEAL INSTALLATION ). 14. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the chain case mating surfaces, bolt and bolt holes. 15. Clean and dry the chain case mating surfaces. 16. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the chain case. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket (see step 16 ). NOTE:  If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element  If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. 17. Apply liquid gasket to the engine block upper surface contact areas on the chain case and lower block upper surface contact areas on the chain case (see step 17 ). 18. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the oil pan mating surface of the chain case. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket (see step 18 ). NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. 19. Install the new O-ring on the chain case. Set the edge of the chain case to the edge of the oil pan, then install the chain case on the engine block (see step 19 ). Wipe off the excess liquid gasket on the oil pan and chain case mating surface. NOTE:    When installing the chain case, do not slide the bottom surface onto the oil pan mounting surface. Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the chain case. 20. Install the side engine mount bracket (see step 20 ). 21. Install the upper bracket and the ground cable (see step 21 ). 22. Install the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/TEST/INSTALLATION ). 23. Connect the CKP sensor connector and VTC oil control solenoid valve connector (see step 24 ). 24. Install the crankshaft pulley (see INSTALLATION ). 25. Install the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER INSTALLATION ). 26. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 27. Install the splash shield (see step 24 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). 28. Install the right front wheel. 29. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). CKP PULSE PLATE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the right front wheel. 2. Remove the splash shield (see step 26 in ENGINE REMOVAL ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Remove the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL ). Remove the crankshaft pulley (see CRANKSHAFT PULLEY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). Disconnect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor connector and variable valve timing control (VTC) oil control solenoid valve connector (see step 8 ). Remove the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/TEST/INSTALLATION ). Support the engine with a jack and wood block under the oil pan. Remove the ground cable, then remove the upper engine mount bracket (see step 11 ). Remove the side engine mount bracket (see step 12 ). Remove the chain case (see step 13 ). Remove the CKP pulse plate. Fig. 62: Identifying CKP Pulse Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Install the CKP pulse plate. 14. Check the chain case oil seal for damage. If the oil seal is damaged, replace the chain case oil seal (see CHAIN CASE OIL SEAL INSTALLATION ). 15. Remove any old liquid gasket from the chain case mating surfaces, bolt, and bolt holes. 16. Clean and dry the chain case mating surfaces. 17. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the chain case. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket (see step 16 ). NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 18. Apply liquid gasket evenly to the engine block upper surface contact areas on the chain case and lower block upper surface contact areas on the chain case (see step 17 ). 19. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the oil pan mating surface of the chain case. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket (see step 18 ). NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. 20. Install the new O-ring on the chain case. Set the edge of the chain case to the edge of the oil pan, then install the chain case on the engine block (see step 19 ). Wipe off the excess liquid gasket on the oil pan and chain case mating surface. NOTE:    When installing the chain case, do not slide the bottom surface on the oil pan mounting surface. Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the chain case. 21. Install the side engine mount bracket (see step 20 ). 22. Install the upper engine mount bracket and the ground cable (see step 21 ). 23. Install the VTC oil control solenoid valve (see VTC OIL CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/TEST/INSTALLATION ). 24. Connect the CKP sensor connector and VTC oil control solenoid valve connector (see step 24 ). 25. Install the crankshaft pulley (see INSTALLATION ). 26. Install the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER INSTALLATION ). 27. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 28. Install the splash shield (see step 24 in ENGINE INSTALLATION ). 29. Install the right front wheel. 30. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL 1. Remove the engine cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 63: Identifying Engine Cover With Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the four ignition coils (see IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Remove the two bolts (A) securing the vacuum line. Fig. 64: Identifying Vacuum Line And Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the bolt (B) securing the power steering (P/S) hose bracket. 5. Remove the dipstick (C) and breather hose (D). 6. Remove the cylinder head cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 65: Identifying Dipstick And Breather Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CYLINDER HEAD COVER INSTALLATION 1. Thoroughly clean the head cover gasket and the groove. 2. Install the head cover gasket (A) in the groove of the cylinder head cover (B). Fig. 66: Identifying Head Cover Gasket And Cylinder Head Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry. 4. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the chain case and the No. 5 rocker shaft holder mating surface. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element NOTE:   If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Fig. 67: Identifying Liquid Gasket Applying Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes. Place the cylinder head cover (B) on the cylinder head, then slide the cover slightly back and forth to seat the head cover gasket. Fig. 68: Identifying Spark Plug Seals On Spark Plug Tubes Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Inspect the cover washers (C). Replace any washer that is damaged or deteriorated. 7. Torque the bolts in three steps. In the final step torque all bolts, in sequence, to 12 N.m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.8 lbf.ft). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 69: Identifying Tightening Sequence Of Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the dipstick (A) and breather hose (B). Fig. 70: Identifying Dipstick And Breather Hose With Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Torque the bolt (C) securing the power steering (P/S) hose bracket. Torque the two bolts (D) securing the vacuum line. Install the four ignition coils (see IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Check that all tubes, hoses, and connectors are installed correctly. Install the engine cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 71: Identifying Engine Cover Nuts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL NOTE:     1. 2. 3. 4. Use fender covers to avoid damaging the painted surfaces. To avoid damaging the wires and terminals, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion. To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the engine coolant temperature drops below 100°F (38°C) before loosening the cylinder head bolts. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. Also, be sure that they do not contact other wiring or hoses, or interfere with other parts. Relieve the fuel pressure (see FUEL PRESSURE RELIEVING ). Drain the engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ). Remove the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). Disconnect the mass air flow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 72: Identifying Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the vacuum hose (B) and breather pipe (C), then remove the intake air duct (D). 6. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover (A), then disconnect the fuel feed hose (B) (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING REMOVAL ). Fig. 73: Identifying Vacuum Hose And Breather Pipe Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the bolt securing the connecting pipe support bracket from the engine block. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 74: Identifying Connecting Pipe Support Bracket Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A) and brake booster vacuum hose (B). Fig. 75: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Hose And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the intake manifold (see REMOVAL ). 10. Remove the exhaust manifold (see EXHAUST MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 11. Remove the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (A) and ground cable (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 76: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Hose And Ground Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the upper radiator hose (A), heater hoses (B), and water bypass hose (C). Fig. 77: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose, Heater Hoses, And Water Bypass Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and wire harness clamps from the cylinder head.  Four injector connectors  Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector  Camshaft position (CMP) sensor A connector (Intake side)  Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B connector (Exhaust side)  Rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) connector  Rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) connector 14. Remove the three bolts (A) securing the EVAP canister purge valve bracket and remove the two bolts (B) securing the harness bracket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 78: Identifying EVAP Canister Purge Valve Bracket And Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN REMOVAL ). 16. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ). 17. Remove the cylinder head bolts. To prevent warpage, loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time, repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. Fig. 79: Identifying Cylinder Head Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Remove the cylinder head. CMP PULSE PLATE A REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL ). 2. Hold the intake camshaft with an open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 80: Holding Intake Camshaft With Open-End Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate A. Fig. 81: Identifying Camshaft Position (CMP) Pulse Plate With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the CMP pulse plate A in the reverse order of removal. CMP PULSE PLATE B REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cylinder head cover (see CYLINDER HEAD COVER REMOVAL ). 2. Hold the exhaust camshaft with an open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 82: Holding Exhaust Camshaft With Open-End Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate B. Fig. 83: Identifying Camshaft Position (CMP) Pulse Plate With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the CMP pulse plate B in the reverse order of removal. VTC ACTUATOR, EXHAUST CAMSHAFT SPROCKET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REMOVAL 1. Remove the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN REMOVAL ). 2. Hold the camshaft with an open-end wrench, then loosen the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator mounting bolt and exhaust camshaft sprocket mounting bolt. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 84: Loosening Variable Valve Timing Control (VTC) Actuator Mounting Bolt Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the VTC actuator will be reused, do these steps. -1 Remove the intake camshaft, and seal the advance holes and retard holes in the No. 1 camshaft journal with tape (see step 6 ). -2 Punch a hole in the tape over one of the advance holes (see step 7 ). -3 Apply air to the advance hole to release the lock (see step 8 ). -4 Remove the tape from the No. 1 camshaft journal. 4. Remove the VTC actuator and exhaust camshaft sprocket. INSTALLATION 1. Install the VTC actuator and exhaust camshaft sprocket. NOTE: Install the VTC actuator in the unlocked position. 2. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the VTC actuator mounting bolt and exhaust camshaft sprocket mounting bolt, then install them. 3. Hold the camshaft with an open-end wrench, then torque the mounting bolts. Specified Torque VTC Actuator Mounting Bolt: 115 N.m (11.5 kgf.m, 85 lbf.ft) Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Mounting Bolt: 73 N.m (7.3 kgf.m, 54 lbf.ft) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 85: Holding Camshaft With Open-End Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Hold the camshaft with an open-end wrench, and turn the VTC actuator clockwise until you hear it click. Make sure to lock the VTC actuator by turning it. 5. Install the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN INSTALLATION ). CYLINDER HEAD INSPECTION FOR WARPAGE 1. Remove the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL ). 2. Inspect the camshaft (see CAMSHAFT INSPECTION ). 3. Check the cylinder head for warpage. Measure along the edges, and three ways across the center.  If warpage is less than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.), cylinder head resurfacing is not required.  If warpage is between 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) to 0.2 mm (0.008 in.), resurface the cylinder head.  Maximum resurface limit is 0.2 mm (0.008 in.) based on a height of 104 mm (4.09 in.). Cylinder Head Height Standard (New): 103.95-104.05 mm (4.093-4.096 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 86: Checking Cylinder Head Warpage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY REMOVAL 1. Remove the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN REMOVAL ). 2. Loosen the rocker arm adjusting screws (A). Fig. 87: Loosening Rocker Arm Adjusting Screws Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the camshaft holder bolts. To prevent damaging the camshafts, loosen the bolts in sequence two Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element turns at a time, in a crisscross pattern. Fig. 88: Identifying Camshaft Holder Bolts Loosening Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the cam chain guide B, camshaft holders, and camshafts. 5. Insert the bolts (A) into the rocker shaft holder, then remove the rocker arm assembly (B). Fig. 89: Identifying Rocker Shaft Holder Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ROCKER ARM AND SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY NOTE:   Identify each part as it is removed so that each item can be reinstalled in their original locations. Inspect the rocker arm shaft and rocker arms (see ROCKER ARM AND Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element      SHAFT INSPECTION ). If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in their original locations. When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the holders and rocker arms on the shaft. Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply new engine oil to any contact points. Bundle the intake rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set. When replacing the intake rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardware from the new intake rocker arm assembly. Fig. 90: Exploded View Of Rocker Arm And Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element ROCKER ARM AND SHAFT INSPECTION 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ), then disassemble the rocker arm assembly (see ROCKER ARM AND SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY ). 2. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. Fig. 91: Measuring Diameter Of Shaft At Rocker Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter. Fig. 92: Measuring Shaft Diameter Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and check it for an out-of-round condition. Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance Standard (New): Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Intake: 0.025-0.052 mm (0.0010-0.0020 in.) Exhaust: 0.018-0.056 mm (0.0007-0.0022 in.) Service Limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) Fig. 93: Measuring Inside Diameter Of Rocker Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Repeat for all rocker arms and both shafts. If the clearance is beyond the service limit, replace the rocker shaft and all out of service limit rocker arms. If any VTEC rocker arm needs replacement, replace the rocker arms (primary and secondary), as a set. 6. Inspect the rocker arm pistons (A). Push on each piston manually. If it does not move smoothly, replace the rocker arms as a set. NOTE: Apply new engine oil to the rocker arm pistons when reassembling. Fig. 94: Identifying Rocker Arm Pistons Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the rocker arm assembly (see ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION ). CAMSHAFT INSPECTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element NOTE: Do not rotate the camshaft during inspection. 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly (see ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY REMOVAL ). 2. Put the rocker shaft holders, camshaft, and camshaft holders on the cylinder head, then torque the bolts in sequence to the specified torque. NOTE: If the engine does not have bolt(21), skip it and continue the torque sequence. Specified Torque 8 mm Bolts: 22 N.m (2.2 kgf.m, 16 lbf.ft) 6 mm Bolts: 12 N.m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.8 lbf.ft) 6 mm Bolts: (21), (22), (23) Fig. 95: Identifying Camshaft Bolts Tightening Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Seat the camshaft by pushing it away from the camshaft pulley end of the cylinder head. 4. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft, then push the camshaft back and forth and read the end play. If the end play is beyond the service limit, replace the cylinder head and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft. Camshaft End Play Standard (New): 0.05-0.20 mm (0.002-0.008 in.) Service Limit: 0.4 mm (0.02 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 96: Checking Camshaft End Play Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Loosen the camshaft holder bolts two turns at a time, in a crisscross pattern. Then remove the camshaft holders from the cylinder head. 6. Lift the camshafts out of the cylinder head, wipe them clean, then inspect the lift ramps. Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted, scored, or excessively worn. 7. Clean the camshaft journal surfaces in the cylinder head, then set the camshafts back in place. Place a plastigage strip across each journal. 8. Install the camshaft holders, then torque the bolts to the specified torque as shown in step 2. 9. Remove the camshaft holders. Measure the widest portion of plastigage on each journal.  If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within limits, go to step 11.  If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft has been replaced, replace the cylinder head.  If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft has not been replaced, go to step 10. Camshaft-to-Holder Oil Clearance Standard (New): No. 1 Journal: 0.030-0.069 mm (0.001-0.003 in.) No. 2, 3, 4, 5 Journals: 0.060-0.099 mm (0.002-0.004 in.) Service Limit: 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 97: Measuring Widest Portion Of Plastigage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported on V-blocks.  If the total runout of the camshaft is within the service limit, replace the cylinder head.  If the total runout is beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft and recheck the camshaft-toholder oil clearance. If the oil clearance is still beyond the service limit, replace the cylinder head. Camshaft Total Runout Standard (New): 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) max. Service Limit: 0.04 mm (0.002 in.) Fig. 98: Checking Runout Of Camshaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Measure cam lobe height. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 99: Measuring Cam Lobe Height Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VALVE, SPRING, AND VALVE SEAL REMOVAL Special Tools Required Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A NOTE: Identify the valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. 1. Remove the cylinder head (see CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL ). 2. Using an appropriate-sized socket (A) and plastic mallet (B), lightly tap the valve spring retainer to loosen the valve cotters. Fig. 100: Tapping Valve Spring Retainer Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and valve spring compressor. Compress the valve spring and remove the valve cotters. Fig. 101: Compressing Valve Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the valve spring compressor, valve spring compressor attachment, valve spring retainer, and valve spring. 5. Install the valve guide seal remover. Fig. 102: Identifying Valve Guide Seal Remover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the valve seal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 103: Identifying Valve Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the valve spring seat and valve. VALVE INSPECTION 1. Remove the valves (see VALVE, SPRING, AND VALVE SEAL REMOVAL ). 2. Measure the valve in these areas. Intake Valve Dimensions A Standard (New): 34.85-35.15 mm (1.372-1.384 in.) B Standard (New): 108.7-109.5 mm (4.280-4.311 in.) C Standard (New): 5.475-5.485 mm (0.2156-0.2159 in.) C Service Limit: 5.445 mm (0.214 in.) Exhaust Valve Dimensions A Standard (New): 29.85-30.15 mm (1.175-1.187 in.) B Standard (New): 108.3-109.1 mm (4.264-4.295 in.) C Standard (New): 5.450-5.460 mm (0.2146-0.2150 in.) C Service Limit: 5.42 mm (0.213 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 104: Measuring Valve Dimension Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VALVE STEM-TO-GUIDE CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. Remove the valves (see VALVE, SPRING, AND VALVE SEAL REMOVAL ). 2. Slide the valve out of its guide about 10 mm (3/8 in.), then measure the guide-to-stem clearance with a dial indicator while rocking the stem in the direction of normal thrust (wobble method).  If the measurement exceeds the service limit, recheck it using a new valve.  If the measurement is now within the service limit, reassemble using a new valve.  If the measurement with a new valve still exceeds the service limit, go to step 3. Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0.06-0.11 mm (0.002-0.004 in.) Service Limit: 0.16 mm (0.006 in.) Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0.11-0.16 mm (0.004-0.006 in.) Service Limit: 0.22 mm (0.009 in.) Fig. 105: Measuring Valve Stem-To-Guide Clearance Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Subtract the O.D. of the valve stem, measured with a micrometer, from the I.D. of the valve guide, measured with an inside micrometer or ball gauge. Take the measurements in three places along the valve Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element stem and three places inside the valve guide. The difference between the largest guide measurement and the smallest stem measurement should not exceed the service limit. Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0.030-0.055 mm (0.0012-0.0022 in.) Service Limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0.055-0.080 mm (0.0022-0.0031 in.) Service Limit: 0.11 mm (0.004 in.) VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Valve guide driver, 5.5 mm 07742-0010100 Valve guide reamer, 5.5 mm 07HAH-PJ7A100 1. Inspect valve stem-to-guide clearance (see VALVE INSPECTION ). 2. As illustrated, use a commercially available air-impact valve guide driver (A) modified to fit the diameter of the valve guides. In most cases, the same procedure can be done using the valve guide driver, and a conventional hammer. Fig. 106: Identifying Valve Guide Dimension Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Select the proper replacement guides, and chill them in the freezer section of a refrigerator for about an hour. 4. Use a hot plate or oven to evenly heat the cylinder head to 300°F (150°C). Monitor the temperature with a cooking thermometer. Do not get the head hotter than 300°F (150°C); excessive heat may loosen the valve seats. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 107: Heating Cylinder Head Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Working from the camshaft side, use the driver and an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 mm (0.1 in.) towards the combustion chamber. This will knock off some of the carbon and make removal easier. Hold the air hammer directly inline with the valve guide to prevent damaging the driver. Wear safety goggles or a face shield. 6. Turn the head over, and drive the guide out toward the camshaft side of the head. Fig. 108: Driving Guide Out Toward Camshaft Side Of Head Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:25 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 7. If a valve guide won't move, drill it out with a 8 mm (5/16 in.) bit, then try again. Drill guides only in extreme cases, you could damage the cylinder head if the guide breaks. 8. Take out the new guide(s) from the freezer, one at a time, as you need them. 9. Apply a thin coat of new engine oil to the outside of the new valve guide. Install the guide from the camshaft side of the head, use the valve guide driver to drive the guide into the specified installed height (A) of the guide (B). If you have all 16 guides to do, you may have to reheat the head. Valve Guide Installed Height Intake: 15.2-16.2 mm (0.598-0.638 in.) Exhaust: 15.5-16.5 mm (0.610-0.650 in.) Fig. 109: Installing Guide From Camshaft Side Of Head Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Coat both reamer and valve guide with cutting oil. 11. Rotate the reamer clockwise the full length of the valve guide bore. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 110: Rotating Reamer Clockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Continue to rotate the reamer clockwise while removing it from the bore. 13. Thoroughly wash the guide in detergent and water to remove any cutting residue. 14. Check the clearances with a valve (see VALVE INSPECTION ). Verify that a valve slides in the intake and exhaust valve guides without sticking. 15. Inspect the valve seating. If necessary, renew the valve seat using a valve seat cutter (see VALVE SEAT RECONDITIONING ). VALVE SEAT RECONDITIONING 1. Inspect valve stem-to-guide clearance (see VALVE INSPECTION ). If the valve guides are worn, replace them (see VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT ) before cutting the valve seats. 2. Renew the valve seats in the cylinder head using a valve seat cutter. Fig. 111: Reaming Valve Seats In Cylinder Head Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Carefully cut a 45° seat, removing only enough material to ensure a smooth and concentric seat. 4. Bevel the upper and lower edges at the angles shown in the illustration. Check the width of the seat and adjust accordingly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 112: Identifying Upper And Lower Edges At Angles Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Make one more very light pass with the 45° cutter to remove any possible burrs caused by the other cutters. Valve Seat Width Standard (New): 1.25-1.55 mm (0.049-0.061 in.) Service Limit: 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) 6. After resurfacing the seat, inspect for even valve seating. Apply Prussian Blue compound (A) to the valve face. Insert the valve in its original location in the head, then lift it and snap it closed against the seat several times. Fig. 113: Identifying Prussian Blue Compound Applying Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. The actual valve seating surface (B), as shown by the blue compound, should be centered on the seat.  If it is too high (closer to the valve stem), you must make a second cut with the 67.5° cutter to move it down, then one more cut with the 45° cutter to restore seat width.  If it is too low (close to the valve edge), you must make a second cut with the 35° cutter (intake side) or the 30° cutter (exhaust side) to move it up, then make one more cut with the 45 "cutter to restore seat width. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element NOTE: The final cut should always be made with the 45° cutter. 8. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head, and measure valve stem installed height (A). Intake Valve Stem Installed Height Standard (New): 44.0-44.5 mm (1.73-1.75 in.) Service Limit: 44.7 mm (1.76 in.) Exhaust Valve Stem Installed Height Standard (New): 44.1-44.6 mm (1.74-1.76 in.) Service Limit: 44.8 mm (1.76 in.) Fig. 114: Identifying Valve Stem Height Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. If valve stem installed height is beyond the service limit, replace the valve and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the cylinder head, the valve seat in the head is too deep. VALVE, SPRING, AND VALVE SEAL INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   1. 2. 3. 4. Stem seal driver 07PAD-0010000 Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A Coat the valve stems with new engine oil. Install the valves in the valve guides. Check that the valves move up and down smoothly. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head. Install the new valve seals (A) using the stem seal driver (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element NOTE: The exhaust valve seal (C) has a black spring (D), and the intake valve seal (E) has a white spring (F). They are not interchangeable. Fig. 115: Installing Valve Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the valve spring and valve spring retainer. Place the end of the valve spring with closely wound coils toward the cylinder head. 6. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and valve spring compressor. Compress the spring, and install the valve cotters. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 116: Installing Valve Spring Compressor Attachment And Valve Spring Compressor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the valve spring compressor and valve spring compressor attachment. 8. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with a plastic mallet (A) to ensure proper seating of the valve and valve cotters. Tap the valve stem only along its axis so you do not bend the stem. Fig. 117: Tapping End Of Valve Stem Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 1. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly (see ROCKER ARM AND SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY ). 2. Clean and dry the No. 5 rocker shaft holder mating surface. 3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004,08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the cylinder head mating surface of the No. 5 rocker shaft holder. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE:  If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element  If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. Fig. 118: Identifying Liquid Gasket Applying Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Insert the bolts (A) into the rocker shaft holder, then install the rocker arm assembly (B) on the cylinder head. Fig. 119: Identifying Rocker Arm Assembly Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the bolts from the rocker shaft holder. 6. Make sure the punch marks on the variable valve timing control (VTC) actuator and exhaust camshaft sprocket are facing up, then set the camshafts (A) in the holder. Apply new engine oil to the camshaft journals and lobes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 120: Identifying Camshafts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Set the camshaft holders (B) and cam chain guide B (C) in place. 8. Torque the bolts in the specified sequence. NOTE: If the engine does not have bolt(21), skip it and continue the torque sequence. Specified Torque 8 mm Bolts: 22 N.m (2.2 kgf.m, 16 lbf.ft) 6 mm Bolts: 12 N.m (1.2 kgf.m, 8.8 lbf.ft) 6 mm Bolts: (21), (22), (23) Fig. 121: Identifying Camshaft Bolts Torque Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN INSTALLATION ), and adjust the valve clearance (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ). CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION Install the cylinder head in the reverse order of removal: 1. Install a new coolant separator in the engine block whenever the engine block is replaced. Fig. 122: Installing Coolant Separator In Engine Block Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Clean the cylinder head and engine block surface. 3. Install the new cylinder head gasket (A) and dowel pins (B) on the engine block. Always use a new cylinder head gasket. Fig. 123: Installing Cylinder Head Gasket And Dowel Pins On Engine Block Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 4. Set the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Align the TDC mark (A) on the crankshaft sprocket with the pointer (B) on the engine block. Fig. 124: Aligning TDC Mark On Crankshaft Sprocket With Pointer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the cylinder head on the engine block. 6. Measure the diameter of each cylinder head bolt at point A and point B. Fig. 125: Measuring Diameter Of Cylinder Head Bolt At Point A And Point B Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. If either diameter is less than 10.6 mm (0.42 in.), replace the cylinder head bolt. 8. Apply new engine oil to the threads and flange of all the cylinder head bolts. 9. Torque the cylinder head bolts in sequence to 40 N.m (4.0 kgf.m, 29 lbf.ft). Use a beam-type torque wrench. When using a preset-type torque wrench, be sure to torque slowly and do not over torque. If a bolt makes any noise while you are torquing it, loosen the bolt and torque it from the first step. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 126: Identifying Cylinder Head Bolt Torque Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. After torquing, torque all cylinder head bolts in two steps (90° per step). If you are using a new cylinder head bolt, torque the bolt an extra 90°. NOTE: Remove the cylinder head bolt if you torqued it beyond the specified angle, and go back to step 6 of the procedure. Do not loosen it back to the specified angle. Fig. 127: Identifying Cylinder Head Bolt Tightening Sequence Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the rocker arm assembly (see ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION ). 12. Install the cam chain (see CAM CHAIN INSTALLATION ). 13. Torque the three bolts (A) securing the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve bracket, and torque the two bolts (B) securing the harness brackets. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 128: Identifying Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Bracket Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install the engine wire harness connectors, and install the wire harness clamps from the cylinder head.  Four injector connectors  Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector  Camshaft position (CMP) sensor A connector (Intake side)  Camshaft position (CMP) sensor B connector (Exhaust side)  Rocker arm oil control solenoid (VTEC solenoid valve) connector  Rocker arm oil pressure switch (VTEC oil pressure switch) connector 15. Install the upper radiator hose (A), heater hoses (B), and water bypass hose (C). Fig. 129: Identifying Upper Radiator Hose, Heater Hoses, And Water Bypass Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element 16. Install the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (A) and ground cable (B). Fig. 130: Identifying Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Hose And Ground Cable With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Install the exhaust manifold (see EXHAUST MANIFOLD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 18. Install the intake manifold (see INSTALLATION ). 19. Install the EVAP canister hose (A) and brake booster vacuum hose (B). Fig. 131: Identifying EVAP Canister Hose And Brake Booster Vacuum Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Torque the bolt securing the connecting pipe support bracket to the engine block. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 132: Identifying Connecting Pipe Support Bracket Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Connect the fuel feed hose (A) (see FUEL LINE/QUICK-CONNECT FITTING INSTALLATION ), then install the quick-connect fitting cover (B). Fig. 133: Identifying Fuel Feed Hose And Quick-Connect Fitting Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Install the intake air duct (A), then connect the mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor connector (B), and connect the vacuum hose (C) and breather pipe (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 ENGINE Cylinder Head - Element Fig. 134: Identifying Intake Air Duct, Vacuum Hose And Breather Pipe Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Install the drive belt (see DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ). 24. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses, and connectors are installed correctly. 25. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn the ignition switch ON (II) (do not operate the starter) so the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. Repeat this operation three times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line. 26. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open (see COOLANT CHECK ). 27. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). 28. Inspect the idle speed (see IDLE SPEED INSPECTION ). 29. Inspect the ignition timing (see IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:28:26 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 2: Identifying HVAC Component Location (1 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:28 8:55:24 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 3: Identifying HVAC Component Location (2 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 4: Identifying HVAC Component Location (3 Of 3) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. A/C SERVICE TIPS AND PRECAUTIONS WARNING:    CAUTION:    Compressed air mixed with R-134a forms a combustible vapor. The vapor can burn or explode causing serious injury. Never use compressed air to pressure test R-134a service equipment or vehicle air conditioning systems. Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat. Be careful when connecting service equipment. Do not breathe refrigerant or vapor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element The air conditioning system uses HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant and polyalkyleneglycoi (PAG) refrigerant oil, which are not compatible with CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and mineral oil. Do not use R-12 refrigerant or mineral oil in this system, and do not attempt to use R-12 servicing equipment; damage to the air conditioning system or your servicing equipment will result. Use only service equipment that is U.L.-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAE J2210 to remove R-134a from the air conditioning system. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. R-134a service equipment or vehicle air conditioning systems should not be pressure tested or leak tested with compressed air. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers.      Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery whenever replacing air conditioning parts. Keep moisture and dirt out of the system. When disconnecting any lines, plug or cap the fittings immediately; don't remove the caps or plugs until just before you reconnect each line. Before connecting any hose or line, apply a few drops of refrigerant oil to the O-ring. When tightening or loosening a fitting, use a second wrench to support the matching fitting. When discharging the system, use an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station; don't release refrigerant into the atmosphere. A/C REFRIGERANT OIL REPLACEMENT Recommended PAG oil: DENSO ND-OIL 8:   P/N 38897-PR7-A01AH: 120 mL (4 fl.oz) P/N 38899-PR7-A01: 40 mL (1 1/3 fl.oz) Add the recommended refrigerant oil in the amount listed if you replace any of the following parts.    To avoid contamination, do not return the oil to the container once dispensed, and never mix it with other refrigerant oils. Immediately after using the oil, replace the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption. Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if it gets on the paint, wash it off immediately. A/C condenser ........25 mL (5/6 fl.oz) Evaporator ..............45 mL(1 1/2 fl.oz) Line or hose ............10 mL (1/3 fl.oz) Receiver/Dryer ........10 mL (1/3 fl.oz) Leakage repair ........25 mL (5/6 fl.oz) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element A/C compressor ......For A/C compressor replacement, subtract the volume of oil drained from the removed A/C compressor from 160 mL (5 1/3 fl.oz), and drain the calculated volume of oil from the new A/C compressor: 160 mL (5 1/3 fl.oz) - Volume of removed A/C compressor = Volume to drain from new A/C compressor. NOTE: Even if no oil is drained from the removed A/C compressor, don't drain more than 50 mL (1 2/3 fl.oz) from the new A/C compressor. Fig. 5: Draining A/C Compressor Oil Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. A/C LINE REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 6: Identifying A/C Line Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION HOW TO RETRIEVE A DTC The heater control panel has a self-diagnostic function for heating, ventilation, and air conditioning system. To Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element run the self-diagnostic function, do the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Press the recirculation control switch and the rear window defogger switch. While holding the both switches down, turn the ignition switch ON (II). The self-diagnosis will begin, and run for about 15 seconds.  If there is any problem in the system after self-diagnosis is finished, the recirculation indicator will blink the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) 7 through 15.  If no DTCs are found, the indicator will not blink. Fig. 7: Identifying HVAC Control Panel Indicator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Example of DTC indication Pattern (DTC 7) Fig. 8: DTC Indication Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Resetting the self-diagnostic Function Turn the ignition switch OFF to cancel the self-diagnostic function. After completing repair work, run the selfdiagnostic function again to make sure that there are no other malfunctions. Max Cool Position Function When the mode control dial is in the MAX A/C position, the heater control panel will automatically select the Recirculation mode and turn the A/C on. The recirculation switch and A/C switch are disabled and cannot be Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element turned off in this mode. If the control panel fails to function as described, replace it. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC (Recirculation Indicator Blinks) 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Detection Item An open in the air mix control motor circuit A short in the air mix control motor circuit A problem in the air mix control linkage, door, or motor A short or open in the mode control motor circuit A problem in the mode control linkage, doors, or motor A problem in the blower motor circuit A problem in the EEPROM in the heater control panel; the control panel must be replaced An open in the evaporator temperature sensor circuit A short in the evaporator temperature sensor circuit In case of multiple problems, the recirculation indicator will indicate only the DTC with the least number of blinks. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Symptom Diagnostic procedure Recirculation control doors do not change between Fresh and Recirculate Also check for Recirculation control motor circuit troubleshooting (see RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING )    Heater control power and ground circuit Blower, heater controls, troubleshooting (see HEATER CONTROL and A/C do not work POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING )    The A/C condenser fan A/C condenser fan circuit troubleshooting (see does not run at all (but A/C CONDENSER FAN CIRCUIT Blown fuse No. 14 (10 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors Blown fuse No. 14(10 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box Poor ground at G501 Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors Blown fuse No. 1 (30 A) in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and No. 14(10 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element radiator fan runs with the A/C on) TROUBLESHOOTING )    Both fans do not run with the A/C on (but the A/C compressor runs with the A/Con) Radiator and A/C condenser fans common circuit troubleshooting (see RADIATOR AND A/C CONDENSER FAN COMMON CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING )    The A/C compressor A/C compressor clutch circuit troubleshooting clutch does not engage (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH (but both fans run with CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ) the A/C on)   A/C system does not A/C pressure switch circuit troubleshooting come on (both fans and (see A/C PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT the A/C compressor do TROUBLESHOOTING ) not work); heater is OK   Poor ground at G201 Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors Blown fuse No. 1 (30 A) and No. 4 (20 A) in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and No. 14(10 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box Poor ground at G201 Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors Blown fuse No. 1 (30 A) in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and No. 14 (10 A) in the under-dash fuse/relay box Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors Blower motor operation Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors Faulty evaporator temperature sensor SYSTEM DESCRIPTION HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING DOOR POSITIONS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 9: Identifying Heating/Air Conditioning Door Positions (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Heating/Air Conditioning Door Positions (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. The air conditioning system removes heat from the passenger compartment by transferring heat from the ambient air to the evaporator. The evaporator cools the air with the refrigerant that is circulating through the evaporator. The refrigerant expands in the evaporator, and the evaporator becomes very cold and absorbs the heat from the ambient air. The blower fan pushes air across the evaporator where the heat is absorbed, and then it blows the cool air into the passenger compartment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 11: HVAC System Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. This vehicle uses HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant which does not contain chlorofluorocarbons. Pay attention to the following service items:       Do not mix refrigerants CFC-12 (R-12) and HFC-134a (R-134a). They are not compatible. Use only the recommended polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) refrigerant oil (DENSO ND-OIL 8) designed for the R-134a A/C compressor. Intermixing the recommended (PAG) refrigerant oil with any other refrigerant oil will result in A/C compressor failure. All A/C system parts (A/C compressor, discharge line, suction line, evaporator, A/C condenser, receiver/dryer, expansion valve, O-rings for joints) are designed for refrigerant R-134a. Do not exchange with R-12 parts. Use a halogen gas leak detector designed for refrigerant R-134a. Use a vacuum pump adapter which is equipped with a check valve to prevent the backflow of the vacuum pump oil. Separate the manifold gauge sets (pressure gauges, hoses, joints) for refrigerants R-12 and R-134a. Do not confuse them. HEATER CONTROL PANEL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 12: Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TERMINALS REFERENCE Cavity Wire color Signal 1 PNK/BLU AIR MIX HOT 2 GRN AIR MIX COOL 3 BLK/YEL IG2 (Power) 4 BLK GROUND 5 GRN/WHT FRESH 6 GRN/YEL RECIRCULATE 7 BLU A/C PRESSURE SWITCH 8 WHT/BLU MODE 3 9 RED/YEL MODE 1 10 RED/BLU MODE 2 11 PNK/BLK AIR MIX POTENTIAL 13 LT GRN SENSOR COMMON GROUND 14 GRY AIR MIX POTENTIAL 5 V 15 YEL/RED MODE DEF 16 YEL/BLU MODE VENT 18 BLU/YEL POWER TRANSISTOR 19 BLU/RED BLOWER FEED BACK 20 RED GAUGE ASSEMBLY 21 RED/BLK TAILLIGHTS RELAY 22 YEL/BLK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY 23 YEL/GRN MODE 4 28 BRN EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT OUTPUT INPUT INPUT CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 13: HVAC - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 14: HVAC - Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC 7: AN OPEN IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect the air mix control motor 7P connector. 2. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 3. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and the air mix control motor 7P connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 30P: 7P: No. 11 No. 3 No. 13 No. 7 No. 14 No. 5 Fig. 15: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Air Mix Control Motor 7P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the air mix control motor. 4. Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 30P connector and at the air mix control motor 7P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good air mix control motor and retest. Did the symptom/indication go away? YES -The original air mix control motor is faulty, replace it. NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. DTC 8: A SHORT IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect the air mix control motor 7P connector. 2. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 3. Check for continuity between body ground and heater control panel 30P connector terminals No. 11 and 14 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 16: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Terminals No. 11 And 14 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the air mix control motor. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check the same terminals for voltage. Fig. 17: Checking For Voltage Between Body Ground And Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Terminals No. 11 And 14 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there any voltage? YES -Repair short to power in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the air mix control motor. This short also may damage the heater control panel. Repair the short to power before replacing the heater control panel. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Substitute a known-good air mix control motor and recheck. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Did the symptom/indication go away? YES -The original air mix control motor is faulty, replace it. NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. DTC 9: A PROBLEM IN THE AIR MIX CONTROL LINKAGE, DOOR, OR MOTOR 1. Test the air mix control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR TEST ). Is the air mix control motor OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the air mix control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT ), or repair the air mix control linkage or door. 2. Disconnect the air mix control motor 7P connector. 3. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 4. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and the air mix control motor 7P connector. 30P: 7P: No. 1 No. 1 No. 2 No. 2 Fig. 18: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Air Mix Control Motor 7P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the air mix control motor. 5. Check for continuity between body ground and heater control panel 30P connector terminals No. 1 and 2 individually. Fig. 19: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Terminals No. 1 And 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the air mix control motor. NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. DTC 10: A SHORT OR OPEN IN THE MODE CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect the mode control motor 7P connector. 2. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 3. Check for continuity between body ground and the heater control panel 30P connector terminals No. 8, 9,10,13, and 23 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 20: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the mode control motor. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check the same terminals for voltage. Fig. 21: Checking For Voltage Between Body Ground And Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there any voltage? YES -Repair short to power in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the mode control motor. This short also may damage the heater control panel. Repair the short to power, then recheck before replacing the heater control panel. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and check for continuity between the following terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and the mode control motor 7P connector. 30P: 7P: No. 8 No. 4 No. 9 No. 6 No. 10 No. 5 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element No. 13 No. 7 No. 23 No. 3 Fig. 22: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Mode Control Motor 7P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the mode control motor. 6. Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 30P connector and at the mode control motor 7P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good mode control motor and recheck. Did the symptom/indication go away? YES -The original mode control motor is faulty, replace it. NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. DTC 11: A PROBLEM IN THE MODE CONTROL LINKAGE, DOORS, OR MOTOR 1. Test the mode control motor (see AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT ). Is the mode control motor OK? YES -Go to step 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element NO -Replace the mode control motor (see MODE CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT ), or repair the mode control linkage or doors. 2. Disconnect the mode control motor 7P connector. 3. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 4. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and the mode control motor 7P connector. 30P: 7P: No. 15 No. 2 No. 16 No. 1 Fig. 23: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Mode Control Motor 7P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the mode control motor. 5. Check for continuity between body ground and heater control panel 30P connector terminals No. 15 and 16 individually. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 24: Checking Continuity Between Body Ground And Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Terminals No. 15 And 16 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the mode control motor. NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. DTC 12: A PROBLEM IN THE BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT 1. Check the No. 12 (40 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and the No. 14(10 A) fuse in the underdash fuse/relay box. Are the fuses OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the fuse(s), and recheck. 2. Connect the No. 2 terminal of the blower motor 2P connector to body ground with a jumper wire. Fig. 25: Connecting No. 2 Terminal Of Blower Motor 2P Connector To Body Ground With Jumper Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Does the blower motor run? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Go to step 17. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the jumper wire. Disconnect the power transistor 4P connector. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal of the power transistor 4P connector and body ground. Fig. 26: Checking Continuity Between No. 2 Terminal Of Power Transistor 4P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Check for an open in the wire between the power transistor and body ground. If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at G501. 8. Connect the No. 2 and No. 4 terminals of the power transistor 4P connector with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 27: Connecting No. 2 And 4 Terminals Of Power Transistor 4P Connector With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Does the blower motor run at high speed? YES -Go to step 10. NO -Repair open in the BLU/BLK wire between the power transistor and the blower motor. 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the jumper wire. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. Check for continuity between the No. 18 and No. 19 terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and body ground individually. Fig. 28: Checking Continuity Between No. 18 And 19 Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the power transistor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element NO -Go to step 14. 14. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and the power transistor 4P connector. 30P: 4P: No. 18 No. 1 No. 19 No. 3 Fig. 29: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Power Transistor 4P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 15. NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the power transistor. 15. Reconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 16. Test the power transistor (see POWER TRANSISTOR TEST ). Is the power transistor OK? YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 30P connector and at the power transistor 4P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. NO -Replace the power transistor. 17. Disconnect the jumper wire. 18. Disconnect the blower motor 2P connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 20. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of the blower motor 2P connector and body ground. Fig. 30: Measuring Voltage Between No. 1 Terminal Of Blower Motor 2P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Replace the blower motor. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 22. Remove the blower motor relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the relay OK? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Replace the blower motor relay. 23. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 terminal of the blower motor relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 31: Measuring Voltage Between No. 3 Terminal Of Blower Motor Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 24. NO -Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 24. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 25. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the blower motor relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 32: Measuring Voltage Between No. 2 Terminal Of Blower Motor Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 26. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the blower motor relay. 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 27. Check for continuity between the No. 1 terminal of the blower motor relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 33: Checking Continuity Between No. 1 Terminal Of Blower Motor Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Is there continuity? YES -Repair open in the BLU/WHT wire between the blower motor relay and the blower motor. NO -Check for an open in the wire between the blower motor relay and body ground. If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at G301. DTC 14: AN OPEN IN THE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 1. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 2. Test the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Is the evaporator temperature sensor OK? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Replace the evaporator temperature sensor. 3. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 4. Check for continuity between the No. 28 terminal of the heater control panel 30P connector and the No. 2 terminal of the evaporator temperature sensor 2P connector. Fig. 34: Checking Continuity Between No. 28 Terminal Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And No. 2 Terminal Of Evaporator Temperature Sensor 2P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the wire between the heater control panel and the evaporator temperature sensor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 5. Check for continuity between the No. 13 terminal of the heater control panel 30P connector and the No. 1 terminal of the evaporator temperature sensor 2P connector. Fig. 35: Checking Continuity Between No. 13 Terminal Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And No. 1 Terminal Of Evaporator Temperature Sensor 2P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 30P connector and at the evaporator temperature sensor 2P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. NO -Repair open in the wire between the heater control panel and the evaporator temperature sensor. DTC 15: A SHORT IN THE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 1. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 2. Test the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). Is the evaporator temperature sensor OK? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Replace the evaporator temperature sensor. 3. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 4. Check for continuity between the No. 28 terminal of the heater control panel 30P connector and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 36: Checking Continuity Between No. 28 Terminal Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between the heater control panel and the evaporator temperature sensor. NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Check the No. 14(10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the fuse, and recheck. 2. Disconnect the recirculation control motor 7P connector. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal of the recirculation control motor 7P connector and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 37: Measuring Voltage Between No. 1 Terminal Of Recirculation Control Motor 7P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the recirculation control motor. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Test the recirculation control motor (see MODE CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT ). Is the recirculation control motor OK? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Go to step 13. 7. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 8. Check for continuity between the No. 5 and No. 6 terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and body ground individually. Fig. 38: Checking Continuity Between No. 5 And 6 Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the recirculation control motor. NO -Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check the same wires for voltage. Fig. 39: Checking For Voltage Between No. 5 And 6 Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there any voltage? YES -Repair short to power in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the recirculation control motor. This short also may damage the heater control panel. Repair the short to power and retest before replacing the heater control panel. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Check for continuity between the following terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector and the recirculation control motor 7P connector. 30P: 7P: No. 5 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 40: Checking Continuity Between Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Recirculation Control Motor 7P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire(s) between the heater control panel and the recirculation control motor. 12. Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 30P connector and at the recirculation control motor 7P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good recirculation control motor and retest. Did the symptom/indication go away? YES -The original recirculation control motor is faulty, replace it. NO -Substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. 13. Remove the recirculation control motor (see RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT ). 14. Check the recirculation control linkage and doors for smooth movement. Do the recirculation control linkage and doors move smoothly? YES -Replace the recirculation control motor. NO -Repair the recirculation control linkage or doors. HEATER CONTROL POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Check the No. 14(10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Is the fuse OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the fuse, and recheck. 2. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 terminal of the heater control panel 30P connector and body ground. Fig. 41: Measuring Voltage Between No. 3 Terminal Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the wire between the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the heater control panel. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Check for continuity between the No. 4 terminal of the heater control panel 30P connector and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 42: Checking Continuity Between No. 4 Terminal Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 30P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. NO -Check for an open in the wire between the heater control panel and body ground. If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at G501. A/C CONDENSER FAN CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: Do not use this troubleshooting procedure if the radiator fan and/or the A/C compressor is inoperative. Refer to the SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX. 1. Check the No. 1 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the underdash fuse/relay box. Are the fuses OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the fuse(s), and recheck. 2. Remove the A/C condenser fan relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the relay OK? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Replace the A/C condenser fan relay. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 3. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 43: Measuring Voltage Between No. 2 Terminal Of A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Connect the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket with a jumper wire. Fig. 44: Connecting No. 1 And No. 2 Terminals Of A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the A/C condenser fan run? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Go to step 8. 5. Disconnect the jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 terminal of the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 45: Measuring Voltage Between No. 3 Terminal Of A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. NO -Repair open in the BLK/YEL wire between the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the A/C condenser fan relay socket in the under-hood fuse/relay box. 8. Disconnect the jumper wire. 9. Disconnect the A/C condenser fan 2P connector. 10. Check for continuity between the No. 1 terminal of the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket and the No. 2 terminal of the A/C condenser fan 2P connector. Fig. 46: Checking Continuity Between No. 1 Terminal Of A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket And No. 2 Terminal Of A/C Condenser Fan 2P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element YES -Go to step 11. NO -Repair open in the wire between the A/C condenser fan relay socket in the under-hood fuse/relay box and the A/C condenser fan. 11. Check for continuity between the No. 1 terminal of the A/C condenser fan 2P connector and body ground. Fig. 47: Checking Continuity Between No. 1 Terminal Of A/C Condenser Fan 2P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace the A/C condenser fan motor. NO -Check for an open in the wire between the A/C condenser fan and body ground. If the wire is OK, check for poor ground at G201. RADIATOR AND A/C CONDENSER FAN COMMON CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: Do not use this troubleshooting procedure if only one fan is inoperative, or the A/C compressor is inoperative. Refer to the SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX. 1. Check the No. 1 (30 A) and No. 4 (20 A) fuses in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Are the fuses OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the fuse(s), and recheck. 2. Remove the A/C condenser fan relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 terminal of the A/C condenser fan relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 48: Measuring Voltage Between No. 3 Terminal Of A/C Condenser Fan Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair open in the BLK/YEL wire between the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the radiator fan relay socket, and the A/C condenser fan relay socket. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reinstall the A/C condenser fan relay. Make sure the A/C switch is OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Using the backprobe set, measure the voltage between the No. 12 terminal of ECM/PCM connector E (31P) and body ground with the ECM/PCM connectors connected. Fig. 49: Measuring Voltage Between No. 12 Terminal Of ECM/PCM Connector E (31P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Is there battery voltage? YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at ECM/PCM connector E (31P). If the connections are good, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the radiator fan relay socket, the A/C condenser fan relay socket and the ECM/PCM. A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Check the No. 1 (30 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box, and the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the underdash fuse/relay box. Are the fuses OK? YES -Go to step 2. NO -Replace the f use(s), and recheck. 2. 3. 4. 5. Connect the HDS to the DLC. Start the engine. Turn on the A/C on the heater control panel. Using the HDS, confirm the following values in the PGM-FI Data List at idle. DATA LIST TP SENSOR About 0.5 V RPM 720 ± 50 ECT SENSOR 2 39-230°F A/C SWITCH ON A/C CLUTCH ON Are all the values within specifications? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Troubleshoot the value that is not within the specifications. 6. Remove the A/C compressor clutch relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it (see POWER RELAY TEST ). Is the relay OK? YES -Go to step 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element NO -Replace the A/C compressor clutch relay. 7. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 50: Measuring Voltage Between No. 2 Terminal Of A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 8. Connect the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket with a jumper wire. Fig. 51: Connecting No. 1 And 2 Terminals Of A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P Socket With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the A/C compressor clutch click? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 17. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 9. Disconnect the jumper wire. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 11. Measure the voltage between the No. 3 terminal of the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket and body ground. Fig. 52: Measuring Voltage Between No. 3 Terminal Of A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P Socket And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the BLK/YEL wire between the No. 14 (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box and the A/C compressor clutch relay socket. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Reinstall the A/C compressor clutch relay. Make sure the A/C switch is OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Using the backprobe set, measure the voltage between the No. 18 terminal of ECM/PCM connector E (31P) and body ground with the ECM/PCM connectors connected. Fig. 53: Measuring Voltage Between No. 18 Terminal Of ECM/PCM Connector E (31P) And Body Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at ECM/PCM connector E (31P). If the connections are good, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the A/C compressor clutch relay and the ECM/PCM. 17. Disconnect the jumper wire. 18. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch 1P connector. 19. Check for continuity between the No. 1 terminal of the A/C compressor clutch relay 4P socket and the No. 1 terminal of the A/C compressor clutch 1P connector. Fig. 54: Checking Continuity Between No. 1 Terminal Of A/C Compressor Clutch Relay 4P Socket And No. 1 Terminal Of A/C Compressor Clutch 1P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check the A/C compressor clutch clearance, and the A/C compressor clutch field coil (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CHECK ). NO -Repair open in the wire between the A/C compressor clutch relay socket and the A/C compressor clutch. A/C PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE:  Do not use this troubleshooting procedure if any of these items are working properly with the A/C switch ON; A/C condenser fan, radiator fan and A/C compressor, or the heater does not work. Refer to the SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element  Before doing symptom troubleshooting, do the self-diagnostic function (see RESETTING THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Turn the blower switch on, and check for blower motor operation. Does the blower motor run correctly on all speeds? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Troubleshoot the blower motor circuit (see DTC 12: A PROBLEM IN THE BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT ). 3. Disconnect the A/C pressure switch 2P connector. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Measure the voltage between the No. 2 terminal of the A/C pressure switch 2P connector and body ground. Fig. 55: Measuring Voltage Between No. 2 Terminal Of A/C Pressure Switch 2P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 5 V or more? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 14. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the A/C pressure switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 56: Checking Continuity Between No. 1 And No. 2 Terminals Of A/C Pressure Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 16. 8. 9. 10. 11. Reconnect the A/C pressure switch 2P connector. Disconnect the heater control panel 30P connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure the voltage between the No. 7 terminal of the heater control panel 30P connector and body ground. Fig. 57: Measuring Voltage Between No. 7 Terminal Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire between the heater control panel and the A/C pressure switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 13. Measure the resistance between the No. 13 and the No. 28 terminals of the heater control panel 30P connector. Fig. 58: Measuring Resistance Between No. 13 And 28 Terminals Of Heater Control Panel 30P Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is the resistance less than 24 kohms? YES -Check for loose wires or poor connections at the heater control panel 30P connector and at the A/C pressure switch 2P connector. If the connections are good, substitute a known-good heater control panel, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away, replace the original heater control panel. NO -Test the evaporator temperature sensor (see EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 14. Make sure the A/C switch is OFF. 15. Using the backprobe set, measure the voltage between the No. 9 terminal of under-dash fuse/relay box connector F (12P) and body ground with the under-dash fuse/relay box connectors connected. Fig. 59: Measuring Voltage Between No. 9 Terminal Of Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector F (12P) And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Is there 5 V or more? YES -Repair open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/relay box and the A/C pressure switch. NO -Refer to the multiplex control system (see TROUBLESHOOTING ). NOTE: Check for multiplex codes in mode 1. Follow the troubleshooting for any codes found. If no codes are found, substitute a known-good multiplex control unit and a ECM/PCM one at a time. 16. Check for proper A/C system pressure. Is the pressure within specifications? YES -Replace the A/C pressure switch. NO -Repair the A/C pressure problem. AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR TEST 1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the air mix control motor. NOTE: Incorrectly applying power and ground to the air mix control motor will damage it. Follow the instructions carefully. 2. Connect battery power to the No. 1 terminal of the air mix control motor, and ground the No. 2 terminal; the air mix control motor should run smoothly, and stop at Max Hot. If it doesn't, reverse the connections; the air mix control motor should run smoothly, and stop at Max Cool. Fig. 60: Identifying Air Mix Control Motor Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the air mix control motor did not run in step 2, remove it, then check the air mix control linkage and door for smooth movement. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element If the linkage and door move smoothly, replace the air mix control motor.  If the linkage or door sticks or binds, repair them as needed.  If the air mix control motor runs smoothly, go to step 4. 4. Measure the resistance between the No. 5 and No. 7 terminals. It should be between 4.2 to 7.8 kohms. 5. Reconnect the air mix control motor 7P connector, then turn the ignition switch ON (II). 6. Using the backprobe set, measure the voltage between the No. 3 and No. 7 terminals.  Max Cool-about 1 V Max Hot-about 4 V 7. If either the resistance or voltage readings are not as specified, replace the air mix control motor. AIR MIX CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the under-dash fuse/relay box (see REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the air mix control motor (B). Remove the self-tapping screws and the air mix control motor from the heater unit. Fig. 61: Identifying Air Mix Control Motor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal. After installation, make sure the motor runs smoothly. MODE CONTROL MOTOR TEST 1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the mode control motor. NOTE: Incorrectly applying power and ground to the mode control motor will damage it. Follow the instructions carefully. 2. Connect battery power to the No. 1 terminal of the mode control motor, and ground the No. 2 terminal; Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element the mode control motor should run smoothly, and stop at Vent. If it doesn't, reverse the connections; the mode control motor should run smoothly, and stop at Defrost. When the mode control motor stops running, disconnect battery power immediately. Fig. 62: Identifying Mode Control Motor Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the mode control motor did not run in step 2, remove it, then check the mode control linkage and doors for smooth movement.  If the linkage and doors move smoothly, replace the mode control motor.  If the linkage or doors stick or bind, repair them as needed.  If the mode control motor runs smoothly, go to step 4. 4. Use a digital multimeter with an output of 1 mA or less at the 20 kohms range. With the mode control motor running as in step 2, check for continuity between the No. 3, 4, 5, 6 terminals and the No. 7 terminal individually. There should be continuity for a moment at each terminal as the motor moves past the switch's terminal. 5. If there is no continuity for a moment at each terminal, replace the mode control motor. MODE CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the mode control motor (B). Remove the self-tapping screws and the mode control motor from the heater unit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 63: Identifying Mode Control Motor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal. After installation, make sure the motor runs smoothly. RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR TEST 1. Disconnect the 7P connector from the recirculation control motor. NOTE: Incorrectly applying power and ground to the recirculation control motor will damage it. Follow the instructions carefully. 2. Connect battery power to the No. 1 terminal of the recirculation control motor, and ground the No. 5 and No. 7 terminals; the recirculation control motor should run smoothly. To avoid damaging the recirculation control motor, do not reverse power and ground. Disconnect the No. 5 or No. 7 terminals from ground; the recirculation control motor should stop at Fresh or Recirculate. Don't cycle the recirculation control motor for a long time. Fig. 64: Identifying Recirculation Control Motor Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the recirculation control motor did not run in step 2, remove it, then check the recirculation control linkage and doors for smooth movement. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:24 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element   If the linkage and doors move smoothly, replace the recirculation control motor. If the linkage or doors stick or bind, repair them as needed. RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the bolt and the bracket (A). Disconnect the 7P connector (B) and the harness clip (C) from the recirculation control motor (D). Remove the self-tapping screws and the recirculation control motor from the blower unit. Fig. 65: Identifying Recirculation Control Motor Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal. After installation, make sure the motor runs smoothly. POWER TRANSISTOR TEST 1. Disconnect the 4P connector from the power transistor. 2. Measure the resistance between the No. 3 and No. 4 terminals of the power transistor. It should be about 1.4-1.5 kohms.  If the resistance is within the specifications, go to step 3.  If the resistance is not within the specifications, replace the power transistor. NOTE: Also check the blower motor. Power transistor failure can be caused by a defective blower motor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 66: Identifying Power Transistor Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Carefully release the lock tab on the No. 1 terminal (BLU/YEL) (A) in the 4P connector, then remove the terminal and insulate it from body ground. Fig. 67: Identifying 4P Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Reconnect the 4P connector to the power transistor. 5. Supply 12 V to the No. 1 cavity with a jumper wire. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the blower motor runs.  If the blower motor does not run, replace the power transistor.  If the blower motor runs, the power transistor is OK. HEATER CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the center panel (see CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the self-tapping screws and the heater control panel (A) from the center panel (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 68: Identifying Heater Control Panel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the control panel in the reverse order of removal. After installation, operate the various functions to see whether they works properly. 4. Run the self-diagnostic function to confirm that there are no problems in the system (see RESETTING THE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). DUST AND POLLEN FILTER REPLACEMENT 1. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box stop on each side, then hang the glove box down (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the filter lid (A) from the blower unit, then pull out the first dust and pollen filter (B). Slide the second filter to the left, and pull it out. Fig. 69: Identifying Filter Lid And Pollen Filter Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the filter (A) from the housing (B), and replace the filter. Fig. 70: Identifying Filter And Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the filters in the reverse order of removal. BLOWER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ), the passenger's kick panel (see TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION - DOOR AREAS ), and the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Cut the plastic cross brace in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters in the area shown. Remove and discard the plastic cross brace. Fig. 71: Identifying Plastic Cross Brace Cut Area Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the relays (A) and the wire harness clip (B), then remove the bolts and the glove box frame (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 72: Identifying Relays, Wire Harness Clip And Glove Box Frame Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 5. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the blower motor, the power transistor, and the recirculation control motor, then remove the wire harness clips (B). Fig. 73: Identifying Blower Motor, Power Transistor And Recirculation Control Motor Connectors Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Fold the floor covering and pad back toward you. Remove the mounting bolts, the mounting nut, and the blower unit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 74: Identifying Blower Unit With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the unit in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air leakage. BLOWER UNIT COMPONENT REPLACEMENT Note these items when overhauling the blower unit;    The recirculation control motor (A), the power transistor (B), the blower motor (C), and the dust and pollen filters (D) can be replaced without removing the blower unit. Before reassembly, make sure that the recirculation control linkage and doors move smoothly. After reassembly, make sure the recirculation control motor runs smoothly (see MODE CONTROL MOTOR REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 75: Identifying Blower Unit Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HEATER UNIT/CORE REPLACEMENT SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. With air conditioning; disconnect the A/C lines from the evaporator core (see EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT ). 4. From under the hood, open the cable clamp (A), then disconnect the heater valve cable (B) from the heater valve arm (C). Turn the heater valve arm to the fully opened position as shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 76: Turning Heater Valve Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator (see COOLANT CHECK ). 6. Slide the hose clamps (A) back, then disconnect the inlet heater hose (B) and the outlet heater hose (C) from the heater core. Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a clean drip pan. Be sure not to let engine coolant spill on the electrical parts or the painted surfaces. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately. Fig. 77: Identifying Inlet Heater Hose And Outlet Heater Hose Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the mounting bolt and the heater valve as shown. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. Take care not to damage or bend the fuel lines and the brake lines, etc.. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 78: Identifying Heater Valve Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the dashboard (see PASSENGER'S DASHBOARD LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 9. Remove the ECM/PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). 10. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the dashboard wire harness, the air mix control motor, the evaporator temperature sensor, the power transistor, the mode control motor, the blower motor, and the recirculation control motor, then remove the wire harness clips (B), the connector clips (C), the wire harness (D), the heater duct (E), and the clip (F). Disconnect the drain hose (G), then remove the mounting nuts and the blower-heater unit(H). Fig. 79: Identifying Air Mix Control Motor, Evaporator Temperature Sensor And Wire Harness With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element 11. Remove the self-tapping screws and the expansion valve cover (A). With air conditioning; carefully pull out the evaporator core (B) so you don't bend the inlet and outlet pipes. Remove the self-tapping screws and the flange cover (C), then remove the grommet (D), and carefully pull out the heater core (E) so you don't bend the inlet and outlet pipes. Fig. 80: Identifying Expansion Valve Cover, Evaporator Core And Flange Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the heater core and the evaporator core in the reverse order of removal. 13. Install the heater unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses, and install the hose clamps securely.  Refill the cooling system with engine coolant (see COOLANT CHECK ).  Be sure to connect the drain hose securely.  Adjust the heater valve cable (see HEATER VALVE CABLE ADJUSTMENT ).  Make sure that there is no engine coolant leakage.  Make sure that there is no air leakage.  With air conditioning, refer to evaporator core replacement (see EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT ).  Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system, then enter the audio presets. HEATER VALVE CABLE ADJUSTMENT 1. From under the hood, open the cable clamp (A), then disconnect the heater valve cable (B) from the heater valve arm (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 81: Identifying Cable Clamp, Heater Valve Cable And Heater Valve Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. From under the dash, disconnect the heater valve cable housing from the cable clamp (A), and disconnect the heater valve cable (B) from the air mix control linkage (C). Fig. 82: Identifying Cable Clamp, Heater Valve Cable And Air Mix Control Linkage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Set the temperature control dial on Max Cool with the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Attach the heater valve cable to the air mix control linkage as shown in step 2. Hold the end of the heater valve cable housing against the stop (D), then snap the heater valve cable housing into the cable clamp. 5. From under the hood, turn the heater valve arm (A) to the fully closed position as shown, and hold it. Attach the heater valve cable (B) to the heater valve arm, and gently pull on the heater valve cable housing to take up any slack, then install the heater valve cable housing into the cable clamp (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 83: Identifying Heater Valve Arm, Heater Valve Cable And Cable Clamp Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the evaporator temperature sensor (B), then remove the connector clip (C). Turn the evaporator temperature sensor clockwise to the stop, and carefully pull it out. Fig. 84: Turning Evaporator Temperature Sensor Clockwise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST 1. Dip the sensor in ice water, and measure the resistance between its terminals. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 85: Identifying Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Then pour warm water on the sensor, and check for a change in resistance. 3. Compare the resistance readings with the specifications shown in the graph; the resistance should be within the specifications. Fig. 86: Resistance Vs Temperature Graph Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station (see REFRIGERANT RECOVERY ). 2. Remove the bolt, then disconnect the suction line (A) and the receiver line (B) from the evaporator core. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 87: Identifying Suction Line And Receiver Line With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the blower unit (see BLOWER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Remove the bolt and the ECM/PCM bracket (A). Remove the self-tapping screws and the expansion valve cover (B). Fig. 88: Identifying ECM/PCM Bracket And Expansion Valve Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Carefully pull out the evaporator core without bending the pipes. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 89: Pulling Out Evaporator Core Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the core in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  If you're installing a new evaporator core, add refrigerant oil (DENSO ND-OIL 8) (see A/C REFRIGERANT OIL REPLACEMENT ).  Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage.  Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption.  Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately.  Make sure that there is no air leakage.  Charge the system (see SYSTEM CHARGING ). A/C COMPRESSOR REPLACEMENT 1. If the A/C compressor is marginally operable, run the engine at idle speed, and let the air conditioning work for a few minutes, then shut the engine off. 2. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, then write down the audio presets. 3. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 4. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station (see REFRIGERANT RECOVERY ). 5. Remove the radiator reservoir tank. 6. Remove the power steering pump (see PUMP REPLACEMENT ). 7. Remove the alternator (see ALTERNATOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 8. Remove the front grille cover and bulkhead (see RADIATOR AND FAN REPLACEMENT ). 9. Remove the A/C compressor clutch connector (A) from the A/C condenser fan shroud (B), then open the wire harness clip. Disconnect the A/C condenser fan connector (C). Remove the upper mounting bolts and the A/C condenser fan shroud. Be careful not to damage the radiator fins when removing the A/C Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element condenser fan shroud. Fig. 90: Removing A/C Compressor Clutch Connector From A/C Condenser Fan Shroud With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector (A), remove the nuts, then disconnect the suction line (B) and the discharge line (C) from the A/C compressor. Plug or cap the lines immediately after disconnecting them to avoid moisture and dust contamination. Fig. 91: Disconnecting A/C Compressor Clutch Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the mounting bolts and the A/C compressor. Be careful not to damage the radiator fins when removing the A/C compressor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 92: Identifying A/C Compressor Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the A/C compressor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  If you're installing a new A/C compressor, you must calculate the amount of refrigerant oil to be removed from it (see A/C REFRIGERANT OIL REPLACEMENT ).  Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage.  Use refrigerant oil (DENSO ND-OIL 8) for HFC-134a DENSO piston type A/C compressor only.  To avoid contamination, do not return the oil to the container once dispensed, and never mix it with other refrigerant oils.  Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption.  Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately.  Be careful not to damage the radiator fins when installing the A/C compressor and the A/C condenser fan shroud.  Charge the system (see SYSTEM CHARGING ).  Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ).  Perform the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ).  Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets.  Set the clock. A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CHECK 1. Check the pressure plate for discoloration, peeling, or other damage. If there is damage, replace the clutch set (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL ). 2. Check the rotor pulley bearing play and drag by rotating the rotor pulley by hand. Replace the clutch set with a new one if it is noisy or has excessive play/drag (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element OVERHAUL ). Fig. 93: Checking Rotor Pulley Bearing Play Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Measure the clearance between the pulley (A) and the pressure plate (B) with a dial indicator. Zero out the indicator, then apply battery voltage to the A/C compressor clutch. Measure the movement of the pressure plate when the voltage is applied. If the clearance is not within the specified limits, the pressure plate must be reshimmed (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL ). Clearance: 0.35-0.6 mm (0.014-0.024 in.) NOTE: The shims are available in three thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.3 mm, and 0.5 mm. Fig. 94: Measuring Clearance Between Pulley And Pressure Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check resistance of the field coil. If resistance is not within specifications, replace the field coil (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 95: Checking Resistance Of Field Coil Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH OVERHAUL Special Tools Required A/C clutch holder, Robin air 10204, Kent-Moore J37872, or Honda Tool and Equipment KMT-J33939, commercially available 1. Remove the center bolt (A) while holding the pressure plate with a commercially available A/C clutch holder (B). Fig. 96: Removing Center Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the pressure plate (A) and shim(s) (B), taking care not to lose the shim(s). If the clutch needs adjustment, increase or decrease the number and thickness of shims as necessary, then reinstall the pressure plate, and recheck its clearance (see A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CHECK ). NOTE: The shims are available in three thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.3 mm, and 0.5 mm. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 97: Removing Pressure Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If you are replacing the field coil, remove the snap ring (A) with snap ring pliers, then remove the rotor pulley (B). Be careful not to damage the rotor pulley and A/C compressor. Fig. 98: Removing Rotor Pulley Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the screw, the wire harness clip (A), and holder (B), then disconnect the field coil connector (C). Remove the snap ring (D) with snap ring pliers, then remove the field coil (E). Be careful not to damage the field coil and A/C compressor. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 99: Identifying Wire Harness Clip, Holder, Field Coil Connector And Field Coil With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Reassemble the clutch in the reverse order of disassembly, and note these items:  Install the field coil with the wire side facing down, and align the boss on the field coil with the hole in the A/C compressor.  Clean the rotor pulley and A/C compressor sliding surfaces with contact cleaner or other nonpetroleum solvent.  Install new snap rings, note the installation direction, and make sure they are fully seated in the groove.  Make sure that the rotor pulley turns smoothly after it's reassembled.  Route and clamp the wires properly or they can be damaged by the rotor pulley. A/C COMPRESSOR RELIEF VALVE REPLACEMENT 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station (see REFRIGERANT RECOVERY ). 2. Remove the relief valve (A), and the O-ring (B). Plug the opening to keep foreign matter from entering the system and the A/C compressor oil from running out. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 100: Identifying Relief Valve With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Clean the mating surfaces. 4. Replace the O-ring with a new one at the relief valve, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing it. 5. Remove the plug, and install and tighten the relief valve. 6. Charge the system (see SYSTEM CHARGING ). A/C CONDENSER REPLACEMENT 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station (see REFRIGERANT RECOVERY ). 2. Remove the front bumper (see FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Remove the bolts, then disconnect the discharge line (A) and the A/C condenser line (B) from the A/C condenser. Plug or cap the lines immediately after disconnecting them to avoid moisture and dust contamination. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 101: Identifying Discharge Line And A/C Condenser Line With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the bolts and mounting brackets (A), then remove the A/C condenser (B) by lifting it up. Be careful not to damage the radiator and A/C condenser fins when removing the A/C condenser. Fig. 102: Identifying Mounting Brackets And A/C Condenser With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the A/C condenser in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  If you're installing a new A/C condenser, add refrigerant oil (DENSO ND-OIL 8) (see A/C REFRIGERANT OIL REPLACEMENT ).  Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element     installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption. Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately. Be careful not to damage the radiator or the A/C condenser fins when installing the A/C condenser. Charge the system (see SYSTEM CHARGING ). RECEIVER/DRYER DESICCANT REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the A/C condenser (see A/C CONDENSER REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the cap (A) from the bottom of the A/C condenser, then remove the O-rings (B), the filter (C) and the desiccant (D). Fig. 103: Removing O-Rings, Filter And Desiccant Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the desiccant in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:  Replace the O-rings with new ones, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil (DENSO ND-OIL 8) before installing them.  Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. REFRIGERANT RECOVERY CAUTION:    Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat. Be careful when connecting service equipment. Do not breathe refrigerant or vapor. Use only service equipment that is U.L-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAE J2210 to remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from the air conditioning system. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. 1. Connect an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station (A) to the high-pressure service port (B) and the low-pressure service port (C), as shown, following the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Fig. 104: Connecting R-134A Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling/Charging Station To High-Pressure Service Port And Low-Pressure Service Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the amount of refrigerant oil removed from the A/C system after the recovery process is completed. Be sure to put the same amount of new refrigerant oil back into the A/C system before charging. SYSTEM EVACUATION CAUTION:    Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat. Be careful when connecting service equipment. Do not breathe refrigerant or vapor. Use only service equipment that is U.L.-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAEJ2210 to remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from the air conditioning system. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. 1. When an A/C system has been opened to the atmosphere, such as during installation or repair, it must be evacuated using an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station. (If the system has been open for several days, the receiver/dryer should be replaced, and the system should be evacuated for several hours.) 2. Connect an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station (A) to the high-pressure service port (B) and the low-pressure service port (C), as shown, following the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Evacuate the system. Fig. 105: Connecting R-134A Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling/Charging Station To High-Pressure Service Port And Low-Pressure Service Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the low-pressure does not reach more than 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.6 in.Hg) within 15 minutes, there is probably a leak in the system. Partially charge the system, and check for leaks (see step 3 ). SYSTEM CHARGING CAUTION:   Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat. Be careful when connecting service equipment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element  Do not breathe refrigerant or vapor. Use only service equipment that is U.L-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAE J2210 to remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from the air conditioning system. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. 1. Connect an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station (A) to the high-pressure service port (B) and the low-pressure service port (C), as shown, following the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Fig. 106: Connecting R-134A Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling/Charging Station To High-Pressure Service Port And Low-Pressure Service Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Evacuate the system (see SYSTEM EVACUATION ). 3. Add the same amount of new refrigerant oil to the system that was removed during recovery. Use only DENSO ND-OIL 8 refrigerant oil. 4. Charge the system with the specified amount of R-134a refrigerant. Do not overcharge the system; the A/C compressor will be damaged. Select the appropriate units of measure for your refrigerant charging station. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Refrigerant Capacity: 500 to 550 g 0.50 to 0.55 kg 1.10 to 1.21 lbs 17.6 to 19.4 oz 5. Check for refrigerant leaks (see REFRIGERANT LEAK TEST ). 6. Check for system performance (see PERFORMANCE TEST ). REFRIGERANT LEAK TEST Special Tool Required Leak detector, Honda Tool and Equipment YGK-H-10PM, commercially available WARNING:    CAUTION:    Compressed air mixed with R-134a forms a combustible vapor. The vapor can burn or explode causing serious injury. Never use compressed air to pressure test R-134a service equipment or vehicle air conditioning systems. Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat. Be careful when connecting service equipment. Do not breathe refrigerant or vapor. Use only service equipment that is U.L.-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAEJ2210 to remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from the air conditioning system. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. R-134a service equipment or vehicle air conditioning systems should not be pressure tested or leak tested with compressed air. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. 1. Connect an R-134a refrigerant recovery/recycling/charging station (A) to the high-pressure service port (B) and the low-pressure service port (C), as shown, following the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 107: Connecting R-134A Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling/Charging Station To High-Pressure Service Port And Low-Pressure Service Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Open the high pressure valve to charge the system to the specified capacity, then close the supply valve, and remove the charging system couplers. Select the appropriate units of measurement for your refrigerant charging station. Refrigerant Capacity: 500 to 550 g 0.50 to 0.55 kg 1.10 to 1.21 lbs 17.6 to 19.4 oz 3. Check the system for leaks using an R-134a refrigerant leak detector with an accuracy of 14 g (0.5 oz) per year or better. 4. If you find leaks that require the system to be opened (to repair or replace hoses, fittings, etc.), do the refrigerant recovery procedure (see REFRIGERANT RECOVERY ). 5. After checking and repairing leaks, the system must be evacuated. A/C SYSTEM TEST Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element PERFORMANCE TEST CAUTION:    WARNING:    Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat. Be careful when connecting service equipment. Do not breathe refrigerant or vapor. Compressed air mixed R-134a forms a combustible vapor. The vapor can bum or explode causing serious injury. Never use compressed air to pressure test R-134a service equipment or vehicle air conditioning systems. The performance test will help determine if the air conditioner system is operating within specifications. Use only service equipment that is U.L.-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAE J2210 to remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from the air conditioning system. If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. R-134a service equipment or vehicle air conditioning systems should not be pressure tested or leak tested with compressed air. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. 1. Connect an R-134a refrigerant recover/recycling/charging station to the high-pressure service port and the low-pressure service port, following the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 2. Determine the relative humidity and air temperature. 3. Open the glove box, then let the glove box hang down (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 4. Insert a thermometer (A) in the center air vent. Fig. 108: Inserting Thermometer In Center Air Vent Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Place a thermometer (B) near the blower unit. 6. Test conditions:  Avoid direct sunlight.  Open the hood.  Open the front doors.  Set the temperature control dial on Max Cool, the mode control dial on Vent and the recirculation control switch on Recirculate.  Turn the A/C switch on and the fan switch on Max.  Run the engine speed at 1,500 rpm.  No driver or passengers in vehicle. 7. After running the air conditioning for 10 minutes under the above test conditions, read the delivery temperature from the thermometer in the center vent, the intake temperature near the blower unit and the high and low system pressure from the A/C gauges. 8. Refer to the inspection data. Inspection data Example Intake temperature (dry): 86°F (30°C) Humidity level 70 % Intake temperature (wet): 77.9°F (25.5°C) Intake pressure: 275 kPa (2.8 kgf/cm2 ) [39.8 psi] Delivery temperature: 67.6°F (19.8°C) Delivery pressure: 1,363 kPa (13.9 kgf/cm2 ) [197.8 psi] Results: Within normal range Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element Fig. 109: Inspection Data Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PRESSURE TEST PRESSURE TEST REFERENCE Test results Related symptoms Probable cause After stopping A/C compressor, pressure drops about 196 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2 , Air in system 28 psi) quickly, and then falls Discharge (high) pressure gradually. abnormally high  Clogged A/C condenser or Reduced or no airflow radiator fins Remedy Recover, evacuate (see SYSTEM EVACUATION ), and recharge with specified amount (see SYSTEM CHARGING ).  Clean. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element through A/C condenser. Line to A/C condenser is excessively hot. Discharge pressure abnormally low High and low-pressures are balanced soon after stopping A/C compressor. Low side is higher than normal. Outlet of expansion valve is not frosted, low-pressure gauge indicates vacuum. A/C condenser or radiator fan not working properly Restricted flow of refrigerant in system       Expansion valve is not frosted, and low-pressure line is not cold. Low-pressure gauge indicates vacuum.  Reduced airflow through A/C  Check voltage and fan rpm. Check fan direction. Restricted lines. Faulty A/C compressor discharge valve Replace the A/C compressor. Faulty A/C compressor seal Faulty expansion valve Moisture in system Frozen expansion valve (Moisture in system) Faulty expansion valve Suction (low)  pressure abnormally low Discharge temperature is low, and the airflow from vents is Frozen evaporator restricted. Clogged expansion Expansion valve is frosted. valve Low-pressure hose and check joint are cooler than the Expansion valve open temperature around too long evaporator. Suction pressure is lowered Excessive refrigerant when A/C condenser is in system Suction pressure cooled by water. abnormally high  Faulty gasket High and low-pressures are  Faulty highequalized as soon as the A/C pressure valve compressor is stopped, and  Foreign particle both gauges fluctuate while stuck in highrunning. pressure valve Suction and discharge  Clogged A/C condenser or radiator fins     Replace. Recover, evacuate, and recharge with specified amount. Recover, evacuate, and recharge with specified amount. Replace the expansion valve. Run the fan with A/C compressor off, then check evaporator temperature sensor. Clean or replace. Repair or replace. Recover, evacuate, and recharge with specified amount. Replace the A/C compressor.  Clean. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 HVAC HVAC - Element pressures condenser. abnormally high A/C condenser or radiator fan not working properly Low-pressure hose and metal Clogged or kinked end areas are cooler than low-pressure hose Suction and evaporator. parts discharge Temperature around pressures Clogged high-pressure abnormally low expansion valve is too low compared with that around line receiver/dryer. A/C compressor clutch is A/C compressor shaft dirty. seal leaking A/C compressor bolt(s) are Leaking around bolt(s) dirty. Refrigerant leaks A/C compressor gasket is wet Gasket leaking with oil. A/C fitting is dirty.    Check voltage and fan rpm. Check fan direction. Repair or replace. Repair or replace. Replace the A/C compressor. Tighten bolt(s) or replace the A/C compressor. Replace the A/C compressor. Leaking O-ring Clean A/C fitting and replace Oring. Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:55:25 AM 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element SPECIAL TOOLS Fig. 1: Identifying Special Tools (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:44:02 8:43:44 AM Page 1 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 2: Identifying Special Tools (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION HOW TO CHECK FOR DTCS WITH THE HONDA DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM When the powertrain control module (PCM) senses an abnormality in the input or output systems, the D indicator (A) in the gauge control module (B) will usually blink. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:44 AM Page 2 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 3: Identifying D Indicator In Gauge Control Module Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. When the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) is connected to the data link connector (DLC) (A) (located under the driver's side of the dashboard), it will indicate the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) when the ignition switch is turned ON (II) and an appropriate menu is selected. Fig. 4: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. If the D indicator or malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been reported on, or if a driveability problem is suspected, do this: 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user's manual for specific instructions.) 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select A/T system and observe the DTC in the DTCs MENU on the HDS screen. NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs, A/T DTCs, and freeze data. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:44 AM Page 3 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC. 5. Clear the DTC and data. 6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the same conditions as those indicated by the freeze data, and then recheck for a DTC. If the A/T DTC returns, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. If the DTC does not return, there was an intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING VERSUS DTC TROUBLESHOOTING Some symptoms will not trigger diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) or cause the D indicator to blink. If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) was reported on or the D indicator has been blinking, check for DTCs. If the vehicle has an abnormal symptom, and there are no DTCs stored, do the symptom troubleshooting. Check the list of probable cause(s) for the symptom, in the sequence listed, until you find the problem. HOW TO CHECK FOR DTCS WITH THE SCS MODE (RETRIEVING THE FLASH CODES) NOTE: The preferred method is to use the HDS to retrieve the P-code. When the PCM senses an abnormality in the input or output system, the D indicator (A) in the gauge control module (B) will usually blink. Fig. 5: Identifying D Indicator In Gauge Control Module Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. When the D indicator has been reported on, connect the HDS to the DLC (A) (located under the driver's side of the dashboard). Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select SCS mode, then the D indicator will indicate (blink) the DTC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:44 AM Page 4 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 6: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. If the D indicator and the MIL come on at the same time, or if a driveability problem is suspected, do this: 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user's manual for specific instructions.) 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), select SCS mode, then observe the D indicator in the gauge control module. Codes 1 through 9 are indicated by individual short blinks. Codes 10 and above are indicated by a series of long and short blinks. One long blink equals 10 short blinks. Add the long and short blinks together to determine the code. NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Fig. 7: Data Link Connector - Blinking Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. 4. 5. 6. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs and A/T DTCs. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC. Clear the DTC and data. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the same conditions as those indicated by the freeze data, and then recheck for DTC. If the A/T DTC returns, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. If the DTC Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:44 AM Page 5 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element does not return, there was an intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight. HOW TO TROUBLESHOOT CIRCUITS AT THE PCM Special Tools Required   Digital multimeter KS-AHM-32-003 (1) or a commercially available digital multimeter Backprobe set 07SAZ-001000A (2) 1. Connect the backprobe adapters (A) to the stacking patch cords (B), and connect the cords to a digital multimeter (C). Fig. 8: Connecting Backprobe Adapters To Stacking Patch Cords Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Using the wire insulation as a guide for the contoured tip of the backprobe adapter, gently slide the tip into the connector from the wire side until it touches the end of the wire terminal. 3. If you cannot get to the wire side of the connector or the wire side is sealed (A), disconnect the connector and probe the terminals (B) from the terminal side. Do not force the probe into the connector. NOTE: Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:44 AM Page 6 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 9: Probing Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CLEAR A/T DTCS PROCEDURE 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Clear the DTC(s) on the HDS screen. PCM RESET PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Connect the HDS to the DLC. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Reset the PCM with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait for 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). OBD STATUS The OBD Status shows the current system status of each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is used to see if the technician's repair was successfully finished. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC are displayed as:    PASSED: The on-board diagnosis is successfully finished. FAILED: The on-board diagnosis has finished but failed. NOT COMPLETED: The on-board diagnosis was running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC. HOW TO END A TROUBLESHOOTING SESSION This procedure must be done after any troubleshooting. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:44 AM Page 7 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC(s) on the HDS screen. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Start the engine in the P or N position, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 7. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive the vehicle for several minutes at speeds over 31 mph (50 km/h) or in freeze data range. UPDATING THE PCM Special Tools Required     Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software HDS pocket tester GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE:         Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during troubleshooting procedures. Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software version. Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged. Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON. To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, door locks, etc.) during the update. To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. You cannot update a PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) lamp came on or was flashed during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:44 AM Page 8 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 10: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 and 5, then clean the throttle body after updating the PCM (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM Update, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM:       Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). Shut down the HDS. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. Reboot the HDS. Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 9 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). 10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) PATTERN LEARN ). SUBSTITUTING THE PCM Special Tools Required     Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software HDS pocket tester GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. Fig. 11: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 through 14, then clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 10 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Remove the passenger's dashboard under cover (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the glove box (see GLOVE BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 9. Cut the plastic cross brace in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters in the area shown, and discard it. Fig. 12: Identifying Plastic Cutting Areas Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the relays (A), then remove the bolts (B) and the glove box frame (C). Fig. 13: Identifying Glove Box Frame And Relays With Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the gray 20P PCM wire harness connector (A) from the PCM mounting bracket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 11 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 14: Identifying PCM Wire Harness Connector And PCM Mounting Bracket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Disconnect the PCM connectors (B). Remove the PCM mounting bolt (C) and the bracket. Remove the nuts (D), then remove the PCM (E). Install the PCM in the reverse order of removal. Open the SCS line with the HDS. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. Reset the PCM with the HDS. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body (see THROTTLE BODY CLEANING ). Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see ECM/PCM IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE ). Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see CRANK (CKP) PATTERN CLEAR/CRANK (CKP) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 12 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element PATTERN LEARN ). DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC(1) P0705 (5-2)(2) D Indicator Blinks ON P0706 (6-2)(2) OFF ON Blinks OFF P0712 (28-3)(2) Blinks OFF P0713 (28-4)(2) Blinks OFF P0716 (15-5)(2) Blinks ON P0717 (15-3)(2) Blinks ON P0718 (15-6)(2) Blinks ON Blinks ON P0711ID560367 (28-5) (2) Detection Item Short in Transmission Range Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input) Open in Transmission Range Switch Circuit Problem in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit Short in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit Open in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input) Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure Problem in Output Shaft Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 13 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element P0721 (9-5)(2) P0722 (9-3)(2) Blinks ON P0723 (9-6)(2) Blinks ON P0731 (64-1) Blinks OFF P0732 (64-2) Blinks OFF P0733 (64-3) Blinks OFF P0734 (64-4) Blinks OFF P0735 (64-5) Blinks OFF P0741 (40-3) Blinks OFF P0747 (76-4) Blinks ON P0752 (70-4) Blinks ON P0756 (71-3) Blinks ON P0757 (71-4) Blinks ON P0761 (72-3) Blinks ON P0771 (74-3) Blinks ON (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit Problem in Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input) Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (1st gear incorrect ratio) Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (2nd gear incorrect ratio) Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (3rd gear incorrect ratio) Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (4th gear incorrect ratio) Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (5th gear incorrect ratio) Torque Converter Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF Shift Solenoid Valve E Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 14 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Stuck OFF NOTE: (1) The DTC in parentheses is the flash code (Honda code). The D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected to the HDS, and in the SCS mode. (2) This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC(1) P0776 (77-3) D Indicator Blinks ON P0777 (77-4) Blinks ON P0780 (45-1) P0796 (78-3) Blinks Blinks ON ON P0797 (78-4) Blinks ON P0842 (25-3)(2) Blinks ON P0843 (25-4)(2) Blinks ON Detection Item A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON Shift Control System A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON Short in 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck ON Open in 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 15 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element P0847 (26-3)(2) Blinks OFF P0848 (26-4)(2) Blinks OFF P0962 (16-3)(2) Blinks ON P0963 (16-4)(2) Blinks ON P0966 (23-3)(2) Blinks ON P0967 (23-4)(2) Blinks ON P0970 (29-3)(2) Blinks ON P0971 (29-4)(2) Blinks ON Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck OFF Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck ON Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck OFF Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C NOTE: (1) The DTC in parentheses is the flash code (Honda code). The D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected to the HDS, and in the SCS mode. (2) This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 16 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). DTC TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX DTC(1) P0973 (7-3)(2) D Indicator Blinks ON P0974 (7-4)(2) Blinks ON P0976 (8-3)(2) Blinks ON P0977 (8-4)(2) Blinks ON P0979 (22-3)(2) Blinks ON P0980 (22-4)(2) Blinks ON P0982 (60-3)(2) Blinks ON P0983 (60-4)(2) Blinks ON P0985 (61-3)(2) Blinks ON P0986 (61-4)(2) Blinks ON P1717 (62-1)(2) Blinks OFF P1730 (45-2) Blinks ON Detection Item Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit Short in Shift Solenoid Valve D Circuit Open in Shift Solenoid Valve D Circuit Short in Shift Solenoid Valve E Circuit Open in Shift Solenoid Valve E Circuit Open in Transmission Range Switch ATP RVS Switch Circuit Problem in Shift Control System:   Shift Solenoid Valves A or D Stuck OFF Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 17 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Shift Valves A, B, or D Stuck Problem in Shift Control System:  P1731 (45-3) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck ON  Shift Valve E Stuck  A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF Problem in Shift Control System  P1732 (45-4) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck ON  Shift Valves B or C Stuck Problem in Shift Control System:  P1733 (45-5) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON  Shift Valve D Stuck  A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF Problem in Shift Control System:  P1734 (45-6) Blinks ON   Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck OFF Shift Valves B or C Stuck NOTE: (1) The DTC in parentheses is the flash code (Honda code). The D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected to the HDS, and in the SCS mode. This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 18 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element (2) problem in the transmission. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX Symptom Probable cause(s) When you turn the ignition  F-CAN communication line switch ON (II), the D indicator error comes on and stays on in all  Gauge control module shift lever positions, or it never defective comes on at all  PCM defective Notes   A/T gear position indicator does not come on while the shift lever is in that position     F-CAN communication line error Gauge control module defective PCM defective Transmission range switch defective    Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC (see DTC B1168: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM/PCM (ENGINE MESSAGES); DTC B1169: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (A/T MESSAGE) . Check indicator drive circuit in the gauge control module by gauge control module selfdiagnostic function (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC (see DTC B1168: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE ECM/PCM (ENGINE MESSAGES); DTC B1169: GAUGE CONTROL MODULE LOST COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM (A/T MESSAGE) . Check indicator drive circuit in the gauge control module by gauge control module selfdiagnostic function (see SELFDIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ). Inspect the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 19 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element RANGE SWITCH TEST ). Transmission still shifts into 4th A problem in the D3 switch Troubleshoot the D3 switch circuit or 5th gear in D even though circuit (see D3 SWITCH CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). the D3 switch is pushed Shift lever cannot be moved  Accelerator pedal position  Inspect the APP sensor signal from P while you are pressing sensor circuit (see APP SENSOR SIGNAL on the brake pedal INSPECTION ).  Accelerator pedal position sensor defective  Troubleshoot the shift lock system circuit (see SHIFT  Brake pedal position switch LOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT circuit TROUBLESHOOTING ).  Brake pedal position switch  Test the shift lock solenoid (see defective SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID  Shift lock solenoid TEST ). defective  Inspect the transmission range  Shift lock solenoid control switch (see TRANSMISSION circuit RANGE SWITCH TEST ).  Shift lock mechanism defective  Throttle body defective  Transmission range switch ATP P switch stuck OFF  Transmission range switch ATP P switch line opened Ignition switch cannot be  Interlock control system  Troubleshoot the key interlock moved from ACC (1) to LOCK circuit system circuit (see KEY (0) (key is pushed in, shift lever INTERLOCK SYSTEM  Key interlock solenoid in P) CIRCUIT stuck ON TROUBLESHOOTING ).  Park pin switch stuck ON  Inspect the transmission range  Transmission range switch switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH TEST ). HDS does not communicate DLC circuit error Troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see with the PCM or the vehicle DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Engine runs, but vehicle does 1. Low ATF level  Check the ATF level, and not move in any gear check the ATF cooler lines for 2. Shift cable broken or out of leakage and loose connections. adjustment If necessary, clean the ATF 3. Connection between the in cooler lines. shift cable and transmission  Check for a loose shift cable at or body is worn the shift lever and the 4. ATF pump worn or binding transmission control shaft. 5. Regulator valve stuck or Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 20 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. spring worn ATF strainer clogged Mainshaft worn or damaged Final gears worn or damaged Transmission-to-engine assembly error Axle disengaged       Vehicle moves in 2 and R, but not in D or 1 1. 1st accumulator defective 2. 1st gears worn or damaged 3. 1st clutch defective   Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak. Check the line pressure. Be careful not to damage the torque converter housing when replacing the main ball bearing. You may also damage the ATF pump when you torque down the main valve body. This will result in ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the proper tools. Install the main seal flush with the torque converter housing. If you push it into the torque converter housing until it bottoms out, it will block the fluid return passage and result in damage. Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF strainer is clogged with particles of steel or aluminum, inspect the ATF pump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the damaged components that caused the debris. If no cause for contamination is found, replace the torque converter. Inspect the differential pinion gears for wear. If the differential pinion gears are worn, replace the differential assembly, replace the ATF strainer, thoroughly clean the transmission, and clean the torque converter, cooler, and lines. Check the 1st clutch pressure. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and O- Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 21 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   Vehicle moves in D, 1, and R, but not in 2 1. 2nd accumulator defective 2. 2nd gears worn or damaged 3. 2nd clutch defective  Vehicle moves in D, 2, and 1, but not in R 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. Shift fork shaft stuck 3. Shift valve E defective    rings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed pipe is scored, replace the end cover. Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged. Check the 2nd clutch pressure. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, and O-rings for Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 22 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4. 4th/reverse accumulator defective 5. 4th clutch defective 6. Reverse gears worn or damaged     Poor acceleration; flares when starting off in D and R; stall speed high in 2 and 1, and in D in 1st and 2nd 1. Low ATF level 2. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment 3. ATF pump worn or binding 4. Regulator valve stuck or spring worn 5. ATF strainer clogged 6. Torque converter check valve defective    wear and damage. Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft. Check the 4th clutch pressure. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch waveplate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the waveplate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers, and inspect the engagement teeth chamfers of the countershaft 4th gear and reverse gear. Replace the reverse gears and the reverse selector if they are worn or damaged. If the transmission makes a clicking, grinding, or whirring noise, also replace the mainshaft 4th gear, reverse idler gear, and countershaft 4th gear. Check the ATF level, and check the ATF cooler lines for leakage and loose connections. If necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines. Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the transmission control shaft. Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter housing may cause ATF pump Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 23 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element  Poor acceleration; flares when 2nd clutch defective starting off in D and R; stall speed high when starting off in 2 Poor acceleration; flares when starting off in D and R; stall speed high in R   1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment 2. 4th clutch defective    seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak. Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF strainer is clogged with particles of steel or aluminum, inspect the ATF pump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the damaged components that caused the debris. If no cause for contamination is found, replace the torque converter. Check the 2nd clutch pressure. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the transmission control shaft. Check the 4th clutch pressure in the D and R positions. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 24 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch waveplate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the waveplate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Poor acceleration; stall speed low in 2 and 1, and in D in 1st and 2nd 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. Torque converter one-way clutch defective 3. Engine output low 4. Torque converter clutch piston defective 5. Lock-up shift valve defective Poor acceleration; stall speed low in R 1. Engine output low 2. Torque converter clutch piston defective 3. Lock-upshift valve defective Engine idle vibration 1. Misadjusted engine and transmission mounts 2. Low ATF level 3. Shift solenoid valve E defective 4. Drive plate defective or transmission misassembled 5. Engine output low 6. Torque converter clutch piston defective 7. ATF pump worn or binding 8. Lock-up shift valve defective    Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the shift solenoid valve E for seizure, and O-ring for wear and damage. Replace the torque converter. Replace the torque converter.     Check the ATF level, and check the ATF cooler lines for leakage and loose connections. If necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines. Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak. Inspect the ATF strainer for clogging with particles of steel or aluminum. If the ATF strainer is clogged, replace it, and clean the torque converter, cooler, and lines. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the shift solenoid valve Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 25 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element    Vehicle moves in N 1. Excessive ATF 2. Foreign material in separator plate orifice 3. Relief valve defective 4. 1st clutch defective 5. 2nd clutch defective 6. 3rd clutch defective 7. 4th clutch defective 8. 5th clutch defective 9. Clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc 10. Needle bearing seized, worn, or damaged 11. Thrust washer seized, worn, or damaged       E for seizure, and O-rings for wear and damage. Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate. Adjust the engine and transmission mounts. Replace the torque converter. Check the ATF level, and drain the ATF if necessary. Check the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch pressures. Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF strainer is clogged with particles of steel or aluminum, inspect the ATF pump. If the ATF pump is OK, find the damaged components that caused the debris. If no cause for contamination is found, replace the torque converter. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal (1st, 2nd, and 3rd) for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch waveplate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the waveplate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed pipe is scored, replace the end cover. Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutch feed pipe Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 26 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element    Late shift after shifting from N to D, or excessive shock when shifted into D 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A defective 3. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B defective 4. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C defective 5. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment 6. Connection between the shift cable and transmission or body is worn 7. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor defective 8. Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor defective 9. ATF temperature sensor defective 10. Foreign material in separator plate orifice 11. Servo control valve defective 12. 1st accumulator defective 13. 1st check ball stuck 14. Lock-up shift valve defective 15. 1st clutch defective       is scored, replace it and O-ring under the feed pipe guide. Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 1st or 3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged. Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe. If the 5th clutch feed pipe is scored, replace it and the Oring under the feed pipe guide. Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5th clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation. Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the transmission control shaft. Check the 1st clutch pressure. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 27 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   Late shift after shifting from N to R, or excessive shock when shifted into R 1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A defective 3. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment 4. Connection between the shift cable and transmission or body is worn 5. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor defective 6. Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor defective 7. ATF temperature sensor defective 8. Shift fork shaft stuck 9. Foreign material in separator plate orifice 10. Shift valve E defective 11. 4th/reverse accumulator defective 12. Lock-upshift valve defective 13. 4th clutch defective         Transmission does not shift 1. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor defective 2. Output shaft (countershaft)   Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed pipe is scored, replace the end cover. Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation. Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the transmission control shaft. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch waveplate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the waveplate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift fork shaft. Check the 4th clutch pressure. Inspect the servo valve and Oring. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Check the input shaft Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 28 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element speed sensor defective Excessive shock or flares on all upshifts and downshifts Excessive shock or flares on 12 upshift or 2-1 downshift (mainshaft) and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation. 1. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C defective 3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor defective 4. Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor defective 5. ATF temperature sensor defective 6. Foreign material in separator plate orifice  1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A defective 3. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B defective 4. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C defective 5. 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch defective 6. Foreign material in separator plate orifice 7. 1st accumulator defective 8. 2nd accumulator defective 9. 1st check ball stuck 10. 2nd check ball stuck 11. Lock-upshift valve defective 12. 1st clutch defective 13. 2nd clutch defective        Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Check the 1st and 2nd clutch pressures. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Inspect the 1st clutch feed pipe. If the 1st clutch feed pipe is scored, replace the end cover. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 29 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Excessive shock or flares on 23 upshift or 3-2 downshift 1. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C defective 3. 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch defective 4. Foreign material in separator plate orifice 5. 2nd accumulator defective 6. 3rd accumulator defective 7. 2nd check ball stuck 8. 2nd clutch defective 9. 3rd clutch defective  Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 1st clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.  Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch pressures. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutch feed pipe is scored, replace it and the Oring under the feed pipe guide. Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged.      Excessive shock or flares on 34 upshift or 4-3 downshift 1. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C defective 3. Foreign material in separator plate orifice 4. 3rd accumulator defective 5. 4th accumulator defective    Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 30 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 6. 3rd clutch defective 7. 4th clutch defective    Excessive shock or flares on 45 upshift or 5-4 downshift 1. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C defective 3. Foreign material in separator plate orifice 4. 4th accumulator defective 5. 5th accumulator defective 6. 4th clutch defective 7. 5th clutch defective     Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer and retainer seal (3rd) for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch waveplate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the waveplate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Inspect the 3rd clutch feed pipe. If the 3rd clutch feed pipe is scored, replace it and the Oring under the feed pipe guide. Replace the secondary shaft if the bushing for the 3rd clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Check the 4th and 5th clutch pressures. Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and Orings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage. If the discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. Inspect the clutch wave- Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 31 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   Noise from transmission in all shift lever positions Vehicle does not accelerate above 31 mph (50 km/h) 1. ATF pump worn or binding 2. Mainshaft bearing, countershaft bearing, or secondary shaft bearing defective plate height. If the height is out of tolerance, replace the waveplate. If the discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate. Inspect the 5th clutch feed pipe. If the 5th clutch feed pipe is scored, replace it and the Oring under the feed pipe guide. Replace the mainshaft if the bushing for the 5th clutch feed pipe is loose or damaged. Improper alignment of ATF pump and torque converter housing may cause ATF pump seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.  Be careful not to damage the torque converter housing when replacing the main ball bearing. You may also damage the ATF pump when you torque down the main valve body. This will result in ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the proper tools.  Install the main seal flush with the torque converter housing. If you push it into the torque converter housing until it bottoms out, it will block the fluid return passage and result in damage.  Inspect the ATF strainer for clogging with particles of steel or aluminum. If the ATF strainer is clogged, replace it, and clean the torque converter, cooler, and lines.  Inspect the mainshaft, countershaft and secondary shaft for wear or damage. Torque converter one-way clutch Replace the torque converter. defective  Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 32 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Vibration in all shift lever positions Drive plate defective or transmission misassembled   Shift lever does not operate smoothly Transmission does not shift into P Torque converter clutch does not disengage Torque converter clutch does not operate smoothly 1. Transmission range switch defective or out of adjustment 2. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment 3. Connection between the shift cable and transmission or body is worn  1. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment 2. Connection between the shift cable and transmission or body is worn 3. Park mechanism defective  1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A defective 3. Torque converter clutch piston defective 4. Lock-upshift valve defective 5. Lock-up control valve defective  1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A defective        Check for a misinstalled/damaged drive plate. Adjust the engine and transmission mounts. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the transmission range switch for operation. Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the transmission control shaft. Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the transmission control shaft. Check the park pawl spring installation and the park lever spring installation. If installation is incorrect, install the spring correctly. Make sure that the park lever stop is not installed upside down. Check the distance between the park pawl shaft and park lever roller pin. If the distance is out of tolerance, adjust the distance with the park lever stop. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Replace the torque converter. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 33 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3. Torque converter clutch piston defective 4. Torque converter check valve defective 5. Lock-upshift valve defective 6. Lock-up control valve defective Torque converter clutch does not engage  1. Shift solenoid valve E defective 2. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A defective 3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor defective 4. Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor defective 5. Torque converter clutch piston defective 6. Torque converter check valve defective 7. Lock-up shift valve defective 8. Lock-up control valve defective  1. Transmission range switch defective or out of adjustment 2. Shift cable broken or out of adjustment 3. Connection between the shift cable and transmission or body is worn Speedometer and odometer do Output shaft (countershaft) speed not work sensor defective  A/T gear position indicator does not indicate shift lever positions Engine does not rev to high rpm, and the transmission upshifts at low rpm (engine at VTEC rocker arms defective      the solenoid valves for seizure. Replace the torque converter. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the solenoid valve filter/gasket and O-rings for wear and damage, and inspect the solenoid valves for seizure. Replace the torque converter. Check the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors. Inspect the transmission range switch operation. Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the transmission control shaft. Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose connectors.  Inspect the transmission range switch operation.  Check the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation. Check the engine rocker arms.  Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 34 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element normal operating temperature) COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 15: Identifying Automatic Transmission Component Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 35 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element GENERAL OPERATION The automatic transmission is a combination of a three-element torque converter and triple-shaft electronically controlled unit which provides five speeds forward and one reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine. Torque Converter, Gears, and Clutches The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine, and stator assembly in a single unit. The converter housing (pump) is connected to the engine crankshaft and turns as the engine turns. Around the outside of the torque converter is a ring gear which meshes with the starter pinion when the engine is being started. The entire torque converter assembly serves as a flywheel while transmitting power to the transmission mainshaft, the transmission has three parallel shafts; the mainshaft, the countershaft, and the secondary shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine crankshaft, and includes the 4th and 5th clutches, and gears for 5th, 4th, reverse, and idler. The mainshaft reverse gear is integral with the mainshaft 4th gear. The countershaft includes the gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, reverse, park, and the final drive. The final drive gear is integral with the countershaft. The countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft reverse gear can be locked to the countershaft providing 4th or reverse gear, depending on which way the selector is moved. The secondary shaft includes the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches, and gears for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and idler. The idler shaft is located between the mainshaft and secondary shaft, and the idler gear transmits power between the mainshaft and the secondary shaft. The gears on the mainshaft and the secondary shaft are in constant mesh with those on the countershaft. When certain combinations of gears in the transmission are engaged by the clutches, power is transmitted through the mainshaft, then to the secondary shaft to the countershaft, or through the mainshaft to the countershaft to provide drive. Electronic Control The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves. Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM is located below the dashboard, under the front lower panel behind the center console. Hydraulic Control The valve bodies include the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. They are bolted to the torque converter housing. The main valve body contains the manual valve, shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief valve, the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, lock-up shift valve, and the 1st and 3rd accumulators. The servo body contains the servo valve, shift valve D, the accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Fluid from the regulator passes through the manual valve to the various control valves. The 1st, 3rd, and 5th clutches receive fluid from their respective feed pipes, and the 2nd and the 4th clutches receive fluid from the internal hydraulic circuit. Shift Control Mechanism To shift gears the PCM controls shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C, while receiving input signals from various sensors and switches located throughout the vehicle. The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port leading hydraulic pressure to the clutch. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C regulate their respective Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 36 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element pressure, and pressurize the clutches to engage them and their corresponding gears. The pressures of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves also apply to the shift valves to switch the port. Lock-up Mechanism The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in D position D3 driving mode (2nd and 3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing and volume of the lock-up mechanism. When shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM, shift solenoid valve E pressure switches the lock-up shift valve on and off. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the lock-up control valve control the volume of the lock-up conditions. Gear Selection The shift lever has six positions; P: PARK, R: REVERSE, N: NEUTRAL, D: DRIVE 1st through 5th gear range, and 1st through 3rd gear range with D3 driving mode, 2: 2nd gear, and 1: 1st gear. SHIFT LEVER GEAR POSITION Position P: PARK Description Front wheels locked; park pawl engaged with park gear on countershaft. All clutches are released. R: REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 4th clutch engaged. N: NEUTRAL All clutches are released. D: DRIVE (1st through 5th) General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, then 5th, depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 4th, 3rd, 2nd, and 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears. D: DRIVE with D3 driving mode (1st through 3rd) Used the rapid acceleration at highway speeds and general driving, up-hill and down-hill driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, then 3rd, depending on vehicle speed and throttle position. Downshifts through 2nd to 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd and 3rd gears. 2: SECOND Used for engine braking or better traction starting off on loose or slippery surfaces; stays in 2nd gear, does not shift up and down. 1: FIRST Used for engine braking; stays in 1st gear, does not shift up. Starting is possible only in the P and N positions because of a slide-type neutral-safety switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 37 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Automatic Transmission (A/T) Gear Position Indicator The A/T gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows which shift lever position has been selected without having to look down at the shift lever. Transfer Mechanism (4WD) The transfer mechanism consists of the transfer drive gear on the differential, the transfer shaft, the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear), the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear), and the companion flange. The transfer mechanism assembly is on the rear of the transmission, beside the differential. The transfer drive gear on the differential drives the transfer shaft and transfer drive gear (hypoid gear), and the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) drives the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear). Power is transmitted from the transfer drive gear on the differential to the rear differential via the transfer shaft and the propeller shaft. CLUTCHES AND GEARS The 5-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction discs and steel plates together, locking them so they do not slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutch pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases the friction discs and steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spin independently on its shaft, transmitting no power. 1st Clutch The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 1st clutch is joined back-to-back to the 3rd clutch. The 1st clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft. 2nd Clutch The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the end of the secondary shaft, opposite the end cover. The 2nd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit. 3rd Clutch The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the middle of the secondary shaft. The 3rd clutch is joined back-to-back to the 1st clutch. The 3rd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft. 4th Clutch The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 4th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 5th clutch. The 4th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainshaft. 5th Clutch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 38 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element The 5th clutch engages/disengages 5th gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 5th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 5th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the mainshaft. Gear operation Gears on the mainshaft:     4th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch. 5th gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch. Reverse gear engages/disengages with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch. Idler gear is splined with the mainshaft, and rotates with the mainshaft. Gears on the countershaft:    Final drive gear is integral with the countershaft. 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 5th, and park gears are splined with the countershaft, and rotate with the countershaft. 4th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse selector engages 4th gear and reverse gear with the reverse selector hub. The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so that the 4th gear and reverse gear engage with the countershaft. Gears on the secondary shaft:     1st gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 1st clutch. 2nd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 2nd clutch. 3rd gear engages/disengages with the secondary shaft by the 3rd clutch. Idler gear is splined with the secondary shaft, and rotates with the secondary shaft. The idler gear on the idler shaft transmits power between the mainshaft and the secondary shaft. The reverse idler gear transmits power from the mainshaft reverse gear to the countershaft reverse gear, and changes rotational direction of the countershaft to reverse. Transmission Cutaway View NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 39 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 16: Automatic Transmission Cutaway View Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. POWER FLOW P Position Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutch. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is locked by the park pawl, interlocking the park gear. N Position Engine power transmitted from the torque converter drives the mainshaft idler gear, the idler shaft idler gear, and the secondary shaft idler gear, but hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 40 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element to the countershaft. In this position, the position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the shift lever shifted from the D or R position:   When shifted from the D position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft 4th gear and the reverse selector hub, and the 4th gear engages with the countershaft. When shifted from the R position, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse selector hub, and the reverse gear engages with the countershaft. NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Fig. 17: Automatic Transmission Power Flow Diagram - N Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1st Gear  Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the secondary shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 41 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element     The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear. The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft. Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear (4WD). 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear). NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Fig. 18: Automatic Transmission Power Flow Diagram - 1st Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2nd Gear  Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the secondary shaft 2nd gear with the secondary shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 42 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element     The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and the secondary shaft idler gear. The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft. Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear (4WD). 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear). NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Fig. 19: Automatic Transmission Power Flow Diagram - 2nd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3rd Gear  Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the secondary shaft 3rd gear Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 43 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element     with the secondary shaft. The mainshaft idler gear drives the secondary shaft via the idler shaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear. The secondary shaft 3rd gear drives the countershaft 3rd gear and the countershaft. Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear (4WD). 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear). NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Fig. 20: Automatic Transmission Power Flow Diagram - 3rd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4th Gear  Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 4th Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 44 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element     gear and reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in forward range (D, 2, and 1 positions). Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft 4th gear with the mainshaft. The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft. Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear (4WD). 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear). NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Fig. 21: Automatic Transmission Power Flow Diagram - 4th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 45 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 5th Gear     Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft 5th gear with the mainshaft. The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear and the countershaft. Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear (4WD). 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear). NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Fig. 22: Automatic Transmission Power Flow Diagram - 5th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 46 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element R Position        Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gear and reverse selector hub while the shift lever is in the R position. Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with the mainshaft. The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear. The rotation direction of the countershaft reverse gear is changed by the reverse idler gear. The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector, which drives the reverse selector hub. Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear, and the transfer drive gear (4WD). 4WD: The transfer drive gear drives the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear). NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 47 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 23: Automatic Transmission Power Flow Diagram - R Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM Functional Diagram The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves. Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM receives input signals from the sensors, switches, and other control units, processes data, and outputs signals for the engine control system and A/T control system. The A/T control system includes shift control, grade logic control, clutch pressure control, and lock-up control. The PCM switches the shift solenoid valves and the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to control shifting transmission gears and lock-up torque converter clutch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 48 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 24: Powertrain Control Module - Functional Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Shift Control The PCM instantly determines which gears should be selected by various signals sent from sensors and switches, and it actuates shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E to control shifting transmission gears. Also, a grade logic control system has been adopted to control shifting in the D position. The PCM compares actual driving conditions with memorized driving conditions, based on the input from the accelerator pedal position sensor, the engine coolant temperature sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal position switch signal, and the shift lever position signal, to control shifting while the vehicle is ascending or descending a slope. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 49 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 25: Powertrain Control Module - Functional Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Shift Solenoid Valve ON-OFF Operation The PCM turns shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E ON and OFF to control transmission gear shifting. The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are shown in the table. SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE ON-OFF OPERATION Position D Gear position Shifting from N position Stays in 1st Shifting gears A OFF Shift solenoid valves B C D ON ON OFF E OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 50 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2 1 R P N between 1st and 2nd Stays in 2nd Shifting gears between 2nd and 3rd Stays in 3rd Shifting gears between 3rd and 4th Stays in 4th Shifting gears between 4th and 5th Stays in 5th 2nd gear 1st gear Shifting from P and N position Stays in reverse Reverse inhibit Park Neutral OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF or ON OFF or ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF or ON OFF or ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF or ON OFF or ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF or ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF Grade Logic Control: Ascending Control When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in the D position, the system extends the engagement area of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears to prevent the transmission from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have more power when needed. Shift schedules stored in the PCM between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears, enable it to automatically select the most suitable gear according to the magnitude of a gradient. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 51 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 26: Grade Logic Control - Ascending Control Graph Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Grade Logic Control: Descending Control When the PCM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in the D position, the shift-up speed from 4th to 5th gear, from 3rd to 4th gear, and from 2nd to 3rd gear (when the throttle is closed) becomes faster than the set speed for flat road driving to widen the 4th gear, 3rd gear, and 2nd gear driving area. This, in combination with engine braking from the deceleration lock-up, achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is descending. There are three descending modes with different 4th gear driving areas, 3rd gear driving areas, and 2nd gear driving areas according to the magnitude of a gradient stored in the PCM. When the vehicle is in 5th gear or 4th gear, and you are decelerating when you are applying the brakes on a steep hill, the transmission will downshift to lower gear. When you accelerate, the transmission will then return to a higher gear. Fig. 27: Grade Logic Control - Descending Control Graph Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Clutch Pressure Control The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C to control the clutch pressure. When shifting between lower and higher gears, the clutch pressure regulated by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C engages and disengages the clutch smoothly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 52 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element The PCM receives input signals from the various sensors and switches, processes data, and outputs a current to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C. Fig. 28: Clutch Pressure Control - Functional Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Lock-up Control Shift solenoid valve E controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift valve and lock-up ON and OFF. The PCM actuates shift solenoid valve E and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to control the torque converter clutch lock-up. When shift solenoid valve E is turned ON, the lock-up condition starts. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A regulates and apply the hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control valve to control the amount of the lock-up. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears in the D position, and 2nd and 3rd gears in the D position D3 driving mode. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 53 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 29: Lock-Up Control - Functional Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 54 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 30: PCM A/T Control System - Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PCM Connector Terminal Locations Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 55 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 31: Identifying PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PCM CONNECTOR A (31P) PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL REFERENCE Terminal number Wire color Terminal name A2 YEL/BLK IGP2 (POWER SOURCE) A3 YEL/BLK A4 BLK A5 BLK A8 BRN/YEL A9 BRN/YEL A18 BLU A20 YEL/BLU Description Power source for PCM circuit Signal With ignition switch ON (II): Battery voltage With ignition switch OFF: About 0V IGP1 (POWER Power source for With ignition SOURCE) PCM circuit switch ON (II): Battery voltage With ignition switch OFF: About 0V PG2 (POWER Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at GROUND) PCM all times PG1 (POWER Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at GROUND) PCM all times LG2 (LOGIC Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at GROUND) PCM all times LG1 (LOGIC Ground circuit for Less than 1.0 V at GROUND) PCM ail times NC (OUTPUT Detects output shaft With ignition SHAFT (countershaft) speed switch ON (II): (COUNTERSHAFT) sensor signal About 0 V or about SPEED SENSOR) 5.0 V With vehicle moving: About 1.53.5 V (pulses) VCC2 (SENSOR Provides sensor With ignition VOLTAGE) reference voltage switch ON (II): Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 56 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element A21 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) A23 GRN/BLK A24 GRN/WHT A25 RED/YEL SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) APSB (ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR B) A26 RED/BLU APSA (ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR A) A30 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR) About 5.0 V With ignition switch OFF: About 0V Provides sensor With ignition reference voltage switch ON (II): About 5.0 V With ignition switch OFF: About 0V Sensor around Less than 1.0 V at all times Sensor around Less than 1.0 Vat all times Detects APP sensor With ignition B signal switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal fully pressed: About 2.3 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal released: About 0.2 V Detects APP sensor With ignition A signal switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal fully pressed: About 4.5 V With ignition switch ON (II) and accelerator pedal released: About 0.5 V Detects MAP sensor With ignition signal switch ON (II): About 3.0 V At idle: About 1.0 V (depending on engine speed) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 57 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 32: Identifying PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PCM CONNECTOR C (22P) PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL REFERENCE Terminal number Wire color Terminal name C1 BLK/BLU LS A (A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A) C2 GRN SHC (SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C) Description Drives A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A Signal With ignition switch ON (II): Current controlled Drives shift solenoid valve C With engine running in N, D (in 1st, 3rd, and 5th gears), and 1 positions: Battery voltage With engine running in P, R, D (in 2nd and 4th gears), and 2 positions: About 0 V With engine running in P and R positions: Battery voltage With engine running in N, D, 2, and 1 positions: About 0 V With engine running in P, R, N, D (in 1st and 2nd gears), 2, and 1 positions: Battery voltage With engine running in. D (in 3rd, 4th and 5th gears) positions: About 0 V With engine running C3 YEL SHE (SHIFT Drives shift SOLENOID VALVE solenoid valve E E) C4 GRN/WHT SH B (SHIFT Drives shift SOLENOID VALVE solenoid valve B B) C5 GRN/RED SH D (SHIFT Drives shift Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 58 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element SOLENOID VALVE solenoid valve D D) C6 BLU/BLK SH A (SHIFT Drives shift SOLENOID VALVE solenoid valve A A) C7 BLU/YEL Drives A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C C9 BRN LS C (A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C) ATP 1 (TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH 1) C10 BLU/WHT OP3SW (3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH) Detects 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch signal C11 BLU C12 RED/WHT Detects transmission range switch 1 position signal in D (in 2nd and 5th gears), and 2 positions: Battery voltage With engine running in P, R, N, D (in 1st, 3rd, and 4th gears), and 1 positions: About 0 V With engine running in R, D (in 1st, 4th, and 5th gears), and 1 positions: Battery voltage With engine running in P, N, D (in 2nd and 3rd gears), and 2 positions: About 0 V With ignition switch ON (II): Current controlled In 1 position: About 0V In any position other than 1 position: Battery voltage With ignition switch ON (II): Without 3rd clutch pressure: About 5.0 V  With 3rd clutch pressure: About 0 V ATP 2 Detects In 2 position: About (TRANSMISSION transmission range 0 V RANGE SWITCH 2) switch 2 position In any position other signal than 2 position: Battery voltage ATP RVS Detects In R position: About (TRANSMISSION transmission range 0 V  Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 59 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element RANGE SWITCH RVS) C13 BLU/RED C14 RED/YEL C15 BRN/WHT C17 YEL/GRN C18 YEL/RED C19 WHT/RED C20 RED/BLK switch RVS signal In any position other than R position: Battery voltage OP2SW (2ND Detects 2nd clutch With ignition switch CLUTCH transmission fluid ON (II): TRANSMISSION pressure switch FLUID PRESSURE signal  Without 2nd SWITCH) clutch pressure: About 5.0 V  With 2nd clutch pressure: About 0 V ATFT (ATF Detects ATF With ignition switch TEMPERATURE temperature sensor ON (II): About 0.2SENSOR) signal 4.8 V (about 1.8 V at operating temperature) (depending on ATF temperature) LS B (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch With ignition switch PRESSURE pressure control ON (II): Current CONTROL solenoid valve B controlled SOLENOID VALVE B) ATP D Detects In D position: About (TRANSMISSION. transmission range 0 V RANGE SWITCH D) switch D signal In any position other than D position: Battery voltage ATP FWD Detects In D, 2, and 1 (TRANSMISSION transmission range position: About 0 V RANGE SWITCH switch FWD signal In any position other FWD) than D, 2, and 1: Battery voltage NM (INPUT SHAFT Detects input shaft With ignition switch (MAINSHAFT) (mainshaft) speed ON (II): About 0 V SPEED SENSOR) sensor signal or about 5.0 V With engine idling in N position: About 1.5-3.5 V (pulses) ATP N Detects In N position: About (TRANSMISSION transmission range 0 V RANGE SWITCH N) switch N signal In any position other than N position: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 60 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Battery voltage PCM CONNECTOR D (17P) PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL REFERENCE Terminal number Wire color Terminal name Description D3 GRN D3 SW(D3 SWITCH) Detects D3 switch signal D5 WHT D6 BLK/BLU Signal D3 switch ON: About 0 V D3 switch OFF: Battery Voltage ATP R Detects transmission In R position: (TRANSMISSION range switch R About 0 V RANGE SWITCH R) signal In any position other than R position: Battery voltage ATP P Detects transmission In P position: (TRANSMISSION range switch P About 0 V RANGE SWITCH P) signal In any position other than P position: Battery voltage Fig. 33: Identifying PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PCM CONNECTOR E (31P) PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL REFERENCE Terminal number Wire color Terminal name E2 WHT/BLU SLS (SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID) Description Drives shift lock solenoid Signal With ignition switch ON (II), in P position, brake pedal pressed, and accelerator closed: About 0 V Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 61 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element E7 RED/YEL E9 BLK/YEL E11 WHT E22 WHT/BLK E24 RED E29 BRN MRLY (PGM-FI MAIN RELAY) Drives PGM-FI main relay 1 (FIMAIN) Power source for DTC memory With ignition switch ON (II): About 0 V With ignition switch OFF: Battery voltage IG1 (IGNITION Detects ignition With ignition SWITCH) switch signal switch ON (II): Battery voltage CAN H (CAN Sends and receives With ignition COMMUNICATION communication switch ON (II): SIGNAL HIGH) signal About 2.5 V (pulses) BK SW (BRAKE Detects brake pedal With brake pedal PEDAL POSITION position switch released: About 0 SWITCH) signal V With brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage CAN L (CAN Sends and receives With ignition COMMUNICATION communication switch ON (II): SIGNAL LOW) signal About 2.5 V (pulses) SCS (SERVICE Detects service With the service CHECK SIGNAL) check signal check signal shorted using HDS: About 0 V With the service check signal open: About 5.0 V HYDRAULIC CONTROLS Valve Bodies The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, and the servo body. The ATF pump is driven by splines on the left end of the torque converter which is attached to the engine. Fluid flows through the regulator valve to maintain specified pressure through the main valve body to the manual valve, directing pressure to the shift valves and to each of the clutches via the solenoid valves. Shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E are bolted on the servo body. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C are mounted on the outside of the transmission housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 62 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 34: Identifying Valve Bodies Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Main Valve Body The main valve body contains the manual valve, shift valves A, B, C, and E, the relief valve, the lock-up control valve, the cooler check valve, the servo control valve, and the ATF pump gears. The primary function of the main valve body is to switch fluid pressure on and off and to control hydraulic pressure going to the hydraulic control system. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:45 AM Page 63 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 35: Identifying Main Valve Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Regulator Valve Body The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the torque converter check valve, the lock-up shift valve, and the 1st and 3rd accumulators. Fig. 36: Identifying Regulator Valve Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Regulator Valve The regulator valve maintains a constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, while also furnishing fluid to the lubrication system and torque converter. Fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and C. Fluid entering from B flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the A cavity pushes the regulator valve to the right side, and this movement of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque converter and the relief valve. The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the relief valve, and the regulator valve returns under spring force. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure through B, the position of the regulator valve changes, and the amount of fluid from C through torque converter also changes. This operation is continued, maintaining the line pressure. Fig. 37: Identifying Regulator Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 64 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are regulated by the regulator valve using stator torque reaction. The stator shaft is splined with the stator in the torque converter, and its arm end contacts the regulator spring cap. When the vehicle is accelerating or climbing (torque converter range), stator torque reaction acts on the stator shaft, and the stator arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction. The stator reaction spring compresses, and the regulator valve moves to increase the line pressure which is regulated by the regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the stator torque reaction reaches its maximum. Fig. 38: Locating Regulator Spring Cap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Servo Body The servo body contains the servo valve, shift valve D, the accumulators for 2nd, 4th, and 5th, and shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E. Fig. 39: Identifying Servo Body Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Accumulator The accumulators are located in the regulator valve body and the servo body. The regulator valve body contains the 1st and 3rd accumulators, and the servo body contains the 2nd, 4th, and 5th accumulators. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 65 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 40: Identifying Accumulator Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. HYDRAULIC FLOW Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATF strainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressure that is regulated by the regulator valve. Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve enters the torque converter through the lock-up shift valve, and it is discharged from the torque converter. The torque converter check valve prevents torque converter pressure from rising. The PCM turns the shift solenoid valves ON and OFF. The shift solenoid valve intercepts line pressure from the ATF pump via the manual valve when the shift solenoid valve is OFF. When the shift solenoid valve is turned ON, line pressure changes to shift solenoid valve pressure at the shift solenoid valve, then solenoid valve pressure flows to the shift valve. Applying shift solenoid pressure to the shift valves moves the position of the shift valve, and switches the port of the hydraulic circuit. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves regulate hydraulic pressure, and apply the pressure to the clutches to engage smoothly. The clutches receive optimum clutch pressure which is regulated by the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves for comfortable driving and shifting under all conditions. Hydraulic pressure at the port is as follows: HYDRAULIC PRESSURE PORT REFERENCE Port No. Description of Pressure 1 LINE 3 LINE Port No. SB SC Description of Pressure SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 66 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3' LINE SD 4 LINE SE 10 20 30 40 1B 3A LINE LINE LINE LINE or A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A LINE LINE 3B LINE 55' 3C LINE 56 5A LINE 57 5B 5C 5D 5E LINE LINE LINE LINE or A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B LINE or A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A or B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL 90 91 92 93 5TH CLUTCH A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C TORQUE CONVERTER TORQUE CONVERTER TORQUE CONVERTER ATF COOLER 94 TORQUE CONVERTER 95 LUBRICATION 96 TORQUE CONVERTER 97 TORQUE CONVERTER 99 SUCTION 4' 4" 7 1A 5F 5G 5H 5J 5K 50 55 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E 1ST CLUTCH 2ND CLUTCH 3RD CLUTCH 4TH CLUTCH Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 67 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 5L 5N SA SOLENOID VALVE C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A X DRAIN HX HIGH POSITION DRAIN AX AIR DRAIN N Position The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valves are as follows:      Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A stays on the right side Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to the left side Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to the left side Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D stays on the left side Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E stays on the left side Line pressure (1) flows to the shift solenoid valves and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Under this condition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 68 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 41: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - N Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: 1st gear shifting from N position Shift solenoid valves remain the same as in the N position when shifting to the D position from N. The manual valve is moved to the D position, and switches the port of line pressure (4) leading to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C. Hydraulic pressure to the 1st clutch from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A is created as shift solenoid valve A is OFF, B and C stays ON. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) changes to 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve B, and flows to the 1st clutch. The 1st clutch is engaged gently when shifting to the D position from N. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 69 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 42: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - N Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Driving in 1st gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps B and C ON, and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of shift valve A. Shift valve A is moved to the left side to uncover the line pressure port leading to the 1st clutch, and to cover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure port. Fluid flows to the 1st clutch by way of: Line pressure (1) --> Shift valve D-Line pressure (1A) --> Shift valve A-Line pressure (1B) --> Manual valveLine pressure (5A) --> Shift valve C-Line pressure (5B) --> Shift valve B-1st clutch pressure (10) --> 1st clutch 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged securely. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 70 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 43: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 1st Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A OFF, and keeps Band CON, and D and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) in the right side of shift valve A is released. Shift valve A is moved to the right side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure port leading to the 1st and 2nd clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic pressure. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) changes to 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve B, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shift valve A. The 1st and 2nd clutches are engaged gently. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 71 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 44: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 1st Gear And 2nd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Driving in 2nd gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, D ON, and keeps A and E OFF, and B ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Shift valve C is moved to the right side to switch the ports. This movement covers the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure ports to stop at shift valves C and A, and uncover the line pressure port leading to the 2nd clutch. Fluid flows to 2nd clutch by way of: Line pressure (1) --> Manual valve-Line pressure (4) --> Shift valve C-Line pressure (5E) --> Shift valve BLine pressure (5F) --> Shift valve A-2nd clutch pressure (20) --> 2nd clutch 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged securely. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 72 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 45: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 2nd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C ON, and keeps A and E OFF, and B and D ON. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SO is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Shift valve C is moved to the left side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve pressure ports leading to the 2nd and 3rd clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic pressure. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shift valve A, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A. The 2nd and 3rd clutches are engaged gently. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 73 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 46: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 2nd Gear And 3rd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Driving in 3rd gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and D OFF, and keeps A and E OFF, and C ON. Shift solenoid valve B pressure (SB) in the right side of shift valve B is released, and shift valve B is moved to the right side. Shift solenoid valve D pressure (SD) in the left side of shift valve D is released, and shift valve D is moved to the left side. This valve movement switches the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure port leading to the 3rd clutch. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to (5J) at shift solenoid valve D and to (5K) at shift valve B, and becomes 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A. 3rd clutch pressure (30) is applied to the 3rd clutch, and the 3rd clutch is engaged securely. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 74 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 47: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 3rd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves C OFF, and keeps A, B, D, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Shift valve C is moved to the right side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C pressure ports leading to the 3rd and 4th clutches. The PCM controls the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves to regulate hydraulic pressure. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve B. The 3rd and 4th clutches are engaged gently. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 75 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 48: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 3rd Gear And 4th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Driving in 4th gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps B, C, D, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of shift valve A. Shift valve A is moved to the left side to cover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and C pressure ports leading to the 2nd and 3rd clutches. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to (5G) at shift valve C, and becomes 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve B. 4th clutch pressure (40) is held to high by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B, and the 4th clutch is engaged securely. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 76 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 49: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 4th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve D ON, and keeps A ON, and B, C, and E OFF. Shift solenoid valve D pressure (SD) is applied to the left side of shift valve D. Shift valve D is moved to the right side to uncover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure port leading to the 5th clutch. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure (56) changes to 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve B. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure (57) changes to (5L) at shift valve D and to (5N) at shift valve B, and becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at shift valve A. The 4th and 5th clutches are engaged gently. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 77 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 50: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 4th Gear And 5th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D Position: Driving in 5th gear The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and keeps A and D ON, and B and E turned OFF. Shift solenoid valve C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Shift valve C is moved to the left side to switch the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B pressure port leading to the 4th clutch. 5th clutch pressure (50) is held high by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C, and the 5th clutch is engaged securely. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 78 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 51: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (D Position) 5th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2 Position The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valves are as follows:      Shift solenoid valve A: OFF, and shift valve A stays on the right side Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to the left side Shift solenoid valve C: OFF, and shift valve C stays on the right side Shift solenoid valve D: ON, and shift valve D moves to the right side Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E stays on the left side Line pressured) changes to line pressure (4) at the manual valve, and flows to shift valve C. Line pressure (4) flows to shift valve A via shift valve B, and becomes the 2nd clutch pressure (20). 2nd clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 79 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 52: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (2 Position) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1 Position The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and positions of the shift valves are as follows:      Shift solenoid valve A: ON, and shift valve A moves to the left side Shift solenoid valve B: ON, and shift valve B moves to the left side Shift solenoid valve C: ON, and shift valve C moves to the left side Shift solenoid valve D: OFF, and shift valve D stays on the left side Shift solenoid valve E: OFF, and shift valve E stays on the left side Line pressure (1) becomes 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve B. Fluid flows to 1st clutch by way of: Line Pressure (1) --> Shift Valve D-Line Pressure (1A) --> Shift Valve A-Line Pressure (1B) --> Manual Valve-Line Pressure (5A) --> Shift Valve C-Line Pressure (5B) --> Shift Valve B-1st Clutch Pressure (10) --> 1st Clutch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 80 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Fig. 53: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (1 Position) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. R Position: Shifting to R position from P or N position When shifting in the R position, the PCM turns shift solenoid valves B and E ON, and A, C, and D OFF. Shift solenoid valve B pressure (SB) is applied to the right side of shift valve B, and shift valve B is moved to left side. Shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the left side of shift valve E, and shift valve E is moved to the right side. Line pressured) changes to (3) at the manual valve, and flows to the servo valve via shift valve E. The servo valve is moved to the reverse range position. Movement of shift valves B and E, and servo valve creates 4th clutch pressure line between the 4th clutch and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 4th clutch pressure (40) is applied to the 4th clutch, and the 4th clutch is engaged gently. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 81 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 54: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - (R Position) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. R Position: Driving in reverse gear After starting off in reverse gear, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON, and keeps B and E ON, and C and D OFF. Shift solenoid valve A pressure (SA) is applied to the right side of shift valve A to cover the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure port, and to uncover the line pressure port leading to the 4th clutch creating full line pressure. The 4th clutch is engaged securely with line pressure. Reverse Inhibitor Control While the vehicle is moving forward, the PCM keeps shift solenoid valve E remaining OFF. Shift valve E covers the port of line pressure (3') leading to the servo valve reverse position. The servo valve cannot be shifted to reverse position, and hydraulic pressure is not applied to the 4th clutch from servo valve for reverse; as a result, power is not transmitted to the reverse direction. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 82 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 55: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - Reverse Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. P Position Shift solenoid valves Band E are turned ON, and A, C, and Dare turned OFF by the PCM. Line pressure (1) flows to the shift solenoid valves and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Line pressure (3) changes to (3') at shift valve E, and flows to the servo valve. The servo valve is moved to the reverse/park position. Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 83 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 56: Automatic Transmission Fluid Flow Diagram - P Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. LOCK-UP SYSTEM The lock-up mechanism of the torque converter clutch operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in the D position D3 driving mode (2nd and 3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing and amount of the lock-up mechanism. When shift solenoid valve E is turned on by the PCM, shift solenoid valve E pressure switches the lock-Up shift valve lockup on and off. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the lock-up control valve control the amount of the lock-up. Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up ON (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch) Fluid in the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston is drained off, and fluid entering from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure through the torque converter clutch piston against the torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages with the torque converter cover; the torque converter clutch lock-up is ON, and the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 84 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 57: Torque Converter Clutch Lock-Up On (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up OFF (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch) Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston passes through the torque converter and goes out through the chambers between the turbine and the stator, and between the pump and the stator. As a result, the torque converter clutch piston moves away from the torque converter cover, and the torque converter lock-up clutch is released; torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF. Fig. 58: Torque Converter Clutch Lock-Up Off (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. No Lock-up Shift solenoid valve E is turned OFF by the PCM, and shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is not applied to the lock-up shift valve. The lock-up shift valve stays to the right to uncover the torque converter pressure ports leading to the left: side of the torque converter and releasing pressure from the right side of the torque converter. Torque converter pressure (92) changes to (94) at the lock-up shift valve, and enters into the left side of the torque converter to disengage the torque converter clutch. This keeps the torque converter clutch piston keeps away from the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 85 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Fig. 59: Hydraulic Circuit Diagram - No Lock-Up Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Partial Lock-up As the speed of the vehicle reaches the programmed value, shift solenoid valve E is turned ON by the PCM, and shift solenoid valve E pressure (SE) is applied to the right side of the lock-up shift valve. The lock-up shift valve is moved to the left side to switch the torque converter pressure (91) port, which goes to the right side of the torque converter, and the port of torque converter pressure (94) is released from the left side of the torque converter. Torque converter pressure (91) flows to the right side of the torque converter to engage the torque converter clutch. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) is applied to the lock-up shift valve and lock-up control valve. The position of the lock-up control valve depends on A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55) and torque converter pressure released from the torque converter. The lock-up control valve controls the amount of torque converter clutch lock-up until fluid between the clutch piston and torque converter cover is fully released; the torque converter clutch is in partial lock-up. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 86 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 60: Hydraulic Circuit Diagram - Partial Lock-Up Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Full Lock-up When the vehicle speed increases, the PCM sends a signal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to increase A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A pressure (55), and the lock-up control valve is moved to the left side by increased pressure. Then converter pressure (94) from the left side of the torque converter is completely released at the lock-up control valve, and torque converter pressure (91) engages the torque converter clutch securely; the torque converter clutch is in full lock-up. NOTE: When used, "left" or "right" indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 87 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 61: Hydraulic Circuit Diagram - Full Lock-Up Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 88 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 62: PCM A/T Control System - Circuit Diagram (1 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 89 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 63: PCM A/T Control System - Circuit Diagram (2 Of 2) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DTC TROUBLESHOOTING DTC P0705: SHORT IN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CIRCUIT (MULTIPLE SHIFTPOSITION INPUT) NOTE:  Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 90 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element  snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in each position. 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 6. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wires between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Inspect the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH TEST ). Is the switch OK? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Replace the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 58. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Shift to any position other than P position. 10. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals D6 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 91 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 64: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals D6 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Go to step 11. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector D (17P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal D6 and body ground. Fig. 65: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal D6 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal D6 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). 16. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A8 and body ground, and between PCM connector terminal A9 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 92 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 66: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A8 And A9 Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 65. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminals A8, A9, and ground (G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 58. 17. Shift to any position other than R position. 18. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals D5 and A9. Fig. 67: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals D5 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect PCM connector D(17P). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 93 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 22. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal D5 and body ground. Fig. 68: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal D5 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal D'5 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 65. 23. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C12 and A9. Fig. 69: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C12 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 28. NO -Go to step 24. 24. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 25. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 94 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 26. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). 27. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C12 and body ground. Fig. 70: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C12 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C12 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 65. 28. Shift to any position other than N position. 29. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C20 and A9. Fig. 71: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C20 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 34. NO -Go to step 30. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 95 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 30. 31. 32. 33. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C20 and body ground. Fig. 72: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C20 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C20 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 65. 34. Shift to any position other than D position. 35. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C17 and A9. Fig. 73: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C17 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 40. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 96 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 36. 36. 37. 38. 39. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C17 and body ground. Fig. 74: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C17 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C17 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 65. 40. Shift to any position other than 2 position. 41. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C11 and A9. Fig. 75: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C11 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 97 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 46. NO -Go to step 42. 42. 43. 44. 45. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C11 and body ground. Fig. 76: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C11 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C11 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 65. 46. Shift to any position other than 1 position. 47. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C9 and A9. Fig. 77: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C9 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 98 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 52. NO -Go to step 48. 48. 49. 50. 51. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C9 and body ground. Fig. 78: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C9 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C9 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 65. 52. Shift to any position other than D, 2, and 1 positions. 53. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C18 and A9. Fig. 79: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C18 And A9 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 99 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 65. NO -Go to step 54. 54. 55. 56. 57. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C18 and body ground. Fig. 80: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C18 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C18 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 58. NO -Go to step 65. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in each position. 63. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0705 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the transmission range switch and Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 100 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 64. 64. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 63, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 61. 65. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 66. Start the engine. 67. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in each position. 68. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0705 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 66. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 69. 69. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 68, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 66. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 66. DTC P0706: OPEN IN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CIRCUIT NOTE: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 101 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. 4WD: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is securely supported, and allow all four wheels to rotate freely. 2WD: Raise the front of the vehicle, make sure it is securely supported, and allow the front wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle on a lift. 4. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position until the vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow down and stop the wheels. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 4. 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 7. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 4. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Inspect the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH TEST ). Is the switch OK? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Replace the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 28. 9. 10. 11. 12. Adjust the shift cable (see SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT ). Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position until the vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow down and stop the wheels. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 102 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 15. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, troubleshooting is complete. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 12. 15. Shift to the D position, and check the ATP FWD and ATP D in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are the ATP FWD and ATP DON? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Go to step 22. 16. Shift to the 2 position, and check the ATP FWD and ATP 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are the ATP FWD and ATP 2 ON? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Go to step 22. 17. Shift to the 1 position, and check the ATP FWD and ATP 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Are the ATP FWD and ATP 1 ON? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Go to step 22. 18. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 19. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position until the vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow down and stop the wheels. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 19. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 22. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 103 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 22. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 23. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 24. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground. Fig. 81: Checking Continuity Between Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminal No. 10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 25. NO -Repair open in the wire between transmission range switch connector terminal No. 10 and ground (G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 30. 25. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 26. Measure the voltage between transmission range switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 10. Fig. 82: Measuring Voltage Between Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminals No. 5 And No. 10 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 27. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 104 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Repair open in the wire between the transmission range switch and PCM connector terminal C18, then go to step 30. 27. Measure the voltage between transmission range switch connector terminals No. 8 and No. 10. Fig. 83: Measuring Voltage Between Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminals No. 8 And No. 10 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 28. NO -Repair open in the wire between the transmission range switch and PCM connector terminal C17, then go to step 30. 28. Measure the voltage between transmission range switch connector terminals No. 3 and No. 10. Fig. 84: Measuring Voltage Between Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminals No. 3 And No. 10 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 29. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 105 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Repair open in the wire between the transmission range switch and PCM connector terminal C11, then go to step 30. 29. Measure the voltage between transmission range switch connector terminals No. 9 and No. 10. Fig. 85: Measuring Voltage Between Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminals No. 9 And No. 10 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 37. NO -Repair open in the wire between the transmission range switch and PCM connector terminal C9, then go to step 30. 30. 31. 32. 33. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position until the vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow down and stop the wheels. 34. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 33. 35. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0706 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 36. 36. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 106 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 35, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 33. 37. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 38. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position until the vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow down and stop the wheels. 39. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 38. 40. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0706 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 38. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 41. 41. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 40, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 38. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 38. DTC P0711: PROBLEM IN ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 107 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Does the ATF temperature exceed the ambient air temperature? YES -Record the ATF temperature. Leave the engine off for at least 30 minutes, then go to step 3. NO -Record the ATF temperature. Test the stall speed RPM (see STALL SPEED TEST ) three times, then go to step 3. 3. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Did the ATF temperature change? YES -Leave the engine off for at least 30 minutes, then go to step 4. NO -Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 8. 4. Check the ECT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the ECT SENSOR read about the same as the ambient air temperature? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Leave the engine off until the ECT SENSOR reads the same as the ambient air temperature, then go to step 5. 5. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the ATF temperature read about the same as ECT SENSOR? YES -Go to step 16. NO -Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Allow the engine coolant temperature to cool to the ambient air temperature. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and wait for at least 20 seconds, then drive the vehicle at speeds over 19 mph (31 km/h) for at least 5 minutes. 12. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0711 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 108 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 13. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0711 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 12, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9. 14. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0711 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 15. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0711 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 14, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9. 16. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 17. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 18. Allow the engine coolant temperature to cool to the ambient air temperature. 19. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and wait for at least 20 seconds, then drive the vehicle at speeds over 19 mph (31 km/h) for at least 5 minutes. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0711 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 109 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 17. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0711 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 17. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 17. DTC P0712: SHORT IN ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, arid review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or less? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the ATFT wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the shift solenoid valve cover. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or less? YES -Go to step 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 110 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 11. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground. Fig. 86: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 6 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C14 and shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 6, then go to step 12. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground. Fig. 87: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 6 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 111 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. NO -Go to step 18. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 20 seconds. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0712 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0712 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. 18. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 19. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 20 seconds. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0712 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0712 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 112 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. DTC P0713: OPEN IN ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage exceed 4.93 V? YES -Go to step 3. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 5. Connect shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7 with a jumper wire. Fig. 88: Connecting Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminals No. 6 And 7 With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 113 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage exceed 4.93 V? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST/REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 18. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the jumper wire from the shift solenoid harness connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure the voltage between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 6 and body ground. Fig. 89: Measuring Voltage Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 6 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 17. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). Connect shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 7 and body ground with a jumper wire. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 114 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 90: Connecting Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 7 And Body Ground With Jumper Wire Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A23 and body ground. Fig. 91: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A23 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 24. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal A23 and the ATF temperature sensor, then go to step 18. 17. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal C14 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 115 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 92: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminal C14 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C14 and the ATF temperature sensor, then go to step 18. NO -Go to step 24. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 20 seconds. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0713 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0713 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 21. 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 116 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 25. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 20 seconds. 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0713 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 27. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0713 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 25. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 25. DTC P0716: PROBLEM IN INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT; DTC P0717: PROBLEM IN INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT (NO SIGNAL INPUT) NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for proper input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor installation (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 4. 4WD: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is securely supported, and allow all four wheels to rotate freely. 2WD: Raise the front of the vehicle, make sure it is securely supported, and allow the front wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle on a lift. 5. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position, and Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 117 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element hold the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least 10 seconds when not during shifting. Slow down and stop the wheels. 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 7. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P) and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A8 and body ground, and between PCM connector terminal A9 and body ground. Fig. 93: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A8 And A9 Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Repair open in the wires between PCM connector terminals A8, A9, and ground (G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 30. 11. Connect PCM connector A (31P). 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Measure the voltage between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 118 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 94: Measuring Voltage Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Go to step 25. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). 16. Check for continuity between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 95: Checking Continuity Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C19 and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 30. NO -Go to step 17. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 119 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 17. Check for continuity between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 96: Checking Continuity Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and ground (G101), then go to step 30. 18. Connect PCM connector C (22P). 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 20. Measure the voltage between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3. Fig. 97: Measuring Voltage Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminals No. 2 And 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 21. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:46 AM Page 120 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 29. 21. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector. 22. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C19 and A9. Fig. 98: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C19 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0 V or about 5 V? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 30. 23. Shift to the P position. Start the engine, and let it idle. 24. With the engine idling, measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C19 and A9. Fig. 99: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C19 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 1.5-3.5 V? YES -Go to step 36. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 121 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 30. 25. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals A20 and A9. Fig. 100: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals A20 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal A20 and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 30. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 27. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). 28. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A20 and body ground. Fig. 101: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A20 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal A20 and the input shaft Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 122 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 29. NO -Go to step 36. 29. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C19 and A9. Fig. 102: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C19 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C19 and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 30. NO -Go to step 36. 30. 31. 32. 33. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position and hold the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels. 34. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0716 or P0717 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 35. 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 34, go to the indicated Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 123 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 33. 36. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 37. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position and hold the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels. 38. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0716 or P0717 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 37. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 39. 39. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 38, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 37. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 37. DTC P0718: INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT FAILURE NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 124 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 6. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and inspect the connector and connector terminals to be sure they are making good contact. Are the connector terminals OK? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair the connector terminals, then go to step 8. 8. 9. 10. 11. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 12. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, troubleshooting is complete. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector. Check for continuity between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 125 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 103: Checking Continuity Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C19 and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 23. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Connect PCM connector C (22P). 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 19. Measure the voltage between input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 104: Measuring Voltage Between Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 23. NO -Go to step 20. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 126 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 21. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). 22. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C19 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2. Fig. 105: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C19 And Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 30. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C19 and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 23. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0718 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 29. 29. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 127 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 28, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 26. 30. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 31. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. 32. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 31. 33. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0718 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 31. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 34. 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 33, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 31. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 31. DTC P0721: PROBLEM IN OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT; DTC P0722: PROBLEM IN OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT (NO SIGNAL INPUT) NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 128 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check for proper output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor installation (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ). 4. 4WD: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is securely supported, and allow all four wheels to rotate freely. 2WD: Raise the front of the vehicle, make sure it is securely supported, and allow the front wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle on a lift. 5. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position with the engine speed 2,000 rpm or higher for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels. 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 7. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P) and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A8 and body ground, and between PCM connector terminal A9 and body ground. Fig. 106: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A8 And A9 Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Repair open in the wires between PCM connector terminals A8, A9, and ground (G101), or repair Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 129 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element poor ground (G101), then go to step 30. 11. Connect PCM connector A (31P). 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Measure the voltage between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 107: Measuring Voltage Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Go to step 25. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). 16. Check for continuity between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 108: Checking Continuity Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 130 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal A18 and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 30. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Check for continuity between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 109: Checking Continuity Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and ground (G101), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 30. 18. Connect PCM connector A (31P). 19. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 20. Measure the voltage between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 131 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 110: Measuring Voltage Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminals No. 2 And No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Go to step 21. NO -Go to step 29. 21. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector. 22. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals A18 and A9. Fig. 111: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals A18 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 0 V or about 5 V? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 30. 23. Shift to the P position. Start the engine, and let it idle. 24. Shift to the D position, allow the wheels rotate, and measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals A18 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 132 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 112: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals A18 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 1.5-3.5 V? YES -Go to step 36. NO -Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 30. 25. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals A21 and A9. Fig. 113: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals A21 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal A21 and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 30. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 27. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). 28. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A21 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 133 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 114: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A21 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal A21 and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 30. NO -Go to step 36. 29. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals A18 and A9. Fig. 115: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals A18 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal A18 and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 30. NO -Go to step 36. 30. Reconnect all connectors. 31. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 32. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 134 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 33. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position with the engine speed 2,000 rpm or higher for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels. 34. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 35. 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 34, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 33. 36. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 37. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the VSA OFF switch, run the vehicle in the D position with the engine speed 2,000 rpm or higher for at least 10 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels. 38. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated? YES -Cheek for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good, PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 37. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 39. 39. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 38, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 135 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 37. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 37. DTC P0723: OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR INTERMITTENT FAILURE NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 3. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 6. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and inspect the connector and connector terminals to be sure they are making good contact. Are the connector terminals OK? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Repair the connector terminals, then go to step 8. 8. 9. 10. 11. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 136 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, troubleshooting is complete. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector. Check for continuity between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 116: Checking Continuity Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal A18 and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 23. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Connect PCM connector A (31P). 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 19. Measure the voltage between output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 137 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 117: Measuring Voltage Between Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (see INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 23. NO -Go to step 20. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 21. Disconnect PCM connector A (31P). 22. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A18 and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2. Fig. 118: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A18 And Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector Terminal No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 30. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal A18 and the output shaft (countershaft) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 138 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element speed sensor, then go to step 23. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0723 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 29. 29. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 28, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 26. 30. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 31. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) in the D position through all five gears. 32. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 31. 33. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0723 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 31. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 34. 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 139 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 33, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 31. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 31. DTC P0731: PROBLEM IN 1ST CLUTCH AND 1ST CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (1ST GEAR INCORRECT GEAR RATIO) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and cheek for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 13. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Measure the line pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the line pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. 5. Measure the 1st clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the 1st clutch pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Shift valves B and C are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. 6. Test stall speed in the 1 position (see STALL SPEED TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 140 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Does the stall speed test within service limits? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Shift valves A and D are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 9. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 1st gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 9. 11. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0731 indicated? YES -Repair the 1st clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0731 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 11, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicated FAILED, repair the 1st clutch, or replace the transmission. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 15. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 1st gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 15. 17. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0731 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 141 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. NO -Go to step 18. 18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0731 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 17, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. DTC P0732: PROBLEM IN 2ND CLUTCH AND 2ND CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (2ND GEAR INCORRECT GEAR RATIO) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 13. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Measure the line pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the line pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. 5. Measure the 2nd clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the 2nd clutch pressure within service limits? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 142 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 6. NO -Shift valves A and B are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. 6. Test stall speed in the 2 position (see STALL SPEED TEST ). Does the stall speed test within service limits? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Shift valve C is stuck. Repair shift valve C and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 9. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 2nd gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 9. 11. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0732 indicated? YES -Repair the 2nd clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0732 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 11, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicated FAILED, repair the 2nd clutch, or replace the transmission. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 14. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 15. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 2nd gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 143 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 16. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 15. 17. Check for DTCs with the HDS.  Is DTC P0732 indicated ? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. NO -Go to step 18. 18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0732 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 17, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. DTC P0733: PROBLEM IN 3RD CLUTCH AND 3RD CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (3RD GEAR INCORRECT GEAR RATIO) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Measure the line pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the line pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 5. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 144 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. 5. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the 3rd clutch pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Shift valves A and D are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 8. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 3rd gears.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 8. 10. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0733 indicated? YES -Repair the 3rd clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicated FAILED, repair the 3rd clutch, or replace the transmission. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 8. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 14. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 3rd gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 14. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 145 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 16. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0733 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0734: PROBLEM IN 4TH CLUTCH AND 4TH CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (4TH GEAR INCORRECT GEAR RATIO) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace the ATF (see ATF REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 4. 4. Measure the line pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the line pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 146 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 5. Measure the 4th clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the 4th clutch pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Shift valve B, shift valve C, the servo control valve, and the servo valve are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 8. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 4th gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 8. 10. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0734 indicated? YES -Repair the 4th clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0734 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicated FAILED, repair the 4th clutch, or replace the transmission. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 8. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 14. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 4th gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 14. 16. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 147 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is DTC P0734 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0734 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0735: PROBLEM IN 5TH CLUTCH AND 5TH CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (5TH GEAR INCORRECT RATIO) NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Measure the line pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Is the line pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. 5. Measure the 5th clutch pressure (see PRESSURE TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 148 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is the 5th clutch pressure within service limits? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Shift valves A, B, and/or D are stuck. Repair these valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 8. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 5th gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 8. 10. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0735 indicated? YES -Repair the 5th clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Go to step 11. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0735 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 10, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicated FAILED, repair the 5th clutch, or replace the transmission. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 8. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 14. Test-drive under these conditions:  D position in 5th gear.  Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more.  Drive the vehicle at speeds over 7 mph (12 km/h) for at least 12 seconds. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 14. 16. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0735 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 149 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0735 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to step 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0741: TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT STUCK OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 13. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Select Shift Solenoid E in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve E operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve E (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 150 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Run the engine until the ECT SENSOR value reaches 176°F (80°C). 8. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result. Go to step 12 if any part was replaced. 9. Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 20 seconds. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 9. 11. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0741 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair the faulty torque converter clutch mechanism, the torque converter clutch hydraulic circuit, the lock-up shift valve, or the lock-up control valve, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 9. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 20 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 15. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0741 indicated? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Go to step 18. 18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0741 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 17, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 5. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 151 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element DTC P0747: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A STUCK ON NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0747 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, but the tester has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 11. If any part was replaced, go to step 12. 11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A TEST ). Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A work properly? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 152 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valves B and E, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 14. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0747 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0747 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0752: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A STUCK ON NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 153 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0752 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve A operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve A (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 11. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0752 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair shift valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 16. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0752 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 154 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0752 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 16. DTC P0756: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B operates with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 155 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 11. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair shift valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 16. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0756 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 16. DTC P0757: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK ON NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 156 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material?. YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0757 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 11. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0757 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair shift valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 157 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 16. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0757 Indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0757 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 16. DTC P0761: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 158 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve C operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve C (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 11. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair shift valve C, or replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 16. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0761 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 19. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 159 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 16. DTC P0771: SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E STUCK OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0771 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid E in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve E operates with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 160 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve E (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 11. 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0771 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair shift valve E, or replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 16. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears at speeds over 19 mph (30 km/h) for at least 20 seconds. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 16. 18. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0771 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0771 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 16. DTC P0776: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 161 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0776 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, but the tester has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 11. If any part was replaced, go to step 12. 11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B TEST ). Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B work properly? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 162 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 14. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0776 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0776 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0777: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B STUCK ON NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 163 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 6. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0777 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, but the tester has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 11. If any part was replaced, go to step 12. 11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B TEST ). Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B work properly? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 14. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0777 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 17. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 164 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0777 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0780: SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is stored whenever DTCs P1730, P1731, P1732, P1733, P1734 are detected. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle under the conditions for the DTCs indicated simultaneously with DTC P0780. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 3. Check for other DTCs indicated simultaneously with DTC P0780. NOTE: DTC P0780 means there is one or more A/T DTCs regarding the shift control system. Are there other DTCs? YES -Go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.      P1730 (see DTC P1730: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM: ) P1731 (see DTC P1731: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM: ) P1732 (see DTC P1732: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM: ) P1733 (see DTC P1733: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM: ) P1734 (see DTC P1734: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM: ) NO -Go to step 6. 6. Update the PCM if it does not have latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 7. Test-drive the vehicle under the conditions for the DTCs indicated simultaneously with DTC P0780. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 7. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 165 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 9. Check for DTC with the HDS. Is DTC P0780 indicated? YES -If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 7. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0780 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 9, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the PCM was updated and screen indicates FAILED, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 1. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 7. DTC P0796: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0796 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 166 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, but the tester has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 11. If any part was replaced, go to step 12. 11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C TEST ). Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C work properly? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valves B and C, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 14. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0796 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0796 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 167 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0797: A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C STUCK ON NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0797 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, but the tester has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 11. If any part was replaced, go to step 12. 11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C(see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 168 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element SOLENOID VALVE C TEST ). Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C work properly? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valves B and C, or replace the transmission, then go to step 12. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 14. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0797 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0797 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 14. DTC P0842: SHORT IN 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK ON NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS when not in 2nd gear. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 169 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Go to step 8. 4. 5. 6. 7. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Drive the vehicle in 4th gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0842 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF? YES -Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. NO -Go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 170 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 119: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C13 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C13 and the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 16. NO -Go to step 23. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 21. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 20. 22. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0842 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0842 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:47 AM Page 171 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element COMPLETED, go to step 19. 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 25. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 26. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 27. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 26. 28. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0842 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 25. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 29. 29. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0842 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 28, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a knowngood PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 25. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 25. DTC P0843: OPEN IN 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK OFF NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Shift into the 2 position while pressing the brake pedal, and check that the SHIFT COMMAND indicates Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 172 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2nd in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 5. Check the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the 2nd PRESSURE SWITCH ON? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 9. 6. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0843 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 9. 10. 11. 12. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure the voltage between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector terminal and body ground. Fig. 120: Measuring Voltage Between 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 173 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 13. 13. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground. Fig. 121: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminal C13 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C13 and the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 14. NO -Go to step 22. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 18. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0843 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0843 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 174 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 17. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 23. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 24. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 25. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 24. 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0843 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0843 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0847: SHORT IN 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK ON NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 175 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS when not in 3rd gear. Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH ON? YES -Go to step 4. NO -Go to step 7. 4. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 5. Drive the vehicle in 4th gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds. 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0847 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 5. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH OFF? YES -Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 11. 11. 12. 13. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connector C (22P). Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C10 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 176 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 122: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C10 and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 22. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0847 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0847 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 177 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 23. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 24. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 25. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0847 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0847 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 25, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a knowngood PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0848: OPEN IN 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT, OR 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH STUCK OFF NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Drive the vehicle in the 3rd gear in the D position D3 driving mode (press the D3 switch), and check that the SHIFT COMMAND indicates 3rd in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 5. Check the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 178 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is the 3rd PRESSURE SWITCH ON? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0848 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure the voltage between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector terminal and body ground. Fig. 123: Measuring Voltage Between 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector Terminal And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (see 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal G10 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 179 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 124: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminal G10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 5 V? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C10 and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 13. NO -Go to step 20. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 18. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0848 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0848 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 16. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 180 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 21. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 22. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in the D position for at least 2 seconds, then drive in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. 23. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0848 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 24. 24. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0848 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 23, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 21. DTC P0962: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0962 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 181 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Command A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A at 1.0 A in Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control menu. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0962 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 125: Measuring Resistance Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 3-10 ohms YES -Go to step 11. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 182 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 126: Checking Continuity Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and ground (G101) (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 14. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Measure the voltage between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 127: Measuring Voltage Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 11 V as the ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 183 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 20. NO -Repair open or short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C1 and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, then go to step 14. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0962 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0962 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated instep 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 17. 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 21. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. 22. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0962 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0962 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 184 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 21. DTC P0963: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0963 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Command A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A at 0.2 A in Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control menu. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0963 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 185 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 128: Measuring Resistance Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 3-10 ohms? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 129: Checking Continuity Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 186 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and ground (G101) (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0963 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0963 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. 18. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 19. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0963 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0963 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 187 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. DTC P0966: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0966 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Command A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B at 1.0 A in Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control menu. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0966 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 188 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector. 10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 130: Measuring Resistance Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 3-10 ohms? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 131: Checking Continuity Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 189 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and ground (G101) (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 14. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Measure the voltage between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 132: Measuring Voltage Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 11 V as the ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position? YES -Go to step 20. NO -Repair open or short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C15 and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B, then go to step 14. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0966 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 190 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0966 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 17. 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 21. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. 22. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0966 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0966 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 21. DTC P0967: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 191 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0967 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Command A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B at 0.2 A in Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control menu. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0967 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector. 10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 192 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 133: Measuring Resistance Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 3-10 ohms? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 134: Checking Continuity Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and ground (G101) (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ), or repair poor ground (G101),then go to step 12. 12. Reconnect all connectors. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 193 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 13. 14. 15. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0967 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0967 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. 18. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 19. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0967 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0967 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 194 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. DTC P0970: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0970 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Command A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve Cat 1.0 A in Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control menu. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0970 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 195 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector. 10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 135: Measuring Resistance Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 3-10 ohms? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 14. 11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 136: Checking Continuity Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 196 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and ground (G101) (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 14. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Measure the voltage between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 137: Measuring Voltage Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there about 11 V as the ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position? YES -Go to step 20. NO -Repair open or short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C7 and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C, then go to step 14. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0970 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0970 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 197 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 17. 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 21. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. 22. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0970 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0970 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 21. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 21. DTC P0971: PROBLEM IN A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 198 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is DTC P097 Vindicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Command A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C at 0.2 A in Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control menu. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0971 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector. 10. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 138: Measuring Resistance Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 199 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is there 3-10 ohms? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. 11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Fig. 139: Checking Continuity Between A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal No. 2 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 18. NO -Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and ground (G101) (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ), or repair poor ground (G101), then go to step 12. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0971 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 17. 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0971 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 200 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 16, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. 18. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 19. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0971 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0971 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 19. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. DTC P0973: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 201 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0973 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve A with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0973 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C6 and A9. Fig. 140: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C6 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 202 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is there less than 12 ohms? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 22. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C6 and A9. Fig. 141: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminals C6 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C6 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Inspect shift solenoid valve A and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Are shift solenoid valve A and the harness OK? YES -Go to step 22. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve A or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 203 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is DTC P0973 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0973 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 23. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 24. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 25. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0973 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0973 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 25, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0974: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A CIRCUIT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 204 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0974 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve A with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0974 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C6 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 205 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 142: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C6 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 12-25 ohms? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C6 and shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 5. Fig. 143: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C6 And Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 5 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C6 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 16. 14. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 206 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 15. Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 5 and the shift solenoid valve A connector terminal. Fig. 144: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 5 And Shift Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace shift solenoid valve A (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ),then go to step 16. NO -Replace the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0974 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0974 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 207 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. 23. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 24. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 25. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0974 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0974 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 24. DTC P0976: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 208 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is DTC P0976 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve B with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C4 and A9. Fig. 145: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C4 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 12 ohms? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 209 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 22. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C4 and A9. Fig. 146: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminals C4 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C4 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Inspect shift solenoid valve B and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Are shift solenoid valve B and the harness OK? YES -Go to step 21. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in the D position through 1st to 3rd gears, then drive in 3rd gear for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0976 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 210 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 23. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 24. Drive the vehicle in the D position through 1st to 3rd gears, then drive in 3rd gear for at least 1 second. 25. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0976 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 25, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0977: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B CIRCUIT NOTE: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 211 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 3. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through 1st to 3rd gears, then drive in 3rd gear for at least 1 second. 4. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0977 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve B with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through 1st to 3rd gears, then drive in 3rd gear for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0977 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C4 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 212 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 147: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C4 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 12-25 ohms? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C4 and shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 2. Fig. 148: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C4 And Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C4 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 16. 14. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 213 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 15. Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 2 and the shift solenoid valve B connector terminal. Fig. 149: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 2 And Shift Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. NO -Replace the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ),then go to step 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in the D position through 1st to 3rd gears, then drive in 3rd gear for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0977 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0977 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 214 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. 23. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 24. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 25. Drive the vehicle in the D position through 1st to 3rd gears, then drive in 3rd gear for at least 1 second. 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0977 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0977 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 24. DTC P0979: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 215 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is DTC P0979 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve C with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0979 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C2 and A9. Fig. 150: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C2 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 12 ohms? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 216 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 22. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C2 and A9. Fig. 151: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminals C2 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C2 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Inspect shift solenoid valve C and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Are shift solenoid valve C and the harness OK? YES -Go to step 22. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve C or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0979 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 217 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0979 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 23. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 24. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 25. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0979 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0979 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 25, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0980: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C CIRCUIT NOTE: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 218 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0980 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve C with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0980 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C2 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 219 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 152: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C2 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 12-25 ohms? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C2 and shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 1. Fig. 153: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C2 And Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 1 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C2 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 16. 14. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:48 AM Page 220 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 15. Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 1 and the shift solenoid valve C connector terminal. Fig. 154: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness And Shift Solenoid Valve Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace shift solenoid valve C (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. NO -Replace the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0980 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0980 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 221 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. 23. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 24. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 25. Drive the vehicle in 1st gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0980 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0980 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 24. DTC P0982: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D CIRCUIT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 222 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Is DTC P0982 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid D in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve D with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0982 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C5 and A9. Fig. 155: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C5 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 12 ohms? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 223 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 22. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C5 and A9. Fig. 156: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminals C5 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to body ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C5 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Inspect shift solenoid valve D and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Are shift solenoid valve D and the harness OK? YES -Go to step 22. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve D or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0982 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 224 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0982 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 23. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 24. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 25. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0982 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 26. 26. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0982 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 25, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0983: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D CIRCUIT NOTE: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 225 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0983 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid D in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve D with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0983 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C5 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 226 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 157: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C5 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 12-25 ohms? YES -Go to step 22. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C5 and shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 8. Fig. 158: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C5 And Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 8 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C5 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 16. 14. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 227 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 15. Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 8 and the shift solenoid valve D connector terminal. Fig. 159: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness And Shift Solenoid Valve D Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace shift solenoid valve D (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. NO -Replace the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ),then go to step 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0983 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0983 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 228 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 23. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 24. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0983 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 25. 25. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0983 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 24, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 23. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 23. DTC P0985: SHORT IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E CIRCUIT NOTE:   1. 2. 3. 4. Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0985 indicated? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 229 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid E in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve E with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0985 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C3 and A9. Fig. 160: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C3 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there less than 12 ohms? YES -Go to step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 230 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 21. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C3 and A9. Fig. 161: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminals C3 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Repair short to ground in the wire between PCM connector terminal C3 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 15. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Inspect shift solenoid valve E and the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). Are shift solenoid valve E and the harness OK? YES -Go to step 21. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve E or the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0985 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 231 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 20. 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0985 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 19, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. 21. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 22. Start the engine in the P position, and wait for at least 1 second. 23. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0985 indicated? YES -Check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 22. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 24. 24. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0985 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 23, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for intermittent short to body ground in the wire between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 22. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 22. DTC P0986: OPEN IN SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE E CIRCUIT NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 232 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0986 indicated? YES -Go to step 8. NO -Go to step 5. 5. Select Shift Solenoid E in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test shift solenoid valve E with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Go to step 8. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0986 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 8. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 5. 8. 9. 10. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Disconnect PCM connectors A (31P) and C (22P). Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C3 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 233 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 162: Measuring Resistance Between PCM Connector Terminals C3 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there 12- 25 ohms? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Go to step 12. 12. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector at the transmission housing. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C3 and shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 3. Fig. 163: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal C3 And Shift Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 14. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C3 and the shift solenoid harness connector, then go to step 16. 14. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST ). 15. Check for continuity between shift solenoid harness connector terminal No. 3 and the shift solenoid valve Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 234 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element E connector terminal. Fig. 164: Checking Continuity Between Shift Solenoid Harness Connector And Shift Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Replace shift solenoid valve E (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. NO -Replace the shift solenoid harness (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0986 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0986 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 235 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. 23. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 24. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second. 25. Drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in the D position for at least 1 second. 26. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P0986 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 27. 27. Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0986 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 26, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between shift solenoid valve E and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 24. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 24. DTC P1717: OPEN IN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH ATP RVS SWITCH CIRCUIT NOTE:   Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the transmission. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Shift to the R position, and check the A/T R SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the A/T R SWITCH ON? YES -Go to step 3. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 236 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Inspect the end of the selector control shaft (see step 8 ), adjust the shift cable (see SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT ), then recheck. If the problem still exists, go to step 4. 3. Check the REVERSE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is the REVERSE SWITCH ON? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A8 and body ground, and between PCM connector terminal A9 and body ground. Fig. 165: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal A8 And A9 Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 6. NO -Repair open in the wires between PCM connector terminals A8, A9, and ground (G101), and repair poor ground (G101),then go to step 12. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Shift to the R position. 8. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals C12 and A9. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 237 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 166: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals C12 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there voltage? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between PCM connector terminal C12 and the transmission range switch. If the connection is OK, go to step 19. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 11. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 10 terminals at the transmission range switch. The shift position must be R. Fig. 167: Checking Continuity Between Connector Terminals 1 And 10 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between transmission range switch connector terminal No. 1. If the connection is OK, repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal C12 and the transmission range switch, then go to step 12. NO -Replace the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 12. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 238 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Start the engine. With the brake pedal pressed, shift slowly from the P position to the N position, then shift to the R position. 17. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1717 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO -Go to step 18. 18. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1717 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 17, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 15. 19. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ). 20. Start the engine. 21. With the brake pedal pressed, shift slowly from the P position to the N position, then shift to the R position. 22. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1717 indicated? YES -Check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 20. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. NO -Go to step 23. 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1717 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 239 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM (see ECM/PCM REPLACEMENT ). If any other DTCs were indicated in step 22, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals between the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then go to step 20. If the PCM was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 20. DTC P1730: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:    Shift Solenoid Valves A or D Stuck OFF Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON Shift Valves A, B, or D Stuck NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review the General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 17. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1730 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 240 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 10. Select Shift Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve A operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve A (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 11. Select Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 12. Select Shift Solenoid D in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve D operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve D (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 13. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 13. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1730 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valves A, B, and D, or replace the transmission, then go to step 16. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 13. 16. Reconnect all connectors. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 241 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 19. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 19. 21. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1730 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1730 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. DTC P1731: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:    Shift Solenoid Valve E Stuck ON Shift Valve E Stuck A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 242 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1731 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid E in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve E operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve E (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 13. 11. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, but if the tester has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 12. If any part was replaced, go to step 13. 12. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A TEST ). Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A work properly? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve E, or replace the transmission, then go to step 13. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 13. 13. Reconnect all connectors. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 243 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 16. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 17. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 16. 18. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1731 indicated ? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 19. 19. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1731 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 18, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 16. DTC P1732: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:   Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck ON Shift Valves B or C Stuck NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 244 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1732 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 11. Select Shift Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve C operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve C (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ),then go to step 15. 12. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 12. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1732 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valves B and C, or replace the transmission, then go to step 15. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 12. 15. Reconnect all connectors. 16. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 245 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 18. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 19. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 18. 20. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1732 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1732 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. DTC P1733: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:    Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON Shift Valve D Stuck A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 5. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 6. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 246 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1733 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid D in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve D operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve D (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 11. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. Does the screen indicate NORMAL? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Follow instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result, but if the tester has not determined the cause of the failure, go to step 15. If any part was replaced, go to step 16. 12. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 12. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1733 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve D, or replace the transmission, then go to step 16. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 12. 15. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C TEST ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 247 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C work properly? YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valve D, or replace the transmission, then go to step 16. NO -Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 16. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 19. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1733 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 22. 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1733 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 21, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 19. DTC P1734: PROBLEM IN SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM:   Shift Solenoid Valves B or C Stuck OFF Shift Valves B or C Stuck NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and any on-board snapshot, and review General Troubleshooting Information (see GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION ). 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 ) through a strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or excessive clutch material. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 248 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material? YES -Replace the transmission, then go to step 14. NO -Replace the ATF (see step 5 ), then go to step 4. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1734 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? YES -Go to step 9. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 6. 9. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 10. Select Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve B operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 11. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve B (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 11. Select Shift Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that shift solenoid valve C operates with the HDS. Is a clicking sound heard? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Replace shift solenoid valve C (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT ), then go to step 15. 12. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. 13. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive in step 12. 14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1734 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate FAILED? Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 249 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element YES -Repair the hydraulic system related with shift valves B and C, or replace the transmission, then go to step 15. NO -If the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 12. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Reconnect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Clear the DTC with the HDS. Test-drive the vehicle in the D position through all five gears. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and repeat the test-drive instep 18. Check for DTCs with the HDS. Is DTC P1734 indicated? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 21. 21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P1734 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES -Troubleshooting is complete. If any other DTCs were indicated in step 20, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO -If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. ROAD TEST 1. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Apply the parking brake, and block both rear wheels. 3. Start the engine, then shift to the D position while pressing the brake pedal. Press the accelerator pedal, and release it suddenly. The engine should not stall. 4. Repeat step 3 in all shift lever positions. 5. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/T data list. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 250 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 168: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Prepare the HDS to take a HIGH SPEED SNAPSHOT (Refer to the HDS user's guide for more details if needed):  Select High Speed Snapshot.  Select these parameters:  Vehicle Speed  Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed  Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed  Engine Speed  Relative TP Sensor  APP Sensor A (V)  ATF Temperature  Battery Voltage  Shift Control  Brake Switch  Set the Trigger Type to Parameter.  Adjust the Parameter setting to APP Sensor A above 0.8 V.  Set the recording time to 60 seconds.  Set the Trigger point to -30 seconds. 7. Find a suitable level road. When you are ready to do the test, press OK on the HDS. 8. Monitor the HDS and accelerate quickly until APP Sensor A reads 0.8 V. Maintain a steady throttle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear, then slow the vehicle and come to a stop. 9. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded or increase the recording time setting as necessary and repeat step 8. 10. Adjust the Parameter setting to 2.5 V. Retest-drive the vehicle. While monitoring the HDS accelerate quickly until APP Sensor A reads 2.5 V. Maintain a steady throttle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear (or reasonable speed), then slow the vehicle and come to a stop. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 251 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 11. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded or increase the recording time setting as necessary and repeat step 10. 12. Accelerate quickly until the accelerator pedal is to the floor. Maintain a steady pedal until the transmission shifts to 3rd gear, then slow to a stop, and save the snapshot. 13. Review each snapshot individually and compare the Shift Command, APP Sensor A voltage, and Vehicle Speed to the table below. Upshift: D Position APP SENSOR VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS APP Sensor A voltage: 0.8 V 1st-->2nd 9-12 mph (15-19 km/h) 2nd-->3rd 17-21 mph (28-33 km/h) 3rd-->4th 24-29 mph (39-46 km/h) 4th-->5th 39-45 mph (63-72 km/h) Lock-up ON in 5th gear 48-55 mph (77-89 km/h) APP Sensor A voltage: 2.25 V 1st-->2nd 21-25 mph (34-40 km/h) 2nd-->3rd 41-47 mph (67-75 km/h) 3rd-->4th 65-71 mph (105-114 km/h) 4th-->5th 109-120 mph (176-193 km/h) Lock-up ON in 5th gear 114-125 mph (184-201 km/h) Fully-opened throttle APP Sensor A voltage: 4.5 V 1st-->2nd 37-43 mph (60-68 km/h) 2nd-->3rd 65-74 mph (106-119 km/h) 3rd-->4th 101-113 mph (164-183 km/h) Downshift: D Position APP SENSOR VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS APP Sensor A voltage: 0.8 V Lock-up OFF in 5th gear 47-54 mph (76-86 km/h) 5th-->4th 30-36 mph (49-57 km/h) 4th-->3rd 18-22 mph (30-35 km/h) 3rd-->1st 5-8 mph (8-13 km/h) APP Sensor A voltage: 2.25 V Lock-up OFF in 5th gear 72-81 mph (117-130 km/h) Fully-opened throttle APP Sensor A voltage: 4.5 V Lock-up OFF in 5th gear 122-133 mph (197-214 km/h) 5th-->4th 116-128 mph (187-206 km/h) 4th-->3rd 85-95 mph (137-153 km/h) 3rd-->2nd 52-60 mph (85-96 km/h) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 252 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2nd-->1st 26-31 mph (42-50 km/h) 14. Drive the vehicle in 4th or 5th gear in the D position, then shift to the 2 position. The vehicle should immediately begin to slow down from engine braking. 15. Shift to the 1 position, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage. Upshifts should not occur in this position. 16. Shift to the 2 position, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage. Upshifts and downshifts should not occur in this position. 17. Shift to the R position, accelerate from a stop at full throttle momentarily, and check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage. 18. Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16 degrees), apply the brake, and shift into the P position. Release the brake; the vehicle should not move. NOTE: Always use the parking brake to hold the vehicle, when stopped on an incline in gear. Depending on the grade of the incline, the vehicle could roll if the brake is released. STALL SPEED TEST 1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to the proper level (see ATF LEVEL CHECK ). 2. Apply the parking brake, and block all four wheels. 3. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/T data list. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Fig. 169: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Make sure the A/C switch is OFF. 5. After the engine has warmed up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), shift to the 2 position. 6. Firmly press the brake pedal, then fully press the accelerator pedal for 6 to 8 seconds, and note the engine Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 253 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element speed. Do not move the shift lever while raising engine speed. 7. Allow 2 minutes for cooling, then repeat the test in the D, 1, and R positions. NOTE:     Do not test stall speed for more than 10 seconds at a time. Stall speed tests should be used for diagnostic purposes only. Stall speed tests should be the same in D, 2,1, and R positions. Do not test stall speed with the A/T oil pressure gauges installed. Stall Speed rpm: Specification: 2,400 rpm Service Limit: 2,250-2,550 rpm 8. If the measurements are out of the service limit, problems and probable causes are listed in the table. SYMPTOM PROBLEM CHART Problem Stall speed rpm high in the D, 2,1, and R positions Stall speed rpm high in the 1 position Stall speed rpm high in the 2 position Stall speed rpm high in the R position Stall speed rpm low in the D, 2,1, and R positions Probable causes ATF pump output low  Clogged ATF strainer  Regulator valve stuck  Slipping clutch Slippage of 1st clutch Slippage of 2nd clutch Slippage of 4th clutch     Engine output low Engine throttle valve closed Torque converter one-way clutch slipping PRESSURE TEST Special Tools Required    A/T oil pressure gauge set w/panel 07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A A/T pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 1. Make sure the transmission fluid is filled to the proper level (see ATF LEVEL CHECK ). 2. 4WD: Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is securely supported, and allow all four wheels to rotate freely. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 254 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2WD: Raise the front of the vehicle, make sure it is securely supported. Set the parking brake, block rear wheels securely, and allow the front wheels to rotate freely. Or raise the vehicle on a lift. 3. Remove the splash shield. 4. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/T data list. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Fig. 170: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Connect the A/T oil pressure gauge to the line pressure inspection port (A). Do not allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the port while connecting the gauge. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 255 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 171: Connecting A/T Oil Pressure Gauge To Line Pressure Inspection Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 7. With the shift lever in the P or N position while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm, measure the line pressure. NOTE: Higher pressure may be indicated if measurements are made with shift lever in a position other than P or N. FLUID PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS Fluid Pressure Pressure Line (A) Standard Service Limit 900-960 kPa (9.2-9.8 kgf/cm2 , 850 kPa (8.7 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 130-140 psi) 8. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the A/T oil pressure gauge from the line pressure inspection port. 9. Install the sealing bolt to the line pressure inspection port with the new sealing washer, and tighten the bolts to 18 N.m (1.8 kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft). Do not reuse old sealing washer. 10. Connect the A/Toil pressure gauge to the 1st clutch pressure inspection port (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 256 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 172: Connecting A/T Oil Pressure Gauge To 1st Clutch Pressure Inspection Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner assembly, and connect the A/T oil pressure gauge to the 2nd clutch pressure inspection port (C). Then temporarily install the air cleaner assembly and intake air duct. Fig. 173: Connecting A/T Oil Pressure Gauge To 2nd Clutch Pressure Inspection Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Start the engine, shift to the 1 position, and measure the 1st clutch pressure at the 1st clutch pressure inspection port (B) while holding engine speed at 2,000 rpm. 13. Shift to the 2 position, and measure the 2nd clutch pressure at the 2nd clutch pressure inspection port (C) while holding engine speed at 2,000 rpm. FLUID PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS Fluid Pressure Pressure 1st clutch (B) 2nd clutch (C) Standard Service Limit 890-970 kPa (9.1-9.9 kgf/cm2 , 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 130-140 psi) 14. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the A/Toil pressure gauges from the 1st clutch pressure and 2nd clutch pressure inspection ports. 15. Install the sealing bolts to the 1st clutch pressure and 2nd clutch pressure inspection ports with the new Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 257 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element sealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N.m (1.8 kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft). Do not reuse old sealing washers. 16. Connect the A/Toil pressure gauge to the 3rd clutch pressure inspection port (D) and 5th clutch pressure inspection port (F). Fig. 174: Connecting A/T Oil Pressure Gauge To 3rd Clutch Pressure Inspection Port And 5th Clutch Pressure Inspection Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Connect the A/T oil pressure gauge to the 4th clutch pressure inspection port (E). Fig. 175: Connecting A/T Oil Pressure Gauge To 4th Clutch Pressure Inspection Port Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Select Pressure Test Assistance Mode in the Miscellaneous Test Menu of the A/T Mode Menu. 19. Start the engine, then shift to the D position and select D3 driving mode by pressing the D3 switch. 20. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure at the 3rd clutch pressure inspection port (D) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm. 21. Disable the D3 driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and measure the 4th clutch pressure at the 4th clutch pressure inspection port (E) and the 5th clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure inspection port (F) while holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm. FLUID PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS Fluid Pressure Pressure Standard Service Limit Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 258 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3rd clutch (D) 4th clutch (E) 5th clutch (F) 890-920 kPa (9.1-9.9 kgf/cm2 , 130-140 psi) 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 22. Bring the engine back to an idle, then apply the brake pedal to stop the wheels from rotating. 23. Shift to the R position, then release the brake pedal. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and measure the 4th clutch pressure at the 4th clutch pressure inspection port (E). FLUID PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS Fluid Pressure Pressure 4th clutch (E) in R Standard Service Limit 890-920 kPa (9.1-9.9 kgf/cm2 , 130-140 psi) 840 kPa (8.6 kgf/cm2 , 120 psi) 24. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the A/T oil pressure gauges from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch pressure inspection ports. 25. Install the sealing bolts to the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch pressure inspection ports with the new sealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N.m (1.8 kgf.m, 13 lbf.ft). Do not reuse old sealing washers. 26. If the pressures are out of the service limit, problems and probable causes are listed in the table. SYMPTOM PROBLEM CHART Problem No or low line pressure Probable causes      No or low 1st clutch pressure   No or low 2nd clutch pressure   No or low 3rd clutch pressure   No or low 4th clutch pressure   No or low 5th clutch pressure   No or low 4th clutch pressure in the R position    Torque converter ATF pump Regulator valve Torque converter check valve Clogged ATF strainer 1st clutch O-rings 2nd clutch O-rings 3rd clutch O-rings 4th clutch O-rings 5th clutch O-rings Servo valve 4th clutch O-rings Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 259 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 27. Install the air cleaner assembly and intake air duct. 28. Install the splash shield. SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE TEST 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). Fig. 176: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Select Shift Solenoid A, B, C, D, and E test in Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Check that shift solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and E operate with the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard. 4. The shift solenoid valves test is finished if the test results are OK. If no sound is heard, remove the shift solenoid valves and test. 5. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 260 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 177: Identifying Drain Plug With Sealing Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 7. Place the transmission jack under the transmission, and lift it up to create clearance between the transmission and front subframe. 8. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 9. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), gasket (B), and dowel pins (C). Fig. 178: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve Cover, Gasket And Dowel Pins With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 261 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 179: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Measure shift solenoid valve resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals below and body ground:  No. 1 (GRN): Shift solenoid valve C  No. 2 (ORN): Shift solenoid valve B  No. 3 (RED): Shift solenoid valve E  No. 5 (BLU): Shift solenoid valve A  No. 8 (YEL): Shift solenoid valve D Standard: 12-25 ohms 12. If the resistance is out of standard, disconnect the shift solenoid valve connector, and measure its resistance at the solenoid valve connector. Replace the shift solenoid valve if the resistance is out of standard. 13. Connect the battery negative terminal to body ground, and connect the battery positive terminal to the shift solenoid harness connector terminal individually. A clicking sound should be heard. 14. If no sound is heard, connect the battery positive terminal to the shift solenoid valve terminal, and check for a clicking sound. Replace the shift solenoid valve if no clicking sound is heard. 15. Replace the shift solenoid harness if the shift solenoid valves test results are OK. 16. Install a new O-ring on the shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 17. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins and a new gasket. 18. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 19. Remove the transmission jack. 20. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 ). SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 262 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Fig. 180: Identifying Drain Plug With Sealing Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 3. Place the transmission jack under the transmission, and lift it up to create clearance between the transmission and front subframe. 4. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), gasket (B), and dowel pins (C). Fig. 181: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve Cover, Gasket And Dowel Pins With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors, remove the solenoid mounting bolts, then hold the solenoid valve body and remove the shift solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the shift Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 263 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element solenoid valve. Fig. 182: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve Connectors And Solenoid Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (F) on the reused solenoid valve. NOTE: A new shift solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new shift solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 7. Install shift solenoid valves C, D, and E. While holding the shift solenoid valve body, be sure to install the solenoid valves until their mounting brackets contact the servo body. 8. Install shift solenoid valves A and B. While holding the shift solenoid valve body, be sure to install the solenoid valves until their mounting brackets contact the bracket of the installed solenoid. Install the solenoid mounting bolts (H) and tighten them. NOTE: Do not install solenoid valves A and B before installing shift solenoid valves D and E. If solenoid valves A and B are installed before solenoid valves D and E, it may damage the hydraulic control system. 9. Connect the shift solenoid valve D connector (G) with the ATF temperature sensor. 10. Connect the solenoid valve A connector (BLU wire), solenoid valve B connector (ORN wire), solenoid valve C connector (GRN wire), and solenoid valve E connector (RED wire). 11. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins and a new gasket. 12. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 13. Remove the transmission jack. 14. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 264 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A TEST 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). Fig. 183: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. 4. Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result. If the HDS has not determined the cause of the failure, remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid A and test. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 6. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. Fig. 184: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A resistance at the solenoid valve A connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:49 AM Page 265 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Standard: 3-10 ohms 8. If the resistance is out of the standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ). 9. Connect the battery positive terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve connector terminal No. 1, and connect the battery negative terminal to terminal No. 2. A clicking sound should be heard. 10. If no sound is heard, remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, and check the valve movement. 11. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Fig. 185: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve And Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the ATF pipe (B), ATF joint pipes (C), O-rings (D), and gasket (E). 13. Check the fluid passage of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 14. Connect the battery positive terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve connector terminal No. 1, and connect the battery negative terminal to terminal No. 2. Make sure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve moves. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 266 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 186: Checking A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Moves Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check valve movement. NOTE: You can see valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A body. 16. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT ). 17. Install a new gasket on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and ATF joint pipes. 18. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 19. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 20. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 21. Install the air cleaner assembly. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 3. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 267 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 187: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve And Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the ATF pipe (B), ATF joint pipes (C), O-rings (D), and gasket (E). Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the transmission housing. Install a new gasket on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and ATF joint pipes. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. Install new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 10. Install the air cleaner assembly. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B TEST 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 268 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 188: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. 4. Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result. If the HDS has not determined the cause of the failure, remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, and test. 5. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, and write down the audio presets. 6. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then disconnect the battery positive terminal. 7. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, then remove the battery and battery tray. 8. Remove the battery base. 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector. Fig. 189: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance between solenoid valve B terminals No. land No. 2. Standard: 3-10 ohms 11. If the resistance is out of the. standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ). 12. Connect the battery positive terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 1, and connect the battery negative terminal to terminal No. 2. A clicking sound should be heard. 13. If no sound is heard, remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 14. Remove the mounting bolts, harness clamp bracket (A), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 269 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 190: Identifying Harness Clamp Bracket And A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the ATF joint pipes (D), O-rings (E), and gasket (F). 16. Check the fluid passage of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 17. Connect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 1 to the battery positive terminal, and connect terminal No. 2 to the battery negative terminal. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 270 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 191: Checking A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Moves Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check valve movement. NOTE: You can see valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C body. 19. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ). 20. Install a new gasket on the transmission housing, and install the ATF joint pipes. 21. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 22. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, and harness clamp bracket. 23. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 24. Install the battery base, battery tray, and battery, then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket. 25. Connect the battery terminals. 26. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets. 27. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). 28. Set the clock. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C TEST 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 271 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 192: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. 4. Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS by the test result. If the HDS has not determined the cause of the failure, remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, and test. 5. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, and write down the audio presets. 6. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then disconnect the battery positive terminal. 7. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, then remove the battery and battery tray. 8. Remove the battery base. 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector. Fig. 193: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance between solenoid valve C terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Standard: 3-10 ohms 11. If the resistance is out of the standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C (see Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 272 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ). 12. Connect the battery positive terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 1, and connect the battery negative terminal to terminal No. 2. A clicking sound should be heard. 13. If no sound is heard, remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 14. Remove the mounting bolts, harness clamp bracket (A), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. Fig. 194: Identifying Mounting Bolts, Harness Clamp Bracket And A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the ATF joint pipes (D), O-rings (E),and gasket (F). 16. Check the fluid passage of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 17. Connect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 1 to the battery positive terminal, and connect terminal No. 2 to the battery negative terminal. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 273 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 195: Checking A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Moves Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check valve movement. NOTE: You can see valve movement through the fluid passage in the mounting surface of the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C body. 19. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C (see A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT ). 20. Install a new gasket on the transmission housing, and install the ATF joint pipes. 21. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 22. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, and harness clamp bracket. 23. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 24. Install the battery base, battery tray, and battery, then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket. 25. Connect the battery terminals. 26. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets. 27. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). 28. Set the clock. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B AND C REPLACEMENT 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, and write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then disconnect the battery positive terminal. 3. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, then remove the battery and battery tray. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 274 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4. Remove the battery base. 5. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors. 6. Remove the mounting bolts, harness clamp bracket (A), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. Fig. 196: Identifying Mounting Bolts, Harness Clamp Bracket And A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Remove the ATF joint pipes (D), O-rings (E), and gasket (F). Clean the mounting surface and fluid passages of the transmission housing. Install a new gasket on the transmission housing, and install the ATF joint pipes. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. Install new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, and harness clamp bracket. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. Install the battery base, battery tray, and battery, then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket. Connect the battery terminals. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets. Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 275 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 17. Set the clock. INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor. 3. Install a new O-ring (A) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (B), then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, and washer (G) in the transmission housing. Fig. 197: Identifying O-Ring And Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, and clean if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the air cleaner assembly. OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor. 3. Install a new O-ring (A) on the new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (B), then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 276 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 198: Identifying O-Ring And Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, and clean if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the air cleaner assembly. 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch. 3. Install the new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A) with a new sealing washer (B). Tighten the switch to the specified torque on the metal part, not the plastic part. Fig. 199: Identifying 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch With Sealing Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, and clean if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the air cleaner assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 277 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch. 2. Install the new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A) with a new sealing washer (B). Tighten the switch to the specified torque on the metal part, not the plastic part. Fig. 200: Identifying 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch With Sealing Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, and clean if necessary, then connect the connector securely. ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST/REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Fig. 201: Identifying Drain Plug With Torque Specification Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 278 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 3. Place the transmission jack under the transmission, and lift it up to create clearance between the transmission and front subframe. 4. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 5. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), gasket (B), and dowel pins (C). Fig. 202: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve Cover, Gasket And Dowel Pins With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector. Fig. 203: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector With Torque Specification Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 279 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms-25 kohms 8. If the resistance is out of standard, replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness; go to step 9. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the solenoid harness. If the measurement is within the standard, install the removed parts; go to step 12. 9. Disconnect the connectors from the shift solenoid valves. 10. Connect the shift solenoid valve D connector (A) with the ATF temperature sensor (B) on the shift solenoid harness. Fig. 204: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve D Connector With ATF Temperature Sensor With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Connect the solenoid valve A connector (BLU wire) (C), solenoid valve B connector (ORN wire) (D), solenoid valve C connector (GRN wire) (E), and solenoid valve E connector (RED wire) (F). 12. Install the new O-ring (G) on the shift solenoid harness connector (H), and install the connector in the transmission housing. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins and a new gasket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Remove the transmission jack. 16. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 ). ATF LEVEL CHECK Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 280 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. 2. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn the engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm up longer than the time it takes for the radiator fan to come on twice. NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60-90 seconds after turning the engine off. Higher fluid level may be indicated if the radiator fan comes on twice or more. 3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A) from the transmission, and wipe it with a clean cloth. Fig. 205: Identifying Dipstick (Yellow Loop) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission. 5. Remove the dipstick (A), and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper mark (B) and the lower mark (C). Fig. 206: Identifying Upper Mark And Lower Mark On Dipstick Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 281 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the level is below the upper mark, check for fluid leaks at the transmission, hose and line joints, and cooler lines. If a problem is found, fix it before filling the transmission with ATF. NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is below the lower mark:     Transmission damage will result. Vehicle does not move in any gear. Vehicle accelerates poorly, and flares when starting off in the D and R positions. The engine vibrates at idle. 7. If the level is above the upper mark, drain the ATF to proper level (see step 3 ). NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is above the upper mark, the vehicle may creep forward in the N position, or have shifting problems. 8. If necessary, fill the transmission with ATF through the dipstick hole to bring the fluid level to midway between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. Do not fill past the upper mark. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. 9. Insert the dipstick (A) back into the transmission with the handle pointing toward the breather pipe (B). Fig. 207: Identifying Dipstick Back Into Transmission Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ATF REPLACEMENT NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 282 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn the engine off. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). NOTE: If ATF cooler cleaning is necessary, refer to ATF cooler cleaning (see ATF COOLER CLEANING ). Fig. 208: Identifying Drain Plug With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Remove the dipstick, and refill the transmission with the recommended fluid amount through the dipstick hole until the level reaches between the upper mark and the lower mark on the dipstick. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity: 4WD: 2.5 L (2.6 US qt) at change 7.2 L (7.6 US qt) at overhaul 2WD: 2.6 L (2.7 US qt) at change 7.0 L (7.4 US qt) at overhaul 6. Insert the dipstick (A) back into the transmission with the handle pointing toward the breather pipe (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 283 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 209: Identifying Dipstick (Oil Gauge) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER ASSEMBLY INSPECTION 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is supported securely. 2. Shift the transmission into the N position. 3. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller shaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C). Fig. 210: Identifying Propeller Shaft And Transfer Companion Flange With Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer assembly. 5. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion flange (B), and measure the transfer gear backlash. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) B Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 284 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 211: Measuring Transfer Gear Backlash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. If the backlash is out of standard, remove the transfer assembly, and adjust the transfer gear backlash (see step 20 ). 7. Check for fluid leaks between the mating surfaces of the transfer assembly and transmission. 8. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly, and replace the O-ring. Also check for fluid leaks between the mating surfaces of the transfer housing and transfer cover. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly, and replace the O-ring. 9. Check for leaks between the transfer companion flange and transfer oil seal. 10. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly from the transmission, and replace the transfer oil seal and O-ring on the transfer output shaft. If oil seal and O-ring replacement is required, you will need to check arid adjust the transfer gear tooth contact, transfer gear backlash, the tapered roller bearing starting torque, and the total starting torque (see INSPECTION ). Do not replace the oil seal with the transfer assembly on the transmission. TRANSFER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is supported securely. 2. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 285 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 212: Identifying Drain Plug With Sealing Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller shaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C). Fig. 213: Identifying Propeller Shaft And Transfer Companion Flange With Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer assembly. 5. Remove the transfer assembly and dowel pin. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 286 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 214: Identifying Transfer Assembly And Dowel Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 1. Clean the area where the transfer assembly contacts the transmission with solvent or carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. Then apply Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) to the contact areas. When installing the transfer assembly, be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the transmission. 2. Install the new O-ring (A) on the transfer. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 287 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 215: Identifying O-Ring And Dowel Pin With Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Insert the five bolts (B) in the transfer housing, then install the transfer assembly with the dowel pin (C). 4. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfer companion flange (B) by aligning the reference mark (C). Fig. 216: Identifying Propeller Shaft And Transfer Companion Flange With Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Refill the transmission fluid (see step 5 ). 6. Start the engine, and run it to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Turn the engine off, and check the fluid level (see ATF LEVEL CHECK ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 288 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element TRANSMISSION REMOVAL Special Tools Required    Engine hanger adapter VSB02C000015 Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 (Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1888-424-6857) NOTE: 1. 2. 3. 4. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system, and write down the audio presets. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is securely supported. Remove the splash shield. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). Fig. 217: Identifying Drain Plug With Sealing Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Disconnect the battery negative terminal, then disconnect the battery positive terminal. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, then remove the battery and battery tray. Remove the harness clamp from the battery base, then remove the battery base. Remove the transmission ground terminal (A). BE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 289 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 218: Identifying 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector And A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector (B) and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (C), and remove the harness clamps (D) from the clamp brackets (E). 11. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (A) and input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector (B). Fig. 219: Identifying Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Connector And Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector (C). 13. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 290 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 220: Identifying 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector (A), A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (B), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (C), then remove the harness clamps (D) from the clamp brackets (E). Fig. 221: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector And A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF cooler lines (B). Turn the ends of the ATF cooler hoses up to prevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the ATF cooler hoses and lines. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 291 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 222: Identifying ATF Cooler Hoses And ATF Cooler Lines Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check for any signs of leakage at the hose joints. 17. Remove the bolts (A) securing the water line and harness brackets (B). Fig. 223: Identifying Water Line And Harness Brackets With Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Attach the engine hanger adapter (VSB02C000015) to the threaded hole (A) in the cylinder head. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 292 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 224: Attaching Engine Hanger Adapter (VSB02C000015) To Threaded Hole Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box from its bracket. 20. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) to the vehicle, and attach the hook (A) to the engine hanger adapter (VSB02C000015). Tighten the wing nut (B) by hand, and lift and support the engine. Fig. 225: Lifting Engine With Engine Support Hanger (AAR-T-12566) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Insert a 5 mm hex wrench (A) in the top of the ball joint pin (B), and remove the nut (C), then separate the stabilizer link (D) from the lower arm. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 293 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 226: Separating Stabilizer Link From Lower Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Remove the lock pin (E) and castle nuts (F). Install the ball joint thread protector (07AAF-SDAA100) on the ball joint threads, and separate the lower arms (G) from the knuckles (H) (see step 10 in KNUCKLE/HUB/WHEEL BEARING REPLACEMENT ). 23. Remove the torque converter cover (A), and remove the eight drive plate bolts (B) while rotating the crankshaft pulley. Fig. 227: Identifying Torque Converter Cover And Eight Drive Plate With Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Remove the shift cable cover (A), then remove the bolts (B) securing the shift cable bracket (C), and the shift cable holder (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 294 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 228: Identifying Shift Cable Cover And Shift Cable Bracket With Shift Cable Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Pry up the lock tab of the lock washer (E), and remove the lock bolt (F) and the lock washer, then separate the control lever (G) from the selector control shaft (H). Do not bend the shift cable excessively. 26. Remove the shift cable cover bracket. Fig. 229: Identifying Shift Cable Cover Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Disconnect the ATF cooler hose (A) from the ATF cooler line (B), then plug the end of the hose. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 295 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 230: Identifying ATF Cooler Hose And ATF Cooler Line With Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 28. Remove the front mount bolt (C) and nut (D). 29. Remove the rear mount bolts. Fig. 231: Identifying Rear Mount Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Make the appropriate reference lines at positions A and B that line up with the center of the front subframe mounting bolts (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 296 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 232: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 31. Attach the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) to the front subframe with hanging the hook of the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) over the front of the front subframe, then tighten the wing nut. Fig. 233: Identifying Front Subframe Adapter (VSB02C000016) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 32. Raise the jack and line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base, then attach them with the bolts securely. 33. Remove the four front subframe mounting bolts, then lower the front subframe. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 297 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 234: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 34. 4WD: Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller shaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C), then separate the propeller shaft from the transfer assembly. Fig. 235: Identifying Propeller Shaft And Transfer Companion Flange Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 35. Pry the left driveshaft out of the differential (see step 9 in FRONT DRIVESHAFT REMOVAL ). 36. Remove the driveshafts from the differential and intermediate shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 298 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 236: Identifying Intermediate Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 37. Remove the intermediate shaft cover (A). Fig. 237: Identifying Intermediate Shaft Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 38. Remove the intermediate shaft (B). Coat all precision finished surfaces with clean engine oil, then tie plastic bags over the driveshaft and intermediate shaft ends. 39. Place a jack under the transmission. 40. Remove the transmission housing upper mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 299 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 238: Identifying Transmission Housing Upper Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 41. Remove the transmission mount bracket bolt (A) and nuts (B), then remove the transmission mount bolt (C). Fig. 239: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Bolt And Nuts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 42. Remove the transmission housing front mounting bolts located on front lower of the transmission. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 300 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 240: Identifying Transmission Housing Front Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 43. Remove the transmission housing rear mounting bolts located on rear lower of the transmission. Fig. 241: Identifying Transmission Housing Rear Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 44. Slide the transmission away from the engine to remove it from the vehicle. 45. Remove the torque converter assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 301 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 242: Identifying Torque Converter Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 46. Remove the front mount. Fig. 243: Identifying Front Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 47. Remove the rear mount/bracket. NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 302 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 244: Identifying Rear Mounting Bolts And Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 48. Remove the air cleaner housing mounting bracket. Fig. 245: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 49. Inspect the drive plate, and replace it if it's damaged. DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove the transmission assembly (see TRANSMISSION REMOVAL ). 2. Remove the drive plate (A) and washer (B) from the engine. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 303 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 246: Identifying Drive Plate And Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the drive plate and washer on the engine, and tighten the eight bolts in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps. 4. Install the transmission assembly (see TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION ). TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION Special Tools Required    Engine hanger adapter VSB02C000015 Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 (Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1888-424-6857) NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging pained surfaces. 1. Clean the ATF cooler (see ATF COOLER CLEANING ). 2. Install the air cleaner housing mounting bracket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 304 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 247: Identifying Air Cleaner Housing Mounting Bracket And Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the front mount. Fig. 248: Identifying Front Mounting Bracket With Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the rear mount/bracket. NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 305 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 249: Identifying Rear Mounting Bracket With Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the torque converter assembly (A) on the mainshaft (B) with a new O-ring (C). Fig. 250: Identifying Torque Converter Assembly On Mainshaft With O-Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the 14 x 20 mm dowel pins (D) in the torque converter housing. 7. Place the transmission on a jack, and raise the transmission to the engine level. 8. Attach the transmission to the engine, then install the transmission housing rear mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:50 AM Page 306 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 251: Identifying Transmission Housing Rear Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the transmission housing front mounting bolts. Fig. 252: Identifying Transmission Housing Front Mounting Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the transmission housing upper mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 307 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 253: Identifying Transmission Housing Upper Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the transmission mount bracket. Tighten the mount bolt (A) loosely, and tighten the transmission mount bracket bolt and nuts to the specified torque, then tighten the mount bolt to the specified torque. Fig. 254: Identifying Transmission Mount Bracket Bolt And Nuts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install a new set ring (A) on the intermediate shaft (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 308 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 255: Identifying Intermediate Shaft Cover And Upper / Lower Right Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft contacts the transmission (differential) with solvent, and dry with compressed air. Then install the intermediate shaft in the differential. While installing the intermediate shaft, be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the transmission. 14. Install the intermediate shaft cover (C), but do not tighten the bolts. 15. Tighten the upper right bolt (D) on the cover first, then lower right bolt (E), and lastly the left bolt (F). 16. Install a new set ring (A) on the left driveshaft (B). Fig. 256: Identifying Set Ring On Left Driveshaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 309 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 17. Install the right and left driveshaft (see FRONT DRIVESHAFT INSTALLATION ). While installing the left driveshaft in the differential, be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the transmission. NOTE:   Clean the areas where the left driveshaft contacts the transmission (differential) with solvent, and dry with compressed air. Turn the right and left steering knuckle fully outward, and slide the left driveshaft into the differential until you feel its set ring engage the side gear. Slide the right driveshaft over the intermediate shaft splines until you feel the driveshaft engage the intermediate shaft set ring. 18. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfer companion flange (B) by aligning the reference mark(C). Fig. 257: Identifying Propeller Shaft And Transfer Companion Flange With Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Support the front subframe with the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) and a jack, and lift it up to body. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 310 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 258: Supporting Front Subframe With Front Subframe Adapter (VSB02C000016) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Loosely install the new front subframe mounting bolts. Fig. 259: Identifying Front Subframe Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Align the reference marks (A) with the center of the front subframe mounting bolts (B), then tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 311 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 260: Aligning Reference Marks With Center Of Front Subframe Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Install the rear mount bolts. Fig. 261: Identifying Rear Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Install the front mount bolt (A) and nut (B), connect the ATF cooler hose (C) to the ATF cooler line, then secure the hose with the clip (see ATF COOLER HOSE REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 312 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 262: Identifying ATF Cooler Hose With Front Mount Bolt And Nut With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Install the shift cable cover bracket. Fig. 263: Identifying Shift Cable Cover Bracket With Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Install the control lever (A) over the selector control shaft (B). Secure the control lever with a new lock washer (C) and the lock bolt (D), then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 313 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 264: Identifying Control Lever And Selector Control Shaft With Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Install the shift cable holder (E) and the shift cable bracket (F), then install the shift cable cover (G). 27. Attach the torque converter to the drive plate with eight bolts (A). Rotate the crankshaft pulley as necessary to tighten the bolts to 1/2 of the specified torque, then to the final torque, in a crisscross pattern. After tightening the last bolt, check that the crankshaft rotates freely. Fig. 265: Identifying Torque Converter Cover With Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 28. Install the torque converter cover (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 314 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 29. Connect the ball joints (A) to the lower arms (B), and install the castle nuts (C) and lock pins (D). Keep the ball joint threads free of grease. Install the lock pins from the inside of the vehicle, with their hooked sides facing the front (E) of the vehicle in the direction shown. Fig. 266: Identifying Ball Joints And Lower Arms With Castle Nuts And Lock Pins With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Connect the ball joints (F) to the lower arms, and install the nuts (G). Insert a 5 mm hex wrench (H) in the top of the ball joint pins (I), and tighten the nuts. 31. Remove the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566), and remove the engine hanger adapter (VSB02C000015) from the engine. Fig. 267: Identifying Engine Hanger Adapter (VSB02C000015) From Engine Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 315 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 32. Install the bolts securing the water line and harness bracket. Fig. 268: Identifying Water Line And Harness Bracket With Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 33. Connect the ATF cooler hoses (A) to the ATF cooler lines (B) (see ATF COOLER HOSE REPLACEMENT ). Fig. 269: Connecting ATF Cooler Hoses To ATF Cooler Lines Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 34. Connect the shift solenoid harness connector (A), A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (B), and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (C). Install the harness clamps (D) on the clamp brackets (E). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 316 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 270: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector And A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 35. Connect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector. Fig. 271: Identifying 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 36. Connect the transmission range switch connector (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 317 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 272: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 37. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector (B) and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector (C). 38. Connect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A) and 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector (B), and install the harness clamps (C) on the clamp brackets (D). Fig. 273: Identifying A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Connector And 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. Install the transmission ground terminal (E). Install the battery base, then install the harness clamp on the clamp bracket on the base. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 ). Install the intake air duct and air cleaner assembly. Install the battery tray and battery, then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals, then assemble them. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 318 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shift the transmission through all gears three times. Check the shift lever operation, A/T gear position indicator operation, and shift cable adjustment. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment (see WHEEL ALIGNMENT ). Install the splash shield. Start the engine in the P or N position, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Turn off the engine, and check the ATF level (see ATF LEVEL CHECK ). Do the power window control unit reset procedure (see RESETTING THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL UNIT ). Do the road test (see ROAD TEST ). Loosen the bolts of the front mount, rear mount, and transmission mount after the road test. Tighten the transmission mount bolt to 54 N.m (5.5 kgf.m, 40 lbf.ft), tighten the rear mount bolt to 64 N.m (6.5 kgf.m, 47 lbf.ft), and lastly tighten the front mount bolt to 64 N.m (6.5 kgf.m, 47 lbf.ft). Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system, then enter the audio presets, and set the clock. ATF COOLER CLEANING Special Tools Required   ATF cooler cleaner GHTTTCF6H Magnetic nonbypass spin-on filter GTHGNBP2 (Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857) Before installing an overhauled or remanufactured automatic transmission, you must thoroughly clean the ATF cooler to prevent system contamination. Failure to do so could cause a repeat automatic transmission failure. The cleaning procedure involves heated ATF-Z1 delivered under high pressure (100 psi). Check the security of all hoses and connections. Always wear safety glasses or a face shield, along with gloves and protective clothing. If you get ATF in your eyes or on your skin, rinse with water immediately. WARNING:   Improper use of the ATF cooler cleaner can result in burns and other serious injuries. Always wear eye protection and protective clothing, and follow this procedure. 1. Check the fluid in the cooler cleaner tank. (The fluid level should be 4.5 inches from the top of the filler neck.) Adjust the level if needed; do not overfill. Use only Honda ATF-Z1; do not use any additives. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 319 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 274: Checking Fluid In Cooler Cleaner Tank Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Plug the cooler cleaner into a 110 V grounded electrical outlet. NOTE: Make sure the outlet has no other appliances (light fixtures, drop lights, extension cords) plugged into it. Also, never plug the cooler cleaner into an extension cord or drop light; you would damage the unit. Fig. 275: Identifying Cooler Cleaner Into 110 V Grounded Electrical Outlet Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Flip the HEAT toggle switch to ON; the green indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Wait 1 hour for the cooler cleaner to reach its operating temperature. (The cooler cleaner is ready to use when the temperature gauge reads 140 to 150°F.) NOTE: If the red indicator above the HEAT toggle switch comes on, the fluid level in the tank is too low for the tank heater to work (see step 1 of this procedure). 4. Select the appropriate pair of fittings, and attach them to the radiator, to the hoses, or to the banjo bolts for flow through the ATF cooler cleaner. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 320 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 276: Identifying Radiator Hoses Fittings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Connect the red hose to the cooler outlet line (the line that normally goes to the external filter on the transmission). 6. Connect the blue hose to the cooler inlet line. 7. Connect a shop air hose (regulated to 100 to 125 psi) to the air purge valve. NOTE: The quick-connect fitting has a one-way check valve to keep ATF from entering your shop's air system. Do not remove or replace the fitting. Attach the coupler provided with the cooler cleaner to your shop air line if your coupler is not compatible. 8. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON; the green indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically to cause agitation and improve the cleaning process. Always open the valve slowly. At the end of the 5 minutes cleaning period, leave the air purge valve open. NOTE: While the pump is running with the air purge valve open, it is normal to see vapor coming from the filler/breather tube vents. Fig. 277: Identifying Air Purge Valve Open And Closed Position Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 321 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR toggle switch to OFF; the green indicator goes off. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines and hoses of residual ATF, then close the valve. 10. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler. Now connect the red hose to the cooler inlet line. 11. Now connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line. 12. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically. Always open the valve slowly. At the end of the 5 minutes cleaning period, leave the air purge valve open: NOTE: While the pump is running with the air purge valve open, it is normal to See vapor coming from the filler/breather tube vents. 13. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR toggle switch to "OFF. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines and hoses of residual ATF, then close the valve. 14. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler lines. 15. Connect the red and blue hoses to each other. 16. Disconnect the shop air from the air purge valve. Disconnect and stow the coupler if used. 17. Disconnect and stow the fittings from the ATF cooler inlet and outlet lines. 18. Unplug the cooler cleaner from the 110 V outlet. TOOL MAINTENANCE Follow these instructions to keep the ATF cooler cleaner working properly:    Replace the two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters once a year or when you notice a restriction in the ATF flow. Check the level and condition of the fluid in the tank before each use. Replace the ATF in the tank when it looks dark or dirty. Fig. 278: Identifying Filler Cap And Heater With Tank Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 322 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. ATF COOLER HOSE REPLACEMENT 1. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (A) on the ATF filter (B) until they are 5-7 mm (0.20-0.28 in.) (C) away from the filter housing. Fig. 279: Identifying ATF Cooler Hoses Dimension Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Secure the hoses with the clips (D) at 10-12 mm (0.39-0.47 in.) (E) from the filter housing. 3. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (F) over the ATF cooler lines (G), then secure the hoses with the clips (H) at 6-8 mm (0.24-0.31 in.) (I) from the hose ends. 4. Slide the ATF cooler hoses (J) over the ATF cooler lines (K) under the radiator, then secure the hose with the clips (L) at 2-4 mm (0.08-0.16 in.) (M) from the hose ends. 5. Install the hose clamp (N) at the marks (O) on the ATF cooler hoses. SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL 1. Remove the center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the shift lever console trim (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Shift the shift lever into the R position. 4. Remove the shift cable insulator (A) from the shift cable (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 323 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 280: Identifying Shift Cable Insulator From Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 281: Sliding Lock Tab Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Grasp the shift cable lock (C) in the middle with angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it from the shift cable end and shift cable end holder. Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end holder. 7. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable, end holder (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 324 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 282: Identifying Shift Cable And Shift Cable Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be in the opening (D) of the shift cable bracket (E). Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable from the shift cable bracket. Do not remove the shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and damper (G). Fig. 283: Rotating Socket Holder On Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the shift lever mounting bolts: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 325 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 284: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Disconnect the park pin switch connector. 11. Remove the shift lever mounting bolt (A), and remove the shift cable bracket (B). Fig. 285: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolt And Shift Cable Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (C), then disconnect the connector. 13. Cover around the opening of the console with tape to prevent damage to the console. 14. Remove the shift lever assembly. SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION 1. Cover around the opening of the console with tape to prevent damaging the console. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 326 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2. Position the shift lever in the console. 3. Install the shift lever mounting bolt (A) loosely. Fig. 286: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolt With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the shift cable bracket (B) with aligning the projections (C) to the holes of the shift lever bracket, and install the mounting bolt (D). 5. Connect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (E), and install it on the shift cable bracket. 6. Secure the shift lever assembly with the mounting bolts. Fig. 287: Identifying Shift Lever Assembly And Mounting Bolts With Park Pin Switch Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 327 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Connect the park pin switch connector (A). 8. Tighten the shift lever mounting bolt that was loosely installed in step 3. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the R position indicator comes on. Fig. 288: Identifying D Indicator In Gauge Control Module Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Install the shift cable to the shift lever, refer to shift cable adjustment (see SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT ). SHIFT LEVER DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 328 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 289: Identifying Shift Lever Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SHIFT LEVER BRACKET ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL ). 2. Pry out the D3 switch cover (A), and remove it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 329 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 290: Prying Out D3 Switch Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the D3 switch (A) by expanding its locks, and remove the screws (B), shift lever button (C), spring (D), and shift lever knob (E). Fig. 291: Identifying Screws, Shift Lever Button, Spring And Shift Lever Knob Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket (A), then separate the A/T gear position indicator panel (B) from the shift lever bracket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 330 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 292: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Socket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Pry the lock tabs on the back of the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (A), and remove the back cover (B). Fig. 293: Prying Lock Tabs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by pushing the lock tab (D) up in the connector using a thin blade screwdriver (E). Remove all four terminals. 7. Remove the D3 switch harness clamp from the shift lever bracket and from the harness, and pull the D3 switch harness out to remove the shift lever assembly. 8. Remove the shift lock solenoid harness clamp from the shift lever bracket, and remove the shift lock solenoid. 9. Remove the park pin switch from the shift lever bracket. 10. Replace the shift lever/bracket assembly. 11. Install the shift lock solenoid (A) on the shift lever/bracket assembly (B) with aligning the shift lock solenoid plunger (C) with the tip of the shift lock stop (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 331 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 294: Aligning Shift Lock Solenoid Plunger With Tip Of Shift Lock Stop Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Install the harness clamp (E) on the shift lock solenoid harness (F) at 128-138 mm (5.0-5.4 in.) (G) from the harness terminal end. 13. Install the clamp in the hole (H) of the shift lever bracket. 14. Install the shift lever ring (A) to the shift lever (B). Fig. 295: Identifying Shift Lever Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Insert the D3 switch harness (C) into the shift lever ring, and route the harness through the groove (D) of the shift lever into the hole (E). Do not pinch the harness. 16. Wind the D3 switch harness (A) one turn around the clamp (B) on the bottom of the shift lever. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 332 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 296: Inserting D3 Switch Harness Into Shift Lever Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Install the harness clamp (C) at the reference tape (D) on the harness, then install the clamp in the hole (E) of the shift lever bracket (F). 18. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel (A) on the shift lever bracket Apply silicone grease to the shift lever button (B), spring (C), and push rod (D) of the shift lever (E), and install the spring, shift lever button, and shift lever knob (F). Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to screws (G), and secure the shift lever knob to the shift lever. Fig. 297: Identifying D3 Switch And D3 Switch Cover With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Install the D3 switch (H) and the D3 switch cover (I). 20. Install the park pin switch (A). Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to screw threads, and secure the switch with the screw. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 333 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 298: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Socket And Connector With Screw With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket (B), and install the connector (C). 22. Install the BLU/RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock solenoid in the No. 3 cavity, and BLK harness terminal (B) in the No. 4 cavity. Fig. 299: Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (C) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either D3 switch harness terminal can be installed in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. 24. Make sure that all four terminals lock securely, then install the back cover (D) securely in place. 25. Install the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 334 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element SHIFT LEVER RING REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL ). 2. Pry out the D3 switch cover (A), and remove it. Fig. 300: Prying Out D3 Switch Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the D3 switch (A) by expanding its locks, and remove the screws (B), shift lever button (C), spring (D), and shift lever knob (E). Fig. 301: Identifying Screws, Shift Lever Button, Spring And Shift Lever Knob Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket (A), then separate the A/T gear position indicator panel (B) from the shift lever bracket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 335 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 302: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Pry the lock tabs on the back of the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (A), and remove the back cover (B). Fig. 303: Prying Lock Tabs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by pushing the lock tab (D) up in the connector using a thin blade screwdriver (E). Remove all four terminals. 7. Remove the D3 switch harness clamp from the shift lever bracket and from the harness, and pull the D3 switch harness out to remove the shift lever assembly. 8. Replace the shift lever ring, and install the new shift lever ring (A) to the shift lever (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 336 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 304: Identifying Shift Lever Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Insert the D3 switch harness (C) into the shift lever ring, and route the harness through the groove (D) of the shift lever into the hole (E). Do not pinch the harness. 10. Wind the D3 switch harness (A) one turn around the clamp (B) on the bottom of the shift lever. Fig. 305: Inserting D3 Switch Harness Into Shift Lever Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the harness clamp (C) at the reference tape (D) on the harness, then install the clamp in the hole (E) of the shift lever bracket (F). 12. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel (A) on the shift lever bracket. Apply silicone grease to the shift lever button (B), spring (C), and push rod (D) of the shift lever (E), and install the spring, shift lever button, and shift lever knob (F). Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to screws (G), and secure the shift lever knob to the shift lever. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 337 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 306: Identifying D3 Switch And D3 Switch Cover With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Install the D3 switch (H) and the D3 switch cover (I). 14. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket. Fig. 307: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Socket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the BLU/RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock solenoid in the No. 3 cavity, and BLK harness terminal (B) in the No. 4 cavity. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 338 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 308: Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (C) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either D3 switch harness terminal can be installed in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. 17. Make sure that all four terminals lock securely, then install the back cover (D) securely in place. 18. Install the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION ). SHIFT CABLE REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or block the rear wheels, raise the front of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Shift the shift lever into the R position. 4. Remove the shift cable insulator (A) from the shift cable (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 339 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 309: Identifying Shift Cable Insulator And Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 310: Sliding Lock Tab Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Grasp the shift cable lock (C) in the middle with angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it from the shift cable end and shift cable end holder. Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end holder. 7. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 311: Identifying Shift Cable And Shift Cable Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be in the opening (D) of the shift cable bracket (E). Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable from the shift cable bracket. Do not remove the shift cable by twisting shift cable guide (F) and damper (G). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 340 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 312: Rotating Socket Holder On Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the heat shield under the body, and remove the shift cable bracket (A). Fig. 313: Identifying Shift Cable Bracket And Grommet Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the grommet (B), and pull out the shift cable (C). 11. Remove the rear mount bolts (A), and lift the rear side of the transmission with a jack, then take out the shift cable (B) from inside the rear mount and the front subframe. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 341 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 314: Identifying Shift Cable And Rear Mounting Bolts Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the shift cable cover (A), then remove the bolts (6) securing the shift cable bracket (C) and the shift cable holder (D). Fig. 315: Identifying Shift Cable Cover And Shift Cable Bracket With Shift Cable Holder With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 342 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 13. Pry up the lock tab of the lock washer (E), and remove the lock bolt (F) and the lock washer, then separate the control lever (G) from the selector control shaft (H). 14. Replace the shift cable, and insert it through the grommet hole. Do not bend the shift cable excessively. 15. Install the control lever over the selector control shaft. Secure the control lever with a new lock washer and the lock bolt, the bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. 16. Install the shift cable holder and the shift cable bracket, then install the shift cable cover. 17. Install the shift cable bracket (A) on the body, then install the grommet (B) in its hole (C). Fig. 316: Identifying Shift Cable Bracket And Grommet With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the R position indicator comes on. Fig. 317: Identifying D Indicator In Gauge Control Module Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Install the shift cable to the shift lever, and refer to shift cable adjustment (see SHIFT CABLE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 343 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element ADJUSTMENT ). SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT 1. Remove the center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Shift the shift lever into the R position. 3. Remove the shift cable insulator (A) from the shift cable (B). Fig. 318: Identifying Shift Cable Insulator From Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 319: Sliding Lock Tab Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Grasp the shift cable lock (C) in the middle with angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it from the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 344 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element shift cable end and shift cable end holder. Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end holder. 6. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 320: Identifying Shift Cable And Shift Cable Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be in the opening (D) of the shift cable bracket (E). Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable from the shift cable bracket. Do not remove the shift cable by twisting shift cable guide (F) and damper (G). Fig. 321: Rotating Socket Holder On Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Push the shift cable down until it stops, then release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift cable is in R. Do not hold the shift cable guide (A) to adjust the shift cable (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 345 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 322: Pushing Shift Cable Down Until Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and check that the R position indicator comes on. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) into the positioning hole (B) on the shift lever bracket through the positioning hole on the shift lever. The shift lever is secured in the R position. Fig. 323: Inserting Pin Into Positioning Hole On Shift Lever Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to face the tab (C) on the holder opposite the opening (D) in the shift cable bracket (E). Align the holder with the opening in the bracket, then slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a quarter turn to secure the shift cable. Do not install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and damper (G). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:51 AM Page 346 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 324: Rotating Socket Holder On Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Install the shift cable end (A) in the shift cable end holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder free of grease. Fig. 325: Identifying Shift Cable And Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift cable end and shift cable end holder, then push the lock tab (B) up until it stops to lock joint. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 347 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 326: Pushing Lock Tab Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed to hold the shift lever. 16. Install the shift cable insulator (A) along the slot (B) over the shift cable (C), and position the shift cable in the left end (D) of the slot. Fig. 327: Identifying Shift Cable Insulator Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Push the insulator down so that it covers the shift cable grommet(E). 18. Allow the all four wheels (4WD) or the front wheels (2WD) to rotate freely. 19. Start the engine, and move the shift lever to each position. Check that the A/T gear position indicator follows the transmission range switch, and check the shift lever operation in each gear. 20. Install the center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 348 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 328: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 349 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 329: A/T Gear Position Indicator - Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Fig. 330: Identifying PCM Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. D3 SWITCH CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 350 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2. Shift to the D position and select D3 driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and watch the D3 indicator. Does the D3 indicator come on? YES -The system is OK at this time. NO -Go to step 3. 3. Check the PGM-FI DTCs with the HDS. Are DTC U0028 or U0155 indicated? YES -Troubleshoot the indicated DTC, then recheck. NO -Go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Disconnect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector. 6. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 while pressing the switch and when the switch is released. Fig. 331: Checking Continuity Between D3 Switch/Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity while pressing the D3 switch, and no continuity when the D3 switch is released? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Replace the D3 switch (see D3 SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT ). 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Shift the shift lever to the D position. 9. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 351 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 332: Measuring Voltage Between D3 Switch/Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -D3 switch circuit is OK. Check for loose terminals. NO -Go to step 10. 10. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Fig. 333: Measuring Voltage Between D3 Switch/Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal No. 1 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Repair open in the wire between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminal No. 2 and ground (G451), or repair poor ground (G451). NO -Go to step 11. 11. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminal D3 and body ground. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 352 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 334: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminal D3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Repair open or short in the wire between PCM connector terminal D3 and the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector. NO -Check for a short in the wire between PCM terminal D3 and the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector. Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector terminal D3. If the wire and connections are OK, substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ) and recheck. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH TEST 1. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A), then remove the connector (B) from its bracket. Fig. 335: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in each switch position as shown in the table follow. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 353 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector Fig. 336: Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. The transmission range switch test is finished if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 4. 4. If there is no continuity between any terminals, remove the transmission range switch cover. Fig. 337: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Cover And Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 354 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 338: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in each switch position as shown in the table follow. Transmission Range Switch Connector Fig. 339: Transmission Range Switch Connector Continuity Chart Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. If the transmission range switch continuity check is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. 8. If there is no continuity between any terminals, remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Select Control Shaft: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 355 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 340: Identifying Selector Control Shaft Gap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. If the measurement of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift to the N position. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Fig. 341: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Cover And Bolts Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 356 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. Fig. 342: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the transmission range switch. 6. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever from the P position to the N position. NOTE: Do not use the selector control shaft to adjust the shift position. If the selector control shaft tips are squeezed together it will cause a faulty signal or position due to play between the selector control shaft and the switch. Fig. 343: Identifying Selector Control Shaft Positions Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 357 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade or equivalent to hold the switch in the N position. Fig. 344: Aligning Cutouts On Rotary-Frame With Neutral Positioning Cutouts On Transmission Range Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) with holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). Fig. 345: Holding Transmission Range Switch With Blade Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue to hold the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 358 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 346: Tightening Transmission Range Switch Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Connect the connector securely, then install the transmission range switch cover (A). Fig. 347: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Cover With Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 12. Check that the engine will start in the P and N positions, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 13. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in the R position. 14. Allow the all four wheels (4WD) or the front wheels (2WD) to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. D3 SWITCH TEST/REPLACEMENT Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 359 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1. Remove the center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the shift lever console trim (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Shift the shift lever into the R position. 4. Remove the shift cable insulator (A) from the shift cable (B). Fig. 348: Identifying Shift Cable Insulator And Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 349: Sliding Lock Tab Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Grasp the shift cable lock (C) in the middle with angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it from the shift cable end and shift cable end holder. Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end holder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 360 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 350: Identifying Shift Cable And Shift Cable End Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be in the opening (D) of the shift cable bracket (E). Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable from the shift cable bracket. Do not remove the shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and damper (G). Fig. 351: Rotating Socket Holder On Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the shift lever mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 361 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 352: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the shift lever mounting bolt (A), and remove the shift cable bracket (B). Fig. 353: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolt And Shift Cable Bracket With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 362 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 11. Remove the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (C), then disconnect the connector. 12. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 while pressing the D3 switch and when the switch is released. There should be continuity while pressing the D3 switch and no continuity when the switch is released. 13. If the D3 switch works properly, connect the connector and install the removed parts. If the switch is faulty, go to step 14, and replace the switch. 14. Remove the shift lever assembly. 15. Pry out the D3 switch cover (A), and remove it. Fig. 354: Prying Out D3 Switch Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Remove the D3 switch (A) by expanding its locks, and remove the screws (B), shift lever button (C), spring (D), and shift lever knob (E). Fig. 355: Identifying Screws, Shift Lever Button, Spring And Shift Lever Knob Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 363 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 17. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket (A), then separate the A/T gear position indicator panel (B) from the shift lever bracket (C). Fig. 356: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel And Shift Lever Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Pry the lock tabs on the back of the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (A), and remove the back cover (B). Fig. 357: Prying Lock Tabs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by pushing the lock tab (D) up in the connector using a thin blade screwdriver (E). Remove all four terminals. 20. Remove the D3 switch harness clamp from the shift lever bracket and from the harness, and pull the D3 switch harness out to remove the shift lever assembly. 21. Insert the new D3 switch harness (A) into the shift lever ring (B), and route the harness through the groove (C) of the shift lever (D) into the hole (E). Do not pinch the harness. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 364 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 358: Inserting D3 Switch Harness Into Shift Lever Ring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 22. Wind the D3 switch harness (A) one turn around the clamp (B) on the bottom of the shift lever. Fig. 359: Identifying Harness Clamp Reference Tape On Harness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Install the harness clamp (C) at the reference tape (D) on the harness, then install the clamp in the hole (E) of the shift lever bracket (F). 24. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel (A) on the shift lever bracket. Apply silicone grease to the shift lever button (B), spring (C), and push rod (D) of the shift lever (E), and install the spring, shift lever button, and shift lever knob (F). Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to screws (G), and secure the shift lever knob to the shift lever. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 365 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 360: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel On Shift Lever Bracket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Install the D3 switch (H) and the D3 switch cover (I). 26. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket. Fig. 361: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Socket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Install the BLU/RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock solenoid in the No. 3 cavity, and BLK harness terminal (B) in the No. 4 cavity. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 366 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 362: Identifying Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 28. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (C) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either D3 switch harness terminal can be installed in No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. 29. Make sure that all four terminals lock securely, then install the back cover (D) securely in place. 30. Install the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION ). A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL LIGHT HARNESS REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL ). 2. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket (A), and remove the bulb from the socket. Fig. 363: Identifying Bulb From Socket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 367 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3. Remove the park pin switch (B) and the switch connector (C). 4. Pry the lock tabs on the back of the park pin switch connector (A), and remove the back cover (B). Fig. 364: Prying Lock Tabs On Back Of Park Pin Switch Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by pushing the lock tab (D) up in the connector using a thin blade screwdriver (E). Remove all four terminals. 6. Replace the A/T gear position indicator panel light harness with the new one. 7. Install the GRN harness terminals (A) of the park pin switch in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either park pin switch harness terminal can be installed in No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 365: Identifying Either Park Pin Switch Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the RED/BLK harness terminals (B) in the No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. Either A/T gear position indicator panel light harness terminal can be installed in No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. 9. Make sure that all four terminals lock securely, then install the back cover (C) securely in place. 10. Install the park pin switch. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to screw threads, and secure the switch with the screw. 11. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light bulb in the socket. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 368 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 12. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket, and install the connector. 13. Install the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION ). COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX Fig. 366: Identifying A/T Interlock Components Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 369 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 367: A/T Interlock - Circuit Diagram Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shift lock solenoid operates with the HDS. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 370 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Does the shift lock solenoid work properly? YES -Go to step 12. NO -Go to step 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Fig. 368: Measuring Voltage Between D3 Switch/Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal No. 3 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Check for a blown No. 10 fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair open in the wire between the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector and the under-dash fuse/relay box. 7. Shift the shift lever into the P position, and press the brake pedal. Do not press the accelerator. 8. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminal No. 3 and No. 4 while pressing the brake pedal. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 371 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 369: Measuring Voltage Between D3 Switch/Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal No. 3 And No. 4 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 9. NO -Go to step 10. 9. Connect the battery positive terminal to D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminal No. 3, and connect the battery negative terminal to the terminal No. 4, then check that the shift lock solenoid operates. NOTE: Do not connect the battery positive terminal to terminal No. 4 or you will damage the diode inside the shift lock solenoid. Fig. 370: Connecting Battery Positive Terminal To D3 Switch/Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal No. 3 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Does the shift lock solenoid operate properly? YES -Repair the shift lock mechanism. NO -Replace the shift lock solenoid (see SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID REPLACEMENT ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 372 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E2 and D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector terminal No. 4. Fig. 371: Checking Continuity Between PCM Connector Terminal E2 And D3 Switch/Shift Lock Solenoid Connector Terminal No. 4 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector terminal E2. If the connection is OK, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then recheck. NO -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal E2 and the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector. 12. Check the BRAKE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS while pressing the brake pedal. Is the BRAKE SWITCH ON? YES -Go to step 13. NO -Do the Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting (see BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 13. Check the A/T P SWITCH signal in the DATA LIST with the HDS in the P position. Is the A/T P SWITCH ON? YES -Go to step 23. NO -Go to step 14. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 373 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 15. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 16. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminal No. 10 and body ground. Fig. 372: Checking Continuity Between Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminal No. 10 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity? YES -Go to step 17. NO -Repair open in the wire between transmission range switch connector terminal No. 10 and ground (G101) (see ENGINE WIRE HARNESS ), or repair poor ground (G101). 17. Connect the transmission range switch connector. 18. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 19. Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals D6 and A9. Fig. 373: Measuring Voltage Between PCM Connector Terminals D6 And A9 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Repair open in the wire between PCM connector terminal D6 and the transmission range switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 374 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NO -Go to step 20. 20. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 21. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 22. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals No. 6 and No. 10. Fig. 374: Checking Continuity Between Transmission Range Switch Connector Terminals No. 6 And No. 10 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity while the shift lever is in the P position, and no continuity when the shift lever is shifted to any position other than P? YES -Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector terminal E6. If the connection is OK, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then recheck. NO -Replace the transmission range switch (see TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). 23. Check the APP SENSOR A in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Do not press the accelerator. Is the APP SENSOR A opening 11% or more, or the APP SENSOR A voltage 0.90 V or more? YES -Do the APP sensor signal inspection (see APP SENSOR SIGNAL INSPECTION ). NO -Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software (see UPDATING THE PCM ), or substitute a known-good PCM (see SUBSTITUTING THE PCM ), then recheck. KEY INTERLOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 375 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the steering column covers (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). The shift lever must be in the P position. 3. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector. 4. Check if the ignition key can be moved to LOCK (0) position, and remove the key from the cylinder. Is the ignition key able to move to the LOCK (0) position, and then removed? YES -Go to step 5. NO -Replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock assembly (see STEERING LOCK REPLACEMENT ). 5. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or ON (II), and shift to the N position. 6. Measure the voltage between steering lock assembly connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Fig. 375: Measuring Voltage Between Steering Lock Assembly Connector Terminal No. 4 And Body Ground Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there battery voltage? YES -Go to step 7. NO -Check for open in with WHT/RED wire between the multiplex control unit and the steering lock assembly connector. If the wire is OK, substitute a known-good multiplex control unit and recheck. 7. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I), and shift to the P position. 8. Remove the shift lever console trim (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 9. Disconnect the park pin switch connector (see PARK PIN SWITCH TEST ). 10. Check for continuity between park pin switch connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 while pushing the button of the shift lever in, and when released. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 376 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 376: Checking Continuity Between Park Pin Switch Connector Terminals No. 1 And No. 2 Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Is there continuity when pushing the button in, and no continuity when it's released? YES -Check for open in the wire between the multiplex control unit and the park pin switch connector. If the wire is OK, replace the multiplex control unit. NO -Replace the park pin switch (see PARK PIN SWITCH REPLACEMENT ). KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TEST SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations (see COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ) and the precautions and procedures (see PRECAUTIONS AND PROCEDURES ) before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover (see DRIVER'S DASHBOARD LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ) and the lower steering column cover (see STEERING COLUMN REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector. 3. Insert the ignition key in the key cylinder, then turn the ignition key to ACC (I). 4. Connect the battery positive terminal to steering lock assembly connector terminal No. 4, and connect the battery negative terminal to No. 3 terminal. Make sure that the ignition key cannot be turned to LOCK (0) position. Release the battery terminals, and make sure that the key can be turned to LOCK (0) position and removed from the cylinder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 377 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 377: Connecting Battery Positive And Negative Terminal To Steering Lock Assembly Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If the key interlock solenoid works improperly, replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock assembly (see STEERING LOCK REPLACEMENT ). SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TEST 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). Fig. 378: Identifying Data Link Connector Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shift lock solenoid operates with the HDS. If the HDS does not communicate with the PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see DLC CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). 3. Check that the shift lever can be moved out of the P position when Shift Lock Solenoid: ON. Move the shift lever back in the P position, and make sure it locks with Shift Lock Solenoid: OFF. 4. Check that the shift lock releases when the shift lock release is pushed, and check that it locks when the shift lock release is released. 5. If the shift lock solenoid does not work properly, do the shift lock system circuit troubleshooting (see SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 378 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the center lower cover (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the shift lever console trim (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 3. Shift the shift lever into the R position. 4. Remove the shift cable insulator (A) from the shift cable (B). Fig. 379: Identifying Shift Cable Insulator And Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Slide the lock tab (A) down on the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 380: Sliding Lock Tab Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Grasp the shift cable lock (C) in the middle with angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it from the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 379 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element shift cable end and shift cable end holder. Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end holder. 7. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable end holder (B). Fig. 381: Identifying Shift Cable From Shift Cable Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be in the opening (D) of the shift cable bracket (E). Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable from the shift cable bracket. Do not remove the shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and damper (G). Fig. 382: Rotating Socket Holder On Shift Cable Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the shift lever mounting bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 380 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 383: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Remove the shift lever mounting bolt (A), and remove the shift cable bracket (B). Fig. 384: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolt And Shift Cable Bracket With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Remove the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (C), then disconnect the connector. 12. Remove the shift lever assembly. 13. Pry out the D3 switch cover (A), and remove it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 381 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 385: Prying Out D3 Switch Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Remove the D3 switch (A) by expanding its locks, and remove the screws (B), shift lever button (C), spring (D), and shift lever knob (E). Fig. 386: Identifying Screws, Shift Lever Button, Spring And Shift Lever Knob Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket (A), then separate the A/T gear position indicator panel (B) from the shift lever bracket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 382 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 387: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel And Shift Lever Bracket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Pry the lock tabs on the back of the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid connector (A), and remove the back cover (B). Fig. 388: Prying Lock Tabs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by pushing the lock tab (D) up in the connector using a thin blade screwdriver (E). Remove all four terminals. 18. Remove the shift lock solenoid harness clamp from the shift lever bracket, and remove the shift lock solenoid. 19. Replace the shift lock solenoid. 20. Install the new shift lock solenoid (A) on the shift lever/bracket assembly (B) with aligning the shift lock solenoid plunger (C) with the tip of the shift lock stop (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 383 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 389: Identifying Harness Clamp On Shift Lock Solenoid Harness And Harness Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Install the harness clamp (E) on the shift lock solenoid harness (F) at 128-138 mm (5.0-5.4 in.) (G) from the harness terminal end. 22. Install the clamp in the hole (H) of the shift lever bracket. 23. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel (A) on the shift lever bracket. Apply silicone grease to the shift lever button (B), spring (C), and push rod (D) of the shift lever (E), and install the spring, shift lever button, and shift lever knob (F). Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to screws (G), and secure the shift lever knob to the shift lever. Fig. 390: Identifying D3 Switch And D3 Switch Cover With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Install the D3 switch (H) and the D3 switch cover (I). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:52 AM Page 384 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 25. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket. Fig. 391: Identifying A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Socket Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Install the BLU/RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock solenoid in the No. 3 cavity, and BLK harness terminal (B) in the No. 4 cavity. Fig. 392: Identifying BLU/RED Harness Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (C) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either D3 switch harness terminal can be installed in No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. 28. Make sure that all four terminals lock securely, then install the back cover (D) securely in place. 29. Install the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 385 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element PARK PIN SWITCH TEST 1. Remove the shift lever console trim (see CENTER LOWER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ). 2. Remove the shift lever mounting bolts. Fig. 393: Identifying Shift Lever Mounting Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Disconnect the park pin switch connector. Fig. 394: Identifying Park Pin Switch Connector Terminal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Shift the shift lever into the P position and release the shift lever button, then check for continuity between connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be no continuity. 5. Shift out of the P position or press the shift lever button while in the P position, and check for continuity between connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 386 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 6. If the park pin switch is faulty, replace it. PARK PIN SWITCH REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL ). 2. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket (A). Fig. 395: Identifying Park Pin Switch And Switch Connector With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the park pin switch (B) and the switch connector (C). 4. Pry the lock tabs on the back of the park pin switch connector (A), and remove the back cover (B). Fig. 396: Prying Lock Tabs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by pushing the lock tab (D) up in the connector using a thin blade screwdriver (E). Remove all four terminals. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 387 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 6. Replace the park pin switch with the new one. 7. Install the GRIM harness terminals (A) of the park pin switch in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either park pin switch harness terminal can be installed in No. 1 and No. 2. Fig. 397: Identifying GRIM Harness Terminals Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the RED/BLK harness terminals (B) in the No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. Either A/T gear position indicator panel light harness terminal can be installed in No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. 9. Make sure that all four terminals lock securely, then install the back cover (C) securely in place. 10. Install the park pin switch. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to screw threads, and secure the switch with the screw. 11. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light socket, and install the connector. 12. Install the shift lever assembly (see SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION ). END COVER REMOVAL Special Tools Required Main shaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. Remove the line bolt (A) and sealing washers (B), and remove the ATF cooler inlet line (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 388 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 398: Disassembled View Of Transmission Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the line bolt (D) and sealing washers (E), and remove the ATF cooler outlet line (F). 3. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A (G), ATF joint pipes (H), O-rings (I), ATF pipe (J), and gasket (K). 4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C (L), harness clamp brackets (M), ATF joint pipes (N), O-rings (0), and gasket (P). 5. Remove the transmission range switch cover (Q). 6. Remove the transmission range switch harness clamps (R) from the clamp bracket (S), and remove the transmission range switch (T). 7. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the end cover (U). 8. Remove the end cover, dowel pins (V), O-rings (W), and end cover gasket (X). 9. Slip the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 389 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 399: Identifying Tool (07GAB-PF50101 And 07GAB-PF50100) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Engage the park pawl with the park gear. 11. Cut the lock tab (A) of the each shaft locknut(B) using a chisel (C). Then remove the locknuts and conical spring washers from each shaft. NOTE:    Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have left-hand threads. Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the transmission. Clean the old mainshaft and countershaft locknuts; they are used to install the press fit idler gear on the mainshaft, and park gear on the countershaft. Fig. 400: Tapping Lock Nut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the mainshaft holder from the mainshaft. 13. Set a two-jaw (or three-jaw) puller (A) on the countershaft (B) by putting a spacer (C) between the puller and countershaft, then remove the park gear(D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 390 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 401: Setting Two-Jaw Puller On Countershaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install 6x 1.0 mm bolts (A) on the mainshaft idler gear (B). Set a puller (C) on the mainshaft (D) with a spacer (E) between the puller and mainshaft, then remove the mainshaft idler gear. Fig. 402: Setting Puller On Mainshaft With Spacer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the park pawl, park pawl spring, park pawl shaft, and stop shaft. 16. Remove the park lever from the control shaft. PARK LEVER STOP INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT 1. Set the park lever in the P position. 2. Measure the distance (A) between the park pawl shaft (B) and the park lever roller pin (C). Standard: 57.7-58.7 mm (2.27-2.31 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 391 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 403: Measuring Distance Between Park Pawl Shaft And Park Lever Roller Pin Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the measurement is out of standard, select and install the appropriate park lever stop (A) from the table. Fig. 404: Measuring Park Lever Stop Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. PARK LEVER STOP PARK LEVER STOP Mark 1 2 3 Part Number 24537-PA9-003 24538-PA9-003 24539-PA9-003 B 11.00 mm (0.433 in.) 10.80 mm (0.425 in.) 10.60 mm (0.417 in.) C 11.00 mm (0.433 in.) 10.65 mm (0.419 in.) 10.30 mm (0.406 in.) 4. After replacing the park lever stop, make sure the distance is within tolerance. IDLER GEAR SHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Adjustable bearing puller, 25-40 mm 07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Driver 07749-0010000 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 392 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element  Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 1. Remove the idler gear shaft bearing (A) from the end cover (B) with the adjustable bearing puller and a commercially available 3/8 "-16 slide hammer (C). Fig. 405: Identifying Bearing Puller On Idler Gear Shaft Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new bearing in the end cover with the driver and 52 x 55 mm attachment. Fig. 406: Tapping Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SELECTOR CONTROL SHAFT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 393 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the end cover (B). Fig. 407: Identifying Oil Seal And End Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new oil seal flush to the end cover with the driver and 22 x 24 mm attachment. Fig. 408: Identifying Oil Seal And Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SELECTOR CONTROL SHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800 1. Remove the oil seal from the end cover, then remove the bearing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 394 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 409: Tapping Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new bearing flush to the end cover with the driver and 22 x 24 mm attachment. Fig. 410: Identifying Bearing And Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the new oil seal. ATF FEED PIPE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the snap rings (A), ATF feed pipes (B), and feed pipe flanges (C) from the end cover (D). NOTE: Replace the end cover, if the 1st clutch ATF feed pipe (E) replacement is required. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 395 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 411: Identifying Snap Rings, ATF Feed Pipes And Feed Pipe Flanges And End Cover Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install new O-rings (F) over the ATF feed pipes. 3. Install the ATF feed pipes in the end cover by aligning the feed pipe tabs with the indentations in the end cover. 4. Install new O-rings (G) in the end cover, then install the feed pipe flanges over the ATF feed pipes. 5. Secure the ATF feed pipes and feed pipe flanges with the snap rings. HOUSING AND SHAFT ASSEMBLY REMOVAL NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer mechanism. 1. Remove the ATF feed pipe (A) from the idler gear shaft, and the ATF lubrication pipe (B) from the transmission housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 396 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 412: Identifying Transmission Housing Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the shift solenoid cover (C), dowel pins (D), and gasket (E). Disconnect the connectors from the shift solenoid valves, and remove the solenoid harness connector (F). Remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (G) and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (H). Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts (I) (20 bolts), transmission hanger (J), and harness clamp brackets (K). 6. Align the spring pin (A) on the selector control shaft (B) with the transmission housing groove (C) by turning the control shaft with the control lever. NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the control shaft tips together when turning the shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 397 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 413: Aligning Spring Pin On Selector Control Shaft With Transmission Housing Groove Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. While expanding the snap ring of the secondary shaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, lift the transmission housing. Release the snap ring pliers and remove the transmission housing. 8. Remove the countershaft reverse gear and needle bearing. 9. Remove the lock bolt securing the shift fork, then remove the shift fork with the reverse selector together. 10. Remove the selector control lever from the selector control shaft. 11. Unlock the detent spring (A) from the detent arm (B). Fig. 414: Identifying Detent Spring From Detent Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the selector control shaft (A) from the torque converter housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 398 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 415: Identifying Selector Control Shaft And Torque Converter Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Turn the detent arm (B) away from the countershaft (C). 14. Remove the main shaft sub assembly (A), countershaft subassembly (B), and secondary shaft subassembly (C) together. Do not bump the countershaft on the baffle plate (D). Fig. 416: Identifying Main Shaft Sub Assembly, Countershaft Subassembly And Secondary Shaft Subassembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the baffle plate. 16. Remove the differential assembly. 17. 4WD: Remove the transfer assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 399 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element BEARING REMOVAL Special Tools Required    Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 1. Remove the idler gear shaft when removing the mainshaft bearing and idler gear shaft bearing. NOTE: If you are only removing the countershaft bearing, idler gear shaft removal is not needed. 2. To remove the mainshaft bearing (A) and countershaft bearing (B) from the transmission housing, expand each snap ring with the snap ring pliers, then push the bearing out with the driver and the 78 x 90 mm attachment. NOTE: Do not remove the snap ring unless it's necessary to clean the grooves in the housing. Fig. 417: Identifying Mainshaft Bearing And Countershaft Bearing And Transmission Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft bearing with the snap ring pliers, then push the bearing out with the driver and the 42 x 47 mm attachment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 400 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 418: Expanding Snap Ring Of Idler Gear Shaft Bearing With Snap Ring Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BEARING INSTALLATION Special Tools Required    Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 1. Install the bearings in the direction shown. 2. Expand each snap ring with the snap ring pliers, and install the mainshaft bearing (A) and countershaft bearing (B) with the driver and the 78 x 90 mm attachment part-way into the housing. Fig. 419: Expanding Snap Ring With Snap Ring Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into the housing until the snap ring snaps in place around it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 401 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4. Expand the snap ring of the idler gear shaft (A) with the snap ring pliers, and install the bearing with the driver and the 42 x 47 mm attachment part-way into the housing. Fig. 420: Expanding Snap Ring Of Idler Gear Shaft With Snap Ring Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into the housing until the snap ring snaps in place around it. 6. After installing the bearings check that the snap rings (A) are seated in the bearing and housing grooves, and that the ring end gaps (B) are correct. Fig. 421: Checking Snap Rings Seated In Bearing And Housing Grooves Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the idler shaft. REVERSE IDLER GEAR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION REMOVAL 1. Remove the bolt (A) securing the reverse idler gear shaft holder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 402 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 422: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear Shaft And Gear Shaft Holder Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install a 5 x 0.8 mm bolt (B) in the reverse idler gear shaft, and pull it to remove the reverse idler gear shaft (C) and gear shaft holder (D) together. 3. Remove the reverse idler gear. Fig. 423: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION 1. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission housing. 2. Lightly coat the reverse idler gear shaft (A), needle bearing (B), and new O-rings (C) with lithium grease. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 403 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 424: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear Shaft, Needle Bearing And O-Rings With Lithium Grease Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Assemble the new O-rings and needle bearing on the reverse idler gear shaft, then install the reverse idler gear shaft in the reverse idler gear shaft holder (D). Align the D-shaped cut out (E) of the shaft with the D-shaped area (F) of the holder. 4. Install the reverse idler gear shaft/holder assembly on the transmission housing. Fig. 425: Identifying Reverse Idler Gear Shaft/Holder Assembly And Transmission Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. VALVE BODY AND ATF STRAINER REMOVAL NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. Remove the ATF feed pipes (A) and ATF joint pipes (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 404 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 426: Exploded View Of Valve Body And ATF Strainer Components Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the ATF strainer (C) (two bolts). 3. Remove the regulator valve body (D) (eight bolts). 4. Remove the stator shaft (E) and stator shaft stop (F), then remove the regulator separator plate (G) and two dowel pins (H). 5. Remove the servo body (I) (11 bolts), then remove the separator plate (J) and two dowel pins (K). 6. Remove the cooler check valve spring (L) and valve (M), then remove the main valve body (N) (three bolts). Do not let the check balls (O) fall out. 7. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft (P), then remove the ATF pump gears (Q). 8. Remove the main separator plate (R) and two dowel pins (S). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 405 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 9. Remove the ATF magnet (T), clean and reinstall it in the torque converter housing (U). 10. Clean the inlet opening (A) of the ATF strainer (B) thoroughly with compressed air, then check that it is in good condition and that the inlet opening is not clogged. Fig. 427: Identifying Inlet Opening Of ATF Strainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Test the ATF strainer by pouring clean ATF through the inlet opening, and replace it if it is clogged or damaged. 12. Remove the O-rings (V) (W) from the stator shaft and ATF strainer. Install the new ones when installing the valve bodies. VALVE BODY REPAIR NOTE: This repair is only necessary if one or more of the valves in a valve body do not slide smoothly in their bores. Use this procedure to free the valves. 1. Soak a sheet of # 600 abrasive paper in ATF for about 30 minutes. 2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valve drops out of its bore. It may be necessary to use a small screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be careful not to scratch the bore with the screwdriver. 3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF-soaked # 600 paper to polish off any burrs that are on the valve, then wash the valve in solvent and dry it with compressed air. 4. Roll up half a sheet of ATF-soaked #600 paper and insert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve. Twist the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fits the bore tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the paper as you push it in and out. NOTE: The valve body is aluminum and does not require much polishing to remove any burrs. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 406 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 428: Inserting Valve Bore Of Sticking Valve Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Remove the #600 paper. Thoroughly wash the entire valve body in solvent, then dry it with compressed air. 6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. It should drop to the bottom of the bore under its own weight. If not, repeat step 4, then retest. If the valve still sticks, replace the valve body. Fig. 429: Coating Valve With ATF Drop Into Bore Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the valve, and thoroughly clean it and the valve body with solvent. Dry all parts with compressed air, then reassemble using ATF as a lubricant. VALVE BODY VALVE INSTALLATION 1. Coat all parts with ATF before assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 407 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2. Install the valves and springs in the sequence shown for the main valve body (see MAIN VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ), regulator valve body (see REGULATOR VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ), and servo body (see SERVO BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY ). Refer to the following valve cap illustrations, and install each valve cap so the end shown facing up will be facing the outside of the valve body. Fig. 430: Identifying Valves And Springs Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install all the springs and seats. Insert the spring (A) in the valve, then install the valve in the valve body (B). Push the spring in with a screwdriver, then install the spring seat (C). Fig. 431: Pushing Spring In With Screwdriver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAIN VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blow out all passages. Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls, it may magnetize the balls. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see VALVE Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 408 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element BODY REPAIR ). 5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. Fig. 432: Disassembled View Of Main Valve Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SPRING SPECIFICATIONS SPRING SPECIFICATIONS A B C D E F G H Springs Shift valve A spring Shift valve B spring Shift valve C spring Relief valve spring Lock-up control valve spring Cooler check valve spring Servo control valve spring Shift valve E spring Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.) Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length 0.8(0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) No. of Coils 15.9 0.8(0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) 15.9 0.8(0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1(1.106) 15.9 1.0(0.039) 9.6 (0.378) 34.1 (1.343) 10.2 0.65 (0.026) 7.1 (0.280) 23.1 (0.909) 12.7 0.85 (0.033) 6.6 (0.260) 27.0(1.063) 11.3 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 35.7(1.406) 17.2 0.8(0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1(1.106) 15.9 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 409 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element ATF PUMP INSPECTION 1. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), driven gear (B), and ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) in the main valve body (D). Lubricate all parts with ATF, and install the ATF pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered side facing up. Fig. 433: Identifying ATF Pump Drive Gear Driven Gear And ATF Pump Driven Gear Shaft In Main Valve Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive gear (A) and driven gear (B). ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance: Standard (New): ATF Pump Drive Gear: 0.210-0.265 mm (0.0083-0.0104 in.) ATF Pump Driven Gear: 0.070-0.125 mm (0.0028-0.0049 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 410 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 434: Measuring Side Clearance Of ATF Pump Drive Gear And Driven Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure the thrust clearance between the ATF pump driven gear (A) and the valve body (B) with a straight edge (C) and a feeler gauge (D). ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial) Clearance: Standard (New): 0.03-0.06 mm (0.001-0.002 in.) Service Limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 in.) Fig. 435: Measuring Thrust Clearance Between ATF Pump Driven Gear And Valve Body Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REGULATOR VALVE BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY 1. Clean all parts thoroughly insolvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blowout all passages. 2. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 411 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see VALVE BODY REPAIR ). 4. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. The regulator spring cap is spring loaded. 5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. 6. When reassembling the valve body, align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the hole in the valve body, then press the spring cap into the valve body, and tighten the stop bolt. Fig. 436: Disassembled View Of Regulator Valve Body With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SPRING SPECIFICATIONS SPRING SPECIFICATIONS A B C D Springs Wire Diameter Stator reaction 4.5(0.177) spring Regulator valve 1.9(0.075) spring A Regulator valve 1.6(0.063) spring B Torque converter 1.2(0.047) check valve spring Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.) O.D. Free Length 35.4(1.394) 30.3(1.193) No. of Coils 1.92 14.7 (0.579) 80.6(3.173) 16.1 9.2 (0.362) 44.0(1.732) 12.5 8.6 (0.339) 33.8(1.331) 12.2 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 412 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element E F G H Lock-up shift valve spring 3rd accumulator spring 1st accumulator spring A 1st accumulator spring B 1.0(0.039) 6.6 (0.260) 35.5(1.398) 18.2 2.5 (0.098) 14.6(0.575) 29.9(1.177) 4.9 2.4 (0.094) 18.6(0.732) 49.0(1.929) 7.1 2.3(0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5(1.240) 6.6 SERVO BODY DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY 1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blowout all passages. 2. Inspect the valve body for scoring and damage. 3. Check shift valve D for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see VALVE BODY REPAIR ). 4. When removing and installing the shift solenoid valves, refer to shift solenoid valves removal and installation (see SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly. 6. Replace the O-rings with new ones. Fig. 437: Disassembled View Of Servo Body With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SPRING SPECIFICATIONS Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 413 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element SPRING SPECIFICATIONS A B C D E F Springs Shift valve D spring 4th accumulator spring B 4th accumulator spring A 2nd accumulator spring B 2nd accumulator spring A 5th accumulator spring Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.) Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length 0.8 (0.031) 5.6 (0.220) 28.1 (1.106) No. of Coils 15.9 2.3 (0.091) 12.2 (0.480) 31.5 (1.240) 6.6 2.4 (0.094) 18.6 (0.732) 49.0 (1.929) 7.1 2.0 (0.079) 10.6 (0.417) 34.0 (1.339) 8.0 2.2 (0.087) 16.6 (0.654) 48.02 (1.898) 8.5 2.5 (0.098) 14.6 (0.575) 29.9 (1.177) 4.9 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION NOTE:   Do not hold the shift solenoid connector to remove and to install the shift solenoid valves. Hold the shift solenoid valve body. Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve D, and do not install shift solenoid valve B before solenoid valve E. If solenoid valves A and B are installed before solenoid valves D and E, it may damage the hydraulic control system. 1. Remove the shift solenoid valves by holding the solenoid valve body. 2. Install new O-rings (F) on each shift solenoid valves. NOTE: New shift solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new shift solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 414 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 438: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve Remove / Install Components With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install shift solenoid valve D by holding the shift solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 4. Install shift solenoid valve A by holding the shift solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting bracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoid valve D. 5. Install shift solenoid valve E by holding the shift solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 6. Install shift solenoid valve B by holding the shift solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting bracket contacts the bracket on shift solenoid valve E. 7. Install shift solenoid valve C by holding the shift solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting bracket contacts the servo body. MAINSHAFT BEARING AND OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required     Adjustable bearing puller, 25-40 mm 07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal with the adjustable bearing puller and a commercially available 3/8 "-16 slide hammer (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 415 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 439: Identifying Mainshaft Bearing And Oil Seal With Adjustable Bearing Puller Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms in the torque converter housing with the driver and 62 x 68 mm attachment. Fig. 440: Tapping Mainshaft Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the new oil seal flush with the housing with the driver and 72 x 75 mm attachment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 416 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 441: Tapping Oil Seal Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COUNTERSHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required    Adjustable bearing puller, 25-40 mm 07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 1. Remove the countershaft bearing with the adjustable bearing puller and a commercially available 3/8 "-16 slide hammer (A). Fig. 442: Identifying Countershaft Bearing With Adjustable Bearing Puller Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the ATF guide plate (A), and check it for wear and damage. If the guide plate is worn or damaged, replace it. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:53 AM Page 417 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 443: Identifying ATF Guide Plate And Countershaft Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the ATF guide plate in the housing, and install the new countershaft bearing (B). 4. Install the new countershaft bearing securely in the housing with the driver and the 62 x 68 mm attachment. Fig. 444: Tapping Countershaft Bearing In Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Make sure that the bearing outer race notch-cut (A) is installed at a height of 0-0.05 mm (0-0.002 in.) (B) above the housing surface (C). Do not install the bearing higher than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) above the housing surface. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 418 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 445: Identifying Bearing Outer Race Notch-Cut Installation Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SECONDARY SHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 1. Remove the bolt, then remove the lock washer (A) and bearing set plate (B). Fig. 446: Identifying Lock Washer And Bearing Set Plate With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the secondary shaft bearing (A) by heating the housing to about 212°F (100°C) with a heat gun (B). Do not heat the housing more than 212°F (100°C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 419 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE: Let the housing cool to normal temperature before installing the bearing. Fig. 447: Identifying Secondary Shaft Bearing Heating Gun Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the new O-rings (A) on the ATF guide collar (B), then install the ATF guide collar in the housing. Fig. 448: Identifying O-Rings On ATF Guide Collar Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the new secondary shaft bearing (C) in the direction shown. 5. Install the new secondary shaft bearing with the driver and 62 x 68 mm attachment securely in the housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 420 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 449: Tapping Secondary Shaft Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Check that the bearing groove aligns with the housing surface, then install the bearing set plate aligned with the bearing groove. 7. Install the new lock washer and bolt, then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. SELECTOR CONTROL SHAFT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Driver 07749-0010000 Oil seal driver attachment 07947-ZV00100 1. Remove the oil seal (A) from the torque converter housing (B). Fig. 450: Identifying Oil Seal And Torque Converter Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new oil seal (A) in the torque converter housing to a depth (B) of 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the housing surface with the driver and oil seal driver attachment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 421 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 451: Identifying Oil Seal In Torque Converter Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. MAINSHAFT DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY 1. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle bearing for galling and rough movement. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 422 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 452: Disassembled View Of Mainshaft With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage. Check shaft bearing surface for scoring and excessive wear. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage. Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly. Install the conical spring washer, 41 x 68 mm thrust washer in the direction shown. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. Check the clearance of 5th gear (see MAINSHAFT 5TH GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION ). MAINSHAFT 5TH GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. Remove the mainshaft transmission housing bearing (see BEARING REMOVAL ). 2. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), 5th gear (B), needle bearing (C), thrust needle bearing (D), 41 x 68 mm thrust washer (E), 4th/5th clutch (F), 4th gear collar (G), and transmission housing bearing (H) on the Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 423 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element mainshaft (I). Do not install the O-rings during inspection. Fig. 453: Disassembled View Of Mainshaft 5th Gear Axial Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the idler gear (J) on the mainshaft by a press, then install the conical spring washer (K) and locknut (L). 4. Tighten the locknut to 29 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft). 5. Set the dial indicator (A) on the 5th gear (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 424 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 454: Setting Dial Indicator On 5th Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Lift the 5th gear (A) up while holding the mainshaft, and use the dial indicator (B) to read the 5th gear axial clearance. Fig. 455: Measuring 5th Gear Axial Clearance Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Measure the 5th gear axial clearance in at least three places while moving the 5th gear. Use the average as the actual clearance. Standard: 0.04-0.10 mm (0.002-0.004 in.) 8. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 41 x 68 mm thrust washer and measure its thickness (A). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 425 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 456: Measuring Thrust Washer Thickness Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Select and install a new thrust washer, then recheck. THRUST WASHER, 41 x 68 mm THRUST WASHER THICKNESS SPECIFICATIONS No. Part Number 1 90414-RCT-000 2 90415-RCT-000 3 90416-RCT-000 4 90417-RCT-000 5 90418-RCT-000 6 90419-RCT-000 7 90420-RCT-000 8 90421-RCT-000 9 90422-RCT-000 10 90423-RCT-000 11 90424-RCT-000 12 90425-RCT-000 13 90426-RCT-000 14 90427-RCT-000 15 90428-RCT-000 Thickness 4.450 mm (0.1752 in.) 4.475 mm (0.1762 in.) 4.500 mm (0.1772 in.) 4.525 mm (0.1781 in.) 4.550 mm (0.1791 in.) 4.575 mm (0.1801 in.) 4.600 mm (0.1811 in.) 4.625 mm (0.1821 in.) 4.650 mm (0.1831 in.) 4.675 mm (0.1841 in.) 4.700 mm (0.1850 in.) 4.725 mm (0.1860 in.) 4.750 mm (0.1870 in.) 4.775 mm (0.1880 in.) 4.800 mm (0.1890 in.) 10. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure the clearance is within the standard. 11. Disassemble the installed parts from the mainshaft. 12. Reinstall the bearing in the transmission housing (see BEARING INSTALLATION ). COUNTERSHAFT DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY 1. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle bearing for galling and rough movement. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 426 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 457: Disassembled View Of Countershaft With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. 3. 4. 5. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage. Check shaft bearing surface for scoring and excessive wear. Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly. Install the conical spring washer, reverse selector, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, and all gears in the direction shown. 6. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. The countershaft locknut has left-hand threads. 7. Some reverse selector hubs and 3rd gear are press-fitted to the countershaft; special tools are needed to remove them (see COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE SELECTOR HUB AND 3RD GEAR REMOVAL ) and to install them (see COUNTERSHAFT 3RD GEAR AND REVERSE SELECTOR HUB INSTALLATION ). COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE SELECTOR HUB AND 3RD GEAR REMOVAL 1. Install the bearing separator on 4th gear (A). Set the press on the countershaft (B) with a spacer (C) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 427 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element between the press and countershaft, and remove the reverse selector hub (D). NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-fitted, and can be removed without using the bearing separator and a press. Fig. 458: Pressing Countershaft With Spacer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the needle bearing, set ring, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, and cotters. 3. Set the press on the countershaft (A) with a spacer (B) between the press and countershaft, and remove 3rd gear (C). Fig. 459: Pressing Countershaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the 37 x 41 x 54.3 mm collar, 5th gear, 1st gear, and 2nd gear. COUNTERSHAFT 3RD GEAR AND REVERSE SELECTOR HUB INSTALLATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 428 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Special Tools Required Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 1. Install 2nd gear, 1st gear, 5th gear, and 37 x 41 x 54.3 mm collar on the countershaft. 2. Slide 3rd gear (A) over the countershaft, and press it in place with the driver and a press. Fig. 460: Pressing 3rd Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the cotters, 35 x 47 x 7.8 mm collar, set ring, needle bearing, and 4th gear. 4. Slide the reverse selector hub (A) over the countershaft, then press it in place with the driver and a press. NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-fitted, and can be installed without using the driver and a press. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 429 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 461: Pressing Reverse Selector Hub Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. SECONDARY SHAFT DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, AND REASSEMBLY 1. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle bearing for galling and rough movement. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 430 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 462: Disassembled View Of Secondary Shaft With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage. Check shaft bearing surface for scoring and excessive wear. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring damage. Lubricate all parts with ATF during assembly. Install the conical spring washer, idler gear in the direction shown. Replace the locknut and conical spring washer with new ones when assembling the transmission. The locknut has left-hand threads. 8. Check the clearance of 2nd gear (see SECONDARY SHAFT 2ND GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION ) and 1st gear (see SECONDARY SHAFT 1ST GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION ). SECONDARY SHAFT BALL BEARING, IDLER GEAR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 431 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Special Tools Required Attachment, 42 mm I.D. 07QAD-P0A0100 REMOVAL Place a shaft protector (A) on the secondary shaft (B), and set the puller (C) under the idler gear (D), then remove the idler gear and ball bearing (E). Fig. 463: Identifying Idler Gear And Ball Bearing With Puller Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. INSTALLATION Install the idler gear (A) on the secondary shaft (B), and install the ball bearing (C) over the idler gear with the 42 mm attachment and a press. Fig. 464: Identifying Idler Gear On Secondary Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 432 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element SECONDARY SHAFT 2ND GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION 1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing (B), 2nd gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D), 37 x 58 mm thrust washer (E), and 2nd clutch (F) on the secondary shaft (G), then secure them with the snap ring (H). Do not install the O-rings during inspection. Fig. 465: Identifying Thrust Needle Bearing, Needle Bearing, 2nd Gear And Thrust Needle Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the clearance between the snap ring (A) and the 2nd clutch guide (B) with a feeler gauge (C), in at least three places. Use the average as the actual clearance. Standard: 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 433 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 466: Measuring Clearance Between Snap Ring And 2nd Clutch Guide Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 37 x 58 mm thrust washer and measure its thickness. 4. Select and install a new thrust washer, then recheck. THRUST WASHER, 37 x 58 mm THRUST WASHER THICKNESS SPECIFICATIONS No. Part Number 1 90511-PRP-010 2 90512-PRP-010 3 90513-PRP-010 4 90514-PRP-010 5 90515-PRP-010 6 90516-PRP-010 7 90517-PRP-010 8 90518-PRP-010 9 90519-PRP-010 10 90520-PRP-010 Thickness 3.900 mm (0.154 in.) 3.925 mm (0.155 in.) 3.950 mm (0.156 in.) 3.975 mm (0.156 in.) 4.000 mm (0.157 in.) 4.025 mm (0.158 in.) 4.050 mm (0.159 in.) 4.075 mm (0.160 in.) 4.100 mm (0.161 in.) 4.125 mm (0.162 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 434 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 90521-PRP-010 90522-PRP-010 90523-PRP-000 90524-PRP-000 90525-PRP-000 90526-PRP-000 90527-PRP-000 90528-PRP-000 90529-PRP-000 90530-PRP-000 4.150 mm (0.163 in.) 4.175 mm (0.164 in.) 4.200 mm (0.165 in.) 4.225 mm (0.166 in.) 4.250 mm (0.167 in.) 4.275 mm (0.168 in.) 4.300 mm (0.169 in.) 4.325 mm (0.170 in.) 4.350 mm (0.171 in.) 4.375 mm (0.172 in.) 5. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure the clearance is within standard. 6. Disassemble the shaft and gears. SECONDARY SHAFT 1ST GEAR AXIAL CLEARANCE INSPECTION Special Tools Required Attachment, 42 mm I.D. 07QAD-P0A0100 1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), needle bearing (B), 1st gear (C), thrust needle bearing (D), 40x51.5 mm thrust washer (E), 1st/3rd clutch (F), and 3rd gear collar (G) on the secondary shaft (H). Do not install the O-rings during inspection. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 435 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 467: Identifying Thrust Needle Bearing, Needle Bearing, 1st Gear And Thrust Needle Bearing With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Fig. 468: Identifying Ball Bearing On Idler Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the idler gear (I), then install the ball bearing (J) on the idler gear with the 42 mm attachment and a Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 436 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element press. 3. Install the conical spring washer (K) and locknut (L), then tighten the locknut to 29 N.m (3.0 kgf.m, 22 lbf.ft). 4. Turn the secondary shaft assembly upside down, and set the dial indicator (A) on the 1st gear (B). Fig. 469: Setting Dial Indicator On 1st Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Lift 1st gear (A) up while holding the secondary shaft, and use the dial indicator (B) to read the 1st gear axial clearance. Standard: 0.04-0.12 mm (0.002-0.005 in.) Fig. 470: Measuring 1st Gear Axial Clearance Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 437 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 6. Measure the 1st gear axial clearance in at least three places while moving 1st gear. Use the average as the actual clearance. 7. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the 40 x 51.5 mm thrust washer and measure its thickness. 8. Select and install a new thrust washer, then recheck. THRUST WASHER, 40 x 51.5 mm THRUST WASHER THICKNESS SPECIFICATIONS No. Part Number 1 90503-RCT-000 2 90504-RCT-000 3 90505-RCT-000 4 90506-RCT-000 5 90507-RCT-000 6 90508-RCT-000 Thickness 4.80 mm (0.189 in.) 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) 4.90 mm (0.193 in.) 4.95 mm (0.195 in.) 5.00 mm (0.197 in.) 5.05 mm (0.199 in.) 9. After replacing the thrust washer, make sure the clearance is within standard. 10. Disassemble the shaft and gears. IDLER GEAR SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove the snap ring (A), cotter retainer (B), and cotters (C). Do not distort the snap ring. Fig. 471: Identifying Snap Ring, Cotter Retainer And Cotters Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the idler gear shaft/idler gear assembly (D) from the transmission housing. 3. Check the snap ring and cotter retainer for wear and damage. Replace them if they are worn, distorted, or damaged. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 438 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4. Install the idler gear and shaft in the reverse order of removal. IDLER GEAR/IDLER GEAR SHAFT REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100 1. Remove the snap ring from the idler gear/idler shaft assembly. Fig. 472: Identifying Snap Ring And Idler Gear/Idler Shaft Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the idler gear shaft (A) from the idler gear (B) with the driver, 32 x 35 mm attachment, and a press. Fig. 473: Identifying Idler Gear Shaft And Idler Gear With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 439 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 3. Replace the idler gear or idler gear shaft, and attach the idler gear shaft to the idler gear. Fig. 474: Identifying Idler Gear Shaft And Idler Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the idler gear shaft (A) in the idler gear (B) with the driver, 32 x 35 mm attachment, and a press. Fig. 475: Identifying Idler Gear Shaft In Idler Gear With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the snap ring. CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY Special Tools Required   Clutch spring compressor attachment 07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL50101 Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly 07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 440 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1. Remove the snap ring with a screwdriver. Fig. 476: Removing Snap Ring With Screwdriver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), clutch discs (B) (5), clutch wave-plates (C) (4), clutch flat-plate (D) and waved spring (E) from the 1st clutch drum (F). Fig. 477: Disassembled View Of 1st Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Make reference mark on the clutch flat-plate. 4. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), clutch discs (B) (6), clutch wave-plates (C) (5), flat-plate (D), and waved spring (E) from the 2nd clutch drum (F). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 441 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 478: Disassembled View Of 2nd Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Make a reference mark on the flat-plate. 6. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), clutch discs (B) (6), clutch wave-plates (C) (5), clutch flat-plate (D), and waved spring (E) from the 3rd clutch drum (F). Fig. 479: Disassembled View Of 3rd Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Make reference marks on the clutch flat-plate. 8. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), clutch discs (B) (4), clutch wave-plates (C) (4), and waved spring (D) from the 4th clutch drum (E). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 442 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 480: Disassembled View Of 4th Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), clutch discs (B) (4), clutch wave-plates (C) (4), and waved spring (D) from the 5th clutch drum (E). Fig. 481: Disassembled View Of 5th Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the clutch spring compressor attachment and clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 443 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 482: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment And Clutch Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) is adjusted to have full contact with the spring retainer (B) on the 4th and 5th clutches. Fig. 483: Contacting With Spring Retainer On 4th And 5th Clutches Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on the spring retainer (B) of the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches in such a way that the clutch spring compressor attachment works on the clutch return spring (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 444 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 484: Setting Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment On Spring Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. If either end of the clutch spring compressor attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer which is unsupported by the return spring, the retainer may be damaged. Fig. 485: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment Set Area Of Spring Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can be removed. Fig. 486: Compressing Return Spring Until Snap Ring Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 445 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Remove the snap ring with snap ring pliers. Fig. 487: Identifying Snap Ring With Snap Ring Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment and clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. 17. Remove the snap ring (A), spring retainer (B), and return spring (C). Fig. 488: Identifying Snap Ring, Spring Retainer And Return Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Wrap a shop rag around the clutch drum (A), and apply air pressure to the fluid passage to remove the piston (B). Place a finger tip on the other passage while applying air pressure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 446 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 489: Applying Air Pressure To Fluid Passage Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Remove the piston, then remove the O-rings from the 4th and 5th clutch pistons. Fig. 490: Identifying O-Rings And 4th And 5th Clutch Pistons Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Remove the piston, then remove the O-ring from the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutch drum, and remove the Oring from each clutch piston. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 447 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 491: Identifying O-Ring From 1st, 2nd, And 3rd Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CLUTCH INSPECTION 1. Inspect the 4th and 5th clutch pistons and clutch piston check valves (A). Fig. 492: Identifying Clutch Piston Check Valves Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. If the clutch piston check valve is loose or damaged, replace the clutch piston. 3. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage. 4. Check the oil seal (A) on the spring retainer of the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches for wear, damage, and peeling. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 448 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 493: Identifying Oil Seal On Spring Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If the oil seal is worn, damaged, or peeling, replace the spring retainer. 6. Inspect the clutch discs, clutch plates, and clutch end-plate for wear, damage, and discoloration. Standard Thickness Clutch Discs: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) Clutch Plate: 1st Clutch: Wave-plate: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) Flat-plate: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) 2nd Clutch: Wave-plate: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) Flat-plate: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) 3rd Clutch: Wave-plate: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) Flat-plate: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.) 4th Clutch (Wave-plate): 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) 5th Clutch (Wave-plate): 2.0 mm (0.079 in.) 7. If the clutch discs are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. If the clutch discs are replaced, inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. 8. If any plate is worn, damaged, or discolored, replace the damaged plate with the new plate, and inspect the other wave-plates for a phase difference. If the clutch plate is replaced, inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc. 9. If the clutch end-plate is worn, damaged, or discolored, inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the top disc, then replace the clutch end-plate. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:54 AM Page 449 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element CLUTCH WAVE-PLATE PHASE DIFFERENCE INSPECTION 1. Place the clutch wave-plate (A) on a surface plate, and set a dial indicator (B) on the wave-plate. Fig. 494: Setting Dial Indicator On Wave-Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Find the bottom (C) of a phase difference of the wave-plate, zero the dial indicator and make a reference mark on the bottom of the wave-plate. 3. Rotate the wave-plate about 60 degrees apart from the bottom while holding the wave-plate by its circumference. The dial indicator should be at the top (D) of a phase difference. Do not rotate the waveplate while holding its surface, always rotate it with holding its circumference. 4. Read the dial indicator. The dial indicator reads the phase difference (E) of the wave-plate between bottom and top. Standard Phase Difference: 1st Clutch: 0.15-0.25 mm (0.006-0.010 in.) 2nd Clutch: 0.10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 in.) 3rd Clutch: 0.10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 in.) 4th Clutch: 0.10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 in.) 5th Clutch: 0.10-0.20 mm (0.004-0.008 in.) 5. Rotate the wave-plate about 60 degrees. The dial indicator should be at the bottom of a phase difference (F and G), and zero the dial indicator. 6. Measure the phase difference at the other two tops (H and I) of the wave-plate by following steps 3 through 5. 7. If the two values of the three measurements are within the standard, the wave-plate is OK. If the two Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 450 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element values of the three measurements are out of the standard, replace the wave-plate. CLUTCH CLEARANCE INSPECTION Special Tools Required Clutch compressor attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100 1. Inspect the clutch piston, discs, plates, and end-plate for wear and damage (see CLUTCH INSPECTION ), and inspect clutch wave-plate phase difference (see CLUTCH WAVE-PLATE PHASE DIFFERENCE INSPECTION ), if necessary. 2. Install the clutch piston in the clutch drum. Do not install the O-rings during inspection. Fig. 495: Identifying Clutch Piston In Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), then starting with the clutch disc, alternately install the clutch discs (D) (5) and clutch wave-plates (E) (4), then install the clutch end-plate (F) with the flat side toward the disc. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 451 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 496: Disassembled View Of 1st Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum (B). Install the flat-plate (C), then starting with the clutch disc, alternately install the clutch discs (D) (6) and wave-plates (E) (5), then install the clutch endplate (F) with the flat side toward the disc. Fig. 497: Disassembled View Of 2nd Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), then starting with the clutch disc, alternately install the clutch discs (D) (6) and clutch wave-plates (E) (5), then install the clutch end-plate (F) with the flat side toward the disc. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 452 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 498: Disassembled View Of 3rd Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the waved spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately install the clutch wave-plates (C) (4) and clutch discs (D) (4), then install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side toward the disc. Fig. 499: Disassembled View Of 4th Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the waved spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately install the clutch wave-plates (C) (4) and clutch discs (D) (4), then install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side toward the disc. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 453 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 500: Disassembled View Of 5th Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver. Fig. 501: Installing Snap Ring With Screwdriver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Set a dial indicator (A) on the clutch end-plate (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 454 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 502: Setting Dial Indicator On Clutch End-Plate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Zero the dial indicator with the clutch end-plate lifted up to the snap ring (C). 11. Release the clutch end-plate to lower the clutch end-plate, then put the clutch spring compressor attachment on the end-plate (A). Fig. 503: Pressing Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment Down With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Press the clutch spring compressor attachment down with 150-160 N (15-16 kgf, 33-35 lbf) using a force gauge, and read the dial indicator (B). The dial indicator reads the clearance (C) between the clutch endplate and the top disc (D). Take measurements in at least three places, and use the average as the actual clearance. Clearance between the Clutch End-plate and the Top Disc: Service Limit: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 455 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1st Clutch: 1.38-1.58 mm (0.054-0.062 in.) 2nd Clutch: 1.14-1.34 mm (0.045-0.053 in.) 3rd Clutch: 1.23-1.43 mm (0.048-0.056 in.) 4th Clutch: 0.93-1.13 mm (0.037-0.044 in.) 5th Clutch: 0.93-1.13 mm (0.037-0.044 in.) 13. If the clearance is out of the service limit, select a new clutch end-plate from the following table. Fig. 504: Identifying Clearance Between Clutch End-Plate And Top Disc Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES 1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS SPECIFICATION Mark Part Number 1 22571-RCL-A01 or 22571-RZH003 or 22571-RZK-003 2 22572-RCL-A01 or 22572-RZH003 or 22572-RZK-003 3 22573-RCL-A01 or 22573-RZH003 or 22573-RZK-003 4 22574-RCL-A01 or 22574-RZH003 or 22574-RZK-003 5 22575-RCL-A01 or 22575-RZH003 or 22575-RZK-003 6 22576-RCL-A01 or 22576-RZH003 or 22576-RZK-003 7 22577-RCL-A01 or 22577-RZH003 or 22577-RZK-003 8 22578-RCL-A01 or 22578-RZH003 or 22578-RZK-003 9 22579-RCL-A01 or 22579-RZH003 or 22579-RZK-003 Thickness 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) 2.9 mm (0.114 in.) 3.0 mm (0.118 in.) 3.1 mm (0.122 in.) 3.2 mm (0.126 in.) 3.3 mm (0.130 in.) 3.4 mm (0.134 in.) 2ND CLUTCH END-PLATES 2ND CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS SPECIFICATION Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 456 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Mark 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part Number 22569-RCL-A01 or 22569-RZH003 or 22569-RZK-003 22570-RCL-A01 or 22570-RZH003 or 22570-RZK-003 22571-RCL-A01 or 22571-RZH003 or 22571-RZK-003 22572-RCL-A01 or 22572-RZH003 or 22572-RZK-003 22573-RCL-A01 or 22573-RZH003 or 22573-RZK-003 22574-RCL-A01 or 22574-RZH003 or 22574-RZK-003 22575-RCL-A01 or 22575-RZH003 or 22575-RZK-003 22576-RCL-A01 or 22576-RZH003 or 22576-RZK-003 22577-RCL-A01 or 22577-RZH003 or 22577-RZK-003 Thickness 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) 2.9 mm (0.114 in.) 3.0 mm (0.118 in.) 3.1 mm (0.122 in.) 3.2 mm (0.126 in.) 3RD CLUTCH END-PLATES 3ND CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS SPECIFICATION Mark Part Number 1 22551-RCL-A01 or 22551-RZH003 or 22551-RZK-003 2 22552-RCL-A01 or 22552-RZH003 or 22552-RZK-003 3 22553-RCL-A01 or 22553-RZH003 or 22553-RZK-003 4 22554-RCL-A01 or 22554-RZH003 or 22554-RZK-003 5 22555-RCL-A01 or 22555-RZH003 or 22555-RZK-003 6 22556-RCL-A01 or 22556-RZH003 or 22556-RZK-003 7 22557-RCL-A01 or 22557-RZH003 or 22557-RZK-003 8 22558-RCL-A01 or 22558-RZH003 or 22558-RZK-003 9 22559-RCL-A01 or 22559-RZH003 or 22559-RZK-003 Thickness 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) 2.3 mm (0.091 in.) 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) 2.9 mm (0.114 in.) 4TH and 5TH CLUTCH END-PLATES Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 457 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4TH AND 5TH CLUTCH END-PLATES THICKNESS SPECIFICATION Mark Part Number Thickness 1 22581 -RCL-003 or 22581 -RZH- 2.1 mm (0.083 in.) 003 or 22581 -RZK-003 2 22582-RCL-003 or 22582-RZH- 2.2 mm (0.087 in.) 003 or 22582-RZK-003 3 22583-RCL-003 or 22583-RZH- 2.3 mm (0.091 in.) 003 or 22583-RZK-003 4 22584-RCL-003 or 22584-RZH- 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) 003 or 22584-RZK-003 5 22585-RCL-003 or 22585-RZH- 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) 003 or 22585-RZK-003 6 22586-RCL-003 or 22586-RZH- 2.6 mm (0.102 in.) 003 or 22586-RZK-003 7 22587-RCL-003 or 22587-RZH- 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) 003 or 22587-RZK-003 8 22588-RCL-003 or 22588-RZH- 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) 003 or 22588-RZK-003 9 22589-RCL-003 or 22589-RZH- 2.9 mm (0.114 in.) 003 or 22589-RZK-003 14. Install the new clutch end-plate, then recheck the clearance. NOTE: If the thickest clutch end-plate is installed, but the clearance is still over the service limit, replace the clutch discs and plates. CLUTCH REASSEMBLY Special Tools Required   Clutch spring compressor attachment 07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL50101 Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly 07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A 1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a minimum of 30 minutes. 2. Install new O-rings (A) on the 4th and 5th clutch piston (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 458 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 505: Installing O-Rings On 4th And 5th Clutch Piston Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install a new O-ring (A) in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutch pistons (B), and install a new O-ring (C) on the clutch drums (D). Fig. 506: Installing O-Ring In 1st, 2nd, And 3rd Clutch Pistons Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the clutch piston (A) in the clutch drum (B). Apply pressure and rotate to ensure proper seating. Lubricate the piston O-ring with ATF before installing. Do not pinch the O-ring by installing the piston with too much force. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 459 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 507: Identifying Clutch Piston In Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the return spring (A) and spring retainer (B), and position the snap ring (C) on the retainer. Fig. 508: Identifying Return Spring And Spring Retainer And Position Snap Ring On Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the clutch spring compressor attachment and clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 460 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 509: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment And Clutch Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) is adjusted to have full contact with the spring retainer (B) on the 4th and 5th clutches. Fig. 510: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment And Spring Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on the spring retainer (B) of the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd clutches in such a way that it compresses the clutch return spring (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 461 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 511: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment, Spring Retainer And Clutch Return Spring Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. If either end of the clutch spring compressor attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer which is unsupported by the return spring, the retainer may be damaged. Fig. 512: Identifying Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment On Spring Retainer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Compress the return spring. Fig. 513: Compressing Return Spring Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 462 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 11. Install the snap ring with snap ring pliers. Fig. 514: Installing Snap Ring With Snap Ring Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment and clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. 13. Install the waved spring (A) in the 1st clutch drum (B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), then starting with the clutch disc, alternately install the clutch discs (D) (5) and clutch wave-plates (E) (4), then install the clutch end-plate (F) with the flat side toward the disc. Fig. 515: Disassembled View Of 1st Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 14. Install the waved spring (A) in the 2nd clutch drum (B). Install the flat-plate (C), then starting with the clutch disc, alternately install the clutch discs (D) (6) and wave-plates (E) (5), then install the clutch endplate (F) with the flat side toward the disc. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 463 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 516: Disassembled View Of 2nd Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the waved spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B). Install the clutch flat-plate (C), then starting with the clutch disc, alternately install the clutch discs (D) (6) and clutch wave-plates (E) (5), then install the clutch end-plate (F) with the flat side toward the disc. Fig. 517: Disassembled View Of 3rd Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Install the waved spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately install the clutch wave-plates (C) (4) and clutch discs (D) (4), then install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side toward the disc. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 464 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 518: Disassembled View Of 4th Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Install the waved spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum (B). Starting with the clutch wave-plate, alternately install the clutch wave-plates (C) (4) and clutch discs (D) (4), then install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side toward the disc. Fig. 519: Disassembled View Of 5th Clutch Drum Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 465 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 520: Installing Snap Ring With Screwdriver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 19. Check that the clutch piston moves by applying air pressure into fluid passage. VALVE BODY AND ATF STRAINER INSTALLATION NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. Make sure that the ATF magnet is cleaned and installed in the torque converter housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 466 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 521: Disassembled View Of Valve Body And ATF Strainer With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the main separator plate (A) and two dowel pins on the torque converter housing. Then install the ATF pump drive gear (B), driven gear (C), and ATF pump driven gear shaft (D). Install the ATF pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered side facing down. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 467 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 522: Identifying ATF Pump Drive Gear, Driven Gear And ATF Pump Driven Gear Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the main valve body. 4. Make sure the ATF pump drive gear (A) rotates smoothly in the normal operating direction, and the ATF pump driven gear shaft (B) moves smoothly in the axial and normal operating direction. Fig. 523: Rotating ATF Pump Drive Gear Smoothly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. If the ATF pump drive gear and ATF pump driven gear shaft do not move smoothly, loosen the main valve body bolts. Realign the ATF pump driven gear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the specified torque, then recheck. Failure to align the ATF pump driven gear shaft correctly will result in a seized ATF pump drive gear or ATF pump driven gear shaft. 6. Make sure that the two check balls and the cooler check valve are in the main valve body, then install the cooler check valve spring in the cooler check valve. 7. Install the servo separator plate and two dowel pins on the main valve body. 8. Install the servo body (12 bolts). Install the ATF strainer with the two bolts in the bolt holes (A) in step 12, and install the baffle plate with the two bolts in the bolt holes (B) (see step 2 ). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 468 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 524: Identifying Baffle Plate With Bolts With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Install the regulator separator plate and two dowel pins on the main valve body. Install a new O-ring on the stator shaft, and install the stator shaft and stator shaft stop. Install the regulator valve body (eight bolts). Install a new O-ring on the ATF strainer, and install the ATF strainer (two bolts). Install the ATF joint pipes (one bolt). Install the ATF feed pipes in the regulator valve body and servo body. SHAFT ASSEMBLY AND HOUSING INSTALLATION NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission does not have the transfer assembly. 1. Install the differential assembly in the torque converter housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 469 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 525: Disassembled View Of Transmission Housing With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the baffle plate on the servo body. 3. Assemble the mainshaft, countershaft, and secondary shaft. 4. Join the mainshaft subassembly (A), countershaft subassembly (B), and secondary shaft subassembly (C) together, and install them in the torque converter housing. Do not bump the countershaft on the baffle plate (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 470 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 526: Identifying Mainshaft Subassembly, Countershaft Subassembly And Secondary Shaft Subassembly Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Make sure the countershaft and differential are clear of the baffle plate (D). 6. If the detent arm was removed, install the detent arm (A) with arm collar (B) on the servo body (C), and install the new lock washer (D) by aligning its cutout (E) with the projection (F) of the servo body. Install and tighten the bolt, then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. Fig. 527: Identifying Detent Arm With Arm Collar On Servo Body With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 471 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 7. Install the control shaft (A) in the torque converter housing aligning the manual valve lever pin (B) on the control shaft with the guide of the manual valve (C). Pull the manual valve gently when aligning the manual valve with the control shaft. Fig. 528: Identifying Control Shaft In Torque Converter Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Hook the detent spring (A) to the detent arm (B). Fig. 529: Hooking Detent Spring To Detent Arm Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Turn the shift fork shaft (A) so the large chamfered hole (B) is facing the fork bolt hole (C) of the shift fork (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 472 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 530: Identifying Shift Fork Shaft, Large Chamfered Hole And Lock Washer With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 10. Install the shift fork and reverse selector together on the shift fork shaft and countershaft. Secure the shift fork to the shift fork shaft with the lock bolt and a new lock washer (E), then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. 11. Install the needle bearing and countershaft reverse gear on the countershaft. 12. Install the reverse idler gear in the transmission housing (see REVERSE IDLER GEAR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ). 13. Install the idler gear shaft (see IDLER GEAR SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ), if it was removed. 14. Install the transmission housing on the torque converter housing. -1 Install the three dowel pins (A) and a new gasket (B) on the torque converter housing (C). -2 Align the spring pin (D) of the control shaft (E) with the transmission housing groove (F) by turning the control shaft. Do not squeeze the end of the control shaft tips together when turning the shaft. If the tips are squeezed together, it will cause a faulty shift position signal or position due to the play between the control shaft and the transmission range switch. -3 Place the transmission housing (G) on the torque converter housing. Do not install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor before installing the transmission housing on the torque converter housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 473 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 531: Disassembled View Of Transmission Housing With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. While expanding the snap ring of the secondary shaft bearing using the snap ring pliers, push the transmission housing down to start the secondary shaft bearing through the snap ring. Then release the pliers. While rotating the reverse idler gear with a screwdriver, push down the housing until it bottoms and the snap ring snaps in place in the secondary shaft bearing snap ring groove. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 474 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 532: Expanding Snap Ring Of Secondary Shaft Bearing With Snap Ring Pliers Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Check that the secondary shaft bearing snap ring (A) is seated in the bearing and housing groove, and check that the ring end gap (B) is 0-7 mm (0-0.28 in.). Fig. 533: Identifying Snap Ring End Gap Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts (20 bolts) along with the transmission hanger and harness clamp brackets. 18. Tighten the transmission housing mounting bolts to 44 N.m (4.5 kgf.m, 33 lbf.ft) in two or more steps in a crisscross pattern. 19. Install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A) and output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (B) and washer (C) with new O-rings (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 475 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 534: Identifying Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor And Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Install the shift solenoid harness connector (F) in the transmission housing with a new O-ring (G). Fig. 535: Identifying Shift Solenoid Harness Connector And Transmission Housing With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Connect the connector (YEL, WHT, and WHT wires) to shift solenoid valve D. 22. Connect the connectors to the respective valves:  BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A.  ORN wire to shift solenoid valve B.  GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C.  RED wire to shift solenoid valve E. 23. Install the shift solenoid valve cover (A) with the two dowel pins (B) and a new gasket (C), and secure Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 476 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element the cover with the nine bolts. Fig. 536: Identifying Shift Solenoid Valve Cover With Dowel Pins And Gasket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. END COVER INSTALLATION Special Tool Required Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 1. Install the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 477 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 537: Identifying Mainshaft Holder (07GAB-PF50101 Or 07GAB-PF50100) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:  Splines and threads of the mainshaft.  Splines of the mainshaft idler gear.  Old conical spring washer and old locknut. 3. Install the mainshaft idler gear (A), old conical spring washer (B), and old locknut (C) on the mainshaft (D), and tighten the locknut to 226 N.m (23.0 kgf.m, 166 lbf.ft). NOTE:   Do not tap the idler gear to install. Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do not use an impact wrench. Fig. 538: Identifying Mainshaft Idler Gear, Old Conical Spring Washer And Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 478 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 4. Install the park lever (A) and park lever stop (B) on the selector control shaft (C), then install the lock bolt with the new lock washer (D). Do not bend the lock tab of the lock washer until step 18. Fig. 539: Identifying Park Lever And Park Lever Stop On Selector Control Shaft With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the park pawl shaft (E), park pawl spring (F), park pawl (G), and stop shaft (H) on the transmission housing. 6. Lubricate the following parts with ATF:  Threads and splines of the countershaft.  Old conical spring washer and old locknut.  Areas where the park gear contacts the conical spring washer. 7. Install the park gear (I), old conical spring washer (J), and old locknut (K) on the countershaft. 8. Lift the park pawl up, and engage it with the park gear, then tighten the locknut to 226 N.m (23.0 kgf.m, 166 lbf.ft). NOTE:    Do not tap the park gear to install. Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do not use an impact wrench. Countershaft locknut has left-hand threads. 9. Remove the locknuts and conical spring washers from the mainshaft and countershaft. 10. Lubricate the threads of the shafts, the new locknuts and the new conical spring washers with ATF. 11. Install the new conical spring washers (A) with facing stamped mark side up in the direction shown, and install the new mainshaft locknut (B), the new countershaft locknut (C), and the new secondary shaft locknut (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:55 AM Page 479 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 540: Identifying Conical Spring Washers Installation Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. Tighten the locknuts to 167 N.m (17.0 kgf.m, 123 lbf.ft). NOTE:    Be sure to install the conical spring washers in the direction shown. Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do not use an impact wrench. Countershaft and secondary shaft locknuts have left-hand threads. 13. Remove the mainshaft holder from the mainshaft. 14. Stake the locknuts into the shafts in depth (A) of 0.7-1.3 mm (0.03-0.05 in.) with a 3.5 mm punch (B). Fig. 541: Staking Locknuts Into Shafts In Depth Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 15. Install the selector control lever (A) on the selector control shaft (B), and install the bolt with the new lock washer (C), then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 480 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 542: Identifying Selector Control Lever On Selector Control Shaft With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Set the park lever in the P position, then check that the park pawl (A) engages the park gear (B). Fig. 543: Identifying Distance Between Park Pawl Shaft And Park Lever Roller Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 17. If the park pawl does not engage fully, check the distance (C) between the park pawl shaft (D) and the park lever roller pin (E) (see PARK LEVER STOP INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ). 18. Tighten the lock bolt, and bend the lock tab of the lock washer (F) against the bolt head. 19. Install the ATF feed pipe (A) into the idler gear shaft, and install the ATF lubrication pipe (B) into the transmission housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 481 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 544: Identifying ATF Feed Pipe And ATF Lubrication Pipe Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. Install the new gasket (A) on the transmission housing, and install the two dowel pins (B) and new Orings (C) over the top of the ATF feed pipes. Fig. 545: Identifying Dowel Pins, O-Rings And Special Bolts With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 21. Install the end cover (D), and tighten the three special bolts (E) and the 6 x 1.0 mm bolts (12 bolts). 22. Install the harness clamp bracket (F) on the end cover. 23. Set the selector control shaft (A) from the P position to the N position by turning the selector control lever on the torque converter side. NOTE: Do not squeeze the end of the selector control shaft tips together when turning the shaft. If the tips are squeezed together it will cause a faulty shift position signal or position due to the play between the selector control shaft and the transmission range switch. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 482 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 546: Identifying Selector Control Shaft Position Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold in the N position. NOTE: Be sure to use a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade or equivalent to hold the switch in the N position. Fig. 547: Aligning Cutouts On Rotary-Frame With Neutral Positioning Cutouts On Transmission Range Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 25. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 483 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 548: Holding Transmission Range Switch Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue to hold it in the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. Fig. 549: Tightening Transmission Range Switch Bolt With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Connect the transmission range switch connector (A) securely, then install the harness clamps (B) on the clamp bracket (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 484 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 550: Identifying Transmission Range Switch Connector, Harness Clamps And Clamp Bracket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 28. Install the transmission range switch cover (D). 29. Install the new gasket (B) on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe (C) and ATF joint pipes (D). Fig. 551: Identifying ATF Pipe And ATF Joint Pipes With Gasket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Install the new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes, and install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 31. Install the new gasket (A) on the transmission housing, and install the ATF joint pipes (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 485 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 552: Identifying ATF Joint Pipes And Gasket With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 32. Install the new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes. 33. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C, and harness clamp bracket (F). 34. Install the ATF cooler inlet line (A) with the line bolt (B) and new sealing washers (C), and install the brackets (D). Fig. 553: Identifying ATF Cooler Inlet Line With Line Bolt Sealing Washers With Torque Specifications Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 35. Install the ATF cooler outlet line (E) with the line bolt (F) and new sealing washers (G). 36. 4WD: Install the transfer assembly (A) with a new O-ring (B) and the dowel pin (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 486 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 554: Identifying Transfer Assembly With O-Ring And Dowel Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX 4WD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 487 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 555: Identifying A/T Differential Components Location (4WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2WD Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 488 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 556: Identifying A/T Differential Components Location (2WD) Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. BACKLASH INSPECTION NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. Install the drive shaft and intermediate shaft into the differential assembly. 2. Secure the driveshaft (A) in a bench vise (B) with soft jaws (C). To prevent damage to the driveshaft, always use soft jaws or equivalent material between the driveshaft and the vise. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 489 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 557: Measuring Backlash Of Final Driven Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Place the intermediate shaft (D) on a V-block (E), then fix the intermediate shaft using a grip (F) or equivalent. 4. Measure the backlash of the final driven gear (G) with a dial indicator (H). Standard: 1.1-1.6 mm (0.04-0.06 in.) 5. If the backlash is out of standard, replace the differential carrier; 4WD (see DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR, AND TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT ), 2WD (see DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR, AND TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT ). CARRIER BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 07LAD-PW50601 NOTE:     The bearing and bearing outer race should be replaced as a set. Inspect and adjust the carrier bearing preload whenever a bearing is replaced. Check the bearing for wear and rough rotation. If the bearing is OK, removal is not necessary. The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. 4WD: Remove the final driven gear and transfer drive gear (see DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 490 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element DRIVEN GEAR, AND TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT ). 2WD: Remove the final driven gear (see DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR, AND TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT ). 2. Remove the carrier bearing (A) with a commercially available puller (B), bearing separator (C), and stepper adapter (D). Fig. 558: Removing Carrier Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the new bearings with the 40 x 50 mm attachment and a press. Press the bearing on securely so there is no clearance between the bearing and the differential carrier. Fig. 559: Pressing Bearings Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER, FINAL DRIVEN GEAR, AND TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR REPLACEMENT 4WD 1. Remove the final driven gear (A) and transfer drive gear (B) from the differential carrier (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 491 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE: The final driven gear bolts have left-hand threads. Fig. 560: Identifying Final Driven Gear And Transfer Drive Gear From Differential Carrier (4WD) With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the final driven gear and transfer drive gear on the differential carrier in the direction shown. 3. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps. DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER AND FINAL DRIVEN GEAR REPLACEMENT 2WD 1. Remove the final driven gear (A) from the differential carrier (B). NOTE: The final driven gear bolts have left-hand threads. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 492 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 561: Identifying Final Driven Gear From Differential Carrier (2WD) With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the final driven gear on the differential carrier in the direction shown. 3. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps. OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required    Driver 07749-0010000 Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101 Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101 NOTE: The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 493 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 562: Tapping Oil Seal From Transmission Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter housing. Fig. 563: Tapping Oil Seal From Torque Converter Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the new oil seal (A) in the transmission housing with the oil seal driver and attachment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 494 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 564: Installing Oil Seal In Transmission Housing With Oil Seal Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the new oil seal (A) in the torque converter housing with the oil seal driver and attachment. Fig. 565: Installing Oil Seal In Torque Converter Housing With Oil Seal Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CARRIER BEARING OUTER RACE REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required    Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 495 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE:       The bearing and bearing outer race should be replaced as a set. Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the outer race is replaced. Do not use the thrust shim on the torque converter housing. Adjust bearing preload after replacing the bearing and outer race. Coat all parts with ATF during installation. The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), 76.2 mm thrust washer (B), and 76 mm thrust shim (C) from the transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to about 212°F (100°C) with heat gun (E). Do not heat the housing in more than of 212°F (100°C). NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to room temperature before installing the bearing outer race. Fig. 566: Heating Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Remove the bearing outer race (A) and 80 mm thrust washer (B) from the torque converter housing (C). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 496 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 567: Identifying Bearing Outer Race And Thrust Washer Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the 80 mm thrust washer and the new bearing outer race in the torque converter housing. 4. Install the bearing outer race securely in the torque converter housing with the driver and 78 x 90 mm attachment. Fig. 568: Tapping Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A), 76.2 mm thrust washer (B), and the new bearing outer race (C) in the transmission housing (D). NOTE: Install the 76.2 mm thrust washer with the "41382RKY" mark facing downward. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 497 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 569: Identifying Thrust Shim, Thrust Washer And Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. With the driver and 72 x 75 mm attachment, install the bearing outer race securely so there is no clearance between the outer race, thrust washer, shim, and housing. Fig. 570: Identifying Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. CARRIER BEARING PRELOAD INSPECTION Special Tools Required    Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 Preload inspection tool 07HAJ-PK40201 NOTE:    If the transmission housing, torque converter housing, differential carrier, carrier bearing and outer race, or thrust shim were replaced, the bearing preload must be adjusted. Coat all parts with ATF during installation. Do not use the thrust shim in the torque converter housing. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 498 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element  The illustration shows the 4WD transmission; the 2WD transmission is similar. 1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), 76.2 mm thrust washer (B), and 76 mm thrust shim (C) from the transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to about 212°F (100°C) with heat gun (E). Do not heat the housing more than of 212°F (100°C). NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to room temperature before adjusting the bearing preload. Fig. 571: Removing Bearing Outer Race With Heat Gun Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the 76 mm thrust shim (A) in the transmission housing (B). If you replace the 76 mm thrust shim with a new one, use the same thickness shim as the old one. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 499 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 572: Identifying Thrust Shim, Thrust Washer And Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the 76.2 mm thrust washer (C) and the bearing outer race (D) in the transmission housing. NOTE: Install the 76.2 mm thrust washer with the "41382RKY" mark facing downward. 4. With the driver and 72 x 75 mm attachment, install the bearing outer race securely so there is no clearance between the outer race, thrust washer, shim, and housing. Fig. 573: Tapping Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the differential assembly (A) in the torque converter housing (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 500 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 574: Disassembled View Of Differential Assembly With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 6. Install the three dowel pins (C) and a new gasket (D) on the torque converter housing. 7. Align the spring pin (E) of the control shaft (F) with the transmission housing groove (G) by turning the control shaft. Do not squeeze the end of the control shaft tips together when turning the shaft. 8. Place the transmission housing (H) on the torque converter housing. 9. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts (20 bolts) along with the transmission hanger (I) and harness clamp brackets (J). Tighten the mounting bolts to 44 N.m (4.5 kgf.m, 33 lbf.ft) in two or more steps in a crisscross pattern. 10. Rotate the differential assembly in both directions to seat the bearings. 11. Measure the starting torque of the differential assembly with the preload inspection tool, a torque wrench (A), and a socket (B). Measure the starting torque at normal room temperature in both directions. Standard New Bearing: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 501 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 2.7-3.9 N.m (28-40 kgf.cm, 24-35 lbf.in.) Reused Bearing: 2.5-3.6 N.m (25-37 kgf.cm, 22-32 lbf.in.) Fig. 575: Measuring Starting Torque Of Differential Assembly With Preload Inspection Tool Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the thrust shim and select the thrust shim from table. Install the new thrust shim and recheck. To increase the starting torque, increase the thickness of the thrust shim. To decrease the starting torque, decrease the thickness of the shim. Changing the thickness of shim by 0.05 mm will increase or decrease starting torque about 0.3-0.4 N.m (3-4 kgf.cm, 2.7-3.5 lbf.in.). THRUST SHIM, 76 mm THRUST SHIM THICKNESS SPECIFICATION No. Part Number S 41438-PX4-700 T 41439-PX4-700 U 41440-PX4-700 A 41441-PK4-000 B 41442-PK4-000 C 41443-PK4-000 D 41444-PK4-000 E 41445-PK4-000 F 41446-PK4-000 G 41447-PK4-000 H 41448-PK4-000 I 41449-PK4-000 Thickness 2.05 mm (0.081 in.) 2.10 mm (0.083 in.) 2.15 mm (0.085 in.) 2.20 mm (0.087 in.) 2.25 mm (0.089 in.) 2.30 mm (0.091 in.) 2.35 mm (0.093 in.) 2.40 mm (0.094 in.) 2.45 mm (0.096 in.) 2.50 mm (0.098 in.) 2.55 mm (0.100 in.) 2.60 mm (0.101 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 502 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element J K L M N O P Q R 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 0G OH 0I 0J A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V 41450-PK4-000 41451-PK4-000 41452-PK4-000 41453-PK4-000 41454-PK4-000 41455-PK4-000 41456-PK4-000 41457-PK4-000 41458-PK4-000 41428-PRP-000 41429-PRP-000 41430-PRP-000 41431-PRP-000 41432-PRP-000 41433-PRP-000 41434-PRP-000 41435-PRP-000 41436-PRP-000 41437-PRP-000 41428-PAX-000 41429-PAX-000 41430-PAX-000 41431-PAX-000 41432-PAX-000 41433-PAX-000 41434-PAX-000 41435-PAX-000 41436-PAX-000 41437-PAX-000 41438-PAX-000 41439-PAX-000 41440-PAX-000 41441-PAX-000 41442-PAX-000 41443-PAX-000 41444-PAX-000 41445-PAX-000 41446-PAX-000 41447-PAX-000 41448-PAX-000 41449-PAX-000 2.65 mm (0.103 in.) 2.70 mm (0.105 in.) 2.75 mm (0.107 in.) 2.80 mm (0.110 in.) 2.85 mm (0.112 in.) 2.90 mm (0.114 in.) 2.95 mm (0.116 in.) 3.00 mm (0.118 in.) 3.05 mm (0.120 in.) 1.55 mm (0.061 in.) 1.60 mm (0.063 in.) 1.65 mm (0.065 in.) 1.70 mm (0.067 in.) 1.75 mm (0.069 in.) 1.80 mm (0.071 in.) 1.85 mm (0.073 in.) 1.90 mm (0.075 in.) 1.95 mm (0.077 in.) 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) 1.575 mm (0.062 in.) 1.625 mm (0.064 in.) 1.675 mm (0.066 in) 1.725 mm (0.068 in.) 1.775 mm (0.070 in.) 1.825 mm (0.072 in) 1.875 mm (0.074 in) 1.925 mm (0.076 in.) 1.975 mm (0.078 in.) 2.025 mm (0.080 in.) 2.075 mm (0.082 in.) 2.125 mm (0.084 in.) 2.175 mm (0.086 in.) 2.225 mm (0.088 in.) 2.275 mm (0.090 in.) 2.325 mm (0.092 in.) 2.375 mm (0.094 in.) 2.425 mm (0.095 in.) 2.475 mm (0.097 in.) 2.525 mm (0.099 in.) 2.575 mm (0.101 in.) 2.625 mm (0.103 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 503 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element X Y Z 0A 0B 0C 0D 41450-PAX-000 41451-PAX-000 41452-PAX-000 41453-PAX-000 41454-PAX-000 41455-PAX-000 41456-PAX-000 41457-PAX-000 2.675 mm (0.105 in.) 2.725 mm (0.107 in.) 2.775 mm (0.109 in.) 2.825 mm (0.111 in.) 2.875 mm (0.113 in.) 2.925 mm (0.115 in.) 2.975 mm (0.117 in.) 3.025 mm (0.119 in.) INSPECTION 1. Set the dial indicator (A) on the companion flange (B). Fig. 576: Measuring Transfer Gear Backlash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Measure the transfer gear backlash. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) 3. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer housing and the vise. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 504 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 577: Measuring Starting Torque Companion Flange With Torque Wrench Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat the tapered roller bearings. 5. Measure the starting torque at the companion flange (C) with a torque wrench (D) and a socket (E). Standard: 2.75-4.22 N.m (28.1-43.1 kgf.cm, 24.4-37.4 lbf.in.) 6. Remove the transfer assembly from the vise. 7. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transfer housing (B), then remove the O-ring (C) from the transfer holder. Fig. 578: Identifying Transfer Holder From Transfer Housing With Torque Specification Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 505 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transfer drive gear teeth lightly and evenly. 9. Install the transfer holder, and tighten the bolts. Do not install the O-ring on the transfer holder. 10. Rotate the companion flange in both directions until the transfer gears rotate one full turn in both directions. 11. Remove the transfer holder, and check the transfer drive gear tooth contact pattern. The pattern should be centered on the gear teeth as shown. Fig. 579: Identifying Transfer Drive Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 12. If the measurements are out of standard or the tooth contact pattern are incorrect, disassemble the transfer assembly and repair. DISASSEMBLY EXPLODED VIEW Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 506 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 580: Exploded View Of Transfer Assembly Components With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Special Tools Required   Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010A or 07RAB-TB4010B Holder handle 07JAB-001020A NOTE: Refer to the EXPLODED VIEW as needed during the following procedure. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 507 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 1. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transfer housing (B). Fig. 581: Identifying Transfer Holder And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Cut the lock tab on the locknut using a chisel. Fig. 582: Cutting Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer housing and the vise. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:56 AM Page 508 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 583: Removing Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Install the companion flange holder and holder handle on the companion flange, then loosen the locknut. 5. Remove the companion flange holder and holder handle. 6. Remove the locknut (A), conical spring washer (B), back-up ring (C), O-ring (D), and companion flange (E) from the transfer output shaft (F). Fig. 584: Identifying Locknut, Conical Spring Washer, Back-Up Ring, O-Ring, And Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Remove the transfer output shaft (A) from the transfer housing (B), then remove the transfer spacer (C) from the transfer output shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 509 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 585: Identifying Transfer Output Shaft And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Remove the oil seal (A) and tapered roller bearing (B) from the transfer housing (C). Fig. 586: Identifying Oil Seal And Tapered Roller Bearing And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER HOLDER DISASSEMBLY 1. Cut the lock tab on the locknut of the transfer shaft using a chisel. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 510 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 587: Cutting Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Put a 14 mm hex wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (B), then secure the hex wrench in a bench vise. Fig. 588: Putting Hex Wrench In Transfer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Remove the locknut (A) and conical spring washer (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 511 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 589: Identifying Tapered Roller Bearing, Thrust Shim, Transfer Collar, Transfer Drive Gear And Transfer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Remove the tapered roller bearing (C), 25 mm thrust shim (D), transfer collar (E), transfer drive gear (F), and transfer shaft (G) from the transfer holder (H). TRANSFER HOLDER ROLLER BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required   Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 1. Remove the roller bearing from the transfer holder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 512 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 590: Removing Roller Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new roller bearing in the transfer holder with the driver and 62 x 68 mm attachment. Fig. 591: Identifying Roller Bearing And Transfer Holder With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER HOLDER TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required   Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 1. Remove the tapered roller bearing outer race (A) and 75 mm thrust shim (B) from the transfer holder. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 513 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 592: Removing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the 75 mm thrust shim (A) in the transfer holder, then install the tapered roller bearing outer race (B) with the driver and 72 x 75 mm attachment. Fig. 593: Pressing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR BEARING REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required    Driver 07749-0010000 Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 07746-0010200 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the transfer drive gear (B) with the driver and 37 x 40 mm Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 514 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element attachment, bearing separator (C) and a press. Fig. 594: Removing Tapered Roller Bearing With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the new tapered roller bearing (A) on the transfer drive gear (B) with the driver and 52 x 55 mm attachment, and a press. Fig. 595: Installing Tapered Roller Bearing With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Special Tools Required Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 515 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element   Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the transfer output shaft (B) with a bearing separator (C) and a press. Place a shaft protector (D) between the transfer output shaft and the press to prevent damaging the transfer output shaft. Fig. 596: Placing Shaft Protector Between Transfer Output Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the 35 mm thrust shim (A) on the transfer output shaft (B). Fig. 597: Identifying Tapered Roller Bearing And Transfer Output Shaft With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the tapered roller bearing (C) on the transfer output shaft with the 40 mm driver, 35 mm Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 516 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element attachment, and a press. TRANSFER HOUSING TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE REPLACEMENT Special Tools Required       Driver 07749-0010000 Oil seal driver attachment 07947-SD90101 Bearing installer attachment 07KAF-PS30120 Bearing installer attachment 07LAF-PZ70110 Installer shaft, 14 x 165 mm 07JAF-SJ80110 Installer nut, 14 mm 07JAF-SJ80120 NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the outer race is replaced. 1. Remove the 57 mm bearing outer race (A), 62 mm bearing outer race (B), and 50.3 mm bearing outer race (C) from the transfer housing by heating the transfer housing to about 212°F (100°C) with a heat gun. Do not heat the housing more than 212°F (100°C). Some 57 mm outer races are press-fitted in the transfer housing. Bearing Outer Race Locations Fig. 598: Identifying Bearing Outer Race Location Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 2. Install the 57 mm bearing outer race (A) in the housing (B) with the driver and oil seal driver attachment. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 517 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 599: Identifying Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 3. Install the 62 mm bearing outer race and 50.3 mm bearing outer race in the housing with the installer nuts, installer shaft, and bearing installer attachments. Fig. 600: Identifying Installer Nuts, Installer Shaft, And Bearing Installer Attachments Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. REASSEMBLY Special Tools Required        Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 Driver 07749-0010000 Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101 Companion flange holder 07RAB-TB4010A or 07RAB-TB4010B Holder handle 07JAB-001020A Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 NOTE:  While reassembling the transfer assembly: Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 518 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Check and adjust the transfer gear tooth contact.  Measure and adjust the transfer gear backlash.  Check and adjust the tapered roller bearing starting torque. Coat all parts with ATF during reassembly. Replace the tapered roller bearing and the bearing outer race as a set if either part is replaced. Replace the transfer drive gear and the transfer output shaft as a set if either part is replaced.     1. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the transfer output shaft is replaced. Calculate the thickness of the 35 mm thrust shim using the formula, and select the shim from the table. NOTE: The number on the transfer output shaft is shown in 1/100 mm. Fig. 601: Identifying Calculate Formula Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. A: Number on the existing transfer output shaft B: Number on the replacement transfer output shaft C: Thickness of the existing 35 mm thrust shim X: Thickness needed for the replacement 35 mm thrust shim Example Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 519 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 602: Identifying Thrust Shim Thickness Calculate Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Select No. M 35 mm thrust shim of 1.08 mm in this example. THRUST SHIM, 35 mm THRUST SHIM THICKNESS SPECIFICATION Shim No. Part Number A 41361-PS3-000 B 41362-PS3-000 C 41363-PS3-000 D 41364-PS3-000 E 41365-PS3-000 F 41366-PS3-000 G 41367-PS3-000 H 41368-PS3-000 I 41369-PS3-000 J 41370-PS3-000 K 41371-PS3-000 L 41372-PS3-000 M 41373-PS3-000 N 41374-PS3-000 Thickness 0.72 mm (0.028 in.) 0.75 mm (0.030 in.) 0.78 mm (0.031 in.) 0.81 mm (0.032 in.) 0.84 mm (0.033 in.) 0.87 mm (0.034 in.) 0.90 mm (0.035 in.) 0.93 mm (0.037 in.) 0.96 mm (0.038 in.) 0.99 mm (0.039 in.) 1.02 mm (0.040 in.) 1.05 mm (0.041 in.) 1.08 mm (0.043 in.) 1.11 mm (0.044 in.) 2. Select the 35 mm thrust shim if the tapered roller bearing on the transfer output shaft is replaced. Measure the thickness of the replacement bearing and the existing bearing, and calculate the difference of the bearing thickness. Adjust the thickness of the existing 35 mm thrust shim by the amount of the difference in bearing thickness, and select the replacement 35 mm thrust shim from the table. 3. Install the 35 mm thrust shim (A) on the transfer output shaft (B), then install the tapered roller bearing (C) with the 40 mm driver, 35 mm attachment, and a press. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 520 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 603: Pressing Tapered Roller Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 4. Place the tapered roller bearing (A) on the bearing outer race of the companion flange side of the transfer housing. Fig. 604: Placing Tapered Roller Bearing On Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 5. Install the new oil seal (B) on the transfer housing with the driver and the oil seal driver attachment. 6. Install the transfer output shaft,(A) in the transfer housing (B). Do not install the transfer spacer on the transfer output shaft. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 521 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 605: Identifying Transfer Output Shaft And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 7. Install the companion flange (A), conical spring washer (B), and locknut (C) on the transfer output shaft (D). Do not install the O-ring and back-up ring. Fig. 606: Identifying Companion Flange, Conical Spring Washer And Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 8. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer housing and the vise. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 522 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 607: Securing Transfer Housing In Bench Vise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 9. Install the companion flange holder and holder handle on the companion flange. 10. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting torque so the starting torque is within 0.98- 1.39 N.m (10.0-14.2 kgf.cm, 8.7-12.3 lbf.in.). Do not stake the locknut in this step. Remove the companion flange holder and the holder handle. 11. Install the transfer shaft (A) in the transfer holder (B), and install the transfer drive gear (C), transfer collar (D), 25 mm thrust shim (E), tapered roller bearing (F), conical spring washer (G), and locknut (H). Fig. 608: Identifying Transfer Drive Gear, Transfer Collar, Thrust Shim, And Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 523 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 12. Put a 14 mm hex wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (B), then secure the hex wrench in a bench vise. Fig. 609: Putting Wrench In Transfer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 13. Tighten the locknut 118 N.m (12.0 kgf.m, 86.8 lbf.ft). Do not stake the locknut in this step. 14. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transfer drive gear teeth lightly and evenly. 15. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) and dowel pin (B) without O-ring, and tighten the bolts. Fig. 610: Identifying Transfer Holder And Dowel Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 16. Rotate the companion flange in both directions until the transfer gears rotate one full turn in both directions. 17. Set a dial indicator (A) on the companion flange (B). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 524 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 611: Measuring Transfer Gear Backlash Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 18. Measure the transfer gear backlash. Standard: 0.06-0.16 mm (0.002-0.006 in.) 19. Remove the transfer holder, and check the transfer drive gear tooth contact pattern. Fig. 612: Correct Tooth Contact Pattern Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 525 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 613: Incorrect Tooth Contact Patterns Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 20. If the backlash measurement is out of standard, adjust the backlash with the 35 mm thrust shim and recheck. Do not use more than two 35 mm thrust shims to adjust the backlash. 21. If the transfer gear tooth contact is incorrect, adjust the tooth contact with the 25 mm or 35 mm thrust shim. Do not use more than two of each thrust shim to adjust the tooth contact.  Toe Contact Use a thinner 35 mm thrust shim to move the transfer output shaft away from the transfer drive gear. Because this movement causes the transfer gear backlash to change, move the transfer drive gear toward the transfer output shaft to adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows: Reduce the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim.  Increase the thickness of the 75 mm thrust shim by the amount you reduced the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim. Heel Contact   Use a thicker 35 mm thrust shim to move the transfer output shaft toward the transfer drive gear. Because this movement causes the transfer gear backlash to change, move the transfer drive gear away from the transfer output shaft to adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows:  Increase the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 526 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Reduce the thickness of the 75 mm thrust shim by the amount you increased the 25 mm thrust shim. Flank Contact   Use a thicker 25 mm thrust shim to move the transfer drive gear away from the transfer output shaft. Face contact must be adjusted within the limits of the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash exceeds the limits, adjust as described under Toe Contact.  Face Contact Use a thinner 25 mm thrust shim to move the transfer drive gear toward the transfer output shaft. Flank contact must be adjusted within the limits of the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash exceeds the limits, adjust as described under Heel Contact. THRUST SHIM, 25 mm THRUST SHIM THICKNESS SPECIFICATION Shim No. Part Number 1.70 29411-P1C-000 1.73 29412-P1C-000 1.76 29413-P1C-000 1.79 29414-P1C-000 1.82 29415-P1C-000 1.85 29416-P1C-000 1.88 29417-P1C-000 1.91 29418-P1C-000 1.94 29419-P1C-000 1.97 29420-P1C-000 2.00 29421-P1C-000 2.03 29422-P1C-000 2.06 29423-P1C-000 2.09 29424-P1C-000 2.12 29425-P1C-000 2.15 29426-P1C-000 2.18 29427-P1C-000 2.21 29428-P1C-000 2.24 29429-P1C-000 Thickness 1.70 mm (0.067 in.) 1.73 mm (0.068 in.) 1.76 mm (0.069 in.) 1.79 mm (0.070 in.) 1.82 mm (0.072 in.) 1.85 mm (0.073 in.) 1.88 mm (0.074 in.) 1.91 mm (0.075 in.) 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) 1.97 mm (0.078 in.) 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) 2.03 mm (0.080 in.) 2.06 mm (0.081 in.) 2.09 mm (0.082 in.) 2.12 mm (0.083 in.) 2.15 mm (0.085 in.) 2.18 mm (0.086 in.) 2.21 mm (0.087 in.) 2.24 mm (0.088 in.) 22. Remove the transfer holder (A) from the transfer housing (B) after adjusting the transfer gear backlash or transfer gear tooth contact. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 527 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 614: Identifying Transfer Holder And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 23. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer housing and the vise. Fig. 615: Securing Transfer Housing In Bench Vise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 24. Install the companion flange holder and holder handle on the companion flange, then loosen the locknut. Remove the companion flange holder and the holder handle. 25. Remove the locknut (A), conical spring washer (B), and companion flange (C) from the transfer output shaft (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 528 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 616: Identifying Locknut, Conical Spring Washer And Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 26. Remove the transfer output shaft (A) from the transfer housing (B). Fig. 617: Identifying Transfer Output Shaft And Transfer Housing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 27. Install the new transfer spacer (C) on the transfer output shaft in the direction shown, and install them in the transfer housing. 28. Coat the threads of the locknut and transfer output shaft with ATF. 29. Install the companion flange (A), new O-ring (B), back-up ring (C), new conical spring washer (D), and new locknut (E) on the transfer output shaft (F). Install the conical spring washer in the direction shown. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 529 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 618: Identifying Companion Flange, O-Ring, Back-Up Ring, Conical Spring Washer And Locknut Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 30. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer housing and the vise. Fig. 619: Securing Transfer Housing In Bench Vise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 31. Install the companion flange holder and holder handle on the companion flange. 32. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting torque of the transfer output shaft. Starting Torque: 0.98-1.39 N.m (10.0-14.2 kgf.cm, 8.7-12.3 lbf.in.) Tightening Torque: 132-260 N.m (13.5-26.5 kgf.m, 97.6-192 lbf.ft) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 530 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element NOTE:    Rotate the companion flange several turns to seat the tapered roller bearings, then measure the starting torque. If the starting torque exceeds 1.39 N.m (14.2 kgf.cm, 12.3 lbf.in.), replace the transfer spacer and reassemble the parts. Do not adjust the starting torque with the locknut loose. If the tightening torque exceeds 260 N.m (26.5 kgf.m, 192 lbf.ft), replace the transfer spacer and reassemble the parts. 33. Remove the companion flange holder and holder handle. 34. Stake the locknut into the transfer output shaft in depth (A) of 0.7-1.2 mm (0.03-0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch (B). Fig. 620: Staking Locknut Into Transfer Output Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 35. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) and dowel pin (B) without the O-ring, and tighten the bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 531 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 621: Identifying Transfer Holder And Dowel Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 36. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) with soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer housing and the vise. Fig. 622: Measuring Starting Torque Companion Flange Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 37. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat the tapered roller bearings. 38. Measure the starting torque at the companion flange (C) using a torque wrench (D). Standard: 2.75-4.22 N.m (28.1-43.1 kgf.cm, 24.4-37.4 lbf.in.) 39. Remove the transfer holder from the transfer housing. 40. If the measurement is within the standard, go to step 53. 41. If the measurement is out of standard, put a 14 mm hex wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (B), then secure the hex wrench in a bench vise. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 532 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 623: Securing Hex Wrench In Bench Vise Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 42. Loosen the locknut. 43. Remove the locknut (A) and conical spring washer (B). Fig. 624: Identifying Tapered Roller Bearing, Thrust Shim, Transfer Collar And Transfer Drive Gear Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 44. Remove the tapered roller bearing (C), 25 mm thrust shim (D), transfer collar (E), transfer drive gear (F), and transfer shaft (G) from the transfer holder (H). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:57 AM Page 533 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element 45. Remove the tapered roller bearing outer race (A) and the 75 mm thrust shim (B) from the transfer holder (C). Fig. 625: Tapping Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 46. Measure the thickness of the 75 mm thrust shim, and select the new 75 mm thrust shim. THRUST SHIM, 75 mm THRUST SHIM THICKNESS SPECIFICATION Shim No. Part Number AA 41401-PGV-000 AB 41402-PGV-000 AC 41403-PGV-000 AD 41404-PGV-000 AE 41405-PGV-000 B 41402-PW8-010 C 41403-PW8-010 D 41404-PW8-010 E 41405-PW8-010 F 41406-PW8-010 G 41407-PW8-010 H 41408-PW8-010 I 41409-PW8-010 J 41410-PW8-010 K 41411-PW8-010 L 41412-PW8-010 M 41413-PW8-010 Thickness 1.52 mm (0.060 in.) 1.55 mm (0.061 in.) 1.58 mm (0.062 in.) 1.61 mm (0.063 in.) 1.64 mm (0.065 in.) 1.67 mm (0.066 in.) 1.70 mm (0.067 in.) 1.73 mm (0.068 in.) 1.76 mm (0.069 in.) 1.79 mm (0.070 in.) 1.82 mm (0.072 in.) 1.85 mm (0.073 in.) 1.88 mm (0.074 in.) 1.91 mm (0.075 in.) 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) 1.97 mm (0.078 in.) 2.00 mm (0.079 in.) Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:58 AM Page 534 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z ZA ZB ZC ZD ZE ZF ZG ZH ZI 41414-PW8-010 41415-PW8-010 41416-PW8-010 41417-PW8-010 41418-PW8-010 41419-PW8-010 41420-PW8-010 41421-PW8-010 41422-PW8-010 41423-PW8-010 41424-PW8-010 41425-PW8-010 41426-PW8-010 41406-PGV-000 41407-PGV-000 41408-PGV-000 41409-PGV-000 41410-PGV-000 41411-PGV-000 41412-PGV-000 41413-PGV-000 41414-PGV-000 2.03 mm (0.080 in.) 2.06 mm (0.081 in.) 2.09 mm (0.082 in.) 2.12 mm (0.083 in.) 2.15 mm (0.085 in.) 2.18 mm (0.086 in.) 2.21 mm (0.087 in.) 2.24 mm (0.088 in.) 2.27 mm (0.089 in.) 2.30 mm (0.091 in.) 2.33 mm (0.092 in.) 2.36 mm (0.093 in.) 2.39 mm (0.094 in.) 2.42 mm (0.095 in.) 2.45 mm (0.096 in.) 2.48 mm (0.098 in.) 2.51 mm (0.099 in.) 2.54 mm (0.100 in.) 2.57 mm (0.101 in.) 2.60 mm (0.102 in.) 2.63 mm (0.104 in.) 2.66 mm (0.105 in.) 47. Install the new 75 mm thrust shim (A) in the transfer holder, then install the tapered roller bearing outer race (B) with the driver and the 72 x 75 mm attachment. Fig. 626: Pressing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race With Driver Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 48. Install the transfer shaft (A) in the transfer holder (B), and install the transfer drive gear (C), transfer Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:58 AM Page 535 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element collar (D), 25 mm thrust shim (E), tapered roller bearing (F), conical spring washer (G), and locknut (H). Install the conical spring washer in the direction shown. Fig. 627: Identifying Transfer Drive Gear, Transfer Collar, Thrust Shim And Tapered Roller Bearing Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 49. Put a 14 mm hex wrench (A) in the transfer shaft (B), then secure the hex wrench in a bench vise. Fig. 628: Putting Hex Wrench In Transfer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 50. Tighten the locknut 118 N.m (12.0 kgf.m, 86.8 lbf.ft). Do not stake the locknut in this step. 51. Temporarily install the transfer holder (A) and dowel pin (B) without the O-ring, and tighten the bolts. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:58 AM Page 536 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 629: Identifying Transfer Holder And Dowel Pin With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 52. Rotate the companion flange several turns to seat the tapered roller bearings, and recheck the starting torque. Remove the transfer holder after adjusting the starting torque. 53. Stake the locknut into the transfer shaft in depth (A) of 0.7-1.2 mm (0.03-0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch (B). Fig. 630: Staking Locknut Into Transfer Shaft Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. 54. Install a new O-ring (A) on the transfer holder (B), then install the transfer holder with the dowel pin (C) on the transfer housing (D). Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:58 AM Page 537 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC. 2007 Honda Element EX 2007-2008 TRANSMISSION Automatic Transmission - Element Fig. 631: Identifying Transfer Holder With Dowel Pin On Transfer Housing With Torque Specification Courtesy of AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO., INC. Microsoft Saturday, August 22, 2009 8:43:58 AM Page 538 © 2005 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.